DCS-Mirror
/
unfoldingWord_en_tn
mirror of https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn
2
0
Fork 0
Files Issues Releases Wiki Activity See in Reader

Removed "figuratively" in OT notes

This commit is contained in:
Larry Sallee 2022-12-05 09:49:11 -05:00
parent d60808af02
commit 18a76ae004
5 changed files with 579 additions and 579 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

74
en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
View File

@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ EXO 1 11 pkz4 עָרֵ֤י מִסְכְּנוֹת֙ 1 store cities These were p
EXO 1 11 dy34 figs-possession עָרֵ֤י מִסְכְּנוֹת֙ 1 The possessive is objective; storage of goods is what occurs in the cities. Alternate translation: “cities for storing things”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
EXO 1 12 c1fy grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ⁠כַ⁠אֲשֶׁר֙ יְעַנּ֣וּ אֹת֔⁠וֹ כֵּ֥ן יִרְבֶּ֖ה וְ⁠כֵ֣ן יִפְרֹ֑ץ 1 This sentence expresses a result that is the opposite of what the king expected. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EXO 1 12 pdfk figs-abstractnouns וַ⁠יָּקֻ֕צוּ מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **dread** in another way. Alternate translation: “And they were very afraid of the face of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EXO 1 12 qgzz figs-metonymy מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 Here, **face** figuratively means the presence of a person. The phrase means that the Egyptians were afraid of the Israelites’ existence in their country. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “of the growing Israelite population” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 1 12 qgzz figs-metonymy מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 Here, **face** means the presence of a person. The phrase means that the Egyptians were afraid of the Israelites’ existence in their country. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “of the growing Israelite population” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 1 13 j1q6 figs-abstractnouns וַ⁠יַּעֲבִ֧דוּ מִצְרַ֛יִם אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בְּ⁠פָֽרֶךְ 1 made…work rigorously Here, **rigor** is a noun used to modify the verb **enslaved**. **Rigor** could refer either to how hard the work was or how unkindly the Egyptians treated the Israelites. If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you can express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “And the Egyptians made the sons of Israel work very hard” or “And harshly, the Egyptians made the sons of Israel work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EXO 1 14 mx6v figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְמָרְר֨וּ אֶת־חַיֵּי⁠הֶ֜ם 1 made their lives bitter The difficult lives of the Israelites are spoken of as if their daily lives were bitter food that was difficult to eat. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “And they made their lives very difficult” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 1 14 jre2 figs-abstractnouns בַּ⁠עֲבֹדָ֣ה קָשָׁ֗ה 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you can express the idea behind **slavery** in another way. Alternative translation: “by making them work hard as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ EXO 2 18 juqu writing-participants רְעוּאֵ֖ל 1 The priest of Midian wa
EXO 2 18 lukb figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר מַדּ֛וּעַ מִהַרְתֶּ֥ן בֹּ֖א הַ⁠יּֽוֹם 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “and he asked how they were able to return so quickly that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
EXO 2 18 hq6y figs-go בֹּ֖א 1 Alternative translation: “in returning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
EXO 2 19 w57e אִ֣ישׁ מִצְרִ֔י 1 Jethro’s daughters assume Moses was Egyptian. When you translate it, you should be clear that this refers to Moses.
EXO 2 19 hvb4 figs-metonymy מִ⁠יַּ֣ד 1 Here, **hand** figuratively refers to the power, control, or actions of the shepherds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternative translation: “from the strength of” or “from the harm of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 2 19 hvb4 figs-metonymy מִ⁠יַּ֣ד 1 Here, **hand** refers to the power, control, or actions of the shepherds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternative translation: “from the strength of” or “from the harm of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 2 19 a7v2 figs-idiom דָּלֹ֤ה דָלָה֙ 1 This expresses surprise or emphasizes the magnitude of Moses’ act of kindness to the women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 2 20 x9yb figs-rquestion וְ⁠אַיּ֑⁠וֹ לָ֤⁠מָּה זֶּה֙ עֲזַבְתֶּ֣ן אֶת־הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ 1 Why did you leave the man? These questions are a mild rebuke to the daughters for not inviting Moses into their home according to the normal hospitality of that culture. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not have left this man at the well!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EXO 2 20 mb8w writing-pronouns ל֖⁠וֹ 1 Here, **him** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ EXO 3 7 hkcj figs-possession מַכְאֹבָֽי⁠ו 1 This is an event-relat
EXO 3 7 ui28 figs-explicit מַכְאֹבָֽי⁠ו 1 It is implied that they are deeply distressed because they are treated badly as slaves. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “his anguish from his slavery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EXO 3 7 zth8 figs-abstractnouns מַכְאֹבָֽי⁠ו 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **anguish** in another way. Alternate translation: “how distressed they are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EXO 3 8 a1yv grammar-connect-logic-result 0 Verse 8 contains God’s intended result from his acts of seeing and hearing, expressed in both verses 7 and 9. You may need to expressly mark this, for instance by introducing verse 8 with something like “Therefore,” and verse 9 with something like “Again, because.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EXO 3 8 xy36 figs-go וָ⁠אֵרֵ֞ד 1 God is figuratively expressing that he is descending from heaven to earth to intervene. God is always everywhere, but this phrase means that his special attention will be directed to this situation. Use whatever form of come or go is appropriate in your language for this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
EXO 3 8 xy36 figs-go וָ⁠אֵרֵ֞ד 1 God is expressing that he is descending from heaven to earth to intervene. God is always everywhere, but this phrase means that his special attention will be directed to this situation. Use whatever form of come or go is appropriate in your language for this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
EXO 3 8 nahb grammar-collectivenouns לְ⁠הַצִּיל֣⁠וֹ…וּֽ⁠לְ⁠הַעֲלֹת⁠וֹ֮ 1 Here, **him** refers in the singular to the Israelites as a group. It is agreeing with “people” as a collective noun in [3:6](../03/06.md). Some languages may have to use plural pronouns. Others may have to match the pronoun’s gender to the grammatical gender of the word for “people” in their language. See what you did in the [previous verse](../03/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
EXO 3 8 bi4e figs-metaphor מִ⁠יַּ֣ד 1 Someone’s **hand** is a common Biblical metaphor for power and control. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 3 8 djbz figs-possession מִ⁠יַּ֣ד מִצְרַ֗יִם 1 This is a possessive where the Egyptians are the subject of **the hand**, which means power. The Egyptians used their power and control to oppress the Israelites. Use a phrase in your language that expresses the idea of a group of people having power. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ EXO 3 13 lqms grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical הִנֵּ֨ה אָנֹכִ
EXO 3 13 jq42 הִנֵּ֨ה 1 **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. In this case, Moses uses it to introduce what he views as a probable future occurrence. Alternative translation: “Now”
EXO 3 13 e03n figs-go בָא֮ 1 In your language, use **go** or “come” as makes most sense for Moses’ hypothetical action of going from the mountain to where the Israelites are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
EXO 3 13 m9uy figs-quotesinquotes אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם שְׁלָחַ֣⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. However, you may also choose to translate it as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that the God of their fathers has sent me to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
EXO 3 13 ru0a figs-metonymy אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “The God of your ancestors” or “The God whom your ancestors worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 3 13 ru0a figs-metonymy אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 Here, **fathers** means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “The God of your ancestors” or “The God whom your ancestors worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 3 13 bkei grammar-connect-logic-result מָ֥ה אֹמַ֖ר אֲלֵ⁠הֶֽם 1 Moses is asking God what he should do as a result of the hypothetical situation he presented. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EXO 3 14 cli8 אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה 1 God said to Moses, “I AM THAT I AM.” This is God’s response to Moses’ question about God’s name. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “God said to Moses, ‘Tell them that God says his name is “I AM THAT I AM.”’”
EXO 3 14 b6vk אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה 1 I AM THAT I AM This could mean: (1) this whole sentence is God’s name or (2) God is not telling his name but something about himself. By saying this, God is teaching that he is eternal; he has always lived and always will live.
@ -221,10 +221,10 @@ EXO 3 14 vigc figs-quotesinquotes אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה שְׁלָחַ֥⁠נִי
EXO 3 15 ubw7 וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֩ ע֨וֹד אֱלֹהִ֜ים אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֗ה 1 As God is still speaking, it may make more sense to omit this in some languages.
EXO 3 15 i6lg figs-quotemarks אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֗ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quotation begins that continues until [the end of chapter 3 at verse 22](../03/22.md). This section contains four levels of quotations as God tells Moses to tell the Israelite elders a specific message from God. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EXO 3 15 l962 figs-quotesinquotes יְהוָ֞ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתֵי⁠כֶ֗ם אֱלֹהֵ֨י אַבְרָהָ֜ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֛ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֥י יַעֲקֹ֖ב שְׁלָחַ֣⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם זֶה־שְּׁמִ֣⁠י לְ⁠עֹלָ֔ם וְ⁠זֶ֥ה זִכְרִ֖⁠י לְ⁠דֹ֥ר דֹּֽר 1 This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. It may be possible to translate it as an indirect quotation, but you will need to be careful to correctly change the pronoun persons. Alternative translation: “You must tell the Israelites that Yahweh, the God of their fathers, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob, sent you to them. This is his name forever, and this is his memorial from generation to generation.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
EXO 3 15 d91k figs-metonymy אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתֵי⁠כֶ֗ם 1 Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “the God of your ancestors” or “the God whom your ancestors worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 3 15 ixcb figs-merism לְ⁠דֹ֥ר דֹּֽר 1 The repetition of **generation** is indicating “to each and every generation” which figuratively means “for all people at all times.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
EXO 3 15 d91k figs-metonymy אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתֵי⁠כֶ֗ם 1 Here, **fathers** means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “the God of your ancestors” or “the God whom your ancestors worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 3 15 ixcb figs-merism לְ⁠דֹ֥ר דֹּֽר 1 The repetition of **generation** is indicating “to each and every generation” which means “for all people at all times.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
EXO 3 16 ec3v figs-quotemarks יְהוָ֞ה 1 General Information: This begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of [verse 17](../03/17.md). It contains a third-level quotation that begins at “I have certainly” and also continues to the end of verse 17. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. The closing marks for both the second and third-level quotations should not occur until the end of verse 17. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EXO 3 16 usas figs-metonymy אֱלֹהֵ֤י אֲבֹֽתֵי⁠כֶם֙ 1 Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “the God of your ancestors” or “the God whom your ancestors worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 3 16 usas figs-metonymy אֱלֹהֵ֤י אֲבֹֽתֵי⁠כֶם֙ 1 Here, **fathers** means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “the God of your ancestors” or “the God whom your ancestors worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 3 16 xqy9 אַבְרָהָ֛ם יִצְחָ֥ק וְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֖ב 1 the God of your ancestors, the God of Abraham, of Isaac, and of Jacob Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob were three of the Israelites’ ancestors. They all worshiped the same God.
EXO 3 16 dvsz figs-quotemarks פָּקֹ֤ד פָּקַ֨דְתִּי֙ 1 This begins a third-level quotation that continues until the end of [verse 17](../03/17.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening third-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation that is within a quotation. The closing marks for both the second-level and third-level quotations should not occur until the end of verse 17. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EXO 3 16 efhh figs-idiom פָּקֹ֤ד פָּקַ֨דְתִּי֙ 1 The word translated **attended** often means God is coming to take action. Translate this phrase in a way that communicates God’s focused, caring observation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ EXO 4 1 pq8x figs-metonymy בְּ⁠קֹלִ֑⁠י 1 See [3:18](../03/18.md).
EXO 4 1 neto figs-quotesinquotes לֹֽא־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ יְהוָֽה 1 This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. However, you could translate it as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh has not appeared to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
EXO 4 1 fu2x וְ⁠הֵן֙ 1 This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “Listen to me.”
EXO 4 2 qmvk writing-pronouns אֵלָ֛י⁠ו…וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 Here, **him** and **he** refer to Moses. Alternate translation: “to Moses … And Moses said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
EXO 4 3 zycd figs-metonymy מִ⁠פָּנָֽי⁠ו 1 Here, “face” figuratively represents the snake itself. Alternative translation: “from the snake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 4 3 zycd figs-metonymy מִ⁠פָּנָֽי⁠ו 1 Here, “face” represents the snake itself. Alternative translation: “from the snake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 4 4 g6bk וֶ⁠אֱחֹ֖ז בִּ⁠זְנָב֑⁠וֹ 1 take it by the tail Alternate translation: “and pick it up by the tail” or “and grasp it by the tail”
EXO 4 4 bzmp grammar-connect-time-sequential שְׁלַח֙ יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ וֶ⁠אֱחֹ֖ז בִּ⁠זְנָב֑⁠וֹ 1 This direct quotation is interrupted by Moses obeying Yahweh. This is probably a tightly ordered sequence of events where Yahweh paused and then continued speaking immediately after Moses obeyed. The quote resumes in [verse 5](../04/05.md), and there is more discussion there about how to translate the quotation resumption. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
EXO 4 4 m86n וַ⁠יְהִ֥י לְ⁠מַטֶּ֖ה 1 became a staff Alternate translation: “and it turned into a rod” or “and it changed into a staff”
@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ EXO 6 9 aalj grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠לֹ֤א שָֽׁמְעוּ֙
EXO 6 9 eph2 מִ⁠קֹּ֣צֶר ר֔וּחַ 1 Here, the people’s **spirit** is spoken of as something that could be measured. By calling it “short,” the author is saying they did not have very much motivation or hope. Alternate translation: “because they had no hope”
EXO 6 10 tpw4 לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר 1 This is used to mark the beginning of a direct quotation. It can be omitted if it is unnatural.
EXO 6 11 fxf2 figs-quotations וִֽ⁠ישַׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 This statement tells Moses what to discuss with Pharaoh. Some languages may need to covey this information as a direct quotation. Be careful to change the third-person pronouns to second-person pronouns if you do this. Alternate translation: “and say, ‘You must let the sons of Israel go from your land’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
EXO 6 12 h7o0 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. There may also be a hint of impudence in Moses’ attitude that is conveyed by the words **before the face of Yahweh**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “boldly to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 6 12 h7o0 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. There may also be a hint of impudence in Moses’ attitude that is conveyed by the words **before the face of Yahweh**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “boldly to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 6 12 iiui הֵ֤ן 1 **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “as you know.”
EXO 6 12 k7hl figs-rquestion הֵ֤ן בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ לֹֽא־שָׁמְע֣וּ אֵלַ֔⁠י וְ⁠אֵיךְ֙ יִשְׁמָעֵ֣⁠נִי פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 If the Israelites have not listened to me, why will Pharaoh listen to me, since I am not good at speaking? Moses asked this question in hopes that God would change his mind about using Moses. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Since the Israelites did not listen to me, neither will Pharaoh!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EXO 6 12 lj51 grammar-connect-logic-result הֵ֤ן בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ לֹֽא־שָׁמְע֣וּ אֵלַ֔⁠י וְ⁠אֵיךְ֙ יִשְׁמָעֵ֣⁠נִי פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 Moses is presenting a reasoned argument: since this, then probably that. Use a natural way of expressing such arguments in your language. Alternate translation: “Since the sons of Israel have not listened to me, why would you think Pharaoh would listen to me?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ EXO 6 25 fck8 figs-metonymy רָאשֵׁ֛י 1 These were the heads of the fathe
EXO 6 26 ft6y translate-unknown עַל־צִבְאֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 by their groups of fighting men The term **hosts** refers to a large group of people often organized into groups for war. Alternate translation: “by their groups” or “by their divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EXO 6 27 o7xp grammar-connect-logic-goal לְ⁠הוֹצִ֥יא 1 This expresses their goal when they spoke to Pharaoh. Use a natural way in your language for indicating purpose. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
EXO 6 28 xssl writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֗י בְּ⁠י֨וֹם 1 This marks a transition from the record of the genealogy back to the narrative. Consider placing a section break at the start of this verse. Alternate translation: “One day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EXO 6 30 zyqs figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. There may also be a hint of impudence in Moses’ attitude that is conveyed by saying he spoke before **the face of Yahweh**. See how you translated this in [6:12](../06/12.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “boldly to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 6 30 zyqs figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. There may also be a hint of impudence in Moses’ attitude that is conveyed by saying he spoke before **the face of Yahweh**. See how you translated this in [6:12](../06/12.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “boldly to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 6 30 nf3w figs-rquestion הֵ֤ן אֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔יִם וְ⁠אֵ֕יךְ יִשְׁמַ֥ע אֵלַ֖⁠י פַּרְעֹֽה 1 I am not good…why will Pharaoh listen to me? Moses asks this question hoping to change God’s mind about sending him. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Behold, I am not a good speaker. Pharaoh will certainly not listen to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EXO 6 30 y4g2 הֵ֤ן 1 **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “as you know.”
EXO 6 30 vzhq figs-metaphor אֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔יִם 1 This is a metaphor that means that Moses thought he was not a good speaker. It is somewhat crude, and your translation of this phrase could convey that Moses spoke impolitely. See how you translated this in [6:12](../06/12.md). Alternate translation: “I always fail to speak well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -652,7 +652,7 @@ EXO 8 19 rp3i writing-pronouns אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ם 1 Here, **them** may refer t
EXO 8 19 gjgg כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה 1 Some languages will need to place this before the thing that Yahweh predicted, as in the UST.
EXO 8 20 j5n8 וְ⁠הִתְיַצֵּב֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 stand in front of Pharaoh Alternate translation: “and present yourself to Pharaoh”
EXO 8 20 frfn writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה 1 A new scene begins here. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. This is the beginning of the fourth plague sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EXO 8 20 syv2 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 Here, **face** figuratively means the presence of a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 8 20 syv2 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 Here, **face** means the presence of a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 8 20 vnym הִנֵּ֖ה 1 **Behold** is used to draw attention to important information that is next. In some languages and translation styles, it will make the most sense to omit this, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully”
EXO 8 20 uypa figs-quotations כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 This phrase opens a direct quote that continues until the end of [verse 23](../08/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. However, you may also consider making the opening portion an indirect quote so that you do not have a quote inside of a quote for the next verses. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
EXO 8 20 eqd2 כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 Let my people go This quotation formula is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information.
@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ EXO 8 24 ut0f translate-unknown עָרֹ֣ב 1 There are probably the common la
EXO 8 24 dg0k figs-go וַ⁠יָּבֹא֙ 1 Some languages may need to translate this as “going” rather than “coming.” Alternate translation: “and … went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
EXO 8 24 tmcf figs-merism בֵּ֥יתָ⁠ה פַרְעֹ֖ה וּ⁠בֵ֣ית עֲבָדָ֑י⁠ו 1 This means “to everyone everywhere” (in Egypt), as made explicit in the next statement. This makes clear that the insects were throughout the land. You should translate this in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
EXO 8 24 nd6e figs-activepassive תִּשָּׁחֵ֥ת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ מִ⁠פְּנֵ֥י הֶ⁠עָרֹֽב 1 the land was ruined because of the swarms of flies If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The swarms of flies devastated the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EXO 8 24 ngue figs-metonymy מִ⁠פְּנֵ֥י הֶ⁠עָרֹֽב 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of the insects. Alternate translation: “because the insects were everywhere” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 8 24 ngue figs-metonymy מִ⁠פְּנֵ֥י הֶ⁠עָרֹֽב 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of the insects. Alternate translation: “because the insects were everywhere” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 8 25 e7l0 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֣א 1 This happened during the plague. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
EXO 8 25 gj2w figs-youdual לֵֽ⁠אלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 Here, **your** is plural. It could refer either to Moses and Aaron or to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form (if you have one) if your team decides it means Moses and Aaron; otherwise use a plural form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
EXO 8 26 e9wk תּוֹעֲבַ֣ת מִצְרַ֔יִם…תּוֹעֲבַ֥ת מִצְרַ֛יִם 1 We do not know what about their sacrificing was an **abomination** to the Egyptians. The same term is used in Genesis 43:32 and 46:34 to describe the Egyptians’ feelings about eating with Hebrews and about the Hebrew profession of shepherding, respectively. Translators should attempt to convey the strong negative feelings that would be provoked in the Egyptians without speculating as to the cause.
@ -806,14 +806,14 @@ EXO 9 34 ke5k figs-metaphor וַ⁠יַּכְבֵּ֥ד לִבּ֖⁠וֹ 1 hard
EXO 9 34 nz0e וַ⁠יֹּ֣סֶף לַ⁠חֲטֹ֑א 1 This statement is from the author’s perspective. Therefore, unlike in [9:27](../09/27.md), **sin** should be translated with the word your language uses for “sin.”
EXO 9 34 ooed וַ⁠יַּכְבֵּ֥ד לִבּ֖⁠וֹ ה֥וּא וַ⁠עֲבָדָֽי⁠ו 1 Alternate translation: “and he caused his heart to be heavy. His servants did also” or “and he caused his heart to be heavy. His servants did the same”
EXO 9 35 yxt8 figs-metaphor וַֽ⁠יֶּחֱזַק֙ לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 The heart of Pharaoh was hardened Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his **heart** were **strong**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:13](../07/13.md). This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 9 35 x0kn figs-metaphor כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶֽׁה 1 This is similar to [9:12](../09/12.md). In this case, what Yahweh said is figuratively spoken of as if it were something that could be held in someone’s hand. This means that Moses delivered a message from Yahweh that Pharaoh would be stubborn. It is not clear if this message was given to the Israelites or if this refers to Moses’ statement to Pharaoh in [9:30](../09/30.md). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “just as Yahweh had told Moses to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 9 35 x0kn figs-metaphor כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶֽׁה 1 This is similar to [9:12](../09/12.md). In this case, what Yahweh said is spoken of as if it were something that could be held in someone’s hand. This means that Moses delivered a message from Yahweh that Pharaoh would be stubborn. It is not clear if this message was given to the Israelites or if this refers to Moses’ statement to Pharaoh in [9:30](../09/30.md). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “just as Yahweh had told Moses to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 10 intro s5g1 0 # Exodus 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>The text does not specify, but some time seems to have passed between chapters nine and ten (see 9:31-32 and 10:5).<br>- v. 1-20: Eighth plague: locusts<br> - v. 16-20: Pharaoh seems to repent, but it does not last<br>- v. 21-29: Ninth plague: darkness
EXO 10 1 w4pw figs-metaphor כִּֽי־אֲנִ֞י הִכְבַּ֤דְתִּי אֶת־לִבּ⁠וֹ֙ וְ⁠אֶת־לֵ֣ב עֲבָדָ֔י⁠ו 1 for I have hardened his heart and the hearts of his servants This means God made Pharaoh and his servants stubborn. Their stubborn attitude is spoken of as if their **hearts** were **heavy.** If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md), but note that the metaphor is slightly different here. Alternate translation: “for I have caused Pharaoh and his servants to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 10 2 zg4c הִתְעַלַּ֨לְתִּי֙ בְּ⁠מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 various signs Alternate translation: “I mocked Egypt”
EXO 10 3 pm8p figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until near the end of [10:6](../10/06.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. There may be other quotations in this chapter; they will be marked by the same punctuation, but they will not have their own notes unless there is something unique about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EXO 10 3 u3mq figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֔ים 1 It may be helpful to turn the introductory quotation into an indirect quotation so that you do not have to use quotes within quotes. Alternate translation: “and told him that Yahweh, the God of the Hebrews, said thus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
EXO 10 3 vze4 כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ 1 This quotation formula is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information.
EXO 10 3 cicf figs-metonymy עַד־מָתַ֣י מֵאַ֔נְתָּ לֵ⁠עָנֹ֖ת מִ⁠פָּנָ֑⁠י 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Particularly, it means the presence of his judgment (the plagues). Alternate translation: “Until when will you refuse to be humble when I judge you” or “Until when will you refuse to be humble before me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 10 3 cicf figs-metonymy עַד־מָתַ֣י מֵאַ֔נְתָּ לֵ⁠עָנֹ֖ת מִ⁠פָּנָ֑⁠י 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of Yahweh. Particularly, it means the presence of his judgment (the plagues). Alternate translation: “Until when will you refuse to be humble when I judge you” or “Until when will you refuse to be humble before me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 10 4 ge67 הִנְ⁠נִ֨י 1 listen Here, **behold me** adds emphasis to what is said next. Alternate translation: “beware”
EXO 10 4 uwtp grammar-collectivenouns אַרְבֶּ֖ה 1 Here, **locust** is a singular noun referring to the group as one. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “locusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
EXO 10 5 zu5r figs-parallelism וְ⁠כִסָּה֙ אֶת־עֵ֣ין הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ וְ⁠לֹ֥א יוּכַ֖ל לִ⁠רְאֹ֣ת אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 hail These parallel statements have a similar meaning. They are used to emphasize the great number of locusts that are coming. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@ -831,7 +831,7 @@ EXO 10 9 fnnl figs-exclusive נֵלֵ֑ךְ…נֵלֵ֔ךְ 1 **We** means the
EXO 10 10 hjc9 יְהִ֨י כֵ֤ן יְהוָה֙ עִמָּ⁠כֶ֔ם כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר אֲשַׁלַּ֥ח אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠אֶֽת־טַפְּ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 if I ever let you go and your little ones go **May Yahweh be with you** is usually a blessing but is almost certainly not a blessing here. It likely means something like “It will take Yahweh’s power to make me let you and your children go,” or “May Yahweh be as favorable to you as I am to the idea of letting your children go.” Pharaoh is saying that it will take Yahweh to make him do what Moses wants, but he does not think that will happen. Alternate translation: “It will be clear that Yahweh is with you if I let you and your children go”
EXO 10 10 w8x4 figs-metonymy רְא֕וּ כִּ֥י רָעָ֖ה נֶ֥גֶד פְּנֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 The phrase **for evil is before your faces** could either be a warning from Pharaoh that Moses’ actions will lead to evil for the Israelites, or it could mean that Pharaoh thinks the Israelites plan something that he considers evil. **Faces** is a metonym for the whole person. Alternate translations: “I see that you plan evil” or “Be careful! Your actions will have bad consequences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 10 11 pkm4 הַ⁠גְּבָרִים֙ 1 Then Moses and Aaron were driven out from Pharaoh’s presence This interjection clarifies who may go. Alternate translation: “the leaders”
EXO 10 11 vdjk figs-metonymy מֵ⁠אֵ֖ת פְּנֵ֥י פַרְעֹֽה 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Pharaoh. Alternate translation: “from his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 10 11 vdjk figs-metonymy מֵ⁠אֵ֖ת פְּנֵ֥י פַרְעֹֽה 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of Pharaoh. Alternate translation: “from his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 10 12 kchn writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה 1 There is a minor scene change here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EXO 10 12 gjfx יָדְ⁠ךָ֜ 1 See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff.
EXO 10 12 qikq grammar-collectivenouns בָּֽ⁠אַרְבֶּ֔ה 1 **Locust** is a collective singular noun referring to the group as one. See how you translated this in [10:4](../10/04.md). Alternate translation: “locusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
@ -903,7 +903,7 @@ EXO 11 7 t61i figs-youdual תֵּֽדְע֔וּ⁠ן 1 Here, **you** is plural.
EXO 11 7 fl78 אֲשֶׁר֙ יַפְלֶ֣ה יְהוָ֔ה בֵּ֥ין מִצְרַ֖יִם וּ⁠בֵ֥ין יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 9:4](../09/04.md).
EXO 11 8 hoft translate-symaction וְ⁠הִשְׁתַּֽחֲוּוּ־לִ֣⁠י 1 This does not mean to bow for worshiping. **They will bow to** Moses to beg him to leave. They will do this to show how desperate they will be for Moses and the Israelites to go. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EXO 11 8 l678 figs-explicit וְ⁠הִשְׁתַּֽחֲוּוּ־לִ֣⁠י 1 **They will bow to** Moses to beg him to leave. They will do this to show how desperate they will be for Moses and the Israelites to go. If this action would not mean the same thing in your culture, you may need to make the reason they are bowing explicit. Alternate translation: “and they will bow down to me to beg” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EXO 11 8 njx8 figs-metaphor וְ⁠כָל־הָ⁠עָ֣ם אֲשֶׁר־בְּ⁠רַגְלֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 Here, the people are figuratively pictured as below Moses, which means they are his followers. The reference to **feet** also can mean they go the same place he goes, again, meaning “follower.” If your language uses a similar image to mean follower, you can translate the image; if not, you may use another image from your culture or translate the meaning. Alternate translation: “and all the people who are following you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 11 8 njx8 figs-metaphor וְ⁠כָל־הָ⁠עָ֣ם אֲשֶׁר־בְּ⁠רַגְלֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 Here, the people are pictured as below Moses, which means they are his followers. The reference to **feet** also can mean they go the same place he goes, again, meaning “follower.” If your language uses a similar image to mean follower, you can translate the image; if not, you may use another image from your culture or translate the meaning. Alternate translation: “and all the people who are following you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 11 8 ria5 figs-explicit וְ⁠אַחֲרֵי־כֵ֖ן אֵצֵ֑א 1 After that I will go out This means that Moses and the Israelites will leave Egypt. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “After that I will leave here” or “After that I will go out from Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EXO 11 8 milu figs-idiom בָּ⁠חֳרִי־אָֽף 1 This is an idiom meaning that Moses is angry. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “enraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 11 10 h5g7 writing-endofstory וּ⁠מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֗ן עָשׂ֛וּ אֶת־כָּל־הַ⁠מֹּפְתִ֥ים הָ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֤ק יְהוָה֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה וְ⁠לֹֽא־שִׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 This verse is summarizing and wrapping up the story of the plagues. If your language has a way of summarizing information at the end of a story, try to translate this verse (and possibly verse 9—see the introductory notes to this chapter) in this way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
@ -999,7 +999,7 @@ EXO 13 3 yjy5 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠חֹ֣זֶק יָ֔ד 1 Yahweh’s strong h
EXO 13 3 c6ee figs-activepassive וְ⁠לֹ֥א יֵאָכֵ֖ל חָמֵֽץ 1 No bread with yeast may be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EXO 13 4 y1f3 translate-hebrewmonths הָ⁠אָבִֽיב 1 the month of Aviv This is the name of the first month of the Hebrew calendar. Aviv is during the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to give the number of the day and the name of the month on the Hebrew calendar, and say approximately what time of year that is on your calendar in a footnote.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
EXO 13 5 x89s וְ⁠הָיָ֣ה כִֽי־יְבִֽיאֲ⁠ךָ֣ יְהוָ֡ה אֶל־אֶ֣רֶץ…וְ⁠עָבַדְתָּ֛ אֶת־הָ⁠עֲבֹדָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֖את בַּ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 you must observe this act of worship When the Israelites live in Canaan, they must celebrate the Passover on this day each year. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 12:25](../12/25.md).
EXO 13 5 u37l figs-metonymy לַ⁠אֲבֹתֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “to your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 13 5 u37l figs-metonymy לַ⁠אֲבֹתֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 Here, **fathers** means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “to your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 13 5 ueej אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ 1 The same description occurs in [Exodus 3:8](../03/08.md). See how you translated it there and in the several notes for it.
EXO 13 6 vwy9 translate-numbers שִׁבְעַ֥ת 1 For seven days Alternate translation: “7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
EXO 13 6 mde6 translate-ordinal וּ⁠בַ⁠יּוֹם֙ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “and on day 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@ -1015,7 +1015,7 @@ EXO 13 9 mru4 figs-metaphor וּ⁠לְ⁠זִכָּרוֹן֙ בֵּ֣ין עֵ
EXO 13 9 b6ny figs-metonymy לְמַ֗עַן תִּהְיֶ֛ה תּוֹרַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠פִ֑י⁠ךָ 1 so the law of Yahweh may be in your mouth Here, **in your mouth** refers to the words that they speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “so you may always be speaking of the law of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 13 9 w5rm figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה 1 strong hand Here, **hand** refers to power. See how you translated “strong hand” in [Exodus 6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 13 10 rxel figs-merism מִ⁠יָּמִ֖ים יָמִֽימָ⁠ה 1 Alternate translation: “for all time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
EXO 13 11 e886 figs-metonymy וְ⁠לַֽ⁠אֲבֹתֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “to your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 13 11 e886 figs-metonymy וְ⁠לַֽ⁠אֲבֹתֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 Here, **fathers** means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “to your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 13 11 iqh5 וּ⁠נְתָנָ֖⁠הּ לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 when he gives the land to you Alternate translation: “when he gives the land of the Canaanites to you”
EXO 13 12 mqgs וְ⁠הַעֲבַרְתָּ֥ 1 This is a deliberate word-play with [Exodus 12:12](../12/12.md) and [Exodus 12:23](../12/23.md) because these memorial sacrifices are to be reminders of what happened at the first Passover. It would be good to make a similar word-play in your translation, if possible, but following the meaning as in the UST is fine.
EXO 13 13 lwv5 figs-explicit בְ⁠שֶׂ֔ה…וַ⁠עֲרַפְתּ֑⁠וֹ 1 Every firstborn of a donkey If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make explicit that either the **lamb** or **donkey** must be killed, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1144,7 +1144,7 @@ EXO 15 8 tguh figs-parallelism נֶ֣עֶרְמוּ מַ֔יִם נִצְּב֥
EXO 15 8 uevt figs-metaphor בְּ⁠לֶב־יָֽם 1 By the blast of your nostrils The center or deepest part of the sea is spoken of as if the sea had a **heart**. Alternate translation: “in the center of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 15 9 d8nk figs-activepassive תִּמְלָאֵ֣⁠מוֹ נַפְשִׁ֔⁠י 1 my desire will be satisfied on them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will satisfy my desire on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EXO 15 9 lu0e תּוֹרִישֵׁ֖⁠מוֹ יָדִֽ⁠י 1 my hand will destroy them The meaning of this phrase is unclear. The word translated **dispossess** could also mean “possess” or “inherit.” What seems clear is that the Egyptians plan to use their power to prevent the Israelites from possessing good things. Whether this is a reference back to **plunder** earlier in the verse or to recapturing them as slaves or to taking over the Israelites’ place in the land of Goshen or to keeping them from reaching the promised land (of Yahweh’s possession, see [verse 17](../15/17.md) regarding where Yahweh will bring his people) or something else is not so clear. It could also refer to taking away their life and breath. **Dispossess** was chosen rather than another term because the verb is in a causative form here. Alternate translation: “my hand will possess them” or “my hand will inherit them” or “my hand will kill them”
EXO 15 9 sm77 figs-metonymy תּוֹרִישֵׁ֖⁠מוֹ יָדִֽ⁠י 1 my hand will destroy them Here **hand** is used figuratively of the Egyptians’ power (that is, their military strength). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “I will dispossess them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 15 9 sm77 figs-metonymy תּוֹרִישֵׁ֖⁠מוֹ יָדִֽ⁠י 1 my hand will destroy them Here **hand** is used of the Egyptians’ power (that is, their military strength). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “I will dispossess them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 15 10 yrj5 figs-metaphor נָשַׁ֥פְתָּ בְ⁠רוּחֲ⁠ךָ֖ 1 But you blew with your wind Moses spoke about God making the **wind** blow as if God **blew** the wind through his nose or mouth. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “But you made the wind blow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 15 10 f7d3 figs-simile צָֽלֲלוּ֙ כַּֽ⁠עוֹפֶ֔רֶת בְּ⁠מַ֖יִם אַדִּירִֽים 1 sank like lead in the mighty waters **Lead** is a heavy metal that is commonly used to make things sink in water. It is used here to show how quickly God’s enemies were destroyed. Alternate translation: “sank as fast as a heavy piece of metal in the deep turbulent waters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
EXO 15 11 wq2s figs-rquestion מִֽי־כָמֹ֤⁠כָה בָּֽ⁠אֵלִם֙ יְהוָ֔ה 1 Who is like you, Yahweh, among the gods? Moses uses this question to show how great God is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “O Yahweh, no one is like you among the gods!” or “Yahweh, none of the gods is like you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -1234,15 +1234,15 @@ EXO 16 29 y8wf לֶ֣חֶם 1 bread This refers to the bread that appeared as t
EXO 16 29 x6gh יוֹמָ֑יִם 1 bread Alternate translation: “for 2 days”
EXO 16 31 r1a5 translate-unknown כְּ⁠זֶ֤רַע גַּד֙ לָבָ֔ן 1 coriander seed **Coriander** is an herb also known as cilantro. People eat both the leaves and seeds. People dry the seeds, grind them into a powder, and put it in food to add flavor. Alternate translation: “like a small white seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EXO 16 31 vrl4 כְּ⁠צַפִּיחִ֥ת 1 wafers **Wafers** are very thin biscuits or crackers.
EXO 16 33 ggba figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 wafers Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 16 33 ggba figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 wafers Here, **face** represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 16 34 x9vr writing-background 0 wafers Verses 34-36 provide a later commentary on the chapter. If your language has a way of marking background information you may want to use it starting from verse 34 or verse 35. You may want to leave verse 34 more connected to verse 33 even though it references the **Covenant**, which has not been given yet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
EXO 16 34 jzcz figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָ⁠עֵדֻ֖ת 1 wafers Here, **face** figuratively represents being near the **Covenant.** Alternate translation: “near the Covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 16 34 jzcz figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָ⁠עֵדֻ֖ת 1 wafers Here, **face** represents being near the **Covenant.** Alternate translation: “near the Covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 16 36 g8ns translate-bvolume וְ⁠הָ⁠עֹ֕מֶר עֲשִׂרִ֥ית הָ⁠אֵיפָ֖ה הֽוּא 1 Now an omer is a tenth of an ephah An **omer** and an **ephah** are both units of dry measurement. An ephah is approximately equal to a bushel, and an omer is one-tenth of an ephah. The original readers would have known how much an ephah was. This sentence would help them know how much an omer was. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
EXO 16 36 a9uh translate-fraction וְ⁠הָ⁠עֹ֕מֶר עֲשִׂרִ֥ית הָ⁠אֵיפָ֖ה הֽוּא 1 Now an omer is a tenth of an ephah For languages that do not use fractions, this can be reworded. Alternate translation: “Now ten omers equal one ephah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
EXO 17 intro f12q 0 # Exodus 17 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n- v. 1-7: the Israelites complain and Yahweh gives them water\n- v. 8-16: Israel defeats Amalek in battle\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nMoses uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince people of their sin. Likewise, the people’s rhetorical question shows their ignorance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Wilderness of Sin\n\nSin is the name of a part of the Sinai Wilderness. It is not the description of a place, and it has nothing to do with the act of sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Naming\n\nAs in the last couple of chapters, places and things are named for what happens in that location. In this chapter is Massah (which means “test”), Meribah (“arguing”), and an altar named “Yahweh is my Banner,” because Yahweh will be at war with the Amalekites forever.
EXO 17 1 jzz5 writing-newevent וַ֠⁠יִּסְעוּ כָּל־עֲדַ֨ת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל 1 wilderness of Sin A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EXO 17 1 h1li translate-names סִ֛ין 1 wilderness of Sin The word **Sin** here is the Hebrew name of the wilderness. It is not the English word “sin.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 16:1](../16/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EXO 17 1 e7jv figs-metonymy עַל־פִּ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 wilderness of Sin Here, **mouth** refers figuratively to Yahweh’s commands (that is, what he says to do). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “at the command of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 17 1 e7jv figs-metonymy עַל־פִּ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 wilderness of Sin Here, **mouth** refers to Yahweh’s commands (that is, what he says to do). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “at the command of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 17 1 j1fm translate-names בִּ⁠רְפִידִ֔ים 1 Rephidim **Rephidim** means “the resting place,” a place to rest on long journeys through the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EXO 17 2 hr9b figs-rquestion מַה־תְּרִיבוּ⁠ן֙ עִמָּדִ֔⁠י מַה־תְּנַסּ֖וּ⁠ן אֶת־יְהוָֽה 1 Why do you quarrel with me? Why do you test Yahweh? Moses uses these questions to scold the people. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Why are you speaking against me? And why are you trying to test whether Yahweh is able to give you what you need?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EXO 17 3 cz24 figs-rquestion לָ֤⁠מָּה זֶּה֙ הֶעֱלִיתָ֣⁠נוּ מִ⁠מִּצְרַ֔יִם לְ⁠הָמִ֥ית אֹתִ֛⁠י וְ⁠אֶת־בָּנַ֥⁠י וְ⁠אֶת־מִקְנַ֖⁠י בַּ⁠צָּמָֽא 1 To kill us and our children and our cattle with thirst? The people use this question to accuse Moses of wanting to kill them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Why did you bring us up out of Egypt? Did you bring us here to cause us and our children and animals to die because we have no water to drink?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -1285,7 +1285,7 @@ EXO 18 9 wp1p figs-metonymy מִ⁠יַּ֥ד מִצְרָֽיִם 1 the hand of
EXO 18 10 nrv7 figs-metonymy מִ⁠יַּ֥ד מִצְרַ֖יִם וּ⁠מִ⁠יַּ֣ד פַּרְעֹ֑ה…מִ⁠תַּ֖חַת יַד־מִצְרָֽיִם 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh The hand represents the power of someone to do something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from the power of the Egyptians and from the power of Pharaoh … from the power of the Egyptians” or “from what the Egyptians and Pharaoh were doing to you … from what the Egyptians were doing to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 18 11 kmk7 כִּ֣י בַ⁠דָּבָ֔ר 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh Here, **because of the matter** probably refers back to Yahweh’s rescue of Israel. Alternate translation: “because of what he did”
EXO 18 11 ljj6 figs-explicit אֲשֶׁ֥ר זָד֖וּ עֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh The most natural referent for **they** is **the gods**, who, perhaps through their agents (Pharaoh and the Egyptians), fought against Yahweh and oppressed the Israelites (**them**). This would connect back to [Exodus 12:12](../12/12.md) where Yahweh declares that he is bringing judgment on the gods of Egypt. You may need to make some part of this explicit. Alternate translation: “in which they proudly fought Yahweh by oppressing Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EXO 18 12 voi9 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of God. In this case it likely means that this was a worship event. Alternate translation: “in the presence of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 18 12 voi9 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh Here, **face** represents the presence of God. In this case it likely means that this was a worship event. Alternate translation: “in the presence of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 18 13 ni2b writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִי֙ מִֽ⁠מָּחֳרָ֔ת 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EXO 18 13 ano2 translate-symaction וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב מֹשֶׁ֖ה לִ⁠שְׁפֹּ֣ט 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh Sitting was symbolic of having a position of authority. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Moses sat down as a judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EXO 18 13 wzea מִן־הַ⁠בֹּ֖קֶר עַד־הָ⁠עָֽרֶב 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh Alternate translation: “all day”
@ -1391,7 +1391,7 @@ EXO 20 26 h2qd עֶרְוָתְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 your nakedness Alternate translation
EXO 21 intro dnd3 0 # Exodus 21 General Notes<br><br>This chapter begins to give the Israelite civil case law, that is, the explanation of how to apply the principles condensed in the ten commandments.<br><br>## Structure:<br><br>- 1: Introduction<br>- 2-6: Laws regarding male slaves<br>- 7-11: Laws regarding female slaves<br>- 12-17: Capital crimes<br>- 18-36: Liability laws<br> * 18-27: Regarding human violence<br> * 28-36: Regarding damage done by or to animals<br><br>## Translation Issues in this Chapter<br><br>### Hypothetical situations<br><br>Throughout the case law, a hypothetical situation is introduced with “when” or “if.” It is followed by a description of the situation; then there is the penalty or action to be taken in those situations. A hypothetical person may be introduced with “anyone” or “whoever.” Most verses for the next several chapters will have these hypothetical situations. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]] Translators familiar with Hebrew may want to notice that, generally, major divisions are introduced by כִּי (ki) and minor divisions within a topic are introduced by אִם (’im).<br><br>### Passive construction<br><br>Many portions of these situations are written in the passive voice. Some languages may have to change all or some of these to active voice. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]].<br><br>### Daughters sold as servants<br><br>The section from [verses 7-11](../21/07.md) may be somewhat confusing because a daughter that is sold as a servant is seamlessly connected to her becoming someone’s wife. It seems the two things could be closely related.<br><br>### Ransom payment<br><br>In [verse 30](../21/30.md) a man whose bull killed someone may evade the death penalty by paying a ransom price, but the conditions for that happening are not clear.
EXO 21 1 xxf4 0 you must set before them Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. There is no quote break between chapters.
EXO 21 1 hhf7 תָּשִׂ֖ים 1 you must set before them Alternate translation: “you must give” or “you must tell”
EXO 21 1 ddql figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 you must set before them Here, **faces** figuratively represents the presence of the nation. Alternate translation: “before them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 21 1 ddql figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 you must set before them Here, **faces** represents the presence of the nation. Alternate translation: “before them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 21 2 di5z 0 General Information: Here Yahweh begins telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel.
EXO 21 2 wj0e grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical כִּ֤י תִקְנֶה֙ עֶ֣בֶד עִבְרִ֔י 1 General Information: This is the first of many hypothetical situations, introduced by “when” or **if,** which you will encounter over the next several chapters. See the [introduction to chapter 21](../21/intro.md). You will need to translate these consistently in a manner that expresses that these situations have not happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
EXO 21 3 ln3r figs-explicit אִם־בְּ⁠גַפּ֥⁠וֹ יָבֹ֖א בְּ⁠גַפּ֣⁠וֹ יֵצֵ֑א 1 If he came by himself, he must go free by himself What **by himself** means can be stated clearly. Some languages require that the additional condition, that he marries while a slave, be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “If he became a slave while he had no wife, and if he marries while he is a slave, the master need only free the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1537,7 +1537,7 @@ EXO 23 2 nuag figs-ellipsis לִ⁠נְטֹ֛ת…לְ⁠הַטֹּֽת 1 siding
EXO 23 2 tnv2 לִ⁠נְטֹ֛ת…לְ⁠הַטֹּֽת 1 pervert justice Here, **to turn aside** means to do illegal or immoral actions that result in an unjust ruling. Alternate translation: “to pervert justice … that perverts justice”
EXO 23 6 z2al לֹ֥א תַטֶּ֛ה מִשְׁפַּ֥ט אֶבְיֹנְ⁠ךָ֖ בְּ⁠רִיבֽ⁠וֹ 1 Do not thrust aside justice for your poor in his lawsuit Alternate translation: “Do not decide to treat a poor man unjustly in legal matters”
EXO 23 6 vh76 בְּ⁠רִיבֽ⁠וֹ 1 lawsuit Here, **in his lawsuit** refers to any matter that a court decides.
EXO 23 7 ljdw figs-metaphor מִ⁠דְּבַר־שֶׁ֖קֶר תִּרְחָ֑ק 1 I will not acquit the wicked Here distance is used figuratively to tell the Israelites to have no part in deception. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Do not speak deceptively” or “Do not join a false matter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 23 7 ljdw figs-metaphor מִ⁠דְּבַר־שֶׁ֖קֶר תִּרְחָ֑ק 1 I will not acquit the wicked Here distance is used to tell the Israelites to have no part in deception. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Do not speak deceptively” or “Do not join a false matter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 23 7 c6xl figs-doublet וְ⁠נָקִ֤י וְ⁠צַדִּיק֙ 1 I will not acquit the wicked These two terms mean very similar things, both of which contrast with **the wicked** later in the verse. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “and … the person who has not done anything wrong or the person who always does what is right” or “and … the person who does right and not wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EXO 23 7 mf4w לֹא־אַצְדִּ֖יק רָשָֽׁע 1 I will not acquit the wicked Alternate translation: “I will not find the wicked not guilty” or “I will not say that a wicked person is innocent”
EXO 23 8 gh3v figs-personification כִּ֤י הַ⁠שֹּׁ֨חַד֙ יְעַוֵּ֣ר פִּקְחִ֔ים וִֽ⁠יסַלֵּ֖ף דִּבְרֵ֥י צַדִּיקִֽים 1 bribe blinds…perverts Here, a “bribe” is described as if it could take action itself that negatively affects justice. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “for if you do, an evil person can give money to blind the clear-sighted and to pervert the words of the righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@ -1662,18 +1662,18 @@ EXO 25 23 a2o9 translate-fraction וָ⁠חֵ֖צִי 1 two cubits…one cubit
EXO 25 24 f20e 0 two cubits…one cubit…a cubit and a half This verse is almost identical to [25:11](../25/11.md).
EXO 25 25 awi7 translate-bdistance טֹ֖פַח 1 one handbreadth wide You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A **handbreadth** is a measurement of approximately eight centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
EXO 25 25 bit8 לּ֥⁠וֹ 1 frame for it Alternate translation: “for the table”
EXO 25 27 jdh4 figs-idiom לְ⁠בָתִּ֣ים 1 The rings must be attached Here, **to house the poles** means that the rings will hold the poles. Since the rings are where the poles belong for use when carrying the table, the rings are figuratively in their **house.** If your language has a similar idiom meaning “place of belonging,” you may use it, or you may translate the idea. Alternate translation: “to be a place for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 25 27 jdh4 figs-idiom לְ⁠בָתִּ֣ים 1 The rings must be attached Here, **to house the poles** means that the rings will hold the poles. Since the rings are where the poles belong for use when carrying the table, the rings are in their **house.** If your language has a similar idiom meaning “place of belonging,” you may use it, or you may translate the idea. Alternate translation: “to be a place for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 25 28 l4fk figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִשָּׂא־בָ֖⁠ם אֶת־הַ⁠שֻּׁלְחָֽן 1 so that the table may be carried with them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And you shall carry the table with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EXO 25 29 nrmp translate-unknown קְּעָרֹתָ֜י⁠ו וְ⁠כַפֹּתָ֗י⁠ו וּ⁠קְשׂוֹתָי⁠ו֙ וּ⁠מְנַקִּיֹּתָ֔י⁠ו 1 to be used to pour out drink offerings We do not know precisely what these dishes were. It is likely that the **plates** were mostly flat dishes for holding the bread that would be on the table. The **pans** may have been shallow bowls or deep plates for holding incense, or they may have been something more like a ladle or spoon. The **pitchers** probably held wine to be poured into the **bowls** for the drink offerings. You will need to translate using the closest word for each such item in your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EXO 25 29 v78d figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁ֥ר יֻסַּ֖ךְ בָּ⁠הֵ֑ן 1 to be used to pour out drink offerings If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “from which the priests will pour out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EXO 25 30 uth7 figs-metonymy לֶ֥חֶם פָּנִ֖ים 1 bread of the presence Here, **faces** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. This bread represented the presence of God. Alternate translation: “the bread of the Presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 25 30 kh7c figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנַ֥⁠י 1 bread of the presence Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “in front of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 25 30 uth7 figs-metonymy לֶ֥חֶם פָּנִ֖ים 1 bread of the presence Here, **faces** represents the presence of Yahweh. This bread represented the presence of God. Alternate translation: “the bread of the Presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 25 30 kh7c figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנַ֥⁠י 1 bread of the presence Here, **face** represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “in front of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 25 31 kc3q מִקְשָׁ֞ה 1 hammered gold Alternate translation: “of beaten gold” See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:18](../25/18.md).
EXO 25 31 g25l figs-activepassive תֵּעָשֶׂ֤ה 1 The lampstand is to be made If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you shall make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EXO 25 33 i7bh translate-unknown מְֽשֻׁקָּדִ֞ים 1 almond blossoms **Almond blossoms** are white or pink flowers with five petals. (An almond is a kind of nut.) You may want to include a short description as a footnote or in the text (if that is your translation style) the first time this object is encountered. Alternate translation: “shaped like the five-petaled almond flower” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EXO 25 35 lk10 וְ⁠כַפְתֹּ֡ר תַּחַת֩ שְׁנֵ֨י הַ⁠קָּנִ֜ים מִמֶּ֗⁠נָּה וְ⁠כַפְתֹּר֙ תַּ֣חַת שְׁנֵ֤י הַ⁠קָּנִים֙ מִמֶּ֔⁠נָּה וְ⁠כַפְתֹּ֕ר תַּחַת־שְׁנֵ֥י הַ⁠קָּנִ֖ים מִמֶּ֑⁠נָּה לְ⁠שֵׁ֨שֶׁת֙ הַ⁠קָּנִ֔ים הַ⁠יֹּצְאִ֖ים מִן־הַ⁠מְּנֹרָֽה 1 made as one piece with it Alternate translation: “There must be a leafy base under the first pair of branches—made as one piece with it, and a leafy base under the second pair of branches—also made as one piece with it. In the same way there must be a leafy base under the third pair of branches, made as one piece with it. It must be the same for all six branches extending out from the lampstand.”
EXO 25 36 r7yz מִקְשָׁ֥ה 1 made as one piece with it Alternate translation: “of beaten gold” See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:18](../25/18.md).
EXO 25 37 dfn6 figs-metonymy וְ⁠הֵאִ֖יר עַל־עֵ֥בֶר פָּנֶֽי⁠הָ 1 for them to give light from it Here, **face** figuratively represents the location of the lampstand. Alternate translation: “so they shine light near it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 25 37 dfn6 figs-metonymy וְ⁠הֵאִ֖יר עַל־עֵ֥בֶר פָּנֶֽי⁠הָ 1 for them to give light from it Here, **face** represents the location of the lampstand. Alternate translation: “so they shine light near it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 25 39 ff5p translate-bweight כִּכָּ֛ר 1 one talent If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. A talent weighs about 33 kilograms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
EXO 25 40 y081 figs-explicit וּ⁠רְאֵ֖ה וַ⁠עֲשֵׂ֑ה 1 you are being shown on the mountain All the items described in this chapter are included in what Moses is told to **see and make**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “See and make everything I have described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EXO 25 40 gyte figs-metonymy וּ⁠רְאֵ֖ה וַ⁠עֲשֵׂ֑ה 1 you are being shown on the mountain Here, **see** relates to observing or overseeing. Essentially, Yahweh is telling Moses to be careful as he observes the pattern on the mountain and as he sees the craftsmen of Israel working on these items, so that they are made correctly. Alternate translation: “Observe carefully and work exactly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -1762,7 +1762,7 @@ EXO 27 18 mu6b figs-ellipsis חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים בַּ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֗
EXO 27 19 bs7c translate-unknown יְתֵדֹתָ֛י⁠ו…יִתְדֹ֥ת 1 tent pegs The **tent pegs** are strong, sharp pieces of metal driven into the ground and used to secure the corners of a tent to the ground or to secure ropes in order to create tension to stabilize something standing upright. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EXO 27 21 p7ru figs-synecdoche הָ⁠עֵדֻ֗ת 1 ark of testimony The **testimony** refers to the chest that contains the sacred slabs of stone on which Yahweh had written his commandments. If it would be more clear to your readers you may include a reference to the chest. Alternate translation: “is the Box of the Testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EXO 27 21 nlwz יַעֲרֹךְ֩ אֹת֨⁠וֹ 1 ark of testimony Here, **it** refers to the lamp mentioned in the previous verse and **arrange** means to set it up for burning, and light it. Alternate translation: “shall set up the lampstand and light it”
EXO 27 21 j41s figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 ark of testimony Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “in front of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 27 21 j41s figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 ark of testimony Here, **face** represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “in front of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 27 21 vr7m חֻקַּ֤ת עוֹלָם֙ לְ⁠דֹ֣רֹתָ֔⁠ם מֵ⁠אֵ֖ת בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 This requirement will be a lasting statute See how you translated a similar statement in [12:14](../12/14.md)
EXO 28 intro r3yx 0 # Exodus 28 General Notes<br><br>## Structure<br><br>- v. 1: Introduction - Aaron and sons will become priests<br>- v. 2-5: General introduction of sacred clothing<br>- v. 6-14: Instructions for the ephod<br> * v. 9-14: Instructions regarding stones on ephod<br>- v. 15-28: Instructions for the breastpiece<br> * v. 17-21: Instructions regarding stones on breastpiece<br> * v. 22-28: Instructions for mounting the breastpiece on the ephod<br>- v. 29-30: Aaron should wear things over his heart<br>- v 31-35: Instructions for making the robe with bells and pomegranates<br>- v. 36-38: Instructions regarding the turban<br>- v. 39-41: Closing general instructions regarding clothing<br>- v. 42-43: Instructions on making and wearing undergarments<br>- v. 43b: Closing statement<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Holy garments<br><br>Because Yahweh is holy, only the priests could approach him, and when they did they had to be wearing specially made clothing. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br><br>## Potential Translation Issues<br><br>- Verses 17-20 list 12 kinds of stone. Scholars are not sure which kinds of stones the Hebrew words refer to. Some translations list different stones. The UST gives the probable color of the gemstones. Translators may use names of familiar gem stones.
EXO 28 1 e1xb figs-yousingular וְ⁠אַתָּ֡ה 1 Call to yourself Here, **you** refers to Moses; in this case, it is used to highlight that he is the person who must do the next thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
@ -1792,7 +1792,7 @@ EXO 28 11 x1xc translate-unknown חָרַשׁ֮ אֶבֶן֒ 1 engraver A **craf
EXO 28 11 cm3f translate-unknown חֹתָ֗ם 1 signet This is an engraved stone often set into a ring and used to stamp a design into a wax seal to authenticate an official document. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EXO 28 11 gh2r translate-unknown מִשְׁבְּצ֥וֹת 1 settings These are pieces of metal that hold the stones onto the ephod. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EXO 28 12 ypfd זִכָּרֹ֖ן…לְ⁠זִכָּרֹֽן 1 settings The text does not specify if Yahweh or Aaron or someone else is the one being reminded by the stones. It also does not specify exactly what the reminder is of. Try to maintain this ambiguity if possible in your translation.
EXO 28 12 shn5 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֧י 1 settings Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “in the presence of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 28 12 shn5 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֧י 1 settings Here, **face** represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “in the presence of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 28 13 pi4x translate-unknown מִשְׁבְּצֹ֖ת 1 settings The **ornamental settings** are pieces of precious metal that surround the sides of hold each stone to hold it onto the ephod. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EXO 28 14 e746 וּ⁠שְׁתֵּ֤י שַׁרְשְׁרֹת֙ זָהָ֣ב טָה֔וֹר מִגְבָּלֹ֛ת תַּעֲשֶׂ֥ה אֹתָ֖⁠ם מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה עֲבֹ֑ת 1 two braided chains of pure gold like cords Alternate translation: “and you shall make two chains of pure gold that are braided like cords”
EXO 28 15 sf8e מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה חֹשֵׁ֔ב כְּ⁠מַעֲשֵׂ֥ה אֵפֹ֖ד תַּעֲשֶׂ֑⁠נּוּ 1 the work of a skillful workman, fashioned like the ephod Alternate translation: “a skillful workman will make it like the ephod”
@ -1821,7 +1821,7 @@ EXO 28 29 z1mz שְׁמ֨וֹת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 1 he mus
EXO 28 29 cc97 עַל־לִבּ֖⁠וֹ 1 over his heart Alternate translation: “over Aaron’s heart” or “on his chest”
EXO 28 30 dgn9 translate-transliterate הָ⁠אוּרִים֙ וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠תֻּמִּ֔ים 1 the Urim and the Thummim It is not clear what **the Urim and the Thummim** are. They were objects, possibly stones, that the priest used to somehow determine the will of God. Because of this, it is basically impossible to translate. In your translation, you can spell it the way it sounds in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
EXO 28 30 f537 translate-unknown וְ⁠נָשָׂ֣א אַ֠הֲרֹן אֶת־מִשְׁפַּ֨ט בְּנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל עַל־לִבּ֛⁠וֹ לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה תָּמִֽיד 1 the Urim and the Thummim…the means for making decisions This phrase appears to refer to the Urim and Thummim and explain their purpose. Alternate translation: “And Aaron shall bear the decisions for the sons of Israel over his heart before Yahweh continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EXO 28 30 fep5 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה…לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה 1 the Urim and the Thummim…the means for making decisions Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh … before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 28 30 fep5 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה…לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה 1 the Urim and the Thummim…the means for making decisions Here, **face** represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh … before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 28 32 x42n מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה אֹרֵ֗ג 1 This must be the work of a weaver Alternate translation: “made by a weaver”
EXO 28 32 rw96 translate-unknown אֹרֵ֗ג 1 a weaver Alternate translation: “a person who weaves” or “a person who creates cloth using thread, yarns and wool” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EXO 28 32 t60l translate-unknown תַחְרָ֛א 1 a weaver We do not know what this term means, but the implication seems to be that the collar should be made strong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@ -1829,7 +1829,7 @@ EXO 28 32 ubhg figs-activepassive לֹ֥א יִקָּרֵֽעַ 1 a weaver If yo
EXO 28 33 qm1f translate-unknown תְּכֵ֤לֶת וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָן֙ וְ⁠תוֹלַ֣עַת שָׁנִ֔י 1 pomegranates This could mean: (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. The original audience would have known what was meant. This material seems to have been used for embroidery later, so “yarn” or “thread” may be the best understanding. See how you translated this in [25:4](../25/04.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EXO 28 34 kl55 פַּעֲמֹ֤ן זָהָב֙ וְ⁠רִמּ֔וֹן פַּֽעֲמֹ֥ן זָהָ֖ב וְ⁠רִמּ֑וֹן 1 a golden bell and a pomegranate This phrase is repeated to show the pattern of the design on the robe. Alternate translation: “alternate pomegranates and golden bells”
EXO 28 35 pf61 figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִשְׁמַ֣ע ק֠וֹל⁠וֹ 1 so that its sound can be heard If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the bells make a sound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EXO 28 35 fmqu figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֧י יְהוָ֛ה 1 so that its sound can be heard Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 28 35 fmqu figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֧י יְהוָ֛ה 1 so that its sound can be heard Here, **face** represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 28 35 ky8s figs-123person יְהוָ֛ה 1 so that its sound can be heard Here, Yahweh refers to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you may use the first person. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EXO 28 35 qtf9 figs-explicit וְ⁠לֹ֥א יָמֽוּת 1 This is so that he does not die The probable implication is that he would die because he did not obey Yahweh. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “As a result, he will not die because of disobeying my instructions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EXO 28 36 mzej translate-unknown צִּ֖יץ 1 engrave on it, like the engraving on a signet We do not know exactly what this was. It was probably a thin piece of gold smaller than the palm of someone’s hand. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@ -1837,7 +1837,7 @@ EXO 28 36 nd2q translate-unknown וּ⁠פִתַּחְתָּ֤ עָלָי⁠ו֙
EXO 28 37 qka6 translate-unknown הַ⁠מִּצְנָ֑פֶת…הַ⁠מִּצְנֶ֖פֶת 1 turban This was a head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EXO 28 37 lxq8 figs-metonymy אֶל־מ֥וּל פְּנֵֽי־הַ⁠מִּצְנֶ֖פֶת 1 turban Here, **face** means the front. Alternate translation: “to the front of the turban” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 28 38 frqm figs-metaphor וְ⁠נָשָׂ֨א אַהֲרֹ֜ן אֶת־עֲוֺ֣ן הַ⁠קֳּדָשִׁ֗ים 1 turban Here, **iniquity** is pictured as something that can be carried or worn like the turban. It also seems to picture handing off the iniquity from the people to Aaron. Also here, **iniquity** actually seems to refer to the punishment for anything that might be wrong regarding the things the Israelites offer Yahweh. You may need to use a different word than **bear** to convey the transfer of responsibility for wrongs from the people to Aaron. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and Aaron shall be responsible for any wrong related to the holy things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 28 38 chuz figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 turban Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 28 38 chuz figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 turban Here, **face** represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 28 38 jbt4 figs-123person יְהוָֽה 1 turban Here, Yahweh refers to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you may use the first person. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EXO 28 39 t5vj translate-unknown מִצְנֶ֣פֶת 1 turban This was a head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EXO 28 39 yi1l translate-unknown וְ⁠אַבְנֵ֥ט 1 sash A **sash** is a decorative piece of cloth that a person wears around his waist or across his chest. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@ -1931,7 +1931,7 @@ EXO 30 2 w56e translate-unknown קַרְנֹתָֽי⁠ו 1 Its horns must be ma
EXO 30 2 a39m translate-bdistance אַמָּ֨ה…וְ⁠אַמָּ֤ה…וְ⁠אַמָּתַ֖יִם 1 Its horns must be made If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. A **cubit** is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 46cm … 46cm … 94cm (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
EXO 30 3 d3uu 0 General Information: This verse is very similar to [Exodus 25:11](../25/11.md), so see how you translated there.
EXO 30 4 qyg4 0 to be attached to it When translating this verse, you may want to refer back to several other passages regarding making rings for carrying poles. See [Exo 25:12](../25/12.md), [Exo 25:26](../25/26.md), [Exo 25:27](../25/27.md), & [Exo 27:4](../27/04.md).
EXO 30 4 bvxi figs-idiom לְ⁠בָתִּ֣ים 1 to be attached to it Here, the word **housings** means that the rings will hold the poles. Since they are where the poles belong for use, they are figuratively their house. If you have a similar idiom meaning “place of belonging,” you may use it or you may translate the idea. Alternate translation: “a place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 30 4 bvxi figs-idiom לְ⁠בָתִּ֣ים 1 to be attached to it Here, the word **housings** means that the rings will hold the poles. Since they are where the poles belong for use, they are their house. If you have a similar idiom meaning “place of belonging,” you may use it or you may translate the idea. Alternate translation: “a place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 30 6 ulvn figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י…לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י 1 to be attached to it Here, **before the face of** means in front of. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 30 6 e87s figs-yousingular לְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 to be attached to it Here, **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
EXO 30 7 o1zo בַּ⁠בֹּ֣קֶר בַּ⁠בֹּ֗קֶר 1 General Information: Alternate translation: “Each morning” or “Daily, in the morning”
@ -1959,7 +1959,7 @@ EXO 30 14 k4h9 figs-metaphor מִ⁠בֶּ֛ן עֶשְׂרִ֥ים שָׁנָ֖
EXO 30 15 e8xa translate-bmoney מִֽ⁠מַּחֲצִ֖ית הַ⁠שָּׁ֑קֶל 1 the half shekel See how you translated this in [Exodus 3:13](../03/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
EXO 30 15 ew8p figs-123person נַפְשֹׁתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 the half shekel The plural form of you is used here. In many cases, since Yahweh is speaking to Moses about the people that will be counted, it may make more sense to change to the third person. However, Moses would be counted as well and would have to pay the ransom, so a form of you that could include Moses and all the other Israelite men would also be an appropriate translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EXO 30 16 z6tn וְ⁠הָיָה֩ לִ⁠בְנֵ֨י יִשְׂרָאֵ֤ל לְ⁠זִכָּרוֹן֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה לְ⁠כַפֵּ֖ר עַל־נַפְשֹׁתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 It must be a reminder to the Israelites before me, to make atonement for your lives This sentence is very unclear. It is not clear who is being reminded of what. This could mean: (1) that it will remind Yahweh that the Israelites have given money for their lives, and therefore he should welcome them. (2) that it will remind the Israelites that they have given Yahweh money for their lives. Therefore, Yahweh will welcome them.
EXO 30 16 mwix figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 It must be a reminder to the Israelites before me, to make atonement for your lives Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 30 16 mwix figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 It must be a reminder to the Israelites before me, to make atonement for your lives Here, **face** represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 30 18 v88y translate-unknown כִּיּ֥וֹר נְחֹ֛שֶׁת 1 bronze basin Alternate translation: “a bronze bowl” or “a bronze tub” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EXO 30 18 bh82 וְ⁠כַנּ֥⁠וֹ 1 a bronze stand The **base** is what the basin would be put upon.
EXO 30 18 iq8n לְ⁠רָחְצָ֑ה 1 a basin for washing This phrase, **for washing**, explains the purpose for which the priests were to use the bronze basin.
@ -2314,7 +2314,7 @@ EXO 35 11 pvft בְּרִיחָ֖יו 1 clasps See how you translated this in [
EXO 35 11 f1gk עַמֻּדָ֖י⁠ו 1 clasps See how you translated this in [26:32](../26/32.md).
EXO 35 11 syn4 אֲדָנָֽי⁠ו 1 bases These are heavy objects that rest on the ground and keep the object attached to them from moving. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md).
EXO 35 12 rj7s 0 atonement lid See how you translated these terms in [25:10-17](../25/10.md) and [26:36](../26/36.md).
EXO 35 13 l641 figs-metonymy לֶ֥חֶם הַ⁠פָּנִֽים 1 bread of the presence Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. This bread represented the presence of God. Alternate translation: “the bread of the Presence” See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:30](../25/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 35 13 l641 figs-metonymy לֶ֥חֶם הַ⁠פָּנִֽים 1 bread of the presence Here, **face** represents the presence of Yahweh. This bread represented the presence of God. Alternate translation: “the bread of the Presence” See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:30](../25/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 35 14 obmd 0 bread of the presence See [25:31-37](../25/31.md) for these items.
EXO 35 15 ht7x מִזְבַּ֤ח הַ⁠קְּטֹ֨רֶת֙…שֶׁ֣מֶן הַ⁠מִּשְׁחָ֔ה…קְטֹ֣רֶת הַ⁠סַּמִּ֑ים 1 bread of the presence For the **altar**, see [30:1](../30/01.md). For the **oil**, see [30:25](../30/25.md). For the **incense**, see [30:7](../30/07.md).
EXO 35 16 h116 0 bronze grate For the **grate**, see [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md). Most of the rest of the verse is almost identical to [30:28](../30/28.md).

Can't render this file because it is too large.

398
en_tn_15-EZR.tsv
View File

@ -12,22 +12,22 @@ EZR 1 1 savk figs-explicit דְּבַר־יְהוָ֖ה 1 What Yahweh had said
EZR 1 1 l953 translate-names יְהוָ֖ה 1 Yahweh **Yahweh** is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. It occurs many times in the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate it consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 1 1 y7r9 figs-metonymy מִ⁠פִּ֣י יִרְמְיָ֑ה 1 by the mouth of Jeremiah Here, **mouth** represents speaking. Alternate translation: “which Jeremiah spoke about” or “which Jeremiah announced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 1 1 fn3a figs-synecdoche הֵעִ֣יר יְהוָ֗ה אֶת־ר֨וּחַ֙ כֹּ֣רֶשׁ 1 Yahweh stirred the spirit of Cyrus Here the book uses one aspect of Cyrus, his spirit, to represent all of him. Alternate translation: “Yahweh put a desire to do something into Cyrus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EZR 1 1 cz5n figs-metaphor הֵעִ֣יר יְהוָ֗ה אֶת־ר֨וּחַ֙ כֹּ֣רֶשׁ 1 Here, the book speaks figuratively of Yahweh causing Cyrus to act by saying that he **stirred up** his spirit in the way that winds might stir up calm waters and make them move around. The meaning is that Yahweh directly influenced the heart and will of Cyrus to get him to do something. Alternate translation: “Yahweh put a desire to do something into Cyrus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 1 1 cz5n figs-metaphor הֵעִ֣יר יְהוָ֗ה אֶת־ר֨וּחַ֙ כֹּ֣רֶשׁ 1 Here, the book speaks of Yahweh causing Cyrus to act by saying that he **stirred up** his spirit in the way that winds might stir up calm waters and make them move around. The meaning is that Yahweh directly influenced the heart and will of Cyrus to get him to do something. Alternate translation: “Yahweh put a desire to do something into Cyrus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 1 1 n59e grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יַּֽעֲבֶר 1 The word **so** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result, he made … to be sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 1 1 yiq4 figs-metonymy וַ⁠יַּֽעֲבֶר־קוֹל֙ בְּ⁠כָל־מַלְכוּת֔⁠וֹ 1 his voice went out throughout all his kingdom Here, **he** means Cyrus. In this context, the **sound** is a voice speaking a message, and the voice figuratively represents the message that it speaks. But since the message could not travel by itself, ultimately the reference is to the messengers who delivered it. Alternate translation: “Cyrus sent messengers out to proclaim a decree everywhere in his empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 1 1 yiq4 figs-metonymy וַ⁠יַּֽעֲבֶר־קוֹל֙ בְּ⁠כָל־מַלְכוּת֔⁠וֹ 1 his voice went out throughout all his kingdom Here, **he** means Cyrus. In this context, the **sound** is a voice speaking a message, and the voice represents the message that it speaks. But since the message could not travel by itself, ultimately the reference is to the messengers who delivered it. Alternate translation: “Cyrus sent messengers out to proclaim a decree everywhere in his empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 1 1 x1wz figs-ellipsis וְ⁠גַם־בְּ⁠מִכְתָּ֖ב 1 what was written was spoken Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. The meaning is: Cyrus also put this decree in writing. You could say that explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “and Cyrus also sent out written copies of the decree” or “and Cyrus also had his scribes write down the decree in his official records” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EZR 1 2 arwl figs-distinguish יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם 1 Here Cyrus provides some background information to inform his subjects who Yahweh is. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God who is above all” or “Yahweh, the God who rules in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
EZR 1 2 aqj5 figs-hyperbole כֹּ֚ל מַמְלְכ֣וֹת הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 all the kingdoms of the earth **All** is an exaggeration for emphasis. There were still some kingdoms on earth that Cyrus did not rule. However, he had conquered every other large empire in his part of the world that might have been a threat to him. Alternate translation: “to be unchallenged ruler over this entire land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
EZR 1 2 zb3e figs-idiom נָ֣תַן לִ֔⁠י 1 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “has made me the king over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 1 2 dcb6 figs-explicit לִ⁠בְנֽוֹת־ל֣⁠וֹ בַ֔יִת 1 Cyrus is not going to do the building personally. Rather, he means that he is giving the Jews, the people who worship Yahweh, permission and support to rebuild his temple, which the Babylonians had destroyed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to make it possible for the Jews, the people who worship him, to rebuild his temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 1 2 eapm figs-metaphor בַ֔יִת 1 Here, **house** figuratively means a temple. Cyrus speaks of this temple as if it would be a house in which God lived, since God’s presence would be there. Alternate translation: “a temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 1 2 eapm figs-metaphor בַ֔יִת 1 Here, **house** means a temple. Cyrus speaks of this temple as if it would be a house in which God lived, since God’s presence would be there. Alternate translation: “a temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 1 2 i909 figs-distinguish בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּֽ⁠יהוּדָֽה׃ 1 Here, Cyrus provides some background information about the city where he wants the Jews to rebuild the temple of Yahweh, since many of the recipients of his message might not have known where Jerusalem was. Alternate translation: “in Jerusalem, the capital city of the province of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
EZR 1 2 gmx4 translate-names בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּֽ⁠יהוּדָֽה׃ 1 for him a house … in Judah **Jerusalem** is the name of a city, and **Judah** is the name of the province in which it was located. These names occur many times in the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate them consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 1 3 xf34 figs-explicit מִֽי־בָ⁠כֶ֣ם מִ⁠כָּל־עַמּ֗⁠וֹ 1 his people Here, **all** probably indicates that Cyrus is thinking of not only the people whom the Babylonians had taken into exile from the southern kingdom of Judah some decades before, and their descendants, but also any of the people whose ancestors the Assyrians had taken into exile from the northern kingdom of Israel nearly two centuries earlier. Cyrus now ruled over the territories to which both groups had been exiled. If any in the second group still had awareness and proof of their identity, and if they still wanted to honor and worship Yahweh, they could also return to Jerusalem and help rebuild the temple. (However, as [1:5](../01/05.md) indicates, it was essentially Israelites from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin who actually did return.) To make this clear, you could include this information. Alternate translation: “Which of you is an Israelite from any tribe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 1 3 fq6g figs-idiom יְהִ֤י אֱלֹהָי⁠ו֙ עִמּ֔⁠וֹ 1 Cyrus wishing that **God** will **be with** these Israelites is an idiom that expresses his wish that God would make their journey and the rebuilding project successful. If it is more natural in your language, you could say this at the end of the verse. Alternate translation: “May his God make him successful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 1 3 hz9g figs-idiom וְ⁠יַ֕עַל לִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם 1 Cyrus says **go up** because the Jews would have to travel from a river valley up into the mountains in order to return from their places of exile to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “and let him return to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 1 3 k839 figs-distinguish לִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם אֲשֶׁ֣ר בִּ⁠יהוּדָ֑ה 1 Cyrus once again provides background information about the city. Alternate translation: “to Jerusalem, in the province of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
EZR 1 3 gxbj figs-metaphor בֵּ֤ית יְהוָה֙ 1 Here, **house** figuratively means a temple. Cyrus continues to speak of this temple as if it would be a house in which Yahweh lived, since Yahweh’s presence would be there. Alternate translation: “a temple for Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 1 3 gxbj figs-metaphor בֵּ֤ית יְהוָה֙ 1 Here, **house** means a temple. Cyrus continues to speak of this temple as if it would be a house in which Yahweh lived, since Yahweh’s presence would be there. Alternate translation: “a temple for Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 1 3 o6x4 figs-distinguish יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל ה֥וּא הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃ 1 Here Cyrus provides further background information to inform his subjects who Yahweh is. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God whom the people of Israel worship, who should have a temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
EZR 1 3 agt1 figs-possession אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 The phrase **the God of Israel** does not mean that God belongs to Israel, but that this is the God whom Israel worships. Alternate translation: “the God whom Israel worships” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
EZR 1 4 t7ux וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠נִּשְׁאָ֗ר מִֽ⁠כָּל־הַ⁠מְּקֹמוֹת֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר ה֣וּא גָֽר־שָׁם֒ יְנַשְּׂא֨וּ⁠הוּ֙ אַנְשֵׁ֣י מְקֹמ֔⁠וֹ 1 Whoever survives in any place where he lives, let the people in that place help him The structure of this sentence may present difficulties for translation because the long phrase at the beginning actually describes who will receive the action, rather than who will do the action. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say first who will do the action. Alternate translation: “Let the people who live in any place where Jewish survivors are in exile help them”
@ -37,17 +37,17 @@ EZR 1 4 uoep אֲשֶׁ֣ר ה֣וּא גָֽר־שָׁם֒ 1 Saying **where**
EZR 1 4 p5jk figs-gendernotations יְנַשְּׂא֨וּ⁠הוּ֙ אַנְשֵׁ֣י מְקֹמ֔⁠וֹ 1 It is likely that both women and men would have helped to gather the supplies listed in the rest of this verse to support the returning Jews. So the term **men** here probably includes both groups. Alternate translation: “the people of that place should help him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
EZR 1 4 d9rn figs-idiom יְנַשְּׂא֨וּ⁠הוּ֙ 1 **Lift** here is an idiom that means help. Alternate translation: “let … help him by providing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 1 4 f6tk figs-explicit הַ֨⁠נְּדָבָ֔ה 1 The book expects readers to know that these would be extra gifts, beyond the necessities already listed. They might include money to help rebuild the temple and vessels to be used in the temple, such as the ones listed in [1:7–11](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: “any extra gifts that they want to give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 1 4 swvz figs-metaphor לְ⁠בֵ֥ית הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃ 1 **House** figuratively means a temple. Cyrus continues to speak of this temple as if it would be a house in which God lived, since God’s presence would be there. The book repeatedly uses the expressions **house**, **house of God**, and “house of Yahweh” to mean the temple in Jerusalem. It will be helpful to your readers if you translate these expressions consistently every time. Alternate translation: “for the temple that the Jews will rebuild for God in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 1 4 swvz figs-metaphor לְ⁠בֵ֥ית הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃ 1 **House** means a temple. Cyrus continues to speak of this temple as if it would be a house in which God lived, since God’s presence would be there. The book repeatedly uses the expressions **house**, **house of God**, and “house of Yahweh” to mean the temple in Jerusalem. It will be helpful to your readers if you translate these expressions consistently every time. Alternate translation: “for the temple that the Jews will rebuild for God in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 1 5 i39z grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יָּק֜וּמוּ 1 The word **then** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous verses have described. Alternate translation: “In response to this decree … prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 1 5 kkxf figs-idiom וַ⁠יָּק֜וּמוּ 1 In this context, the term **arose** means that these leaders took action to get an enterprise under way. It does not indicate that these leaders had been sitting or lying down and that they stood up. Alternate translation: “Then … started making preparations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 1 5 hgd0 figs-ellipsis רָאשֵׁ֣י הָ⁠אָב֗וֹת 1 This is an abbreviated way of saying the heads of the father’s houses. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EZR 1 5 v371 רָאשֵׁ֣י הָ⁠אָב֗וֹת 1 Among the Israelites, the expression “father’s house” or “house of the father” originally described an extended-family group. It later came to be used more generally to refer to a larger clan within a tribe. In this expression, the word “house” (which does not appear in the abbreviated version here) figuratively describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders”
EZR 1 5 v371 רָאשֵׁ֣י הָ⁠אָב֗וֹת 1 Among the Israelites, the expression “father’s house” or “house of the father” originally described an extended-family group. It later came to be used more generally to refer to a larger clan within a tribe. In this expression, the word “house” (which does not appear in the abbreviated version here) describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders”
EZR 1 5 bezo figs-metaphor רָאשֵׁ֣י 1 Here, **heads** is a figurative way of saying leaders. Alternate translation: “leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 1 5 rt3n translate-names לִֽ⁠יהוּדָה֙ וּ⁠בִנְיָמִ֔ן 1 These are the names of two of the tribes of Israel. Alternate translation: “of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 1 5 s2yg figs-metaphor לְ⁠כֹ֨ל הֵעִ֤יר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶת־רוּח֔⁠וֹ 1 with everyone whose spirit God had stirred up to go up Here the book again speaks figuratively of God causing people to act by saying that he **stirred up** their spirits the way winds might stir up calm waters and get them to move around. The meaning is that God directly influenced the hearts and wills of these clan leaders to get them to do something. Alternate translation: “all those whom God had led to act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 1 5 s2yg figs-metaphor לְ⁠כֹ֨ל הֵעִ֤יר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶת־רוּח֔⁠וֹ 1 with everyone whose spirit God had stirred up to go up Here the book again speaks of God causing people to act by saying that he **stirred up** their spirits the way winds might stir up calm waters and get them to move around. The meaning is that God directly influenced the hearts and wills of these clan leaders to get them to do something. Alternate translation: “all those whom God had led to act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 1 5 ywuq figs-idiom לַ⁠עֲל֣וֹת 1 As in [1:3](../01/03.md), the book says **go up** because the Jews would have to travel from a river valley up into the mountains in order to return from their places of exile to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “to return to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 1 6 ihv7 figs-hyperbole וְ⁠כָל־סְבִיבֹֽתֵי⁠הֶם֙ 1 **All** is an exaggeration for emphasis. Every person who lived near a returning Jew did not necessarily provide support. But the expression indicates that the Jews received very generous support from many of their neighbors. Alternate translation: “And the people of their communities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
EZR 1 6 wwg6 figs-metaphor חִזְּק֣וּ בִֽ⁠ידֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 strengthened their hands Here, **hands** figuratively represents strength and power. This expression means that the neighbors of the Jews gave them greater capacity to act and fulfill their project by supplying them with the items listed. Alternate translation: “enabled them by giving them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 1 6 wwg6 figs-metaphor חִזְּק֣וּ בִֽ⁠ידֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 strengthened their hands Here, **hands** represents strength and power. This expression means that the neighbors of the Jews gave them greater capacity to act and fulfill their project by supplying them with the items listed. Alternate translation: “enabled them by giving them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 1 6 sc2n לְ⁠בַ֖ד עַל־כָּל־הִתְנַדֵּֽב 1 This is a reference to the freewill offerings that are also mentioned in [1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “in addition, the people freely gave extra gifts”
EZR 1 7 sv16 figs-explicit וְ⁠הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ כּ֔וֹרֶשׁ הוֹצִ֖יא 1 **Cyrus** did not do this work himself. He ordered others to do it. If that is not understood in your language, you can say this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 1 7 bt1u figs-explicit כְּלֵ֣י בֵית־יְהוָ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר הוֹצִ֤יא נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּר֙ מִ⁠יר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם וַֽ⁠יִּתְּנֵ֖⁠ם בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלֹהָֽי⁠ו׃ 1 **Vessels** refers to the bowls, basins, and other objects that are listed in [1:9](../01/09.md) and [1:10](../01/10.md). The book assumes that readers will know that this verse is describing how Nebuchadnezzar, the king of Babylon, took these items from the temple in Jerusalem and then put them, as trophies of conquest, in a temple devoted to his own gods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly in the text or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “the objects from the temple of Yahweh that Nebuchadnezzar, the king of Babylon, had taken away from Jerusalem when he captured that city and then put in the temple of his own gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -77,41 +77,41 @@ EZR 2 2 tmp8 translate-names זְרֻבָּבֶ֗ל יֵשׁ֡וּעַ נְ֠ח
EZR 2 2 x7au translate-names יֵשׁ֡וּעַ 1 Seraiah, Reelaiah, Mordecai, Bilshan, Mispar, Bigvai, Rehum, and Baanah This is the high priest, who has the same name as the Levite who is introduced in [2:40](../02/40.md). The spelling of this name varies throughout the Bible. To be clear which man is being referred to, the UST will spell this name “Joshua” for the high priest and “Jeshua” for the Levite. You may want to consider whether doing something similar would be helpful for your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 2 z77p מִסְפַּ֕ר אַנְשֵׁ֖י עַ֥ם יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 This is the number In keeping with the practices of the time, the totals in the list that follows likely include just the men and not also the women and children. Alternate translation: “This is how many men came back from each Israelite clan and town”
EZR 2 3 i2m7 בְּנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔שׁ אַלְפַּ֕יִם מֵאָ֖ה שִׁבְעִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁנָֽיִם 1 General Information: This means that from the descendants **of Parosh**, **2,172** returned. To help make this clear for your readers, you could say something like “returned” throughout [2:3–42](../02/03.md), after the name of each group and the number that is given.
EZR 2 3 gmbm figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔שׁ 1 Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Parosh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 3 gmbm figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔שׁ 1 Here, **sons** means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Parosh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 3 zew1 translate-names פַרְעֹ֔שׁ 1 Parosh **Parosh** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 4 xs2j figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה 1 Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Shephatiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 4 xs2j figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה 1 Here, **sons** means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Shephatiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 4 zhh6 translate-names שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה 1 Shephatiah **Shephatiah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 5 d4gc figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י אָרַ֔ח 1 Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Arah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 5 d4gc figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י אָרַ֔ח 1 Here, **sons** means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Arah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 5 inj3 translate-names אָרַ֔ח 1 Arah **Arah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 6 qyea figs-metaphor בְּנֵֽי־פַחַ֥ת מוֹאָ֛ב לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י יֵשׁ֖וּעַ יוֹאָ֑ב 1 Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 6 qyea figs-metaphor בְּנֵֽי־פַחַ֥ת מוֹאָ֛ב לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י יֵשׁ֖וּעַ יוֹאָ֑ב 1 Here, **sons** means descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 6 fw6a translate-names פַחַ֥ת מוֹאָ֛ב…יֵשׁ֖וּעַ 1 Pahath-Moab … Jeshua **Pahath-Moab** is the name of a man, and **Jeshua** and **Joab** are the names of two of his male descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 7 a6df figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י עֵילָ֔ם 1 General Information: Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 7 a6df figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י עֵילָ֔ם 1 General Information: Here, **sons** means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 7 ytv9 translate-names עֵילָ֔ם 1 **Elam** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 8 ryuy figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י זַתּ֔וּא 1 Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Zattu” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 8 ryuy figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י זַתּ֔וּא 1 Here, **sons** means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Zattu” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 8 d53m translate-names זַתּ֔וּא 1 Zattu **Zattu** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 9 nbic figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י 1 Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Zakkai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 9 nbic figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י 1 Here, **sons** means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Zakkai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 9 da7k translate-names זַכָּ֔י 1 Zakkai **Zakkai** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 10 fo1t figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י בָנִ֔י 1 Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bani” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 10 fo1t figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י בָנִ֔י 1 Here, **sons** means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bani” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 10 jcd8 translate-names בָנִ֔י 1 Bani **Bani** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 11 ak1t figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י בֵבָ֔י 1 General Information: Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bebai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 11 ak1t figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י בֵבָ֔י 1 General Information: Here, **sons** means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bebai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 11 h16w translate-names בֵבָ֔י 1 Bebai **Bebai** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 12 bhyt figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י עַזְגָּ֔ד 1 Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Azgad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 12 bhyt figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י עַזְגָּ֔ד 1 Here, **sons** means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Azgad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 12 rxn6 translate-names עַזְגָּ֔ד 1 Azgad **Azgad** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 13 yr6e figs-metaphor בְּנֵי֙ אֲדֹ֣נִיקָ֔ם 1 Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Adonikam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 13 yr6e figs-metaphor בְּנֵי֙ אֲדֹ֣נִיקָ֔ם 1 Here, **sons** means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Adonikam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 13 uzn6 translate-names אֲדֹ֣נִיקָ֔ם 1 Adonikam **Adonikam** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 14 ptzp figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י בִגְוָ֔י 1 Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bigvai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 14 ptzp figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י בִגְוָ֔י 1 Here, **sons** means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bigvai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 14 qkv6 translate-names בִגְוָ֔י 1 Bigvai **Bigvai** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 15 u5zk figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י עָדִ֔ין 1 General Information: Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Adin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 15 u5zk figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י עָדִ֔ין 1 General Information: Here, **sons** means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Adin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 15 it7t translate-names עָדִ֔ין 1 Adin **Adin** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 16 kk2c figs-metaphor בְּנֵֽי־אָטֵ֥ר 1 ninety-eight Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Ater who were descendants of Hezekiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 16 kk2c figs-metaphor בְּנֵֽי־אָטֵ֥ר 1 ninety-eight Here, **sons** means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Ater who were descendants of Hezekiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 16 vui3 translate-names אָטֵ֥ר לִֽ⁠יחִזְקִיָּ֖ה 1 Ater **Ater** is the name of a man, and **Hezekiah** is the name of one of his descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 17 qo8d figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י בֵצָ֔י 1 Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bezai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 17 qo8d figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י בֵצָ֔י 1 Here, **sons** means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bezai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 17 t3k5 translate-names בֵצָ֔י 1 Bezai **Bezai** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 18 ghnw figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י יוֹרָ֔ה 1 Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Jorah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 18 ghnw figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י יוֹרָ֔ה 1 Here, **sons** means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Jorah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 18 k95c translate-names יוֹרָ֔ה 1 **Jorah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 19 i6kg figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י חָשֻׁ֔ם 1 General Information: Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Hashum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 19 i6kg figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י חָשֻׁ֔ם 1 General Information: Here, **sons** means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Hashum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 19 j9nm translate-names חָשֻׁ֔ם 1 Hashum **Hashum** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 20 r5bq figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֥י גִבָּ֖ר 1 Gibbar Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Gibbar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 20 r5bq figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֥י גִבָּ֖ר 1 Gibbar Here, **sons** means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Gibbar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 20 g26q translate-names גִבָּ֖ר 1 ninety-five **Gibbar** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 21 iu4s figs-idiom בְּנֵ֣י בֵֽית־לָ֔חֶם מֵאָ֖ה עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁלֹשָֽׁה 1 The sons of Bethlehem The list speaks here of the **sons of Bethlehem**. This is an idiom that means that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “From the town of Bethlehem, 123 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 2 21 j7z9 translate-names בֵֽית־לָ֔חֶם 1 **Bethlehem** is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -135,67 +135,67 @@ EZR 2 32 fqlf figs-idiom בְּנֵ֣י חָרִ֔ם 1 The list speaks here of
EZR 2 32 ubs3 translate-names חָרִ֔ם 1 Harim **Harim** is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 33 ti5a figs-idiom בְּנֵי־לֹד֙ חָדִ֣יד וְ⁠אוֹנ֔וֹ 1 The list speaks here of the **sons of Lod, Hadid, and Ono**. This is an idiom that means that these men were from families that had originally lived in these towns. Alternate translation: “From the towns of Lod, Hadid, and Ono” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 2 33 e3tw translate-names לֹד֙ חָדִ֣יד וְ⁠אוֹנ֔וֹ 1 Lod … Hadid … Ono **Lod, Hadid, and Ono** are the names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 34 eyhe figs-idiom בְּנֵ֣י יְרֵח֔וֹ 1 Here, the list speaks figuratively of the **sons of Jericho**. This is an idiom that means that these men were from families that had originally lived in this city. Alternate translation: “From the city of Jericho” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 2 34 eyhe figs-idiom בְּנֵ֣י יְרֵח֔וֹ 1 Here, the list speaks of the **sons of Jericho**. This is an idiom that means that these men were from families that had originally lived in this city. Alternate translation: “From the city of Jericho” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 2 34 pt5k translate-names יְרֵח֔וֹ 1 General Information: **Jericho** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 35 frxs figs-idiom בְּנֵ֣י סְנָאָ֔ה 1 The list speaks here of the **sons of Senaah**. This is an idiom that means that these men were from families that had originally lived in this town. Alternate translation: “From the town of Senaah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 2 35 ce4j translate-names סְנָאָ֔ה 1 Senaah **Senaah** is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 36 c52r הַֽ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֑ים 1 General Information: **The priests** were men chosen to offer sacrifices to God on behalf of God’s people, and to perform other duties and functions to represent God to the people and to represent the people to God. Alternate translation: “This is how many men returned from each family of priests”
EZR 2 36 xd3k figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֤י יְדַֽעְיָה֙ לְ⁠בֵ֣ית יֵשׁ֔וּעַ תְּשַׁ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שִׁבְעִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁלֹשָֽׁה 1 Jedaiah Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Jedaiah who were descendants of Jeshua, 973 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 36 xd3k figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֤י יְדַֽעְיָה֙ לְ⁠בֵ֣ית יֵשׁ֔וּעַ תְּשַׁ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שִׁבְעִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁלֹשָֽׁה 1 Jedaiah Here, **sons** means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Jedaiah who were descendants of Jeshua, 973 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 36 m352 translate-names יְדַֽעְיָה֙…יֵשׁ֔וּעַ 1 Jeshua **Jedaiah** is the name of a man, and **Jeshua** is the name of one of his male descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 36 u51b figs-metonymy לְ⁠בֵ֣ית יֵשׁ֔וּעַ 1 Here, **house** describes all the people descended from a particular person. The book is describing all of the descendants **of Jeshua** figuratively as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “who were descendants of Jeshua” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 2 37 vauy figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י אִמֵּ֔ר 1 Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Immer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 36 u51b figs-metonymy לְ⁠בֵ֣ית יֵשׁ֔וּעַ 1 Here, **house** describes all the people descended from a particular person. The book is describing all of the descendants **of Jeshua** as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “who were descendants of Jeshua” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 2 37 vauy figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י אִמֵּ֔ר 1 Here, **sons** means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Immer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 37 u9p4 translate-names אִמֵּ֔ר 1 **Immer** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 38 fvt0 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י פַשְׁח֔וּר 1 Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Pashhur” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 38 fvt0 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י פַשְׁח֔וּר 1 Here, **sons** means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Pashhur” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 38 w3dr translate-names פַשְׁח֔וּר 1 **Pashhur** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 39 jzxo figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י חָרִ֔ם 1 Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Harim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 39 jzxo figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י חָרִ֔ם 1 Here, **sons** means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Harim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 39 g31h translate-names חָרִ֔ם 1 Harim **Harim** is the name of a man. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Harim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 40 tm51 translate-unknown הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֑ם 1 General Information: **The Levites** were descendants of Levi. They had the special assignment of helping the priests. Alternate translation: “Some Levites also returned” or “Some of the descendants of Levi also returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZR 2 40 vug8 figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־יֵשׁ֧וּעַ וְ⁠קַדְמִיאֵ֛ל לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י הוֹדַוְיָ֖ה 1 Kadmiel … Hodaviah Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Jeshua and Kadmiel, who were descended from Hodaviah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 40 vug8 figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־יֵשׁ֧וּעַ וְ⁠קַדְמִיאֵ֛ל לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י הוֹדַוְיָ֖ה 1 Kadmiel … Hodaviah Here, **sons** means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Jeshua and Kadmiel, who were descended from Hodaviah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 40 yu1j translate-names יֵשׁ֧וּעַ וְ⁠קַדְמִיאֵ֛ל…הוֹדַוְיָ֖ה 1 seventy-four **Jeshua and Kadmiel** are men’s names, and **Hodaviah** is the name of their male ancestor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 41 t56r translate-unknown הַֽ⁠מְשֹׁרְרִ֑ים 1 **The ones who sang** refers to vocal musicians who led in worship, in processions, and ceremonies, producing music and chants that emphasized and enhanced the occasion. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZR 2 41 th1l figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י אָסָ֔ף 1 Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “who were descendants of Asaph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 41 th1l figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י אָסָ֔ף 1 Here, **sons** means descendants. Alternate translation: “who were descendants of Asaph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 41 wkzb translate-names אָסָ֔ף 1 **Asaph** is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 42 xno0 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠שֹּֽׁעֲרִ֗ים 1 Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “Some of the descendants of the gatekeepers also returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 42 xno0 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠שֹּֽׁעֲרִ֗ים 1 Here, **sons** means descendants. Alternate translation: “Some of the descendants of the gatekeepers also returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 42 i72w translate-unknown הַ⁠שֹּֽׁעֲרִ֗ים 1 gatekeepers Here, **the gatekeepers** refers to people who had been assigned to the gates of the city of Jerusalem and to the gates of the temple within the city. They were responsible for controlling access to these places. They would open and close the gates at times and for reasons set by the authorities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZR 2 42 imn8 figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־שַׁלּ֤וּם בְּנֵֽי־אָטֵר֙ בְּנֵי־טַלְמ֣וֹן בְּנֵי־עַקּ֔וּב בְּנֵ֥י חֲטִיטָ֖א בְּנֵ֣י שֹׁבָ֑י 1 Shallum … Talmon … Akkub … Hatita … Shobai Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Shallum, Ater, Talmon, Akkub, Hatita, and Shobai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 42 imn8 figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־שַׁלּ֤וּם בְּנֵֽי־אָטֵר֙ בְּנֵי־טַלְמ֣וֹן בְּנֵי־עַקּ֔וּב בְּנֵ֥י חֲטִיטָ֖א בְּנֵ֣י שֹׁבָ֑י 1 Shallum … Talmon … Akkub … Hatita … Shobai Here, **sons** means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Shallum, Ater, Talmon, Akkub, Hatita, and Shobai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 42 lyb8 translate-names שַׁלּ֤וּם…אָטֵר֙…טַלְמ֣וֹן…עַקּ֔וּב…חֲטִיטָ֖א…שֹׁבָ֑י 1 Ater These are the names of six men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 43 fhw8 translate-unknown הַ⁠נְּתִינִ֑ים 1 General Information: The term **Nethinim** describes servants who worked in the temple. Alternate translation: “The temple servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZR 2 43 nt2x הַ⁠נְּתִינִ֑ים 1 Alternate translation: “Some of the descendants of the temple servants also returned”
EZR 2 43 m9ay figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־צִיחָ֥א בְנֵי־חֲשׂוּפָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י טַבָּעֽוֹת׃ 1 Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “they were from the descendants of Ziha, Hasupha, Tabbaoth” beginning a series that will continue through [2:54](../02/54.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 43 m9ay figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־צִיחָ֥א בְנֵי־חֲשׂוּפָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י טַבָּעֽוֹת׃ 1 Here, **sons** means descendants. Alternate translation: “they were from the descendants of Ziha, Hasupha, Tabbaoth” beginning a series that will continue through [2:54](../02/54.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 43 tx4y translate-names צִיחָ֥א…חֲשׂוּפָ֖א…טַבָּעֽוֹת 1 Ziha … Hasupha … Tabbaoth These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 44 vl6i figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־קֵרֹ֥ס בְּֽנֵי־סִֽיעֲהָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י פָדֽוֹן׃ 1 Keros … Siaha … Padon Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Keros, Siaha, Padon,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 45 b5nu figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־לְבָנָ֥ה בְנֵי־חֲגָבָ֖ה בְּנֵ֥י עַקּֽוּב׃ 1 Lebanah … Hagabah Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Lebanah, Hagabah, Akkub,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 46 qx4z translate-names בְּנֵי־חָגָ֥ב בְּנֵי־שַׁלְמַ֖י בְּנֵ֥י חָנָֽן׃ 1 Hagab … Shalmai … Hanan Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Hagab, Shalmai, Hanan,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 47 qg3y figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־גִדֵּ֥ל בְּנֵי־גַ֖חַר בְּנֵ֥י רְאָיָֽה׃ 1 General Information: Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Giddel, Gahar, Reaiah,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 48 hw0m figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־רְצִ֥ין בְּנֵי־נְקוֹדָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י גַזָּֽם׃ 1 Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Rezin, Nekoda, Gazzam,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 49 csjh figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־עֻזָּ֥א בְנֵי־פָסֵ֖חַ בְּנֵ֥י בֵסָֽי׃ 1 Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Uzza, Paseah, Besai,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 50 pxdj figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־אַסְנָ֥ה בְנֵי־מְעוּנִ֖ים בְּנֵ֥י נפיסים׃ 1 Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Asnah, Meunim, Nephusim,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 51 fd31 figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־בַקְבּ֥וּק בְּנֵי־חֲקוּפָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י חַרְחֽוּר׃ 1 General Information: Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Bakbuk, Hakupha, Harhur,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 52 yoav figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־בַצְל֥וּת בְּנֵי־מְחִידָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י חַרְשָֽׁא׃ 1 Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Bazluth, Mehida, Harsha,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 53 c1mt figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־בַרְק֥וֹס בְּֽנֵי־סִֽיסְרָ֖א בְּנֵי־תָֽמַח׃ 1 Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Barkos, Sisera, Temah,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 54 r7cn figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֥י נְצִ֖יחַ בְּנֵ֥י חֲטִיפָֽא׃ 1 Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these two men, and end the series in this verse. Alternate translation: “Neziah, and Hatipha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 55 kd7e figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה 1 General Information: Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “Some of the descendants of the laborers who had worked for the kingdom also returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 44 vl6i figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־קֵרֹ֥ס בְּֽנֵי־סִֽיעֲהָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י פָדֽוֹן׃ 1 Keros … Siaha … Padon Here, **sons** means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Keros, Siaha, Padon,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 45 b5nu figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־לְבָנָ֥ה בְנֵי־חֲגָבָ֖ה בְּנֵ֥י עַקּֽוּב׃ 1 Lebanah … Hagabah Here, **sons** means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Lebanah, Hagabah, Akkub,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 46 qx4z translate-names בְּנֵי־חָגָ֥ב בְּנֵי־שַׁלְמַ֖י בְּנֵ֥י חָנָֽן׃ 1 Hagab … Shalmai … Hanan Here, **sons** means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Hagab, Shalmai, Hanan,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 47 qg3y figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־גִדֵּ֥ל בְּנֵי־גַ֖חַר בְּנֵ֥י רְאָיָֽה׃ 1 General Information: Here, **sons** means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Giddel, Gahar, Reaiah,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 48 hw0m figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־רְצִ֥ין בְּנֵי־נְקוֹדָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י גַזָּֽם׃ 1 Here, **sons** means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Rezin, Nekoda, Gazzam,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 49 csjh figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־עֻזָּ֥א בְנֵי־פָסֵ֖חַ בְּנֵ֥י בֵסָֽי׃ 1 Here, **sons** means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Uzza, Paseah, Besai,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 50 pxdj figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־אַסְנָ֥ה בְנֵי־מְעוּנִ֖ים בְּנֵ֥י נפיסים׃ 1 Here, **sons** means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Asnah, Meunim, Nephusim,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 51 fd31 figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־בַקְבּ֥וּק בְּנֵי־חֲקוּפָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י חַרְחֽוּר׃ 1 General Information: Here, **sons** means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Bakbuk, Hakupha, Harhur,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 52 yoav figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־בַצְל֥וּת בְּנֵי־מְחִידָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י חַרְשָֽׁא׃ 1 Here, **sons** means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Bazluth, Mehida, Harsha,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 53 c1mt figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־בַרְק֥וֹס בְּֽנֵי־סִֽיסְרָ֖א בְּנֵי־תָֽמַח׃ 1 Here, **sons** means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Barkos, Sisera, Temah,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 54 r7cn figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֥י נְצִ֖יחַ בְּנֵ֥י חֲטִיפָֽא׃ 1 Here, **sons** means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these two men, and end the series in this verse. Alternate translation: “Neziah, and Hatipha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 55 kd7e figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה 1 General Information: Here, **sons** means descendants. Alternate translation: “Some of the descendants of the laborers who had worked for the kingdom also returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 55 zx3k translate-unknown עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה 1 By **servants of Solomon**, this list does not mean officials who served in Solomon’s court. Rather, this phrase refers to people whom Solomon first conscripted as laborers. They were descendants of the groups that were living in the land of Canaan before the Israelites occupied it. They and their descendants remained conscripted laborers (slaves) under later kings. Alternate translation: “the laborers that King Solomon first conscripted” or “the laborers who had worked for the kingdom under Solomon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZR 2 55 vt3s figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־סֹטַ֥י בְּנֵי־הַ⁠סֹּפֶ֖רֶת בְּנֵ֥י פְרוּדָֽא׃ 1 Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “they were from the descendants of Sotai, Hassophereth, Peruda,” beginning a series that will continue through [2:57](../02/57.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 55 vt3s figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־סֹטַ֥י בְּנֵי־הַ⁠סֹּפֶ֖רֶת בְּנֵ֥י פְרוּדָֽא׃ 1 Here, **sons** means descendants. Alternate translation: “they were from the descendants of Sotai, Hassophereth, Peruda,” beginning a series that will continue through [2:57](../02/57.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 55 rnfm translate-names סֹטַ֥י…הַ⁠סֹּפֶ֖רֶת…פְרוּדָֽא 1 These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 56 jtpw figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־יַעְלָ֥ה בְנֵי־דַרְק֖וֹן בְּנֵ֥י גִדֵּֽל׃ 1 Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:55](../02/55.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Jaalah, Darkon, Giddel,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 57 f1lh figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֧י שְׁפַטְיָ֣ה בְנֵֽי־חַטִּ֗יל בְּנֵ֛י פֹּכֶ֥רֶת הַצְּבָיִ֖ים בְּנֵ֥י אָמִֽי׃ 1 Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:55](../02/55.md), you can just list the names of these four men, and end the series in this verse. Alternate translation: “Shephatiah, Hattil, Pochereth Hazzebaim, and Ami” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 56 jtpw figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־יַעְלָ֥ה בְנֵי־דַרְק֖וֹן בְּנֵ֥י גִדֵּֽל׃ 1 Here, **sons** means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:55](../02/55.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Jaalah, Darkon, Giddel,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 57 f1lh figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֧י שְׁפַטְיָ֣ה בְנֵֽי־חַטִּ֗יל בְּנֵ֛י פֹּכֶ֥רֶת הַצְּבָיִ֖ים בְּנֵ֥י אָמִֽי׃ 1 Here, **sons** means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:55](../02/55.md), you can just list the names of these four men, and end the series in this verse. Alternate translation: “Shephatiah, Hattil, Pochereth Hazzebaim, and Ami” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 58 y86d כָּ֨ל־הַ⁠נְּתִינִ֔ים וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת תִּשְׁעִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁנָֽיִם 1 392 Alternate translation: “Altogether, 392 men returned who were descendants of temple servants or of laborers who had worked for the kingdom of Solomon”
EZR 2 59 fa24 figs-idiom וְ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה הָֽ⁠עֹלִים֙ 1 General Information: As in [2:1](../02/01.md), **went up** means traveled from Babylon back to Judah, since that involved going from a river valley up into the mountains. Alternate translation: “Some others returned to Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 2 59 kgcj translate-names מִ⁠תֵּ֥ל מֶ֨לַח֙ תֵּ֣ל חַרְשָׁ֔א כְּר֥וּב אַדָּ֖ן אִמֵּ֑ר 1 These are the names of five towns in Babylonia. Alternate translation: “who had been living in the towns of Tel Melah, Tel Harsha, Kerub, Addon, and Immer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 59 gd69 וְ⁠לֹ֣א יָֽכְל֗וּ לְ⁠הַגִּ֤יד 1 Alternate translation: “but they had no records to prove”
EZR 2 59 ay8y figs-parallelism בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָ⁠ם֙ וְ⁠זַרְעָ֔⁠ם אִ֥ם מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֖ל הֵֽם 1 All three of these phrases, **the house of their fathers**, **their seed**, and **whether they were from Israel**, mean very similar things. They are used together to give clarity and emphasis. The first phrase refers to a person being able to name a well-known ancestor. The second phrase refers to a person being able to list his ancestors going back to the one that is well-known. The third phrase summarizes the other two: if a person cannot name an ancestor or recite his ancestry, then he cannot claim to be from Israel. If there would be no distinction between these phrases in your language, you could combine them into one phrase. Alternate translations: “that their ancestors had been Israelites” or “what clan they were from or who their ancestors were, whether they were really Israelites” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EZR 2 59 an9o figs-metaphor בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָ⁠ם֙ 1 Among the Israelites, the expressions father’s house or **house of their fathers** originally described an extended-family group. It later came to be used more generally to refer to a larger clan within a tribe. In this expression, the word “house” figuratively describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “what clan they were from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 59 an9o figs-metaphor בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָ⁠ם֙ 1 Among the Israelites, the expressions father’s house or **house of their fathers** originally described an extended-family group. It later came to be used more generally to refer to a larger clan within a tribe. In this expression, the word “house” describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “what clan they were from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 59 yqp3 figs-metaphor וְ⁠זַרְעָ֔⁠ם 1 Here, **seed** is a metaphor meaning “offspring.” In the Bible, the term refers most often to a person’s descendants. Here it is describing the ancestors of these people, that is, whose seed they were. Alternate translation: “or who their ancestors were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 60 k7wr בְּנֵי־דְלָיָ֥ה בְנֵי־טוֹבִיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י נְקוֹדָ֑א שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁנָֽיִם 1 652 Alternate translation: “In this group were 652 men from the descendants of Delaiah, Tobiah, and Nekoda”
EZR 2 60 v01g figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־דְלָיָ֥ה בְנֵי־טוֹבִיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י נְקוֹדָ֑א 1 Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Either the men named here were not recognized clan heads of Israel, or the 652 people could not prove that they were descendants of these men. Alternate translation: “The descendants of Delaiah, Tobiah, and Nekoda” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 60 v01g figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־דְלָיָ֥ה בְנֵי־טוֹבִיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י נְקוֹדָ֑א 1 Here, **sons** means descendants. Either the men named here were not recognized clan heads of Israel, or the 652 people could not prove that they were descendants of these men. Alternate translation: “The descendants of Delaiah, Tobiah, and Nekoda” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 60 xr2g translate-names דְלָיָ֥ה…טוֹבִיָּ֖ה…נְקוֹדָ֑א 1 Delaiah … Tobiah … Nekoda These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 61 io29 וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵי֙ הַ⁠כֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים 1 Alternate translation: “Some of the men who returned from those towns were descendants of the priests”
EZR 2 61 heb8 figs-metaphor וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵי֙ הַ⁠כֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים 1 Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “And descendants of the priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 61 mpkp figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֥י חֳבַיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י הַקּ֑וֹץ בְּנֵ֣י בַרְזִלַּ֗י 1 Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “they were from the descendants of Habaiah, Hakkoz, and Barzillai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 61 heb8 figs-metaphor וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵי֙ הַ⁠כֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים 1 Here, **sons** means descendants. Alternate translation: “And descendants of the priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 61 mpkp figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֥י חֳבַיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י הַקּ֑וֹץ בְּנֵ֣י בַרְזִלַּ֗י 1 Here, **sons** means descendants. Alternate translation: “they were from the descendants of Habaiah, Hakkoz, and Barzillai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 61 vg3t translate-names חֳבַיָּ֖ה…הַקּ֑וֹץ…בַרְזִלַּ֗י 1 Habaiah … Hakkoz … Barzillai These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 61 d6en אֲשֶׁ֣ר לָ֠קַח מִ⁠בְּנ֞וֹת בַּרְזִלַּ֤י הַ⁠גִּלְעָדִי֙ אִשָּׁ֔ה 1 You could start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Barzillai married a woman who was one of the descendants of Barzillai the Gileadite”
EZR 2 61 bwy5 figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנ֞וֹת בַּרְזִלַּ֤י הַ⁠גִּלְעָדִי֙ 1 Here, **daughters** figuratively means female descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Barzillai the Gileadite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 61 bwy5 figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנ֞וֹת בַּרְזִלַּ֤י הַ⁠גִּלְעָדִי֙ 1 Here, **daughters** means female descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Barzillai the Gileadite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 61 cxge וַ⁠יִּקָּרֵ֖א עַל־שְׁמָֽ⁠ם 1 Alternate translation: “and he took the name of her clan as his own name”
EZR 2 62 yiq1 figs-activepassive אֵ֗לֶּה בִּקְשׁ֧וּ כְתָבָ֛⁠ם הַ⁠מִּתְיַחְשִׂ֖ים 1 the records of their ancestry If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “They searched for a mention of their names in the lists of people who were descendants of the priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 2 62 epi8 figs-activepassive אֵ֗לֶּה בִּקְשׁ֧וּ כְתָבָ֛⁠ם הַ⁠מִּתְיַחְשִׂ֖ים וְ⁠לֹ֣א נִמְצָ֑אוּ 1 the records of their ancestry There are two possible meanings for what these people **sought** in the **record**. (1) They were seeking their own names from among a list of descendants from Israelite clan leaders. See the UST. (2) They were seeking the names of the clan leaders listed in verse 61 from among a list of names of Israelite clan leaders. Alternate translation: “The people in that group searched in the documents that had the names of the ancestors of all the clans, but they did not find the names of these men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -214,8 +214,8 @@ EZR 2 67 mho1 גְּמַ֨לֵּי⁠הֶ֔ם אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת
EZR 2 68 aaer writing-newevent וּ⁠מֵ⁠רָאשֵׁי֙ 1 The word **and** introduces a new event in the story. Use the most natural way in your language to introduce this new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EZR 2 68 r2vx figs-ellipsis וּ⁠מֵ⁠רָאשֵׁי֙ הָֽ⁠אָב֔וֹת 1 Here, **heads of the fathers** is an abbreviated way of saying the heads of father’s houses. The full expression “house of their fathers” was used in [2:59](../02/59.md). See how you translated it there, and review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “some of the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EZR 2 68 cvyh figs-metaphor וּ⁠מֵ⁠רָאשֵׁי֙ 1 Here, **heads** is a figurative way of saying leaders. Alternate translation: “And …leaders of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 68 onqa figs-metaphor לְ⁠בֵ֥ית יְהוָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם…לְ⁠בֵ֣ית הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 As in [1:3–4](../01/03.md), the expressions **house of Yahweh** and **house of God** both figuratively refer to the same temple. The book speaks of this temple as if it would be a house in which God lived, since God’s presence would be there. Alternate translation: “the temple of Yahweh in Jerusalem … the temple of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 68 fi3w figs-personification לְ⁠הַעֲמִיד֖⁠וֹ עַל־מְכוֹנֽ⁠וֹ 1 This expression indicates figuratively that these gifts were given towards the costs of rebuilding the temple on its former site. The expression envisions the rebuilt temple as like a living thing that would **stand** in that location. Alternate translation: “to rebuild it on its former site” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EZR 2 68 onqa figs-metaphor לְ⁠בֵ֥ית יְהוָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם…לְ⁠בֵ֣ית הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 As in [1:3–4](../01/03.md), the expressions **house of Yahweh** and **house of God** both refer to the same temple. The book speaks of this temple as if it would be a house in which God lived, since God’s presence would be there. Alternate translation: “the temple of Yahweh in Jerusalem … the temple of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 68 fi3w figs-personification לְ⁠הַעֲמִיד֖⁠וֹ עַל־מְכוֹנֽ⁠וֹ 1 This expression indicates that these gifts were given towards the costs of rebuilding the temple on its former site. The expression envisions the rebuilt temple as like a living thing that would **stand** in that location. Alternate translation: “to rebuild it on its former site” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EZR 2 69 v744 לְ⁠אוֹצַ֣ר הַ⁠מְּלָאכָה֒ 1 sixty-one thousand … five thousand … one hundred **The work** means the project of rebuilding the temple. The **treasury** was where all of the money would be kept safely until it was needed. Alternate translation: “to the fund for rebuilding the temple”
EZR 2 69 qh93 translate-bmoney זָהָ֗ב דַּרְכְּמוֹנִים֙ שֵׁשׁ־רִבֹּ֣אות וָ⁠אֶ֔לֶף 1 gold darics In ancient times, **gold darics** each weighed about 8 or 8.5 grams, or about a quarter of an ounce. You could try to express this in terms of modern money values, but if you did, that could cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. Instead, you might say something general like “61,000 gold coins,” or give the equivalent weight, or use the biblical term in the text and give the weight in a note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
EZR 2 69 ln9c translate-bmoney וְ⁠כֶ֕סֶף מָנִ֖ים חֲמֵ֣שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֑ים 1 minas In ancient times, **silver minas** each weighed about half a kilogram, or about 1.25 pounds. However, as in the case of darics, it would probably be best to say something general like “5,000 silver bars,” or give the equivalent weight, or use the biblical term and give the equivalent weight in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ EZR 3 1 lr47 figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּגַּע֙ הַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠
EZR 3 1 h84e translate-ordinal הַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 Alternate translation: “month seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EZR 3 1 a2ka translate-hebrewmonths הַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 the seventh month You could convert the Hebrew **month** into an equivalent on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the equivalency will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the number of the Hebrew month. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
EZR 3 1 d1d0 figs-distinguish וּ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בֶּ⁠עָרִ֑ים ס וַ⁠יֵּאָסְפ֥וּ הָ⁠עָ֛ם…אֶל־יְרוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers why the Israelites were not all in Jerusalem already and would have had to come there from various places. Alternate translation: “the Israelites came from the different places where they had settled and they gathered … in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
EZR 3 1 vth3 figs-metaphor וּ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. The book is envisioning all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 3 1 vth3 figs-metaphor וּ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Here, **sons** means descendants. The book is envisioning all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 3 1 hh94 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יֵּאָסְפ֥וּ הָ⁠עָ֛ם 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “And they gathered together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 3 1 hwv6 figs-idiom כְּ⁠אִ֥ישׁ אֶחָ֖ד 1 as one man **As one man** is an idiom that means they gathered as if they were a single person, that is, all in one place at the same time for the same purpose. Alternate translation: “as if they were a single person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 3 2 hbk8 grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יָּקָם֩ 1 The word **then** indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “Once everyone had gathered, arose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
@ -262,11 +262,11 @@ EZR 3 6 qiw8 figs-synecdoche וְ⁠הֵיכַ֥ל יְהוָ֖ה לֹ֥א יֻ
EZR 3 7 rmxu grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יִּ֨תְּנוּ 1 Here, the word **and** indicates that the sentence it introduces will explain what people did as a result of the situation that the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “And so they gave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 3 7 y5sm figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּ֨תְּנוּ־כֶ֔סֶף לַ⁠חֹצְבִ֖ים וְ⁠לֶ⁠חָרָשִׁ֑ים 1 The implication is that the Jewish leaders did this, and the rest of the things the verse describes, in order to start construction on the new temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In order to start building a new temple, the Jewish leaders hired masons and carpenters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 3 7 kpjx figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּ֨תְּנוּ־כֶ֔סֶף לַ⁠חֹצְבִ֖ים וְ⁠לֶ⁠חָרָשִׁ֑ים 1 **Gave** is an idiom that means the Jewish leaders paid money to these workers in exchange for their expected labor. The money was not a gift. Alternate translation: “And they hired masons and carpenters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 3 7 sqt7 figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּ֨תְּנוּ־כֶ֔סֶף 1 Here, **silver** means money. Though the payment may have been in the form of silver bars, such as are described in [2:69](../02/69.md), it may also have been in the form of some other type of money. The book is describing a payment figuratively by reference to something that was the most common type of money. Alternate translation: “And they paid money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 3 7 sqt7 figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּ֨תְּנוּ־כֶ֔סֶף 1 Here, **silver** means money. Though the payment may have been in the form of silver bars, such as are described in [2:69](../02/69.md), it may also have been in the form of some other type of money. The book is describing a payment by reference to something that was the most common type of money. Alternate translation: “And they paid money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 3 7 hm3b translate-unknown לַ⁠חֹצְבִ֖ים 1 The term **masons** describes workers who build things from stone. Alternate translation: “stoneworkers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZR 3 7 q3ku translate-unknown וְ⁠לֶ⁠חָרָשִׁ֑ים 1 The term **carpenters** describes workers who build things from wood. Alternate translation: “woodworkers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZR 3 7 snzd figs-idiom וּ⁠מַאֲכָ֨ל וּ⁠מִשְׁתֶּ֜ה וָ⁠שֶׁ֗מֶן לַ⁠צִּֽדֹנִים֙ וְ⁠לַ⁠צֹּרִ֔ים 1 This phrase describes a further step that the Jewish leaders took to rebuild the temple. The words **they gave**, earlier in the sentence, apply to this phrase as well. In this case, **gave** would now have the sense of “sent,” since the leaders sent the **food**, **drink, and oil** to people in distant cities. Alternate translation: “and they also sent grain and wine and olive oil to people who lived in the cities of Sidon and Tyre” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 3 7 i65c figs-synecdoche וּ⁠מַאֲכָ֨ל וּ⁠מִשְׁתֶּ֜ה וָ⁠שֶׁ֗מֶן 1 While these are all general terms that describe categories of things, the book is likely using them to refer figuratively to specific items within each category. While **food** means anything to eat, here it probably means grain, which the Israelites grew in their land and which they could transport relatively easily. Similarly, **drink** means anything to drink, but it probably means wine, and **oil** probably means olive oil, because these were both things that the Israelites also produced and could transport. Alternate translation: “and grain and wine and olive oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EZR 3 7 i65c figs-synecdoche וּ⁠מַאֲכָ֨ל וּ⁠מִשְׁתֶּ֜ה וָ⁠שֶׁ֗מֶן 1 While these are all general terms that describe categories of things, the book is likely using them to refer to specific items within each category. While **food** means anything to eat, here it probably means grain, which the Israelites grew in their land and which they could transport relatively easily. Similarly, **drink** means anything to drink, but it probably means wine, and **oil** probably means olive oil, because these were both things that the Israelites also produced and could transport. Alternate translation: “and grain and wine and olive oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EZR 3 7 zqr4 translate-names לַ⁠צִּֽדֹנִים֙ וְ⁠לַ⁠צֹּרִ֔ים 1 These are the names of two people groups. The terms describe the residents of the cities of Sidon and Tyre, which were located on the seacoast north of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 3 7 yj5k grammar-connect-logic-goal לְ⁠הָבִיא֩ 1 This phrase describes the purpose for which the Jewish leaders took the actions just described. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a term such as “so that” to indicate this. Alternate translation: “so that they would bring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
EZR 3 7 i1u7 translate-unknown עֲצֵ֨י אֲרָזִ֤ים 1 The term **cedar** refers to large fir trees with strong, beautiful, aromatic wood that were valued for construction. Such trees grew plentifully and grew to great heights in the region of Lebanon. Alternate translation: “cedar trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ EZR 3 9 s6i8 translate-names יֵשׁ֡וּעַ 1 Jeshua … Henadad **Jeshua**
EZR 3 9 up2g בָּנָ֣י⁠ו וְ֠⁠אֶחָי⁠ו 1 The terms **sons** and **brothers** do not seem to be figurative here. Rather, they would describe the biological sons and brothers of Jeshua as men who worked closely with him in supervising the construction of the new temple. So it would be appropriate to use the usual terms in your language for these close relationships.
EZR 3 9 r3rx translate-names קַדְמִיאֵ֨ל 1 Kadmiel **Kadmiel** is the name of a man. He is another Levite clan leader listed in [2:40](../02/40.md). See how you translated his name there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 3 9 sc2u וּ⁠בָנָ֤י⁠ו 1 Here as well, the term **sons** does not seem to be figurative. Rather, it describes the biological sons of Kadmiel as men who helped supervise the temple construction.
EZR 3 9 w4q7 figs-metaphor בְּנֵֽי־יְהוּדָה֙ 1 Here, **sons** does figuratively mean “descendants.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 3 9 w4q7 figs-metaphor בְּנֵֽי־יְהוּדָה֙ 1 Here, **sons** does mean “descendants.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 3 9 mrij translate-names בְּנֵֽי־יְהוּדָה֙ 1 **Judah** is the name of a man. According to [2:40](../02/40.md), Jeshua and Kadmiel were the leaders of two Levite clans that were both descended from a man named Hodaviah. It is possible that this is an alternate spelling of that same name. Alternate translation: “who were all descendants of Hodaviah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 3 9 xr9e figs-metaphor וַ⁠יַּעֲמֹ֣ד…כְּ⁠אֶחָ֔ד לְ⁠נַצֵּ֛חַ עַל־עֹשֵׂ֥ה הַ⁠מְּלָאכָ֖ה 1 As in [2:63](../02/63.md), **stood** is a figurative way of saying that a person assumed the duties of his office. Alternate translation: “joined together to supervise the workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 3 9 myu1 figs-idiom כְּ⁠אֶחָ֔ד 1 **As one** is an idiom that means these men all behaved as if they were a single person. That is, they all did the same thing; they worked unitedly towards a common goal. Alternate translation: “together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -307,17 +307,17 @@ EZR 3 10 w1j9 figs-explicit וְ⁠יִסְּד֥וּ הַ⁠בֹּנִ֖ים א
EZR 3 10 y39g וַ⁠יַּעֲמִידוּ֩ הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֨ים מְלֻבָּשִׁ֜ים בַּ⁠חֲצֹֽצְר֗וֹת 1 Unlike in [2:63](../02/63.md) and [3:9](../03/09.md), here **stand** means that the **priests** and **Levites** literally stood. They took up standing positions around the foundation and played their instruments. Alternate translation: “And they had the priests, wearing their sacred garments, come to the temple site and play their trumpets”
EZR 3 10 kh7e figs-activepassive מְלֻבָּשִׁ֜ים 1 in their garments If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind this passive verb form with a phrase that uses an active form. Alternate translation: “wearing their sacred garments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 3 10 dhpq figs-explicit וְ⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֤ם בְּנֵֽי־אָסָף֙ בַּֽ⁠מְצִלְתַּ֔יִם 1 The book expects readers to know that **the Levites** of this clan were vocal musicians who led the community in worship, particularly on ceremonial occasions such as this one. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they had the Levites who were descendants of Asaph sing and play their cymbals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 3 10 i9ce figs-metaphor וְ⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֤ם בְּנֵֽי־אָסָף֙ 1 Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “and the Levites who were descendants of Asaph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 3 10 i9ce figs-metaphor וְ⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֤ם בְּנֵֽי־אָסָף֙ 1 Here, **sons** means descendants. Alternate translation: “and the Levites who were descendants of Asaph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 3 10 fvas translate-names אָסָף֙ 1 **Asaph** is a man’s name. See how you translated it in [2:41](../02/41.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 3 10 v35v translate-unknown בַּֽ⁠מְצִלְתַּ֔יִם 1 with cymbals The word **cymbals** refers to a set of two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZR 3 10 wpry grammar-connect-logic-result לְ⁠הַלֵּל֙ אֶת־יְהוָ֔ה עַל־יְדֵ֖י דָּוִ֥יד מֶֽלֶךְ־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 You could place this phrase at the beginning of this sentence, before the one that describes how the priests and Levites were positioned, since it explains why the leaders put them in those positions. You could then show the connection by using a word like “so” to introduce the information about the priests and Levites. Alternate translation: “To celebrate this occasion, the leaders wanted to worship Yahweh in the way that King David of Israel had commanded, so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 3 10 t64z figs-metonymy עַל־יְדֵ֖י דָּוִ֥יד מֶֽלֶךְ־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 the hands of David Here, the phrase **the hands of David, the king** is used figuratively to represent his authority to give commands. Alternate translation: “as David, king of Israel, had commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 3 10 t64z figs-metonymy עַל־יְדֵ֖י דָּוִ֥יד מֶֽלֶךְ־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 the hands of David Here, the phrase **the hands of David, the king** is used to represent his authority to give commands. Alternate translation: “as David, king of Israel, had commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 3 10 zb0l figs-distinguish דָּוִ֥יד מֶֽלֶךְ־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 Here the book provides some background information to describe more fully who David was. Alternate translation: “King David of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
EZR 3 11 ajjk grammar-connect-time-sequential וַֽ֠⁠יַּעֲנוּ 1 The word **then** indicates that the sentence it introduces it will describe something that took place after the event the story has just related. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “once all the musicians were in place, they sang back and forth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
EZR 3 11 bw1v וַֽ֠⁠יַּעֲנוּ 1 Here, **they** refers to the Levite singers. **In response** probably means that first one group of them sang something, and then a second group of them sang something in reply, possibly playing instruments as well. The groups likely did this repeatedly over the course of a given song. Alternate translations: “Then the Levites sang responsively” or “Then the Levites sang antiphonally”
EZR 3 11 hgd5 figs-quotemarks כִּ֣י ט֔וֹב כִּֽי־לְ⁠עוֹלָ֥ם חַסְדּ֖⁠וֹ עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 giving thanks This is at least part of the song that the Levites sang on this occasion. Based on their other occurrences in the Bible, these may be the words to a refrain that the second group sang in response to verses that the first group sang. Or this may be a song that was sung for this celebration. Either way, it may be helpful to your readers to indicate that these are the words of the singers by setting off them with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EZR 3 11 ut4a figs-abstractnouns כִּֽי־לְ⁠עוֹלָ֥ם חַסְדּ֖⁠וֹ עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 His covenant faithfulness to Israel is forever The abstract noun **faithfulness** describes the quality of a person who will dependably keep his word and fulfill his responsibilities. **Covenant faithfulness** refers specifically to Yahweh keeping all of the promises that he has made to the people of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with an expression such as “keep promises.” Alternate translation: “because Yahweh always keeps the promises he made to Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZR 3 11 vp0g figs-metonymy עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 His covenant faithfulness to Israel is forever Here, the name **Israel** figuratively stands for the Israelite people. Alternate translation: “to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 3 11 vp0g figs-metonymy עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 His covenant faithfulness to Israel is forever Here, the name **Israel** stands for the Israelite people. Alternate translation: “to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 3 11 uqct figs-activepassive עַ֖ל הוּסַ֥ד בֵּית־יְהוָֽה 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translations: “because the builders had laid the foundation of Yahweh’s temple” or “because the builders had set the temple floor in stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 3 11 fyte figs-explicit עַ֖ל הוּסַ֥ד בֵּית־יְהוָֽה 1 As in [verse 10](../02/10.md), here there are the same two possibilities for the meaning of **the foundation … had been laid**. See how you translated it there. (1) This means that the workers had finished the foundation. Alternate translation: “because the builders had completed the floor of the temple of Yahweh” or (2) It means that they had started to lay the foundation, which was the first step in building the temple. Alternate translation: “because the builders had started to lay the foundation of the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 3 12 h0i1 grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ⁠רַבִּ֡ים 1 The word **But** indicates that the sentence it introduces will draw a contrast with what came just before it. That contrast is specifically between the joyful way that most of the Israelites were responding on this occasion and the sorrowful way that some of them responded. You could use a word such as “however” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ EZR 3 12 cq1v figs-ellipsis וְ⁠רָאשֵׁ֨י הָ⁠אָב֜וֹת 1 As
EZR 3 12 d6gu writing-background הַ⁠זְּקֵנִ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֨ר רָא֜וּ אֶת־הַ⁠בַּ֤יִת 1 This phrase provides background information to identify these specific priests, Levites, and clan leaders further. Alternate translation: “who were old enough that they had seen the first temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
EZR 3 12 wzqy figs-explicit בֹּכִ֖ים בְּ⁠ק֣וֹל גָּד֑וֹל 1 The book does not say specifically why these older leaders who had seen the first temple were weeping. There are two possibilities. (1) They felt grief and loss because they remembered the first temple in all of its glory and they could not imagine that this replacement would ever be as splendid. Alternate translation: “wept loudly because they thought this new temple could never be as glorious as the first one” or (2) Seeing the community begin to restore its temple brought back memories of the terrible days in which the original temple had been destroyed and the people had had to leave their homes and go into exile. Alternate translation: “wept loudly because they remembered how the first temple had been destroyed” or just “wept loudly, remembering the past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 3 12 yarf בְּ⁠יָסְד֔⁠וֹ זֶ֤ה הַ⁠בַּ֨יִת֙ בְּ⁠עֵ֣ינֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 As in [3:6](../03/06.md), **founding** means to do the first step of constructing a building. See how you translated it there. Since it is a reference to the first step, laying a foundation, it may simply refer to starting the project generally. It could mean that the workers had begun to lay the foundation or that they had finished the foundation. Alternate translation: “when they saw the foundation that the builders laid for this temple”
EZR 3 12 agsm figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יָסְד֔⁠וֹ זֶ֤ה הַ⁠בַּ֨יִת֙ בְּ⁠עֵ֣ינֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 Here, **eyes** figuratively represent sight. So this phrase means “when construction began on the temple in their sight.” Alternate translation: “when they saw the foundation that the builders laid for this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 3 12 agsm figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יָסְד֔⁠וֹ זֶ֤ה הַ⁠בַּ֨יִת֙ בְּ⁠עֵ֣ינֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 Here, **eyes** represent sight. So this phrase means “when construction began on the temple in their sight.” Alternate translation: “when they saw the foundation that the builders laid for this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 3 12 xj13 figs-metaphor אֶת־הַ⁠בַּ֤יִת הָֽ⁠רִאשׁוֹן֙…זֶ֤ה הַ⁠בַּ֨יִת֙ 1 first house As often in this book, **house** is a metaphor for **temple**. Alternate translation: “the first temple … this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 3 12 rmy5 grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ⁠רַבִּ֛ים 1 before their eyes The word **yet** indicates a contrast between what the people just described were doing and what the people who will be described next were doing. Alternate translation: “But many others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EZR 3 12 d9tw figs-idiom וְ⁠רַבִּ֛ים בִּ⁠תְרוּעָ֥ה בְ⁠שִׂמְחָ֖ה לְ⁠הָרִ֥ים קֽוֹל 1 wept with a loud voice To be **lifting up a voice** is an idiom that means to be speaking, shouting, or singing loudly. Alternate translation: “But many others were giving loud, happy shouts.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -336,9 +336,9 @@ EZR 3 13 u6pc figs-explicit וְ⁠אֵ֣ין הָ⁠עָ֗ם מַכִּירִי
EZR 3 13 rvdj figs-activepassive וְ⁠הַ⁠קּ֥וֹל נִשְׁמַ֖ע עַד־לְ⁠מֵ⁠רָחֽוֹק 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the combined sound was so loud that those who lived far away from Jerusalem could hear it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 4 intro x878 0 # Ezra 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of the temple worship continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Helping to build the temple<br><br>The people of the surrounding nations offered to help to build the temple. It is unknown why the Jews refused their help, although it seems likely that the Jews considered these people to not truly belong to the people of God. These other people became their enemies and tried to hinder the work. They even persuaded the king of Persia to stop the Jews from building.
EZR 4 1 v368 writing-background וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁמְע֔וּ 1 General Information: The word **Now** indicates that the sentence it introduces will provide background information that will be needed to understand what the book describes next. You can translate it with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
EZR 4 1 miqb figs-personification יְהוּדָ֖ה וּ⁠בִנְיָמִ֑ן 1 Here the book is referring figuratively to the people who came from the tribe of Judah as if they were a single person, their ancestor Judah. It is referring similarly to the people of the tribe of Benjamin as if they were a single person, their ancestor Benjamin. Alternate translation: “the people of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin” or see the next note for a further possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EZR 4 1 i4dx figs-hendiadys יְהוּדָ֖ה וּ⁠בִנְיָמִ֑ן 1 Here the book may be expressing a single idea figuratively by using two words connected with **and**. Together the two words may be a way of referring to all of the Israelites, since at this point the community consisted essentially of people from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
EZR 4 1 vflf figs-synecdoche וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁמְע֔וּ…כִּֽי־בְנֵ֤י הַ⁠גּוֹלָה֙ בּוֹנִ֣ים הֵיכָ֔ל 1 **Heard** means that these enemies learned by some means that the Jews were doing this. The book is figuratively using hearing, one means of discovering things, to describe the enemies learning this. Alternate translation: “Now … learned that the Jews who had returned from exile were building a temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EZR 4 1 miqb figs-personification יְהוּדָ֖ה וּ⁠בִנְיָמִ֑ן 1 Here the book is referring to the people who came from the tribe of Judah as if they were a single person, their ancestor Judah. It is referring similarly to the people of the tribe of Benjamin as if they were a single person, their ancestor Benjamin. Alternate translation: “the people of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin” or see the next note for a further possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EZR 4 1 i4dx figs-hendiadys יְהוּדָ֖ה וּ⁠בִנְיָמִ֑ן 1 Here the book may be expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. Together the two words may be a way of referring to all of the Israelites, since at this point the community consisted essentially of people from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
EZR 4 1 vflf figs-synecdoche וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁמְע֔וּ…כִּֽי־בְנֵ֤י הַ⁠גּוֹלָה֙ בּוֹנִ֣ים הֵיכָ֔ל 1 **Heard** means that these enemies learned by some means that the Jews were doing this. The book is using hearing, one means of discovering things, to describe the enemies learning this. Alternate translation: “Now … learned that the Jews who had returned from exile were building a temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EZR 4 1 syf6 figs-idiom בְנֵ֤י הַ⁠גּוֹלָה֙ 1 As indicated in [2:1](../02/01.md) and [8:35](../08/35.md), the phrase **the sons of the exile** refers specifically to the group of Jewish people who returned to the land of Judah from Babylon. Babylon was the country where King Nebuchadnezzar had taken many Jews as captives after he conquered Jerusalem. Alternate translations: “the Jews who had returned from exile” or “the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 4 1 czf3 figs-distinguish לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 This phrase provides further background information about Yahweh and it likely expresses the perspective of the enemies on the situation. Alternate translations: “Yahweh, the God they worshiped” or “Yahweh, the God whom the people of Israel worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
EZR 4 2 dkbu grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יִּגְּשׁ֨וּ 1 The word **So** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result, they went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ EZR 4 2 spx4 translate-names זְרֻבָּבֶ֜ל 1 Zerubbabel **Zerubbabel**
EZR 4 2 zcwc figs-ellipsis רָאשֵׁ֣י הָֽ⁠אָב֗וֹת 1 As in [1:5](../01/05.md) and elsewhere in the book, this is an abbreviated way of saying “**the heads of** father’s houses.” Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EZR 4 2 exyv figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֤וּ לָ⁠הֶם֙ נִבְנֶ֣ה עִמָּ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 Since the book says in the previous verse that these people were enemies of the Jews, the implication is that they were not sincere when they claimed that they wanted to help build the temple. Instead, they were probably looking for a way to hinder the building project from within. The Jewish leaders refused their offer, and that suggests that they themselves suspected that these people were insincere. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say something like that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and attempting to deceive the Jews, they said to them, ‘We would like to help you build the temple’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 4 2 yrms figs-idiom נִדְר֖וֹשׁ לֵֽ⁠אלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 Here, **seek** is an idiom that means to worship and pray to God or a god. Alternate translation: “we worship your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 4 2 ffnu figs-idiom מִ⁠ימֵי֙ אֵסַ֤ר חַדֹּן֙ 1 The term **days** is used figuratively here to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “since the time of Esarhaddon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 4 2 ffnu figs-idiom מִ⁠ימֵי֙ אֵסַ֤ר חַדֹּן֙ 1 The term **days** is used here to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “since the time of Esarhaddon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 4 2 yx1s translate-names אֵסַ֤ר חַדֹּן֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ אַשּׁ֔וּר 1 Esarhaddon, king of Assyria **Esarhaddon** is the name of a man, and **Assyria** is the name of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 4 2 to8y figs-idiom הַ⁠מַּעֲלֶ֥ה אֹתָ֖⁠נוּ פֹּֽה 1 These men say that Esarhaddon brought them **up** to this land because it is mountainous and, as [4:9](../04/09.md) indicates, their ancestors formerly lived in lowland areas. Alternate translation: “the one who brought us here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 4 3 gkli grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֩ 1 The word **But** indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between what the men asked and what the Jewish leaders answered. You could begin the sentence with a word like “however” or “nevertheless” to indicate this contrast, or use another method that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
@ -364,11 +364,11 @@ EZR 4 3 kqpr figs-explicit כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר צִוָּ֔⁠נוּ הַ⁠
EZR 4 4 j0ej writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִי֙ 1 The phrase **and it happened that** introduces a new series of events in the story. Use a natural way in your language for introducing something new or different. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EZR 4 4 d9da figs-idiom עַם־הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 the people of the land This expression refers to the non-Israelite people groups, listed in [4:9](../04/09.md), whom the Assyrian kings Esarhaddon and Ashurbanipal had brought to live in the area just north of Judah in the century before the Jews were taken away into exile themselves. When the Jews returned to their homeland, those foreign groups were still living nearby. Alternate translation: “the foreign people groups living nearby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 4 4 n1m9 figs-parallelism וַ⁠יְהִי֙…מְרַפִּ֖ים יְדֵ֣י עַם־יְהוּדָ֑ה וּֽמְבַהֲלִ֥ים אוֹתָ֖⁠ם לִ⁠בְנֽוֹת 1 made the hands of the people of Judah weak These two phrases mean similar things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “making the people of Judah so intimidated that they stopped working on the temple” However, there is a slight distinction between the phrases. The first one describes how the people felt inwardly, and the second one explains what effect this had on their outward actions. So you could also translate the phrases separately. Alternate translation: “were intimidating the people of Judah so that they were afraid to keep working on the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EZR 4 4 mih7 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְהִי֙…מְרַפִּ֖ים יְדֵ֣י עַם־יְהוּדָ֑ה 1 Here, **hands** figuratively represents power and action, so **making the hands weak** means to make someone so discouraged or intimidated that they do not use their power to act. Alternate translation: “were intimidating the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 4 4 mih7 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְהִי֙…מְרַפִּ֖ים יְדֵ֣י עַם־יְהוּדָ֑ה 1 Here, **hands** represents power and action, so **making the hands weak** means to make someone so discouraged or intimidated that they do not use their power to act. Alternate translation: “were intimidating the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 4 4 aq32 עַם־יְהוּדָ֑ה 1 the people of Judah In this context, this expression does not refer to all of the inhabitants of the province of Judah, whatever their nationality, but rather it specifically refers to the Jews who returned from exile and settled there. In this book, **the people of Judah** and “the people of Israel” both refer to the Jewish people and mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned from exile and settled in the province of Judah”
EZR 4 5 ndut translate-unknown וְ⁠סֹכְרִ֧ים עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֛ם יוֹעֲצִ֖ים 1 Here, **counselors** means royal advisors in the Persian court. The enemies of the Jews were bribing the counselors to try to get them to influence the king against the Jews. Alternate translation: “and bribing royal advisors to work against the Jews in the Persian court” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZR 4 5 kd9a לְ⁠הָפֵ֣ר עֲצָתָ֑⁠ם 1 to frustrate their plans Alternate translation: “to keep them from successfully rebuilding the temple”
EZR 4 5 jlap figs-idiom כָּל־יְמֵ֗י כּ֚וֹרֶשׁ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס 1 **Days** is used figuratively here to refer to a particular period of time. In this context, it would mean specifically the nine years from 538 BC, when Cyrus conquered Babylon and became ruler of the Jews, to 529 BC, when he died. Alternate translation: “throughout the rest of the reign of Cyrus as king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 4 5 jlap figs-idiom כָּל־יְמֵ֗י כּ֚וֹרֶשׁ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס 1 **Days** is used here to refer to a particular period of time. In this context, it would mean specifically the nine years from 538 BC, when Cyrus conquered Babylon and became ruler of the Jews, to 529 BC, when he died. Alternate translation: “throughout the rest of the reign of Cyrus as king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 4 5 tq7w figs-explicit וְ⁠עַד־מַלְכ֖וּת דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרָֽס 1 Darius did not succeed Cyrus directly, and so this means that the enemy opposition continued throughout the reigns of the successors of Cyrus until Darius became king. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and throughout the reign of his successors until Darius became king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 4 5 py4b translate-names דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ 1 **Darius** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 4 6 o931 writing-background וּ⁠בְ⁠מַלְכוּת֙ 1 The word **Now** indicates that the sentence it introduces will provide some background information. You can translate it with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@ -376,10 +376,10 @@ EZR 4 6 zxv3 figs-explicit וּ⁠בְ⁠מַלְכוּת֙ אֲחַשְׁוֵר
EZR 4 6 k3fy translate-names אֲחַשְׁוֵר֔וֹשׁ 1 **Ahasuerus** is the name of a man. He is better known as Xerxes, so you could use that name for him in your translation, if it would be helpful in your language. Use the same name here that you use in the book of Esther. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 4 6 iaw6 figs-explicit כָּתְב֣וּ שִׂטְנָ֔ה עַל־יֹשְׁבֵ֥י יְהוּדָ֖ה וִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 wrote an accusation against the inhabitants of Judah and Jerusalem If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what the enemies of the Jews accused them of doing. (The book provides the text of their letter in [4:11–16](../04/11.md), but it might be helpful to provide a summary in advance.) Alternate translation: “they wrote a letter in which they accused the Jews who had returned to Judah and Jerusalem of plotting to rebel against the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 4 6 z7sk figs-abstractnouns כָּתְב֣וּ שִׂטְנָ֔ה 1 The abstract noun **accusation** refers to what the enemies of the Jews said about them in the letter that they sent to the king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as “accuse” or “complain.” Alternate translation: “they wrote a letter to complain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZR 4 6 o4k9 figs-metonymy כָּתְב֣וּ שִׂטְנָ֔ה עַל 1 The noun **accusation** might be referring figuratively to the actual letter itself by substituting a description of the content of the letter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a concrete term that explains the meaning of the figurative expression. Alternate translation: “they wrote a letter, accusing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 4 6 o4k9 figs-metonymy כָּתְב֣וּ שִׂטְנָ֔ה עַל 1 The noun **accusation** might be referring to the actual letter itself by substituting a description of the content of the letter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a concrete term that explains the meaning of the figurative expression. Alternate translation: “they wrote a letter, accusing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 4 6 kzu9 יֹשְׁבֵ֥י יְהוּדָ֖ה וִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 In this context, this expression does not mean all the inhabitants of the province of Judah and the city of Jerusalem, whatever their nationality, but rather the Jews who returned from exile and settled in those places. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned from exile and settled in Judah and Jerusalem”
EZR 4 7 w995 grammar-connect-time-sequential וּ⁠בִ⁠ימֵ֣י 1 Here the word **And** introduces another event in the sequence of actions by the enemies of the Jews. Use the form in your language that is most natural for marking events in a sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
EZR 4 7 qdrm figs-idiom וּ⁠בִ⁠ימֵ֣י אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֗שְׂתָּא 1 The term **days** is used figuratively here to refer to a particular period of time. In this context, it means during the reign of the next Persian king, Artaxerxes, the son of Ahasuerus (Xerxes). Alternate translation: “during the reign of Artaxerxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 4 7 qdrm figs-idiom וּ⁠בִ⁠ימֵ֣י אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֗שְׂתָּא 1 The term **days** is used here to refer to a particular period of time. In this context, it means during the reign of the next Persian king, Artaxerxes, the son of Ahasuerus (Xerxes). Alternate translation: “during the reign of Artaxerxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 4 7 r5xb figs-explicit וּ⁠בִ⁠ימֵ֣י אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֗שְׂתָּא 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that Artaxerxes was the next king of Persia. Alternate translation: “during the reign of the next Persian king, Artaxerxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 4 7 xw38 translate-names אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֗שְׂתָּא 1 **Artaxerxes** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 4 7 x91s translate-names בִּשְׁלָ֜ם מִתְרְדָ֤ת טָֽבְאֵל֙ 1 Bishlam … Mithredath … Tabeel These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ EZR 4 12 u168 figs-activepassive יְדִ֨יעַ֙ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְ⁠מַ
EZR 4 12 alqa figs-idiom יְהוּדָיֵ֗⁠א דִּ֤י סְלִ֨קוּ֙ מִן־לְוָתָ֔⁠ךְ 1 Here, as in several instances earlier in the book, **went up** means “traveled from Babylon to Judah,” since that involves going from a river valley up into the mountains. The officials describe Babylon to the king as **near you** because it was relatively much closer to the Persian royal court and more distant from Samaria. Alternate translation: “the Jews who returned to Judah from Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 4 12 tbqv figs-go סְלִ֨קוּ֙ 1 If it is more natural in your language, you could say “came” rather than **went**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
EZR 4 12 ns5b עֲלֶ֥י⁠נָא אֲת֖וֹ לִ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 1 Alternate translation: “have settled near us in Jerusalem”
EZR 4 12 fu8s figs-metonymy קִרְיְתָ֨⁠א מָֽרָדְתָּ֤⁠א ו⁠באישת⁠א 1 the rebellious and evil city Here the officials are describing the inhabitants of Jerusalem figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the **city** where they live. The officials are not saying that the walls and buildings would be rebellious if they were rebuilt. Rather, they are saying that the people who have lived in this city have continually revolted against their foreign rulers. Alternate translation: “that city whose people are constantly rebelling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 4 12 fu8s figs-metonymy קִרְיְתָ֨⁠א מָֽרָדְתָּ֤⁠א ו⁠באישת⁠א 1 the rebellious and evil city Here the officials are describing the inhabitants of Jerusalem by reference to something associated with them, the **city** where they live. The officials are not saying that the walls and buildings would be rebellious if they were rebuilt. Rather, they are saying that the people who have lived in this city have continually revolted against their foreign rulers. Alternate translation: “that city whose people are constantly rebelling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 4 12 kke9 figs-doublet מָֽרָדְתָּ֤⁠א ו⁠באישת⁠א 1 **Rebellious and evil** mean similar things. The officials use them together to emphasize their certainty that, because the people of Jerusalem are so evil or wicked (in this context meaning rebellious against authority), they would revolt against Artaxerxes if they were able to rebuild and fortify their city. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these words into a single expression. Alternate translation: “constantly rebelling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EZR 4 12 jr26 figs-parallelism וְשׁוּרַיָּ֣א שַׁכְלִ֔ילוּ וְ⁠אֻשַּׁיָּ֖⁠א יַחִֽיטוּ 1 repairing the foundations Here, **completing** is a way of saying “building.” Several times in this section of Ezra, the text uses the two words **repairing** and **completing** together to mean “building,” or it uses them as poetic parallels. (For example, “which a great king of Israel built and completed,” [5:11](../05/11.md), and “to build this house and to complete this structure,” [5:3](../05/03.md).) The term **completing** by itself here seems similarly to have the meaning of “building.” **Repairing** here could also mean “digging out.” Either way, this is a reference to preparing foundations so that buildings can be set up on them. So the officials are describing the project of restoring the city by referring to the work on two parallel parts of it, its walls and its buildings. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this without using a similar figure of speech. Alternate translations: “they are working throughout the city to restore it” or “they are rebuilding the walls and preparing foundations for buildings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EZR 4 13 daq3 כְּעַ֗ן 1 The word **now** is similar to the expression “and now” in [4:10](../04/10.md) and [4:11](../04/11.md). Here, **now** introduces an important point within the letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation.
@ -435,11 +435,11 @@ EZR 4 14 n2c8 figs-idiom וְ⁠עַרְוַ֣ת מַלְכָּ֔⁠א לָ֥א
EZR 4 14 uggy figs-123person עַ֨ל־דְּנָ֔ה שְׁלַ֖חְנָא וְ⁠הוֹדַ֥עְנָא לְ⁠מַלְכָּֽ⁠א 1 The officials continue to address the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as “O king.” Alternate translation: “and that is why we have written to you, O king, to let you know about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZR 4 15 mcvp figs-123person דִּ֡י יְבַקַּר֩ 1 Here again the officials are addressing the king in the third person as a sign of respect. They are also making their suggestion very diplomatically so that they do not appear to be telling the king what to do. Alternate translation: “and may we suggest that you search” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZR 4 15 fujm figs-idiom בִּֽ⁠סְפַר־דָּכְרָ֨נַיָּ֜⁠א דִּ֣י אֲבָהָתָ֗⁠ךְ 1 Although **book** is singular, this expression actually refers to the collection of documents that Artaxerxes possessed that recorded events and decrees from the reigns of earlier kings. He responds in [4:19](../04/19.md) that he had his court officials search in this collection. Verses [6:1–2](../06/01.md) describe how Darius earlier made a similar search. Alternate translation: “in the royal chronicles” or “in the archives of the previous kings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 4 15 u1i3 figs-metaphor בִּֽ⁠סְפַר־דָּכְרָ֨נַיָּ֜⁠א דִּ֣י אֲבָהָתָ֗⁠ךְ 1 Here, **fathers** figuratively means “predecessors.” This would include some who were direct ancestors of Artaxerxes, including his father Ahasuerus (Xerxes) and grandfather Darius. But it also seems to include the Assyrian and Babylonian kings to whose empires the Persian kings were now the heirs. The revolts of Jerusalem that this search discovered, as reported in [4:19](../04/19.md), were against the Babylonians. Indeed, Artaxerxes says that his officials investigated the matter back to ancient days, presumably back to the times of earlier empires. Alternate translation: “the chronicles of previous kings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 4 15 u1i3 figs-metaphor בִּֽ⁠סְפַר־דָּכְרָ֨נַיָּ֜⁠א דִּ֣י אֲבָהָתָ֗⁠ךְ 1 Here, **fathers** means “predecessors.” This would include some who were direct ancestors of Artaxerxes, including his father Ahasuerus (Xerxes) and grandfather Darius. But it also seems to include the Assyrian and Babylonian kings to whose empires the Persian kings were now the heirs. The revolts of Jerusalem that this search discovered, as reported in [4:19](../04/19.md), were against the Babylonians. Indeed, Artaxerxes says that his officials investigated the matter back to ancient days, presumably back to the times of earlier empires. Alternate translation: “the chronicles of previous kings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 4 15 zvmc figs-doublet וּ֠⁠תְהַשְׁכַּח בִּ⁠סְפַ֣ר דָּכְרָנַיָּ⁠א֮ וְ⁠תִנְדַּע֒ 1 The words **discover** and **learn** mean similar things. The officials use the two words together to emphasize how certain it is that the chronicles will show that Jerusalem has always been rebellious. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use only one word instead of two. Alternate translation: “The chronicles will certainly confirm for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EZR 4 15 sa9b figs-parallelism דִּי֩ קִרְיְתָ֨⁠א דָ֜ךְ קִרְיָ֣א מָֽרָדָ֗א וּֽ⁠מְהַנְזְקַ֤ת מַלְכִין֙ וּ⁠מְדִנָ֔ן וְ⁠אֶשְׁתַּדּוּר֙ עָבְדִ֣ין בְּ⁠גַוַּ֔⁠הּ מִן־יוֹמָ֖ת עָלְמָ֑⁠א 1 a rebellious city These two phrases mean similar things. The officials say essentially the same thing twice for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “that the people living in Jerusalem have constantly rebelled against their kings and governors and refused to pay tribute” However, there is a slight difference in meaning. The second phrase intensifies the first phrase, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. Alternate translation: “that the people of Jerusalem have rebelled against emperors and governors and refused to pay tribute, long being a center of revolt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EZR 4 15 z1fu figs-idiom וּֽ⁠מְהַנְזְקַ֤ת 1 In light of the similar expression in [4:13](../04/13.md), “and the revenue of the kings will suffer harm,” this likely means that the people of Jerusalem have refused to pay tribute to foreign emperors. Alternate translation: “and refused to pay tribute to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 4 15 iw58 figs-metonymy וּ⁠מְדִנָ֔ן 1 Here, **provinces** refers to the rulers of provinces, that is, governors. The officials are describing them figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the jurisdictions that they rule. Alternate translation: “and governors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 4 15 iw58 figs-metonymy וּ⁠מְדִנָ֔ן 1 Here, **provinces** refers to the rulers of provinces, that is, governors. The officials are describing them by reference to something associated with them, the jurisdictions that they rule. Alternate translation: “and governors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 4 15 au5i figs-activepassive עַ֨ל־דְּנָ֔ה קִרְיְתָ֥⁠א דָ֖ךְ הָֽחָרְבַֽת 1 this city was destroyed If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Because the people of Jerusalem kept rebelling against them, the Babylonians finally came and destroyed that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 4 16 qw5y figs-123person מְהוֹדְעִ֤ין אֲנַ֨חְנָה֙ לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֔⁠א 1 These officials address the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as “O king.” Alternate translation: “We would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZR 4 16 cr21 הֵ֣ן קִרְיְתָ֥⁠א דָךְ֙ תִּתְבְּנֵ֔א וְ⁠שׁוּרַיָּ֖⁠ה יִֽשְׁתַּכְלְל֑וּן 1 if this city is rebuilt and its walls are completed See how you translated this expression in [4:13](../04/13.md). (It may be helpful to review the two notes there that discuss the parallelism and the passive form.)
@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ EZR 4 19 h6w5 figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִנִּ⁠י֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵ
EZR 4 19 rx6m figs-explicit וּ⁠מִנִּ⁠י֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ וּ⁠בַקַּ֣רוּ 1 The implication is that the king ordered his officials to search in the royal chronicles to investigate the charges that Rehum, Shimshai, and the others had made against Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I commanded my officials to search in the royal chronicles, and they investigated your claims” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 4 19 kzrh figs-parallelism דִּ֚י קִרְיְתָ֣⁠א דָ֔ךְ…עַל־מַלְכִ֖ין מִֽתְנַשְּׂאָ֑ה וּ⁠מְרַ֥ד וְ⁠אֶשְׁתַּדּ֖וּר מִתְעֲבֶד־בַּֽ⁠הּ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. Artaxerxes says the same thing twice, in similar ways, for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Instead, If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem has continually been at the center of revolts against rulers” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase intensifies the first by portraying Jerusalem not just as a city that has rebelled, but as a place where rebellions have repeatedly originated. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem … has rebelled against the emperors that ruled it and, in fact, that city has repeatedly been a base for revolts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EZR 4 19 eq5y figs-idiom קִרְיְתָ֣⁠א דָ֔ךְ…עַל־מַלְכִ֖ין מִֽתְנַשְּׂאָ֑ה 1 **That city** means Jerusalem. In this context, the expression **risen up against** means to reject an authority and claim authority for oneself. Alternate translation: “the people of Jerusalem … have rebelled against the emperors who ruled them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 4 19 wf0o figs-metonymy קִרְיְתָ֣⁠א דָ֔ךְ…עַל־מַלְכִ֖ין מִֽתְנַשְּׂאָ֑ה 1 Here, Artaxerxes speaks figuratively of the people of Jerusalem by reference to something associated with them, the city where they live. Alternate translation: “the people of Jerusalem … have rebelled against the emperors who ruled them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 4 19 wf0o figs-metonymy קִרְיְתָ֣⁠א דָ֔ךְ…עַל־מַלְכִ֖ין מִֽתְנַשְּׂאָ֑ה 1 Here, Artaxerxes speaks of the people of Jerusalem by reference to something associated with them, the city where they live. Alternate translation: “the people of Jerusalem … have rebelled against the emperors who ruled them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 4 19 y5eu figs-doublet וּ⁠מְרַ֥ד וְ⁠אֶשְׁתַּדּ֖וּר מִתְעֲבֶד־בַּֽ⁠הּ 1 **Rebellion** and **revolt** mean similar things. Artaxerxes uses the two terms together for emphasis, perhaps to acknowledge that the records have indeed confirmed what the officials alleged. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “and the city has repeatedly been a base for revolts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EZR 4 19 n9ss figs-activepassive וּ⁠מְרַ֥ד וְ⁠אֶשְׁתַּדּ֖וּר מִתְעֲבֶד־בַּֽ⁠הּ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “and the people there have repeatedly rebelled against their rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 4 20 as5z figs-metaphor וּ⁠מַלְכִ֣ין תַּקִּיפִ֗ין הֲווֹ֙ עַל־יְר֣וּשְׁלֶ֔ם 1 These kings are described here in a spatial metaphor as being higher than or above Jerusalem to indicate that this was the place in which and from which they ruled. Alternate translation: “And powerful kings ruled from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ EZR 5 4 jznw grammar-connect-time-sequential אֱדַ֥יִן 1 the Province Bey
EZR 5 4 tp1s translate-textvariants אֲמַ֣רְנָא לְּ⁠הֹ֑ם מַן־אִנּוּן֙ שְׁמָהָ֣ת גֻּבְרַיָּ֔⁠א 1 Here, the Aramaic text reads **we said**. The pronoun does not seem to fit the context here, because of the sudden, unexplained shift from third person “they” in verse 3 to first person “we” here. In [5:10](../05/10.md), in their letter to Darius, Tattenai and his associates use “we” when they report that they were the ones who asked this question. So the word “we” could have been mistakenly copied into this verse from that one. Other ancient versions say “they,” and it will likely be clearest for your readers if you translate the phrase in that way. Alternate translation: “they said to them, ‘What are the men's names’” or “they said to them, ‘Who are the men’” It is also possible that the verse is not reporting a question in direct speech, but is simply describing what was said as a statement. In that case, **we** would refer to the Jews. Alternate translation: “we told them who the men were” or “we told them the names of the men [who were building this building.”] (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
EZR 5 4 cwgj figs-quotations אֲמַ֣רְנָא לְּ⁠הֹ֑ם מַן־אִנּוּן֙ שְׁמָהָ֣ת גֻּבְרַיָּ֔⁠א דִּֽי־דְנָ֥ה בִנְיָנָ֖⁠א בָּנַֽיִן 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could present this sentence as an indirect quotation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
EZR 5 5 ewqj grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ⁠עֵ֣ין 1 the Province Beyond the River Here, the word **But** indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between what Tattenai and his associates were trying to accomplish, which was an immediate end to the rebuilding of the temple, and what actually happened. You could begin the sentence with a word such as “however” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EZR 5 5 gv23 figs-metaphor וְ⁠עֵ֣ין אֱלָהֲ⁠הֹ֗ם הֲוָת֙ עַל־שָׂבֵ֣י יְהוּדָיֵ֔⁠א 1 the eye of God was on Here, **eye** stands for seeing, and in this context, seeing figuratively means giving care, protection, and favor. Alternate translation: “God was making sure that the Jewish leaders would be alright” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 5 5 gv23 figs-metaphor וְ⁠עֵ֣ין אֱלָהֲ⁠הֹ֗ם הֲוָת֙ עַל־שָׂבֵ֣י יְהוּדָיֵ֔⁠א 1 the eye of God was on Here, **eye** stands for seeing, and in this context, seeing means giving care, protection, and favor. Alternate translation: “God was making sure that the Jewish leaders would be alright” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 5 5 mvci grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠לָא 1 the eye of God was on Here the word **and** indicates that the clause it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result … not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 5 5 eu4e figs-explicit וְ⁠לָא־בַטִּ֣לוּ הִמּ֔וֹ עַד־טַעְמָ֖⁠א לְ⁠דָרְיָ֣וֶשׁ יְהָ֑ךְ 1 a report could be sent to Darius and a decree was returned concerning this matter Here the word **they** refers to Tattenai and his associates. The implication is that they did not make the Jewish leaders stop rebuilding the temple right away. Rather, they chose to wait until they could send a report about the rebuilding to Darius, to see what he would say about it. Alternate translation: “and Tattenai and his associates did not make the Jews stop rebuilding the temple right away, but they decided instead to report the matter to King Darius” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 5 5 udsx grammar-connect-time-sequential וֶ⁠אֱדַ֛יִן 1 a report could be sent to Darius and a decree was returned concerning this matter This phrase indicates that this event would take place after the event the story has just described. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
@ -527,10 +527,10 @@ EZR 5 7 mho8 שְׁלָמָ֥⁠א כֹֽלָּ⁠א 1 the Province Beyond the
EZR 5 8 sp27 figs-123person יְדִ֣יעַ ׀ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֗⁠א 1 General Information: These officials address the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as “O king.” Alternate translation: “We would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZR 5 8 wizf figs-activepassive יְדִ֣יעַ ׀ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֗⁠א 1 General Information: If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “We would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 5 8 nv7q אֲזַ֜לְנָא לִ⁠יה֤וּד מְדִֽינְתָּ⁠א֙ 1 General Information: Alternate translation: “we went to the province of Judah”
EZR 5 8 avmn figs-metaphor לְ⁠בֵית֙ אֱלָהָ֣⁠א רַבָּ֔⁠א 1 General Information: Here, **the house** refers to the temple. The officials speak of it figuratively as if it were a place in which God would live. (They likely say **the great God** because the Jews told them, as they report in [5:11](../05/11.md), that it would be a temple for the God who made heaven and earth.) Alternate translation: “to the temple of the mighty God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 5 8 avmn figs-metaphor לְ⁠בֵית֙ אֱלָהָ֣⁠א רַבָּ֔⁠א 1 General Information: Here, **the house** refers to the temple. The officials speak of it as if it were a place in which God would live. (They likely say **the great God** because the Jews told them, as they report in [5:11](../05/11.md), that it would be a temple for the God who made heaven and earth.) Alternate translation: “to the temple of the mighty God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 5 8 nmq2 figs-activepassive וְ⁠ה֤וּא מִתְבְּנֵא֙ אֶ֣בֶן גְּלָ֔ל וְ⁠אָ֖ע מִתְּשָׂ֣ם בְּ⁠כֻתְלַיָּ֑⁠א 1 timbers If it would be helpful in your language, you could say these things with active forms, and you could say who was doing these actions. Alternate translation: “the Jews are building the temple out of large stones and setting timber beams in the walls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 5 8 cgiz figs-activepassive וַ⁠עֲבִ֥ידְתָּ⁠א דָ֛ךְ אָסְפַּ֥רְנָא מִתְעַבְדָ֖א וּ⁠מַצְלַ֥ח בְּ⁠יֶדְ⁠הֹֽם 1 timbers You could say this with an active form, and you could say who was doing the action. The term **diligently**, used here and several more times in the book, means carefully, exactly, and efficiently. Alternate translation: “And they are doing the work carefully and efficiently and successfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 5 8 nzzw figs-metaphor וּ⁠מַצְלַ֥ח בְּ⁠יֶדְ⁠הֹֽם 1 timbers Here, **hand** figuratively represents control and action. Alternate translation: “and it is succeeding at their initiative” or “and they have been able to advance the work successfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 5 8 nzzw figs-metaphor וּ⁠מַצְלַ֥ח בְּ⁠יֶדְ⁠הֹֽם 1 timbers Here, **hand** represents control and action. Alternate translation: “and it is succeeding at their initiative” or “and they have been able to advance the work successfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 5 9 uee9 figs-quotemarks מַן־שָׂ֨ם לְ⁠כֹ֜ם טְעֵ֗ם בַּיְתָ֤⁠א דְנָה֙ לְ⁠מִבְנְיָ֔ה וְ⁠אֻשַּׁרְנָ֥⁠א דְנָ֖ה לְ⁠שַׁכְלָלָֽה 1 Who issued you a command This is a quotation within a quotation. That is, the book is quoting from the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius, and within that letter, they are quoting what they asked the Jewish elders. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off these words within secondary quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EZR 5 9 p8jz figs-parallelism מַן־שָׂ֨ם לְ⁠כֹ֜ם טְעֵ֗ם בַּיְתָ֤⁠א דְנָה֙ לְ⁠מִבְנְיָ֔ה וְ⁠אֻשַּׁרְנָ֥⁠א דְנָ֖ה לְ⁠שַׁכְלָלָֽה 1 Who issued you a command See how you translated this question in [5:3](../05/03.md). The phrases **build this house** and **complete this structure** refer to the same action, not different actions. The officials say essentially the same thing twice for emphasis. If that would be confusing for your readers, you could say it once and provide emphasis in a different way. Alternate translation: “Who said that you could build a large temple such as this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EZR 5 10 okji grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠אַ֧ף שְׁמָהָתְ⁠הֹ֛ם שְׁאֵ֥לְנָא לְּ⁠הֹ֖ם לְ⁠הוֹדָעוּתָ֑⁠ךְ דִּ֛י נִכְתֻּ֥ב שֻׁם־גֻּבְרַיָּ֖⁠א דִּ֥י בְ⁠רָאשֵׁי⁠הֹֽם 1 Who issued you a command If it would be helpful in your language, you could put the reason before the result. (We do not know if Tattenai and his associates succeeded in writing down the list of names.) Alternate translation: “We wanted to write down the names of their leaders and to be prepared to let you know who they were, so we also asked them their names” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@ -541,9 +541,9 @@ EZR 5 11 r5fg figs-explicit אֱלָ֨הּ שְׁמַיָּ֜⁠א וְ⁠אַר
EZR 5 11 a1ui figs-metaphor וּ⁠בָנַ֤יִן בַּיְתָ⁠א֙ 1 that was built many years ago, which a great king of Israel built and completed **House** means the temple. This seems to be an abbreviated way of saying the “house of God,” a figurative description of the temple as the place where God lived. Alternate translation: “and we are rebuilding the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 5 11 y9hr figs-hendiadys וּ⁠מֶ֤לֶךְ לְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ רַ֔ב בְּנָ֖⁠הִי וְ⁠שַׁכְלְלֵֽ⁠הּ 1 completed In this section of the book, **completed** is another way of saying **built** when the two words are used together. (Review the note about this at [4:12](../04/12.md) if that would be helpful.) So the Jewish elders are expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a single word. Alternate translation: “which a great king of Israel constructed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
EZR 5 12 mnpe grammar-connect-logic-contrast לָהֵ֗ן 1 completed The word **However** indicates that there will be a contrast between the sentence that it introduces and the previous one. This sentence expresses the opposite of what someone would hope and expect to happen after a great king built a temple for God, so you could begin the sentence with a word such as “unfortunately” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EZR 5 12 un5r figs-metaphor מִן־דִּ֨י הַרְגִּ֤זוּ אֲבָהֳתַ֨⁠נָא֙ לֶ⁠אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֔⁠א 1 General Information: Here, **fathers** figuratively means ancestors. Alternate translation: “because our ancestors angered the God who rules in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 5 12 pqp8 figs-metaphor יְהַ֣ב הִמּ֔וֹ בְּ⁠יַ֛ד נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר 1 provoked the God of heaven to wrath Here, **hand** figuratively represents power and control. Alternate translation: “God allowed Nebuchadnezzar to conquer them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 5 12 cy4x figs-metonymy יְהַ֣ב הִמּ֔וֹ בְּ⁠יַ֛ד נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר 1 he gave them into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, the Chaldean, who destroyed this house and deported the people Nebuchadnezzar alone did not conquer the kingdom of Judah. Rather, the elders are describing his armies figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the emperor who commanded them. Alternate translation: “God allowed them to be conquered by the armies of Nebuchadnezzar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 5 12 un5r figs-metaphor מִן־דִּ֨י הַרְגִּ֤זוּ אֲבָהֳתַ֨⁠נָא֙ לֶ⁠אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֔⁠א 1 General Information: Here, **fathers** means ancestors. Alternate translation: “because our ancestors angered the God who rules in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 5 12 pqp8 figs-metaphor יְהַ֣ב הִמּ֔וֹ בְּ⁠יַ֛ד נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר 1 provoked the God of heaven to wrath Here, **hand** represents power and control. Alternate translation: “God allowed Nebuchadnezzar to conquer them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 5 12 cy4x figs-metonymy יְהַ֣ב הִמּ֔וֹ בְּ⁠יַ֛ד נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר 1 he gave them into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, the Chaldean, who destroyed this house and deported the people Nebuchadnezzar alone did not conquer the kingdom of Judah. Rather, the elders are describing his armies by reference to something associated with them, the emperor who commanded them. Alternate translation: “God allowed them to be conquered by the armies of Nebuchadnezzar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 5 12 lfdn translate-names נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר מֶֽלֶךְ־בָּבֶ֖ל 1 he gave them into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, the Chaldean, who destroyed this house and deported the people **Nebuchadnezzar** is the name of a man, and **Babylon** is the name of the empire that he ruled. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 5 12 soz8 figs-distinguish כַּסְדָּאָ֑ה 1 he gave them into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, the Chaldean, who destroyed this house and deported the people Here the elders provide some further background information about who Nebuchadnezzar was. Even though he was the ruler of the Babylonian Empire, he was not from the Babylonian people group himself, but rather from the Chaldean people group. Alternate translation: “who was from the Chaldean people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
EZR 5 12 wqnc translate-names כַּסְדָּאָ֑ה 1 he gave them into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, the Chaldean, who destroyed this house and deported the people **Chaldean** is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ EZR 6 intro y5d8 0 # Ezra 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<
EZR 6 1 cmmn grammar-connect-logic-result בֵּ⁠אדַ֛יִן 1 issued a command and a search was made Here, **Then** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 6 1 spf8 figs-explicit דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֖⁠א שָׂ֣ם טְעֵ֑ם וּ⁠בַקַּ֣רוּ 1 issued a command and a search was made The implication is that King Darius ordered his officials to search in the royal archives to investigate the claims that the Jewish elders had made in response to the questions that Tattenai and his associates asked them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Darius commanded his officials to investigate whether King Cyrus had issued a decree to rebuild the temple in Jerusalem by searching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 6 1 pb3s translate-names דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ 1 issued a command and a search was made **Darius** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 6 1 dze3 figs-metaphor בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית סִפְרַיָּ֗⁠א דִּ֧י גִנְזַיָּ֛⁠א מְהַחֲתִ֥ין 1 in the archives where the treasures were stored This means the building or buildings where valuable documents such as royal chronicles were stored and kept safe. This is figuratively called a house as if those documents lived there. Alternate translation: “in the places where the kings stored their chronicles and other valuable items” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 6 1 dze3 figs-metaphor בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית סִפְרַיָּ֗⁠א דִּ֧י גִנְזַיָּ֛⁠א מְהַחֲתִ֥ין 1 in the archives where the treasures were stored This means the building or buildings where valuable documents such as royal chronicles were stored and kept safe. This is called a house as if those documents lived there. Alternate translation: “in the places where the kings stored their chronicles and other valuable items” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 6 1 ekf1 figs-activepassive בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית סִפְרַיָּ֗⁠א דִּ֧י גִנְזַיָּ֛⁠א מְהַחֲתִ֥ין 1 in the archives where the treasures were stored If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “in the places where the kings stored their chronicles and other valuable items” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 6 1 p41w figs-idiom תַּמָּ֖ה בְּ⁠בָבֶֽל 1 in the archives where the treasures were stored This cannot mean that the search was limited to the archives in the city of Babylon or even to the region of Babylon that had become a province in the Persian Empire because a scroll describing the decree of Cyrus was finally found in the neighboring province of Media. Rather, **Babylon** must be a general description for the whole area that was the center of power for the Babylonian and Persian empires. Alternate translation: “there in Babylonia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 6 2 vcxt grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠הִשְׁתְּכַ֣ח…מְגִלָּ֣ה חֲדָ֑ה 1 a scroll was found Here, **And** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result they found one scroll” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ EZR 6 3 wuej figs-activepassive בַּיְתָ֣⁠א יִתְבְּנֵ֔א…
EZR 6 3 x11q figs-metaphor בַּיְתָ֣⁠א 1 Let the house be rebuilt Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 6 3 ts4a translate-bdistance רוּמֵ⁠הּ֙ אַמִּ֣ין שִׁתִּ֔ין פְּתָיֵ֖⁠הּ אַמִּ֥ין שִׁתִּֽין 1 sixty cubits If it would be helpful in your language, you could convert these measures into modern units. Alternate translation: “The temple is to be 90 feet high and 90 feet wide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
EZR 6 4 q3hv figs-explicit נִדְבָּכִ֞ין דִּי־אֶ֤בֶן גְּלָל֙ תְּלָתָ֔א וְ⁠נִדְבָּ֖ךְ דִּי־אָ֣ע חֲדַ֑ת 1 with three rows of large stones and a row of new timber It is no longer clear exactly what these building instructions mean. They could mean that the walls of the temple should be three layers of stone thick, with a facing of wood on the inside. They could also mean that the walls should be built with one layer of wood on top of every three layers of stone, or that the temple was to have four stories, the lower three of stone and the top one of wood. Whatever the specifics, the implication is that the temple is to be rebuilt in the same way that Solomon originally built it, since 1 Kings 6:36 says that he built its inner court, at least, “with three courses of hewn stone, and a course of cedar beams.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and it is to be built of wood and stone just like the original one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 6 4 tny3 figs-metaphor וְ⁠נִ֨פְקְתָ֔⁠א מִן־בֵּ֥ית מַלְכָּ֖⁠א תִּתְיְהִֽב 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house Here, **house** is a metaphor for property, meaning everything that a person keeps in his house, and by extension, everything that he owns. So **house** in this context figuratively represents the wealth and income of the king. Alternate translation: “I will pay the expenses from the royal revenue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 6 4 tny3 figs-metaphor וְ⁠נִ֨פְקְתָ֔⁠א מִן־בֵּ֥ית מַלְכָּ֖⁠א תִּתְיְהִֽב 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house Here, **house** is a metaphor for property, meaning everything that a person keeps in his house, and by extension, everything that he owns. So **house** in this context represents the wealth and income of the king. Alternate translation: “I will pay the expenses from the royal revenue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 6 4 yh2n figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִ֨פְקְתָ֔⁠א מִן־בֵּ֥ית מַלְכָּ֖⁠א תִּתְיְהִֽב 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will pay the expenses from the royal revenue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 6 4 wjxj figs-123person וְ⁠נִ֨פְקְתָ֔⁠א מִן־בֵּ֥ית מַלְכָּ֖⁠א תִּתְיְהִֽב 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house Cyrus speaks of himself here in the third person. If this is not clear in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “I will pay the expenses from the royal revenue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZR 6 5 ujut מָאנֵ֣י בֵית־אֱלָהָ⁠א֮ דִּ֣י דַהֲבָ֣⁠ה וְ⁠כַסְפָּ⁠א֒ דִּ֣י נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּ֗ר הַנְפֵּ֛ק מִן־הֵיכְלָ֥⁠א דִי־בִ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶ֖ם וְ⁠הֵיבֵ֣ל לְ⁠בָבֶ֑ל יַהֲתִיב֗וּן 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house See how you translated the very similar sentence in [5:14](../05/14.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could put the verb first in this sentence. Alternate translation: “I hereby return to the Jews the gold and silver objects which Nebuchadnezzar took out of the temple in Jerusalem and brought to Babylon”
@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ EZR 6 6 wtim grammar-connect-words-phrases כְּעַ֡ן 1 General Information:
EZR 6 6 qpqv figs-123person תַּ֠תְּנַי פַּחַ֨ת עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֜⁠ה שְׁתַ֤ר בּוֹזְנַי֙ וּ⁠כְנָוָ֣תְ⁠ה֔וֹן אֲפַרְסְכָיֵ֔⁠א דִּ֖י בַּ⁠עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֑⁠ה רַחִיקִ֥ין הֲו֖וֹ מִן־תַּמָּֽה 1 General Information: Since Darius addresses these men directly at the end of the sentence, instead of **their companions**, in the third person, we would expect him to say “your companions,” in the second person. So it seems that the book is compressing the letter as it quotes it. Based on the other letters that the book quotes in [4:11–16](../04/11.md), [4:17–22](../04/17.md), and [5:7–17](../05/07.md), the full letter probably said something like “To Tattenai, the governor of Beyond-the-River, Shethar-Bozenai, and their companions, the officials who are in Beyond-the-River. Peace. And now,” followed by an explanation that the court officials had discovered a scroll that recorded the decree of Cyrus. Then would follow instructions to these men, beginning “Be far away from there!” But since the quotation from this letter in the book jumps from the list of the recipients’ names right to these instructions, If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the second person throughout. Alternate translation: “Tattenai, the governor of Beyond-the-River, Shethar-Bozenai, and your associates, you officials who are in Beyond-the-River: Be far away from there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZR 6 6 xd9g translate-names תַּ֠תְּנַי…שְׁתַ֤ר בּוֹזְנַי֙ 1 Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [5:3](../05/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 6 6 xk9x וּ⁠כְנָוָ֣תְ⁠ה֔וֹן 1 the Province Beyond the River Alternate translation: “and their associates” or “and your associates”
EZR 6 6 akg1 figs-metaphor רַחִיקִ֥ין הֲו֖וֹ מִן־תַּמָּֽה 1 the Province Beyond the River King Darius uses a spatial metaphor to indicate figuratively that he wants Tattenai and his associates not to interfere with what the Jews are doing in Jerusalem. The meaning is not simply that they are to stay away physically from that area, since they could still plot against the Jews from a distance (for example, by bribing officials in the royal court, as [4:5](../04/05.md) describes). Alternate translation: “do not interfere with what is happening in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 6 6 akg1 figs-metaphor רַחִיקִ֥ין הֲו֖וֹ מִן־תַּמָּֽה 1 the Province Beyond the River King Darius uses a spatial metaphor to indicate that he wants Tattenai and his associates not to interfere with what the Jews are doing in Jerusalem. The meaning is not simply that they are to stay away physically from that area, since they could still plot against the Jews from a distance (for example, by bribing officials in the royal court, as [4:5](../04/05.md) describes). Alternate translation: “do not interfere with what is happening in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 6 7 k1ks figs-parallelism שְׁבֻ֕קוּ לַ⁠עֲבִידַ֖ת בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֣⁠א דֵ֑ךְ 1 the Province Beyond the River This sentence means basically the same thing as the last sentence in [6:6](../06/06.md). Darius says essentially the same thing twice for emphasis. If that would be confusing for your readers, you could combine the two sentences and express the emphasis in a different way. Alternate translation for both sentences: “do not interfere with the rebuilding of the temple in Jerusalem in any way” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is more specific. It says precisely what Darius wants these Samaritan officials to leave alone. Alternate translation: “Do not interfere with what is happening in Jerusalem. Do not disturb the work on the temple there!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EZR 6 7 xw40 בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥⁠א דֵ֖ךְ יִבְנ֥וֹן עַל־אַתְרֵֽ⁠הּ 1 the Province Beyond the River As in [5:15](../05/15.md), this expression means “Let … rebuild the temple on its original site.” You could say that as an alternate translation.
EZR 6 8 ci97 figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִנִּ⁠י֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ לְ⁠מָ֣א דִֽי־תַֽעַבְד֗וּן עִם־שָׂבֵ֤י יְהוּדָיֵ⁠א֙ אִלֵּ֔ךְ לְ⁠מִבְנֵ֖א בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֣⁠א דֵ֑ךְ 1 General Information: If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “This is what I am commanding you to do to help the elders of the Jews rebuild that temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -630,12 +630,12 @@ EZR 6 10 it87 grammar-connect-logic-goal דִּֽי־לֶהֱוֺ֧ן מְהַק
EZR 6 10 b2zw figs-metaphor נִיחוֹחִ֖ין 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River The primary idea is that these sacrifices will be pleasing to God, regardless of how they actually smell. Alternate translation: “pleasing sacrifices” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 6 10 mchh לֶ⁠אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֑⁠א 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River See how you translated this expression in [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “the God who rules in heaven”
EZR 6 10 xq28 figs-123person לְ⁠חַיֵּ֥י מַלְכָּ֖⁠א וּ⁠בְנֽוֹ⁠הִי 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River Darius speaks of himself here in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “that God will preserve my life and the life of my sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZR 6 10 ej11 figs-synecdoche לְ⁠חַיֵּ֥י מַלְכָּ֖⁠א וּ⁠בְנֽוֹ⁠הִי 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River The king is speaking figuratively of the quality of his life and that of his sons, not just that they will live. Alternate translation: “that all will be well for me and my sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EZR 6 10 ej11 figs-synecdoche לְ⁠חַיֵּ֥י מַלְכָּ֖⁠א וּ⁠בְנֽוֹ⁠הִי 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River The king is speaking of the quality of his life and that of his sons, not just that they will live. Alternate translation: “that all will be well for me and my sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EZR 6 10 a820 figs-metaphor וּ⁠בְנֽוֹ⁠הִי 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River Here, **sons** could mean one of two things. (1) It could be literal and mean the biological sons of King Darius. (2) It could be figurative and mean descendants, specifically those whom Darius hoped would succeed him on the throne. As the note to [4:15](../04/15.md) explains, the Persian kings spoke of predecessor kings as their “fathers,” so they may also have spoken of successor kings as their “sons.” Alternate translation: “his successors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 6 11 em18 figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִנִּ⁠י֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ דִּ֣י 1 General Information: If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and I am commanding that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 6 11 zdzd figs-idiom כָל־אֱנָ֗שׁ דִּ֤י יְהַשְׁנֵא֙ פִּתְגָמָ֣⁠א דְנָ֔ה 1 General Information: The phrase **any man who changes this edict** could mean giving different instructions from what the king had commanded, but it could also mean doing something against what his edict commands. [6:12](../06/12.md) suggests that changing the edict means destroying the temple rather than ensuring that it was rebuilt and maintained. Alternate translation: “if anyone disobeys this edict” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 6 11 uqt8 figs-explicit יִתְנְסַ֥ח אָע֙ מִן־בַּיְתֵ֔⁠הּ וּ⁠זְקִ֖יף יִתְמְחֵ֣א עֲלֹ֑⁠הִי 1 a beam must be pulled from his house and he must be impaled on it. His house must then be turned into a rubbish heap This is an implicit reference to one form of capital punishment that the Persians used. Darius assumes that the officials know what he means. Anyone who violates his order is to be lifted up and impaled on a beam of wood from his own house. That is, one end of the beam is to be sharpened so that it will pass through the body of the offender, the other end is to be planted in the ground, and he is to be impaled on the beam. Alternate translation: “pull a beam out of his house, sharpen one end, and lift him up and impale him on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 6 11 w334 figs-metaphor וּ⁠בַיְתֵ֛⁠הּ נְוָל֥וּ יִתְעֲבֵ֖ד עַל־דְּנָֽה 1 a beam The expression **rubbish heap** means figuratively that the house would be so thoroughly destroyed that it would look like a garbage dump. The former site of the house would not necessarily be used as an actual dump. Alternate translation: “and as a further punishment for violating my order, I command you to demolish his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 6 11 w334 figs-metaphor וּ⁠בַיְתֵ֛⁠הּ נְוָל֥וּ יִתְעֲבֵ֖ד עַל־דְּנָֽה 1 a beam The expression **rubbish heap** means that the house would be so thoroughly destroyed that it would look like a garbage dump. The former site of the house would not necessarily be used as an actual dump. Alternate translation: “and as a further punishment for violating my order, I command you to demolish his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 6 11 i9yf figs-activepassive יִתְנְסַ֥ח אָע֙ מִן־בַּיְתֵ֔⁠הּ 1 impaled If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “you must pull a beam out of his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 6 11 ivvc figs-activepassive וּ⁠זְקִ֖יף יִתְמְחֵ֣א 1 impaled If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “then you must set the beam upright and impale him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 6 11 a7ih figs-activepassive וּ⁠בַיְתֵ֛⁠הּ נְוָל֥וּ יִתְעֲבֵ֖ד 1 impaled If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “And you must turn his house into a rubbish heap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -660,7 +660,7 @@ EZR 6 14 l5ag translate-names חַגַּ֣י 1 Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai **Ha
EZR 6 14 tetn translate-names וּ⁠זְכַרְיָ֖ה בַּר־עִדּ֑וֹא 1 Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai **Zechariah** is the name of a man, and **Iddo** is the name of his father. See how you translated their names in [5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 6 14 s1jd figs-hendiadys וּ⁠בְנ֣וֹ וְ⁠שַׁכְלִ֗לוּ 1 Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai As in [5:11](../05/11.md), the words **built** and **completed** connected with **and** express a single idea. In this section of the book, when the two words are used together, “completed” is another way of saying “built.” (Review the note about this at [4:12](../04/12.md) if that would be helpful.) If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a single word. Alternate translation: “And they were able to construct the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
EZR 6 14 d77p figs-explicit וּ⁠בְנ֣וֹ וְ⁠שַׁכְלִ֗לוּ 1 Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai The implication is that what the Jewish leaders **built and completed**, that is, constructed, was the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “And they were able to construct the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 6 14 mgzk figs-metaphor מִן־טַ֨עַם֙ אֱלָ֣הּ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai Here the book speaks figuratively of the messages that God had sent through the prophets Haggai and Zechariah as a **decree** or command that God had issued to the Jewish leaders to rebuild the temple, much like the decrees that the Persian kings had issued. If it would be helpful in your language, you could describe these messages in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “just as the God of Israel had commanded them to do through the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 6 14 mgzk figs-metaphor מִן־טַ֨עַם֙ אֱלָ֣הּ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai Here the book speaks of the messages that God had sent through the prophets Haggai and Zechariah as a **decree** or command that God had issued to the Jewish leaders to rebuild the temple, much like the decrees that the Persian kings had issued. If it would be helpful in your language, you could describe these messages in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “just as the God of Israel had commanded them to do through the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 6 14 j4jr figs-explicit וּ⁠מִ⁠טְּעֵם֙ כּ֣וֹרֶשׁ וְ⁠דָרְיָ֔וֶשׁ וְ⁠אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֖שְׂתְּא מֶ֥לֶךְ פָּרָֽס 1 Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai Here, the book assumes some knowledge on the part of readers, because by this point in time, only King Cyrus ([1:2–4](../01/02.md)) and King Darius ([6:6–12](../06/06.md)) had issued decrees for the Jerusalem temple to be rebuilt. Artaxerxes was the grandson of Darius, and he would not become king for another 50 years. Moreover, while the book anticipated the reign of Artaxerxes in [4:7–23](../04/07.md), there it recounted how he ordered the temple rebuilding to stop. But the book is assuming that readers will know that Artaxerxes eventually did reverse himself and issue a decree for the maintenance of the Jerusalem temple. The book describes this in [7:12–26](../07/12.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and just as King Cyrus and King Darius of Persia had decreed they should do. King Artaxerxes of Persia also later decreed that they should finish the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 6 14 e83b figs-distinguish כּ֣וֹרֶשׁ וְ⁠דָרְיָ֔וֶשׁ וְ⁠אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֖שְׂתְּא מֶ֥לֶךְ פָּרָֽס 1 Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers who these men were. The phrase **the king of Persia** applies to each of them. Alternate translation: “King Cyrus and King Darius of Persia and King Artaxerxes of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
EZR 6 14 fwlf translate-names כּ֣וֹרֶשׁ וְ⁠דָרְיָ֔וֶשׁ וְ⁠אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֖שְׂתְּא 1 Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai These are the names of men. See how you translated them in [1:1](../01/01.md), [4:5](../04/05.md), and [4:7](../04/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ EZR 6 15 i2k0 translate-hebrewmonths עַ֛ד י֥וֹם תְּלָתָ֖ה לִ
EZR 6 15 bhp9 translate-ordinal שְׁנַת־שֵׁ֔ת לְ⁠מַלְכ֖וּת דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מַלְכָּֽ⁠א 1 sixth year The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **six**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, **sixth**, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the sixth year of the reign of Darius as king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EZR 6 15 n23x figs-explicit שְׁנַת־שֵׁ֔ת לְ⁠מַלְכ֖וּת דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מַלְכָּֽ⁠א 1 sixth year If it would be helpful in your language, you could include the name of Darius's kingdom. Alternate translation: “in the sixth year of the reign of Darius as king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 6 16 xnpw grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠עֲבַ֣דוּ 1 the rest of the children of the exile Here, the word **And** indicates that the event the story will now relate came after the events it has just described. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a word such as “Then.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
EZR 6 16 ajjz figs-metaphor בְנֵֽי־יִ֠שְׂרָאֵל 1 the rest of the children of the exile Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Here the book envisions all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. The expression comprises the three groups that are listed next, the priests, Levites, and other Jews. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 6 16 ajjz figs-metaphor בְנֵֽי־יִ֠שְׂרָאֵל 1 the rest of the children of the exile Here, **sons** means “descendants.” Here the book envisions all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. The expression comprises the three groups that are listed next, the priests, Levites, and other Jews. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 6 16 cq1q figs-idiom וּ⁠שְׁאָ֣ר בְּנֵי־גָלוּתָ֗⁠א 1 the rest of the children of the exile As indicated in [2:1](../02/01.md) and [8:35](../08/35.md), the phrase **the sons of the exile** refers specifically to the group of Jewish people who returned to the land of Judah from Babylon after King Nebuchadnezzar had conquered Jerusalem and had taken many Jews as captives to Babylon. Alternate translation: “and the Jews who had returned from exile” or “and the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 6 16 z1u1 figs-abstractnouns וַ⁠עֲבַ֣דוּ…חֲנֻכַּ֛ת בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥⁠א דְנָ֖ה בְּ⁠חֶדְוָֽה 1 the rest of the children of the exile The abstract noun **dedication** refers to a special ceremony the Israelites conducted to set the temple apart as a place for the worship of Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as “consecrate.” Alternate translation: “joyfully consecrated this temple for the worship of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZR 6 16 i1qx figs-abstractnouns וַ⁠עֲבַ֣דוּ…חֲנֻכַּ֛ת בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥⁠א דְנָ֖ה בְּ⁠חֶדְוָֽה 1 the rest of the children of the exile If your language does not use abstract nouns such as **joy**, you can translate the idea behind it with an adverb such as “joyfully.” Alternate translation: “joyfully dedicated this temple to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -696,23 +696,23 @@ EZR 6 19 k52r figs-explicit בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר לַ
EZR 6 20 ibwf grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 purified themselves The word **for** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the reason why the action described in the previous sentence was possible. Alternate translation: “They were able to do this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 6 20 ahmg figs-idiom הִֽטַּהֲר֞וּ הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֧ים וְ⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֛ם כְּ⁠אֶחָ֖ד כֻּלָּ֣⁠ם טְהוֹרִ֑ים 1 purified themselves As in [3:9](../03/09.md), **as one** is an idiom that means that these priests and Levites all behaved as if they were a single person, that is, they all did the same thing. Alternate translation: “Every single one of the priests and Levites had purified himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 6 20 rjm2 figs-parallelism הִֽטַּהֲר֞וּ…כְּ⁠אֶחָ֖ד כֻּלָּ֣⁠ם טְהוֹרִ֑ים 1 purified themselves These two phrases mean the same thing. The book uses the repetition for emphasis and clarity. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “every single one had purified himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EZR 6 20 j34t figs-metaphor הִֽטַּהֲר֞וּ 1 purified themselves Being pure figuratively represents being acceptable to God. Alternate translation: “performed a ceremony to show that they wanted to be acceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 6 20 j34t figs-metaphor הִֽטַּהֲר֞וּ 1 purified themselves Being pure represents being acceptable to God. Alternate translation: “performed a ceremony to show that they wanted to be acceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 6 20 ryyj figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּשְׁחֲט֤וּ הַ⁠פֶּ֨סַח֙ 1 purified themselves The book assumes that readers will know that the **Passover** celebration included a special meal of lamb. Following God's instructions, the Israelites had slaughtered lambs to eat on the night before they left Egypt, and they had put the blood of the lambs on their doorframes so that God would pass over their houses and everyone inside would be safe. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And they slaughtered lambs for the special Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 6 20 cgbl translate-names הַ⁠פֶּ֨סַח֙ 1 purified themselves See how you translated the name of this festival in [6:19](../06/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 6 20 b9et figs-idiom בְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠גּוֹלָ֔ה 1 purified themselves See how you translated this expression in [6:16](../06/16.md). Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 6 20 m6ql figs-metaphor וְ⁠לַ⁠אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֥ם הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֖ים 1 purified themselves Here, **brothers** is a figurative way of saying fellow priests, although it is possible that this group included some of the biological brothers of the priests who slaughtered the lambs. Alternate translation: “and for their fellow priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 6 21 dpio figs-metaphor וַ⁠יֹּאכְל֣וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 had separated themselves from the uncleanness of the nations of the land **Sons** here figuratively means descendants. The book is envisioning all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “And the Israelites ate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 6 21 dpio figs-metaphor וַ⁠יֹּאכְל֣וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 had separated themselves from the uncleanness of the nations of the land **Sons** here means descendants. The book is envisioning all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “And the Israelites ate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 6 21 zqei figs-ellipsis וַ⁠יֹּאכְל֣וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 had separated themselves from the uncleanness of the nations of the land Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “And the Israelites ate the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EZR 6 21 n0yo figs-explicit וְ⁠כֹ֗ל הַ⁠נִּבְדָּ֛ל מִ⁠טֻּמְאַ֥ת גּוֹיֵֽ־הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֑ם לִ⁠דְרֹ֕שׁ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה 1 had separated themselves from the uncleanness of the nations of the land This could mean one of two possibilities. (1) It could be referring to people from other nations who had converted and become Jews. Alternate translation: “and anyone from another nation who had abandoned their former practices and become a Jew and would now worship and obey Yahweh” or (2) It could be referring to Israelites who had not been taken into exile but who had adopted the customs and practices of the other people groups that had come to live in the former Jewish homeland. Alternate translation: “as well as Israelites who had not gone into exile, who had adopted foreign practices, but who would now join the returned exiles in worshiping and obeying Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]].)
EZR 6 21 p72z figs-metaphor וְ⁠כֹ֗ל הַ⁠נִּבְדָּ֛ל מִ⁠טֻּמְאַ֥ת גּוֹיֵֽ־הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 had separated themselves from the uncleanness of the nations of the land Being **separated** from uncleanness represents refusing to do things that make people unclean. Alternate translation: “and everyone who refused to do the things that made them unclean that the other people groups living in the land did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 6 21 alu2 figs-metaphor מִ⁠טֻּמְאַ֥ת גּוֹיֵֽ־הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 the uncleanness of the nations of the land Here, **uncleanness** figuratively represents being unacceptable to God. Alternate translation: “from the things that made the nations around them unacceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 6 21 alu2 figs-metaphor מִ⁠טֻּמְאַ֥ת גּוֹיֵֽ־הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 the uncleanness of the nations of the land Here, **uncleanness** represents being unacceptable to God. Alternate translation: “from the things that made the nations around them unacceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 6 21 slp3 figs-idiom גּוֹיֵֽ־הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 the uncleanness of the nations of the land Like **the people of the land** in [4:4](../04/04.md), this expression refers to the non-Israelite people groups who were living in this area. (Review the note at [4:4](../04/04.md) if that would be helpful.) Alternate translation: “the foreign people groups living nearby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 6 21 tyz7 figs-metaphor לִ⁠דְרֹ֕שׁ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה 1 to seek Yahweh To **seek** Yahweh figuratively means to choose to know, worship, and obey him. Alternate translation: “to worship and obey Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 6 21 tyz7 figs-metaphor לִ⁠דְרֹ֕שׁ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה 1 to seek Yahweh To **seek** Yahweh means to choose to know, worship, and obey him. Alternate translation: “to worship and obey Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 6 21 mamh figs-distinguish אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 to seek Yahweh As in [4:1](../04/01.md), this phrase provides further background information about who Yahweh is. In context, it helps distinguish Yahweh from the gods of the nations of the land. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God whom the people of Israel worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
EZR 6 22 mk5t grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יַּֽעֲשׂ֧וּ 1 turned the heart of the king of Assyria This phrase indicates that the event the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a phrase such as “After that.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
EZR 6 22 nq0t translate-names וַ⁠יַּֽעֲשׂ֧וּ חַג־מַצּ֛וֹת שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִ֖ים בְּ⁠שִׂמְחָ֑ה 1 turned the heart of the king of Assyria **Festival of Unleavened Bread** is the name of another religious festival that the law of Moses commanded the Jews to celebrate every year to remember how God had rescued their ancestors from slavery in Egypt. The term **Unleavened Bread** refers to bread that is made without yeast or other leavening. When God freed the Israelites from slavery in Egypt, he told them to flee quickly without waiting for their bread to rise. Unleavened bread is served in the yearly Passover meal in remembrance of that time. Then for the next week after Passover, the Jews are still not to eat any leavened bread. The beginning and end of that week are marked by special ceremonies. Alternate translation: “For the next seven days, they joyfully celebrated the Festival of Unleavened Bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 6 22 p2re grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יַּֽעֲשׂ֧וּ חַג־מַצּ֛וֹת שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִ֖ים בְּ⁠שִׂמְחָ֑ה כִּ֣י ׀ שִׂמְּחָ֣⁠ם יְהוָ֗ה וְֽ⁠הֵסֵ֞ב לֵ֤ב מֶֽלֶךְ־אַשּׁוּר֙ עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֔ם לְ⁠חַזֵּ֣ק יְדֵי⁠הֶ֔ם בִּ⁠מְלֶ֥אכֶת בֵּית־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 turned the heart of the king of Assyria This sentence has three main parts, each one giving the reason for what comes before it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could break the sentence into three sentences, and put the earlier part about the festival at the end. In that way, each sentence gives the result of the sentence before it. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had made the king of Assyria to feel favorable toward the Jews so that he supported the rebuilding of the temple. This had made the people very happy. As a result, they performed the Festival of Unleavened Bread seven days with joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 6 22 k6q8 figs-metaphor וְֽ⁠הֵסֵ֞ב לֵ֤ב מֶֽלֶךְ־אַשּׁוּר֙ עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 turned the heart of the king of Assyria Here, **the heart** figuratively represents the thoughts and the will. Turning the king’s heart towards the Jews figuratively means that Yahweh made him think and feel differently about the Jews. Alternate translation: “and made King Darius of Persia favorable toward the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 6 22 k6q8 figs-metaphor וְֽ⁠הֵסֵ֞ב לֵ֤ב מֶֽלֶךְ־אַשּׁוּר֙ עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 turned the heart of the king of Assyria Here, **the heart** represents the thoughts and the will. Turning the king’s heart towards the Jews means that Yahweh made him think and feel differently about the Jews. Alternate translation: “and made King Darius of Persia favorable toward the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 6 22 x9ls מֶֽלֶךְ־אַשּׁוּר֙ 1 to strengthen their hands in the work of the house of God This phrase actually refers to Darius, the king of Persia. But since the Persian Empire was the heir to the Assyrian Empire, Darius could be addressed by this title as well. (See the note to [4:15](../04/15.md) that explains that the Persian kings considered their “fathers” or predecessor kings to include the Assyrian and Babylonian kings whose empires they had absorbed.) Alternate translation: “King Darius of Persia”
EZR 6 22 m7l7 figs-distinguish אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 the work of the house of God As in [4:1](../04/01.md), this phrase provides further background information about who Yahweh is. In context, it helps distinguish Yahweh from the gods of the nations of the land. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God whom the people of Israel worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
EZR 7 intro p3he 0 # Ezra 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Possible title: Ezra begins his religious reforms<br><br>### Ezra's geneology<br><br>Ezra’s genealogy in [7:1–5](../07/01.md) traces Ezra back to Aaron in a list of 16 ancestors. As is common in ancient genealogies, this list almost certainly does not include all of the generations between Aaron and Ezra. Aaron ([7:5](../07/05.md)) was the first high priest under the law of Moses and the first to serve in the tabernacle. Azariah ([7:3](../07/03.md)) was the first high priest to serve in the temple that Solomon built, which this book describes in [5:11](../05/11.md). Seraiah was the last high priest to serve in that temple. The Babylonians executed him when they conquered Jerusalem and destroyed the temple. The names in the list are arranged so that there will be seven generations between Aaron and Azariah, and seven generations between Azariah and Ezra, with Seraiah listed as the last generation before Ezra. If you have the freedom to use formatting creatively in your translation, you could make the implicit information about Aaron, Azariah, and Seraiah explicit and format this genealogy in a way that will highlight its purpose and design. Alternate translation and formatting for verse 1 through the first 2 words of verse 6:<br><br>Ezra—<br><br>the descendant of Seraiah, the last high priest in Solomon’s temple,<br>the son of Azariah,<br>the son of Hilkiah,<br>the son of Shallum,<br>the son of Zadok,<br>the descendant of Ahitub,<br>the descendant of Amariah,<br><br>the son of Azariah, the first high priest in Solomon’s temple,<br><br>the descendant of Meraioth,<br>the son of Zerahiah,<br>the son of Uzzi,<br>the son of Bukki,<br>the son of Abishua,<br>the son of Phinehas,<br>the son of Eleazar,<br><br>the son of Aaron, the first high priest in the tabernacle<br><br>—this Ezra<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s Law<br><br>The people no longer know the law of Moses. Therefore, the king allows Ezra to return to Judea to teach the people about God’s law. Many people go with him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ EZR 7 1 h549 writing-newevent וְ⁠אַחַר֙ הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים ה
EZR 7 1 qol2 translate-names אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֣סְתְּא 1 General Information: **Artaxerxes** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:7](../04/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 7 1 u6xs translate-names עֶזְרָא֙ 1 General Information: **Ezra** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 7 1 hixh writing-participants עֶזְרָא֙ 1 General Information: Here the book introduces a new, important person. Use a natural way in your language to do this. Also, since the sentence that begins here extends through verse 6, it may be helpful to your readers to make this first part of verse 1 into a complete sentence and begin another sentence with the list of Ezra's ancestors, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
EZR 7 1 n9di figs-metaphor בֶּן־שְׂרָיָ֔ה בֶּן־עֲזַרְיָ֖ה בֶּן־חִלְקִיָּֽה 1 Seraiah In general, in the list in [7:1–5](../07/01.md), **son** figuratively means descendant. However, in many cases a man actually is the biological son of the next man on the list. So for your translation, you will need to decide whether to use the figurative expression **son**, which can also be literally true in many cases, or the non-figurative expression “descendant,” which is true in every case, or to say “son” for actual sons and “descendant” for descendants who are not actual sons. Choosing that last option would help to show that the men on the list have been selected to make a certain number and arrangement, as explained in the chapter introduction. Alternative translations will illustrate this last option for each verse. Here, Alternate translation: “the descendant of Seraiah, the son of Azariah, the son of Hilkiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 7 1 n9di figs-metaphor בֶּן־שְׂרָיָ֔ה בֶּן־עֲזַרְיָ֖ה בֶּן־חִלְקִיָּֽה 1 Seraiah In general, in the list in [7:1–5](../07/01.md), **son** means descendant. However, in many cases a man actually is the biological son of the next man on the list. So for your translation, you will need to decide whether to use the figurative expression **son**, which can also be literally true in many cases, or the non-figurative expression “descendant,” which is true in every case, or to say “son” for actual sons and “descendant” for descendants who are not actual sons. Choosing that last option would help to show that the men on the list have been selected to make a certain number and arrangement, as explained in the chapter introduction. Alternative translations will illustrate this last option for each verse. Here, Alternate translation: “the descendant of Seraiah, the son of Azariah, the son of Hilkiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 7 1 gcr6 translate-names שְׂרָיָ֔ה…עֲזַרְיָ֖ה…חִלְקִיָּֽה 1 Azariah … Hilkiah These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 7 2 iy78 בֶּן־שַׁלּ֥וּם בֶּן־צָד֖וֹק בֶּן־אֲחִיטֽוּב 1 Shallum Alternate translation: “the son of Shallum, the son of Zadok, the descendant of Ahitub”
EZR 7 2 e2ek translate-names שַׁלּ֥וּם…צָד֖וֹק…אֲחִיטֽוּב 1 Zadok … Ahitub These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -736,9 +736,9 @@ EZR 7 5 pqgw figs-explicit הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן הָ⁠רֹֽאשׁ 1 Abishua
EZR 7 6 ol9o figs-idiom ה֤וּא עֶזְרָא֙ עָלָ֣ה מִ⁠בָּבֶ֔ל 1 The king granted to him all his request The book says that Ezra **went up** because he needed to travel from a river valley up into the mountains in order to go from exile in Babylon to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “this Ezra went from Babylon to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 7 6 w3ke figs-go ה֤וּא עֶזְרָא֙ עָלָ֣ה מִ⁠בָּבֶ֔ל 1 The king granted to him all his request If it is more natural in your language, you can say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “this Ezra came from Babylon to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
EZR 7 6 xd8u writing-background וְ⁠הֽוּא־סֹפֵ֤ר מָהִיר֙ בְּ⁠תוֹרַ֣ת מֹשֶׁ֔ה אֲשֶׁר־נָתַ֥ן יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 The king granted to him all his request This is background information that helps identify Ezra further. Alternate translation: “and he had carefully studied the law that Yahweh, the God of Israel, had given through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
EZR 7 6 w6u9 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתֶּן־ל֣⁠וֹ הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ כְּ⁠יַד־יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהָי⁠ו֙ עָלָ֔י⁠ו כֹּ֖ל בַּקָּשָׁתֽ⁠וֹ 1 according to the hand of Yahweh his God upon him Here, **hand** figuratively represents action, and in this context the expression **the hand of Yahweh his God upon him** indicates that Ezra enjoyed Yahweh’s care, protection, and favor. (The expression has a similar sense to the one in [5:5](../05/05.md), **the eye of God was on the elders of the Jews.**) Alternate translations: “And King Artaxerxes gave Ezra everything he asked for because Yahweh, his God, was helping him” or “And King Artaxerxes gave Ezra everything he asked for because Yahweh, his God, was showing him favor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 7 6 w6u9 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתֶּן־ל֣⁠וֹ הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ כְּ⁠יַד־יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהָי⁠ו֙ עָלָ֔י⁠ו כֹּ֖ל בַּקָּשָׁתֽ⁠וֹ 1 according to the hand of Yahweh his God upon him Here, **hand** represents action, and in this context the expression **the hand of Yahweh his God upon him** indicates that Ezra enjoyed Yahweh’s care, protection, and favor. (The expression has a similar sense to the one in [5:5](../05/05.md), **the eye of God was on the elders of the Jews.**) Alternate translations: “And King Artaxerxes gave Ezra everything he asked for because Yahweh, his God, was helping him” or “And King Artaxerxes gave Ezra everything he asked for because Yahweh, his God, was showing him favor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 7 7 tof2 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וַ⁠יַּֽעֲל֣וּ 1 in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes Here, **And** indicates that the event this sentence describes took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship in this case by using a phrase such as “At the same time … went up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
EZR 7 7 n433 figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנֵֽי־יִ֠שְׂרָאֵל 1 in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Here the book envisions all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “from among the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 7 7 n433 figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנֵֽי־יִ֠שְׂרָאֵל 1 in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes Here, **sons** means descendants. Here the book envisions all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “from among the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 7 7 myus translate-names וְ⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֜ם 1 in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes See how you translated this term in [2:40](../02/40.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 7 7 tj7t וְ⁠הַ⁠מְשֹׁרְרִ֧ים 1 in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes This is the same occupational group as in [2:41](../02/41.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful.
EZR 7 7 zwq2 וְ⁠הַ⁠שֹּׁעֲרִ֛ים 1 in the seventh year of King Artaxerxes This is the same occupational group as in [2:42](../02/42.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful.
@ -757,17 +757,17 @@ EZR 7 9 s9by translate-ordinal בְּ⁠אֶחָד֙ לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָ
EZR 7 9 khid grammar-connect-logic-contrast וּ⁠בְ⁠אֶחָ֞ד 1 the first day of the fifth month This word **and** might indicate that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between how long this journey would be expect to take and how quickly Ezra and his companions reached Jerusalem. You could begin the sentence with a word such as “but” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EZR 7 9 ytmm figs-explicit וּ⁠בְ⁠אֶחָ֞ד לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠חֲמִישִׁ֗י בָּ֚א אֶל־יְר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם כְּ⁠יַד־אֱלֹהָ֖י⁠ו הַ⁠טּוֹבָ֥ה עָלָֽי⁠ו 1 the first day of the fifth month The implication is that the journey was accomplished quickly and safely, and that this was further evidence of God’s favor towards Ezra. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “It only took them four months to reach Jerusalem because God was helping them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 7 9 vpbp grammar-connect-logic-result וּ⁠בְ⁠אֶחָ֞ד לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠חֲמִישִׁ֗י בָּ֚א אֶל־יְר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם כְּ⁠יַד־אֱלֹהָ֖י⁠ו הַ⁠טּוֹבָ֥ה עָלָֽי⁠ו 1 the first day of the fifth month If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the results that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because God was helping them, it only took them four months to reach Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 7 9 k4wr figs-metaphor כְּ⁠יַד־אֱלֹהָ֖י⁠ו הַ⁠טּוֹבָ֥ה עָלָֽי⁠ו 1 according to the good hand of his God As in [7:6](../07/06.md), **hand** figuratively represents action, and the expression **the good hand of his God upon him** indicates that God acted with care, protection, and favor toward Ezra throughout this journey. Alternate translation: “because God was helping them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 7 9 k4wr figs-metaphor כְּ⁠יַד־אֱלֹהָ֖י⁠ו הַ⁠טּוֹבָ֥ה עָלָֽי⁠ו 1 according to the good hand of his God As in [7:6](../07/06.md), **hand** represents action, and the expression **the good hand of his God upon him** indicates that God acted with care, protection, and favor toward Ezra throughout this journey. Alternate translation: “because God was helping them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 7 10 lxrk grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֤י 1 Ezra had established his heart to seek The word **For** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the reasons for what the previous sentence described. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “The reason why God blessed them was that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 7 10 b5p7 figs-metaphor עֶזְרָא֙ הֵכִ֣ין לְבָב֔⁠וֹ 1 Ezra had established his heart to seek Here, the **heart** figuratively represents the thoughts and the will of a person. Alternate translation: “Ezra had firmly determined” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 7 10 y7yr figs-metaphor לִ⁠דְר֛וֹשׁ אֶת־תּוֹרַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה וְ⁠לַ⁠עֲשֹׂ֑ת 1 to observe Just as in [6:21](../06/21.md) to **seek** Yahweh figuratively means choosing to know, worship, and obey him, so here **to seek the law of Yahweh and to do it** means choosing to learn his law thoroughly in order to obey it, as a way of being loyal and obedient to Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “to learn the law of Yahweh thoroughly and to obey it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 7 10 b5p7 figs-metaphor עֶזְרָא֙ הֵכִ֣ין לְבָב֔⁠וֹ 1 Ezra had established his heart to seek Here, the **heart** represents the thoughts and the will of a person. Alternate translation: “Ezra had firmly determined” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 7 10 y7yr figs-metaphor לִ⁠דְר֛וֹשׁ אֶת־תּוֹרַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה וְ⁠לַ⁠עֲשֹׂ֑ת 1 to observe Just as in [6:21](../06/21.md) to **seek** Yahweh means choosing to know, worship, and obey him, so here **to seek the law of Yahweh and to do it** means choosing to learn his law thoroughly in order to obey it, as a way of being loyal and obedient to Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “to learn the law of Yahweh thoroughly and to obey it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 7 10 w9d8 figs-doublet וּ⁠לְ⁠לַמֵּ֥ד בְּ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל חֹ֥ק וּ⁠מִשְׁפָּֽט 1 and to teach statute and ordinance in Israel Here, the book expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The words **statute** and **ordinance** both refer to commandments in the law of Moses. The book uses the two words together to refer comprehensively to everything in the law. Alternate translation: “and to teach the people of Israel everything that the law commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EZR 7 10 x92b figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 in Israel Here, the story refers to all of the Israelites figuratively by reference to their homeland, the country of Israel. Alternate translation: “to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 7 10 x92b figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 in Israel Here, the story refers to all of the Israelites by reference to their homeland, the country of Israel. Alternate translation: “to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 7 11 xf26 writing-newevent וְ⁠זֶ֣ה 1 This is a copy of the letter The word **Now** introduces a new event in the story. Use an expression in your language that would be natural for introducing a new event or a change to something different. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EZR 7 11 qjr1 translate-names הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֔סְתְּא 1 This is a copy of the letter Artaxerxes is the name of a man. It also occurs in [7:12](../07/12.md) and [7:21](../07/21.md) in this chapter. See how you translated it in [4:7](../04/07.md). Alternate translation: “King Artaxerxes of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 7 11 xatp figs-distinguish לְ⁠עֶזְרָ֥א הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן הַ⁠סֹּפֵ֑ר סֹפֵ֞ר דִּבְרֵ֧י מִצְוֺת־יְהוָ֛ה וְ⁠חֻקָּ֖י⁠ו עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 This is a copy of the letter Here, the book repeats some background information to remind readers who Ezra was. Alternate translation: “to Ezra, who was a priest and a scribe, and who had carefully studied everything that Yahweh, in the law, had commanded the people of Israel to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
EZR 7 11 w5oy figs-doublet מִצְוֺת־יְהוָ֛ה וְ⁠חֻקָּ֖י⁠ו עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 This is a copy of the letter These two phrases mean similar things. The book uses them together to refer comprehensively to everything in the law. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases in your translation. Alternate translation: “everything that Yahweh, in the law, had commanded the people of Israel to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EZR 7 11 y4s9 figs-personification יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 This is a copy of the letter The story refers here to all of the Israelites figuratively as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EZR 7 11 y4s9 figs-personification יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 This is a copy of the letter The story refers here to all of the Israelites as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EZR 7 12 zcfw figs-quotemarks אַ֨רְתַּחְשַׁ֔סְתְּא מֶ֖לֶךְ מַלְכַיָּ֑⁠א לְ⁠עֶזְרָ֣א כָ֠הֲנָ⁠א 1 Artaxerxes, king of kings Here, the book begins to quote a letter of introduction and authorization that Artaxerxes gave to Ezra. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EZR 7 12 y33a figs-explicit אַ֨רְתַּחְשַׁ֔סְתְּא מֶ֖לֶךְ מַלְכַיָּ֑⁠א 1 Artaxerxes, king of kings Following the conventions of letter writing at the time, Artaxerxes gives his name first, as the sender. **The king of kings** was a title, meaning that he was the greatest of kings, the king that other kings obeyed. Alternate translation: “From the Great King Artaxerxes” or “From Artaxerxes, the greatest king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 7 12 afcw writing-background לְ⁠עֶזְרָ֣א כָ֠הֲנָ⁠א סָפַ֨ר דָּתָ֜⁠א דִּֽי־אֱלָ֧הּ שְׁמַיָּ֛⁠א 1 Artaxerxes, king of kings As was also conventional, Artaxerxes gives Ezra’s name next, as the recipient. He also includes some background information that helps identify Ezra further. Alternate translation: “Ezra, a priest of the God who rules in heaven, who has studied his law carefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@ -811,7 +811,7 @@ EZR 7 19 h6x1 figs-explicit וּ⁠מָֽאנַיָּ⁠א֙ דִּֽי־מִת
EZR 7 19 md7a figs-you לָ֔⁠ךְ…אֱלָהָ֑⁠ךְ 1 the objects that were given to you Here, **you** and **your** are singular, referring to Ezra. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
EZR 7 19 yho1 figs-abstractnouns לְ⁠פָלְחָ֖ן בֵּ֣ית אֱלָהָ֑⁠ךְ 1 the objects that were given to you The idea behind the abstract noun **service** can be expressed with a verb such as “use.” Alternate translation: “to use in the temple of your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZR 7 19 bkk8 figs-idiom הַשְׁלֵ֕ם 1 deliver in full before the God of Jerusalem The Aramaic expression translated here as **deliver in full** means to “make complete.” It is the same one that the Jewish leaders use in [5:16](../05/16.md) when they say that the temple is not “finished” yet. In context it means that Ezra must be sure to deliver every single one of the contributed objects to the temple, so that the complete set that was donated will be reassembled there. (We see him doing this carefully in [8:26–27](../08/26.md)). Alternate translation: “make sure that you deliver every one of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 7 19 a3tf figs-metaphor קֳדָ֖ם אֱלָ֥הּ יְרוּשְׁלֶֽם 1 for the service of the house of your God Using a spatial metaphor, Artaxerxes says that Ezra must place the objects **before** God, figuratively meaning in God’s presence. Alternate translation: “to Jerusalem, where they can be used in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 7 19 a3tf figs-metaphor קֳדָ֖ם אֱלָ֥הּ יְרוּשְׁלֶֽם 1 for the service of the house of your God Using a spatial metaphor, Artaxerxes says that Ezra must place the objects **before** God, meaning in God’s presence. Alternate translation: “to Jerusalem, where they can be used in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 7 19 wsrv figs-metaphor קֳדָ֖ם אֱלָ֥הּ יְרוּשְׁלֶֽם 1 for the service of the house of your God As in [6:18](../06/18.md), in another spatial metaphor, Artaxerxes describes God as if he lived in the city of Jerusalem. This is a figurative reference to the way God’s presence was in the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “to Jerusalem, where they can be used in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 7 20 tytf figs-idiom וּ⁠שְׁאָ֗ר חַשְׁחוּת֙ בֵּ֣ית אֱלָהָ֔⁠ךְ דִּ֥י יִפֶּל־לָ֖⁠ךְ לְ⁠מִנְתַּ֑ן 1 treasury The phrase **that falls to you to give** is an idiom that means “that you have responsibility to give,” in other words, “that you have to provide.” Alternate translation: “And anything else that you need to provide for the temple of your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 7 20 ef6f figs-activepassive חַשְׁחוּת֙ 1 treasury If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whatever you might need for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -831,12 +831,12 @@ EZR 7 22 cja2 translate-bvolume חִנְטִין֙ כֹּרִ֣ין מְאָ֔ה
EZR 7 22 u3yi translate-bvolume וְ⁠עַד־חֲמַר֙ בַּתִּ֣ין מְאָ֔ה וְ⁠עַד־בַּתִּ֥ין מְשַׁ֖ח מְאָ֑ה 1 one hundred baths of oil According to ancient measurements, **baths** were equivalent to about 22 liters. Once again, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the quantity in modern measurements, or you could express the amount using the ancient measurement and explain its modern equivalent in a footnote. Alternate translation: “and as much as 2,200 liters of wine, and as much as 2,200 liters of oil” or “and as much as 600 gallons of wine, and as much as 600 gallons of oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
EZR 7 22 pdtm figs-idiom וּ⁠מְלַ֖ח דִּי־לָ֥א כְתָֽב 1 one hundred baths of oil This expression means that the king is not specifying in writing a maximum amount of salt that Ezra can request, as he did for the silver, wheat, wine, and oil. Alternate translation: “and an unlimited amount of salt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 7 23 hz1d figs-activepassive כָּל־דִּ֗י מִן־טַ֨עַם֙ אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֔⁠א יִתְעֲבֵד֙ אַדְרַזְדָּ֔א לְ⁠בֵ֖ית אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֑⁠א 1 one hundred baths of oil If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I want you to make sure that the Jewish leaders have the funds they need to do everything that the God who rules in heaven has commanded regarding worship in his temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 7 23 ado8 figs-metaphor כָּל־דִּ֗י מִן־טַ֨עַם֙ אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֔⁠א 1 one hundred baths of oil Here, by **decree,** Artaxerxes is likely referring to what he calls the law of the God of heaven in [7:12](../07/12.md). He means the law of Moses, and specifically the commandments in the law for how community worship was to be conducted. Artaxerxes speaks of the law figuratively as if it were a royal decree that God had issued. Alternate translation: “Everything that the God who rules in heaven has commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 7 23 ado8 figs-metaphor כָּל־דִּ֗י מִן־טַ֨עַם֙ אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֔⁠א 1 one hundred baths of oil Here, by **decree,** Artaxerxes is likely referring to what he calls the law of the God of heaven in [7:12](../07/12.md). He means the law of Moses, and specifically the commandments in the law for how community worship was to be conducted. Artaxerxes speaks of the law as if it were a royal decree that God had issued. Alternate translation: “Everything that the God who rules in heaven has commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 7 23 t2e7 figs-metaphor לְ⁠בֵ֖ית אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֑⁠א 1 the house See how you translated the expressions **the house of God** in [1:4](../01/04.md) and **the God of heaven** in [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “for the temple of the God who rules in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 7 23 i89i figs-rquestion דִּֽי־לְ⁠מָ֤ה לֶֽהֱוֵא֙ קְצַ֔ף עַל־מַלְכ֥וּת מַלְכָּ֖⁠א וּ⁠בְנֽוֹ⁠הִי 1 For why should his wrath come upon the kingdom of me and my sons? The king is making a statement, not asking a real question. He does not expect the treasurers to explain to him why there should be wrath against the kingdom. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize how important it is for the treasurers to ensure that sufficient funds are provided so that worship in the temple can be conducted just as God has commanded, so that God will not be angry. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Because I do not want God to be angry with me or with any of my descendants who rule after me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EZR 7 23 bc0q figs-explicit דִּֽי־לְ⁠מָ֤ה לֶֽהֱוֵא֙ קְצַ֔ף עַל־מַלְכ֥וּת מַלְכָּ֖⁠א וּ⁠בְנֽוֹ⁠הִי 1 For why should his wrath come upon the kingdom of me and my sons? The implication is that Artaxerxes wants to have God’s favor, and he is concerned that God will be displeased with him instead if he does not provide for God’s temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I do not want God to be angry with me or with any of my descendants who rule after me because I neglected his temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 7 23 x6h5 figs-metonymy דִּֽי־לְ⁠מָ֤ה לֶֽהֱוֵא֙ קְצַ֔ף עַל־מַלְכ֥וּת מַלְכָּ֖⁠א וּ⁠בְנֽוֹ⁠הִי 1 For why should his wrath come upon the kingdom of me and my sons God’s wrath represents God’s punishment. Alternate translation: “I do not want God to punish me or any of my descendants who rule after me because I neglected his temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 7 23 jptx figs-metonymy מַלְכ֥וּת מַלְכָּ֖⁠א וּ⁠בְנֽוֹ⁠הִי 1 For why should his wrath come upon the kingdom of me and my sons God would not actually be angry with the realm over which Artaxerxes has authority. Rather, he uses the term **kingdom** to describe himself and his descendants figuratively by reference to something associated with them. Alternate translation: “me or any of my descendants who rule after me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 7 23 jptx figs-metonymy מַלְכ֥וּת מַלְכָּ֖⁠א וּ⁠בְנֽוֹ⁠הִי 1 For why should his wrath come upon the kingdom of me and my sons God would not actually be angry with the realm over which Artaxerxes has authority. Rather, he uses the term **kingdom** to describe himself and his descendants by reference to something associated with them. Alternate translation: “me or any of my descendants who rule after me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 7 23 aia6 figs-123person מַלְכ֥וּת מַלְכָּ֖⁠א וּ⁠בְנֽוֹ⁠הִי 1 For why should his wrath come upon the kingdom of me and my sons Artaxerxes speaks of himself here in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “my kingdom and that of my descendants who rule after me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZR 7 23 wo5t figs-metaphor וּ⁠בְנֽוֹ⁠הִי 1 For why should his wrath come upon the kingdom of me and my sons This could possibly mean the biological sons of King Artaxerxes, but since he speaks of the kingdom as belonging to them, it is more likely that this is a figurative reference to his descendants, and specifically the line of direct descendants who would rule Persia as his successors (his son, his grandson, etc.). (If it would be helpful, also review the notes to [4:15](../04/15.md) and [6:10](../06/10.md) about how Persian kings considered their predecessors their “fathers” and their successors their **sons**.) Alternate translation: “and my descendants who rule after me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 7 24 k1d1 figs-activepassive וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹ֣ם מְהוֹדְעִ֗ין 1 We also make known to you that it is not lawful to impose tax, tribute, or custom If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “I am also declaring to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -862,14 +862,14 @@ EZR 7 27 qh6m writing-participants בָּר֥וּךְ יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹה
EZR 7 27 yfls figs-aside בָּר֥וּךְ יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבוֹתֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 Connecting Statement: The first thing that Ezra does when he begins to tell his own story is pray to God, rather than address the audience that will hear his story. If you decided to add a phrase to introduce him as the new narrator, you could use that same phrase to introduce this prayer as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “When I, Ezra, received this letter from the king, I prayed, ‘Thank you, Yahweh, the God of our ancestors’” Otherwise, you could show that this prayer is distinct from the story by setting it off with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. The quotation should end in the middle of [7:28](../07/28.md), after “the mighty officials of the king.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
EZR 7 27 qub7 figs-123person בָּר֥וּךְ יְהוָ֖ה 1 Connecting Statement: Although Ezra speaks of Yahweh in the third person here, he is actually praying a prayer of thanksgiving to Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words in the second person. Alternate translation: “Thank you, Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZR 7 27 nuli בָּר֥וּךְ יְהוָ֖ה 1 Connecting Statement: If it is not natural or not possible in your language to speak of a human blessing God, then you can express the idea here in a different way. Alternate translation: “I praise Yahweh” or “I thank Yahweh”
EZR 7 27 nlii figs-metaphor אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבוֹתֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 Connecting Statement: **Fathers** here figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “the God of our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 7 27 nlii figs-metaphor אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבוֹתֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 Connecting Statement: **Fathers** here means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “the God of our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 7 27 t4cz figs-metaphor נָתַ֤ן כָּ⁠זֹאת֙ בְּ⁠לֵ֣ב הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ לְ⁠פָאֵ֕ר אֶת־בֵּ֥ית יְהוָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 placed such a thing into the heart of the king to beautify the house of Yahweh which is in Jerusalem Giving something in the king’s heart, that is, putting something in it, means leading him to have certain thoughts and desires. Alternate translation: “led the king to want to glorify the temple of Yahweh in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 7 27 w14w figs-metaphor לְ⁠פָאֵ֕ר אֶת־בֵּ֥ית יְהוָ֖ה 1 the house of Yahweh This expression means to make something bright, glorious, or beautiful. Artaxerxes was not doing this literally, the way that Cyrus and Darius did by supporting the physical rebuilding of the temple. Rather, Artaxerxes was making sure that the temple would always have everything it needed to keep operating. In that way he was making sure that the temple would not languish and be disrespected, but rather, always be a vibrant place that was held in honor. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to honor the temple of Yahweh” or “to make sure that the temple of Yahweh would always be a glorious place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 7 28 y4zu figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠עָלַ֣⁠י הִטָּה־חֶ֗סֶד לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ וְ⁠יֽוֹעֲצָ֔י⁠ו וּ⁠לְ⁠כָל־שָׂרֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ הַ⁠גִּבֹּרִ֑ים 1 who has extended covenant faithfulness to me Here, the abstract noun **faithfulness** refers to a person wanting to do everything that they can to help another person. As in [3:11](../03/11.md), **covenant faithfulness** refers specifically to Yahweh doing that for the people of Israel in order to keep the promises that he had made to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as **help**. Alternate translation: “and helped me get everything I needed from the king, as I was in his presence and in the presence of his counselors and mighty officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZR 7 28 s38x figs-metonymy וְ⁠עָלַ֣⁠י הִטָּה־חֶ֗סֶד לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ וְ⁠יֽוֹעֲצָ֔י⁠ו וּ⁠לְ⁠כָל־שָׂרֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ הַ⁠גִּבֹּרִ֑ים 1 who has extended covenant faithfulness to me Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. The expression means that, as Ezra stood before the king and his counselors and officials, Yahweh helped him get everything he needed from them. Alternate translation: “and helped me get everything I needed from the king, as I was in his presence and in the presence of his counselors and mighty officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 7 28 jzhp figs-metaphor וְ⁠עָלַ֣⁠י הִטָּה־חֶ֗סֶד 1 who has extended covenant faithfulness to me Ezra uses a spatial metaphor to depict help figuratively stretching out to him from Yahweh. Alternate translation: “and helped me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 7 28 s38x figs-metonymy וְ⁠עָלַ֣⁠י הִטָּה־חֶ֗סֶד לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ וְ⁠יֽוֹעֲצָ֔י⁠ו וּ⁠לְ⁠כָל־שָׂרֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ הַ⁠גִּבֹּרִ֑ים 1 who has extended covenant faithfulness to me Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. The expression means that, as Ezra stood before the king and his counselors and officials, Yahweh helped him get everything he needed from them. Alternate translation: “and helped me get everything I needed from the king, as I was in his presence and in the presence of his counselors and mighty officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 7 28 jzhp figs-metaphor וְ⁠עָלַ֣⁠י הִטָּה־חֶ֗סֶד 1 who has extended covenant faithfulness to me Ezra uses a spatial metaphor to depict help stretching out to him from Yahweh. Alternate translation: “and helped me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 7 28 pb8i figs-quotemarks שָׂרֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ הַ⁠גִּבֹּרִ֑ים 1 who has extended covenant faithfulness to me This is the end of the prayer that Ezra prays as he begins to tell his own story. If you indicated the beginning of this prayer in [7:27](../07/27.md) with an opening quotation mark or with the corresponding punctuation or convention in your language, you should use the same means to indicate the end of a quotation here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EZR 7 28 q1iu figs-metonymy הִתְחַזַּ֗קְתִּי כְּ⁠יַד־יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהַ⁠י֙ עָלַ֔⁠י 1 So I was strengthened As in [7:6](../07/06.md), **hand** figuratively represents power and control, and the expression **the hand of Yahweh my God upon me** indicates that Ezra enjoyed Yahweh’s care, protection, and favor. Alternate translation: “I was encouraged because I recognized that Yahweh my God was helping me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 7 28 q1iu figs-metonymy הִתְחַזַּ֗קְתִּי כְּ⁠יַד־יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהַ⁠י֙ עָלַ֔⁠י 1 So I was strengthened As in [7:6](../07/06.md), **hand** represents power and control, and the expression **the hand of Yahweh my God upon me** indicates that Ezra enjoyed Yahweh’s care, protection, and favor. Alternate translation: “I was encouraged because I recognized that Yahweh my God was helping me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 7 28 gxx2 figs-ellipsis מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֛ל רָאשִׁ֖ים 1 as the hand of Yahweh my God was upon me As [8:1](../08/01.md) shows, **heads** here is an abbreviated way of saying **heads of father’s houses**. Alternate translation: “some Israelite clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EZR 7 28 agha figs-idiom לַ⁠עֲל֥וֹת עִמִּֽ⁠י 1 as the hand of Yahweh my God was upon me Ezra says **go up** because he and the group he was leading would have to travel from a river valley up into the mountains in order to return from their places of exile to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “to return to Jerusalem with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 8 intro ye9m 0 # Ezra 8 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The people’s return to Judah<br><br>Many people went back to Judah with Ezra. They trusted God to protect them and the precious items that they carried with them, which had been given for the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
@ -878,56 +878,56 @@ EZR 8 1 ss8d figs-ellipsis וְ⁠אֵ֛לֶּה רָאשֵׁ֥י אֲבֹתֵי
EZR 8 1 u9yy figs-idiom הָ⁠עֹלִ֣ים עִמִּ֗⁠י…מִ⁠בָּבֶֽל 1 General Information: As in [7:28](../07/28.md), Ezra says **go up** because the trip from Babylon to Jerusalem would involve a significant climb in elevation. Alternate translation: “who returned from Babylon with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 8 1 f1jb figs-explicit בְּ⁠מַלְכ֛וּת אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֥סְתְּא הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 General Information: As [7:8–9](../07/08.md) indicates, this was specifically in the seventh year of the reign of Artaxerxes. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “during the seventh year of the reign of Artaxerxes as king of Persia.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 8 1 e7pk translate-ordinal בְּ⁠מַלְכ֛וּת אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֥סְתְּא הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 General Information: If you choose to make explicit the information of which year this is of the king's reign, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can say “during year seven of the reign of Artaxerxes as king of Persia.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EZR 8 2 m2b9 figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנֵ֤י פִֽינְחָס֙ גֵּֽרְשֹׁ֔ם 1 of the sons of Phinehas, Gershom Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Phinehas, Gershom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 2 m2b9 figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנֵ֤י פִֽינְחָס֙ גֵּֽרְשֹׁ֔ם 1 of the sons of Phinehas, Gershom Here, **sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Phinehas, Gershom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 2 t1dg translate-names פִֽינְחָס֙ גֵּֽרְשֹׁ֔ם 1 of the sons of Phinehas, Gershom These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 8 2 i7e9 figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י אִיתָמָ֖ר דָּנִיֵּ֑אל 1 of the sons of Ithamar, Daniel Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Ithamar, Daniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 2 i7e9 figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י אִיתָמָ֖ר דָּנִיֵּ֑אל 1 of the sons of Ithamar, Daniel Here, **sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Ithamar, Daniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 2 uzuw translate-names אִיתָמָ֖ר דָּנִיֵּ֑אל 1 of the sons of Ithamar, Daniel These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 8 2 kb7h figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י דָוִ֖יד חַטּֽוּשׁ 1 of the sons of David, Hattush Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of David, Hattush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 2 kb7h figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י דָוִ֖יד חַטּֽוּשׁ 1 of the sons of David, Hattush Here, **sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of David, Hattush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 2 xt4r translate-names דָוִ֖יד חַטּֽוּשׁ 1 Hattush These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 8 3 m91f figs-explicit מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י שְׁכַנְיָ֔ה ס מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י פַרְעֹ֖שׁ זְכַרְיָ֑ה 1 Parosh This could mean one of two things. (1) The phrase **from the sons of Shecaniah** probably applies to the end of the previous verse. 1 Chronicles 3:19–22 shows that Hattush was the grandson of Shecaniah, and that Shecaniah was either the grandson or a more distant descendant of Zerubbabel, who was a descendant of King David. (As several of the following verses show, further information like this may be provided about the clan leaders on this list.) So the end of [8:2](../08/02.md) and the beginning of [8:3](../08/03.md) could read: “From the descendants of King David, Hattush, one of the descendants of Shecaniah” or (2) It could mean that Zechariah was the clan leader of the descendants of Shecaniah, and that they were all descendants of a more remote ancestor named Parosh. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Shecaniah, who were descendants of Parosh, Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 8 3 veab figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י שְׁכַנְיָ֔ה ס מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י פַרְעֹ֖שׁ זְכַרְיָ֑ה 1 Parosh Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: (1) “one of the descendants of Shecaniah. From the descendants of Parosh, Zechariah” or, if you have decided that **from the sons of Shecaniah** applies to **Zechariah**, (2) “From the descendants of Shecaniah, who were descendants of Parosh, Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 3 veab figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י שְׁכַנְיָ֔ה ס מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י פַרְעֹ֖שׁ זְכַרְיָ֑ה 1 Parosh Here, **sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: (1) “one of the descendants of Shecaniah. From the descendants of Parosh, Zechariah” or, if you have decided that **from the sons of Shecaniah** applies to **Zechariah**, (2) “From the descendants of Shecaniah, who were descendants of Parosh, Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 3 f6xt translate-names שְׁכַנְיָ֔ה…פַרְעֹ֖שׁ זְכַרְיָ֑ה 1 Parosh These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 8 3 ds2y figs-explicit וְ⁠עִמּ֛⁠וֹ הִתְיַחֵ֥שׂ לִ⁠זְכָרִ֖ים מֵאָ֥ה וַ⁠חֲמִשִּֽׁים 1 with him were registered150 males The implication is that these 150 males belonged to the same clan as Zechariah. Alternate translation: “along with 150 other men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 8 4 f7d5 figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנֵי֙ פַּחַ֣ת מוֹאָ֔ב אֶלְיְהֽוֹעֵינַ֖י בֶּן־זְרַֽחְיָ֑ה 1 of the sons of Pahath-Moab, Eliehoenai son of Zerahiah Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants,” but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Pahath-Moab, Eliehoenai the son of Zerahiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 4 f7d5 figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנֵי֙ פַּחַ֣ת מוֹאָ֔ב אֶלְיְהֽוֹעֵינַ֖י בֶּן־זְרַֽחְיָ֑ה 1 of the sons of Pahath-Moab, Eliehoenai son of Zerahiah Here, **sons** means “descendants,” but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Pahath-Moab, Eliehoenai the son of Zerahiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 4 c961 translate-names פַּחַ֣ת מוֹאָ֔ב אֶלְיְהֽוֹעֵינַ֖י…זְרַֽחְיָ֑ה 1 General Information: These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 8 4 y6jz figs-explicit וְ⁠עִמּ֖⁠וֹ מָאתַ֥יִם הַ⁠זְּכָרִֽים 1 with him were two hundred males See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 200 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 8 5 qrqj figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י שְׁכַנְיָ֖ה בֶּן־יַחֲזִיאֵ֑ל 1 three hundred Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants,” but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Shecaniah, the son of Jahaziel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 5 qrqj figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י שְׁכַנְיָ֖ה בֶּן־יַחֲזִיאֵ֑ל 1 three hundred Here, **sons** means “descendants,” but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Shecaniah, the son of Jahaziel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 5 sxis translate-textvariants מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י שְׁכַנְיָ֖ה בֶּן־יַחֲזִיאֵ֑ל 1 three hundred Since this list has been providing the name of each clan leader, it would be unusual for it to omit the leader’s name here and state only the name of his father. Most scholars believe that the name of the clan leader was accidentally left out at one point in the copying process. Other ancient versions of the Old Testament read, “from the sons of Zattu, Shecaniah the son of Jahaziel.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could follow those versions and include the following footnote: “The name Zattu appears in the ancient Greek and other ancient versions.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Zattu, Shecaniah the son of Jahaziel” If you want to translate only what is in the Hebrew, you could follow the ULT or translate, “From the descendants of Shecaniah, the son of Jahaziel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
EZR 8 5 c416 translate-names שְׁכַנְיָ֖ה…יַחֲזִיאֵ֑ל 1 three hundred These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 8 5 j5rk figs-explicit וְ⁠עִמּ֕⁠וֹ שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת הַ⁠זְּכָרִֽים 1 three hundred See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 300 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 8 6 x9hz figs-metaphor וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י עָדִ֔ין עֶ֖בֶד בֶּן־יוֹנָתָ֑ן 1 Adin Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants,” but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Adin, Ebed the son of Jonathan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 6 x9hz figs-metaphor וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י עָדִ֔ין עֶ֖בֶד בֶּן־יוֹנָתָ֑ן 1 Adin Here, **sons** means “descendants,” but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Adin, Ebed the son of Jonathan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 6 vqsg translate-names עָדִ֔ין עֶ֖בֶד…יוֹנָתָ֑ן 1 Adin These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 8 6 c84d figs-explicit וְ⁠עִמּ֖⁠וֹ חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים הַ⁠זְּכָרִֽים 1 fifty See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 50 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 8 7 yegf figs-metaphor וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י עֵילָ֔ם יְשַֽׁעְיָ֖ה בֶּן־עֲתַלְיָ֑ה 1 seventy Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants,” but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Elam, Jeshaiah the son of Athaliah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 7 yegf figs-metaphor וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י עֵילָ֔ם יְשַֽׁעְיָ֖ה בֶּן־עֲתַלְיָ֑ה 1 seventy Here, **sons** means “descendants,” but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Elam, Jeshaiah the son of Athaliah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 7 w1un translate-names עֵילָ֔ם יְשַֽׁעְיָ֖ה…עֲתַלְיָ֑ה 1 seventy These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 8 7 f2s8 figs-explicit וְ⁠עִמּ֖⁠וֹ שִׁבְעִ֥ים הַ⁠זְּכָרִֽים 1 seventy See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 70 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 8 8 wa5l figs-metaphor וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה זְבַדְיָ֖ה בֶּן־מִֽיכָאֵ֑ל 1 General Information: Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants,” but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Shephatiah, Zebadiah the son of Michael” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 8 wa5l figs-metaphor וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה זְבַדְיָ֖ה בֶּן־מִֽיכָאֵ֑ל 1 General Information: Here, **sons** means “descendants,” but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Shephatiah, Zebadiah the son of Michael” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 8 b23z translate-names שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה זְבַדְיָ֖ה…מִֽיכָאֵ֑ל 1 General Information: These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 8 8 w6u1 figs-explicit וְ⁠עִמּ֖⁠וֹ שְׁמֹנִ֥ים הַ⁠זְּכָרִֽים 1 with him eighty males See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 80 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 8 9 w699 figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י יוֹאָ֔ב עֹבַדְיָ֖ה בֶּן־יְחִיאֵ֑ל 1 218 males Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants,” but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Joab, Obadiah the son of Jehiel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 9 w699 figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י יוֹאָ֔ב עֹבַדְיָ֖ה בֶּן־יְחִיאֵ֑ל 1 218 males Here, **sons** means “descendants,” but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Joab, Obadiah the son of Jehiel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 9 u1te translate-names יוֹאָ֔ב עֹבַדְיָ֖ה…יְחִיאֵ֑ל 1 218 males These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 8 9 ude8 figs-explicit וְ⁠עִמּ֕⁠וֹ מָאתַ֛יִם וּ⁠שְׁמֹנָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר הַ⁠זְּכָרִֽים 1 218 males See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 218 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 8 10 x1dx figs-metaphor וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י שְׁלוֹמִ֖ית בֶּן־יוֹסִפְיָ֑ה 1 160 males Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants”, but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Shelomith, the son of Josiphiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 10 x1dx figs-metaphor וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י שְׁלוֹמִ֖ית בֶּן־יוֹסִפְיָ֑ה 1 160 males Here, **sons** means “descendants”, but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Shelomith, the son of Josiphiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 10 unnl translate-textvariants וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י שְׁלוֹמִ֖ית בֶּן־יוֹסִפְיָ֑ה 1 160 males As in [8:5](../08/05.md), it appears that the name of the clan was accidentally left out at one point in the copying process for this verse. Since this list has been providing the name of each clan leader, it would be unusual for it to omit the leader’s name here and state only the name of his father. Other ancient versions of the Old Testament in Greek say here, “from the descendants of Bani, Shelomith the son of Josiphiah.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could follow those versions and include the following footnote: “The name Bani appears in ancient Greek versions.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bani, Shelomith the son of Josiphiah” If you want to translate only what is in the Hebrew, you could follow the ULT or translate, “And from the descendants of Shelomith, the son of Josiphiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
EZR 8 10 ex7w translate-names שְׁלוֹמִ֖ית…יוֹסִפְיָ֑ה 1 160 males These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 8 10 y254 figs-explicit וְ⁠עִמּ֕⁠וֹ מֵאָ֥ה וְ⁠שִׁשִּׁ֖ים הַ⁠זְּכָרִֽים 1 160 males See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 160 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 8 11 s7ng figs-metaphor וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י בֵבַ֔י זְכַרְיָ֖ה בֶּן־בֵּבָ֑י 1 Bebai Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants,” but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bebai, Zechariah the son of Bebai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 11 s7ng figs-metaphor וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י בֵבַ֔י זְכַרְיָ֖ה בֶּן־בֵּבָ֑י 1 Bebai Here, **sons** means “descendants,” but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bebai, Zechariah the son of Bebai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 11 ywsh translate-names בֵבַ֔י זְכַרְיָ֖ה…בֵּבָ֑י 1 Bebai These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 8 11 w892 figs-explicit וְ⁠עִמּ֕⁠וֹ עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁמֹנָ֖ה הַ⁠זְּכָרִֽים 1 twenty-eight See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 28 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 8 12 a3dx figs-metaphor וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י עַזְגָּ֔ד יוֹחָנָ֖ן בֶּן־הַ⁠קָּטָ֑ן 1 of the sons of Azgad, Johanan son of Hakkatan Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants,” but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Azgad, Johanan the son of Hakkatan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 12 a3dx figs-metaphor וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י עַזְגָּ֔ד יוֹחָנָ֖ן בֶּן־הַ⁠קָּטָ֑ן 1 of the sons of Azgad, Johanan son of Hakkatan Here, **sons** means “descendants,” but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Azgad, Johanan the son of Hakkatan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 12 z7xc translate-names עַזְגָּ֔ד יוֹחָנָ֖ן…הַ⁠קָּטָ֑ן 1 General Information: These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 8 12 j4bn figs-explicit וְ⁠עִמּ֕⁠וֹ מֵאָ֥ה וַ⁠עֲשָׂרָ֖ה הַ⁠זְּכָרִֽים 1 with him 110 males See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 110 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 8 13 rzr8 figs-explicit וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י אֲדֹנִיקָם֮ אַחֲרֹנִים֒ וְ⁠אֵ֣לֶּה שְׁמוֹתָ֔⁠ם אֱלִיפֶ֖לֶט יְעִיאֵ֣ל וּֽ⁠שְׁמַעְיָ֑ה 1 of the sons of Adonikam The implication is that some descendants of Adonikam had still remained in Babylon even after a large number of his descendants returned to Judah with Zerubbabel some time before this, as [2:13](../02/13.md) describes. The term **last** here indicates that these who had remained in Babylon now came with Ezra. Alternate translation: “And from the descendants of Adonikam who had remained in Babylon, the family leaders Eliphelet, Jeuel, and Shemaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 8 13 k1ic translate-names אֲדֹנִיקָם֮…אֱלִיפֶ֖לֶט יְעִיאֵ֣ל וּֽ⁠שְׁמַעְיָ֑ה 1 Adonikam These are the names of four men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 8 13 hu49 figs-explicit וְ⁠עִמָּ⁠הֶ֖ם שִׁשִּׁ֥ים הַ⁠זְּכָרִֽים 1 sixty See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 60 men from their clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 8 14 p7ej figs-metaphor וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י בִגְוַ֖י עוּתַ֣י וְזַכּ֑וּר 1 Bigvai **Sons** here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bigvai, Uthai and Zaccur” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 14 p7ej figs-metaphor וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י בִגְוַ֖י עוּתַ֣י וְזַכּ֑וּר 1 Bigvai **Sons** here means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bigvai, Uthai and Zaccur” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 14 we81 figs-explicit וְ⁠עִמּ֖⁠וֹ שִׁבְעִ֥ים הַ⁠זְּכָרִֽים 1 seventy See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Here, **him** actually refers to both Uthai and Zaccur, so you can use a plural pronoun in your translation, if it would be helpful in your language. Alternate translation: “along with 70 men from their clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 8 15 zfwz figs-explicit וָֽ⁠אֶקְבְּצֵ֗⁠ם אֶל־הַ⁠נָּהָר֙ הַ⁠בָּ֣א אֶֽל־אַהֲוָ֔א וַ⁠נַּחֲנֶ֥ה שָׁ֖ם יָמִ֣ים שְׁלֹשָׁ֑ה 1 General Information: **Them** means everyone listed in [8:2–14](../08/02.md), everyone who would be traveling with Ezra. The implication is that they all packed for the trip and set out from their homes, but then assembled at a location outside of the city of Babylon where Ezra could make sure the group was ready for the trip. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I had everyone who was going to be traveling with me assemble on the banks of the river that flows from Babylon to Ahava. We camped there for three days so that I could make sure that we had enough temple personnel with us and that we could transport the gold and silver safely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 8 15 gl34 translate-names הַ⁠נָּהָר֙ הַ⁠בָּ֣א אֶֽל־אַהֲוָ֔א 1 the river that flows to Ahava The exact location of this river on whose banks the group assembled can no longer be identified. In [8:21](../08/21.md) and [8:31](../08/31.md), Ezra calls it the Ahava River, and you could use that same name here if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the Ahava River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 8 15 uqev figs-exclusive וַ⁠נַּחֲנֶ֥ה 1 the river that flows to Ahava As Ezra tells his story, he uses **we** in the exclusive sense, that is, it excludes the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
EZR 8 15 cl4j grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וָ⁠אָבִ֤ינָ⁠ה 1 Ahava The word **And** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship in this case by using a phrase such as “while we were there.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
EZR 8 15 w7og figs-explicit וָ⁠אָבִ֤ינָ⁠ה בָ⁠עָם֙ וּ⁠בַ⁠כֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י לֵוִ֖י לֹא־מָצָ֥אתִי שָֽׁם 1 Ahava Here, we learn that one purpose of this preliminary encampment was for Ezra to see whether he had all the temple personnel that he needed. The implication behind this statement is that Ezra looked over the whole group to make sure of this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. (We learn in [8:25](../08/25.md) that a further purpose of the encampment was to make arrangements for the safe transportation of the money and objects that had been donated for the temple.) Alternate translation: “I looked over the whole group and discovered that it consisted of lay people and priests, but there were no Levites in our group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 8 15 o9vg figs-metaphor וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י לֵוִ֖י 1 Ahava Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants.” The Levites were descendants of Levi. Alternate translation: “Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 15 o9vg figs-metaphor וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י לֵוִ֖י 1 Ahava Here, **sons** means “descendants.” The Levites were descendants of Levi. Alternate translation: “Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 16 ufp7 grammar-connect-logic-result וָ⁠אֶשְׁלְחָ֡⁠ה 1 Shemaiah Here the word **then** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains what Ezra did as a result of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 8 16 sw7e translate-names וָ⁠אֶשְׁלְחָ֡⁠ה לֶ⁠אֱלִיעֶ֡זֶר לַ⁠אֲרִיאֵ֡ל לִֽ֠⁠שְׁמַעְיָה וּ⁠לְ⁠אֶלְנָתָ֨ן וּ⁠לְ⁠יָרִ֜יב וּ⁠לְ⁠אֶלְנָתָ֧ן וּ⁠לְ⁠נָתָ֛ן וְ⁠לִ⁠זְכַרְיָ֥ה וְ⁠לִ⁠מְשֻׁלָּ֖ם 1 Elnathan … Elnathan … Elnathan Here, Ezra lists the names of nine men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 8 16 admv figs-metaphor רָאשִׁ֑ים 1 Elnathan … Elnathan … Elnathan Unlike in [7:28](../07/28.md), here this expression does not mean heads of father’s houses, that is, clan leaders. Rather, **heads** here has a more general meaning and is simply a figurative way of saying “leaders.” None of these nine men, with the possible exception of Zechariah, are among the clan leaders listed in [8:2–14](../08/02.md). (And considering that three of the men whom Ezra summoned were named Elnathan, which shows that several individuals could share the same name, it is quite possible that this is a different Zechariah from either the one named in [8:3](../08/03.md) or the one named in [8:11](../08/11.md).) Alternate translation: “who were all leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -936,18 +936,18 @@ EZR 8 16 tf03 figs-explicit מְבִינִֽים 1 Elnathan … Elnathan … Eln
EZR 8 17 a4dg figs-explicit אוֹתָ⁠ם֙ עַל־אִדּ֣וֹ הָ⁠רֹ֔אשׁ בְּ⁠כָסִפְיָ֖א הַ⁠מָּק֑וֹם 1 Iddo The implication, since Ezra is trying to recruit Levites, is that Iddo was the leader of the Levites in that place. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “them to speak to a man named Iddo, who was the leader of the Levites at a place called Kasiphia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 8 17 akq5 translate-names אִדּ֣וֹ 1 Next I sent them **Iddo** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 8 17 ggi9 translate-names בְּ⁠כָסִפְיָ֖א 1 Kasiphia **Kasiphia** is the name of a place. Its exact location can no longer be identified. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 8 17 nq66 figs-metaphor וָ⁠אָשִׂימָ⁠ה֩ בְּ⁠פִי⁠הֶ֨ם דְּבָרִ֜ים לְ֠⁠דַבֵּר אֶל־אִדּ֨וֹ 1 I put in their mouths the words to speak to Iddo … to send to us servants for the house of our God Putting words in someone’s mouth figuratively means telling them what to say. Alternate translation: “And I told them what to say to Iddo” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 17 nq66 figs-metaphor וָ⁠אָשִׂימָ⁠ה֩ בְּ⁠פִי⁠הֶ֨ם דְּבָרִ֜ים לְ֠⁠דַבֵּר אֶל־אִדּ֨וֹ 1 I put in their mouths the words to speak to Iddo … to send to us servants for the house of our God Putting words in someone’s mouth means telling them what to say. Alternate translation: “And I told them what to say to Iddo” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 17 y2wd figs-metaphor אִדּ֨וֹ אָחִ֤י⁠ו הַנְּתִינִים֙ בְּ⁠כָסִפְיָ֣א הַ⁠מָּק֔וֹם 1 I put in their mouths the words to speak to Iddo … to send to us servants for the house of our God Here, **brothers** is a figurative way of referring to people who belonged to groups that could serve in the temple, as Iddo did. (It is possible that some of his biological brothers are also included in this term.) In context, Iddo is a Levite leader, while the **brothers** are said to include **temple servants**, so the term indicates both groups. Alternate translation: “Iddo and his fellow Levites and the temple servants who were also living in Kasiphia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 17 p5pg figs-quotations לְ⁠הָֽבִיא־לָ֥⁠נוּ מְשָׁרְתִ֖ים לְ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 I put in their mouths the words to speak to Iddo … to send to us servants for the house of our God This is the purpose for which Ezra sent the messengers to Iddo. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that in your translation, or you could present this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “so that he would send us more people who could serve in the temple of our God” or, as a direct quotation, “to say, ‘Please send us some people who can serve in the temple of our God’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
EZR 8 17 f8xf figs-exclusive לָ֥⁠נוּ 1 I put in their mouths the words to speak to Iddo … to send to us servants for the house of our God As Ezra tells his story, he uses **us** in the exclusive sense, that is, it excludes the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
EZR 8 18 kbq4 grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יָּבִ֨יאּוּ 1 Sherebiah … Mahli This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result … they brought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 8 18 a7cr figs-metaphor כְּ⁠יַד־אֱלֹהֵ֨י⁠נוּ הַ⁠טּוֹבָ֤ה עָלֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ 1 So they sent to us by the good hand of our God a man As in the expression **according to the good hand of his God upon him** in [7:6](../07/06.md), **hand** figuratively represents action, and the expression indicates that God showed Ezra favor and helped him on this occasion. Alternate translation: “because our God was helping us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 18 a7cr figs-metaphor כְּ⁠יַד־אֱלֹהֵ֨י⁠נוּ הַ⁠טּוֹבָ֤ה עָלֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ 1 So they sent to us by the good hand of our God a man As in the expression **according to the good hand of his God upon him** in [7:6](../07/06.md), **hand** represents action, and the expression indicates that God showed Ezra favor and helped him on this occasion. Alternate translation: “because our God was helping us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 18 llih figs-exclusive לָ֜⁠נוּ…עָלֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ 1 So they sent to us by the good hand of our God a man As Ezra tells his story, he uses **us** in the exclusive sense, that is, it excludes the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
EZR 8 18 kue1 figs-metaphor אִ֣ישׁ שֶׂ֔כֶל 1 a man of understanding Here, **insight**, that is, the ability to “see into” things, figuratively means to have good judgment. Alternate translation: “a very prudent man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 18 o1sr figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י מַחְלִ֔י בֶּן־לֵוִ֖י בֶּן־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל וְ⁠שֵׁרֵֽבְיָ֛ה 1 a man of understanding **Sons** figuratively means “descendants” in reference to Mahli, since he was a distant ancestor of the group that Sherebiah belonged to. The word **son** figuratively means “descendant” when applied to Levi, since Mahli was actually his grandson. But Levi actually was the biological son of Israel. Alternate translation: “named Sherebiah, one of the descendants of Mahli, the grandson of Levi, the son of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 18 kue1 figs-metaphor אִ֣ישׁ שֶׂ֔כֶל 1 a man of understanding Here, **insight**, that is, the ability to “see into” things, means to have good judgment. Alternate translation: “a very prudent man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 18 o1sr figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י מַחְלִ֔י בֶּן־לֵוִ֖י בֶּן־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל וְ⁠שֵׁרֵֽבְיָ֛ה 1 a man of understanding **Sons** means “descendants” in reference to Mahli, since he was a distant ancestor of the group that Sherebiah belonged to. The word **son** means “descendant” when applied to Levi, since Mahli was actually his grandson. But Levi actually was the biological son of Israel. Alternate translation: “named Sherebiah, one of the descendants of Mahli, the grandson of Levi, the son of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 18 d8n9 translate-names מַחְלִ֔י…לֵוִ֖י…יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל וְ⁠שֵׁרֵֽבְיָ֛ה 1 the son of Levi, the son of Israel These are the names of four men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 8 18 pp9z figs-metaphor וּ⁠בָנָ֥י⁠ו וְ⁠אֶחָ֖י⁠ו שְׁמֹנָ֥ה עָשָֽׂר 1 eighteen Since this was a small group of related people, it is quite possible that it consisted largely, if not entirely, of Sherebiah’s actual sons and brothers. So you could, in your translation, decide to treat the terms as literal. On the other hand, they could also be figurative, with **sons** meaning “descendants” and **brothers** meaning “relatives.” Alternate translation: “along with 18 of his sons and brothers” or “along with 18 of his descendants and relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 19 vsm6 figs-metaphor וְ⁠אֶת־חֲשַׁבְיָ֔ה וְ⁠אִתּ֥⁠וֹ יְשַֽׁעְיָ֖ה מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י מְרָרִ֑י 1 Hashabiah … Merari Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “and they also sent us Hashabiah and Jeshaiah, from the descendants of Merari” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 19 vsm6 figs-metaphor וְ⁠אֶת־חֲשַׁבְיָ֔ה וְ⁠אִתּ֥⁠וֹ יְשַֽׁעְיָ֖ה מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י מְרָרִ֑י 1 Hashabiah … Merari Here, **sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “and they also sent us Hashabiah and Jeshaiah, from the descendants of Merari” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 19 mf7n translate-names חֲשַׁבְיָ֔ה…יְשַֽׁעְיָ֖ה…מְרָרִ֑י 1 Jeshaiah These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 8 19 bwf7 figs-metaphor אֶחָ֥י⁠ו וּ⁠בְנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 twenty This most likely means the brothers of Jeshaiah and the sons of Jeshaiah and of his brothers. Since, as in [8:18](../08/18.md), this is a small group of related people, you could decide to treat the terms **brothers** and **sons** here as either literal or figurative. Alternate translation: “along with his brothers and their sons” or “along with his relatives and their descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 20 ahh3 writing-background וּ⁠מִן־הַ⁠נְּתִינִ֗ים שֶׁ⁠נָּתַ֨ן דָּוִ֤יד וְ⁠הַ⁠שָּׂרִים֙ לַ⁠עֲבֹדַ֣ת הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֔ם נְתִינִ֖ים מָאתַ֣יִם וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֑ים 1 officials Here Ezra provides some background information to help identify who these **temple servants** were. Alternate translation: “and they also brought 220 men who were from the families that David and his officials had assigned to help the Levites long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@ -956,10 +956,10 @@ EZR 8 21 bcl6 grammar-connect-time-sequential וָ⁠אֶקְרָ֨א 1 the rive
EZR 8 21 c4b8 translate-symaction צוֹם֙…לְ⁠הִתְעַנּ֖וֹת 1 the river Ahava The travelers would be afflicting themselves, that is, making themselves suffer, by denying themselves food. This was a gesture of humility and an expression that seeking God’s help was more important to them even than eating. Alternate translation: “a time of going without eating … to humble ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EZR 8 21 zh8n translate-names הַ⁠נָּהָ֣ר אַהֲוָ֔א 1 the river Ahava See how you translated this name in [8:15](../08/15.md). Alternate translation: “the Ahava River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 8 21 ms3x figs-exclusive לְ⁠הִתְעַנּ֖וֹת 1 the river Ahava Here Ezra is using **ourselves** in the exclusive sense, that is, it excludes the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
EZR 8 21 baiq figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 the river Ahava Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. Alternate translation: “in the presence of our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 8 21 baiq figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 the river Ahava Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. Alternate translation: “in the presence of our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 8 21 r9mg figs-exclusive אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 the river Ahava In this case, Ezra is using **our** in the inclusive sense, that is, it includes the reader, since he is reporting his trip to fellow believers in God. Alternate translation: “The God to whom we all belong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
EZR 8 21 pqpc figs-exclusive לָ֥⁠נוּ וּ⁠לְ⁠טַפֵּ֖⁠נוּ וּ⁠לְ⁠כָל־רְכוּשֵֽׁ⁠נוּ׃ 1 the river Ahava As Ezra tells his story, he uses **us** and **our** in the exclusive sense, that is, it excludes the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
EZR 8 21 sq2q figs-metaphor לְ⁠בַקֵּ֤שׁ מִמֶּ֨⁠נּוּ֙ דֶּ֣רֶךְ יְשָׁרָ֔ה לָ֥⁠נוּ וּ⁠לְ⁠טַפֵּ֖⁠נוּ וּ⁠לְ⁠כָל־רְכוּשֵֽׁ⁠נוּ 1 to seek a straight way from him for us and our little ones, and all our possessions The word **seek** represents asking God to do something for them. A **straight way** figuratively represents safety during travel. Alternate translation: “and to ask God to protect us while we traveled and also protect our children and all of our belongings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 21 sq2q figs-metaphor לְ⁠בַקֵּ֤שׁ מִמֶּ֨⁠נּוּ֙ דֶּ֣רֶךְ יְשָׁרָ֔ה לָ֥⁠נוּ וּ⁠לְ⁠טַפֵּ֖⁠נוּ וּ⁠לְ⁠כָל־רְכוּשֵֽׁ⁠נוּ 1 to seek a straight way from him for us and our little ones, and all our possessions The word **seek** represents asking God to do something for them. A **straight way** represents safety during travel. Alternate translation: “and to ask God to protect us while we traveled and also protect our children and all of our belongings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 22 kq0z grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 The hand of our God is on all those who seek him for good Here the word **For** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the reasons for what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “I did this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 8 22 cb97 בֹ֗שְׁתִּי לִ⁠שְׁא֤וֹל מִן־הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ חַ֣יִל וּ⁠פָרָשִׁ֔ים לְ⁠עָזְרֵ֥⁠נוּ מֵ⁠אוֹיֵ֖ב בַּ⁠דָּ֑רֶךְ 1 The hand of our God is on all those who seek him for good **An enemy** means “any enemy,” and **on the way** means “during our journey.” Alternate translation: “I would have been embarrassed to ask the king for soldiers and horsemen to protect us from anyone who might try to harm or rob us during our journey”
EZR 8 22 ewd5 figs-exclusive לְ⁠עָזְרֵ֥⁠נוּ…אָמַ֨רְנוּ 1 The hand of our God is on all those who seek him for good As Ezra tells his story, he uses **us** and **we** in the exclusive sense, that is, it excludes the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@ -967,11 +967,11 @@ EZR 8 22 i43j grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי 1 The hand of our God is o
EZR 8 22 p625 grammar-connect-logic-result אָמַ֨רְנוּ לַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ לֵ⁠אמֹ֗ר יַד־אֱלֹהֵ֤י⁠נוּ עַל־כָּל־מְבַקְשָׁי⁠ו֙ לְ⁠טוֹבָ֔ה וְ⁠עֻזּ֣⁠וֹ וְ⁠אַפּ֔⁠וֹ עַ֖ל כָּל־עֹזְבָֽי⁠ו 1 The hand of our God is on all those who seek him for good This sentence gives the reason for the results that the previous sentence in the verse describes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this sentence first in the verse, before the other sentence. Then you could show the connection between the sentences by using a phrase such as “and so” after this sentence. Alternate translation: “We had told the king, ‘Our God protects everyone who obeys him, but he punishes everyone who refuses to serve him.’ And so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 8 22 hlkg figs-quotemarks יַד־אֱלֹהֵ֤י⁠נוּ עַל־כָּל־מְבַקְשָׁי⁠ו֙ לְ⁠טוֹבָ֔ה וְ⁠עֻזּ֣⁠וֹ וְ⁠אַפּ֔⁠וֹ עַ֖ל כָּל־עֹזְבָֽי⁠ו 1 The hand of our God is on all those who seek him for good This is a direct quotation. Ezra is quoting what he and his fellow travelers had told King Artaxerxes. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off these words within quotation marks or by following whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EZR 8 22 hpp7 figs-quotations יַד־אֱלֹהֵ֤י⁠נוּ עַל־כָּל־מְבַקְשָׁי⁠ו֙ לְ⁠טוֹבָ֔ה וְ⁠עֻזּ֣⁠וֹ וְ⁠אַפּ֔⁠וֹ עַ֖ל כָּל־עֹזְבָֽי⁠ו 1 The hand of our God is on all those who seek him for good This is a direct quotation. If it would be more natural in your language, you could make this an indirect quotation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
EZR 8 22 n4fd figs-metaphor יַד־אֱלֹהֵ֤י⁠נוּ…לְ⁠טוֹבָ֔ה 1 The hand of our God is on all those who seek him for good This expression has the same meaning as **the good hand of God** in [7:6](../07/06.md). Here, the word **hand** figuratively represents action, and the phrase **the hand of our God is for good** means the care, protection, and favor of God. Alternate translation: “The favor of our God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 22 n4fd figs-metaphor יַד־אֱלֹהֵ֤י⁠נוּ…לְ⁠טוֹבָ֔ה 1 The hand of our God is on all those who seek him for good This expression has the same meaning as **the good hand of God** in [7:6](../07/06.md). Here, the word **hand** represents action, and the phrase **the hand of our God is for good** means the care, protection, and favor of God. Alternate translation: “The favor of our God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 22 q4rd figs-exclusive אֱלֹהֵ֤י⁠נוּ 1 The hand of our God is on all those who seek him for good In this case, Ezra is using **our** in the inclusive sense, that is, it includes the reader, since he is reporting his trip to fellow believers in God. Alternate translation: “the God to whom we all belong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
EZR 8 22 ddh2 figs-metaphor כָּל־מְבַקְשָׁי⁠ו֙ 1 The hand of our God is on all those who seek him for good To **seek him** is a metaphor for worshiping, serving, and obeying him. Alternate translation: “everyone who loves and obeys him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 22 fb5x figs-metonymy וְ⁠עֻזּ֣⁠וֹ וְ⁠אַפּ֔⁠וֹ עַ֖ל 1 but his strength and his wrath are against all those who forsake him God’s power and anger being on people is a metonym for him punishing them. Alternate translation: “but he punishes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 8 22 ep6t figs-metaphor וְ⁠עֻזּ֣⁠וֹ וְ⁠אַפּ֔⁠וֹ 1 but his strength and his wrath are against all those who forsake him Here, the **nose** figuratively represents anger. Alternate translation: “his power and his wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 22 ep6t figs-metaphor וְ⁠עֻזּ֣⁠וֹ וְ⁠אַפּ֔⁠וֹ 1 but his strength and his wrath are against all those who forsake him Here, the **nose** represents anger. Alternate translation: “his power and his wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 22 xnzz figs-hendiadys וְ⁠עֻזּ֣⁠וֹ וְ⁠אַפּ֔⁠וֹ 1 but his strength and his wrath are against all those who forsake him This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **nose**, a figure for anger, tells how God punishes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “he wrathfully punishes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
EZR 8 22 s41q figs-metaphor כָּל־עֹזְבָֽי⁠ו 1 but his strength and his wrath are against all those who forsake him Forsaking or abandoning God is a metaphor for refusing to serve him. Alternate translation: “all who refuse to serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 23 f2jm grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠נָּצ֛וּמָ⁠ה 1 So we fasted and sought God about this matter The word **So** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Because Ezra was embarrassed to ask the king for protection, he and his fellow travelers earnestly prayed and fasted for God’s protection. Alternate translation: “For this reason, we fasted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@ -990,41 +990,41 @@ EZR 8 25 vuis figs-metaphor תְּרוּמַ֣ת בֵּית־אֱלֹהֵ֗י⁠
EZR 8 25 yhvu figs-exclusive אֱלֹהֵ֗י⁠נוּ 1 Sherebiah, Hashabiah In this case, Ezra is using **our** in the inclusive sense, that is, it includes the reader, since he is reporting his trip to fellow believers in God. Alternate translation: “from the God to whom we all belong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
EZR 8 25 ke75 figs-explicit וְ⁠כָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל הַ⁠נִּמְצָאִֽים 1 Sherebiah, Hashabiah The implication is that this refers to all of the Israelites who were living specifically in the province of Babylon, since Artaxerxes had authorized Ezra to invite contributions from people living throughout that province. Alternate translation: “and all the Israelites whom we could find in the province of Babylon” or “and all the Israelites who were living in the province of Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 8 25 ptqo figs-idiom וְ⁠כָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל הַ⁠נִּמְצָאִֽים 1 Sherebiah, Hashabiah In this context, **were found** is an idiom that means “could be found” or “were there.” Alternate translation: “and all the Israelites whom we could find in the province of Babylon” or “and all the Israelites who were living in the province of Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 8 25 klkw figs-personification וְ⁠כָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Sherebiah, Hashabiah Here the story refers to all of the Israelites figuratively as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “and all the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EZR 8 26 u3bb figs-metaphor וָ⁠אֶשְׁקֲלָ֨⁠ה עַל־יָדָ֜⁠ם 1 650 talents of silver While Ezra likely did literally place the money and the objects in the hands of the priests and Levites, **hand** here figuratively represents control and action. Alternate translation: “I entrusted to them for safe delivery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 25 klkw figs-personification וְ⁠כָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Sherebiah, Hashabiah Here the story refers to all of the Israelites as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “and all the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EZR 8 26 u3bb figs-metaphor וָ⁠אֶשְׁקֲלָ֨⁠ה עַל־יָדָ֜⁠ם 1 650 talents of silver While Ezra likely did literally place the money and the objects in the hands of the priests and Levites, **hand** here represents control and action. Alternate translation: “I entrusted to them for safe delivery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 26 kxz7 figs-explicit וָ⁠אֶשְׁקֲלָ֨⁠ה עַל־יָדָ֜⁠ם 1 650 talents of silver The implication is that the list that follows is the total amount of money and objects that Ezra entrusted to the priests and Levites. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Here are the totals of the silver, gold, and objects that I entrusted to these priests and Levites for safe delivery:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 8 26 v4vy translate-bmoney כֶּ֗סֶף כִּכָּרִים֙ שֵֽׁשׁ־מֵא֣וֹת וַ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֔ים וּ⁠כְלֵי־כֶ֥סֶף מֵאָ֖ה לְ⁠כִכָּרִ֑ים זָהָ֖ב מֵאָ֥ה כִכָּֽר 1 650 talents of silver Since prices of precious metals vary over time, if you tried to express the value here in modern money, that could cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate. Instead you could express the amount using the ancient measurement, the kikkar, and explain in a note that a kikkar was equivalent to about 30 kilograms of weight. Alternatively, you could specify the weight of the silver in the text, as UST does. Alternate translation: “650 kikkars of silver, silver objects weighing 100 kikkars, and 100 kikkars of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
EZR 8 27 q2jm translate-bmoney וּ⁠כְפֹרֵ֤י זָהָב֙ עֶשְׂרִ֔ים לַ⁠אֲדַרְכֹנִ֖ים אָ֑לֶף 1 one thousand darics 1,000 darics was the total value of the 20 bowls, not the value of each one. Here again you could express the amount using the ancient measurement, the daric, and explain in a note that it was equivalent to about 8 or 8.5 grams, or about a quarter of an ounce. Alternatively, you could specify the weight of the gold in the text, as UST does. Alternate translation: “20 golden bowls worth a total of 1,000 darics” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
EZR 8 28 zlh5 grammar-connect-time-sequential וָ⁠אֹמְרָ֣⁠ה 1 vessels of bronze This phrase indicates that the event the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. Ezra first weighed out the silver and gold and objects to the Levites, then he spoke the following words to them. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this time sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
EZR 8 28 rbg4 figs-quotemarks וָ⁠אֹמְרָ֣⁠ה אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֗ם 1 Then I said to them **Them** refers to the selected priests and Levites. In the rest of this verse and in [8:29](../08/29.md), Ezra is quoting what he told them on this occasion. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off the words that follow with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EZR 8 28 afyr figs-idiom אַתֶּ֥ם קֹ֨דֶשׁ֙ לַ⁠יהוָ֔ה וְ⁠הַ⁠כֵּלִ֖ים קֹ֑דֶשׁ 1 Then I said to them Here, **holy** means “set apart for a special purpose.” Alternate translation: “I have selected you for a special mission. People also donated these objects for a special purpose. They are only to be used in the temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 8 28 w1c9 figs-metaphor אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 Then I said to them Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “the God of your ancestors” or “the God whom your ancestors worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 28 w1c9 figs-metaphor אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 Then I said to them Here, **fathers** means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “the God of your ancestors” or “the God whom your ancestors worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 29 im6g figs-ellipsis שִׁקְד֣וּ וְ⁠שִׁמְר֗וּ 1 until you weigh them out before the heads of the priests and the Levites, and the heads of the fathers’ houses Here Ezra leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. He is describing what the priests and Levites must do with the objects, the silver, and the gold that were devoted to Yahweh. You could indicate that explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Take good care of those things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EZR 8 29 z0lx figs-hendiadys שִׁקְד֣וּ וְ⁠שִׁמְר֗וּ 1 until you weigh them out before the heads of the priests and the Levites, and the heads of the fathers’ houses These two words work together to give one idea. Ezra uses them together to emphasize how carefully the priests and Levites need to guard the silver and gold and objects. Alternate translation: “Guard diligently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
EZR 8 29 mtxm figs-explicit עַֽד־תִּשְׁקְל֡וּ 1 until you weigh them out before the heads of the priests and the Levites, and the heads of the fathers’ houses The implication is that when the priests and Levites arrived in Jerusalem, they would weigh out the silver, gold, and bronze to show the authorities there that they had not lost or taken any of it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “until you could weigh them out to prove that all of it is there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 8 29 y29e figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵי֩ 1 until you weigh them out before the heads of the priests and the Levites, and the heads of the fathers’ houses Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. Alternate translation: “in the presence of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 8 29 y29e figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵי֩ 1 until you weigh them out before the heads of the priests and the Levites, and the heads of the fathers’ houses Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. Alternate translation: “in the presence of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 8 29 n925 figs-ellipsis וְ⁠שָׂרֵֽי־הָ⁠אָב֥וֹת לְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 until you weigh them out before the heads of the priests and the Levites, and the heads of the fathers’ houses The phrase **the leaders of the fathers** seems to be another version of the expression “the heads of the fathers,” which is an abbreviated way of saying “the heads of father’s houses.” Review the note to [1:5](../01/05.md) if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “and the clan leaders of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EZR 8 29 umrf figs-explicit הַ⁠לִּשְׁכ֖וֹת בֵּ֥ית יְהוָֽה 1 until you weigh them out before the heads of the priests and the Levites, and the heads of the fathers’ houses The book assumes that readers will know that these **chambers** or rooms are specifically the storerooms in the temple, where money and objects for the temple worship were safely kept. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the storerooms of the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 8 29 ng88 figs-quotemarks בֵּ֥ית יְהוָֽה 1 until you weigh them out before the heads of the priests and the Levites, and the heads of the fathers’ houses This is the end of Ezra’s quotation of what he told the selected priests and Levites. If you decided in [8:28](../08/28.md) to mark his words to them as a direct quotation, you should indicate the end of it here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EZR 8 30 ia74 grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠קִבְּלוּ֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְ⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֔ם 1 The priests and the Levites The word **So** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “In keeping with what Ezra told them, the priests and the Levites took” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 8 30 ry58 figs-metonymy מִשְׁקַ֛ל הַ⁠כֶּ֥סֶף וְ⁠הַ⁠זָּהָ֖ב וְ⁠הַ⁠כֵּלִ֑ים 1 The priests and the Levites Here Ezra is describing the money and the objects figuratively by reference to something associated with them, their weight, which was what determined their value. Alternate translation: “the silver and the gold and the objects” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 8 30 ry58 figs-metonymy מִשְׁקַ֛ל הַ⁠כֶּ֥סֶף וְ⁠הַ⁠זָּהָ֖ב וְ⁠הַ⁠כֵּלִ֑ים 1 The priests and the Levites Here Ezra is describing the money and the objects by reference to something associated with them, their weight, which was what determined their value. Alternate translation: “the silver and the gold and the objects” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 8 30 phiv figs-idiom וְ⁠קִבְּלוּ֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְ⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֔ם מִשְׁקַ֛ל הַ⁠כֶּ֥סֶף וְ⁠הַ⁠זָּהָ֖ב וְ⁠הַ⁠כֵּלִ֑ים 1 The priests and the Levites The phrase **received the weight** means that these men, after observing the silver and gold and objects that Ezra weighed out to them ([8:26–27](../08/26.md)), accepted responsibility for the full amount of it according to the charge that Ezra had just given them. Alternate translation: “So the priests and the Levites accepted full responsibility for all of the silver and the gold and the objects” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 8 30 al1q figs-exclusive אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 The priests and the Levites In this case, Ezra is using **our** in the inclusive sense, that is, it includes the reader, since he is reporting his trip to fellow believers in God. Alternate translation: “the God to whom we all belong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
EZR 8 31 zzx4 figs-exclusive וַֽ⁠נִּסְעָ֞⁠ה 1 We went out from the river Ahava As Ezra tells his story, he uses **we** and **us** in the exclusive sense, that is, it excludes the reader. Alternate translation: “Then we started traveling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
EZR 8 31 c4v2 translate-names מִ⁠נְּהַ֣ר אַֽהֲוָ֗א 1 We went out from the river Ahava See how you translated this name in [8:15](../08/15.md). Alternate translation: “from the Ahava River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 8 31 ju8u translate-hebrewmonths בִּ⁠שְׁנֵ֤ים עָשָׂר֙ לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֔וֹן 1 twelfth day of the first month The **first month** means the first month in the Jewish calendar. You could convert the Hebrew month into an equivalent on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the equivalency will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the number of the Hebrew month. Alternate translation: “on the twelfth day of the first month of that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
EZR 8 31 c9im translate-ordinal בִּ⁠שְׁנֵ֤ים עָשָׂר֙ לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֔וֹן 1 the river Ahava The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **12**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, “twelfth,” in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of days, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on the twelfth day of the first month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EZR 8 31 b7m1 figs-metaphor וְ⁠יַד־אֱלֹהֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ הָיְתָ֣ה עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 The hand of our God was on us As in the expression **hand of our God upon us** in [8:18](../08/18.md), **hand** here figuratively represents power and control. The expression indicates that God protected Ezra and the rest of the travelers on their journey. Alternate translation: “God protected us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 31 b7m1 figs-metaphor וְ⁠יַד־אֱלֹהֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ הָיְתָ֣ה עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 The hand of our God was on us As in the expression **hand of our God upon us** in [8:18](../08/18.md), **hand** here represents power and control. The expression indicates that God protected Ezra and the rest of the travelers on their journey. Alternate translation: “God protected us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 31 mz87 figs-exclusive אֱלֹהֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ 1 The hand of our God was on us In this case, Ezra is using **our** in the inclusive sense, that is, it includes the reader, since he is reporting his trip to fellow believers in God. Alternate translation: “the God to whom we all belong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
EZR 8 31 dj8h figs-parallelism וַ⁠יַּ֨צִּילֵ֔⁠נוּ מִ⁠כַּ֥ף אוֹיֵ֛ב וְ⁠אוֹרֵ֖ב עַל־הַ⁠דָּֽרֶךְ 1 he delivered us from the hand of the enemy and from those lying in ambush along the road These two phrases mean similar things. Ezra essentially says the same thing twice to emphasize how carefully God protected this group that was transporting so much treasure. If saying nearly the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “and God protected us from any robbers along the way” However, you could also choose to bring out the slight difference in meaning. The first phrase is more general, and the second phrase describes more specifically how someone might have robbed the group. Alternate translation: “and God protected us and prevented any bandits who were hiding along the roadways from robbing us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EZR 8 31 qn0g figs-metaphor מִ⁠כַּ֥ף אוֹיֵ֛ב 1 he delivered us from the hand of the enemy and from those lying in ambush along the road **Palm** here is another way of saying “hand,” which figuratively represents strength and power. Alternate translation: “from hostile attacks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 31 qn0g figs-metaphor מִ⁠כַּ֥ף אוֹיֵ֛ב 1 he delivered us from the hand of the enemy and from those lying in ambush along the road **Palm** here is another way of saying “hand,” which represents strength and power. Alternate translation: “from hostile attacks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 31 pj64 figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠אוֹרֵ֖ב עַל־הַ⁠דָּֽרֶךְ 1 those lying in ambush The abstract noun **ambush** refers to the way bandits will lie in wait along a roadside to rob travelers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “and from bandits who lie in wait along the roadside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZR 8 32 bhdp grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠נָּב֖וֹא 1 those lying in ambush The word **so** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. The group reached Jerusalem safely because God protected them. Alternate translation: “As a result, we came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 8 32 ls7w figs-exclusive וַ⁠נָּב֖וֹא…וַ⁠נֵּ֥שֶׁב 1 those lying in ambush As Ezra tells his story, he uses **we** in the exclusive sense, that is, it excludes the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
EZR 8 32 ragy figs-explicit וַ⁠נָּב֖וֹא יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם וַ⁠נֵּ֥שֶׁב שָׁ֖ם יָמִ֥ים שְׁלֹשָֽׁה 1 those lying in ambush Ezra does not say specifically why the group waited for three days before delivering the silver and gold and objects to the temple. But the implication is that this gave them a chance to rest after their journey and arrange for the delivery. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “We reached Jerusalem safely, and after we got there, we rested for three days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 8 33 p3qm figs-activepassive נִשְׁקַ֣ל הַ⁠כֶּסֶף֩ וְ⁠הַ⁠זָּהָ֨ב וְ⁠הַ⁠כֵּלִ֜ים 1 the silver and the gold and the objects were weighed out If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “each of the priests and Levites weighed out the silver and gold and objects that they had transported” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 8 33 qz5m figs-exclusive אֱלֹהֵ֗י⁠נוּ 1 the silver and the gold and the objects were weighed out In this case, Ezra is using **our** in the inclusive sense, that is, it includes the reader, since he is reporting his trip to fellow believers in God. Alternate translation: “the God to whom we all belong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
EZR 8 33 b9l2 figs-metaphor עַ֠ל יַד 1 the silver and the gold and the objects were weighed out … into the hand of Meremoth As in [8:26](../08/26.md), while the priests and Levites likely did place the money and the objects in the hands of the temple leaders, **hand** here figuratively represents control and responsibility. Alternate translation: “into the custody of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 33 b9l2 figs-metaphor עַ֠ל יַד 1 the silver and the gold and the objects were weighed out … into the hand of Meremoth As in [8:26](../08/26.md), while the priests and Levites likely did place the money and the objects in the hands of the temple leaders, **hand** here represents control and responsibility. Alternate translation: “into the custody of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 33 lte3 translate-names מְרֵמ֤וֹת בֶּן־אֽוּרִיָּה֙ 1 Meremoth … Uriah … Eleazar … Phinehas … Jozabad … Jeshua … Noadiah … Binnui **Meremoth** is the name of a man, and **Uriah** is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 8 33 jb4h translate-names אֶלְעָזָ֣ר בֶּן־פִּֽינְחָ֑ס 1 Jeshua **Eleazar** is the name of a man, and **Phinehas** is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 8 33 vg4k translate-names יוֹזָבָ֧ד בֶּן־יֵשׁ֛וּעַ 1 Jeshua **Jozabad** is the name of a man, and **Jeshua** is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1056,17 +1056,17 @@ EZR 9 2 mncx figs-explicit וְ⁠הִתְעָֽרְבוּ֙ זֶ֣רַע הַ
EZR 9 2 fyoq figs-idiom זֶ֣רַע הַ⁠קֹּ֔דֶשׁ 1 have not separated themselves As in [8:28](../08/28.md), **holiness** means “that which is set apart for a special purpose.” Here, the word refers specifically to the fact that God had set apart the Israelites to be a model community of God’s followers. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people, who belong to God,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 9 2 wk5m figs-metaphor זֶ֣רַע הַ⁠קֹּ֔דֶשׁ 1 have not separated themselves Here, **seed** is a metaphor that means “offspring.” It is a comparison: Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. The reference here is specifically to the offspring of Jacob, who was also known as Israel, and specifically to his offspring who were living in Judah and Jerusalem, that is, the Jews who had returned from exile. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people, who belong to God,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 2 oxmn figs-idiom בְּ⁠עַמֵּ֖י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֑וֹת 1 have not separated themselves As in [9:1](../09/01.md), this expression refers to members of other people groups who were living in and around the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “with the other people groups living in this land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 9 2 iie7 figs-metaphor וְ⁠יַ֧ד הַ⁠שָּׂרִ֣ים וְ⁠הַ⁠סְּגָנִ֗ים הָֽיְתָ֛ה בַּ⁠מַּ֥עַל הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה רִאשׁוֹנָֽה 1 have not separated themselves Here, **hand** figuratively represents control and action. Alternate translation: “And our clan leaders and provincial officials were actually the first ones to disobey in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 2 dwaf figs-metaphor בַּ⁠מַּ֥עַל הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה 1 have not separated themselves Here, **unfaithfulness** figuratively means disobedience to God. Alternate translation: “to disobey God in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 2 iie7 figs-metaphor וְ⁠יַ֧ד הַ⁠שָּׂרִ֣ים וְ⁠הַ⁠סְּגָנִ֗ים הָֽיְתָ֛ה בַּ⁠מַּ֥עַל הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה רִאשׁוֹנָֽה 1 have not separated themselves Here, **hand** represents control and action. Alternate translation: “And our clan leaders and provincial officials were actually the first ones to disobey in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 2 dwaf figs-metaphor בַּ⁠מַּ֥עַל הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה 1 have not separated themselves Here, **unfaithfulness** means disobedience to God. Alternate translation: “to disobey God in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 2 vdhr figs-doublet הַ⁠שָּׂרִ֣ים וְ⁠הַ⁠סְּגָנִ֗ים 1 have not separated themselves These terms mean similar things, but it seems that **leaders** may refer to the heads of the clans and that **rulers** may refer to official leaders of government. If your language uses one word for both of those, you can combine them and use that word here. Alternate translation: “our chiefs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EZR 9 2 yn4s figs-quotemarks בַּ⁠מַּ֥עַל הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה 1 have not separated themselves This is the end of Ezra’s quotation of what the clan leaders told him. If you decided in [9:1](../09/01.md) to mark their words as a direct quotation, you should indicate that here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EZR 9 3 ck87 translate-symaction קָרַ֥עְתִּי אֶת־בִּגְדִ֖⁠י וּ⁠מְעִילִ֑⁠י וָ⁠אֶמְרְטָ֞⁠ה מִ⁠שְּׂעַ֤ר רֹאשִׁ⁠י֙ וּ⁠זְקָנִ֔⁠י וָ⁠אֵשְׁבָ֖⁠ה מְשׁוֹמֵֽם 1 I tore my clothing and my robe and pulled out hair from my head and beard By performing these actions, Ezra was demonstrating symbolically how serious a wrong the Israelites had committed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to show how wrong it was for the Israelites to have married foreign women, I tore my tunic and my cloak, I pulled out some hair from my head and my beard, and I sat down stunned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EZR 9 3 qhy7 מְשׁוֹמֵֽם 1 When I heard this matter The sense of this word is that Ezra was so overwhelmed with shock and horror that he did not move or speak. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this. Alternate translation: “stunned” or “devastated”
EZR 9 4 k68j figs-activepassive וְ⁠אֵלַ֣⁠י יֵאָסְפ֗וּ כֹּ֤ל חָרֵד֙ בְּ⁠דִבְרֵ֣י אֱלֹהֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל עַ֖ל מַ֣עַל הַ⁠גּוֹלָ֑ה 1 the evening sacrifice If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Everyone came and joined me who was just as distressed as I was about the way the Jews who had returned from exile had disobeyed the commandments of the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 9 4 xsvq figs-metaphor כֹּ֤ל חָרֵד֙ 1 the evening sacrifice Often in the Old Testament, **trembled** is a metaphor meaning to regard someone or something with respect and reverential fear. That is likely included in the meaning here, but in this context, the expression also seems to indicate an actual physical response to the situation, just as Ezra did not move or speak. Alternate translation: “everyone who was distressed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 4 adr0 figs-metaphor בְּ⁠דִבְרֵ֣י אֱלֹהֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 the evening sacrifice This phrase does not refer to something that God said on this occasion. Rather, it refers figuratively to the commandment that God had given to the Israelites earlier not to intermarry with foreign groups, which Ezra cites in his prayer in [9:10](../09/10.md) and [9:11](../09/11.md). Alternate translation: “at the commandments of the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 4 adr0 figs-metaphor בְּ⁠דִבְרֵ֣י אֱלֹהֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 the evening sacrifice This phrase does not refer to something that God said on this occasion. Rather, it refers to the commandment that God had given to the Israelites earlier not to intermarry with foreign groups, which Ezra cites in his prayer in [9:10](../09/10.md) and [9:11](../09/11.md). Alternate translation: “at the commandments of the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 4 sfvr figs-abstractnouns עַ֖ל מַ֣עַל הַ⁠גּוֹלָ֑ה 1 the evening sacrifice The abstract noun **exiles** refers in this context to the Jews who had returned to their homeland from Babylon. Here, **the exiles** seems to be equivalent to the longer phrase **the sons of the exile** in several other places in the book. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “because of the way the Jews who had returned to their homeland had disobeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZR 9 4 ys46 figs-metaphor עַ֖ל מַ֣עַל הַ⁠גּוֹלָ֑ה 1 the evening sacrifice As in [9:2](../09/02.md), **unfaithfulness** figuratively means “disobedience.” Alternate translation: “because of the disobedience of the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 4 ys46 figs-metaphor עַ֖ל מַ֣עַל הַ⁠גּוֹלָ֑ה 1 the evening sacrifice As in [9:2](../09/02.md), **unfaithfulness** means “disobedience.” Alternate translation: “because of the disobedience of the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 4 m8dw translate-unknown וַ⁠אֲנִי֙ יֹשֵׁ֣ב מְשׁוֹמֵ֔ם עַ֖ד לְ⁠מִנְחַ֥ת הָ⁠עָֽרֶב 1 the evening sacrifice The **offering of the evening** was a sacrifice that the priests would offer around the time that the sun was going down. Alternate translation: “I continued to sit without moving or speaking until the time of the evening sacrifice” or “I continued to sit without moving or speaking for the rest of that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZR 9 5 v2nb figs-idiom קַ֚מְתִּי מִ⁠תַּֽעֲנִיתִ֔⁠י וּ⁠בְ⁠קָרְעִ֥⁠י בִגְדִ֖⁠י וּ⁠מְעִילִ֑⁠י 1 my fasting Even though Ezra had been sitting down and he now got up, in this context the word **arise** means more than that. As in [1:5](../01/05.md), [3:2](../03/02.md), and [5:2](../05/02.md), it means to take action to get an enterprise under way. Ezra had been sitting motionless to show how ashamed and upset he was. Now he began to take action to address the situation that the clan leaders had told him about. Alternate translation: “I stopped sitting motionless in my torn clothes and began to do something about the situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 9 5 zygv translate-symaction וּ⁠בְ⁠קָרְעִ֥⁠י בִגְדִ֖⁠י וּ⁠מְעִילִ֑⁠י 1 my fasting As the note to [9:3](../09/03.md) explains, Ezra had torn his clothes to show how wrong it was for the Israelites to have married foreign women. By not changing out of his torn clothes, Ezra was continuing to show that symbolically. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but I kept wearing my torn clothes to show how wrong it was for the Israelites to have married foreign women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
@ -1077,22 +1077,22 @@ EZR 9 6 yz8d figs-doublet בֹּ֣שְׁתִּי וְ⁠נִכְלַ֔מְתִּ
EZR 9 6 xiue figs-metaphor לְ⁠הָרִ֧ים…פָּנַ֖⁠י אֵלֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens This means “to look at you directly” or “to look at you face to face,” and since Ezra could not do that literally with God, it is a figurative way of saying “*to address you.” Alternate translation: “even to speak to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 6 aca6 figs-parallelism כִּ֣י עֲוֺנֹתֵ֤י⁠נוּ רָבוּ֙ לְ⁠מַ֣עְלָ⁠ה רֹּ֔אשׁ וְ⁠אַשְׁמָתֵ֥⁠נוּ גָדְלָ֖ה עַ֥ד לַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם 1 our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens These two phrases mean similar things. Ezra uses the repetition to emphasize how guilty the people of Israel are. If repeating the same thing twice would be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one and show the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We have committed such great sins that our guilt because of them is completely overwhelming us” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The first phrase speaks of the effects of these sins on the Israelites, while the second phrase speaks of their effects on their standing with God. Alternate translation: “We have committed such great sins that they are overwhelming us, and we know that they are making us guilty before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EZR 9 6 axnk grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י עֲוֺנֹתֵ֤י⁠נוּ רָבוּ֙ לְ⁠מַ֣עְלָ⁠ה רֹּ֔אשׁ וְ⁠אַשְׁמָתֵ֥⁠נוּ גָדְלָ֖ה עַ֥ד לַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם 1 our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this sentence first in the prayer (after **My God**), since it gives the reason for the result of Ezra feeling ashamed. You could show the connection by using a word like “so” after this phrase. Alternate translation: “we have committed such great sins that we are completely guilty, and we know that we are very guilty before you. And so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 9 6 krv9 figs-metaphor עֲוֺנֹתֵ֤י⁠נוּ רָבוּ֙ לְ⁠מַ֣עְלָ⁠ה רֹּ֔אשׁ 1 our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens Here, **multiplied** means to become much greater in number. Ezra uses that expression figuratively to describe how serious the sins of the Israelites are. Alternate translation: “we have committed so many sins that it is like they have piled up higher than our heads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 6 krv9 figs-metaphor עֲוֺנֹתֵ֤י⁠נוּ רָבוּ֙ לְ⁠מַ֣עְלָ⁠ה רֹּ֔אשׁ 1 our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens Here, **multiplied** means to become much greater in number. Ezra uses that expression to describe how serious the sins of the Israelites are. Alternate translation: “we have committed so many sins that it is like they have piled up higher than our heads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 6 eimq figs-abstractnouns עֲוֺנֹתֵ֤י⁠נוּ רָבוּ֙ 1 our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **iniquities** with a phrase such as “sins that we have committed.” Alternate translation: “the great sins that we have committed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZR 9 6 bzgy figs-metaphor לְ⁠מַ֣עְלָ⁠ה רֹּ֔אשׁ 1 our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens Ezra uses a spatial metaphor to describe the degree to which the sins have figuratively become greater in number. Alternate translation: “to the point that they are obvious to everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 6 bzgy figs-metaphor לְ⁠מַ֣עְלָ⁠ה רֹּ֔אשׁ 1 our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens Ezra uses a spatial metaphor to describe the degree to which the sins have become greater in number. Alternate translation: “to the point that they are obvious to everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 6 c8or figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠אַשְׁמָתֵ֥⁠נוּ גָדְלָ֖ה 1 our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **guilt** with a phrase such as “make guilty.” Alternate translation: “and our sins are making us guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZR 9 6 athx figs-metonymy וְ⁠אַשְׁמָתֵ֥⁠נוּ גָדְלָ֖ה עַ֥ד לַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם 1 our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens Here, Ezra speaks figuratively of God by reference to something associated with him, **the heavens**, which was considered to be the place where God lived. The expression **and our guilt has grown up as far as to the heavens** means that the sins have become so numerous that the pile of them has reached to God in heaven. In other words, their sin is against God himself. Alternate translation: “and our many sins have made us very guilty before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 9 7 sv5f figs-idiom מִ⁠ימֵ֣י אֲבֹתֵ֗י⁠נוּ 1 the days of our fathers The term **days** is used figuratively here to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “From the time when our ancestors lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 9 7 aqdp figs-metaphor אֲבֹתֵ֗י⁠נוּ 1 the days of our fathers **Fathers** here, figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 6 athx figs-metonymy וְ⁠אַשְׁמָתֵ֥⁠נוּ גָדְלָ֖ה עַ֥ד לַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם 1 our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens Here, Ezra speaks of God by reference to something associated with him, **the heavens**, which was considered to be the place where God lived. The expression **and our guilt has grown up as far as to the heavens** means that the sins have become so numerous that the pile of them has reached to God in heaven. In other words, their sin is against God himself. Alternate translation: “and our many sins have made us very guilty before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 9 7 sv5f figs-idiom מִ⁠ימֵ֣י אֲבֹתֵ֗י⁠נוּ 1 the days of our fathers The term **days** is used here to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “From the time when our ancestors lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 9 7 aqdp figs-metaphor אֲבֹתֵ֗י⁠נוּ 1 the days of our fathers **Fathers** here, means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 7 jw4h figs-idiom עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 the days of our fathers In this context, **day** does not refer to one specific day, but rather, to a more general time. Alternate translation: “until this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 9 7 ur0z figs-metonymy אֲנַ֨חְנוּ֙ בְּ⁠אַשְׁמָ֣ה גְדֹלָ֔ה 1 the days of our fathers Here, Ezra speaks figuratively of the disobedience of the Israelites by reference to something associated with it, the guilt that it has caused. Alternate translation: “we have consistently disobeyed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 9 7 ur0z figs-metonymy אֲנַ֨חְנוּ֙ בְּ⁠אַשְׁמָ֣ה גְדֹלָ֔ה 1 the days of our fathers Here, Ezra speaks of the disobedience of the Israelites by reference to something associated with it, the guilt that it has caused. Alternate translation: “we have consistently disobeyed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 9 7 rgen figs-metonymy אֲנַ֨חְנוּ֙ 1 the days of our fathers By **we** here, Ezra is referring to all of the Jewish people. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 9 7 wet1 figs-abstractnouns בְּ⁠אַשְׁמָ֣ה גְדֹלָ֔ה 1 very guilty … our iniquities If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **guilt** with a verb such as “disobey.” Alternate translation: “consistently disobeyed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZR 9 7 h1bs figs-activepassive נִתַּ֡נּוּ אֲנַחְנוּ֩ מְלָכֵ֨י⁠נוּ כֹהֲנֵ֜י⁠נוּ בְּ⁠יַ֣ד ׀ מַלְכֵ֣י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֗וֹת 1 we … have been delivered into the hand of kings If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “you put us, our kings, and our priests into the hands of foreign rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 9 7 dr9f figs-metaphor נִתַּ֡נּוּ אֲנַחְנוּ֩ מְלָכֵ֨י⁠נוּ כֹהֲנֵ֜י⁠נוּ בְּ⁠יַ֣ד ׀ מַלְכֵ֣י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֗וֹת 1 we … have been delivered into the hand of kings Here, **hand** figuratively represents power and control. Alternate translation: “you allowed foreign rulers to conquer us, our kings, and our priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 7 dr9f figs-metaphor נִתַּ֡נּוּ אֲנַחְנוּ֩ מְלָכֵ֨י⁠נוּ כֹהֲנֵ֜י⁠נוּ בְּ⁠יַ֣ד ׀ מַלְכֵ֣י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֗וֹת 1 we … have been delivered into the hand of kings Here, **hand** represents power and control. Alternate translation: “you allowed foreign rulers to conquer us, our kings, and our priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 7 v9sd figs-idiom מַלְכֵ֣י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֗וֹת 1 into the hand of kings of the lands The **kings of the lands** would be the rulers of the “people of the lands” whom Ezra mentions in [9:1](../09/01.md) and [9:2](../09/02.md), and of similar foreign people groups. Alternate translation: “foreign rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 9 7 f2hv figs-idiom בַּ⁠חֶ֜רֶב בַּ⁠שְּׁבִ֧י וּ⁠בַ⁠בִּזָּ֛ה וּ⁠בְ⁠בֹ֥שֶׁת פָּנִ֖ים 1 to the sword, to captivity, and to plunder, and to ashamed faces Other than **by sword**, these are not the means by which the foreign rulers conquered the Israelites. Rather, they are primarily things that happened to the Israelites after they were conquered. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “They killed some of us, they took others of us away from our homeland, they stole the things that belonged to us, and all of this has made us greatly ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 9 7 kz7f figs-metonymy בַּ⁠חֶ֜רֶב 1 to the sword, to captivity, and to plunder, and to ashamed faces The sword figuratively represents killing, by reference to one kind of weapon that can kill a person. Alternate translation: “who killed some of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 9 7 kz7f figs-metonymy בַּ⁠חֶ֜רֶב 1 to the sword, to captivity, and to plunder, and to ashamed faces The sword represents killing, by reference to one kind of weapon that can kill a person. Alternate translation: “who killed some of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 9 7 lc37 figs-abstractnouns בַּ⁠שְּׁבִ֧י 1 to the sword, to captivity, and to plunder, and to ashamed faces If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **captivity** with a verb such as “take away.” Alternate translation: “who took others away from our homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZR 9 7 uiq9 figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠בַ⁠בִּזָּ֛ה 1 to the sword, to captivity, and to plunder, and to ashamed faces If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **plunder** with a verb such as “steal.” Alternate translation: “who stole the things that belonged to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZR 9 7 x0gf figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠בְ⁠בֹ֥שֶׁת פָּנִ֖ים 1 to the sword, to captivity, and to plunder, and to ashamed faces If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **shame** with a word such as “ashamed.” Alternate translation: “and all of this has made us greatly ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -1103,39 +1103,39 @@ EZR 9 8 q4h6 figs-idiom כִּ⁠מְעַט־רֶגַע֩ 1 grace has been shown
EZR 9 8 jqq9 figs-abstractnouns הָיְתָ֨ה תְחִנָּ֜ה מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת ׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֗י⁠נוּ 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God The abstract noun **favor** refers to one person helping another person even if that person does not deserve it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a phrase such as “be merciful.” Alternate translation: “Yahweh our God has been merciful to us” or “Yahweh our God has been gracious to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZR 9 8 ym5g figs-personification הָיְתָ֨ה תְחִנָּ֜ה מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת ׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֗י⁠נוּ 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God Ezra speaks here of **favor** or mercy as if it could travel from Yahweh to the Jews. Alternate translation: “Yahweh our God has been merciful to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EZR 9 8 rdwg figs-123person הָיְתָ֨ה תְחִנָּ֜ה מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת ׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֗י⁠נוּ 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God Ezra is speaking to Yahweh in prayer, and accordingly, he addresses him in the second person in [9:6](../09/06.md) and in [9:10–15](../09/10.md). But here he speaks of God in the third person to show humility and respect, as people of this time did when speaking to superiors. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words in the second person. Alternate translation: “you, Yahweh our God, have been merciful to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZR 9 8 vhtl figs-metaphor וְ⁠לָ⁠תֶת־לָ֥⁠נוּ יָתֵ֖ד 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God Ezra speaks figuratively of the Jews’ current situation of safety and security in their homeland as if it were a **peg** or “stake,” such as one would pound securely into the ground in order to fasten the cords of a tent to it, or such as one would fasten to a wall in order to hang utensils on it safely and securely. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with a different metaphor that conveys this sense of stability and security, or express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and to bring us into a safe situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 8 vhtl figs-metaphor וְ⁠לָ⁠תֶת־לָ֥⁠נוּ יָתֵ֖ד 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God Ezra speaks of the Jews’ current situation of safety and security in their homeland as if it were a **peg** or “stake,” such as one would pound securely into the ground in order to fasten the cords of a tent to it, or such as one would fasten to a wall in order to hang utensils on it safely and securely. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with a different metaphor that conveys this sense of stability and security, or express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and to bring us into a safe situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 8 b420 figs-idiom בִּ⁠מְק֣וֹם קָדְשׁ֑⁠וֹ 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God Here the word **holy** means “set apart for a special purpose.” The temple was God’s **holy place** because it was set apart for his worship. Alternate translation: “in his temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 9 8 jjw0 figs-123person בִּ⁠מְק֣וֹם קָדְשׁ֑⁠וֹ 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God Here again Ezra speaks of God in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words in the second person. Alternate translation: “in your temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZR 9 8 q90t בִּ⁠מְק֣וֹם קָדְשׁ֑⁠וֹ 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God Ezra speaks of the **peg** figuratively as if it were in God’s temple, likely because God was considered to be present there. Alternate translation: “in your presence”
EZR 9 8 lst9 figs-metonymy בִּ⁠מְק֣וֹם קָדְשׁ֑⁠וֹ 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God Ezra may be speaking of the presence of God figuratively by association to mean the protection of God. Alternate translation: “under your protection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 9 8 q90t בִּ⁠מְק֣וֹם קָדְשׁ֑⁠וֹ 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God Ezra speaks of the **peg** as if it were in God’s temple, likely because God was considered to be present there. Alternate translation: “in your presence”
EZR 9 8 lst9 figs-metonymy בִּ⁠מְק֣וֹם קָדְשׁ֑⁠וֹ 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God Ezra may be speaking of the presence of God by association to mean the protection of God. Alternate translation: “under your protection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 9 8 h7p2 grammar-connect-logic-result לְ⁠הַשְׁאִ֥יר לָ֨⁠נוּ֙ פְּלֵיטָ֔ה 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God This phrase starts with **to**, which indicates here that the phrase that follows is a result of the phrase that came before. In fact, there are four results in this verse of receiving favor from God. Each result begins with the word **to**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate that these are results of receiving favor from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 9 8 e1ad figs-123person לְ⁠הָאִ֤יר…אֱלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God Here again Ezra speaks of God in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words in the second person. Alternate translation: “for you, our God, to bring light to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZR 9 8 gg6p figs-parallelism לְ⁠הָאִ֤יר עֵינֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ אֱלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ וּ⁠לְ⁠תִתֵּ֛⁠נוּ מִֽחְיָ֥ה מְעַ֖ט בְּ⁠עַבְדֻתֵֽ⁠נוּ 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God These two phrases mean similar things. Ezra uses the repetition to emphasize how merciful God has been to the community of returned exiles. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “and for our God to enable our community to thrive a little even under foreign domination” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase says more specifically how God has accomplished what the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “for our God to give us new vitality by giving us greater freedom even though we are under foreign domination” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EZR 9 8 fzoq figs-metaphor לְ⁠הָאִ֤יר עֵינֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ אֱלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God To **brighten** the **eyes** of a person means figuratively to give them new life and vitality in the sense of restoring someone's happiness or well-being. Alternate translation: “for our God to give us new vitality” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 8 f4s0 figs-explicit וּ⁠לְ⁠תִתֵּ֛⁠נוּ מִֽחְיָ֥ה מְעַ֖ט בְּ⁠עַבְדֻתֵֽ⁠נוּ 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God Since Ezra says that God has made the community figuratively more alive **in our slavery**, he seems to be referring implicitly to the greater measure of freedom that King Artaxerxes has allowed them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by giving us greater freedom even though we are under foreign domination” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 9 8 fzoq figs-metaphor לְ⁠הָאִ֤יר עֵינֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ אֱלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God To **brighten** the **eyes** of a person means to give them new life and vitality in the sense of restoring someone's happiness or well-being. Alternate translation: “for our God to give us new vitality” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 8 f4s0 figs-explicit וּ⁠לְ⁠תִתֵּ֛⁠נוּ מִֽחְיָ֥ה מְעַ֖ט בְּ⁠עַבְדֻתֵֽ⁠נוּ 1 grace has been shown from Yahweh our God Since Ezra says that God has made the community more alive **in our slavery**, he seems to be referring implicitly to the greater measure of freedom that King Artaxerxes has allowed them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by giving us greater freedom even though we are under foreign domination” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 9 9 w0m3 figs-hyperbole כִּֽי־עֲבָדִ֣ים אֲנַ֔חְנוּ 1 but he extended covenant faithfulness to us Ezra describes the Jewish people as **slaves**, which is an exaggeration that he uses to express humility before God. It is true that their ancestors were taken as captives to Babylon where they were forced to serve the king, and that even now they must do as the king commands, but those who have returned to Judah are allowed to manage their own daily affairs. Alternate translation: “The Babylonians made our people to be slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
EZR 9 9 n7de figs-123person לֹ֥א עֲזָבָ֖⁠נוּ אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 but he extended covenant faithfulness to us Ezra continues to speak of God in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words in the second person. Alternate translation: “you, our God, have not forsaken us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZR 9 9 gk7w grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַֽ⁠יַּט 1 but he extended covenant faithfulness to us This word **But** indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between what the Israelites might have expected God to do, since they were being punished for their disobedience, and what God actually did. You could begin the sentence with a phrase such as “on the contrary” or other method in your language to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EZR 9 9 h0hr figs-metaphor וַֽ⁠יַּט־עָלֵ֣י⁠נוּ חֶ֡סֶד 1 but he extended covenant faithfulness to us As in [7:28](../07/28.md), Ezra uses a spatial metaphor to depict help figuratively stretching out to him from Yahweh. Alternate translation: “On the contrary, he has helped us, as he promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 9 h0hr figs-metaphor וַֽ⁠יַּט־עָלֵ֣י⁠נוּ חֶ֡סֶד 1 but he extended covenant faithfulness to us As in [7:28](../07/28.md), Ezra uses a spatial metaphor to depict help stretching out to him from Yahweh. Alternate translation: “On the contrary, he has helped us, as he promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 9 xh8d figs-abstractnouns וַֽ⁠יַּט־עָלֵ֣י⁠נוּ חֶ֡סֶד לִ⁠פְנֵי֩ מַלְכֵ֨י פָרַ֜ס 1 but he extended covenant faithfulness to us Here, the abstract noun **faithfulness** refers to a person wanting to do everything that they can to help another person. As in [3:11](../03/11.md) and [7:28](../07/28.md), **covenant faithfulness** refers specifically to Yahweh doing that for the people of Israel because of his covenant with them, which contained the promises that he had made to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the idea behind this phrase with verbs such as “help” and “promise.” Alternate translation: “But he has helped us, as he promised, by leading the king of Persia to regard us favorably” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZR 9 9 eb2m figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵי֩ מַלְכֵ֨י פָרַ֜ס 1 in the sight of the king of Persia Here, **face** refers figuratively to the way that a person regards things, by association with the way that they use the eyes in their face to see things and the way that their facial expression shows what they think of those things. Alternate translation: “by leading the kings of Persia to regard us favorably” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 9 9 eb2m figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵי֩ מַלְכֵ֨י פָרַ֜ס 1 in the sight of the king of Persia Here, **face** refers to the way that a person regards things, by association with the way that they use the eyes in their face to see things and the way that their facial expression shows what they think of those things. Alternate translation: “by leading the kings of Persia to regard us favorably” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 9 9 jkj1 figs-explicit מַלְכֵ֨י פָרַ֜ס 1 in the sight of the king of Persia Ezra probably uses the plural **kings** to acknowledge implicitly that not just Artaxerxes, but also Cyrus and Darius before him, treated the Jews favorably by allowing them to rebuild the temple and by supporting the worship there. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could name these kings explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Cyrus, King Darius, and King Artaxerxes of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 9 9 sc72 figs-metaphor לָֽ⁠תֶת־לָ֣⁠נוּ מִֽחְיָ֗ה 1 in the sight of the king of Persia As in [9:8](../09/08.md), **reviving** or renewed life in this context seems to be a figurative expression for greater freedom. Alternate translation: “so that they gave us greater freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 9 kdnc figs-parallelism לְ⁠רוֹמֵ֞ם אֶת־בֵּ֤ית אֱלֹהֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ וּ⁠לְ⁠הַעֲמִ֣יד אֶת־חָרְבֹתָ֔י⁠ו 1 in the sight of the king of Persia These two phrases mean similar things. Ezra says essentially the same thing twice, probably to emphasize how remarkable this was after all the opposition that there had been to it. If repeating both phrases in your translation might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “and allowed us to rebuild the temple of our God” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is stronger because it indicates that the temple had previously been destroyed but now it was being restored. Alternate translation: “and allowed us to rebuild the temple of our God by repairing its ruins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EZR 9 9 mpbv figs-metaphor לְ⁠רוֹמֵ֞ם 1 in the sight of the king of Persia **To raise up** is a figurative expression for building it. Alternate translation: “to rebuild” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 9 f833 figs-metaphor וּ⁠לְ⁠הַעֲמִ֣יד אֶת־חָרְבֹתָ֔י⁠ו 1 the house of our God Like **raise up**, **cause … to stand** is a figurative expression for building. Alternate translation: “by repairing its ruins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 9 b5aw figs-metaphor וְ⁠לָֽ⁠תֶת־לָ֣⁠נוּ גָדֵ֔ר בִּֽ⁠יהוּדָ֖ה וּ⁠בִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 to give us a wall Ezra is not referring to a literal wall. (The walls of Jerusalem were still broken down at this time. They would not be repaired until Nehemiah came to the city over a dozen years later.) Rather, he means figuratively that the Persian kings authorized the returned exiles to re-establish their community in Judah and Jerusalem, and so the king would protect their right to live there. It is as if the Jews are already protected by this as though by a wall. Alternate translation: “and has given us a safe place to live in Judah and Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 9 b5aw figs-metaphor וְ⁠לָֽ⁠תֶת־לָ֣⁠נוּ גָדֵ֔ר בִּֽ⁠יהוּדָ֖ה וּ⁠בִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 to give us a wall Ezra is not referring to a literal wall. (The walls of Jerusalem were still broken down at this time. They would not be repaired until Nehemiah came to the city over a dozen years later.) Rather, he means that the Persian kings authorized the returned exiles to re-establish their community in Judah and Jerusalem, and so the king would protect their right to live there. It is as if the Jews are already protected by this as though by a wall. Alternate translation: “and has given us a safe place to live in Judah and Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 10 a9fk figs-rquestion וְ⁠עַתָּ֛ה מַה־נֹּאמַ֥ר אֱלֹהֵ֖י⁠נוּ אַֽחֲרֵי־זֹ֑את 1 to give us a wall Ezra is making a statement, not really asking a question. He does not expect God to tell him what excuses he can give for the disobedience of the Israelites. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize that the Israelites really have no excuses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “So now, our God, we really have no excuses, after all of this.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EZR 9 10 olme figs-explicit אַֽחֲרֵי־זֹ֑את 1 to give us a wall If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what **this** refers to. There are two possibilities. (1) It probably refers to all of the sinning that the Jews did by disobeying God. Alternate translation: “after we have continued to sin against you” or (2) It could refer to the good things that God did for the Jews even though they continually disobeyed him. Alternate translation: “after you have been much more kind to us than we deserved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 9 10 akg2 figs-metaphor עָזַ֖בְנוּ מִצְוֺתֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 to give us a wall As in [8:22](../08/22.md), forsaking or abandoning God is a metaphor for disobeying him or refusing to serve him. Alternate translation: “we have disobeyed your commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 11 v7am figs-metaphor אֲשֶׁ֣ר צִוִּ֗יתָ בְּ⁠יַ֨ד עֲבָדֶ֣י⁠ךָ הַ⁠נְּבִיאִים֮ 1 to give us a wall Here, **hand** figuratively represents control and action. This expression means that God gave these commandments by having the prophets speak them to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “which you told your servants, the prophets, to speak to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 11 v7am figs-metaphor אֲשֶׁ֣ר צִוִּ֗יתָ בְּ⁠יַ֨ד עֲבָדֶ֣י⁠ךָ הַ⁠נְּבִיאִים֮ 1 to give us a wall Here, **hand** represents control and action. This expression means that God gave these commandments by having the prophets speak them to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “which you told your servants, the prophets, to speak to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 11 nqdl figs-quotemarks לֵ⁠אמֹר֒ 1 to give us a wall After this phrase Ezra begins to quote what the prophets commanded the people on Yahweh’s behalf. So this is a quotation within a quotation. That is, Ezra is quoting the prayer that he prayed on this occasion, and within that prayer, he is quoting what the prophets said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off these words within secondary quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EZR 9 11 cqpt figs-metaphor אֶ֤רֶץ נִדָּה֙ הִ֔יא בְּ⁠נִדַּ֖ת עַמֵּ֣י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֑וֹת 1 to give us a wall The prophets speak figuratively of the land of Canaan as if it were itself impure, because it was a place where the people did things that were very displeasing to God. Alternate translation: “is a land whose inhabitants do things that are displeasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 11 n022 figs-metaphor בְּ⁠נִדַּ֖ת 1 to give us a wall The prophets speak figuratively of these displeasing things as if they were contaminated. Alternate translation: “because of the detestable actions of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 11 cqpt figs-metaphor אֶ֤רֶץ נִדָּה֙ הִ֔יא בְּ⁠נִדַּ֖ת עַמֵּ֣י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֑וֹת 1 to give us a wall The prophets speak of the land of Canaan as if it were itself impure, because it was a place where the people did things that were very displeasing to God. Alternate translation: “is a land whose inhabitants do things that are displeasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 11 n022 figs-metaphor בְּ⁠נִדַּ֖ת 1 to give us a wall The prophets speak of these displeasing things as if they were contaminated. Alternate translation: “because of the detestable actions of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 11 t4gi figs-idiom עַמֵּ֣י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֑וֹת 1 to give us a wall See how you translated this expression in [3:3](../03/03.md). Here it refers to members of other people groups who were living in the land of Canaan. Alternate translation: “the inhabitants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 9 11 y2ii figs-metaphor בְּ⁠תוֹעֲבֹֽתֵי⁠הֶ֗ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר מִלְא֛וּ⁠הָ מִ⁠פֶּ֥ה אֶל־פֶּ֖ה בְּ⁠טֻמְאָתָֽ⁠ם 1 to give us a wall The term **abominations**, like the term **impurity**, refers to things that people do that are very displeasing to God. As in [9:1](../09/01.md), the term indicates that God must judge these actions as wrong, that is, as not in accordance with his own character. The prophets speak figuratively of these things as if they were accumulating physically and filling up the land. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Throughout the land, from one end to the other, they have been doing things that are very displeasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 11 y2ii figs-metaphor בְּ⁠תוֹעֲבֹֽתֵי⁠הֶ֗ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר מִלְא֛וּ⁠הָ מִ⁠פֶּ֥ה אֶל־פֶּ֖ה בְּ⁠טֻמְאָתָֽ⁠ם 1 to give us a wall The term **abominations**, like the term **impurity**, refers to things that people do that are very displeasing to God. As in [9:1](../09/01.md), the term indicates that God must judge these actions as wrong, that is, as not in accordance with his own character. The prophets speak of these things as if they were accumulating physically and filling up the land. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Throughout the land, from one end to the other, they have been doing things that are very displeasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 11 vo7q figs-metaphor מִ⁠פֶּ֥ה אֶל־פֶּ֖ה 1 to give us a wall Here, **mouth** is a figurative way of saying “edge,” “end,” or “extremity,” probably by analogy to the way that the mouth of an animal is typically at one end of the animal. Alternate translation: “from one end to the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 11 ctyk figs-metaphor בְּ⁠טֻמְאָתָֽ⁠ם 1 to give us a wall The prophets also speak figuratively of these displeasing things as if they were dirty. See how you translated **uncleanness** in verse [6:21](../06/21.md). Alternate translation: “through the things they do that are displeasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 11 ctyk figs-metaphor בְּ⁠טֻמְאָתָֽ⁠ם 1 to give us a wall The prophets also speak of these displeasing things as if they were dirty. See how you translated **uncleanness** in verse [6:21](../06/21.md). Alternate translation: “through the things they do that are displeasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 12 evio grammar-connect-logic-result וְ֠⁠עַתָּה 1 to give us a wall In this verse, Ezra continues quoting the prophets. The phrase **So now** introduces the results of what the previous sentence described. Use a connector in your language that can introduce a resulting action. Alternate translation: “Therefore” or “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 9 12 sea2 figs-idiom בְּֽנוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֞ם אַל־תִּתְּנ֣וּ לִ⁠בְנֵי⁠הֶ֗ם 1 to give us a wall This expression specifically refers to giving daughters in marriage. Alternate translation: “do not arrange marriages between your daughters and their sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 9 12 pe30 figs-idiom וּ⁠בְנֹֽתֵי⁠הֶם֙ אַל־תִּשְׂא֣וּ לִ⁠בְנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 to give us a wall As in [9:2](../09/02.md), to **lift their daughters for your sons** is an idiom that means “to get wives for your sons from among their daughters.” Alternate translation: “and do not get wives for your sons from their daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -1144,7 +1144,7 @@ EZR 9 12 qq14 figs-doublet וְ⁠לֹֽא־תִדְרְשׁ֧וּ שְׁלֹמ
EZR 9 12 sfei figs-parallelism לְמַ֣עַן תֶּחֶזְק֗וּ וַ⁠אֲכַלְתֶּם֙ אֶת־ט֣וּב הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 to give us a wall These two phrases mean similar things. The prophets say essentially the same thing twice, to emphasize the blessings that the Israelites would enjoy if they obeyed these commandments. If repeating both phrases might be confusing for your readers, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “so that you will become a prosperous nation in that place” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase says more specifically how the nation would become strong, as the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “so that you will become a strong nation by growing and enjoying abundant harvests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EZR 9 12 qz7f figs-yousingular לְמַ֣עַן תֶּחֶזְק֗וּ 1 to give us a wall The forms of **you** and **your** in this verse are plural, referring to all the Jewish people. Therefore **you may be strong** does not refer to a person's physical strength or health, but rather to the strength of the Jewish nation. Alternate translation: “so that your nation will be strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
EZR 9 12 r9c0 figs-idiom וְ⁠הוֹרַשְׁתֶּ֥ם לִ⁠בְנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם עַד־עוֹלָֽם 1 to give us a wall As earlier in the sentence, **until eternity** means “for as long as anyone can anticipate into the future.” Alternate translation: “so that your descendants will always be able to live there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 9 12 s1e8 figs-metaphor לִ⁠בְנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 to give us a wall Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “your descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 12 s1e8 figs-metaphor לִ⁠בְנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 to give us a wall Here, **sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “your descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 12 uax9 figs-quotemarks עַד־עוֹלָֽם 1 forever After this phrase Ezra ends his quotation of what Yahweh commanded through the prophets. If you decided in [9:11](../09/11.md) to mark their words as a secondary quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EZR 9 13 qmrs figs-explicit כָּל־הַ⁠בָּ֣א עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 forever The phrase **all that has come upon us** refers to the punishments that Ezra mentioned in [verse 7](../09/07.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that information explicit. Alternate translation: “all of the things with which you punished us” or “everything that you allowed to happen to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 9 13 am2g figs-parallelism בְּ⁠מַעֲשֵׂ֨י⁠נוּ֙ הָ⁠רָעִ֔ים וּ⁠בְ⁠אַשְׁמָתֵ֖⁠נוּ הַ⁠גְּדֹלָ֑ה 1 forever These two phrases mean similar things. Ezra uses the repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “since we are so guilty because of the wrong things that we have done” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. Alternate translation: “since we have committed such great sins, and since we are so guilty as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@ -1158,27 +1158,27 @@ EZR 9 14 ulm6 figs-doublet לְ⁠אֵ֥ין שְׁאֵרִ֖ית וּ⁠פְל
EZR 9 15 qhg9 grammar-connect-logic-result יְהוָ֞ה אֱלֹהֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ צַדִּ֣יק אַ֔תָּה כִּֽי־נִשְׁאַ֥רְנוּ פְלֵיטָ֖ה כְּ⁠הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 Look If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases since the second phrase gives the reason for what the first phrase says. Alternate translation: “But you have ensured that a group of us would survive, just as we are right now, so we acknowledge that you, Yahweh, the God of Israel, are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 9 15 nw97 figs-idiom כְּ⁠הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 Look In this context, **day** does not refer to one specific day, but rather to a more general time. Alternate translation: “as we are now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 9 15 a177 figs-parallelism הִנְ⁠נ֤וּ לְ⁠פָנֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠אַשְׁמָתֵ֔י⁠נוּ כִּ֣י אֵ֥ין לַ⁠עֲמ֛וֹד לְ⁠פָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ עַל־זֹֽאת 1 We are before you in our guilt These two phrases mean similar things. Ezra uses the repetition for emphasis as he makes this confession of guilt on behalf of the people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “We have come into your presence to admit that we are guilty.” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is more intensive. Alternate translation: “We have come into your presence to admit that we are guilty, and none of us have any excuse for what we have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EZR 9 15 lh5h figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 no one can stand before you because of this Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. Alternate translation: “standing in your presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 9 15 lh5h figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 no one can stand before you because of this Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. Alternate translation: “standing in your presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 9 15 el20 figs-idiom אֵ֥ין לַ⁠עֲמ֛וֹד לְ⁠פָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 no one can stand before you because of this To **stand** is a Hebrew idiom meaning to be acquitted. (For example, in Psalm 130:3, “If you, Yahweh, would mark iniquities, Lord, who could stand?” and Psalm 1:5, “The wicked will not stand in the judgment.”) Alternate translation: “none of us can plead any grounds for acquittal” or “none of us have any excuse for what we have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 9 15 vlk8 figs-quotemarks עַל־זֹֽאת 1 no one can stand before you because of this This is the end of Ezra’s quotation of the prayer that he prayed on this occasion. If you decided in [9:6](../09/06.md) to mark his words as a direct quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EZR 10 intro ah4y 0 # Ezra 10 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Intermarriages<br><br>In this chapter, Jewish men agree to divorce their Gentile wives. Divorce should not have been a common practice for the Jews, but they did it at this time because marriage between Jewish men and non-Jewish women was not allowed.
EZR 10 1 drpv writing-participants וּ⁠כְ⁠הִתְפַּלֵּ֤ל עֶזְרָא֙ 1 As Ezra was praying and confessing, weeping and throwing himself down Previously in the book, Ezra was a character in a story that someone else was telling. Then starting from [7:27](../07/27.md) he is the person telling the story, and he continues to tell it through to the end of chapter 9. Now from here to the end of the book, the story changes back to someone else talking about Ezra as a character in the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could continue to translate this chapter as though Ezra were telling it. Alternate translation: “And when I prayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
EZR 10 1 elvd figs-parallelism וּ⁠כְ⁠הִתְפַּלֵּ֤ל עֶזְרָא֙ וּ⁠כְ֨⁠הִתְוַדֹּת֔⁠וֹ 1 As Ezra was praying and confessing, weeping and throwing himself down These two phrases mean similar things. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “While Ezra was praying this prayer of confession” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EZR 10 1 ekt7 translate-symaction וּ⁠מִתְנַפֵּ֔ל לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י בֵּ֣ית הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 throwing himself down By **casting himself down** onto the ground in front of the temple, Ezra was symbolically pleading with God, who was considered to be present in the temple, the way a supplicant in this culture would get down with his face on the ground to plead with a powerful person. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and pleading with God by falling down onto the ground in front of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EZR 10 1 vcs1 figs-metaphor לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י בֵּ֣ית הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 before the house of God Here, **face** figuratively means the front of a place. Alternate translation: “in front of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 1 vcs1 figs-metaphor לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י בֵּ֣ית הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 before the house of God Here, **face** means the front of a place. Alternate translation: “in front of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 1 e3fw figs-idiom בָכ֥וּ הָ⁠עָ֖ם הַרְבֵּה־בֶֽכֶה 1 before the house of God This is an idiom that means that the people wept a lot. This could refer to either loudness or length, or both. Alternate translation: “the people cried very bitterly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 10 1 ry9k figs-explicit בָכ֥וּ הָ⁠עָ֖ם הַרְבֵּה־בֶֽכֶה 1 before the house of God The implication is that the people were weeping because they realized what a wrong thing they had done and how guilty they were because of it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the people began to weep very bitterly because they realized that they had sinned and were guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 10 2 ygp9 grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יַּעַן֩ 1 Shekaniah The word **then** indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the events it has just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
EZR 10 2 zx9r translate-names שְׁכַנְיָ֨ה בֶן־יְחִיאֵ֜ל 1 Shekaniah **Shekaniah** is the name of a man, and **Jehiel** is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 10 2 at6v figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנֵ֤י עֵילָם֙ 1 Jehiel **Sons** here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “one of the descendants of Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 2 at6v figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנֵ֤י עֵילָם֙ 1 Jehiel **Sons** here means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “one of the descendants of Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 2 v7rt translate-names עֵילָם֙ 1 Jehiel **Elam** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 10 2 hqgs figs-hendiadys וַ⁠יַּעַן֩…וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר 1 Jehiel Here the book expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. Together the two words mean that Shekaniah responded to the situation that the Jews were facing. Alternate translation: “responded” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
EZR 10 2 wbo8 figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לְ⁠עֶזְרָ֔א 1 Jehiel After this phrase, the book begins to quote what Shekaniah said to Ezra. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EZR 10 2 af7v figs-metaphor אֲנַ֨חְנוּ֙ מָעַ֣לְנוּ בֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 We have been unfaithful to our God As in [9:2](../09/02.md) and [9:4](../09/04.md), **acted unfaithfully** figuratively means “acted in disobedience.” Alternate translation: “We ourselves have disobeyed our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 2 af7v figs-metaphor אֲנַ֨חְנוּ֙ מָעַ֣לְנוּ בֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 We have been unfaithful to our God As in [9:2](../09/02.md) and [9:4](../09/04.md), **acted unfaithfully** means “acted in disobedience.” Alternate translation: “We ourselves have disobeyed our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 2 jfau figs-idiom וַ⁠נֹּ֛שֶׁב נָשִׁ֥ים נָכְרִיּ֖וֹת מֵ⁠עַמֵּ֣י הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 We have been unfaithful to our God To **cause to dwell** is an idiom that means “to marry.” Alternate translation: “and have married foreign women from the other people groups living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 10 2 kucg figs-idiom מֵ⁠עַמֵּ֣י הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 We have been unfaithful to our God This expression refers to the other people groups who were living in and around the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “the other people groups living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 10 2 dp2y grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ⁠עַתָּ֛ה 1 We have been unfaithful to our God The words **But now** indicate that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between it and the previous sentence. The situation in the previous sentence appeared to be hopeless, but Shekaniah wants to say that the Jews can still do something about it. Indicate this contrast in a natural way in your language. Alternate translation: “nevertheless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EZR 10 2 k21b figs-personification וְ⁠עַתָּ֛ה יֵשׁ־מִקְוֶ֥ה לְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל עַל־זֹֽאת 1 We have been unfaithful to our God Here Shekaniah refers to the nation of Israel figuratively as if it were a person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “but there is still hope for the Israelites in this matter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EZR 10 2 k21b figs-personification וְ⁠עַתָּ֛ה יֵשׁ־מִקְוֶ֥ה לְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל עַל־זֹֽאת 1 We have been unfaithful to our God Here Shekaniah refers to the nation of Israel as if it were a person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “but there is still hope for the Israelites in this matter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EZR 10 2 xeuk figs-123person וְ⁠עַתָּ֛ה יֵשׁ־מִקְוֶ֥ה לְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל עַל־זֹֽאת 1 We have been unfaithful to our God Though Shekaniah speaks of Israel, meaning the Israelites, in the third person, the term includes himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this phrase in the first person. Alternate translation: “But there is still hope for us in this matter” or “But there is still something that we can do about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZR 10 2 yh2o figs-exclusive וְ⁠עַתָּ֛ה יֵשׁ־מִקְוֶ֥ה לְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל עַל־זֹֽאת 1 We have been unfaithful to our God Since Shekaniah is speaking to Ezra and the term **Israel** applies to Ezra as well, if you choose to translate this phrase in the first person, the term “us” or “we” should include the addressee, if your language makes that distinction. Alternate translation: “But there is still hope for us in this matter” or “But there is still something that we can do about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
EZR 10 3 ysow figs-idiom נִֽכְרָת־בְּרִ֣ית 1 We have been unfaithful to our God This is a Hebrew idiom that means “to make or enter into a covenant,” which is a solemn agreement between two parties. Alternate translation: “let us make a solemn agreement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -1199,17 +1199,17 @@ EZR 10 5 p6uh figs-idiom וַ⁠יָּ֣קָם עֶזְרָ֡א 1 we are with yo
EZR 10 5 zxso figs-metonymy וְ⁠כָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 we are with you Here the book refers to the Israelites by the name of their nation. Alternate translation: “all of the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 10 5 xok9 figs-hyperbole וְ⁠כָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 we are with you Here, **all Israel** is an exaggeration that is meant to express the idea that Ezra made every Israelite who was there swear an oath. If this is not clear in your language, you can state it without the exaggeration. Alternate translation: “and every Israelite who was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
EZR 10 5 medp figs-explicit לַ⁠עֲשׂ֛וֹת כַּ⁠דָּבָ֥ר הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה 1 we are with you The implication in context is that **this word** refers to Shekaniah’s recommendation that the Jews send away all the foreign wives and their children. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to do what Shekaniah had recommended and make the Israelites send away all the foreign wives and their children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 10 6 k8jp figs-metaphor מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵי֙ בֵּ֣ית הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 Jehohanan … Eliashib As in [10:1](../10/01.md), **face** here figuratively means the front of a place. Alternate translation: “from in front of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 6 k8jp figs-metaphor מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵי֙ בֵּ֣ית הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 Jehohanan … Eliashib As in [10:1](../10/01.md), **face** here means the front of a place. Alternate translation: “from in front of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 6 j78q figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּ֕לֶךְ אֶל־לִשְׁכַּ֖ת יְהוֹחָנָ֣ן בֶּן־אֶלְיָשִׁ֑יב 1 Jehohanan … Eliashib As in [8:29](../08/29.md), **chamber** means a room, and in context here it seems to refer similarly to one of the rooms in the temple. Eliashib was the high priest, and so it is probable that one of his family members would have had a room there. The book does not say why Ezra went to one of the rooms in the temple, but the implication is that he did so in order to meet further with the community leaders and make plans for the assembly that the following verses describe. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and he went to one of the rooms in the temple, the one that belonged to Jehohanan the grandson of Eliashib, to meet further with the leaders to make plans to call an assembly of all the returned exiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 10 6 z4zq figs-metaphor יְהוֹחָנָ֣ן בֶּן־אֶלְיָשִׁ֑יב 1 Jehohanan … Eliashib Jehohanan was actually the grandson of Eliashib, so **son** figuratively means “descendant.” Alternate translation: “Jehohanan, the grandson of Eliashib” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 6 z4zq figs-metaphor יְהוֹחָנָ֣ן בֶּן־אֶלְיָשִׁ֑יב 1 Jehohanan … Eliashib Jehohanan was actually the grandson of Eliashib, so **son** means “descendant.” Alternate translation: “Jehohanan, the grandson of Eliashib” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 6 j3bg translate-names יְהוֹחָנָ֣ן…אֶלְיָשִׁ֑יב 1 Jehohanan … Eliashib These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 10 6 vkgv figs-ellipsis וַ⁠יֵּ֣לֶךְ שָׁ֗ם לֶ֤חֶם לֹֽא־אָכַל֙ וּ⁠מַ֣יִם לֹֽא־שָׁתָ֔ה 1 Jehohanan … Eliashib Here the book leaves out some of the words that would ordinarily be needed in order to express a complete meaning. Alternate translation: “And when he went there, he did not eat bread or drink water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EZR 10 6 b5wa grammar-connect-logic-result לֶ֤חֶם לֹֽא־אָכַל֙ וּ⁠מַ֣יִם לֹֽא־שָׁתָ֔ה כִּ֥י מִתְאַבֵּ֖ל עַל־מַ֥עַל הַ⁠גּוֹלָֽה 1 Jehohanan … Eliashib If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because he was still grieving over the way the Jews who had returned to their homeland had disobeyed, he did not eat bread or drink water.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 10 6 fwd9 translate-symaction לֶ֤חֶם לֹֽא־אָכַל֙ וּ⁠מַ֣יִם לֹֽא־שָׁתָ֔ה כִּ֥י מִתְאַבֵּ֖ל עַל־מַ֥עַל הַ⁠גּוֹלָֽה 1 Jehohanan … Eliashib Not eating or drinking was a symbolic action whose purpose was to show that Ezra was grieving over the disobedience of the exiles. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “To show that he was still grieving over the way that the Jews who had returned to their homeland had disobeyed, he did not eat or drink anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EZR 10 6 cs2r figs-synecdoche לֶ֤חֶם לֹֽא־אָכַל֙ וּ⁠מַ֣יִם לֹֽא־שָׁתָ֔ה 1 Jehohanan … Eliashib The book is using **bread**, one kind of food, to represent all food, and it is using **water**, one kind of drink, to represent all drink. Alternate translation: “He did not eat or drink anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EZR 10 6 s6oc figs-metaphor מַ֥עַל הַ⁠גּוֹלָֽה 1 Jehohanan … Eliashib Here, **unfaithfulness** figuratively means disobedience. Alternate translation: “the way that the Jews who had returned to their homeland had disobeyed God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 6 s6oc figs-metaphor מַ֥עַל הַ⁠גּוֹלָֽה 1 Jehohanan … Eliashib Here, **unfaithfulness** means disobedience. Alternate translation: “the way that the Jews who had returned to their homeland had disobeyed God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 6 dt20 figs-abstractnouns מַ֥עַל הַ⁠גּוֹלָֽה 1 Jehohanan … Eliashib The abstract noun **exiles** describes the Jews who had returned to their homeland from Babylon. (The term seems to be equivalent to the longer phrase “the sons of the exile” that is used in several places in the book, including in the next verse.) If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the way the Jews who had returned to their homeland had disobeyed God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZR 10 7 egfd figs-metonymy וַ⁠יַּעֲבִ֨ירוּ ק֜וֹל בִּ⁠יהוּדָ֣ה וִ⁠ירֽוּשָׁלִַ֗ם 1 Jehohanan … Eliashib As in [1:1](../01/01.md), this **sound** is the voice of messengers who speak a message, and it figuratively represents the message that the messengers speak. Refer to whichever is natural in your language: the message, the messenger, or the messenger's voice. Alternate translation: “They sent messengers throughout Judah and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 10 7 egfd figs-metonymy וַ⁠יַּעֲבִ֨ירוּ ק֜וֹל בִּ⁠יהוּדָ֣ה וִ⁠ירֽוּשָׁלִַ֗ם 1 Jehohanan … Eliashib As in [1:1](../01/01.md), this **sound** is the voice of messengers who speak a message, and it represents the message that the messengers speak. Refer to whichever is natural in your language: the message, the messenger, or the messenger's voice. Alternate translation: “They sent messengers throughout Judah and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 10 7 sni5 figs-idiom בְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠גּוֹלָ֔ה 1 Jehohanan … Eliashib As indicated in [2:1](../02/01.md) and [8:35](../08/35.md), the phrase **the sons of the exile** refers specifically to the group of Jewish people who returned to the land of Judah from Babylon where King Nebuchadnezzar had taken them (or their ancestors) as captives many years earlier when he conquered Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned from exile” or “the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 10 7 fkhl figs-abstractnouns בְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠גּוֹלָ֔ה 1 Jehohanan … Eliashib The abstract noun **exile** refers to the way the Babylonians had taken the Jews as captives and transported them away from their homeland. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with a verb such as “return,” which would describe the present situation of some of these Jews and their descendants. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZR 10 8 tv2h כַּ⁠עֲצַ֤ת הַ⁠שָּׂרִים֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠זְּקֵנִ֔ים 1 Everyone who did not come … all his property would be forfeited, and he would be excluded Alternate translation: “as the leaders and elders had specified that they must”
@ -1220,7 +1220,7 @@ EZR 10 8 sdp0 figs-activepassive וְ⁠ה֥וּא יִבָּדֵ֖ל מִ⁠ק
EZR 10 8 hnmq figs-abstractnouns מִ⁠קְּהַ֥ל הַ⁠גּוֹלָֽה 1 three days As often in the book, the abstract noun **exiles** here refers to the group of Jews who had been transported away from their homeland but had since returned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with a verb such as “return.” Alternate translation: “from the community of Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZR 10 9 kp1w grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יִּקָּבְצ֣וּ 1 in three days The word **so** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result … gathered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 10 9 pfo4 figs-synecdoche כָל־אַנְשֵֽׁי־יְהוּדָה֩ וּ⁠בִנְיָמִ֨ן 1 in three days Since the assembly included Israelites from other tribes (for example, the priests and the Levites, who were both from the tribe of Levi), the book is using the tribes of Judah and Benjamin (or their territory), to represent all of the Israelite tribes. Alternate translation: “all of the Israelite men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EZR 10 9 e785 figs-metonymy כָל־אַנְשֵֽׁי־יְהוּדָה֩ וּ⁠בִנְיָמִ֨ן 1 in three days The book may be describing all of the Israelites figuratively by reference to the area in which all of them were now living, which had previously been the territory of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. Alternate translation: “all the Israelite men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 10 9 e785 figs-metonymy כָל־אַנְשֵֽׁי־יְהוּדָה֩ וּ⁠בִנְיָמִ֨ן 1 in three days The book may be describing all of the Israelites by reference to the area in which all of them were now living, which had previously been the territory of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. Alternate translation: “all the Israelite men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 10 9 v2eh translate-hebrewmonths ה֛וּא חֹ֥דֶשׁ הַ⁠תְּשִׁיעִ֖י בְּ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֣ים בַּ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ 1 ninth month and the twentieth day of the month You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. You may just want to use the numbers of the Hebrew day and month. Alternate translation: “It was the twentieth day of the ninth month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
EZR 10 9 keco figs-explicit ה֛וּא חֹ֥דֶשׁ הַ⁠תְּשִׁיעִ֖י בְּ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֣ים בַּ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ 1 ninth month and the twentieth day of the month Since the story does not say otherwise, the implication is that this was still the same year in which Ezra returned to Jerusalem, that is, the seventh year of Artaxerxes. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “It was the twentieth day of the ninth month in the seventh year of Artaxerxes as king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 10 9 egr3 translate-ordinal בְּ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֣ים בַּ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ 1 ninth month and the twentieth day of the month The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **20**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, “twentieth” in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of days, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on the twentieth day of month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@ -1229,11 +1229,11 @@ EZR 10 9 qlio figs-metaphor מַרְעִידִ֥ים עַל־הַ⁠דָּבָ֖
EZR 10 10 o09g translate-symaction וַ⁠יָּ֨קָם עֶזְרָ֤א הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ם 1 have acted unfaithfully By standing up in front of the assembly, Ezra was indicating that the meeting was starting and that he was leading it. Alternate translation: “Then Ezra stood up in front of the assembly as its leader and said to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EZR 10 10 rlnr figs-distinguish עֶזְרָ֤א הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ 1 have acted unfaithfully Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers who Ezra was. Alternate translation: “Ezra, who was a priest,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
EZR 10 10 wr45 figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ם 1 have acted unfaithfully After this phrase, the book begins to quote what Ezra said to the assembly. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EZR 10 10 x4sz figs-metaphor מְעַלְתֶּ֔ם וַ⁠תֹּשִׁ֖יבוּ נָשִׁ֣ים נָכְרִיּ֑וֹת 1 have acted unfaithfully The phrase **acted unfaithfully** figuratively means “committed disobedience.” Alternate translation: “disobeyed by marrying foreign women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 10 x4sz figs-metaphor מְעַלְתֶּ֔ם וַ⁠תֹּשִׁ֖יבוּ נָשִׁ֣ים נָכְרִיּ֑וֹת 1 have acted unfaithfully The phrase **acted unfaithfully** means “committed disobedience.” Alternate translation: “disobeyed by marrying foreign women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 10 v95n figs-explicit מְעַלְתֶּ֔ם וַ⁠תֹּשִׁ֖יבוּ נָשִׁ֣ים נָכְרִיּ֑וֹת 1 adding to the guilt of Israel The implication is that this was disobedience to the commandment of Yahweh. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “disobeyed the commandment of Yahweh by marrying foreign women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 10 10 nduh figs-idiom וַ⁠תֹּשִׁ֖יבוּ נָשִׁ֣ים נָכְרִיּ֑וֹת 1 adding to the guilt of Israel See how you translated this expression in [10:2](../10/02.md). Alternate translation: “and have married foreign women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 10 11 m0l7 figs-idiom וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה תְּנ֥וּ תוֹדָ֛ה לַ⁠יהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵֽי־אֲבֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 separate yourselves In this context, **give praise** is an idiom that means “make confession.” The two ideas are closely related because, as one praises God for his holiness, at the same time one acknowledges one's own lack of holiness. Alternate translation: “confess to Yahweh, the God of your ancestors, that you have sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 10 11 b2x3 figs-metaphor אֱלֹהֵֽי־אֲבֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 separate yourselves **Fathers** here figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “the God of your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 11 b2x3 figs-metaphor אֱלֹהֵֽי־אֲבֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 separate yourselves **Fathers** here means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “the God of your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 11 man9 figs-metaphor וַ⁠עֲשׂ֣וּ רְצוֹנ֑⁠וֹ וְ⁠הִבָּֽדְלוּ֙ מֵ⁠עַמֵּ֣י הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ וּ⁠מִן־הַ⁠נָּשִׁ֖ים הַ⁠נָּכְרִיּֽוֹת 1 separate yourselves With regard to the other people groups, the word **separate** means ending the alliances that had been formed with them by marriage. With regard to the foreign wives, it is a figurative term for divorce. Alternate translation: “and obey him by divorcing and sending away your foreign wives, and thereby breaking the alliances you have formed with the other people groups living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 11 eyne figs-idiom מֵ⁠עַמֵּ֣י הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 separate yourselves This expression refers to the other people groups who were living in and around the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “from the other people groups that are living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 10 11 ofga figs-quotemarks הַ⁠נָּשִׁ֖ים הַ⁠נָּכְרִיּֽוֹת 1 separate yourselves After this phrase, the book ends its quotation of what Ezra said to the assembly on this occasion. If you decided in [10:10](../10/10.md) to mark his words as a quotation, you should indicate their ending here with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
@ -1251,13 +1251,13 @@ EZR 10 14 wybo figs-idiom הַ⁠הֹשִׁ֞יב נָשִׁ֤ים נָכְרִ
EZR 10 14 yewp figs-activepassive לְ⁠עִתִּ֣ים מְזֻמָּנִ֔ים 1 at the appointed time with the elders and judges of each of their cities If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “at times that you set for each one” or “when you have arranged for them to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 10 14 wvv6 figs-idiom וְ⁠עִמָּ⁠הֶ֛ם זִקְנֵי־עִ֥יר וָ⁠עִ֖יר וְ⁠שֹׁפְטֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 at the appointed time with the elders and judges of each of their cities The phrase **city by city** is an idiom that means “each city.” Alternate translation: “with the elders and magistrates of each city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 10 14 n0xr figs-idiom חֲר֤וֹן אַף־אֱלֹהֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ 1 at the appointed time with the elders and judges of each of their cities The idiom **burning of the nose** refers to being angry. Alternate translation: “our God's anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 10 14 qdri figs-metaphor עַ֠ד לְ⁠הָשִׁ֞יב חֲר֤וֹן אַף־אֱלֹהֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ עַ֖ד לַ⁠דָּבָ֥ר הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 at the appointed time with the elders and judges of each of their cities When someone’s anger is **turned back**, that means figuratively that the person is no longer angry. Alternate translation: “until our God is no longer angry with us for disobeying in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 14 qdri figs-metaphor עַ֠ד לְ⁠הָשִׁ֞יב חֲר֤וֹן אַף־אֱלֹהֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ עַ֖ד לַ⁠דָּבָ֥ר הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 at the appointed time with the elders and judges of each of their cities When someone’s anger is **turned back**, that means that the person is no longer angry. Alternate translation: “until our God is no longer angry with us for disobeying in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 14 cs93 figs-quotemarks לַ⁠דָּבָ֥ר הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 at the appointed time with the elders and judges of each of their cities After this phrase, the book ends its quotation of what the assembly replied to Ezra on this occasion. If you decided in [10:12](../10/12.md) to mark their words as a quotation, you should indicate their ending here with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EZR 10 15 arho grammar-connect-exceptions אַ֣ךְ 1 Jonathan … Asahel … Jahzeiah … Tikvah … Meshullam … Shabbethai The word **only** indicates that the sentence it introduces makes an exception from the larger group that was mentioned before. In [10:12](../10/12.md) it appeared that the whole group was in agreement, but now we find out that there were four men who did not agree. Use a natural way to indicate this contrast that makes it clear that there were two men who opposed the idea, then two more joined them in opposing the idea. Alternate translation: “But a few, namely,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
EZR 10 15 z2yc figs-explicit יוֹנָתָ֧ן…וְ⁠יַחְזְיָ֥ה…עָמְד֣וּ עַל־זֹ֑את וּ⁠מְשֻׁלָּ֛ם וְ⁠שַׁבְּתַ֥י…עֲזָרֻֽ⁠ם 1 Jonathan … Asahel … Jahzeiah … Tikvah … Meshullam … Shabbethai The implication is that while these four men spoke up in the assembly against investigating who among the Israelites had married foreign wives, their protests were unsuccessful. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jonathan … and Jahzeiah … did not want the community to investigate who had married foreign women. And Meshullam and Shabbethai … supported them, but they were not able to convince the assembly” Alternatively, you could express this idea at the beginning of verse 16. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 10 15 piy5 translate-names יוֹנָתָ֧ן בֶּן־עֲשָׂהאֵ֛ל 1 Jonathan … Asahel … Jahzeiah … Tikvah … Meshullam … Shabbethai **Jonathan** is the name of a man, and **Asahel** is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 10 15 i7li translate-names וְ⁠יַחְזְיָ֥ה בֶן־תִּקְוָ֖ה 1 Jonathan … Asahel … Jahzeiah … Tikvah … Meshullam … Shabbethai **Jahzeiah** is the name of a man, and **Tikvah** is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 10 15 sl99 figs-metaphor עָמְד֣וּ עַל־זֹ֑את 1 Jonathan son of Asahel and Jahzeiah son of Tikvah opposed this Here, **stood against** something means figuratively to have opposed it. Alternate translation: “did not want the community to investigate who had married foreign women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 15 sl99 figs-metaphor עָמְד֣וּ עַל־זֹ֑את 1 Jonathan son of Asahel and Jahzeiah son of Tikvah opposed this Here, **stood against** something means to have opposed it. Alternate translation: “did not want the community to investigate who had married foreign women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 15 uu1e translate-names וּ⁠מְשֻׁלָּ֛ם וְ⁠שַׁבְּתַ֥י 1 Jonathan son of Asahel and Jahzeiah son of Tikvah opposed this These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 10 16 jyy9 figs-abstractnouns וַ⁠יַּֽעֲשׂוּ־כֵן֮ בְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠גּוֹלָה֒ 1 did this See how you translated the expression **the sons of the exile** in [10:7](../10/07.md). Alternate translation: “So the Jews who had returned to their homeland did what their assembly had decided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZR 10 16 clh3 figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּֽעֲשׂוּ־כֵן֮ בְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠גּוֹלָה֒ 1 did this Since only a few were opposed to the plan, the larger group of Israelites agreed to do it. If it would be helpful in your language, you might want to express this implied information here. Alternate translation: “But since only these few opposed the plan, the group of Israelites who had returned from exile decided to do it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1267,7 +1267,7 @@ EZR 10 16 soo5 figs-distinguish עֶזְרָ֨א הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֜ן 1 did thi
EZR 10 16 brup figs-metaphor וַ⁠יֵּשְׁב֗וּ 1 did this While it is likely that these leaders conducted their inquiry while sitting down, **sat down** here is a figurative way of saying “convened” or “met to do business.” Alternate translation: “They came back together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 16 c2z7 translate-hebrewmonths בְּ⁠י֤וֹם אֶחָד֙ לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָ⁠עֲשִׂירִ֔י 1 the first day of the tenth month You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the numbers of the Hebrew day and month. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the tenth month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
EZR 10 16 waht translate-ordinal בְּ⁠י֤וֹם אֶחָד֙ לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָ⁠עֲשִׂירִ֔י 1 the first day of the tenth month The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **one**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, “first,” in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of days, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the tenth month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EZR 10 16 tpyq figs-metaphor לְ⁠דַרְי֖וֹשׁ הַ⁠דָּבָֽר 1 the first day of the tenth month Here, **seek out** figuratively means to “investigate.” Alternate translation: “to make a list of who had married foreign women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 16 tpyq figs-metaphor לְ⁠דַרְי֖וֹשׁ הַ⁠דָּבָֽר 1 the first day of the tenth month Here, **seek out** means to “investigate.” Alternate translation: “to make a list of who had married foreign women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 17 i02i figs-idiom וַ⁠יְכַלּ֣וּ בַ⁠כֹּ֔ל אֲנָשִׁ֕ים 1 first day of the first month **Finished with** is an idiom here. Alternate translation: “they succeeded in identifying all the men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 10 17 gtyy figs-idiom הַ⁠הֹשִׁ֖יבוּ נָשִׁ֣ים נָכְרִיּ֑וֹת 1 first day of the first month See how you translated this expression in [10:2](../10/02.md). Alternate translation: “who had married foreign women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 10 17 kgk5 translate-hebrewmonths עַ֛ד י֥וֹם אֶחָ֖ד לַ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשֽׁוֹן 1 first day of the first month You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the numbers of the Hebrew day and month. Alternate translation: “by the first day of the first month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
@ -1276,18 +1276,18 @@ EZR 10 17 zib9 figs-infostructure עַ֛ד י֥וֹם אֶחָ֖ד לַ⁠חֹ֥
EZR 10 18 rqg8 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּמָּצֵא֙ מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י 1 Jeshua If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. “The clan leaders identified some men from among” Alternate translation: (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 10 18 vpyw figs-idiom מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֔ים 1 Jeshua Here, **sons of** is a figurative expression that means “descendants of.” These men are all descendants of men who had been priests in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “among the descendants of the priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 10 18 w0rr figs-idiom אֲשֶׁ֥ר הֹשִׁ֖יבוּ נָשִׁ֣ים נָכְרִיּ֑וֹת 1 Jeshua See how you translated this expression in [10:2](../10/02.md). Alternate translation: “who had married foreign women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 10 18 sf5b figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנֵ֨י יֵשׁ֤וּעַ בֶּן־יֽוֹצָדָק֙ וְ⁠אֶחָ֔י⁠ו 1 Maaseiah … Gedaliah Here, **the sons of Jeshua** figuratively means “the descendants of Jeshua,” since Jeshua lived many years before this time, but **son of Jozadak** is literal because Jeshua was the biological son of Jozadak. **Brothers** could mean biological brothers, but it is more likely that it refers figuratively to relatives. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Jeshua the son of Jozadak and his relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 18 sf5b figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנֵ֨י יֵשׁ֤וּעַ בֶּן־יֽוֹצָדָק֙ וְ⁠אֶחָ֔י⁠ו 1 Maaseiah … Gedaliah Here, **the sons of Jeshua** means “the descendants of Jeshua,” since Jeshua lived many years before this time, but **son of Jozadak** is literal because Jeshua was the biological son of Jozadak. **Brothers** could mean biological brothers, but it is more likely that it refers to relatives. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Jeshua the son of Jozadak and his relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 18 pp5e translate-names מַֽעֲשֵׂיָה֙ וֶֽ⁠אֱלִיעֶ֔זֶר וְ⁠יָרִ֖יב וּ⁠גְדַלְיָֽה 1 Eliezer … Jarib These are the names of four men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 10 19 xu0s grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יִּתְּנ֥וּ 1 Eliezer … Jarib Here the word **So** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result, they gave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 10 19 w25u translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּתְּנ֥וּ יָדָ֖⁠ם 1 Eliezer … Jarib This means that the men shook hands with the clan leaders to signify that they were making a promise. Alternate translation: “So they shook hands in pledge” or “So they grasped hands with their leaders as a sign of promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EZR 10 19 v518 figs-idiom לְ⁠הוֹצִ֣יא נְשֵׁי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 Eliezer … Jarib As in [10:3](../10/03.md), **to cause to go out** is a Hebrew idiom that means to divorce and send away. Alternate translation: “that they would divorce their wives and send them away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 10 19 i4ab figs-ellipsis וַ⁠אֲשֵׁמִ֥ים אֵֽיל־צֹ֖אן עַל־אַשְׁמָתָֽ⁠ם 1 Eliezer … Jarib Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “and that they would sacrifice a ram from their flocks as a guilt offering, since the clan leaders had found them guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EZR 10 19 ldbc figs-extrainfo אֵֽיל־צֹ֖אן 1 Eliezer … Jarib A **flock** is a group of small animals such as sheep or goats. If it is unnecessary or unnatural to say that the **ram** was from a flock, then you can just say that it was a ram, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
EZR 10 20 d98p figs-metaphor וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י אִמֵּ֔ר 1 Immer Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Immer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 20 d98p figs-metaphor וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י אִמֵּ֔ר 1 Immer Here, **sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Immer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 20 re8v translate-names חֲנָ֖נִי וּ⁠זְבַדְיָֽה 1 Hanani These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 10 21 hqu7 figs-metaphor וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֖י חָרִ֑ם 1 Harim Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “And from the descendants of Harim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 21 hqu7 figs-metaphor וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֖י חָרִ֑ם 1 Harim Here, **sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “And from the descendants of Harim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 21 vq5r translate-names מַעֲשֵׂיָ֤ה וְ⁠אֵֽלִיָּה֙ וּֽ⁠שְׁמַֽעְיָ֔ה וִ⁠יחִיאֵ֖ל וְ⁠עֻזִיָּֽה 1 Maaseiah These are the names of five men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 10 22 bs2z figs-metaphor וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֖י פַּשְׁח֑וּר 1 Pashhur Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “And from the descendants of Pashhur” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 22 bs2z figs-metaphor וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֖י פַּשְׁח֑וּר 1 Pashhur Here, **sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “And from the descendants of Pashhur” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 22 yf1x translate-names אֶלְיוֹעֵינַ֤י מַֽעֲשֵׂיָה֙ יִשְׁמָעֵ֣אל נְתַנְאֵ֔ל יוֹזָבָ֖ד וְ⁠אֶלְעָשָֽׂה 1 Elioenai … Maaseiah … Nethanel … Elasah These are the names of six men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 10 23 ef8q translate-names הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֑ם 1 General Information: See how you translated **Levites** in [2:40](../02/40.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 10 23 y5l2 translate-names יוֹזָבָ֣ד וְ⁠שִׁמְעִ֗י וְ⁠קֵֽלָיָה֙ ה֣וּא קְלִיטָ֔א פְּתַֽחְיָ֥ה יְהוּדָ֖ה וֶ⁠אֱלִיעֶֽזֶר 1 Jozabad These are the names of six men and an alternate name for one of them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1296,24 +1296,24 @@ EZR 10 24 cg6w translate-names אֶלְיָשִׁ֑יב 1 Eliashib **Eliashib**
EZR 10 24 zd2i הַ⁠שֹּׁ֣עֲרִ֔ים 1 Eliashib The term **gatekeepers** refers to the same occupational group as in [2:42](../02/42.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful.
EZR 10 24 dsd1 translate-names שַׁלֻּ֥ם וָ⁠טֶ֖לֶם וְ⁠אוּרִֽי 1 Shallum These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 10 25 edlz figs-explicit וּ⁠מִֽ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 Parosh All of the men in the lists in this chapter were Israelites. So the phrase **from Israel** refers to the other Israelite men who did not belong to the clans or groups mentioned in the previous lists. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could make this clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “These were from the rest of the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 10 25 frh1 figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֡שׁ 1 Parosh Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Parosh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 25 frh1 figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֡שׁ 1 Parosh Here, **sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Parosh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 25 y951 translate-names רַ֠מְיָה וְ⁠יִזִּיָּ֤ה וּ⁠מַלְכִּיָּה֙ וּ⁠מִיָּמִ֣ן וְ⁠אֶלְעָזָ֔ר וּ⁠מַלְכִּיָּ֖ה וּ⁠בְנָיָֽה 1 Eleazar These are the names of seven men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 10 26 n4c3 figs-metaphor וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֖י עֵילָ֑ם 1 General Information: Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 26 n4c3 figs-metaphor וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֖י עֵילָ֑ם 1 General Information: Here, **sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 26 xd7i translate-names מַתַּנְיָ֤ה זְכַרְיָה֙ וִ⁠יחִיאֵ֣ל וְ⁠עַבְדִּ֔י וִ⁠ירֵמ֖וֹת וְ⁠אֵלִיָּֽה 1 Elam These are the names of six men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 10 27 t24c figs-metaphor וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֖י זַתּ֑וּא 1 Zattu Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Zattu” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 27 t24c figs-metaphor וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֖י זַתּ֑וּא 1 Zattu Here, **sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Zattu” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 27 x1id translate-names אֶלְיוֹעֵנַ֤י אֶלְיָשִׁיב֙ מַתַּנְיָ֣ה וִֽ⁠ירֵמ֔וֹת וְ⁠זָבָ֖ד וַ⁠עֲזִיזָֽא 1 Elioenai These are the names of six men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 10 28 h43s figs-metaphor וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֖י בֵּבָ֑י 1 Bebai Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Bebai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 28 h43s figs-metaphor וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֖י בֵּבָ֑י 1 Bebai Here, **sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Bebai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 28 jfh1 translate-names יְהוֹחָנָ֥ן חֲנַנְיָ֖ה זַבַּ֥י עַתְלָֽי 1 Jehohanan These are the names of four men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 10 29 n4fe figs-metaphor וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֖י בָּנִ֑י 1 Bani Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bani” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 29 n4fe figs-metaphor וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֖י בָּנִ֑י 1 Bani Here, **sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bani” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 29 j32x translate-names מְשֻׁלָּ֤ם מַלּוּךְ֙ וַ⁠עֲדָיָ֔ה יָשׁ֖וּב וּ⁠שְׁאָ֥ל ירמות 1 Meshullam These are the names of six men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 10 30 gmx3 figs-metaphor וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֛י פַּחַ֥ת מוֹאָ֖ב 1 General Information: Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Pahath-Moab” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 30 gmx3 figs-metaphor וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֛י פַּחַ֥ת מוֹאָ֖ב 1 General Information: Here, **sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Pahath-Moab” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 30 phn5 translate-names עַדְנָ֣א וּ⁠כְלָ֑ל בְּנָיָ֤ה מַעֲשֵׂיָה֙ מַתַּנְיָ֣ה בְצַלְאֵ֔ל וּ⁠בִנּ֖וּי וּ⁠מְנַשֶּֽׁה 1 Pahath-Moab These are the names of eight men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 10 31 xr3u figs-metaphor וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י חָרִ֑ם 1 Malkijah Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Harim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 31 xr3u figs-metaphor וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י חָרִ֑ם 1 Malkijah Here, **sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Harim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 31 z6j4 translate-names אֱלִיעֶ֧זֶר יִשִּׁיָּ֛ה מַלְכִּיָּ֖ה שְׁמַֽעְיָ֥ה שִׁמְעֽוֹן 1 Harim These are the names of five men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 10 32 gyh9 translate-names בְּנְיָמִ֥ן מַלּ֖וּךְ שְׁמַרְיָֽה 1 Malluk These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 10 33 uek2 figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנֵ֖י חָשֻׁ֑ם 1 General Information: Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Hashum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 33 uek2 figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנֵ֖י חָשֻׁ֑ם 1 General Information: Here, **sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Hashum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 33 my1a translate-names חָשֻׁ֑ם מַתְּנַ֤י מַתַּתָּה֙ זָבָ֣ד אֱלִיפֶ֔לֶט יְרֵמַ֥י מְנַשֶּׁ֖ה שִׁמְעִֽי 1 Hashum These are the names of eight men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 10 34 v361 figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י בָנִ֔י 1 Bani Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bani” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 34 v361 figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י בָנִ֔י 1 Bani Here, **sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bani” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 34 yixc translate-names מַעֲדַ֥י עַמְרָ֖ם וְ⁠אוּאֵֽל 1 Bani These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 10 35 pcb9 translate-names בְּנָיָ֥ה בֵדְיָ֖ה כלהי 1 Benaiah These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 10 36 h5e9 translate-names וַנְיָ֥ה מְרֵמ֖וֹת אֶלְיָשִֽׁיב 1 Meremoth These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1324,7 +1324,7 @@ EZR 10 39 maz3 translate-names וְ⁠שֶֽׁלֶמְיָ֥ה וְ⁠נָתָ֖
EZR 10 40 jlxi translate-names מַכְנַדְבַ֥י שָׁשַׁ֖י שָׁרָֽי 1 Adaiah These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 10 41 mf9g translate-names עֲזַרְאֵ֥ל וְ⁠שֶׁלֶמְיָ֖הוּ שְׁמַרְיָֽה 1 General Information: These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 10 42 y5rp translate-names שַׁלּ֥וּם אֲמַרְיָ֖ה יוֹסֵֽף 1 Shallum These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 10 43 cab3 figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנֵ֖י נְב֑וֹ 1 Nebo Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Nebo” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 43 cab3 figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנֵ֖י נְב֑וֹ 1 Nebo Here, **sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Nebo” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 43 tih9 translate-names יְעִיאֵ֤ל מַתִּתְיָה֙ זָבָ֣ד זְבִינָ֔א יַדַּ֥י וְ⁠יוֹאֵ֖ל בְּנָיָֽה 1 Jeiel These are the names of seven men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 10 44 f8ms figs-idiom כָּל־אֵ֕לֶּה נָשְׂא֖וּ נָשִׁ֣ים נָכְרִיּ֑וֹת 1 All of these As in [9:2](../09/02.md), **lifted** is an idiom that means “married.” Alternate translation: “All of these men had married foreign women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 10 44 bri0 figs-explicit וְ⁠יֵ֣שׁ מֵ⁠הֶ֣ם נָשִׁ֔ים וַ⁠יָּשִׂ֖ימוּ בָּנִֽים 1 All of these The implication is that if a foreign wife had borne children, the Israelite husband would send both the wife and her children away, as [10:3](../10/03.md) describes. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Some of the foreign wives had borne children, and the men who had married them divorced them and sent away both them and their children.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

Can't render this file because it is too large.

506
en_tn_16-NEH.tsv
View File

@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ NEH 1 1 abc3 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠שׁוּשַׁ֥ן הַ⁠בִּירָֽה 1
NEH 1 1 abc5 translate-names בְּ⁠שׁוּשַׁ֥ן 1 in Susa This was the name of a royal city of the Persian kings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 1 1 g6dl translate-unknown הַ⁠בִּירָֽה 1 the citadel This means a “castle” or “palace” or “stronghold,” usually inside a city, where a king would live. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 1 2 f2ab translate-names חֲנָ֜נִי 1 Hanani This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 1 2 l6cw חֲנָ֜נִי אֶחָ֧ד 1 one of my brothers The term **brother** is often used figuratively in this book, but here it most likely means that Hanani was Nehemiah’s biological brother.
NEH 1 2 l6cw חֲנָ֜נִי אֶחָ֧ד 1 one of my brothers The term **brother** is often used in this book, but here it most likely means that Hanani was Nehemiah’s biological brother.
NEH 1 2 abc7 figs-gendernotations ה֥וּא וַ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֖ים 1 he and men This was a delegation that had come from one Jewish community to visit another Jewish community in another part of the world. So it’s possible that it included women as well as men. Alternate translation: “along with some other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
NEH 1 2 lg14 translate-names מִֽ⁠יהוּדָ֑ה 1 from Judah Judah was formerly the southern kingdom of the Israelites. It was now a Persian province. Alternate translation: “the province of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 1 2 abc9 figs-parallelism הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֧ים הַ⁠פְּלֵיטָ֛ה אֲשֶֽׁר־נִשְׁאֲר֥וּ מִן־הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖בִי 1 the Jews who escaped, who were left behind from the captivity These two phrases mean the same thing. Nehemiah uses them together for clarity to describe one particular group of people, and perhaps also to express his particular concern for them. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had escaped the exile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@ -40,16 +40,16 @@ NEH 1 5 ab47 figs-parallelism שֹׁמֵ֤ר הַ⁠בְּרִית֙ וָ⁠חֶ
NEH 1 5 ab49 figs-parallelism לְ⁠אֹהֲבָ֖י⁠ו וּ⁠לְ⁠שֹׁמְרֵ֥י מִצְוֺתָֽי⁠ו 1 to those who love him and to those who keep his commandments Nehemiah is not describing two different groups. These phrases mean similar things. The repetition is used for clarity and emphasis. Nehemiah says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to express that those who love God show this by keeping his commandments. You can translate this so that it is clear that these words describe one group. Alternate translation: “those who love you and keep your commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NEH 1 5 zc64 figs-123person לְ⁠אֹהֲבָ֖י⁠ו וּ⁠לְ⁠שֹׁמְרֵ֥י מִצְוֺתָֽי⁠ו 1 to those who love him and to those who keep his commandments Since Nehemiah is speaking to Yahweh, the pronouns “him” and “his” can be translated as “you” and “your.” Alternate translation: “who love you and keep your commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
NEH 1 6 ab51 figs-parallelism תְּהִ֣י נָ֣א אָזְנְ⁠ךָֽ־קַשֶּׁ֣בֶת וְֽ⁠עֵינֶ֪י⁠ךָ פְתֻוּח֟וֹת 1 Please let your ear be attentive and your eyes opened These two phrases mean similar things. Nehemiah says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to urge God to pay attention to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “pay attention to me,” otherwise “please listen to me and look at me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NEH 1 6 ab53 figs-metonymy אָזְנְ⁠ךָֽ־קַשֶּׁ֣בֶת 1 your ear be attentive This request for God’s ear to be attentive refers figuratively to the action of listening. In this context, Nehemiah is asking God to listen to his prayer, with the intention that God would do something about the bad situation in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 1 6 g947 figs-metonymy וְֽ⁠עֵינֶ֪י⁠ךָ פְתֻוּח֟וֹת 1 and your eyes opened This request for God’s eyes to be open refers figuratively to the action of seeing. Seeing is a metaphor meaning knowledge, perception, notice, attention, or judgment. In this case, Nehemiah is asking God to pay attention both to him and to the problem in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 1 6 ab53 figs-metonymy אָזְנְ⁠ךָֽ־קַשֶּׁ֣בֶת 1 your ear be attentive This request for God’s ear to be attentive refers to the action of listening. In this context, Nehemiah is asking God to listen to his prayer, with the intention that God would do something about the bad situation in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 1 6 g947 figs-metonymy וְֽ⁠עֵינֶ֪י⁠ךָ פְתֻוּח֟וֹת 1 and your eyes opened This request for God’s eyes to be open refers to the action of seeing. Seeing is a metaphor meaning knowledge, perception, notice, attention, or judgment. In this case, Nehemiah is asking God to pay attention both to him and to the problem in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 1 6 qjf3 figs-123person תְּפִלַּ֣ת עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֡ 1 the prayer of your servant Nehemiah uses the word servant to refer to himself. This is how a person would address a superior in order to show humility and respect. Alternate translation: “my prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
NEH 1 6 ab55 figs-metonymy מִתְפַּלֵּ֨ל לְ⁠פָנֶ֤י⁠ךָ 1 am praying before your face Here **face** is a metonym for the action of seeing, which is figurative way of referring to a person’s notice or attention to something. Nehemiah is repeating the fact that he is praying in order to bring these matters to God’s notice or attention. Alternate translation: “praying to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 1 6 ab57 figs-idiom הַ⁠יּוֹם֙ 1 today This does not necessarily mean on this particular day, but at this time. Alternate translation: “right now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 1 6 v8gx figs-merism הַ⁠יּוֹם֙ יוֹמָ֣ם וָ⁠לַ֔יְלָה 1 day and night When Nehemiah says that he has prayed both during the day and during the night, he means that he has also prayed at all times in between, that is, constantly. However, he does not mean that he has prayed non-stop all day long and all night long, without doing any other activities such as sleeping or eating. Alternate translation: “constantly,” otherwise “during the day and at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
NEH 1 6 ab59 figs-gendernotations בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 the sons of Israel Here **sons** figuratively means **descendants.** Alternate translation: “on behalf of the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
NEH 1 6 ab59 figs-gendernotations בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 the sons of Israel Here **sons** means **descendants.** Alternate translation: “on behalf of the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
NEH 1 6 ab61 figs-metaphor עֲבָדֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 your servants In this context, the word **servants** refers to the special role that the people of Israel had in the world as a model community of God’s followers. Alternate translation: “your chosen people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 1 6 ab63 figs-gendernotations וּ⁠מִתְוַדֶּ֗ה עַל־חַטֹּ֤אות בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר חָטָ֣אנוּ לָ֔⁠ךְ 1 confessing on account of the sins of the sons of Israel that we have sinned against you Here again **sons** means **descendants** and the phrase refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “I must confess the sins that we, the people of Israel, have committed against you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
NEH 1 6 bxj6 figs-metonymy וַ⁠אֲנִ֥י וּ⁠בֵית־אָבִ֖⁠י חָטָֽאנוּ 1 Even I and the house of my father, we have sinned Among the Israelites, the expression **father’s house** or **house of the father** originally described an extended-family group who lived together. It later came to be used more generally to refer to a larger clan within a tribe. In this expression, the word **house** figuratively describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants as if they were one household living together. However, since Nehemiah is stressing his sense of personal responsibility here and identifying closely with the people in this group, he may be using the term in its original sense to refer to his nearest relatives. Alternate translation: “Both I and my family have also sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 1 6 bxj6 figs-metonymy וַ⁠אֲנִ֥י וּ⁠בֵית־אָבִ֖⁠י חָטָֽאנוּ 1 Even I and the house of my father, we have sinned Among the Israelites, the expression **father’s house** or **house of the father** originally described an extended-family group who lived together. It later came to be used more generally to refer to a larger clan within a tribe. In this expression, the word **house** describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants as if they were one household living together. However, since Nehemiah is stressing his sense of personal responsibility here and identifying closely with the people in this group, he may be using the term in its original sense to refer to his nearest relatives. Alternate translation: “Both I and my family have also sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 1 7 ab65 figs-parallelism חֲבֹ֖ל חָבַ֣לְנוּ לָ֑⁠ךְ 1 With extreme corruption we have acted corruptly against you The repetition here is used for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. you could combine them into one phrase, with a word like **very** to convey emphasis. Alternate translation: “We have acted very corruptly toward you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NEH 1 7 ryci figs-abstractnouns חֲבֹ֖ל חָבַ֣לְנוּ לָ֑⁠ךְ 1 With extreme corruption we have acted corruptly against you You can translate the idea of the abstract noun **corruption** with a verb such as **sinned.** Alternate translation: “We have sinned very much against you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NEH 1 7 ab67 figs-doublet אֶת־הַ⁠מִּצְוֺ֗ת וְ⁠אֶת־הַֽ⁠חֻקִּים֙ וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠מִּשְׁפָּטִ֔ים 1 the commandments, and the statutes, and the judgments These three words mean basically the same thing. Nehemiah uses the repetition to emphasize how comprehensively the Israelites have disobeyed what God commanded them through Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine them into a single phrase. Alternate translation: “the law of Moses” otherwise “the commands and rules and laws” (Note: A doublet can involve the use of more than two words.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ NEH 1 10 ax91 figs-metaphor וּ⁠בְ⁠יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ הַ⁠חֲזָקָ
NEH 1 11 ab93 figs-exclamations אָנָּ֣א 1 Ah! As in [1:5](../01/05.md), Nehemiah uses this word to call on God with strong feeling. Alternate translation: “O” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
NEH 1 11 ab95 אֲדֹנָ֗⁠י תְּהִ֣י נָ֣א אָזְנְ⁠ךָֽ־קַ֠שֶּׁבֶת אֶל־תְּפִלַּ֨ת עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֜ 1 My Lord, please let your ear be attentive to the prayer of your servant Nehemiah calls himself a **servant** and he calls God his **Lord** because this is how a person in his culture would address a superior in order to show humility and respect. See how you translated this in [1:6](../01/06.md).
NEH 1 11 ab97 translate-names אֲדֹנָ֗⁠י 1 Lord This term in Hebrew can be understood as either a noun with a pronoun suffix (“my Lord”) or as a simple title (“Lord”). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 1 11 ab99 figs-metonymy תְּהִ֣י נָ֣א אָזְנְ⁠ךָֽ־קַ֠שֶּׁבֶת 1 let your ear be attentive As in [1:6](../01/06.md), this phrase refers figuratively to the action of listening. Alternate translation: “please pay careful attention.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 1 11 ab99 figs-metonymy תְּהִ֣י נָ֣א אָזְנְ⁠ךָֽ־קַ֠שֶּׁבֶת 1 let your ear be attentive As in [1:6](../01/06.md), this phrase refers to the action of listening. Alternate translation: “please pay careful attention.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 1 11 jjm7 figs-123person תְּפִלַּ֨ת עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֜ 1 the prayer of your servant Alternate translation: “to my prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
NEH 1 11 j433 תְּפִלַּ֣ת עֲבָדֶ֗י⁠ךָ 1 the prayer of your servants Here, **servants** refers to the rest of the Israelite people who were also praying for Yahweh to act on behalf of his people and on behalf of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “and to the prayers of my fellow Israelites”
NEH 1 11 hk3z figs-metonymy הַֽ⁠חֲפֵצִים֙ לְ⁠יִרְאָ֣ה אֶת־שְׁמֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 the ones who delight to fear your name Here, **name** represents Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “who are glad to honor you” or “who are eager to uphold your reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ NEH 2 3 a45b figs-synecdoche מַדּ֜וּעַ לֹא־יֵרְע֣וּ פָנ
NEH 2 3 a47b figs-idiom מַדּ֜וּעַ לֹא־יֵרְע֣וּ פָנַ֗⁠י 1 Why should not my face be evil Here, **unpleasant** refers to a person looking sad or upset. Alternate translation: “I have very good reasons to be sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 2 3 a49b figs-explicit הָ⁠עִ֜יר…חֲרֵבָ֔ה 1 the city … is desolate **The city** means Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the city of Jerusalem … lies in ruins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 2 3 ehz3 figs-metaphor בֵּית־קִבְר֤וֹת אֲבֹתַ⁠י֙ 1 the house of the graves of my fathers Here, **house** is a figurative way of referring to a place. Alternate translation: “the place where my ancestors are buried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 2 3 a51b figs-metonymy בֵּית־קִבְר֤וֹת אֲבֹתַ⁠י֙ 1 the house of the graves of my fathers Here, **fathers** figuratively means **ancestors.** Alternate translation: “the place where my ancestors are buried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 2 3 a51b figs-metonymy בֵּית־קִבְר֤וֹת אֲבֹתַ⁠י֙ 1 the house of the graves of my fathers Here, **fathers** means **ancestors.** Alternate translation: “the place where my ancestors are buried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 2 3 g7f4 figs-activepassive וּ⁠שְׁעָרֶ֖י⁠הָ אֻכְּל֥וּ בָ⁠אֵֽשׁ 1 its gates have been consumed by fire If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “fire has destroyed its gates” or “our enemies have burned its gates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 2 4 a53b עַל־מַה־זֶּ֖ה אַתָּ֣ה מְבַקֵּ֑שׁ 1 For what is this you are seeking? Alternate translation: “What do you want me to do for you”
NEH 2 4 a55b figs-explicit וָֽ⁠אֶתְפַּלֵּ֔ל 1 And I prayed The implication is that Nehemiah prayed to God before he answered the king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Before I answered him, I prayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ NEH 2 4 a57b אֱלֹהֵ֖י הַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם 1 the God of heaven A
NEH 2 5 uv1p וָ⁠אֹמַ֣ר לַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 And I said to the king Alternate translation: “Then I replied to the king”
NEH 2 5 a59b figs-idiom אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ ט֔וֹב 1 If it is good to the king This is an idiom that means, “If it seems good in your judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 2 5 a61b figs-123person אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ ט֔וֹב 1 If it is good to the king Nehemiah speaks to the king in third person as a form of respect. Alternate translation: “If it seems good in your judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
NEH 2 5 ae4b figs-synecdoche וְ⁠אִם־יִיטַ֥ב עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֖ לְ⁠פָנֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 and if your servant is good before your face Here, **face** could be referring figuratively to the king himself by naming one part of him. What he thought and felt about Nehemiah’s request would become evident in his face first, so that would be an appropriate part of him to use to represent all of him. Another possibility is that **face** figuratively means the presence of a person. Alternate translation: “if you are pleased with me” or “as I stand here before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 2 5 ae4b figs-synecdoche וְ⁠אִם־יִיטַ֥ב עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֖ לְ⁠פָנֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 and if your servant is good before your face Here, **face** could be referring to the king himself by naming one part of him. What he thought and felt about Nehemiah’s request would become evident in his face first, so that would be an appropriate part of him to use to represent all of him. Another possibility is that **face** means the presence of a person. Alternate translation: “if you are pleased with me” or “as I stand here before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 2 5 u2zy figs-123person וְ⁠אִם־יִיטַ֥ב עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֖ לְ⁠פָנֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 your servant Nehemiah refers to himself as **your servant** to show his submission to the king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
NEH 2 5 a63b figs-idiom אֲשֶׁ֧ר תִּשְׁלָחֵ֣⁠נִי אֶל־יְהוּדָ֗ה 1 that you would send me to Judah Nehemiah is really asking for permission to go, rather than asking the king to send him. But as a sign of respect, he speaks as if the king would be taking the initiative. Alternate translation: “please allow me to go to Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 2 5 df8l עִ֛יר קִבְר֥וֹת אֲבֹתַ֖⁠י 1 the city of the graves of my fathers This is similar to [2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “the city where my ancestors are buried”
@ -150,10 +150,10 @@ NEH 2 8 a93b שֹׁמֵ֨ר 1 the keeper of Alternate translation: “the man w
NEH 2 8 a95b figs-explicit הַ⁠פַּרְדֵּ֜ס אֲשֶׁ֣ר לַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ 1 the forest that belongs to the king The implication is that this forest was near where Nehemiah was going to need the wood. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “your royal forest in that area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 2 8 a97b figs-123person הַ⁠פַּרְדֵּ֜ס אֲשֶׁ֣ר לַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ 1 the forest that belongs to the king Nehemiah addresses the king in the third person as a sign of respect. Alternate translation: “your royal forest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
NEH 2 8 a99b אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִתֶּן־לִ֣⁠י עֵצִ֡ים 1 that he will give to me timbers Alternate translation: “Please tell him to give me timber”
NEH 2 8 ac11 figs-metonymy הַ⁠בִּירָ֤ה אֲשֶׁר־לַ⁠בַּ֨יִת֙ 1 the citadel, which is for the house As in [1:1](../01/01.md), **citadel** refers to a fortress or stronghold. “House” here figuratively describes the temple as the “house” where God lives. Alternate translation: “the fortress that is near the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 2 8 ac11 figs-metonymy הַ⁠בִּירָ֤ה אֲשֶׁר־לַ⁠בַּ֨יִת֙ 1 the citadel, which is for the house As in [1:1](../01/01.md), **citadel** refers to a fortress or stronghold. “House” here describes the temple as the “house” where God lives. Alternate translation: “the fortress that is near the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 2 8 ac13 וְ⁠לַ⁠בַּ֖יִת אֲשֶׁר־אָב֣וֹא אֵלָ֑י⁠ו 1 and for the house into which I will enter Alternate translation: “and for the house that I will live in”
NEH 2 8 ac15 וַ⁠יִּתֶּן־לִ֣⁠י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 And the king gave to me Alternate translation: “The king agreed to all of my requests”
NEH 2 8 w91s figs-metaphor כְּ⁠יַד־אֱלֹהַ֖⁠י הַ⁠טּוֹבָ֥ה עָלָֽ⁠י 1 according to the good hand of my God upon me Here, **hand** figuratively represents strength, power, control, or action. In this context, the expression means that God acted toward Nehemiah in a positive and favorable manner. Alternate translation: “because God’s favor was upon me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 2 8 w91s figs-metaphor כְּ⁠יַד־אֱלֹהַ֖⁠י הַ⁠טּוֹבָ֥ה עָלָֽ⁠י 1 according to the good hand of my God upon me Here, **hand** represents strength, power, control, or action. In this context, the expression means that God acted toward Nehemiah in a positive and favorable manner. Alternate translation: “because God’s favor was upon me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 2 8 ac17 grammar-connect-logic-result כְּ⁠יַד־אֱלֹהַ֖⁠י הַ⁠טּוֹבָ֥ה עָלָֽ⁠י 1 according to the good hand of my God upon me If it would be helpful in your language, you could give this explanation (the reason) before the result that it accounts for, using a connecting word like “so.” Alternate translation: “God’s favor was upon me, and so the king agreed to all of my requests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
NEH 2 9 ac19 וָֽ⁠אָב֗וֹא אֶֽל־פַּֽחֲווֹת֙ עֵ֣בֶר הַ⁠נָּהָ֔ר 1 And I came to the governors of Beyond-the-River Alternate translation: “When I reached the province Beyond the River, I went to see its governors”
NEH 2 9 ac21 translate-names עֵ֣בֶר הַ⁠נָּהָ֔ר 1 Beyond-the-River This is the name of a Persian province. See how you translated it in [2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -176,11 +176,11 @@ NEH 2 12 ac47 figs-explicit וָ⁠אָק֣וּם ׀ לַ֗יְלָה 1 Then I a
NEH 2 12 ac49 figs-gendernotations אֲנִי֮ וַ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֣ים ׀ מְעַט֮ עִמִּ⁠י֒ 1 myself and a few men with me The word **men** here could conceivably include both men and women. However, for a nighttime mission through the ruins of the city walls, it’s likely that Nehemiah brought along only other men. So in this context you could use a word that indicates that. Alternate translation: “I brought only a few other men with me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
NEH 2 12 ac51 figs-hyperbole וְ⁠לֹא־הִגַּ֣דְתִּי לְ⁠אָדָ֔ם מָ֗ה אֱלֹהַ⁠י֙ נֹתֵ֣ן אֶל־לִבִּ֔⁠י לַ⁠עֲשׂ֖וֹת לִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 1 and I did not tell anyone what my God had been giving to my heart to do for Jerusalem Probably Nehemiah told at least some people, since he brought a few men with him when he went out to inspect the walls. So “not … anyone” might be an exaggeration that emphasizes the secrecy Nehemiah maintained. Alternate translation: “I did not say publicly what God had led me to do for Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
NEH 2 12 ac53 grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠לֹא־הִגַּ֣דְתִּי לְ⁠אָדָ֔ם מָ֗ה אֱלֹהַ⁠י֙ נֹתֵ֣ן אֶל־לִבִּ֔⁠י לַ⁠עֲשׂ֖וֹת לִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 1 and I did not tell anyone If it would be helpful in your language, you could give this explanation before describing Nehemiah’s nighttime mission, because it is the reason that explains the result of him maintaining so much secrecy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
NEH 2 12 s72w figs-metaphor מָ֗ה אֱלֹהַ⁠י֙ נֹתֵ֣ן אֶל־לִבִּ֔⁠י לַ⁠עֲשׂ֖וֹת 1 had put into my heart Here, Nehemiah’s **heart** figuratively represents his thoughts and will. Alternate translation: “what God had inspired me to do” or “what God had led me to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 2 12 s72w figs-metaphor מָ֗ה אֱלֹהַ⁠י֙ נֹתֵ֣ן אֶל־לִבִּ֔⁠י לַ⁠עֲשׂ֖וֹת 1 had put into my heart Here, Nehemiah’s **heart** represents his thoughts and will. Alternate translation: “what God had inspired me to do” or “what God had led me to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 2 12 wd63 figs-explicit וּ⁠בְהֵמָה֙ אֵ֣ין עִמִּ֔⁠י 1 Now there was no animal with me The implication is that this was another measure to maintain secrecy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “To keep things quiet, there were no other animals with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 2 13 au61 figs-synecdoche וָ⁠אֵצְאָ֨⁠ה 1 I went out Even though he brought a few men with him, Nehemiah says “I” because he was the primary person conducting this inspection. In this narrative, he represents the entire group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say “we” in your translation to express this meaning. If your language makes this distinction, “we” would not include the addressee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 2 13 ac55 translate-names בְ⁠שַֽׁעַר־הַ⁠גַּ֜יא 1 at the gate of the valley This is the name of one of the gates of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “at the Valley Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 2 13 az64 figs-metonymy וְ⁠אֶל־פְּנֵי֙ עֵ֣ין הַתַּנִּ֔ין 1 even to the face of the spring of the dragon Here, **face** figuratively means the front of an object. This means that the group passed in front of the well. Alternate translation: “we went past the Dragon Well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 2 13 az64 figs-metonymy וְ⁠אֶל־פְּנֵי֙ עֵ֣ין הַתַּנִּ֔ין 1 even to the face of the spring of the dragon Here, **face** means the front of an object. This means that the group passed in front of the well. Alternate translation: “we went past the Dragon Well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 2 13 pt1h translate-names עֵ֣ין הַתַּנִּ֔ין 1 the spring of the dragon This is the name of a spring-fed well outside Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the Dragon Well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 2 13 mif3 translate-names וְ⁠אֶל־שַׁ֖עַר הָ⁠אַשְׁפֹּ֑ת 1 and to the gate of dung This is the name of another one of the gates of Jerusalem. It seems that rubbish was removed from the city through this gate. Alternate translation: “the Rubbish Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 2 13 ac59 וָ⁠אֱהִ֨י שֹׂבֵ֜ר בְּ⁠חוֹמֹ֤ת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֨ם֙ 1 And I was looking intently at the walls of Jerusalem Alternate translation: “We made a careful inspection of the walls of Jerusalem”
@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ NEH 3 1 ald8 figs-explicit וַ⁠יָּ֡קָם אֶלְיָשִׁיב֩ הַ
NEH 3 1 a37c figs-idiom וַ⁠יָּ֡קָם 1 And … rose up As in [2:18](../02/18.md), **rise up** here means to begin something. Alternate translation: “began to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 3 1 g9az translate-names אֶלְיָשִׁיב֩ 1 Eliashib This is the name of a man. It occurs about a dozen times in the book of Nehemiah. It will be helpful to your readers if you translate it consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 3 1 a39c translate-unknown הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֨ן הַ⁠גָּד֜וֹל 1 the high priest This means that Eliashib was the leader of the priests who conducted worship in the temple and performed many other religious and community functions. Alternate translation: “the priest who was in charge in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 3 1 a40c figs-metaphor וְ⁠אֶחָ֣י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֗ים 1 with his brothers the priests Here, **brother** could mean Eliashib’s biological brothers, but more likely it figuratively refers to the rest of the priests. Alternate translation: “with his fellow priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 3 1 a40c figs-metaphor וְ⁠אֶחָ֣י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֗ים 1 with his brothers the priests Here, **brother** could mean Eliashib’s biological brothers, but more likely it refers to the rest of the priests. Alternate translation: “with his fellow priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 3 1 a43c figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּבְנוּ֙ 1 and they built It is clear from the context that they were not building something brand new. Rather, they were rebuilding the walls that had been knocked down. This expression occurs several times in this chapter. It would be helpful to your readers to translate it consistently. Alternate translation: “rebuilt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 3 1 a45c translate-names שַׁ֣עַר הַ⁠צֹּ֔אן 1 the gate of the sheep This is the name of one of the gates of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the Sheep Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 3 1 a47c translate-symaction הֵ֣מָּה קִדְּשׁ֔וּ⁠הוּ 1 They themselves consecrated it **Consecrate** means to set something apart for a special purpose. The Sheep Gate was the gate closest to the temple. By dedicating it to God, the priests were symbolically dedicating the entire wall to God. The rebuilt wall would define and protect the city of Jerusalem as the place from which God had chosen to start making himself famous throughout the world, as described in [1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ NEH 3 17 yt87 figs-explicit רְח֣וּם בֶּן־בָּנִ֑י 1 Rehum, the
NEH 3 17 a88s translate-names חֲשַׁבְיָ֛ה 1 Hashabiah Hashabiah is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 3 17 yh3z עַל־יָד֣⁠וֹ הֶחֱזִ֗יק חֲשַׁבְיָ֛ה…לְ⁠פִלְכּֽ⁠וֹ 1 at his hand, Hashabiah … strengthened for his district This does not mean that Hashabiah repaired this part of the wall for the benefit of his district, but rather that he did it leading a work party from his district. Alternate translation: “led a work party from his district that repaired the next section of the wall”
NEH 3 17 y3tu translate-names חֲצִי־פֶ֥לֶךְ קְעִילָ֖ה 1 half the district of Keilah This is the name of one of the districts into which the city and the surrounding area were divided. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 3 18 h5qz figs-metaphor הֶחֱזִ֣יקוּ אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 their brothers repaired As in [3:1](../03/01.md), **brother** could mean the biological brothers of the Levites mentioned in [3:17](../03/17.md). However, more likely it figuratively means other Levites. Alternate translation: “some other Levites repaired more of the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 3 18 h5qz figs-metaphor הֶחֱזִ֣יקוּ אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 their brothers repaired As in [3:1](../03/01.md), **brother** could mean the biological brothers of the Levites mentioned in [3:17](../03/17.md). However, more likely it means other Levites. Alternate translation: “some other Levites repaired more of the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 3 18 b6sj figs-ellipsis בַּוַּ֖י בֶּן־חֵנָדָ֑ד שַׂ֕ר חֲצִ֖י פֶּ֥לֶךְ קְעִילָֽה 1 Binnui, the son of Henadad, the administrator for half the district of Keilah Here Nehemiah does not say “at their hand” (next to them) or “strengthened” (repaired another section of the wall). Once again he is leaving out some of what a complete sentence would be expected to contain. you could fill in this information. Alternate translation: “Next to them, Binnui the son of Henadad, who ruled the other half of the district of Keilah, repaired more of the wall.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 3 18 gc2h translate-names בַּוַּ֖י בֶּן־חֵנָדָ֑ד 1 Binnui, the son of Henadad Binnui is the name of a man, and Henadad is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 3 18 ca6t translate-names שַׂ֕ר חֲצִ֖י פֶּ֥לֶךְ קְעִילָֽה 1 the administrator for half the district of Keilah This is the name of one of the districts into which the city and the surrounding area were divided. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ NEH 3 24 k7tj מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית עֲזַרְיָ֔ה עַד־הַ⁠מִּק
NEH 3 24 a61c translate-names עֲזַרְיָ֔ה 1 Azariah Azariah is a man, the same one mentioned in verse 23. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 3 25 q3r3 translate-names פָּלָ֣ל בֶּן־אוּזַי֮ 1 Palal, the son of Uzai Palal is the name of a man, and Uzai is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 3 25 dae6 figs-ellipsis מִ⁠נֶּ֣גֶד הַ⁠מִּקְצוֹעַ֒ וְ⁠הַ⁠מִּגְדָּ֗ל הַ⁠יּוֹצֵא֙ 1 from opposite the angle and the tower projecting Here again, Nehemiah leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “He began at the place opposite the bend in the wall where the watchtower is taller than” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 3 25 pt6e figs-metonymy מִ⁠בֵּ֤ית הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ הָֽ⁠עֶלְי֔וֹן 1 from the upper house of the king Here, it is likely that **house** figuratively means palace, referring to where the king had lived. Alternate translation: “the upper palace of the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 3 25 pt6e figs-metonymy מִ⁠בֵּ֤ית הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ הָֽ⁠עֶלְי֔וֹן 1 from the upper house of the king Here, it is likely that **house** means palace, referring to where the king had lived. Alternate translation: “the upper palace of the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 3 25 isu9 אֲשֶׁ֖ר לַ⁠חֲצַ֣ר הַ⁠מַּטָּרָ֑ה 1 which is by the court of the guard Alternate translation: “That is near the place where the guards stayed”
NEH 3 25 a63c translate-names פְּדָיָ֥ה בֶן־פַּרְעֹֽשׁ 1 Pedaiah, the son of Parosh Pedaiah is the name of a man, and Parosh is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 3 25 d1jm figs-ellipsis פְּדָיָ֥ה בֶן־פַּרְעֹֽשׁ 1 Pedaiah, the son of Parosh Once again Nehemiah leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “Next to him, Pedaiah the son of Parosh repaired a section” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@ -379,9 +379,9 @@ NEH 4 1 rnw3 writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֞י 1 And it happened that Nehemia
NEH 4 1 vfu4 translate-names סַנְבַלַּ֗ט 1 Sanballat This is a man’s name. See how you translated this in [2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 4 1 a71c figs-parallelism וַ⁠יִּ֣חַר ל֔⁠וֹ וַ⁠יִּכְעַ֖ס הַרְבֵּ֑ה 1 And it burned him, and he was very angry These two phrases mean similar things. Nehemiah uses the repetition to emphasize how angry Sanballat was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases and say something like “he became furiously angry” or “he became very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NEH 4 1 s6td figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּ֣חַר ל֔⁠וֹ וַ⁠יִּכְעַ֖ס 1 it burned him, and he was very angry Here Nehemiah says that Sanballat’s anger was a fire that burned inside of him. Alternate translation: “he became furious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 4 2 v3qv figs-metaphor וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר ׀ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י 1 And he spoke before the face of Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. The expression means that Sanballat was speaking personally to the other people who are named. Alternate translation: “He said to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 4 2 a73c figs-metaphor אֶחָ֗י⁠ו 1 his brothers Here, **brother** likely refers figuratively to Sanballat’s fellow officials. Alternate translation: “the other provincial officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 4 2 a75c figs-synecdoche וְ⁠חֵיל֙ שֹֽׁמְר֔וֹן 1 and the army of Samaria Sanballat was not speaking to the entire army. Nehemiah is figuratively using all of something to mean part of it. He is referring to the officers of the army by the name of the entire army. Alternate translation: “the army officers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 4 2 v3qv figs-metaphor וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר ׀ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י 1 And he spoke before the face of Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. The expression means that Sanballat was speaking personally to the other people who are named. Alternate translation: “He said to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 4 2 a73c figs-metaphor אֶחָ֗י⁠ו 1 his brothers Here, **brother** likely refers to Sanballat’s fellow officials. Alternate translation: “the other provincial officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 4 2 a75c figs-synecdoche וְ⁠חֵיל֙ שֹֽׁמְר֔וֹן 1 and the army of Samaria Sanballat was not speaking to the entire army. Nehemiah is using all of something to mean part of it. He is referring to the officers of the army by the name of the entire army. Alternate translation: “the army officers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 4 2 d5n2 figs-rquestion מָ֛ה הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֥ים הָ⁠אֲמֵלָלִ֖ים עֹשִׂ֑ים הֲ⁠יַעַזְב֨וּ לָ⁠הֶ֤ם הֲ⁠יִזְבָּ֨חוּ֙ הַ⁠יְכַלּ֣וּ בַ⁠יּ֔וֹם 1 What are the feeble Jews doing? Will they restore for themselves? Will they sacrifice? Will they finish in a day? Sanballat actually is making a series of statements, not asking a series of questions. He does not expect the officials and officers to tell him what the Jews are doing and whether they will succeed. Instead, he is using the question form to mock the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the ideas in his questions as a series of statements. Alternate translation: “These feeble Jews can accomplish nothing. They will never restore the city for themselves. They will not offer sacrifices. They will not finish the work any time soon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NEH 4 2 r9lb הֲ⁠יִזְבָּ֨חוּ֙ 1 Will they sacrifice? The meaning of this phrase is not entirely clear. It could be that Sanballat is speaking of the Jews offering sacrifices to try to entice God to make their project successful. Alternate translation: “They will not get their God to help them”
NEH 4 2 uk3w figs-idiom הַ⁠יְכַלּ֣וּ בַ⁠יּ֔וֹם 1 Will they finish in a day? In this context, the expression “day” means “a short time.” Alternate translation: “any time soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -398,13 +398,13 @@ NEH 4 4 pgh8 figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠תְנֵ֥⁠ם לְ⁠בִזָּ֖ה ב
NEH 4 5 mc9p figs-parallelism וְ⁠אַל־תְּכַס֙ עַל־עֲוֺנָ֔⁠ם וְ⁠חַטָּאתָ֖⁠ם מִ⁠לְּ⁠פָנֶ֣י⁠ךָ אַל־תִּמָּחֶ֑ה 1 And do not cover over their iniquity, and do not wipe out their sin from before your face These two phrases mean similar things. Nehemiah uses the repetition to emphasize how guilty Sanballat and Tobiah are for opposing the work that God has sent him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “do not ever forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NEH 4 5 zz8h figs-metaphor וְ⁠אַל־תְּכַס֙ עַל־עֲוֺנָ֔⁠ם 1 Do not cover over their iniquity Nehemiah speaks of a person’s sins as if they were an object that could be physically hidden. Alternate translation: “do not forgive their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 4 5 k9rw figs-metaphor וְ⁠חַטָּאתָ֖⁠ם…אַל־תִּמָּחֶ֑ה 1 and do not wipe out their sin Nehemiah speaks of a person’s sins as if they were something written that could be erased. Alternate translation: “do not forget their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 4 5 a79c figs-metaphor מִ⁠לְּ⁠פָנֶ֣י⁠ךָ 1 from before your face Here, **face** figuratively means the action of seeing or a person’s notice or attention. A person can see what is in front of their face, so in this case the expression means, “from where you can see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 4 5 a79c figs-metaphor מִ⁠לְּ⁠פָנֶ֣י⁠ךָ 1 from before your face Here, **face** means the action of seeing or a person’s notice or attention. A person can see what is in front of their face, so in this case the expression means, “from where you can see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 4 5 mbi1 כִּ֥י הִכְעִ֖יסוּ לְ⁠נֶ֥גֶד הַ⁠בּוֹנִֽים 1 for they have provoked anger before the front of the builders This expression could mean one of the following three things: (1) It could mean that they have made God angry by opposing the work he has commanded Nehemiah to do. Alternate translation: “they have made you become angry.” This possibility seems the most likely, since Nehemiah is praying that what these men are trying to do to others will happen to them. (2) It could mean that they have caused others to be angry at the people who are rebuilding the wall. Alternate translation: “they have caused others to be angry at the people who are rebuilding the wall.” (3) It could mean that Sanballat and Tobiah have made the builders angry by mocking them. Alternate translation: “they have made the builders become angry”
NEH 4 6 r475 וַ⁠נִּבְנֶה֙ אֶת־הַ֣⁠חוֹמָ֔ה 1 So we built the wall As in chapter 3, it might be helpful to say “rebuilt.” The Jews were not building something brand new. See the note to [3:1](../03/01.md).
NEH 4 6 mhm5 figs-activepassive וַ⁠תִּקָּשֵׁ֥ר כָּל־הַ⁠חוֹמָ֖ה עַד־חֶצְיָ֑⁠הּ 1 and all the wall was joined together to half its height You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “we filled in the breaks as high as halfway up the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 4 6 a81c figs-explicit וַ⁠תִּקָּשֵׁ֥ר כָּל־הַ⁠חוֹמָ֖ה עַד־חֶצְיָ֑⁠הּ 1 and all the wall was joined together It appears from the context that this likely took some time and perseverance after Sanballat and Tobiah began to mock and oppose the project. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “after some time, we filled in the breaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 4 6 ef8p translate-fraction עַד־חֶצְיָ֑⁠הּ 1 half its height “Half” means one part out of two equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
NEH 4 6 a83c figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְהִ֧י לֵ֦ב לָ⁠עָ֖ם לַ⁠עֲשֽׂוֹת 1 And the heart of the people was for working Here the **heart** figuratively represents the thoughts and the will of the people. Alternate translation: “Everyone was determined to accomplish this.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 4 6 a83c figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְהִ֧י לֵ֦ב לָ⁠עָ֖ם לַ⁠עֲשֽׂוֹת 1 And the heart of the people was for working Here the **heart** represents the thoughts and the will of the people. Alternate translation: “Everyone was determined to accomplish this.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 4 7 a85c writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֣י 1 Then it happened Nehemiah uses this phrase to introduce the next event in his story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
NEH 4 7 a87c translate-names סַנְבַלַּ֡ט וְ֠⁠טוֹבִיָּה 1 Sanballat, and Tobiah This are the names of men. See how you translated them in [2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 4 7 a89c translate-names וְ⁠הָ⁠עַרְבִ֨ים וְ⁠הָ⁠עַמֹּנִ֜ים וְ⁠הָ⁠אַשְׁדּוֹדִ֗ים 1 and the Arabians, and the Ammonites, and the Ashdodites These are the names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -412,17 +412,17 @@ NEH 4 7 a91c figs-personification עָלְתָ֤ה אֲרוּכָה֙ לְ⁠ח
NEH 4 7 a93c עָלְתָ֤ה 1 was going up Alternate translation: “was increasing”
NEH 4 7 a95c figs-activepassive כִּי־הֵחֵ֥לּוּ הַ⁠פְּרֻצִ֖ים לְ⁠הִסָּתֵ֑ם 1 and the breaks were beginning to be closed You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “we were continuing to … fill in the gaps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 4 7 gsb7 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּ֥חַר לָ⁠הֶ֖ם מְאֹֽד 1 that … it burned them exceedingly Here Nehemiah says that the anger of these enemies was a fire that burned inside of them. Alternate translation: “they became very angry” or “they became enraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 4 8 b6im figs-metonymy לְ⁠הִלָּחֵ֣ם בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 1 to fight against Jerusalem Here, **Jerusalem** refers to the people who live there. These enemies were not coming to fight against the walls and buildings. Nehemiah is describing the people of Jerusalem figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the city where they live. Alternate translation: “to fight against the people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 4 8 b6im figs-metonymy לְ⁠הִלָּחֵ֣ם בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 1 to fight against Jerusalem Here, **Jerusalem** refers to the people who live there. These enemies were not coming to fight against the walls and buildings. Nehemiah is describing the people of Jerusalem by reference to something associated with them, the city where they live. Alternate translation: “to fight against the people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 4 8 a97c figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠לַ⁠עֲשׂ֥וֹת ל֖⁠וֹ תּוֹעָֽה 1 and to make confusion for it The abstract noun **confusion** refers to the way these enemies hoped that their attack would make the people of Jerusalem not know what to do. The people might disagree among themselves about whether they should keep working on the wall or whether they should discontinue the work to appease the attackers. They might also disagree about how to defend themselves. you could translate the idea behind the term “confusion” with adjectives such as “confused” and “divided.” Alternate translation: “They wanted to make the people inside the city confused and divided.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NEH 4 9 vz1d וַ⁠נַּעֲמִ֨יד מִשְׁמָ֧ר עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֛ם 1 and we set up a guard on account of them Alternate translation: “and we put men around the wall to guard the city”
NEH 4 9 a99c figs-merism יוֹמָ֥ם וָ⁠לַ֖יְלָה 1 by day and by night This does not mean that some people went up on the walls to look around at various parts of the day, and others went up at certain times of night. Nehemiah is describing how he maintained a constant guard by speaking of two times when people were on duty, the day and the night, in order to include all the time in between. Alternate translation: “at all times,” otherwise “throughout the day and night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
NEH 4 9 ad11 figs-metaphor מִ⁠פְּנֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 from their faces This term could mean two different things: (1) Here, probably **Their faces** figuratively means the front of a group. This likely means that the lookouts would see the front ranks of the army as they approached. Alternate translation: “to spot them as they approached” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]). (2) Here, “their faces” could also be a figurative way of referring to the enemies and their hostile intentions toward the people doing the work. Alternate translations: “against them”
NEH 4 10 ad13 figs-metonymy וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוּדָ֗ה 1 And Judah said Nehemiah is describing the people of Judah figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the name of their province. Alternate translation: “Then the people of Judah started saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 4 9 ad11 figs-metaphor מִ⁠פְּנֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 from their faces This term could mean two different things: (1) Here, probably **Their faces** means the front of a group. This likely means that the lookouts would see the front ranks of the army as they approached. Alternate translation: “to spot them as they approached” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]). (2) Here, “their faces” could also be a figurative way of referring to the enemies and their hostile intentions toward the people doing the work. Alternate translations: “against them”
NEH 4 10 ad13 figs-metonymy וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוּדָ֗ה 1 And Judah said Nehemiah is describing the people of Judah by reference to something associated with them, the name of their province. Alternate translation: “Then the people of Judah started saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 4 10 ad15 כָּשַׁל֙ כֹּ֣חַ הַ⁠סַּבָּ֔ל 1 the strength of the burden-bearers is failing Alternate translation: “The people who are carrying the stones are getting worn out”
NEH 4 10 vc8h וְ⁠הֶ⁠עָפָ֖ר 1 and … rubble Alternate translation: “and … burned stone” or “and … broken rock” or “and … unusable stone”
NEH 4 10 ad17 וַ⁠אֲנַ֨חְנוּ֙ לֹ֣א נוּכַ֔ל לִ⁠בְנ֖וֹת בַּ⁠חוֹמָֽה 1 And as for us, we are not able to build the wall. Alternate translation: “We are not going to be able to finish rebuilding the wall”
NEH 4 11 yuc9 figs-parallelism לֹ֤א יֵדְעוּ֙ וְ⁠לֹ֣א יִרְא֔וּ עַ֛ד אֲשֶׁר־נָב֥וֹא אֶל־תּוֹכָ֖⁠ם 1 They will not know, and they will not see until when we come into their midst These two phrases mean similar things. The enemies use the repetition to emphasize how confident they are of launching a surprise attack. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “They will not be expecting an attack until we are right there,” otherwise “before they see us and know we are coming, we will rush down on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NEH 4 11 ad19 figs-metaphor וְ⁠לֹ֣א יִרְא֔וּ 1 and they will not see While the enemies could be referring to the Jews literally not seeing them approach, “seeing” could also be a figuratively way of describing knowledge, notice, or attention. In that case this expression would mean the same thing as “they will not know.” Alternate translation: “they will not be expecting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 4 11 ad19 figs-metaphor וְ⁠לֹ֣א יִרְא֔וּ 1 and they will not see While the enemies could be referring to the Jews literally not seeing them approach, “seeing” could also be a way of describing knowledge, notice, or attention. In that case this expression would mean the same thing as “they will not know.” Alternate translation: “they will not be expecting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 4 12 ad21 figs-explicit בָּ֣אוּ 1 came The implication is that they came to Jerusalem to speak with the Jewish leaders there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “came to Jerusalem to speak with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 4 12 t8f2 figs-synecdoche הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֔ים הַ⁠יֹּשְׁבִ֖ים אֶצְלָ֑⁠ם 1 the Jews dwelling beside them **Them** means the enemies Nehemiah has been talking about, so this expression likely refers to the Jews who lived near Nehemiah and those helping him. But it does not mean all of these Jews, just some who came to Jerusalem. Nehemiah is describing part of this group as if it were the whole group. Alternate translation: “some of the Jews who lived near our enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 4 12 b3zk figs-idiom וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמְרוּ לָ֨⁠נוּ֙ עֶ֣שֶׂר פְּעָמִ֔ים 1 spoke to us ten times Here the number 10 is used to represent “many.” Alternate translation: “spoke to us many times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -430,23 +430,23 @@ NEH 4 12 ad23 figs-explicit מִ⁠כָּל־הַ⁠מְּקֹמ֖וֹת אֲש
NEH 4 12 q1mv figs-hyperbole מִ⁠כָּל־הַ⁠מְּקֹמ֖וֹת 1 From all the places where you turn This phrase likely indicates “in every direction.” The word “all” is an exaggeration for emphasis. Alternate translation: “anywhere we live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
NEH 4 13 ad25 וָֽ⁠אַעֲמִ֞יד 1 So I stationed If you follow the suggestion in the previous note for translating the last phrase in [4:12](../04/12.md), then you could show here that Nehemiah is indicating a contrast between what the representatives wanted him to do and what he actually did. Instead of scattering his forces by sending the men from other towns home, he concentrated them visibly in Jerusalem, expecting that the main attack would come there. Alternate translation: “But” or “Instead”
NEH 4 13 xc8b וָֽ⁠אַעֲמִ֞יד מִֽ⁠תַּחְתִּיּ֧וֹת לַ⁠מָּק֛וֹם מֵ⁠אַחֲרֵ֥י לַ⁠חוֹמָ֖ה בַּצְּחִיחִ֑ים 1 So I stationed from the lowest of places behind the wall, in the bare places Alternate translation: “I put guards behind the wall at the places where it was low or where there were gaps in it.”
NEH 4 13 mj33 figs-synecdoche וָֽ⁠אַעֲמִ֤יד אֶת־הָ⁠עָם֙ לְ⁠מִשְׁפָּח֔וֹת 1 I stationed the people by families This does not mean all the people, and it does not mean every member of every family. Nehemiah is figuratively describing part of the people as if they were all of them, and part of each family as if it were the whole family. Chapter 3 describes how Nehemiah organized the work on the wall by family and community groups. He seems to have organized the defense of the city the same way. Alternate translation: “I positioned people from each family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 4 13 mj33 figs-synecdoche וָֽ⁠אַעֲמִ֤יד אֶת־הָ⁠עָם֙ לְ⁠מִשְׁפָּח֔וֹת 1 I stationed the people by families This does not mean all the people, and it does not mean every member of every family. Nehemiah is describing part of the people as if they were all of them, and part of each family as if it were the whole family. Chapter 3 describes how Nehemiah organized the work on the wall by family and community groups. He seems to have organized the defense of the city the same way. Alternate translation: “I positioned people from each family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 4 13 ad27 translate-unknown וְ⁠קַשְּׁתֹתֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 and their bows This means not just bows, but bows and arrows. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 4 14 l4uz וָ⁠אֵ֣רֶא 1 This likely means that Nehemiah literally looked over all the defenses he had put in place. Alternate translation: “After I had inspected everything”
NEH 4 14 h68n figs-explicit וָ⁠אָק֗וּם וָ⁠אֹמַ֞ר 1 Since Nehemiah immediately addresses a group of people, the implication is that he gathered them together to speak to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I summoned … and I told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 4 14 f9hq figs-idiom וָ⁠אָק֗וּם 1 In this context, the expression “rose up” likely is a way of saying that Nehemiah took public action, not that he had been sitting or lying down and got up. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 4 14 iy4j אֶל־הַ⁠חֹרִ֤ים וְ⁠אֶל־הַ⁠סְּגָנִים֙ 1 See how you translated these terms in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “to the leading citizens and the city officials”
NEH 4 14 mza7 figs-synecdoche יֶ֣תֶר הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 This does not mean all of the other people who lived in Jerusalem, but rather many of them who came to hear Nehemiah speak on this occasion. He is figuratively describing part of the people as if they were all of them. Alternate translation: “many of the other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 4 14 ic4q figs-synecdoche אַל־תִּֽירְא֖וּ מִ⁠פְּנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 Here, **face** figuratively describes an entire person by reference to one part, the “face,” likely because the face shows what the person is thinking and feeling. Alternate translation: “Do not be afraid of our enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 4 14 mza7 figs-synecdoche יֶ֣תֶר הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 This does not mean all of the other people who lived in Jerusalem, but rather many of them who came to hear Nehemiah speak on this occasion. He is describing part of the people as if they were all of them. Alternate translation: “many of the other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 4 14 ic4q figs-synecdoche אַל־תִּֽירְא֖וּ מִ⁠פְּנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 Here, **face** describes an entire person by reference to one part, the “face,” likely because the face shows what the person is thinking and feeling. Alternate translation: “Do not be afraid of our enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 4 14 xyjh figs-idiom זְכֹ֔רוּ 1 In this context, **remember** does not refer to a person recalling something they have forgotten. Rather, it means, “keep in mind.” Alternate translation: “keep in mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 4 14 xgdm figs-synecdoche אֲדֹנָ֞⁠י הַ⁠גָּד֤וֹל וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹרָא֙ 1 Nehemiah is referring here to Yahweh, the God who promised to bless and protect the Jews as his chosen people. When he says **my**, he is using himself to represent the entire community. Alternate translation: “our great and awesome God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 4 14 x0ri figs-doublet הַ⁠גָּד֤וֹל וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹרָא֙ 1 Nehemiah uses this same expression in [1:5](../01/05.md). See how you translated it there. Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “great and glorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
NEH 4 14 c8s7 figs-metaphor אֲחֵי⁠כֶם֙ 1 Here, **brother** could mean biological brothers, but it is more likely that it refers figuratively to a person’s relatives, that is, their whole family. Alternate translation: “your families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 4 14 c8s7 figs-metaphor אֲחֵי⁠כֶם֙ 1 Here, **brother** could mean biological brothers, but it is more likely that it refers to a person’s relatives, that is, their whole family. Alternate translation: “your families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 4 15 puc1 writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֞י כַּֽ⁠אֲשֶׁר 1 Nehemiah uses this phrase to introduce the next event in his story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
NEH 4 15 qxa7 figs-activepassive נ֣וֹדַֽע לָ֔⁠נוּ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “we found out about their plans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 4 15 lgih figs-explicit נ֣וֹדַֽע לָ֔⁠נוּ 1 **It** means the plan of these enemies to launch a surprise attack, as described in [4:11](../04/11.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “we found out about their plans to launch a surprise attack” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 4 15 e4mc וַ⁠יָּ֥פֶר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶת־עֲצָתָ֑⁠ם 1 Alternate translation: “and God had kept them from doing what they planned.”
NEH 4 15 f236 figs-metonymy וַנָּ֤שָׁב כֻּלָּ֨⁠נוּ֙ אֶל־הַ֣⁠חוֹמָ֔ה אִ֖ישׁ אֶל־מְלַאכְתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 Here, **the wall** means the work on the wall. Nehemiah is describing this work figuratively by referring to something associated with it, the wall that was the object of the work. Alternate translation: “we all went back to working on the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 4 15 f236 figs-metonymy וַנָּ֤שָׁב כֻּלָּ֨⁠נוּ֙ אֶל־הַ֣⁠חוֹמָ֔ה אִ֖ישׁ אֶל־מְלַאכְתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 Here, **the wall** means the work on the wall. Nehemiah is describing this work by referring to something associated with it, the wall that was the object of the work. Alternate translation: “we all went back to working on the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 4 15 g1de figs-explicit וַנָּ֤שָׁב כֻּלָּ֨⁠נוּ֙ אֶל־הַ֣⁠חוֹמָ֔ה אִ֖ישׁ אֶל־מְלַאכְתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 The implication is that when the enemies realized the Jews knew about their plans, they decided not to attack. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “They decided not to attack us, and we all went back to working on the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 4 15 doov figs-idiom אִ֖ישׁ אֶל־מְלַאכְתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 In this context, **a man** means “each person.” It does not refer only to an adult male. Alternate translation: “Each person continued doing the same work as before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 4 16 rtac figs-idiom מִן־הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠ה֗וּא 1 In this context, **day** may not refer to one specific day, but rather to a more general time. Alternate translation: “from that time on” or “after that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -457,21 +457,21 @@ NEH 4 16 nf2h translate-unknown וְ⁠הַ⁠קְּשָׁת֖וֹת 1 As in [4
NEH 4 16 i7wi וְ⁠הַ֨⁠שָּׂרִ֔ים אַחֲרֵ֖י כָּל־בֵּ֥ית יְהוּדָֽה 1 This likely means that certain officials literally stood behind the workers and the guards. That is, they were inside the wall and close to it, while the guards stood right at the wall and the workers worked on it. Alternate translation: “Officers stood behind all the workers and guards”
NEH 4 16 gl4t figs-explicit וְ⁠הַ֨⁠שָּׂרִ֔ים אַחֲרֵ֖י כָּל־בֵּ֥ית יְהוּדָֽה 1 The implication is that the leaders were there to give orders in case there was an attack. But it is likely that Nehemiah also wanted them to offer encouragement and maintain good morale. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Officers stood behind all the workers and guards to encourage everyone and to give orders in case there was an attack” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 4 16 ijcj וְ⁠הַ֨⁠שָּׂרִ֔ים 1 From the context here and the use of this term in [7:2](../07/02.md), it appears that these “officials” were responsible for giving commands in military situations. Alternate translation: “and officers”
NEH 4 16 d9r4 figs-metaphor כָּל־בֵּ֥ית יְהוּדָֽה 1 Here, the word **house** describes all the people descended from a particular person. All of the descendants of Judah are being described figuratively as if they were one household living together. So this would ordinarily mean “the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 4 16 p1dv figs-synecdoche כָּל־בֵּ֥ית יְהוּדָֽה 1 However, in this context, the expression is not referring to all the people of Judah. Nehemiah is figuratively describing part of the people as if they were all of them. He means all of the workers and guards. The expression helps clarify that Nehemiah is no longer speaking just of his own servants, whom had divided into two groups to serve as workers and guards. Alternate translation: “all the workers and guards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 4 16 d9r4 figs-metaphor כָּל־בֵּ֥ית יְהוּדָֽה 1 Here, the word **house** describes all the people descended from a particular person. All of the descendants of Judah are being described as if they were one household living together. So this would ordinarily mean “the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 4 16 p1dv figs-synecdoche כָּל־בֵּ֥ית יְהוּדָֽה 1 However, in this context, the expression is not referring to all the people of Judah. Nehemiah is describing part of the people as if they were all of them. He means all of the workers and guards. The expression helps clarify that Nehemiah is no longer speaking just of his own servants, whom had divided into two groups to serve as workers and guards. Alternate translation: “all the workers and guards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 4 17 hgfd figs-doublet וְ⁠הַ⁠נֹּשְׂאִ֥ים בַּ⁠סֶּ֖בֶל עֹמְשִׂ֑ים 1 These two short phrases mean similar things. Nehemiah uses them together for clarity and emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “and those who carried the heavy loads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
NEH 4 17 uya2 figs-hyperbole עֹמְשִׂ֑ים בְּ⁠אַחַ֤ת יָד⁠וֹ֙ עֹשֶׂ֣ה בַ⁠מְּלָאכָ֔ה וְ⁠אַחַ֖ת מַחֲזֶ֥קֶת הַ⁠שָּֽׁלַח 1 Here **his hands** means “their hands.” This is an exaggeration. The builders and porters did not always work with only one hand. Rather, this means that they always had their weapons with them so that they would be prepared to fight off an attack. Alternate translation: “they always had their weapons with them while they were working on the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
NEH 4 18 g8tq figs-idiom וְ⁠הַ֨⁠בּוֹנִ֔ים אִ֥ישׁ חַרְבּ֛⁠וֹ אֲסוּרִ֥ים עַל־מָתְנָ֖י⁠ו וּ⁠בוֹנִ֑ים 1 In this context, **a man** means “each person.” Alternate translation: “each builder worked with his sword strapped to his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 4 18 vur2 figs-explicit וְ⁠הַ⁠תּוֹקֵ֥עַ בַּ⁠שּׁוֹפָ֖ר אֶצְלִֽ⁠י 1 The implication is that Nehemiah stationed this person next to him so that he could sound a signal if needed. (This becomes clear in [4:20](../04/20.md).) If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly here. Alternate translation: “And I stationed someone next to me who would blow a ram’s horn if we needed a signal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 4 19 yn7h וָ⁠אֹמַ֞ר 1 See how you translated these terms in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “the leading citizens … the city officials”
NEH 4 19 xi9g figs-synecdoche הַ⁠חֹרִ֤ים…הַ⁠סְּגָנִים֙ 1 As in [4:14](../04/14.md), this does not mean all of the other people who lived in Jerusalem, but rather many of them who came to hear Nehemiah speak on this occasion. He is figuratively describing part of the people as if they were all of them. Alternate translation: “many of the other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 4 19 xi9g figs-synecdoche הַ⁠חֹרִ֤ים…הַ⁠סְּגָנִים֙ 1 As in [4:14](../04/14.md), this does not mean all of the other people who lived in Jerusalem, but rather many of them who came to hear Nehemiah speak on this occasion. He is describing part of the people as if they were all of them. Alternate translation: “many of the other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 4 19 agy3 figs-doublet הַ⁠מְּלָאכָ֥ה הַרְבֵּ֖ה וּ⁠רְחָבָ֑ה 1 **Great** and **vast** mean similar things. Nehemiah uses them together to emphasize the scope of the rebuilding project. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “large-scale” or “huge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
NEH 4 19 p5fh figs-idiom וַ⁠אֲנַ֗חְנוּ נִפְרָדִים֙ עַל־הַ֣⁠חוֹמָ֔ה רְחוֹקִ֖ים אִ֥ישׁ מֵ⁠אָחִֽי⁠ו 1 In this context, **a man** means “each person,” and **brother** means “fellow Jew.” Alternate translation: “each of us is far apart from our fellow Jews along the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 4 20 tm9s figs-explicit אֶת־ק֣וֹל הַ⁠שּׁוֹפָ֔ר 1 The implication is that the workers and guards would need to gather together to fight off an attack. The implication is also that while the people were widely scattered, they would all be able to hear the ram’s horn even from a distance, and so it would be an effective signal. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say these things explicitly. Alternate translation: “So if we all need to gather in one place to fight off an attack, I will have someone blow a ram’s horn there. You will be able to hear this signal from anywhere along the wall.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 4 20 i5t4 translate-unknown הַ⁠שּׁוֹפָ֔ר 1 See how you translated this in [4:18](../04/18.md). Review the explanation there if that would be helpful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 4 20 qml6 אֱלֹהֵ֖י⁠נוּ יִלָּ֥חֶם לָֽ⁠נוּ 1 This does not mean that God will fight instead of the Jews, but that God will take their side and help them win. Alternate translation: “God will help us defeat our enemies”
NEH 4 21 opos figs-explicit וַ⁠אֲנַ֖חְנוּ עֹשִׂ֣ים בַּ⁠מְּלָאכָ֑ה 1 This means the **work** of rebuilding the wall. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “So we continued to work on rebuilding the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 4 21 xvrl figs-synecdoche וְ⁠חֶצְיָ֗⁠ם מַחֲזִיקִים֙ בָּֽ⁠רְמָחִ֔ים 1 “Them” means the men who would otherwise have been working as builders or carrying loads, but who were serving as guards instead. As verses [4:13](../04/13.md) and [4:16](../04/16.md) make clear, the weaponry included not just spears, but also shields and bows and arrows. So Nehemiah is using “spears” here to refer figuratively to all of the weaponry. Alternate translation: “half of the men served as guards and kept their weapons ready” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 4 21 xvrl figs-synecdoche וְ⁠חֶצְיָ֗⁠ם מַחֲזִיקִים֙ בָּֽ⁠רְמָחִ֔ים 1 “Them” means the men who would otherwise have been working as builders or carrying loads, but who were serving as guards instead. As verses [4:13](../04/13.md) and [4:16](../04/16.md) make clear, the weaponry included not just spears, but also shields and bows and arrows. So Nehemiah is using “spears” here to refer to all of the weaponry. Alternate translation: “half of the men served as guards and kept their weapons ready” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 4 21 ca45 translate-fraction וְ⁠חֶצְיָ֗⁠ם 1 Here **half** means one part out of two equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
NEH 4 21 w4uu figs-merism מֵ⁠עֲל֣וֹת הַ⁠שַּׁ֔חַר עַ֖ד צֵ֥את הַ⁠כּוֹכָבִֽים 1 Nehemiah is referring to the entire day by speaking of two extreme parts of it, the time when first light of morning appears and the time when it becomes dark enough to see the stars, in order to include everything in between. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “at all times,” otherwise “from the time when the light of dawn appeared in the morning until the time when the stars appeared at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
NEH 4 21 jl3h מֵ⁠עֲל֣וֹת הַ⁠שַּׁ֔חַר 1 This phrase refers to the daily appearance of light rising in the east in the early morning hours prior to the sun rising above the horizon. Alternate translation: “the first light of day”
@ -489,23 +489,23 @@ NEH 5 intro k7pb 0 # Nehemiah 5 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this
NEH 5 1 za4u grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וַ⁠תְּהִ֨י 1 Nehemiah now relates something else that was happening even while the Jews were trying to rebuild the wall and defend themselves against their enemies. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “Around this same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
NEH 5 1 zmb8 figs-abstractnouns צַעֲקַ֥ת הָ⁠עָ֛ם וּ⁠נְשֵׁי⁠הֶ֖ם גְּדוֹלָ֑ה 1 **Outcry** is an abstract noun that refers to the complaints that the poorer Jews made to Nehemiah about how the wealthier and more powerful Jews were treating them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as “complain.” Since Nehemiah says this was a “great” outcry, involving many serious grievances, you could intensify the verb with an adverb such as “bitterly.” Alternate translation: “many of the men and their wives complained bitterly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NEH 5 1 czx5 הָ⁠עָ֛ם וּ⁠נְשֵׁי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 Here, **the people** seems to indicate certain men who lived in Jerusalem, since Nehemiah also mentions their wives. Alternate translation: “many of the men and their wives”
NEH 5 1 uqlp figs-metaphor אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 Here, **brother** does not seem to mean biological brothers, but to refer figuratively to other members of the same people group. Alternate translation: “their fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 5 1 uqlp figs-metaphor אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 Here, **brother** does not seem to mean biological brothers, but to refer to other members of the same people group. Alternate translation: “their fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 5 1 c3po figs-doublet אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠יְּהוּדִֽים 1 These two short phrases mean similar things. Nehemiah uses them together to emphasize how inappropriate it was for people to treat members of their own group in the ways described. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “their fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
NEH 5 2 u19u וְ⁠יֵשׁ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֹמְרִ֔ים 1 Verses 2, 3, 4, and 5 do not seem to be different complaints that people brought to Nehemiah separately. Rather, the whole group seems to be complaining that because they need to get food for their families, wealthier and more powerful Jews are exploiting them. They are forcing them to take mortgages and loans and even sell their children into slavery. Nehemiah is probably depicting one speaker after another in the crowd adding details to this picture. You could suggest this to the readers of your translation by introducing these comments with a translation such as, “some of them began to say”
NEH 5 2 i9kn בָּנֵ֥י⁠נוּ וּ⁠בְנֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ אֲנַ֣חְנוּ רַבִּ֑ים 1 Alternate translation: “We have many children”
NEH 5 2 i5cb figs-synecdoche וְ⁠נִקְחָ֥ה דָגָ֖ן 1 This does not mean only grain. The people complaining to Nehemiah are using one kind of food, grain, the staple of their diet, to refer figuratively to all the foods they would need to eat. Alternate translation: “we need food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 5 2 i5cb figs-synecdoche וְ⁠נִקְחָ֥ה דָגָ֖ן 1 This does not mean only grain. The people complaining to Nehemiah are using one kind of food, grain, the staple of their diet, to refer to all the foods they would need to eat. Alternate translation: “we need food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 5 2 i7bq figs-explicit וְ⁠נִקְחָ֥ה דָגָ֖ן 1 The implication is that because the families are large, a lot of food is needed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “we need to get a lot of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 5 2 ojue figs-doublet וְ⁠נֹאכְלָ֥ה וְ⁠נִחְיֶֽה 1 These two short phrases mean similar things. The people use them together to emphasize the urgency and importance of having food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “to get enough food to stay alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
NEH 5 3 hwfh figs-explicit וְ⁠יֵשׁ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֹמְרִ֔ים 1 (See the applicable note to [2:2](../02/02.md) and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Alternate translation: “Others added”
NEH 5 3 dt2m translate-unknown שְׂדֹתֵ֛י⁠נוּ וּ⁠כְרָמֵ֥י⁠נוּ וּ⁠בָתֵּ֖י⁠נוּ אֲנַ֣חְנוּ עֹרְבִ֑ים וְ⁠נִקְחָ֥ה דָגָ֖ן בָּ⁠רָעָֽב 1 It might be helpful to explain to your readers what a **mortgage** is, if you think they might not know. Alternate translation: “We have had to promise to give someone our fields, vineyards, and houses if we do not pay back the money we borrowed. We had to borrow the money to buy food during this time when food is scarce.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 5 4 r14f וְ⁠יֵשׁ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֹמְרִ֔ים 1 Different people in the crowd apparently continue to add details to the complaint. Alternate translation: “Still others said”
NEH 5 4 zurg figs-metonymy לָוִ֥ינוּ כֶ֖סֶף 1 **Silver** here means “money.” Nehemiah is describing money figuratively by reference to the commodity that is being used as a means of exchange, silver. Alternate translation: “We have had to borrow money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 5 4 zurg figs-metonymy לָוִ֥ינוּ כֶ֖סֶף 1 **Silver** here means “money.” Nehemiah is describing money by reference to the commodity that is being used as a means of exchange, silver. Alternate translation: “We have had to borrow money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 5 4 wi16 translate-unknown לְ⁠מִדַּ֣ת הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ שְׂדֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ וּ⁠כְרָמֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 **Tribute** means “taxes” here. Alternate translation: “the taxes that the king commanded us to pay on our fields and our vineyards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 5 5 zami grammar-connect-words-phrases וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה 1 This term indicates that the sentence that follows is a further development of the thought from the previous sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
NEH 5 5 z4ru figs-explicit כִּ⁠בְשַׂ֤ר אַחֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ בְּשָׂרֵ֔⁠נוּ כִּ⁠בְנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם בָּנֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 Here the Jews are insisting that they are of the same Jewish descent as the other Jews and that they of the same importance as the others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Yet our families are Jews just like the other Jews’ families, and our children are just as important to us as their children are to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 5 5 ff7r figs-abstractnouns כִּ⁠בְשַׂ֤ר אַחֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ בְּשָׂרֵ֔⁠נוּ כִּ⁠בְנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם בָּנֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. The people complaining to Nehemiah are using the repetition to emphasize how shameful it is for the wealthy and powerful to sell their own fellow Jews into slavery. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “And we are Jews, just like the people who are doing these things to us!” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NEH 5 5 pcwk כִּ⁠בְשַׂ֤ר אַחֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ בְּשָׂרֵ֔⁠נוּ כִּ⁠בְנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם בָּנֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 You could move this sentence to the end of the verse, since it is the culmination of the argument.
NEH 5 5 w1ot figs-metaphor אַחֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ 1 Here, **brother** figuratively describes the Jews who are exploiting their poor and vulnerable fellow Jews. Alternate translation: “And we are Jews, just like the people who are doing these things to us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 5 5 w1ot figs-metaphor אַחֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ 1 Here, **brother** describes the Jews who are exploiting their poor and vulnerable fellow Jews. Alternate translation: “And we are Jews, just like the people who are doing these things to us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 5 5 oguf וְ⁠הִנֵּ֣ה 1 **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use some emphatic term or expression in your language that would have this same effect.
NEH 5 5 rdp9 figs-explicit אֲנַ֣חְנוּ כֹ֠בְשִׁים אֶת־בָּנֵ֨י⁠נוּ וְ⁠אֶת־בְּנֹתֵ֜י⁠נוּ לַ⁠עֲבָדִ֗ים וְ⁠יֵ֨שׁ מִ⁠בְּנֹתֵ֤י⁠נוּ נִכְבָּשׁוֹת֙ 1 In this context, the construction **are putting** likely indicates that the poor are on the verge of selling their children into slavery. The next sentence shows that they have already done this in some instances. It appears that in this culture, in dire situations, girls were sold before boys, perhaps because they could become either domestic servants or concubines. A concubine was a woman who was both a slave and a secondary wife to her master. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this statement that way. Alternate translation: “We are on the verge of selling our children into slavery. In fact, we have already sold some of our daughters as servants and concubines.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 5 5 z783 grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠אֵ֣ין לְ⁠אֵ֣ל יָדֵ֔⁠נוּ וּ⁠שְׂדֹתֵ֥י⁠נוּ וּ⁠כְרָמֵ֖י⁠נוּ לַ⁠אֲחֵרִֽים 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases because the second phrase gives the reason why the first phrase is true. Alternate translation: “because our creditors took the fields and vineyards we pledged as security for loans, there is nothing else we can do in this situation.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@ -515,26 +515,26 @@ NEH 5 6 xcm3 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּ֥חַר לִ֖⁠י מְאֹ֑ד 1 Her
NEH 5 6 ryx1 figs-abstractnouns כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר שָׁמַ֨עְתִּי֙ אֶת־זַֽעֲקָתָ֔⁠ם וְ⁠אֵ֖ת הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֥ים הָ⁠אֵֽלֶּה 1 **Outcry** is an abstract noun that refers to complaints that the poorer Jews made to Nehemiah about how the wealthier and more powerful Jews were treating them. You can translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as “complain.” Alternate translation: “when I heard how they were complaining” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NEH 5 6 some figs-doublet אֶת־זַֽעֲקָתָ֔⁠ם וְ⁠אֵ֖ת הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֥ים הָ⁠אֵֽלֶּה 1 These two short phrases mean similar things. They are used together to emphasize the urgency and severity of these complaints. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “everything that they were complaining about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
NEH 5 7 zk8g figs-personification וַ⁠יִּמָּלֵ֨ךְ לִבִּ֜⁠י עָלַ֗⁠י 1 Here Nehemiah is speaking about his heart as if it were a living thing that could act like a king and rule over him. However, he is not saying that his feelings commanded his actions. (He says in the previous verse that he became very angry, but in the next verse he describes acting in a careful and deliberate manner.) Instead, this means that his heart “took counsel” with him, the way a king would take counsel with advisors. In effect, Nehemiah is saying that he talked the matter over with himself. Alternate translation: “I thought hard about what to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NEH 5 7 wxyz figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּמָּלֵ֨ךְ לִבִּ֜⁠י עָלַ֗⁠י 1 Here, the **heart** figuratively represents the thoughts and the will. Alternate translation: “I thought hard about what to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 5 7 wxyz figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּמָּלֵ֨ךְ לִבִּ֜⁠י עָלַ֗⁠י 1 Here, the **heart** represents the thoughts and the will. Alternate translation: “I thought hard about what to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 5 7 jawz וָ⁠אָרִ֨יבָ⁠ה֙ 1 **Contended** is a technical term that means “to bring charges.” It means to initiate a lawsuit that would require the defendants to answer for themselves publicly, in the presence of their fellow citizens. Alternate translation: “Then I brought charges”
NEH 5 7 o23t הַ⁠חֹרִ֣ים…הַ⁠סְּגָנִ֔ים 1 See how you translated these terms in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “the leading citizens and the city officials”
NEH 5 7 dy73 figs-idiom מַשָּׁ֥א…אַתֶּ֣ם נֹשִׁ֑ים 1 This expression means to charge interest when loaning money to another person. Alternate translation: “You are charging interest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 5 7 sn56 figs-explicit מַשָּׁ֥א אִישׁ־בְּ⁠אָחִ֖י⁠ו 1 The Law of Moses specifically forbade charging interest on a loan to a fellow Jew. So this was not just an exploitive business practice, it was a violation of God’s Law. The rich and powerful Jews would certainly have been expected to know this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are charging interest on loans to your fellow Jews. You know that is forbidden in the Law of Moses.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 5 7 f66g figs-idiom אִישׁ־בְּ⁠אָחִ֖י⁠ו 1 In this context, “a man” means “each person.” It does not mean only an adult male. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 5 7 yibe figs-metaphor אִישׁ־בְּ⁠אָחִ֖י⁠ו 1 Here, **brother** could conceivably include even biological brothers, but in context it likely refers figuratively to fellow Jews. Alternate translation: “to your fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 5 7 yibe figs-metaphor אִישׁ־בְּ⁠אָחִ֖י⁠ו 1 Here, **brother** could conceivably include even biological brothers, but in context it likely refers to fellow Jews. Alternate translation: “to your fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 5 7 r7yl translate-unknown וָ⁠אֶתֵּ֥ן עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם קְהִלָּ֥ה גְדוֹלָֽה 1 This means that, as part of conducting the lawsuit against these wealthy and powerful Jews, Nehemiah brought together a large group of their fellow citizens to hear the charges against them. This group was the “assembly.” Alternate translation: “I put them on trial in front of their fellow citizens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 5 7 u9u2 figs-events וָ⁠אֶתֵּ֥ן עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם קְהִלָּ֥ה גְדוֹלָֽה 1 To present the events in chronological order, if that would be helpful to your readers, you could put this before the previous sentence, which describes the first charge that Nehemiah brought at this trial. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
NEH 5 8 o7o9 figs-explicit אֲנַ֣חְנוּ קָ֠נִינוּ 1 **We** likely means Nehemiah and his relatives, as in 4:23. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “My relatives and I have bought back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 5 8 a1b2 figs-events קָ֠נִינוּ אֶת־אַחֵ֨י⁠נוּ הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֜ים הַ⁠נִּמְכָּרִ֤ים לַ⁠גּוֹיִם֙ 1 To present the events in chronological order, if that would be helpful to your readers, you could put the information that some Jews had to sell themselves into slavery before the information that Nehemiah and his relatives bought their freedom. Alternate translation: “Whenever our Jewish relatives have had to sell themselves into slavery to people from other nations … we have been buying them back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
NEH 5 8 o6o8 כְּ⁠דֵ֣י בָ֔⁠נוּ 1 Alternate translation: “to the best of our ability”
NEH 5 8 q123 figs-doublet אַחֵ֨י⁠נוּ הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֜ים 1 These two short phrases mean similar things. They are used together to emphasize that buying them back was an honorable and expected action. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “our Jewish relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
NEH 5 8 bszc figs-metaphor אַחֵ֨י⁠נוּ 1 Here, **brother** likely refers figuratively to fellow Jews. Alternate translation: “our fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 5 8 bszc figs-metaphor אַחֵ֨י⁠נוּ 1 Here, **brother** likely refers to fellow Jews. Alternate translation: “our fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 5 8 t5y7 figs-activepassive הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֜ים הַ⁠נִּמְכָּרִ֤ים 1 You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “our fellow Jews have had to sell themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 5 8 pzy8 figs-explicit וְ⁠גַם־אַתֶּ֛ם תִּמְכְּר֥וּ אֶת־אֲחֵי⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠נִמְכְּרוּ־לָ֑⁠נוּ 1 This means that they are selling their family members, both men and women, as slaves to their fellow Jews. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Now you are selling your own people to be slaves of your fellow Jews, so that they might later sell them back to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 5 8 kn82 figs-activepassive הַ⁠נִּמְכָּרִ֤ים לַ⁠גּוֹיִם֙ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who people had sold as slaves to the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 5 8 b1a1 וְ⁠גַם־אַתֶּ֛ם 1 Malkijah This is an emphatic expression. Nehemiah uses it to show how serious the offense is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this emphasis in some way in your translation. Alternate translation: “you are actually”
NEH 5 8 b1a3 figs-explicit תִּמְכְּר֥וּ אֶת־אֲחֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 This means that the creditors were selling the debtors into slavery to recover the money they owed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are actually selling your fellow Jews into slavery to get back the money they owe you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 5 8 b1a5 figs-metaphor אֲחֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 Here, **brother** likely refers figuratively to fellow Jews. Alternate translation: “your fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 5 8 b1a5 figs-metaphor אֲחֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 Here, **brother** likely refers to fellow Jews. Alternate translation: “your fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 5 8 b1a7 figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִמְכְּרוּ־לָ֑⁠נוּ 1 You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “They are some of the very people we have been buying back!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 5 8 b1a9 figs-explicit וַֽ⁠יַּחֲרִ֔ישׁוּ וְ⁠לֹ֥א מָצְא֖וּ דָּבָֽר 1 The implication is that the accused said nothing because they knew that Nehemiah’s charges were true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They knew that these charges were true, so they were silent. They could not answer a single word.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 5 8 ecd1 figs-parallelism וַֽ⁠יַּחֲרִ֔ישׁוּ וְ⁠לֹ֥א מָצְא֖וּ דָּבָֽר 1 These two phrases mean similar things. Nehemiah uses the repetition to emphasize how completely guilty the accused people were. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “there was absolutely nothing they could say in response.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@ -545,9 +545,9 @@ NEH 5 9 b1b1 figs-idiom תֵּלֵ֔כוּ 1 Here, **walk** is an idiom that de
NEH 5 9 b1b3 מֵ⁠חֶרְפַּ֖ת הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֥ם אוֹיְבֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 This may be a reference to the way the enemies of the Jews were already mocking them, or to the way they would mock them if they learned of what was happening. It could mean both things. Alternate translation: “Otherwise, our enemies will mock us even more”
NEH 5 9 s7qt figs-abstractnouns מֵ⁠חֶרְפַּ֖ת הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֥ם אוֹיְבֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 **Reproach** is an abstract noun that refers to the way the enemies of the Jews were mocking them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the same idea with a verb such as “mock.” Alternate translation: “to keep the nations who are our enemies from mocking us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NEH 5 9 b1b5 figs-doublet הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֥ם אוֹיְבֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 These two short phrases mean similar things. Nehemiah uses them together to emphasize the identity and hostility of the people who are opposing the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “our enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
NEH 5 10 b1b7 figs-metaphor וְ⁠גַם־אֲנִי֙ אַחַ֣⁠י וּ⁠נְעָרַ֔⁠י 1 As in [4:23](../04/23.md), this means, “I myself, my relatives, and my servants.” The term “brother” here likely includes one or more of Nehemiah’s biological brothers, but more generally it refers figuratively to his close relatives. Alternate translation: “I myself, my relatives, and my servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 5 10 b1b7 figs-metaphor וְ⁠גַם־אֲנִי֙ אַחַ֣⁠י וּ⁠נְעָרַ֔⁠י 1 As in [4:23](../04/23.md), this means, “I myself, my relatives, and my servants.” The term “brother” here likely includes one or more of Nehemiah’s biological brothers, but more generally it refers to his close relatives. Alternate translation: “I myself, my relatives, and my servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 5 10 xbp5 figs-explicit נֹשִׁ֥ים בָּ⁠הֶ֖ם כֶּ֣סֶף וְ⁠דָגָ֑ן 1 The implication is that Nehemiah and his companions are lending without charging any interest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “have been lending money and grain to those in need without charging interest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 5 10 b1b9 figs-metonymy כֶּ֣סֶף 1 **Silver** here means “money.” Nehemiah is describing money figuratively by reference to the commodity that is being used as a means of exchange, silver. Alternate translation: “money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 5 10 b1b9 figs-metonymy כֶּ֣סֶף 1 **Silver** here means “money.” Nehemiah is describing money by reference to the commodity that is being used as a means of exchange, silver. Alternate translation: “money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 5 10 j3dq נַֽעַזְבָה־נָּ֖א אֶת־הַ⁠מַּשָּׁ֥א הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 It is clear from the context that **us** in this sentence does not mean Nehemiah and his companions, but rather the entire Jewish community, of which they are a part. Nehemiah could say to the defendants, accusingly, “You must stop charging interest!” But he includes himself and the entire community as a way of being encouraging rather than condemning. (This would be a use of “we/us” that includes the addressees. You should make this clear in your translation if your language makes that distinction.) Alternate translation: “All of us should stop charging interest on loans.”
NEH 5 11 vkz7 הָשִׁיבוּ֩ נָ֨א לָ⁠הֶ֜ם 1 This is worded as a polite request, but it is really a demand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it with an imperative. “Give them back”
NEH 5 11 dim5 figs-idiom כְּ⁠הַ⁠יּ֗וֹם 1 This does not necessarily mean on this same day, but without waiting. Alternate translation: “Do it right away!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -559,13 +559,13 @@ NEH 5 12 q7t5 figs-explicit נָשִׁ֗יב 1 The implication is that they wil
NEH 5 12 i1gi וּ⁠מֵ⁠הֶם֙ לֹ֣א נְבַקֵּ֔שׁ 1 Alternate translation: “And we will stop charging them interest”
NEH 5 12 e2yv grammar-connect-logic-result נַעֲשֶׂ֔ה כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר אַתָּ֣ה אוֹמֵ֑ר 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this statement first, since it is the reason for the results that follow, the return of property and the cancelling of interest. Alternate translation: “Yes, we will do what you say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
NEH 5 12 b1c7 figs-explicit וָ⁠אֶקְרָא֙ אֶת־הַ⁠כֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים וָֽ⁠אַשְׁבִּיעֵ֔⁠ם לַ⁠עֲשׂ֖וֹת כַּ⁠דָּבָ֥ר הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 The implication is that the priests would have these leaders swear an oath before God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then I called the priests, and I made the leaders swear to God in front of them that they would do what they had promised.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 5 13 b1c9 figs-metonymy חָצְנִ֣⁠י נָעַ֗רְתִּי 1 **Bosom** here refers figuratively to Nehemiah’s robe. It refers specifically by association to the part that he could gather together in front of him to form a pouch. Alternate translation: “I shook out the folds of my robe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 5 13 b1c9 figs-metonymy חָצְנִ֣⁠י נָעַ֗רְתִּי 1 **Bosom** here refers to Nehemiah’s robe. It refers specifically by association to the part that he could gather together in front of him to form a pouch. Alternate translation: “I shook out the folds of my robe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 5 13 neg1 translate-symaction חָצְנִ֣⁠י נָעַ֗רְתִּי 1 Nehemiah gathered his robe together in front of him, the way someone would if they wanted to carry something in its folds. Then he flung the robe open and shook it, so that anything that was in it would have scattered. By doing this, he demonstrated symbolically to the Jewish leaders what would happen to them if they broke the promise they made. Alternate translation: “I shook out the folds of my robe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
NEH 5 13 f5p4 כָּ֣כָה יְנַעֵ֪ר הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֟ים אֶת־כָּל־הָ⁠אִישׁ֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹֽא־יָקִ֜ים אֶת־הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה מִ⁠בֵּית⁠וֹ֙ וּ⁠מִ֣⁠יגִיע֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠כָ֛כָה יִהְיֶ֥ה נָע֖וּר וָ⁠רֵ֑ק 1 Alternate translation: “In the same way, may God take away the home and all the possessions of anyone who does not keep this promise”
NEH 5 13 b1d1 figs-gendernotations כָּל־הָ⁠אִישׁ֩ 1 In this context, this expression means “anyone.” It could include women as well as men. Alternate translation: “anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
NEH 5 13 b1d3 figs-personification יָקִ֜ים אֶת־הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה 1 The **word** means the promise that the leaders have made and the oath they have taken to confirm it. Nehemiah is speaking of this promise figuratively as if it were a living thing that could stand, that is, stay in place rather than go away. Alternate translation: “keep this oath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NEH 5 13 b1d3 figs-personification יָקִ֜ים אֶת־הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה 1 The **word** means the promise that the leaders have made and the oath they have taken to confirm it. Nehemiah is speaking of this promise as if it were a living thing that could stand, that is, stay in place rather than go away. Alternate translation: “keep this oath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NEH 5 13 b1d5 figs-doublet מִ⁠בֵּית⁠וֹ֙ וּ⁠מִ֣⁠יגִיע֔⁠וֹ 1 These two short phrases mean similar things. They are used together to express the totality of what a person owns. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “everything he owns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
NEH 5 13 b1d7 וּ⁠מִ֣⁠יגִיע֔⁠וֹ 1 **Labor** here figuratively refers to the “fruits of labor,” that is, the possessions that a person acquires through labor. Alternate translation: “all his possessions”
NEH 5 13 b1d7 וּ⁠מִ֣⁠יגִיע֔⁠וֹ 1 **Labor** here refers to the “fruits of labor,” that is, the possessions that a person acquires through labor. Alternate translation: “all his possessions”
NEH 5 13 b1d9 figs-parallelism וְ⁠כָ֛כָה יִהְיֶ֥ה נָע֖וּר וָ⁠רֵ֑ק 1 This sentence repeats the meaning of the previous one. Nehemiah uses the repetition for emphasis. You would not need to use the same repetition in your translation if it were already clear that Nehemiah is speaking emphatically in the first sentence. However, you could also rephrase the meaning. Alternate translation: “Yes, may that person be separated from everything he owns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NEH 5 13 b1e1 figs-doublet נָע֖וּר וָ⁠רֵ֑ק 1 These two short phrases mean similar things. They are used together to emphasize how completely Nehemiah wants God to punish anyone who breaks the oath. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “be separated from everything he owns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
NEH 5 13 b1e3 כָֽל־הַ⁠קָּהָ֜ל 1 This means everyone who was there, both the leaders who were the defendants and the citizens Nehemiah had gathered to hear the charges against them. Alternate translation: “everyone who was there”
@ -580,25 +580,25 @@ NEH 5 14 ri8l translate-ordinal מִ⁠שְּׁנַ֣ת עֶשְׂרִ֗ים ו
NEH 5 14 ga6u translate-numbers שָׁנִ֖ים שְׁתֵּ֣ים עֶשְׂרֵ֑ה 1 Alternate translation: “12 years” or “during those 12 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NEH 5 14 b1f7 אֲנִ֣י וְ⁠אַחַ֔⁠י לֶ֥חֶם הַ⁠פֶּ֖חָה לֹ֥א אָכַֽלְתִּי 1 As Nehemiah explains in the next verse, he recognized that the people were poor and could not afford to provide very much for the expenses of the governor. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly here. Alternate translation: “Because I knew that the people were poor and could not afford to pay for it, I did not accept the governor’s food allowance, and I did not use it to feed my relatives”
NEH 5 14 i31d אֲנִ֣י…לֹ֥א אָכַֽלְתִּי 1 Alternate translation: “I did not accept”
NEH 5 14 b1f9 figs-synecdoche לֶ֥חֶם הַ⁠פֶּ֖חָה 1 Nehemiah is using bread to refer figuratively to the entire food allowance that he was entitled to as the governor of Judah. He is describing all the food by the name of one part of it, the bread. Alternate translation: “the food that the people provided for the governor” or “the governor’s food allowance” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 5 14 b1f9 figs-synecdoche לֶ֥חֶם הַ⁠פֶּ֖חָה 1 Nehemiah is using bread to refer to the entire food allowance that he was entitled to as the governor of Judah. He is describing all the food by the name of one part of it, the bread. Alternate translation: “the food that the people provided for the governor” or “the governor’s food allowance” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 5 14 nqt2 figs-metaphor וְ⁠אַחַ֔⁠י 1 As in [4:23](../04/23.md), **brother** here likely refers to Nehemiah’s actual brother Hanani and the other close relatives who were with him. Alternate translation: “and I did not use it to feed my relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 5 15 uu9k figs-doublet וְ⁠הַ⁠פַּחוֹת֩ הָ⁠רִאשֹׁנִ֨ים אֲשֶׁר־לְ⁠פָנַ֜⁠י 1 **Former** and **before my face** mean similar things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “The men who were governors before me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
NEH 5 15 b1g1 figs-synecdoche לְ⁠פָנַ֜⁠י 1 Here **face** figuratively describes an entire person by reference to one part of them, the “face.” Alternate translation: “before me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 5 15 b1g3 figs-metaphor הִכְבִּ֣ידוּ עַל־הָ⁠עָ֗ם 1 Here Nehemiah speaks figuratively as if these governors had been a great burden that the people were carrying, making their lives very difficult. Alternate translation: “made life very difficult for the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 5 15 b1g1 figs-synecdoche לְ⁠פָנַ֜⁠י 1 Here **face** describes an entire person by reference to one part of them, the “face.” Alternate translation: “before me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 5 15 b1g3 figs-metaphor הִכְבִּ֣ידוּ עַל־הָ⁠עָ֗ם 1 Here Nehemiah speaks as if these governors had been a great burden that the people were carrying, making their lives very difficult. Alternate translation: “made life very difficult for the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 5 15 b1g5 figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּקְח֨וּ מֵ⁠הֶ֜ם בְּ⁠לֶ֤חֶם וָ⁠יַ֨יִן֙ אַחַר֙ כֶּֽסֶף־שְׁקָלִ֣ים אַרְבָּעִ֔ים 1 **After** indicates that the supplies of bread and wine were in addition to the money. Nehemiah is likely describing what the former governors required of the people each day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They demanded that they supply them with bread and wine and forty silver shekels every day.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 5 15 w4zk translate-bmoney כֶּֽסֶף־שְׁקָלִ֣ים אַרְבָּעִ֔ים 1 In ancient times, a silver shekel weighed about 11 grams or about a third of an ounce. You could try to express this in terms of modern money values, but if you did, that could cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate over time, since those values can change from year to year. Instead, you could say something general like “40 silver coins,” or give the equivalent weight, or use the biblical term in the text and give the weight in a note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
NEH 5 15 b1g7 translate-numbers כֶּֽסֶף־שְׁקָלִ֣ים אַרְבָּעִ֔ים 1 Alternate translation: “forty silver shekels” or “40 pieces of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NEH 5 15 b1g9 גַּ֥ם נַעֲרֵי⁠הֶ֖ם שָׁלְט֣וּ עַל־הָ⁠עָ֑ם 1 Alternate translation: “Even their servants oppressed the people.”
NEH 5 15 egg7 grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠אֲנִי֙ לֹא־עָשִׂ֣יתִי כֵ֔ן מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י יִרְאַ֥ת אֱלֹהִֽים 1 In this sentence, If it would be helpful in your language, you could put the reason before the result. Alternate translation: “But because of my fear of God, I did not take the food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
NEH 5 15 b1h1 figs-metaphor מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י יִרְאַ֥ת אֱלֹהִֽים 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents Nehemiah’s personal perception. “Fearing” God does not mean being afraid of God, but recognizing that God deserves respect and honor. Nehemiah is speaking of this perception figuratively, as if this recognition was always directly in front of him in a place where he could see it. He means that he was always aware of it. Alternate translation: “because I knew I needed to respect God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 5 16 gx42 figs-metaphor בִּ⁠מְלֶ֜אכֶת הַ⁠חוֹמָ֤ה הַ⁠זֹּאת֙ הֶחֱזַ֔קְתִּי 1 Nehemiah describes himself figuratively as **holding fast to**, meaning “holding onto,” the work of rebuilding the wall. This means that he was devoted to it, and he did not pursue other interests, including ones that could have made money for him. Alternate translation: “I devoted myself to the work of rebuilding of the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 5 15 b1h1 figs-metaphor מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י יִרְאַ֥ת אֱלֹהִֽים 1 Here, **face** represents Nehemiah’s personal perception. “Fearing” God does not mean being afraid of God, but recognizing that God deserves respect and honor. Nehemiah is speaking of this perception figuratively, as if this recognition was always directly in front of him in a place where he could see it. He means that he was always aware of it. Alternate translation: “because I knew I needed to respect God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 5 16 gx42 figs-metaphor בִּ⁠מְלֶ֜אכֶת הַ⁠חוֹמָ֤ה הַ⁠זֹּאת֙ הֶחֱזַ֔קְתִּי 1 Nehemiah describes himself as **holding fast to**, meaning “holding onto,” the work of rebuilding the wall. This means that he was devoted to it, and he did not pursue other interests, including ones that could have made money for him. Alternate translation: “I devoted myself to the work of rebuilding of the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 5 16 lm7t וְ⁠שָׂדֶ֖ה לֹ֣א קָנִ֑ינוּ 1 **We** likely refers to Nehemiah and his relatives, since he mentions his servants next.
NEH 5 16 b1h3 figs-synecdoche וְ⁠שָׂדֶ֖ה לֹ֣א קָנִ֑ינוּ 1 Nehemiah is using the term **field** figuratively to describe any kind of real property that he and his relatives might have bought. Verse 11 shows that this could have included not just fields but also things like vineyards, olive orchards, and houses. He is describing all real property by reference to one kind, a field. Alternate translation: “My relatives and I did not buy any property” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 5 16 b1h3 figs-synecdoche וְ⁠שָׂדֶ֖ה לֹ֣א קָנִ֑ינוּ 1 Nehemiah is using the term **field** to describe any kind of real property that he and his relatives might have bought. Verse 11 shows that this could have included not just fields but also things like vineyards, olive orchards, and houses. He is describing all real property by reference to one kind, a field. Alternate translation: “My relatives and I did not buy any property” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 5 16 m3s9 figs-explicit וְ⁠שָׂדֶ֖ה לֹ֣א קָנִ֑ינוּ 1 The implication is that they could have bought property cheaply because the poor were so desperate. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “My relatives and I did not buy any property, even though we could have gotten it cheaply because the poor were so desperate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 5 16 xpb3 figs-activepassive וְ⁠כָל־נְעָרַ֔⁠י קְבוּצִ֥ים שָׁ֖ם עַל־הַ⁠מְּלָאכָֽה 1 **There** means at the wall, and **for the work** means the work of rebuilding the wall. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “I gathered all of my servants there to work on the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 5 17 j2af figs-synecdoche וְ⁠הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֨ים 1 While this expression means “the Jewish people” in most of the book, in the context here and in 2:16 it seems to mean “Jewish leaders.” Nehemiah is describing some members of this people group, its leaders, as if they were the whole group. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 5 17 a1g4 translate-unknown וְ⁠הַ⁠סְּגָנִ֜ים 1 See how you translated this term in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “city officials” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 5 17 q9x7 figs-metonymy מֵאָ֧ה וַ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים אִ֗ישׁ…עַל־שֻׁלְחָנִֽ⁠י 1 Nehemiah is using the word **table** to refer to the act of feeding people. He is describing that act figuratively by reference to something associated with it, the table that the food was served on. Alternate translation: “every day I was responsible to feed 150 Jewish leaders and officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 5 17 q9x7 figs-metonymy מֵאָ֧ה וַ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים אִ֗ישׁ…עַל־שֻׁלְחָנִֽ⁠י 1 Nehemiah is using the word **table** to refer to the act of feeding people. He is describing that act by reference to something associated with it, the table that the food was served on. Alternate translation: “every day I was responsible to feed 150 Jewish leaders and officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 5 17 w7i4 figs-explicit וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּאִ֥ים אֵלֵ֛י⁠נוּ מִן־הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֥ם אֲשֶׁר־סְבִיבֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ 1 This likely refers to Jews who lived in other countries but who came to Jerusalem. Their own communities may have sent them as representatives, or they may have come on their own for business or personal reasons. Alternate translation: “and we also fed the Jewish visitors who came from other countries around us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 5 18 fa32 figs-ellipsis וַ⁠אֲשֶׁר֩ הָיָ֨ה נַעֲשֶׂ֜ה לְ⁠י֣וֹם אֶחָ֗ד שׁ֣וֹר אֶחָ֞ד צֹ֠אן שֵׁשׁ־בְּרֻר֤וֹת וְ⁠צִפֳּרִים֙ נַֽעֲשׂוּ־לִ֔⁠י 1 Nehemiah seems once again to be leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. He probably means something like, “What was prepared for one day is as follows: One bull, six choice sheep, and birds; that is what was prepared for me.” You could simplify the sentence for your readers by not including “were prepared for me” again at the end. Alternate translation: “Each day I told my servants to prepare one ox, six good sheep, and various kinds of poultry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 5 18 gqe2 figs-activepassive וַ⁠אֲשֶׁר֩ הָיָ֨ה נַעֲשֶׂ֜ה לְ⁠י֣וֹם אֶחָ֗ד 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Each day I told my servants to prepare” or “Each day I told my servants to serve us the meat from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ NEH 5 19 b1j1 figs-idiom זָכְרָ⁠ה־לִּ֥⁠י אֱלֹהַ֖⁠י ל
NEH 5 19 b1j3 כֹּ֥ל אֲשֶׁר־עָשִׂ֖יתִי עַל־הָ⁠עָ֥ם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 Nehemiah is once again leaving out some words that a sentence would ordinarily need. He is asking God to do good things for him because of all the good things he has done for the people of Judah as their governor. Alternate translation: “reward me because of all the good that I have done for the people of Judah”
NEH 6 intro k4df 0 # Nehemiah 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The building of the wall is completed in this chapter.<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 6:6-7 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long quotation.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Miracle<br><br>Completing this city wall in only 52 days was considered proof that God had helped the Jews, especially given the opposition that they had experienced from the people in surrounding areas.
NEH 6 1 c1a1 writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֣י 1 Nehemiah uses this phrase to introduce the next event in his story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
NEH 6 1 c1a3 figs-synecdoche נִשְׁמַ֣ע 1 This means that these enemies learned somehow that the wall was finished. Perhaps someone came and told them, or perhaps they received a written report. Nehemiah figuratively uses hearing, one means of discovering things, to describe these men learning this. Alternate translation: “when our enemies learned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 6 1 c1a3 figs-synecdoche נִשְׁמַ֣ע 1 This means that these enemies learned somehow that the wall was finished. Perhaps someone came and told them, or perhaps they received a written report. Nehemiah uses hearing, one means of discovering things, to describe these men learning this. Alternate translation: “when our enemies learned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 6 1 c1a5 figs-activepassive כַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר נִשְׁמַ֣ע…וּ⁠לְ⁠יֶ֣תֶר אֹֽיְבֵ֗י⁠נוּ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “when our enemies learned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 6 1 gd7c translate-names לְ⁠סַנְבַלַּ֣ט וְ֠⁠טוֹבִיָּה 1 These are the names of men. See how you translated them in [2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 6 1 bxn2 translate-names וּ⁠לְ⁠גֶ֨שֶׁם 1 This is the name of a man and his people group. See how you translated these names in [2:19](../02/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -656,16 +656,16 @@ NEH 6 7 c1e3 grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠עַתָּה֙ 1 This is not a
NEH 6 7 c1e5 לְכָ֔⁠ה וְ⁠נִֽוָּעֲצָ֖ה יַחְדָּֽו 1 As in [6:2](../06/02.md), “come” is a word of encouragement rather than a command. Alternate translation: “So we really should meet together and talk about this”
NEH 6 8 ei6j וָ⁠אֶשְׁלְחָ֤⁠ה אֵלָי⁠ו֙ 1 Alternate translation: “I sent a message back to him”
NEH 6 8 ab7x figs-activepassive לֹ֤א נִֽהְיָה֙ כַּ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה אֲשֶׁ֖ר אַתָּ֣ה אוֹמֵ֑ר 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I have not done any of the things you have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 6 8 ds1y figs-metaphor כִּ֥י מִֽ⁠לִּבְּ⁠ךָ֖ אַתָּ֥ה בוֹדָֽא⁠ם 1 Here, the **heart** figuratively represents someone’s thoughts and feelings. Sanballat’s thoughts and feelings, in turn, represent him as a person. Alternate translation: “you have made all this up in your own imagination” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 6 8 ds1y figs-metaphor כִּ֥י מִֽ⁠לִּבְּ⁠ךָ֖ אַתָּ֥ה בוֹדָֽא⁠ם 1 Here, the **heart** represents someone’s thoughts and feelings. Sanballat’s thoughts and feelings, in turn, represent him as a person. Alternate translation: “you have made all this up in your own imagination” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 6 8 c1e7 grammar-connect-logic-contrast כִּ֥י 1 This term expresses a contrast between the clause that comes before and the clause that comes after. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
NEH 6 9 p45k figs-explicit כִּ֣י כֻלָּ֗⁠ם מְיָֽרְאִ֤ים אוֹתָ֨⁠נוּ֙ 1 This likely means, “they were all trying to frighten us.” The implication is that Nehemiah recognized that this was the motive behind the letters. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I knew that they were all just trying to frighten us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 6 9 c1e9 לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 Alternate translation: “They were thinking”
NEH 6 9 b5ij figs-metaphor יִרְפּ֧וּ יְדֵי⁠הֶ֛ם מִן־הַ⁠מְּלָאכָ֖ה 1 Here, **hand** figuratively represents strength, power, control, or action. Alternate translation: “The workers will stop doing the work on the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 6 9 b5ij figs-metaphor יִרְפּ֧וּ יְדֵי⁠הֶ֛ם מִן־הַ⁠מְּלָאכָ֖ה 1 Here, **hand** represents strength, power, control, or action. Alternate translation: “The workers will stop doing the work on the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 6 9 c1f1 figs-explicit יִרְפּ֧וּ יְדֵי⁠הֶ֛ם מִן־הַ⁠מְּלָאכָ֖ה 1 The implication is that the enemies expected the Jews to become so afraid of being accused of rebelling for rebuilding the wall that they would stop doing that. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Jews will become so afraid that they will stop working on the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 6 9 c1f3 figs-explicit מִן־הַ⁠מְּלָאכָ֖ה 1 This means specifically the work on the wall. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “working on the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 6 9 c1f5 figs-activepassive וְ⁠לֹ֣א תֵעָשֶׂ֑ה 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “they will never finish rebuilding it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 6 9 j1dj figs-aside וְ⁠עַתָּ֖ה חַזֵּ֥ק אֶת־יָדָֽ⁠י 1 Nehemiah speaks directly to God once again here. This instance is like the one in [4:4](../04/04.md), where Nehemiah records what he prayed at the time of the events he is describing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this by introducing the prayer with a phrase such as “so I prayed,” by presenting the prayer as a direct quotation, and by having Nehemiah address God directly at the beginning. Alternate translation: “So I prayed, ‘O God, give me courage’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
NEH 6 9 c1f7 figs-metaphor חַזֵּ֥ק אֶת־יָדָֽ⁠י 1 Here the strength of a person’s hands figuratively stands for the courage they are feeling inside. Alternate translation: “strengthen me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 6 9 c1f7 figs-metaphor חַזֵּ֥ק אֶת־יָדָֽ⁠י 1 Here the strength of a person’s hands stands for the courage they are feeling inside. Alternate translation: “strengthen me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 6 10 c1f9 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וַ⁠אֲנִי 1 Nehemiah uses this phrase to introduce something else that happened around this same time. Alternate translation: “Around this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
NEH 6 10 c1g1 בָ֗אתִי בֵּ֣ית 1 Alternate translation: “I went to visit”
NEH 6 10 ybj6 translate-names שְֽׁמַֽעְיָ֧ה בֶן־דְּלָיָ֛ה בֶּן־מְהֵֽיטַבְאֵ֖ל 1 Shemaiah is the name of a man, Delaiah is the name of his father, and Mehetabel is the name of his grandfather. Alternate translation: “Shemaiah, the son of Delaiah and grandson of Mehetabel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -673,7 +673,7 @@ NEH 6 10 k8xd figs-activepassive וְ⁠ה֣וּא עָצ֑וּר 1 You can say
NEH 6 10 c1g3 translate-symaction וְ⁠ה֣וּא עָצ֑וּר 1 Nehemiah does not say why Shemaiah was not leaving his house. He could have been sick or he could have been ceremonially unclean, so you might choose not to specify any reason. However, the context suggests that Shemaiah may have been trying to symbolize that it was not safe for Jewish leaders to go around in public. A man by the name of Shemaiah is listed in [10:8](../10/08.md) as one of the priests who signed the community agreement. This could be the same person since he has access to the temple and is therefore likely a priest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could suggest this reason explicitly. Alternate translation: “He was a priest, and he was trying to show that it was not safe for Jewish leaders to go out in public, so he was not leaving his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
NEH 6 10 c1g5 figs-explicit נִוָּעֵד֩ אֶל־בֵּ֨ית הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֜ים אֶל־תּ֣וֹךְ הַֽ⁠הֵיכָ֗ל 1 Shemaiah seems to be proposing that he and Nehemiah move their meeting to the temple, suggesting that they are not even safe in his house. Alternate translation: “We are not safe even here. We need to go into the temple, to the sacred place inside the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 6 10 c1g7 figs-parallelism אֶל־בֵּ֨ית הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֜ים אֶל־תּ֣וֹךְ הַֽ⁠הֵיכָ֗ל 1 These two phrases mean similar things. Shemaiah uses the repetition to emphasize the danger he is suggesting they are in. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “into the temple” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NEH 6 10 c1g9 figs-metaphor בֵּ֨ית הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֜ים 1 Shemaiah is referring to the temple figuratively as the “house of God,” as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 6 10 c1g9 figs-metaphor בֵּ֨ית הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֜ים 1 Shemaiah is referring to the temple as the “house of God,” as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 6 10 c1h1 וְ⁠נִסְגְּרָה֙ דַּלְת֣וֹת הַ⁠הֵיכָ֔ל 1 This means to not just close the doors but lock them. Alternate translation: “and lock the doors”
NEH 6 10 c1h3 כִּ֚י בָּאִ֣ים לְ⁠הָרְגֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 Shemaiah does not say who these people are. It would be possible to say something based on what can reasonably be inferred. For example, “Your enemies have hired people to kill you.” However, the vagueness seems to be part of Shemaiah’s strategy to frighten Nehemiah. So it might be more effective to leave this indefinite. Alternate translation: “because people are trying to kill you”
NEH 6 10 c1h5 וְ⁠לַ֖יְלָה בָּאִ֥ים לְ⁠הָרְגֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 Shemaiah’s confidence in the detail of “at night” seems designed to make Nehemiah even more afraid because this means that the killers will come in the dark when he is asleep, so he won’t be able to protect himself. It could be helpful to your readers for your translation to reflect this confidence. Alternate translation: “I know that one night they are going to come and kill you”
@ -700,15 +700,15 @@ NEH 6 15 g17x translate-hebrewmonths בְּ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וַ⁠חֲמ
NEH 6 15 c1k1 translate-ordinal בְּ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וַ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֖ה לֶ⁠אֱל֑וּל 1 Alternate translation: “on day 25 of the month of Elul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NEH 6 15 ara3 translate-numbers לַ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁנַ֖יִם יֽוֹם 1 Alternate translation: “after working on it for 52 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NEH 6 16 c1k3 writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֗י 1 Nehemiah uses this phrase to introduce the next event in his story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
NEH 6 16 c1k5 figs-synecdoche כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר שָֽׁמְעוּ֙ כָּל־א֣וֹיְבֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 This means that these enemies learned by some means that work had been completed. Nehemiah figuratively uses hearing, one means of discovering things, to describe the enemies learning this. Alternate translation: “when all of our enemies learned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 6 16 c1k5 figs-synecdoche כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר שָֽׁמְעוּ֙ כָּל־א֣וֹיְבֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 This means that these enemies learned by some means that work had been completed. Nehemiah uses hearing, one means of discovering things, to describe the enemies learning this. Alternate translation: “when all of our enemies learned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 6 16 c1k7 figs-explicit כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר שָֽׁמְעוּ֙ כָּל־א֣וֹיְבֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 This means specifically, “When all our enemies learned that we had completed the rebuilding in such a short time.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 6 16 c1k9 figs-parallelism וַ⁠יִּֽרְא֗וּ כָּל־הַ⁠גּוֹיִם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר סְבִֽיבֹתֵ֔י⁠נוּ וַ⁠יִּפְּל֥וּ מְאֹ֖ד בְּ⁠עֵינֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 These two phrases mean similar things. Nehemiah uses the repetition to emphasize how intimidated the people in the surrounding countries felt. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “they thought much less of themselves” or “they lost confidence in themselves,” otherwise “they became afraid and felt humiliated” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NEH 6 16 t54c figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּפְּל֥וּ מְאֹ֖ד בְּ⁠עֵינֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 Here, **fell** is a figurative way of saying “become less.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 6 16 c1l1 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּפְּל֥וּ מְאֹ֖ד בְּ⁠עֵינֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 Here, **eyes** stand for “seeing,” and “seeing” figuratively means judgment. This means that these people were no longer so great or powerful in their own estimation. Alternate translation: “they lost confidence in themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 6 16 c1l1 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּפְּל֥וּ מְאֹ֖ד בְּ⁠עֵינֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 Here, **eyes** stand for “seeing,” and “seeing” means judgment. This means that these people were no longer so great or powerful in their own estimation. Alternate translation: “they lost confidence in themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 6 16 py4c grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יֵּ֣דְע֔וּ כִּ֚י מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת אֱלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ נֶעֶשְׂתָ֖ה הַ⁠מְּלָאכָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּֽאת 1 You can put this right before the statement that the enemies were afraid and thought less of themselves, because it is the reason that explains that result. Alternate translation: “They realized that our God had helped us complete this work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
NEH 6 16 c1l3 figs-activepassive מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת אֱלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ נֶעֶשְׂתָ֖ה הַ⁠מְּלָאכָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּֽאת 1 You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “our God had helped us complete this work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 6 17 c1l5 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous גַּ֣ם ׀ בַּ⁠יָּמִ֣ים הָ⁠הֵ֗ם 1 Nehemiah uses this phrase to introduce something else that was happening at the same time as the other events he has just described. Alternate translation: “During this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
NEH 6 17 c1l7 figs-idiom בַּ⁠יָּמִ֣ים הָ⁠הֵ֗ם 1 The term **days** is used figuratively here to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 6 17 c1l7 figs-idiom בַּ⁠יָּמִ֣ים הָ⁠הֵ֗ם 1 The term **days** is used here to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 6 17 c1l9 חֹרֵ֤י יְהוּדָה֙ 1 See how you translated this term in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “the leading citizens of Judah”
NEH 6 17 zw37 figs-explicit מַרְבִּ֞ים…אִגְּרֹ֣תֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 The implication is these citizens were sending information to Tobiah about Nehemiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “sent many messengers with letters to Tobiah to give him information about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 6 17 rx81 figs-personification וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר לְ⁠טוֹבִיָּ֖ה בָּא֥וֹת אֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 Here Nehemiah speaks of Tobiah’s letters as if they could come on their own to the people he was answering. Alternate translation: “Tobiah sent letters” or “Tobiah sent many messengers with letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@ -723,7 +723,7 @@ NEH 6 18 id1x translate-names וִֽ⁠יהוֹחָנָ֣ן 1 This is the name
NEH 6 18 c1m9 בְּנ֔⁠וֹ 1 **His** means that Jehohanan was the son of Tobiah.
NEH 6 18 c1n1 לָקַ֕ח אֶת־בַּת 1 Alternate translation: “was married to the daughter of”
NEH 6 18 y3lg translate-names מְשֻׁלָּ֖ם בֶּ֥ן בֶּֽרֶכְיָֽה 1 Meshullam is the name of a man, and Berechiah is the name of his father. He is mentioned in [3:4](../03/04.md) and [3:30](../03/30.md). See how you translated his name there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 6 19 mj72 figs-metaphor טוֹבֹתָ֗י⁠ו הָי֤וּ אֹמְרִים֙ לְ⁠פָנַ֔⁠י 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. Alternate translation: “told me personally about Tobiah’s good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 6 19 mj72 figs-metaphor טוֹבֹתָ֗י⁠ו הָי֤וּ אֹמְרִים֙ לְ⁠פָנַ֔⁠י 1 Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. Alternate translation: “told me personally about Tobiah’s good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 6 19 c1n3 הָי֤וּ 1 **They** means the people who were loyal to Tobiah.
NEH 6 19 e3zt figs-idiom וּ⁠דְבָרַ֕⁠י הָי֥וּ מוֹצִיאִ֖ים ל֑⁠וֹ 1 **Taking out** here is an idiom that means these people were “reporting” Nehemiah’s responses to Tobiah. Alternate translation: “and then told him about my responses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 7 intro qk4v 0 # Nehemiah 7 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Genealogy\n\nThe people who returned from Persia were counted according to their families. Nehemiah ensured that those who lived in Jerusalem had a completely Jewish ancestry.\n\n### Different lists\n\nThis list is paralleled in [Ezra 2](../ezr/02/01.md). The lists do contain some differences in numbers. This is probably due to the timing of their counting. They were likely counted at different times.
@ -747,11 +747,11 @@ NEH 7 3 ed9m figs-explicit עַד־חֹ֣ם הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔מֶשׁ 1 The imp
NEH 7 3 b2es וְ⁠עַ֨ד הֵ֥ם עֹמְדִ֛ים יָגִ֥יפוּ הַ⁠דְּלָת֖וֹת וֶ⁠אֱחֹ֑זוּ 1 **They** means the gatekeepers, and “standing” means keeping guard. Alternate translation: “Order the doors to be shut and locked while the gatekeepers are still on guard”
NEH 7 3 mir9 figs-idiom וְ⁠הַעֲמֵ֗יד מִשְׁמְרוֹת֙ יֹשְׁבֵ֣י יְרוּשָׁלִַ֔ם אִ֚ישׁ בְּ⁠מִשְׁמָר֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אִ֖ישׁ נֶ֥גֶד בֵּיתֽ⁠וֹ 1 In this context, **a man** means **each man.** It is likely that adult males were intended for this dangerous night duty. “A man in his watch” means that each man should take a turn, and “a man in front of his house” means that each man should keep watch in his own neighborhood. Alternate translation: “Have the men who live in Jerusalem take turns keeping watch in their own neighborhoods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 7 4 d1a5 figs-doublet וְ⁠הָ⁠עִ֞יר רַחֲבַ֤ת יָדַ֨יִם֙ וּ⁠גְדוֹלָ֔ה 1 These two short phrases mean similar things. Nehemiah uses them together to emphasize how large Jerusalem was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “The city of Jerusalem covered a large area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
NEH 7 4 d1a7 figs-idiom רַחֲבַ֤ת יָדַ֨יִם֙ 1 Here, **hand** figuratively means “side.” The image is that if you stood in the city, there would be a lot of it on both sides of you. Alternate translation: “covered a large area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 7 4 d1a7 figs-idiom רַחֲבַ֤ת יָדַ֨יִם֙ 1 Here, **hand** means “side.” The image is that if you stood in the city, there would be a lot of it on both sides of you. Alternate translation: “covered a large area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 7 4 d1a9 וְ⁠הָ⁠עָ֥ם מְעַ֖ט בְּ⁠תוֹכָ֑⁠הּ 1 Alternate translation: “but not many people lived there”
NEH 7 4 y6y8 figs-activepassive וְ⁠אֵ֥ין בָּתִּ֖ים בְּנוּיִֽם 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the people had not yet rebuilt the houses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 7 5 d1b1 figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֤ן אֱלֹהַ⁠י֙ אֶל־לִבִּ֔⁠י 1 The implication is that registering the people was a first step toward filling Jerusalem with people again, a process that Nehemiah will describe in chapter 11. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as a first step towards filling Jerusalem with people again, God led me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 7 5 wjd3 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֤ן אֱלֹהַ⁠י֙ אֶל־לִבִּ֔⁠י 1 As in [2:12](../02/12.md), Nehemiah’s **heart** figuratively represents his thoughts and will. Alternate translation: “God inspired me” or “led me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 5 wjd3 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֤ן אֱלֹהַ⁠י֙ אֶל־לִבִּ֔⁠י 1 As in [2:12](../02/12.md), Nehemiah’s **heart** represents his thoughts and will. Alternate translation: “God inspired me” or “led me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 5 d1b3 grammar-connect-logic-result וָ⁠אֶקְבְּצָ֞⁠ה 1 This word indicates that what Nehemiah did was in response to the situation just described. Alternate translation: “so I gathered together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
NEH 7 5 d1b5 translate-unknown אֶת־הַ⁠חֹרִ֧ים וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠סְּגָנִ֛ים 1 See how you translated these terms in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “the leading citizens and the city officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 7 5 d1b7 וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 In context, this likely means “the other people living in the city.”
@ -769,41 +769,41 @@ NEH 7 7 d1c5 הַ⁠בָּאִ֣ים עִם 1 This phrase introduces a list of
NEH 7 7 mu5h translate-names זְרֻבָּבֶ֗ל יֵשׁ֡וּעַ נְחֶמְיָ֡ה עֲ֠זַרְיָה רַֽעַמְיָ֨ה נַחֲמָ֜נִי מָרְדֳּכַ֥י בִּלְשָׁ֛ן מִסְפֶּ֥רֶת בִּגְוַ֖י נְח֣וּם בַּעֲנָ֑ה 1 Zerubbabel … Jeshua … Nehemiah … Azariah … Raamiah … Nahamani … Mordecai … Bilshan … Mispereth … Bigvai … Nehum … Baanah These are the names of twelve men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 7 fz51 מִסְפַּ֕ר אַנְשֵׁ֖י עַ֥ם יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 In keeping with the practices of the time, the totals in the list that follows likely include just the men and not also the women and children. While all of these people were from Judah, they were from the Israelite people group. Alternate translation: “This is how many men came back from each Israelite clan and town”
NEH 7 8 r3xa בְּנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔שׁ אַלְפַּ֕יִם מֵאָ֖ה וְ⁠שִׁבְעִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁנָֽיִם 1 This means, “From the descendants of Parosh, 2,172 returned.” To help make this clear for your readers, you could say something like “returned” throughout verses 8–45, after the name of each group and the number that is given.
NEH 7 8 d1c7 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔שׁ 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Parosh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 8 d1c7 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔שׁ 1 **Sons** means “descendants” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Parosh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 8 l98v translate-names פַרְעֹ֔שׁ 1 Parosh Parosh is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 9 jc4a figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Shephatiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 9 jc4a figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה 1 **Sons** means “descendants” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Shephatiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 9 gy8k translate-names שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה 1 Shephatiah Shephatiah is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 10 d1c9 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י אָרַ֔ח 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Arah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 10 d1c9 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י אָרַ֔ח 1 **Sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Arah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 10 nq9e translate-names אָרַ֔ח 1 Arah Arah is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 11 my8s figs-metaphor בְּנֵֽי־פַחַ֥ת מוֹאָ֛ב לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י יֵשׁ֖וּעַ וְ⁠יוֹאָ֑ב 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Pahath-Moab who were descendants of Jeshua and Joab” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 11 my8s figs-metaphor בְּנֵֽי־פַחַ֥ת מוֹאָ֛ב לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י יֵשׁ֖וּעַ וְ⁠יוֹאָ֑ב 1 **Sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Pahath-Moab who were descendants of Jeshua and Joab” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 11 v6jn translate-names פַחַ֥ת מוֹאָ֛ב…יֵשׁ֖וּעַ וְ⁠יוֹאָ֑ב 1 Pahath-Moab … Jeshua … Joab Pahath-Moab is the name of a man, and Jeshua and Joab are the names of two of his descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 12 d1d1 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י עֵילָ֔ם 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 12 d1d1 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י עֵילָ֔ם 1 **Sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 12 d7wf translate-names עֵילָ֔ם 1 Elam Elam is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 13 d1d3 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י זַתּ֔וּא 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Zattu” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 13 d1d3 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י זַתּ֔וּא 1 **Sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Zattu” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 13 sbz7 translate-names זַתּ֔וּא 1 Zattu Zattu is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 14 d1d5 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י זַכָּ֔י 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Zakkai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 14 d1d5 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י זַכָּ֔י 1 **Sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Zakkai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 14 v5zr translate-names זַכָּ֔י 1 Zakkai Zakkai is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 15 a26a figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י בִנּ֔וּי 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Binnui” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 15 a26a figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י בִנּ֔וּי 1 **Sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Binnui” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 15 x1bd translate-names בִנּ֔וּי 1 Binnui Binnui is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 16 d1d7 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י בֵבָ֔י 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Bebai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 16 d1d7 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י בֵבָ֔י 1 **Sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Bebai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 16 ay45 translate-names בֵבָ֔י 1 Bebai Bebai is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 17 d1d9 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י עַזְגָּ֔ד 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Azgad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 17 d1d9 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י עַזְגָּ֔ד 1 **Sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Azgad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 17 h84y translate-names עַזְגָּ֔ד 1 Azgad Azgad is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 18 d1e1 figs-metaphor בְּנֵי֙ אֲדֹ֣נִיקָ֔ם 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Adonikam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 18 d1e1 figs-metaphor בְּנֵי֙ אֲדֹ֣נִיקָ֔ם 1 **Sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Adonikam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 18 b95k translate-names אֲדֹ֣נִיקָ֔ם 1 Adonikam Adonikam is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 19 lhq4 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י בִגְוָ֔י 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Bigvai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 19 lhq4 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י בִגְוָ֔י 1 **Sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Bigvai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 19 iy74 translate-names בִגְוָ֔י 1 Bigvai Bigvai is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 20 d1e3 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י עָדִ֔ין 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Adin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 20 d1e3 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י עָדִ֔ין 1 **Sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Adin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 20 d5wk translate-names עָדִ֔ין 1 Adin Adin is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 21 l797 figs-metaphor בְּנֵֽי־אָטֵ֥ר לְ⁠חִזְקִיָּ֖ה 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Ater who were descendants of Hezekiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 21 l797 figs-metaphor בְּנֵֽי־אָטֵ֥ר לְ⁠חִזְקִיָּ֖ה 1 **Sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Ater who were descendants of Hezekiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 21 mxg1 translate-names אָטֵ֥ר 1 Ater Ater is the name of a man, and Hezekiah is the name of one of his descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 22 d1e5 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י חָשֻׁ֔ם 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants.** Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Hashum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 22 d1e5 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י חָשֻׁ֔ם 1 **Sons** means **descendants.** Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Hashum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 22 r3ee translate-names חָשֻׁ֔ם 1 Hashum Hashum is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 23 yyf7 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י בֵצָ֔י 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants.** Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Bezai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 23 yyf7 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י בֵצָ֔י 1 **Sons** means **descendants.** Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Bezai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 23 v6eh translate-names בֵצָ֔י 1 Bezai Bezai is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 24 i39d figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י חָרִ֔יף 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Hariph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 24 i39d figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י חָרִ֔יף 1 **Sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Hariph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 24 j9rb translate-names חָרִ֔יף 1 Hariph Hariph is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 25 xmr1 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֥י גִבְע֖וֹן 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Gibeon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 25 xmr1 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֥י גִבְע֖וֹן 1 **Sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Gibeon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 25 sj6p translate-names גִבְע֖וֹן 1 Gibeon Gibeon is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 26 sde6 translate-names בֵֽית־לֶ֨חֶם֙ וּ⁠נְטֹפָ֔ה 1 Bethlehem and Netophah Bethlehem and Netophah are the names of towns. Alternate translation: “from the towns of Bethlehem and Netophah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 27 v2tb translate-names עֲנָת֔וֹת 1 Anathoth Anathoth is the name of a town. Alternate translation: “from the town of Anathoth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -814,72 +814,72 @@ NEH 7 31 ty2q translate-names מִכְמָ֔ס 1 Michmas Michmas is the name of
NEH 7 32 b4qw translate-names בֵֽית־אֵל֙ וְ⁠הָ⁠עָ֔י 1 Bethel and Ai Bethel and Ai are the names of towns. Alternate translation: “from the towns of Bethel and Ai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 33 dbu1 translate-names נְב֛וֹ 1 Nebo Nebo is the name of a town. Alternate translation: “from another town called Nebo” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 34 wz53 translate-names עֵילָ֣ם אַחֵ֔ר 1 Elam is the name of a town. Alternate translation: “from another town called Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 34 d1vy figs-personification עֵילָ֣ם 1 Elam The document speaks here of the town of Elam as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “from another town called Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NEH 7 35 d1e7 figs-personification בְּנֵ֣י חָרִ֔ם 1 The document speaks here of the town of Harim as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “from the town of Harim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NEH 7 34 d1vy figs-personification עֵילָ֣ם 1 Elam The document speaks here of the town of Elam as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “from another town called Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NEH 7 35 d1e7 figs-personification בְּנֵ֣י חָרִ֔ם 1 The document speaks here of the town of Harim as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “from the town of Harim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NEH 7 35 s9ek translate-names חָרִ֔ם 1 Harim Harim is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 36 d1e9 figs-personification בְּנֵ֣י יְרֵח֔וֹ 1 The document speaks here of the city of Jericho as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that city. Alternate translation: “from the city of Jericho” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NEH 7 36 d1e9 figs-personification בְּנֵ֣י יְרֵח֔וֹ 1 The document speaks here of the city of Jericho as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying that these men were from families that had originally lived in that city. Alternate translation: “from the city of Jericho” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NEH 7 36 avk6 translate-names יְרֵח֔וֹ 1 Jericho Jericho is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 37 d1f1 figs-personification בְּנֵי־לֹד֙ חָדִ֣יד וְ⁠אוֹנ֔וֹ 1 The document speaks here of the towns of Lod, Hadid, and Ono as if they were the ancestors of all the people who lived in them. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in those towns. Alternate translation: “from towns of Lod, Hadid, and Ono” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NEH 7 37 d1f1 figs-personification בְּנֵי־לֹד֙ חָדִ֣יד וְ⁠אוֹנ֔וֹ 1 The document speaks here of the towns of Lod, Hadid, and Ono as if they were the ancestors of all the people who lived in them. It is saying that these men were from families that had originally lived in those towns. Alternate translation: “from towns of Lod, Hadid, and Ono” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NEH 7 37 b9f2 translate-names לֹד֙ חָדִ֣יד וְ⁠אוֹנ֔וֹ 1 Lod, Hadid, and Ono Lod, Hadid, and Ono are the names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 38 d1f3 figs-personification בְּנֵ֣י סְנָאָ֔ה 1 The document speaks here of the town of Senaah as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “from the town of Senaah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NEH 7 38 d1f3 figs-personification בְּנֵ֣י סְנָאָ֔ה 1 The document speaks here of the town of Senaah as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “from the town of Senaah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NEH 7 38 rla1 translate-names סְנָאָ֔ה 1 Senaah Senaah is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 39 x7hb הַֽ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֑ים 1 Alternate translation: “This is how many men returned from each family of priests”
NEH 7 39 xwy8 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֤י יְדַֽעְיָה֙ לְ⁠בֵ֣ית יֵשׁ֔וּעַ 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Jedaiah who were descendants of Jeshua” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 39 xwy8 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֤י יְדַֽעְיָה֙ לְ⁠בֵ֣ית יֵשׁ֔וּעַ 1 **Sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Jedaiah who were descendants of Jeshua” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 39 d1f5 translate-names יְדַֽעְיָה֙…יֵשׁ֔וּעַ 1 Jedaiah is the name of a man, and Jeshua is the name of one of his descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 39 mk8g figs-metonymy לְ⁠בֵ֣ית יֵשׁ֔וּעַ 1 Here, the word **house** describes all the people descended from a particular person. The document is describing all of the descendants of Jeshua figuratively as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “who were descendants of Jeshua” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 7 40 d1f7 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י אִמֵּ֔ר 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Immer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 39 mk8g figs-metonymy לְ⁠בֵ֣ית יֵשׁ֔וּעַ 1 Here, the word **house** describes all the people descended from a particular person. The document is describing all of the descendants of Jeshua as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “who were descendants of Jeshua” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 7 40 d1f7 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י אִמֵּ֔ר 1 **Sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Immer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 40 kd29 translate-names אִמֵּ֔ר 1 Immer Immer is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 41 d1f9 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י פַשְׁח֔וּר 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Pashhur” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 41 d1f9 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י פַשְׁח֔וּר 1 **Sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Pashhur” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 41 xd2z translate-names פַשְׁח֔וּר 1 Pashhur Pashhur is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 42 zi06 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י חָרִ֔ם 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Harim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 42 zi06 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י חָרִ֔ם 1 **Sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Harim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 42 ias1 translate-names חָרִ֔ם 1 Harim Harim is the name of a man. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Harim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 43 h37e הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֑ם 1 Alternate translation: “Some of the descendants of Levi also returned.”
NEH 7 43 d1g3 figs-metaphor בְּנֵֽי־יֵשׁ֧וּעַ לְ⁠קַדְמִיאֵ֛ל לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י לְ⁠הוֹדְוָ֖ה 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Jeshua and Kadmiel, who were descended from Hodevah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 43 d1g3 figs-metaphor בְּנֵֽי־יֵשׁ֧וּעַ לְ⁠קַדְמִיאֵ֛ל לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י לְ⁠הוֹדְוָ֖ה 1 **Sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Jeshua and Kadmiel, who were descended from Hodevah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 43 v5s3 translate-names יֵשׁ֧וּעַ לְ⁠קַדְמִיאֵ֛ל…לְ⁠הוֹדְוָ֖ה 1 Jeshua and Kadmiel are men’s names, and Hodevah is the name of their ancestor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 44 v68g translate-unknown הַֽ⁠מְשֹׁרְרִ֑ים 1 As in [7:1](../07/01.md), this refers to vocal musicians who led in worship, in processions, and ceremonies, producing music and chants that emphasized and enhanced the occasion. Alternate translation: “singers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 7 44 d1g5 הַֽ⁠מְשֹׁרְרִ֑ים 1 Alternate translation: “Some of the descendants of the singers also returned.”
NEH 7 44 d1g7 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י אָסָ֔ף 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Asaph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 44 d1g7 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י אָסָ֔ף 1 **Sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Asaph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 44 ht7l translate-names אָסָ֔ף 1 Asaph Asaph is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 45 b7ne הַ⁠שֹּֽׁעֲרִ֗ים 1 See how you translated this term in [7:1](../07/01.md). Alternate translation: “Some of the descendants of the gatekeepers also returned”
NEH 7 45 h78b figs-metaphor בְּנֵֽי־שַׁלּ֤וּם בְּנֵֽי־אָטֵר֙ בְּנֵֽי־טַלְמֹ֣ן בְּנֵֽי־עַקּ֔וּב בְּנֵ֥י חֲטִיטָ֖א בְּנֵ֣י שֹׁבָ֑י 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Shallum, Ater, Talmon, Akkub, Hatita, and Shobai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 45 h78b figs-metaphor בְּנֵֽי־שַׁלּ֤וּם בְּנֵֽי־אָטֵר֙ בְּנֵֽי־טַלְמֹ֣ן בְּנֵֽי־עַקּ֔וּב בְּנֵ֥י חֲטִיטָ֖א בְּנֵ֣י שֹׁבָ֑י 1 **Sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Shallum, Ater, Talmon, Akkub, Hatita, and Shobai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 45 wy4p translate-names שַׁלּ֤וּם…אָטֵר֙…טַלְמֹ֣ן…עַקּ֔וּב…חֲטִיטָ֖א…שֹׁבָ֑י 1 Shallum … Ater … Talmon … Akkub … Hatita … Shobai These are the names of six men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 46 t2j5 translate-unknown הַ⁠נְּתִינִ֑ים 1 As in [3:26](../03/26.md), the term “Nethinim” describes servants who worked in the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 7 46 cd4k הַ⁠נְּתִינִ֑ים 1 Alternate translation: “Some of the descendants of the temple servants also returned”
NEH 7 46 d6np figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־צִחָ֥א בְנֵי־חֲשֻׂפָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י טַבָּעֽוֹת 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Shallum, Ater, Talmon, Akkub, Hatita, and Shobai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 46 d6np figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־צִחָ֥א בְנֵי־חֲשֻׂפָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י טַבָּעֽוֹת 1 **Sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Shallum, Ater, Talmon, Akkub, Hatita, and Shobai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 46 st75 translate-names צִחָ֥א…חֲשֻׂפָ֖א…טַבָּעֽוֹת 1 Ziha … Hasupha … Tabbaoth These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 47 mn22 figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־קֵירֹ֥ס בְּנֵי־סִיעָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י פָדֽוֹן 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from [7:46](../07/46.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Keros, Sia, Padon,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 48 ln8l figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־לְבָנָ֥ה בְנֵי־חֲגָבָ֖ה בְּנֵ֥י שַׁלְמָֽי 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from [7:46](../07/46.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Lebana, Hagaba, Shalmai,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 49 zpn7 figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־חָנָ֥ן בְּנֵי־גִדֵּ֖ל בְּנֵי־גָֽחַר 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from [7:46](../07/46.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Hanan, Giddel, Gahar,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 50 s8hz figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־רְאָיָ֥ה בְנֵי־רְצִ֖ין בְּנֵ֥י נְקוֹדָֽא 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from [7:46](../07/46.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Reaiah, Rezin, Nekoda,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 51 u8ea figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־גַזָּ֥ם בְּנֵי־עֻזָּ֖א בְּנֵ֥י פָסֵֽחַ 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from [7:46](../07/46.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Gazzam, Uzza, Paseah,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 52 i1dd figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־בֵסַ֥י בְּנֵי־מְעוּנִ֖ים בְּנֵ֥י נפושסים 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from [7:46](../07/46.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Besai, Meunim, Nephushesim,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 53 u7qn figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־בַקְבּ֥וּק בְּנֵֽי־חֲקוּפָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י חַרְחֽוּר 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from [7:46](../07/46.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Bakbuk, Hakupha, Harhur,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 54 jat5 figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־בַצְלִ֥ית בְּנֵֽי־מְחִידָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י חַרְשָֽׁא 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from [7:46](../07/46.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Bazluth, Mehida, Harsha,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 55 w15p figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־בַרְק֥וֹס בְּֽנֵי־סִֽיסְרָ֖א בְּנֵי־תָֽמַח 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from [7:46](../07/46.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Barkos, Sisera, Temah,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 56 i1b4 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֥י נְצִ֖יחַ בְּנֵ֥י חֲטִיפָֽא 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from [7:46](../07/46.md), you can just list the names of these two men, and end the series in this verse. Alternate translation: “Neziah, and Hatipha.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 47 mn22 figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־קֵירֹ֥ס בְּנֵי־סִיעָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י פָדֽוֹן 1 **Sons** means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from [7:46](../07/46.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Keros, Sia, Padon,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 48 ln8l figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־לְבָנָ֥ה בְנֵי־חֲגָבָ֖ה בְּנֵ֥י שַׁלְמָֽי 1 **Sons** means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from [7:46](../07/46.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Lebana, Hagaba, Shalmai,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 49 zpn7 figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־חָנָ֥ן בְּנֵי־גִדֵּ֖ל בְּנֵי־גָֽחַר 1 **Sons** means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from [7:46](../07/46.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Hanan, Giddel, Gahar,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 50 s8hz figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־רְאָיָ֥ה בְנֵי־רְצִ֖ין בְּנֵ֥י נְקוֹדָֽא 1 **Sons** means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from [7:46](../07/46.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Reaiah, Rezin, Nekoda,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 51 u8ea figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־גַזָּ֥ם בְּנֵי־עֻזָּ֖א בְּנֵ֥י פָסֵֽחַ 1 **Sons** means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from [7:46](../07/46.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Gazzam, Uzza, Paseah,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 52 i1dd figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־בֵסַ֥י בְּנֵי־מְעוּנִ֖ים בְּנֵ֥י נפושסים 1 **Sons** means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from [7:46](../07/46.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Besai, Meunim, Nephushesim,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 53 u7qn figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־בַקְבּ֥וּק בְּנֵֽי־חֲקוּפָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י חַרְחֽוּר 1 **Sons** means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from [7:46](../07/46.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Bakbuk, Hakupha, Harhur,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 54 jat5 figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־בַצְלִ֥ית בְּנֵֽי־מְחִידָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י חַרְשָֽׁא 1 **Sons** means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from [7:46](../07/46.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Bazluth, Mehida, Harsha,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 55 w15p figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־בַרְק֥וֹס בְּֽנֵי־סִֽיסְרָ֖א בְּנֵי־תָֽמַח 1 **Sons** means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from [7:46](../07/46.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Barkos, Sisera, Temah,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 56 i1b4 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֥י נְצִ֖יחַ בְּנֵ֥י חֲטִיפָֽא 1 **Sons** means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from [7:46](../07/46.md), you can just list the names of these two men, and end the series in this verse. Alternate translation: “Neziah, and Hatipha.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 57 w9sx translate-unknown בְּנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה 1 By **servants of Solomon**, this document does not mean officials who served in Solomon’s court. Rather, this phrase refers to people whom Solomon first conscripted as laborers. They were descendants of the groups that were living in the land of Canaan before the Israelites occupied it. They and their descendants remained conscripted laborers under later kings. You could call these people “the laborers that King Solomon first conscripted.” Alternate translation: “laborers who had worked for the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 7 57 ei9x figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “Some of the descendants of the laborers who had worked for the kingdom also returned.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 57 xb5j figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־סוֹטַ֥י בְּנֵי־סוֹפֶ֖רֶת בְּנֵ֥י פְרִידָֽא 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “They were from the descendants of Sotai, Sophereth, Perida” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 57 ei9x figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה 1 **Sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “Some of the descendants of the laborers who had worked for the kingdom also returned.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 57 xb5j figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־סוֹטַ֥י בְּנֵי־סוֹפֶ֖רֶת בְּנֵ֥י פְרִידָֽא 1 **Sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “They were from the descendants of Sotai, Sophereth, Perida” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 57 ma7v translate-names סוֹטַ֥י…סוֹפֶ֖רֶת…פְרִידָֽא 1 Sotai … Sophereth … Perida These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 58 y1jl figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־יַעְלָ֥א בְנֵי־דַרְק֖וֹן בְּנֵ֥י גִדֵּֽל 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from [7:57](../07/57.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Jaala, Darkon, Giddel,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 59 vwg5 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֧י שְׁפַטְיָ֣ה בְנֵֽי־חַטִּ֗יל בְּנֵ֛י פֹּכֶ֥רֶת הַצְּבָיִ֖ים בְּנֵ֥י אָמֽוֹן 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from [7:57](../07/57.md), you can just list the names of these four men and end the series in this verse. Alternate translation: “Shephatiah, Hattil, Pochereth Hazzebaim, and Amon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 58 y1jl figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־יַעְלָ֥א בְנֵי־דַרְק֖וֹן בְּנֵ֥י גִדֵּֽל 1 **Sons** means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from [7:57](../07/57.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Jaala, Darkon, Giddel,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 59 vwg5 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֧י שְׁפַטְיָ֣ה בְנֵֽי־חַטִּ֗יל בְּנֵ֛י פֹּכֶ֥רֶת הַצְּבָיִ֖ים בְּנֵ֥י אָמֽוֹן 1 **Sons** means “descendants.” If you continue the sentence from [7:57](../07/57.md), you can just list the names of these four men and end the series in this verse. Alternate translation: “Shephatiah, Hattil, Pochereth Hazzebaim, and Amon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 60 a15h כָּל־הַ֨⁠נְּתִינִ֔ים וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת תִּשְׁעִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁנָֽיִם 1 Alternate translation: “Altogether 392 men returned who were descendants of temple servants or of laborers who had worked for the kingdom”
NEH 7 61 bgx3 figs-idiom וְ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה הָֽ⁠עוֹלִים֙ 1 As in [7:6](../07/06.md), “went up” means “traveled from Babylon back to Judah,” since that involves going from a river valley up into the mountains. Alternate translation: “Some others returned to Judah from Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 7 61 c7ta translate-names מִ⁠תֵּ֥ל מֶ֨לַח֙ תֵּ֣ל חַרְשָׁ֔א כְּר֥וּב אַדּ֖וֹן וְ⁠אִמֵּ֑ר 1 These are the names of five towns in Babylonia. Alternate translation: “who had been living in the towns of Tel Melah, Tel Harsha, Kerub, Addon, and Immer.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 61 d1g9 וְ⁠לֹ֣א יָכְל֗וּ לְ⁠הַגִּ֤יד 1 Alternate translation: “They had no records to prove”
NEH 7 61 d1h1 figs-parallelism בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָ⁠ם֙ וְ⁠זַרְעָ֔⁠ם אִ֥ם מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֖ל הֵֽם 1 These two longer phrases mean similar things. The second phrase explains the meaning of the first for clarity and emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “that their ancestors had been Israelites,” otherwise “what clan they were from or who their ancestors were, whether they were really Israelites” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NEH 7 61 d1h3 figs-doublet בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָ⁠ם֙ וְ⁠זַרְעָ֔⁠ם 1 These two short phrases mean similar things. They are used together to emphasize that accurate records would be required to prove a person’s lineage. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “what their lineage was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
NEH 7 61 d1h5 figs-metaphor בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָ⁠ם֙ וְ⁠זַרְעָ֔⁠ם 1 Among the Israelites, the expression **father’s house** or **house of the father** originally described an extended clan. It later came to be used more generally to refer to a larger clan within a tribe. (For example, the two expressions are used interchangeably in Exodus 6:14, “These were the heads of their fathers’ houses: The sons of Reuben, the firstborn of Israel, were Hanok, Pallu, Hezron, and Karmi. These were the clan ancestors of Reuben.”) In this expression, the word **house** figuratively describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “what clan they were from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 61 d1h5 figs-metaphor בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָ⁠ם֙ וְ⁠זַרְעָ֔⁠ם 1 Among the Israelites, the expression **father’s house** or **house of the father** originally described an extended clan. It later came to be used more generally to refer to a larger clan within a tribe. (For example, the two expressions are used interchangeably in Exodus 6:14, “These were the heads of their fathers’ houses: The sons of Reuben, the firstborn of Israel, were Hanok, Pallu, Hezron, and Karmi. These were the clan ancestors of Reuben.”) In this expression, the word **house** describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “what clan they were from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 61 d1h7 figs-metaphor וְ⁠זַרְעָ֔⁠ם 1 Here, **seed** is a metaphor meaning “offspring.” It is a comparison: Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. In the Bible, the term refers most often to a person’s descendants. But here it is describing the ancestors of these people, that is, “whose seed they were.” Alternate translation: “who their ancestors were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 62 d1h9 בְּנֵי־דְלָיָ֥ה בְנֵֽי־טוֹבִיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י נְקוֹדָ֑א שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁנָֽיִם 1 Alternate translation: “Altogether 642 men returned who were from the descendants of Delaiah, Tobiah, and Nekoda”
NEH 7 62 d1i1 figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־דְלָיָ֥ה בְנֵֽי־טוֹבִיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י נְקוֹדָ֑א 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “They were from the descendants of Delaiah, Tobiah, and Nekoda” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 62 d1i1 figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־דְלָיָ֥ה בְנֵֽי־טוֹבִיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י נְקוֹדָ֑א 1 **Sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “They were from the descendants of Delaiah, Tobiah, and Nekoda” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 62 np4h translate-names דְלָיָ֥ה…טוֹבִיָּ֖ה…נְקוֹדָ֑א 1 Delaiah … Tobiah … Nekoda These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 63 d1i3 וּ⁠מִן־הַ⁠כֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים 1 Alternate translation: “Some of the men who returned from those towns were descendants of the priests”
NEH 7 63 d1i5 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֥י חֳבַיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י הַקּ֑וֹץ בְּנֵ֣י בַרְזִלַּ֗י 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “They were from the descendants of Habaiah, Hakkoz, and Barzillai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 63 d1i5 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֥י חֳבַיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י הַקּ֑וֹץ בְּנֵ֣י בַרְזִלַּ֗י 1 **Sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “They were from the descendants of Habaiah, Hakkoz, and Barzillai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 63 i59a translate-names חֳבַיָּ֖ה…הַקּ֑וֹץ…בַרְזִלַּ֗י 1 Habaiah … Hakkoz … Barzillai These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 63 d1i7 translate-names בַּרְזִלַּ֤י הַ⁠גִּלְעָדִי֙ 1 Barzillai is the name of a man, and Gileadite means that he was from the region of Gilead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 7 63 d1i9 אֲשֶׁ֣ר לָ֠קַח מִ⁠בְּנ֞וֹת בַּרְזִלַּ֤י הַ⁠גִּלְעָדִי֙ אִשָּׁ֔ה 1 Alternate translation: “Barzillai married a woman who was one of the descendants of Barzillai the Gileadite”
NEH 7 63 iyy1 figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנ֞וֹת בַּרְזִלַּ֤י הַ⁠גִּלְעָדִי֙ 1 **Daughters** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “the descendants of Barzillai the Gileadite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 63 iyy1 figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנ֞וֹת בַּרְזִלַּ֤י הַ⁠גִּלְעָדִי֙ 1 **Daughters** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “the descendants of Barzillai the Gileadite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 7 63 bl4n וַ⁠יִּקָּרֵ֖א עַל־שְׁמָֽ⁠ם 1 Alternate translation: “and he took the name of her clan as his own name”
NEH 7 64 m2qd אֵ֗לֶּה בִּקְשׁ֧וּ כְתָבָ֛⁠ם הַ⁠מִּתְיַחְשִׂ֖ים וְ⁠לֹ֣א נִמְצָ֑א 1 Alternate translation: “They were not able to find any mention of their names in the lists of people who were descendants of the priests”
NEH 7 64 n9vy וַ⁠יְגֹֽאֲל֖וּ מִן־הַ⁠כְּהֻנָּֽה 1 Alternate translation: “So they were not allowed to serve as priests.”
@ -914,7 +914,7 @@ NEH 8 1 q5ih figs-hyperbole כָל־הָ⁠עָם֙ 1 The word **all** is a gen
NEH 8 1 e1a1 figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּאָסְפ֤וּ…כְּ⁠אִ֣ישׁ אֶחָ֔ד 1 Verses 8 and 9 explain that the people had gathered for a festival, and [8:2](../08/02.md) states that this was the first day of the seventh month, which means that the people had gathered in Jerusalem for the Festival of Trumpets. In the Law of Moses, Yahweh had commanded the people to observe this celebration on this date. If it would be helpful to your readers to know why the people came together on this day, you could say that specifically. Alternate translation: “gathered in Jerusalem in a huge crowd for a special celebration known as the Festival of Trumpets.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 8 1 e1a3 figs-idiom כְּ⁠אִ֣ישׁ אֶחָ֔ד 1 **As one man** is an idiom that means “as if they were a single person,” that is, all in once place at the same time. Alternate translation: “gathered in a huge crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 8 1 e1a5 translate-unknown אֶל־הָ֣⁠רְח֔וֹב 1 This means a “plaza” or “square” in the city where there were no buildings and so where public events like this could be held. Alternate translation: “in the square” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 8 1 f6t8 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י שַֽׁעַר־הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם 1 Here, **face** figuratively means the front of an object. Alternate translation: “in front of the Water Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 8 1 f6t8 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י שַֽׁעַר־הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם 1 Here, **face** means the front of an object. Alternate translation: “in front of the Water Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 8 1 e1a7 translate-names שַֽׁעַר־הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם 1 This is the name of one of the gates of Jerusalem. See how you translated it in [3:26](../03/26.md). Alternate translation: “the Water Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 8 1 e1a9 figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּֽאמְרוּ֙ לְ⁠עֶזְרָ֣א הַ⁠סֹּפֵ֔ר לְ⁠הָבִ֗יא אֶת־סֵ֨פֶר֙ תּוֹרַ֣ת מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 **They** means the crowd, though they likely made this request to Ezra through their leaders. The implication is that they wanted him not just to bring the book forward, but to read to them from it out loud (as [8:3](../08/03.md) indicates he did). This was because they wanted to learn what was in it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The crowd had asked Ezra the scribe to read to them from a scroll that contained the Law of Moses because they wanted to know what it commanded.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 8 1 e1b1 figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּֽאמְרוּ֙ לְ⁠עֶזְרָ֣א 1 Since the rest of the chapter describes arrangements that the leaders must have made in advance, the crowd, once it gathered, did not start shouting spontaneously for Ezra to come forward and read. Rather, they had made this request in advance. Alternate translation: “And the crowd had asked Ezra” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -923,12 +923,12 @@ NEH 8 1 e1b5 figs-explicit לְ⁠עֶזְרָ֣א הַ⁠סֹּפֵ֔ר 1 The
NEH 8 1 fdh4 translate-unknown אֶת־סֵ֨פֶר֙ תּוֹרַ֣ת מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 This **book** was most likely a scroll, and it most likely contained what is now known as the Torah or the “five books of Moses.” Alternate translation: “a scroll that contained the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 8 1 e1b7 אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 Alternate translation: “These were the commandments that Yahweh had told Israel to follow”
NEH 8 2 e1b9 figs-explicit עֶזְרָ֣א הַ֠⁠כֹּהֵן 1 This information serves to introduce Ezra further. In addition to being a teacher and learned student of the Law of Moses, he was also a priest whose duties would have included offering sacrifices in the temple and helping people make sure they were following the law in everyday matters. It might be helpful to your readers to explain that here because it shows why Ezra would have been such an effective teacher for everyone on this occasion. Alternate translation: “Ezra was also a priest who served in the temple and helped people follow the law” (See: Introduction of New and Old Participants and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 8 2 e1c1 figs-metonymy וַ⁠יָּבִ֣יא…אֶֽת־הַ⁠תּוֹרָ֞ה לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י הַ⁠קָּהָל֙ 1 Here, **face** figuratively means the front of a group. Alternate translation: “He read the law out loud in front of the whole crowd.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 8 2 e1c1 figs-metonymy וַ⁠יָּבִ֣יא…אֶֽת־הַ⁠תּוֹרָ֞ה לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י הַ⁠קָּהָל֙ 1 Here, **face** means the front of a group. Alternate translation: “He read the law out loud in front of the whole crowd.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 8 2 j8yl figs-idiom מֵ⁠אִ֣ישׁ וְ⁠עַד־אִשָּׁ֔ה וְ⁠כֹ֖ל מֵבִ֣ין לִ⁠שְׁמֹ֑עַ 1 **All who were understanding to hear** is an idiom that means “everyone who could hear with understanding,” that is, “who understood what they were hearing.” This phrase likely refers to children and it would mean “children who were old enough to understand.” Alternate translation: “for the men, the women, and the children who were old enough to understand.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 8 2 e89a figs-explicit בְּ⁠י֥וֹם אֶחָ֖ד לַ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִֽי 1 Since Nehemiah does not say otherwise, the implication is that this happened in the same year that the wall was rebuilt. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “He did this on the first day of the seventh month of that same year.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 8 2 id7q translate-hebrewmonths בְּ⁠י֥וֹם אֶחָ֖ד לַ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִֽי 1 Alternate translation: “On day 1 of month 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
NEH 8 3 pkz7 וַ⁠יִּקְרָא־ב⁠וֹ֩ 1 Here, **it** means the book of the Law of Moses.
NEH 8 3 iv9y figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֨י הָ⁠רְח֜וֹב אֲשֶׁ֣ר ׀ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י שַֽׁעַר־הַ⁠מַּ֗יִם 1 Here, **face** figuratively means the front of both places, the square and the gate. Alternate translation: “from the front of the square that is in front of the Water Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 8 3 iv9y figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֨י הָ⁠רְח֜וֹב אֲשֶׁ֣ר ׀ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י שַֽׁעַר־הַ⁠מַּ֗יִם 1 Here, **face** means the front of both places, the square and the gate. Alternate translation: “from the front of the square that is in front of the Water Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 8 3 e1c3 translate-names שַֽׁעַר־הַ⁠מַּ֗יִם 1 This is the name of one of the gates of Jerusalem. See how you translated it in [3:26](../03/26.md) and [8:1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: “the Water Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 8 3 e1c5 translate-unknown מִן־הָ⁠אוֹר֙ עַד־מַחֲצִ֣ית הַ⁠יּ֔וֹם 1 **The light** means sunrise, that is, the time of morning when the sun itself becomes visible above the horizon. “The middle of the day” means noon. Alternate translation: “from sunrise until noon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 8 3 e1c7 figs-merism מִן־הָ⁠אוֹר֙ עַד־מַחֲצִ֣ית הַ⁠יּ֔וֹם 1 Verse [8:7](../08/07.md) explains that other teachers circulated within the crowd to answer questions that people had about what Ezra was reading. It is unlikely that they did this while he was still talking. Instead, he probably paused from time to time to allow this. So this expression is actually referring to a whole time period by describing its beginning and ending, but it does not mean that the activity took place without interruption the whole time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “throughout the morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
@ -970,7 +970,7 @@ NEH 8 9 e1i1 grammar-connect-logic-result בוֹכִים֙ כָּל־הָ⁠עָ
NEH 8 9 e1i3 figs-explicit בוֹכִים֙ כָּל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם כְּ⁠שָׁמְעָ֖⁠ם אֶת־דִּבְרֵ֥י הַ⁠תּוֹרָֽה 1 The implication is that the people began to weep because they recognized that they had not been obeying what God had commanded them in the Law of Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The people in the crowd began to weep when they heard what was in the Law of Moses, because they recognized that they had not been obeying what it commanded.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 8 9 wky3 figs-hyperbole כָּל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 This is a generalization that indicates there was great weeping among the people. Alternate translation: “the people in the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
NEH 8 10 e1i5 figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לָ⁠הֶ֡ם 1 The story does not specify who said this. However, it is probably either Nehemiah or Ezra, since they are named at the beginning of the previous verse. And since what follow are instructions for how to observe a religious occasion, it is most likely Ezra. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could suggest that. Alternate translation: “Ezra told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 8 10 e1i7 figs-metaphor לְכוּ֩ אִכְל֨וּ מַשְׁמַנִּ֜ים וּ⁠שְׁת֣וּ מַֽמְתַקִּ֗ים 1 This could mean, “Go home” and do this, since the people would likely have their holiday meals at home. Or it could figuratively mean, “Go ahead” and do this, even though you are feeling sad. Alternate translation: “Go home and celebrate with a good meal” or “Go ahead, celebrate with a good meal.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 8 10 e1i7 figs-metaphor לְכוּ֩ אִכְל֨וּ מַשְׁמַנִּ֜ים וּ⁠שְׁת֣וּ מַֽמְתַקִּ֗ים 1 This could mean, “Go home” and do this, since the people would likely have their holiday meals at home. Or it could mean, “Go ahead” and do this, even though you are feeling sad. Alternate translation: “Go home and celebrate with a good meal” or “Go ahead, celebrate with a good meal.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 8 10 smq2 figs-metonymy אִכְל֨וּ מַשְׁמַנִּ֜ים וּ⁠שְׁת֣וּ מַֽמְתַקִּ֗ים 1 **The fat** and **the sweet** are figurative ways of referring to food and drink that is particularly tasty and shared in celebrations. The speaker is describing this food and drink by things associated with it, the fatness and the sweetness. Alternate translation: “Celebrate with a good meal.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 8 10 e1i9 figs-doublet אִכְל֨וּ מַשְׁמַנִּ֜ים וּ⁠שְׁת֣וּ מַֽמְתַקִּ֗ים 1 Eating and drinking are used together here to convey a single idea, celebrating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine them into a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Celebrate with a good meal.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
NEH 8 10 e1j1 figs-activepassive וְ⁠שִׁלְח֤וּ מָנוֹת֙ לְ⁠אֵ֣ין נָכ֣וֹן ל֔⁠וֹ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Share some of your meal with those who have not prepared anything for themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -1001,34 +1001,34 @@ NEH 8 13 e1m9 grammar-connect-logic-result וּ⁠לְ⁠הַשְׂכִּ֖יל
NEH 8 13 e1n1 figs-explicit וּ⁠לְ⁠הַשְׂכִּ֖יל אֶל־דִּבְרֵ֥י הַ⁠תּוֹרָֽה 1 The implication is that while the people realized this, they also realized it would not be practical for large crowds to gather in Jerusalem every day so that all the people could receive Ezra’s teaching at once. Instead, they asked the family and religious leaders in Judah to meet with Ezra and learn from him so that they could then pass the teachings along. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The people realized that they needed to understand God’s law much better, so they asked their family and religious leaders to meet with Ezra and learn more things from him that they could then pass along.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 8 14 e1n3 figs-idiom וַֽ⁠יִּמְצְא֖וּ כָּת֣וּב בַּ⁠תּוֹרָ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר צִוָּ֤ה יְהוָה֙ בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 **Found** does not mean that these leaders were looking for something, but that they learned this as they were studying with Ezra. Alternate translation: “they learned that in the Law, Yahweh had commanded through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 8 14 e1n5 figs-explicit וַֽ⁠יִּמְצְא֖וּ כָּת֣וּב בַּ⁠תּוֹרָ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר צִוָּ֤ה יְהוָה֙ בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 Because it was already the seventh month, it seems likely that Ezra showed this passage to the leaders intentionally because it was something they could and should obey immediately. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Ezra showed them something that Yahweh had commanded through Moses that they could do right away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 8 14 e1n7 figs-metaphor בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 Here, **hand** figuratively represents control and action. Alternate translation: “through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 8 14 e1n7 figs-metaphor בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 Here, **hand** represents control and action. Alternate translation: “through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 8 14 e1n9 אֲשֶׁר֩ יֵשְׁב֨וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל בַּ⁠סֻּכּ֛וֹת בֶּ⁠חָ֖ג בַּ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִֽי 1 This refers to the commandment establishing the Festival of Tabernacles. The purpose of this festival was to remind the Israelites that their ancestors had lived in temporary shelters when they traveled through the wilderness from Egypt to Canaan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The people of Israel should live in temporary shelters during the Festival of Tabernacles to remind them that their ancestors lived in shelters when they traveled through the wilderness from Egypt to Canaan”
NEH 8 14 e1o1 figs-metaphor בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל 1 **Sons** here figuratively means **descendants.** In this context it includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 8 14 e1o1 figs-metaphor בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל 1 **Sons** here means **descendants.** In this context it includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 8 14 ur1h יֵשְׁב֨וּ…בַּ⁠סֻּכּ֛וֹת 1 As [8:15](../08/15.md) explains, these **huts** or temporary shelters were to be made from leafy tree branches. The people were supposed to live in these shelters as their home for a week. This was a way of remembering and celebrating the way Yahweh had protected their ancestors when they had only temporary shelters to live in. Alternate translation: “stay in temporary shelters”
NEH 8 14 e1o3 translate-unknown בֶּ⁠חָ֖ג בַּ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִֽי 1 This means the Festival of Tabernacles, which Yahweh commanded the people to celebrate in the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 8 14 efg4 translate-ordinal בַּ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִֽי 1 This means the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. Alternate translation: “month 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NEH 8 15 rq6z figs-parallelism וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר יַשְׁמִ֗יעוּ וְ⁠יַעֲבִ֨ירוּ ק֥וֹל 1 These two phrases mean similar things. They describe how the family and religious leaders were supposed to send a message to everyone in Judah. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “they should publicly proclaim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NEH 8 15 es8r figs-merism בְּ⁠כָל־עָרֵי⁠הֶם֮ וּ⁠בִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֣ם 1 Here the story describes the whole population of the province of Judah by referring to its smaller cities and towns and to its large capital city of Jerusalem. The expression includes everything in between these two extremes. Alternate translation: “to everyone in Judah,” otherwise “both in Jerusalem and in all the towns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
NEH 8 15 e1o5 צְא֣וּ הָ⁠הָ֗ר וְ⁠הָבִ֨יאוּ֙ עֲלֵי־זַ֨יִת֙ וַ⁠עֲלֵי־עֵ֣ץ שֶׁ֔מֶן וַ⁠עֲלֵ֤י הֲדַס֙ וַ⁠עֲלֵ֣י תְמָרִ֔ים וַ⁠עֲלֵ֖י עֵ֣ץ עָבֹ֑ת לַ⁠עֲשֹׂ֥ת סֻכֹּ֖ת כַּ⁠כָּתֽוּב 1 This is the content of the message that the leaders sent out to the people of Judah. Alternate translation: “The Law of Moses commands us to go out into the hill country and get branches from olive, wild olive, myrtle, palm, and other leafy trees to make shelters”
NEH 8 15 f9c2 figs-synecdoche הָ⁠הָ֗ר 1 The phrase can refer either to a single mountain or to a range of mountains and hills, which seems to be the meaning here. In this case one mountain would be used figuratively to represent the entire range. Alternate translation: “into the hill country” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 8 15 f9c2 figs-synecdoche הָ⁠הָ֗ר 1 The phrase can refer either to a single mountain or to a range of mountains and hills, which seems to be the meaning here. In this case one mountain would be used to represent the entire range. Alternate translation: “into the hill country” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 8 15 jb2s figs-activepassive כַּ⁠כָּתֽוּב 1 as it is written If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “as the Law of Moses commands us to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 8 16 e1o7 figs-ellipsis וַ⁠יֵּצְא֣וּ הָ⁠עָם֮ וַ⁠יָּבִיאוּ֒ 1 Here the story is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. The meaning is clear from the context. Alternate translation: “the people went out and got branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 8 16 dl2y figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּעֲשׂוּ֩ לָ⁠הֶ֨ם סֻכּ֜וֹת אִ֤ישׁ עַל־גַּגּ⁠וֹ֙ 1 In this context, **a man** is an idiom that means “each person” and likely “each family.” It does not mean only an adult male. Alternate translation: “and each family built shelters on their roofs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 8 16 e1o9 figs-explicit עַל־גַּגּ⁠וֹ֙ 1 In this culture, roofs were flat and were reached by stairs that led up to them from outside the house. So a shelter could stand on the flat roof and the family could use it as a temporary home. Alternate translation: “on their flat roofs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 8 16 e1p1 figs-explicit וּ⁠בְ⁠חַצְרֹ֣תֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 In this culture, houses were built around an open courtyard. So a shelter could be set up there, within the walls of the house. Alternate translation: “and in the courtyards within the walls of their homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 8 16 krx4 figs-metaphor וּ⁠בְ⁠חַצְר֖וֹת בֵּ֣ית הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 As in [6:10](../06/10.md), here the book speaks of the temple figuratively as the “house of God,” as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “and in the temple courtyards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 8 16 krx4 figs-metaphor וּ⁠בְ⁠חַצְר֖וֹת בֵּ֣ית הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 As in [6:10](../06/10.md), here the book speaks of the temple as the “house of God,” as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “and in the temple courtyards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 8 16 b74m figs-ellipsis וּ⁠בִ⁠רְחוֹב֙ שַׁ֣עַר הַ⁠מַּ֔יִם 1 and in the open area of the gate of water Here the story is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. The meaning is clear from the context, since this same location is described in [8:1](../08/01.md) and [8:3](../08/03.md). Alternate translation: “and in the square in front of the Water Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 8 16 e1p3 translate-names שַׁ֣עַר הַ⁠מַּ֔יִם 1 This is the name of one of the gates of Jerusalem. See how you translated it in [3:26](../03/26.md), [8:1](../08/01.md), and [8:3](../08/03.md). Alternate translation: “the Water Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 8 16 e1p5 figs-ellipsis וּ⁠בִ⁠רְח֖וֹב שַׁ֥עַר אֶפְרָֽיִם 1 Here the story is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. The meaning is clear from the context. Alternate translation: “and in the square in front of the Ephraim Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 8 16 e1p7 translate-names שַׁ֥עַר אֶפְרָֽיִם 1 This is the name of another one of the gates of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the Ephraim Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 8 17 e1p9 figs-parallelism כָֽל־הַ֠⁠קָּהָל הַ⁠שָּׁבִ֨ים מִן־הַ⁠שְּׁבִ֥י 1 These two phrases mean similar things. They refer to the people of Judah who had returned to their homeland from the exile. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “all the people of Judah who had returned home from exile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NEH 8 17 n31n figs-metaphor הַ֠⁠קָּהָל 1 The Old Testament often uses this expression to refer figuratively to the main body of the people of Israel. The expression envisions the way God called them out of Egypt and brought them together as a nation. At this point in their history, this main body was the people who had returned to Judah from exile. Alternate translation: “all the people of Judah who had returned home from exile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 8 17 n31n figs-metaphor הַ֠⁠קָּהָל 1 The Old Testament often uses this expression to refer to the main body of the people of Israel. The expression envisions the way God called them out of Egypt and brought them together as a nation. At this point in their history, this main body was the people who had returned to Judah from exile. Alternate translation: “all the people of Judah who had returned home from exile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 8 17 e1q1 לֹֽא־עָשׂ֡וּ מִ⁠ימֵי֩ יֵשׁ֨וּעַ בִּן־נ֥וּן כֵּן֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠ה֑וּא 1 Alternate translation: “the people of Israel had never before celebrated the Feast of Tabernacles by living in shelters, going all the way back to the time of Joshua the son of Nun”
NEH 8 17 e1q3 figs-explicit מִ⁠ימֵי֩ יֵשׁ֨וּעַ בִּן־נ֥וּן…עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠ה֑וּא 1 Since it was Joshua who led the people of Israel into the land of Canaan, his time was the earliest time when they could have celebrated the Feast of Tabernacles to commemorate the journey from Egypt to Canaan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from the time that Joshua the son of Nun had first led them into this land until the present day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 8 17 e1q5 figs-merism מִ⁠ימֵי֩ יֵשׁ֨וּעַ בִּן־נ֥וּן…עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠ה֑וּא 1 Here the story is describing an entire time period by speaking of its beginning and ending in order to include everything in between. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “for the entire time they had lived in this land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
NEH 8 17 e1q7 figs-idiom מִ⁠ימֵי֩ יֵשׁ֨וּעַ בִּן־נ֥וּן 1 The term **day** is used figuratively here to refer to a period of time. Alternate translation: “from the time of Joshua the son of Nun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 8 17 e1q7 figs-idiom מִ⁠ימֵי֩ יֵשׁ֨וּעַ בִּן־נ֥וּן 1 The term **day** is used here to refer to a period of time. Alternate translation: “from the time of Joshua the son of Nun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 8 17 e32u translate-names יֵשׁ֨וּעַ בִּן־נ֥וּן 1 Joshua is the name of a man, and Nun is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 8 17 cey3 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 **Sons** here figuratively means “descendants.” In this context it includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 8 17 cey3 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 **Sons** here means “descendants.” In this context it includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 8 17 wyd6 figs-abstractnouns וַ⁠תְּהִ֥י שִׂמְחָ֖ה גְּדוֹלָ֥ה מְאֹֽד 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **rejoicing** with an adjective. Alternate translation: “the people were very joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NEH 8 18 sfx7 figs-explicit וַ֠⁠יִּקְרָא בְּ⁠סֵ֨פֶר תּוֹרַ֤ת הָ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙ 1 **He** means Ezra, as stated explicitly in [8:3](../08/03.md) and [8:13](../08/13.md). The implication is that Ezra continued to read to the family and religious leaders who had asked him to keep teaching them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Each day throughout the festival, Ezra continued to read to the leaders from the Law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 8 18 g9rl figs-idiom י֣וֹם ׀ בְּ⁠י֔וֹם 1 This is an idiom that means **each day** or **every single day.** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -1040,14 +1040,14 @@ NEH 9 1 w8w8 translate-hebrewmonths וּ⁠בְ⁠יוֹם֩ עֶשְׂרִ֨י
NEH 9 1 f1a1 translate-ordinal וּ⁠בְ⁠יוֹם֩ עֶשְׂרִ֨ים וְ⁠אַרְבָּעָ֜ה לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה 1 Alternate translation: “On day 24 of month 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NEH 9 1 lm7m figs-activepassive נֶאֶסְפ֤וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel gathered together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 9 1 f1a3 figs-explicit נֶאֶסְפ֤וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 The implication is that people from all the cities and towns the province of Judah gathered together again in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “people from all over Judah gathered together again in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 9 1 f1a5 figs-metaphor בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 **Sons** here figuratively means “descendants.” In this context it includes both men and women, and it refers specifically to the Israelites who were now living in Judah. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” or “people from all over Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 1 f1a5 figs-metaphor בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 **Sons** here means “descendants.” In this context it includes both men and women, and it refers specifically to the Israelites who were now living in Judah. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” or “people from all over Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 1 irv4 translate-symaction וּ⁠בְ⁠שַׂקִּ֔ים וַ⁠אֲדָמָ֖ה עֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 The people did these things to show symbolically how sorry they were for their sins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The people refrained from eating, wore rough clothing, and put dust on their heads to show that they were sorry for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
NEH 9 1 f1a7 figs-synecdoche וַ⁠אֲדָמָ֖ה עֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 **Them** in this sentence refers to the people, but it does not mean that they covered themselves entirely in dust. The story is using the whole person to refer figuratively to one part of the person, the head, which is where people in this culture put dust to express sorrow. Alternate translation: “the people … put dust on their heads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 9 1 f1a7 figs-synecdoche וַ⁠אֲדָמָ֖ה עֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 **Them** in this sentence refers to the people, but it does not mean that they covered themselves entirely in dust. The story is using the whole person to refer to one part of the person, the head, which is where people in this culture put dust to express sorrow. Alternate translation: “the people … put dust on their heads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 9 2 f1a9 figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּבָּֽדְלוּ֙ זֶ֣רַע יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל בְּנֵ֣י נֵכָ֑ר 1 The Israelites were conducting this ceremony as a special act of repentance for how they and their ancestors had disobeyed God. They were acknowledging how they had failed to fulfill the special assignment God had given them of modeling the blessings of living according to his ways, so it would not have been appropriate for people from other nations to take part in the ceremony. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The people of Israel did not allow anyone from any other nation to take part in this ceremony because it was going to be a time of repentance for how they and their ancestors had disobeyed Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 9 2 xbs1 figs-metaphor זֶ֣רַע יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Here, **seed** is a metaphor meaning **offspring.** It is a comparison: Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. So the term refers figuratively to a person’s descendants. Here it means the descendants of Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 2 qx58 figs-metaphor מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל בְּנֵ֣י נֵכָ֑ר 1 **Sons** here figuratively means **descendants.** Alternate translation: “all people from other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 2 xbs1 figs-metaphor זֶ֣רַע יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Here, **seed** is a metaphor meaning **offspring.** It is a comparison: Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. So the term refers to a person’s descendants. Here it means the descendants of Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 2 qx58 figs-metaphor מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל בְּנֵ֣י נֵכָ֑ר 1 **Sons** here means **descendants.** Alternate translation: “all people from other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 2 vhc6 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יַּעַמְד֗וּ וַ⁠יִּתְוַדּוּ֙ עַל־חַטֹּ֣אתֵי⁠הֶ֔ם וַ⁠עֲוֺנ֖וֹת אֲבֹתֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 Here, **stood** probably does not mean “standing up,” since the next verse says that they “rose up,” which probably means that they got up from kneeling. As they were showing sorrow for their sins, they would likely have knelt to worship God, as in [8:6](../08/06.md). So **stood** probably means instead that they remained in place, by implication for some time, and made a thorough confession. Alternate translation: “they remained in place as they confessed all the wrong things that they and their ancestors had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 2 f1b1 figs-metaphor אֲבֹתֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 **Fathers** here figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “their ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 2 f1b1 figs-metaphor אֲבֹתֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 **Fathers** here means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “their ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 3 q5p1 translate-symaction וַ⁠יָּק֨וּמוּ֙ עַל־עָמְדָ֔⁠ם 1 **Rose up** here likely means **stood up.** As in [8:5](../08/05.md), the people would have stood up to show respect as they listened to the reading from the Law of Moses. Alternate translation: “Then the people stood up where they were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
NEH 9 3 f1b3 וַֽ⁠יִּקְרְא֗וּ בְּ⁠סֵ֨פֶר 1 The people themselves did not read from the book. **They** here likely means Ezra and the Levites, who read similarly to the crowd that gathered on the occasion described in 8:1–12. Alternate translation: “as their leaders read to them”
NEH 9 3 qe6e translate-unknown בְּ⁠סֵ֨פֶר תּוֹרַ֧ת יְהוָ֛ה אֱלֹהֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 This is another of the various ways that this story describes a book containing the Law of Moses. Alternate translation: “from the Law of Moses” or “from the law that Yahweh had given through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@ -1064,7 +1064,7 @@ NEH 9 5 m3eu translate-symaction ק֗וּמוּ 1 Here, **rise up** seems to me
NEH 9 5 f1c1 figs-idiom בָּרֲכוּ֙ אֶת־יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹֽהֵי⁠כֶ֔ם מִן־הָ⁠עוֹלָ֖ם עַד־הָ⁠עוֹלָ֑ם 1 The Levites speak these words to the people. They are not telling the people to praise God during all the time from eternity past to eternity future. Rather, they are using an idiom, “from eternity to eternity,” to mean that Yahweh is the God who has always existed and will always exist. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put it in those terms. Alternate translation: “Praise Yahweh, your God, who has always existed and will always exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 9 5 tve4 figs-aside וִ⁠יבָֽרְכוּ֙ שֵׁ֣ם כְּבוֹדֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 In this sentence, the Levite who is speaking turns abruptly from addressing the people to addressing God. (**Your** in the previous sentence meant the people, while **your** here refers to God.) This is somewhat like the places earlier in the book where Nehemiah stops addressing his readers and speaks directly to God in prayer. However, here the people are meant to hear and do what is being described. So If it would be helpful in your language, you could express these as words that continue to be directed to the people, as in the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “Praise his glorious name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
NEH 9 5 f1c3 figs-metonymy וִ⁠יבָֽרְכוּ֙ שֵׁ֣ם כְּבוֹדֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 As in [1:9](../01/09.md), **name** is a figurative way of referring to the fame or reputation of a person. This is described by something associated with it, how well known someone’s name is and how people react to hearing it. God’s reputation, in turn, is based on what he has done and what this reveals about who he is, and so his “name” would also represent that. Alternate translation: “praise you for who you are and what you have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 9 5 f1c5 figs-metaphor וּ⁠מְרוֹמַ֥ם עַל־כָּל־בְּרָכָ֖ה וּ⁠תְהִלָּֽה 1 Here God’s name is described in a spatial metaphor as being higher than or lifted up above blessing and praise. This means figuratively that all of the things that people could do to honor and praise God could never be sufficient to acknowledge how much honor and praise he actually deserves. Alternate translation: “we can never bless you and praise you as much as you deserve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 5 f1c5 figs-metaphor וּ⁠מְרוֹמַ֥ם עַל־כָּל־בְּרָכָ֖ה וּ⁠תְהִלָּֽה 1 Here God’s name is described in a spatial metaphor as being higher than or lifted up above blessing and praise. This means that all of the things that people could do to honor and praise God could never be sufficient to acknowledge how much honor and praise he actually deserves. Alternate translation: “we can never bless you and praise you as much as you deserve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 5 f1c7 figs-abstractnouns עַל־כָּל־בְּרָכָ֖ה וּ⁠תְהִלָּֽה 1 **Blessing** and **praise** are abstract nouns that refer to the act of openly honoring someone for their character and actions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the idea behind these words with the verb forms of these words. Alternate translation: “we can never bless you and praise you as much as you deserve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NEH 9 5 f1c9 figs-doublet עַל־כָּל־בְּרָכָ֖ה וּ⁠תְהִלָּֽה 1 In this context, **blessing** and **praise** mean basically the same thing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these words. Alternate translation: “we can never acknowledge you sufficiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
NEH 9 6 f1d1 figs-explicit אַתָּה־ה֣וּא יְהוָה֮ לְ⁠בַדֶּ⁠ךָ֒ 1 At the end of the previous verse, the Levites started speaking to God, but they still meant for the people to hear their words and do what they said. Now the Levites are addressing God directly in prayer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this with an introductory phrase. Alternate translation: “Then these Levites prayed to God and said, ‘Yahweh, you are the only true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1072,7 +1072,7 @@ NEH 9 6 f1d3 figs-idiom אַתָּה־ה֣וּא יְהוָה֮ לְ⁠בַדּ
NEH 9 6 f1d5 translate-unknown הַ⁠שָּׁמַיִם֩ שְׁמֵ֨י הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֜יִם 1 In the ancient Hebrew cosmology, the first phrase likely referred to the sky, which was envisioned as a solid dome above the earth (see the note to [1:9](../01/09.md)). The second phrase likely referred to the realm beyond the sky, which was understood to be the dwelling place of God. Alternate translation: “the sky and everything beyond it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 9 6 k5l3 figs-metaphor וְ⁠כָל־צְבָאָ֗⁠ם 1 **Host** means army. The “host of heaven” is likely a figurative expression for the stars, which seem like a large army in the sky. However, this phrase might refer to heavenly beings which dwell in heaven with God. Alternate translation: “and all the stars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 6 f1d7 וְ⁠אַתָּ֖ה מְחַיֶּ֣ה אֶת־כֻּלָּ֑⁠ם 1 **Them** means everything living on the land and in the seas. Alternate translation: “You give life to all of these creatures” or “you are the one who created all of these living things”
NEH 9 6 f1d9 figs-metaphor וּ⁠צְבָ֥א הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֖יִם לְ⁠ךָ֥ מִשְׁתַּחֲוִֽים 1 Earlier in the sentence, the **host of heaven** was a figurative way of describing the stars as if they were an army. Now here, the stars themselves figuratively represent the angels of heaven. Alternate translation: “all the angels bow down and worship you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 6 f1d9 figs-metaphor וּ⁠צְבָ֥א הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֖יִם לְ⁠ךָ֥ מִשְׁתַּחֲוִֽים 1 Earlier in the sentence, the **host of heaven** was a figurative way of describing the stars as if they were an army. Now here, the stars themselves represent the angels of heaven. Alternate translation: “all the angels bow down and worship you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 7 id6f אַתָּה־הוּא֙ יְהוָ֣ה הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֤ר בָּחַ֨רְתָּ֙ בְּ⁠אַבְרָ֔ם 1 Alternate translation: “You, Yahweh, are the God who chose Abram”
NEH 9 7 f1e1 figs-explicit בָּחַ֨רְתָּ֙ בְּ⁠אַבְרָ֔ם 1 Abram was the ancestor of the Israelites. God chose to make him and his descendants a community that would model for the whole world the blessings of living according to his ways. The Levites mention this first because it is the very beginning of the Israelites’ history as God’s chosen people. They will describe the rest of this history, up to their present day, in the rest of their prayer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain this. Alternate translation: “chose Abram to be the ancestor of your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 9 7 f1e3 translate-names בְּ⁠אַבְרָ֔ם 1 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1080,17 +1080,17 @@ NEH 9 7 us45 figs-explicit וְ⁠הוֹצֵאת֖⁠וֹ מֵ⁠א֣וּר כּ
NEH 9 7 f1e5 translate-names מֵ⁠א֣וּר כַּשְׂדִּ֑ים 1 This is the name of a city and a people group. Alternate translation: “the city of Ur, where the Chaldean people lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 9 7 f1e7 figs-explicit וְ⁠שַׂ֥מְתָּ שְּׁמ֖⁠וֹ אַבְרָהָֽם 1 Once again the Levites assume that their listeners will understand the significance of this detail. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give the reason why God changed Abram’s name to Abraham. Alternate translation: “You changed his name to Abraham, ‘father of a multitude,’ because he would be like a father to many nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 9 8 f1e9 figs-metaphor וּ⁠מָצָ֣אתָ אֶת־לְבָב⁠וֹ֮ נֶאֱמָ֣ן לְ⁠פָנֶי⁠ךָ֒ 1 Also, you found his heart faithful before your face Here, **found** is an idiom for someone discovering something to be true. It does not mean that God was looking for something he had lost. Alternate translation: “You recognized that he was completely loyal to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 8 f1f1 figs-metaphor וּ⁠מָצָ֣אתָ אֶת־לְבָב⁠וֹ֮ נֶאֱמָ֣ן לְ⁠פָנֶי⁠ךָ֒ 1 Here, Abraham’s **heart** figuratively represents his thoughts and will, that is, his inner being. Alternate translation: “You recognized that he was completely loyal to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 8 ej7e figs-metaphor וּ⁠מָצָ֣אתָ אֶת־לְבָב⁠וֹ֮ נֶאֱמָ֣ן לְ⁠פָנֶי⁠ךָ֒ 1 Here, **face** is a metaphor for a person’s perception, referring figuratively to God’s perception of Abraham. Alternate translation: “You recognized that he was completely loyal to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 8 f1f1 figs-metaphor וּ⁠מָצָ֣אתָ אֶת־לְבָב⁠וֹ֮ נֶאֱמָ֣ן לְ⁠פָנֶי⁠ךָ֒ 1 Here, Abraham’s **heart** represents his thoughts and will, that is, his inner being. Alternate translation: “You recognized that he was completely loyal to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 8 ej7e figs-metaphor וּ⁠מָצָ֣אתָ אֶת־לְבָב⁠וֹ֮ נֶאֱמָ֣ן לְ⁠פָנֶי⁠ךָ֒ 1 Here, **face** is a metaphor for a person’s perception, referring to God’s perception of Abraham. Alternate translation: “You recognized that he was completely loyal to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 8 f1f3 figs-idiom וְ⁠כָר֨וֹת עִמּ֜⁠וֹ הַ⁠בְּרִ֗ית 1 To **cut** a covenant is a Hebrew idiom for making a solemn agreement with a person. The expression comes from the way animals were cut into pieces during covenant ceremonies to show what the parties wanted God to do to anyone who broke the agreement. But the meaning here is idiomatic. It is not a direct reference to such a ceremony, but only to the making of the covenant. Alternate translation: “you made an agreement with him” or “you made a promise to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 9 8 f1f5 figs-metaphor לָ⁠תֵ֡ת אֶת־אֶרֶץ֩…לָ⁠תֵ֣ת לְ⁠זַרְע֑⁠וֹ 1 **Seed** is a metaphor meaning **offspring.** Alternate translation: “to give his descendants the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 8 vbx8 translate-names הַ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֨י הַ⁠חִתִּ֜י הָ⁠אֱמֹרִ֧י וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֛י וְ⁠הַ⁠יְבוּסִ֥י וְ⁠הַ⁠גִּרְגָּשִׁ֖י 1 These are the names of six people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 9 8 f1f7 figs-personification וַ⁠תָּ֨קֶם֙ אֶת־דְּבָרֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 As in [5:13](../05/13.md), **words** means the promises that God made to Abraham, and **stand** means stay in place rather than go away. The Levites are speaking of God’s promises figuratively as if they were a living thing that could move around or not. Alternate translation: “you have kept all of your promises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NEH 9 8 f1f7 figs-personification וַ⁠תָּ֨קֶם֙ אֶת־דְּבָרֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 As in [5:13](../05/13.md), **words** means the promises that God made to Abraham, and **stand** means stay in place rather than go away. The Levites are speaking of God’s promises as if they were a living thing that could move around or not. Alternate translation: “you have kept all of your promises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NEH 9 8 f1f9 כִּ֥י צַדִּ֖יק אָֽתָּה 1 Alternate translation: “because you always do what is right”
NEH 9 9 p3f4 figs-merism וַ⁠תֵּ֛רֶא אֶת־עֳנִ֥י אֲבֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ בְּ⁠מִצְרָ֑יִם וְ⁠אֶת־זַעֲקָתָ֥⁠ם שָׁמַ֖עְתָּ עַל־יַם־סֽוּף 1 Here the Levites are describing how, centuries later, God rescued their ancestors, Abraham’s descendants, from slavery in Egypt. In this verse they describe that entire experience generally by reference to its first episode and its final episode, to include everything in between. (In [9:10](../09/10.md) and [9:11](../09/11.md) they will add further specific details.) If it would be helpful in your language, you could describe the entire experience in a single phrase here. (However, you could also explain these episodes separately. See the next two notes.) Alternate translation: “You rescued our fathers from slavery in Egypt by defeating Pharaoh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
NEH 9 9 vp1y figs-abstractnouns וַ⁠תֵּ֛רֶא אֶת־עֳנִ֥י אֲבֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ בְּ⁠מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 **Affliction** is an abstract noun that refers to the way the Israelites suffered when Pharaoh, the king of Egypt, forced them to serve him as slaves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the idea behind it with a verb such as “suffer.” Alternate translation: “you saw how badly our ancestors were suffering as slaves in Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NEH 9 9 f1g1 figs-explicit וַ⁠תֵּ֛רֶא אֶת־עֳנִ֥י אֲבֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ בְּ⁠מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 The implication is that God not only saw how the Israelites were suffering, but also was moved to action out of compassion for them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you saw how badly our ancestors were suffering as slaves in Egypt, and so you delivered them from slavery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 9 9 f1g3 figs-metaphor אֲבֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ 1 **Fathers** here figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 9 f1g3 figs-metaphor אֲבֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ 1 **Fathers** here means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 9 j256 figs-explicit וְ⁠אֶת־זַעֲקָתָ֥⁠ם שָׁמַ֖עְתָּ עַל־יַם־סֽוּף 1 The Levites continue to rehearse the details of Israelite history without explaining their significance because they assume their listeners will already understand this. This is a reference to something that happened after God had freed their ancestors from slavery and they had left Egypt. Pharaoh regretted letting them go and pursued them with his army. Helplessly trapped against the shores of the Red Sea as Pharaoh’s army approached, the Israelites cried out to God for rescue. Alternate translation: “you answered their prayer when they cried to you for help from the shores of the Red Sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 9 9 f1g5 figs-idiom וְ⁠אֶת־זַעֲקָתָ֥⁠ם שָׁמַ֖עְתָּ 1 **Heard** is an idiom that means that God both heard and answered the Israelites’ prayer in the way described in [9:11](../09/11.md). Alternate translation: “you answered their prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 9 9 f1g7 translate-names יַם־סֽוּף 1 This is the name of a body of water near Egypt. Alternate translation: “the Red Sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1100,7 +1100,7 @@ NEH 9 10 i7c3 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י יָדַ֔עְתָּ כּ
NEH 9 10 m6zr figs-metonymy וַ⁠תַּֽעַשׂ־לְ⁠ךָ֥ שֵׁ֖ם כְּ⁠הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 As in [9:5](../09/05.md), **name** is a figurative way of referring to the fame or reputation of a person. Alternate translation: “When you did this, you won the reputation that you sill have today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 9 11 n7jm figs-explicit וְ⁠הַ⁠יָּם֙ בָּקַ֣עְתָּ לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 In [9:10](../09/10.md) the Levites provided more specific details about how God delivered the Israelites from slavery in Egypt. In this verse they focus on the details of the final episode in the deliverance experience. Still, they assume that their readers will be familiar with these details and understand their significance. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain these details more fully. Alternate translation: “When the Israelites left Egypt, Pharaoh pursued them with his army, and they were trapped by the shores of the Red Sea. But you opened up the sea in front of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 9 11 d1kp translate-unknown וְ⁠הַ⁠יָּם֙ 1 As in [9:9](../09/09.md), this refers to the Red Sea, a body of water near Egypt. Alternate translation: “the Red Sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 9 11 f1g9 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 Here, **face** figuratively refers the front of a group. Alternate translation: “in front of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 9 11 f1g9 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 Here, **face** refers the front of a group. Alternate translation: “in front of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 9 11 f1h1 וַ⁠יַּֽעַבְר֥וּ בְ⁠תוֹךְ־הַ⁠יָּ֖ם בַּ⁠יַּבָּשָׁ֑ה 1 **They** refers to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “so that they were able escape through the Red Sea by walking on dry ground”
NEH 9 11 f1h3 figs-metaphor וְֽ⁠אֶת־רֹ֨דְפֵי⁠הֶ֜ם הִשְׁלַ֧כְתָּ בִ⁠מְצוֹלֹ֛ת 1 This is a figurative way of describing how that God made the waters of the Red Sea come back over the Egyptian army so that all of its soldiers were drowned. It was as if God had thrown them into deep water. Alternate translation: “but you made the waters come back and drown the army that was chasing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 11 f1h5 translate-unknown רֹ֨דְפֵי⁠הֶ֜ם 1 Alternate translation: “the soldiers of the Egyptian army, who were chasing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@ -1114,19 +1114,19 @@ NEH 9 13 f1h9 מִשְׁפָּטִ֤ים 1 This term refers to Yahweh giving t
NEH 9 14 w3q6 figs-explicit וְ⁠אֶת־שַׁבַּ֥ת קָדְשְׁ⁠ךָ֖ הוֹדַ֣עַתָ לָ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain what the Sabbath was. Alternate translation: “You commanded them to set apart the seventh day of the week as the Sabbath, a special day for rest and worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 9 14 f1i1 translate-names שַׁבַּ֥ת 1 This is the name of a religious observance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 9 14 h9f4 figs-doublet וּ⁠מִצְו֤וֹת וְ⁠חֻקִּים֙ וְ⁠תוֹרָ֔ה צִוִּ֣יתָ לָ⁠הֶ֔ם 1 **Commandments**, **statutes**, and **law** mean similar things. Together they are a comprehensive description of the Law of Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine them in a single phrase. Alternate translation: “You told them to obey everything you had commanded,” otherwise “you gave them commands and rules and laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
NEH 9 14 f1i3 figs-metaphor בְּ⁠יַ֖ד מֹשֶׁ֥ה 1 Here, **hand** figuratively represents control and action. Alternate translation: “you gave them to Moses to give to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 14 f1i3 figs-metaphor בְּ⁠יַ֖ד מֹשֶׁ֥ה 1 Here, **hand** represents control and action. Alternate translation: “you gave them to Moses to give to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 14 f1i5 figs-metaphor עַבְדֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 The Old Testament often describes Moses by the title “servant of Yahweh.” While Moses was also God’s servant in a more literal sense, this title is a figurative expression that indicates that God used Moses to give his law to his people, the way a master would have a servant deliver a message. Alternate translation: “your special messenger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 15 f1i7 grammar-connect-logic-result וְ֠⁠לֶחֶם מִ⁠שָּׁמַ֜יִם נָתַ֤תָּה לָ⁠הֶם֙ לִ⁠רְעָבָ֔⁠ם 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases since the first phrase gives the reason for the resulting action that is described in the second phrase. Alternate translation: “because they were hungry, you provided a special food for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
NEH 9 15 f1i9 figs-explicit וְ֠⁠לֶחֶם מִ⁠שָּׁמַ֜יִם נָתַ֤תָּה לָ⁠הֶם֙ לִ⁠רְעָבָ֔⁠ם 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain why the people were hungry. Alternate translation: “because they were hungry in the desert where no crops could grow, you provided a special food for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 9 15 f1j1 translate-unknown וְ֠⁠לֶחֶם מִ⁠שָּׁמַ֜יִם 1 This is a figurative way of describing the special food that God provided for the Israelites in the desert. Because it had not grown from the ground, it was as if God had sent it from heaven. The Israelites gave this food the name “manna.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could call it by this name after providing a non-figurative description. Alternate translation: “and a special food, manna.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 9 15 f1j3 figs-synecdoche וְ֠⁠לֶחֶם מִ⁠שָּׁמַ֜יִם 1 This expression used bread to refer figuratively to food in general. It describes all food by the name of one kind of food, bread. Alternate translation: “special food” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 9 15 f1j3 figs-synecdoche וְ֠⁠לֶחֶם מִ⁠שָּׁמַ֜יִם 1 This expression used bread to refer to food in general. It describes all food by the name of one kind of food, bread. Alternate translation: “special food” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 9 15 f1j5 grammar-connect-logic-result וּ⁠מַ֗יִם מִ⁠סֶּ֛לַע הוֹצֵ֥אתָ לָ⁠הֶ֖ם לִ⁠צְמָאָ֑⁠ם 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases since the first phrase gives the reason for the resulting action that is described in the second phrase. Alternate translation: “because they were thirsty, you made water flow out of a rock for them to drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
NEH 9 15 f1j7 figs-explicit וּ⁠מַ֗יִם מִ⁠סֶּ֛לַע הוֹצֵ֥אתָ לָ⁠הֶ֖ם לִ⁠צְמָאָ֑⁠ם 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain why the people were thirsty. Alternate translation: “because they were thirsty in the desert where there was no water, you made water flow out of a rock for them to drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 9 15 f1j9 וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר לָ⁠הֶ֗ם לָ⁠בוֹא֙ לָ⁠רֶ֣שֶׁת 1 Alternate translation: “you commanded them to enter and occupy”
NEH 9 15 f1k1 translate-symaction הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־נָשָׂ֥אתָ אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ לָ⁠תֵ֥ת לָ⁠הֶֽם 1 In this culture, a person would raise their hand when they swore an oath. Here the Levites are describing the action of swearing an oath figuratively by referring to the gesture associated with that action, raising a hand. Alternate translation: “the land that you swore to give them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
NEH 9 15 f1k1 translate-symaction הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־נָשָׂ֥אתָ אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ לָ⁠תֵ֥ת לָ⁠הֶֽם 1 In this culture, a person would raise their hand when they swore an oath. Here the Levites are describing the action of swearing an oath by referring to the gesture associated with that action, raising a hand. Alternate translation: “the land that you swore to give them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
NEH 9 15 f1k3 figs-explicit הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־נָשָׂ֥אתָ אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ לָ⁠תֵ֥ת לָ⁠הֶֽם 1 The Levites assume that their listeners will understand that this means the land of Canaan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the land of Canaan, which you swore to give them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 9 16 g6tt וְ⁠הֵ֥ם וַ⁠אֲבֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ הֵזִ֑ידוּ 1 **They** could mean the Israelites at the time of Moses, and **our fathers** could mean the Israelites after the time of Moses. However, the next verse says that the people who showed this pride and stubbornness disobeyed God’s command to enter Canaan and instead chose a leader to take them back to Egypt. So this expression could also mean “they, yes, our fathers.” Alternate translation: “they, our own ancestors, were arrogant”
NEH 9 16 m753 figs-metaphor וַ⁠אֲבֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ 1 **Fathers** here figuratively means **ancestors.** Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 16 m753 figs-metaphor וַ⁠אֲבֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ 1 **Fathers** here means **ancestors.** Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 16 t1he figs-parallelism וַ⁠יַּקְשׁוּ֙ אֶת־עָרְפָּ֔⁠ם וְ⁠לֹ֥א שָׁמְע֖וּ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. The Levites are using the repetition to acknowledge how serious it was that their own ancestors disobeyed God’s command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “they stubbornly refused to obey,” otherwise “they were proud and stubborn, so they refused to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NEH 9 16 v9ib figs-metaphor וַ⁠יַּקְשׁוּ֙ אֶת־עָרְפָּ֔⁠ם 1 This is a figurative way of saying that the people stubbornly refused to obey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 16 f1k5 figs-idiom וְ⁠לֹ֥א שָׁמְע֖וּ אֶל־מִצְוֺתֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 **Listen** in this context is an idiom that means not just to hear a commandment, but to obey it. Alternate translation: “They refused to obey what you commanded them to do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -1150,64 +1150,64 @@ NEH 9 19 x6bf grammar-connect-logic-result אֶת־עַמּ֣וּד הֶ֠⁠ע
NEH 9 20 buh1 וְ⁠רוּחֲ⁠ךָ֨ הַ⁠טּוֹבָ֔ה 1 This seems to be a reference to God in person. If your language uses capitalization or some other convention to indicate that a word is referring to God, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “your good Spirit”
NEH 9 20 e7m4 grammar-connect-logic-result וּ⁠מַנְ⁠ךָ֙ לֹא־מָנַ֣עְתָּ מִ⁠פִּי⁠הֶ֔ם וּ⁠מַ֛יִם נָתַ֥תָּה לָ⁠הֶ֖ם לִ⁠צְמָאָֽ⁠ם 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of the phrases in each clause since in both cases the first phrase gives the reason for the result that is described in the second phrase. Alternate translation: “Because they were hungry, you continued to feed them with manna, and because they were thirsty, you gave them water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
NEH 9 20 f1m7 translate-unknown וּ⁠מַנְ⁠ךָ֙ 1 This was the special food that Yahweh provided for the Israelites in the desert. See the note in [9:15](../09/15.md). Alternate translation: “special food” or “that special food, manna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 9 20 qka1 לֹא־מָנַ֣עְתָּ מִ⁠פִּי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 Here the Levites describe being nourished by food by referring figuratively to something associated with it, the mouth that eats the food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could describe this more generally. Alternate translation: “you continued to feed them”
NEH 9 20 qka1 לֹא־מָנַ֣עְתָּ מִ⁠פִּי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 Here the Levites describe being nourished by food by referring to something associated with it, the mouth that eats the food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could describe this more generally. Alternate translation: “you continued to feed them”
NEH 9 20 gyd6 figs-litotes לֹא־מָנַ֣עְתָּ מִ⁠פִּי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 This is a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “you generously gave them manna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
NEH 9 21 f1m9 grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִ֥ים שָׁנָ֛ה כִּלְכַּלְתָּ֥⁠ם בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֖ר לֹ֣א חָסֵ֑רוּ 1 The first phrase is implicitly giving a reason for the result that is described in the second phrase. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that explicit. “Because you took care of them for forty years in the desert, they did not lack anything all that time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
NEH 9 21 f1n1 figs-explicit וְ⁠רַגְלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם לֹ֥א בָצֵֽקוּ 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain why the feet of the Israelites would otherwise have swollen as they traveled through the desert. Alternate translation: “their feet did not swell up, even though they were walking all the time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 9 22 f462 וַ⁠תִּתֵּ֨ן לָ⁠הֶ֤ם מַמְלָכוֹת֙ וַ⁠עֲמָמִ֔ים 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly how Yahweh did this. Alternate translation: “You helped our ancestors to defeat stronger armies so that they could conquer kingdoms and the people who lived in them”
NEH 9 22 xc6v figs-doublet וַ⁠תִּתֵּ֨ן לָ⁠הֶ֤ם מַמְלָכוֹת֙ וַ⁠עֲמָמִ֔ים 1 **Kingdoms** and **peoples** mean similar things. They are two different ways of describing the groups that the Israelites defeated. The repetition emphasizes how remarkable it was for Yahweh to enable the Israelites to defeat these stronger opponents. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these words into a single expression. Alternate translation: “you enabled them to defeat the nations that were living there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
NEH 9 22 kgg1 figs-metaphor וַֽ⁠תַּחְלְקֵ֖⁠ם לְ⁠פֵאָ֑ה 1 Here the land of Canaan is described figuratively as if it were a regular shape that had defined corners. Alternate translation: “you enabled them to possess every part of the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 22 kgg1 figs-metaphor וַֽ⁠תַּחְלְקֵ֖⁠ם לְ⁠פֵאָ֑ה 1 Here the land of Canaan is described as if it were a regular shape that had defined corners. Alternate translation: “you enabled them to possess every part of the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 22 zt5p figs-parallelism אֶת־אֶ֣רֶץ סִיח֗וֹן וְ⁠אֶת־אֶ֨רֶץ֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ חֶשְׁבּ֔וֹן 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The repetition is used for clarity. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “the land over which King Sihon ruled from the city of Heshbon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NEH 9 22 f1n3 וְ⁠אֶת־אֶ֖רֶץ ע֥וֹג מֶֽלֶךְ־הַ⁠בָּשָֽׁן 1 Alternate translation: “Bashan, the land where King Og ruled”
NEH 9 22 xf4v translate-names סִיח֗וֹן…ע֥וֹג 1 These are the names of two kings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 9 22 bkk3 translate-names חֶשְׁבּ֔וֹן…הַ⁠בָּשָֽׁן 1 These are names of the places where these two kings ruled. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 9 23 w96j figs-simile וּ⁠בְנֵי⁠הֶ֣ם הִרְבִּ֔יתָ כְּ⁠כֹכְבֵ֖י הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם 1 **Their** refers to the Israelites. This is a comparison, a figure of speech that says the number of children the Israelites had was like the number of stars in the sky. Alternate translation: “You enabled them to have as many children as there are stars in the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
NEH 9 23 t5pb figs-hyperbole וּ⁠בְנֵי⁠הֶ֣ם הִרְבִּ֔יתָ כְּ⁠כֹכְבֵ֖י הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם 1 This is an exaggeration for emphasis. Alternate translation: “You enabled them to have a very large number of children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
NEH 9 23 f1n5 figs-metaphor וּ⁠בְנֵי⁠הֶ֣ם 1 **Sons** here figuratively means “descendants.” In this context it includes both boys and girls. Alternate translation: “and children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 23 f1n5 figs-metaphor וּ⁠בְנֵי⁠הֶ֣ם 1 **Sons** here means “descendants.” In this context it includes both boys and girls. Alternate translation: “and children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 23 f1n7 figs-explicit וַ⁠תְּבִיאֵ⁠ם֙ אֶל־הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־אָמַ֥רְתָּ לַ⁠אֲבֹתֵי⁠הֶ֖ם לָ⁠ב֥וֹא לָ⁠רָֽשֶׁת 1 This is the same **land** described in verse 15, the land of Canaan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You brought them back to the land of Canaan, the land that you had commanded the previous generation to enter and occupy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 9 23 f1n9 figs-gendernotations לַ⁠אֲבֹתֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 While **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors” throughout much of this prayer, in this case the word is intended more literally. It means the previous generation of Israelites, who had disobeyed when God told them the first time to occupy the land. But since both men and women were involved in the disobedience, you could use a term that would not limit the meaning to men, if it would be helpful in your language. Alternate translation: “to the previous generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
NEH 9 23 f1n9 figs-gendernotations לַ⁠אֲבֹתֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 While **fathers** means “ancestors” throughout much of this prayer, in this case the word is intended more literally. It means the previous generation of Israelites, who had disobeyed when God told them the first time to occupy the land. But since both men and women were involved in the disobedience, you could use a term that would not limit the meaning to men, if it would be helpful in your language. Alternate translation: “to the previous generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
NEH 9 24 f1o1 figs-parallelism וַ⁠יָּבֹ֤אוּ הַ⁠בָּנִים֙ וַ⁠יִּֽירְשׁ֣וּ אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ וַ⁠תַּכְנַ֨ע לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֜ם אֶת־יֹשְׁבֵ֤י הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ הַ⁠כְּנַ֣עֲנִ֔ים 1 These two phrases mean similar things. The Israelites of the next generation possessing the land is equivalent to Yahweh defeating its inhabitants when the Israelites fought against them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “You enabled the next generation of Israelites to defeat the people who were living in the land of Canaan so that they could occupy the land themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NEH 9 24 qpd4 figs-gendernotations הַ⁠בָּנִים֙ 1 This means literally the children of the generation that refused to enter the land. But since both men and women were involved in occupying the land, you could use a term that would not limit the meaning to men, if it would be helpful in your language. Alternate translation: “the next generation of Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
NEH 9 24 it8a figs-metonymy וַ⁠תַּכְנַ֨ע לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֜ם אֶת־יֹשְׁבֵ֤י הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ 1 Here, **face** figuratively means the front of a group, in this case the Israelite army that was fighting against the Canaanites. Alternate translation: “when the Israelites opposed them in battle, you defeated the people who were living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 9 24 it8a figs-metonymy וַ⁠תַּכְנַ֨ע לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֜ם אֶת־יֹשְׁבֵ֤י הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ 1 Here, **face** means the front of a group, in this case the Israelite army that was fighting against the Canaanites. Alternate translation: “when the Israelites opposed them in battle, you defeated the people who were living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 9 24 l77q figs-doublet יֹשְׁבֵ֤י הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ הַ⁠כְּנַ֣עֲנִ֔ים 1 These two phrases mean similar things. The repetition is used for clarity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “the Canaanites who lived there,” otherwise “the people who lived here in this land, the descendants of Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
NEH 9 24 vz5v figs-explicit וַֽ⁠תִּתְּנֵ֖⁠ם בְּ⁠יָדָ֑⁠ם וְ⁠אֶת־מַלְכֵי⁠הֶם֙ וְ⁠אֶת־עַֽמְמֵ֣י הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ לַ⁠עֲשׂ֥וֹת בָּ⁠הֶ֖ם כִּ⁠רְצוֹנָֽ⁠ם 1 The Levites continue to recount details of Israelite history and assume that their listeners will understand the significance of these details. This sentence means, “You gave the Canaanites into the hands of the Israelites, that is, you gave their kings and the Canaanite people into the hands of the Israelites.” The implication is that once the Israelites had defeated the armies that the kings were leading, they could then do anything they wanted with the people who were living in the land. In other words, Yahweh gave the kings “into their hands” by defeating them, and as a result, the people were “in their hands” to do with whatever they wanted. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You enabled them to defeat the armies that the Canaanite kings were leading, and then they could do whatever they wanted with the people of Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 9 24 v454 figs-metaphor וַֽ⁠תִּתְּנֵ֖⁠ם בְּ⁠יָדָ֑⁠ם 1 Here, **hand** figuratively represents power and control. To give something into a person’s hand is to give that person control over that thing. Alternate translation: “enabled the Israelites to defeat them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 24 v454 figs-metaphor וַֽ⁠תִּתְּנֵ֖⁠ם בְּ⁠יָדָ֑⁠ם 1 Here, **hand** represents power and control. To give something into a person’s hand is to give that person control over that thing. Alternate translation: “enabled the Israelites to defeat them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 25 yzu6 וַֽ⁠יִּלְכְּד֞וּ עָרִ֣ים בְּצֻרוֹת֮ וַ⁠אֲדָמָ֣ה שְׁמֵנָה֒ 1 **They** means the Israelites who were entering Canaan.
NEH 9 25 gs7a figs-metonymy וַ⁠אֲדָמָ֣ה שְׁמֵנָה֒ 1 This means land that can produce abundantly and make its inhabitants fat (as described later in this verse). The rich character of the soil is being described figuratively by something associated with it, the well-fed character of the people it sustains. Alternate translation: “fertile land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 9 25 gs7a figs-metonymy וַ⁠אֲדָמָ֣ה שְׁמֵנָה֒ 1 This means land that can produce abundantly and make its inhabitants fat (as described later in this verse). The rich character of the soil is being described by something associated with it, the well-fed character of the people it sustains. Alternate translation: “fertile land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 9 25 ac3r וַ⁠יִּֽירְשׁ֡וּ 1 This means that, from people who had already built or planted them, they took possession of the things on the list that follows. Alternate translation: “they took possession of”
NEH 9 25 y6gx figs-activepassive בֹּר֨וֹת חֲצוּבִ֜ים 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. (This verse is not saying that the Israelites did three things, captured cities, possessed houses, and dug cisterns.) Alternate translation: “cisterns that someone else had already dug” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 9 25 ke4u translate-unknown בֹּר֨וֹת 1 Cisterns are underground reservoirs where people store water. In this area they were typically hewn out of the underlying rock. Alternate translation: “water storage areas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 9 25 f1o3 translate-unknown וְ⁠עֵ֥ץ מַאֲכָ֖ל 1 This means trees that grow things that are good to eat. In this area, these would have included both fruit and nut trees. Alternate translation: “and fruit and nut trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 9 25 s544 figs-metaphor וַֽ⁠יִּשְׂבְּעוּ֙ 1 It is clear from the context that this was likely true literally, but this statement could also be a figurative way of saying that just as a person who has more than enough to eat stops being concerned, so the Israelites became complacent and stopped thinking about Yahweh. Alternate translation: “and they became complacent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 26 t19v figs-doublet וַ⁠יַּמְר֨וּ וַֽ⁠יִּמְרְד֜וּ בָּ֗⁠ךְ 1 **Disobeyed** and **rebelled** mean similar things. The Levites use them together to emphasize how serious an offense it was for the Israelites to turn against Yahweh after he had blessed them so greatly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these words. Alternate translation: “they turned against you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
NEH 9 26 q9sz figs-metaphor וַ⁠יַּשְׁלִ֤כוּ אֶת־תּוֹרָֽתְ⁠ךָ֙ אַחֲרֵ֣י גַוָּ֔⁠ם 1 The Levites are saying that figuratively the Israelites treated the law as if it were a worthless item that a person would toss away. Alternate translation: “They considered your law worthless and paid no attention to it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 26 q9sz figs-metaphor וַ⁠יַּשְׁלִ֤כוּ אֶת־תּוֹרָֽתְ⁠ךָ֙ אַחֲרֵ֣י גַוָּ֔⁠ם 1 The Levites are saying that the Israelites treated the law as if it were a worthless item that a person would toss away. Alternate translation: “They considered your law worthless and paid no attention to it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 26 vbj5 הֵעִ֥ידוּ בָ֖⁠ם 1 Alternate translation: “warned them about all the wrong things they were doing”
NEH 9 26 rr76 translate-unknown וַֽ⁠יַּעֲשׂ֔וּ נֶאָצ֖וֹת גְּדוֹלֹֽת 1 As in [9:18](../09/18.md), **blasphemy** means to worship as divine or give honor to something other than God. This is likely a reference to the way the Israelites started worshiping other gods. (That is why the prophets needed to try to “bring them back” to Yahweh.) Alternate translation: “they worshiped other gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 9 27 v5lz figs-metaphor וַֽ⁠תִּתְּנֵ⁠ם֙ בְּ⁠יַ֣ד צָֽרֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 Here, **hand** figuratively represents power and control. Alternate translation: “you allowed their enemies to defeat them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 27 v5lz figs-metaphor וַֽ⁠תִּתְּנֵ⁠ם֙ בְּ⁠יַ֣ד צָֽרֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 Here, **hand** represents power and control. Alternate translation: “you allowed their enemies to defeat them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 27 k998 וַ⁠יָּצֵ֖רוּ לָ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 **They** means the enemies, and **them** means the Israelites. Alternate translation: “The enemies of the Israelites made them suffer”
NEH 9 27 tz5a וּֽ⁠כְ⁠רַחֲמֶ֣י⁠ךָ הָֽ⁠רַבִּ֗ים 1 Alternate translation: “because of your great mercy” or “because you are very merciful”
NEH 9 27 z213 translate-unknown תִּתֵּ֤ן לָ⁠הֶם֙ מֽוֹשִׁיעִ֔ים 1 This is a reference to the time in Israelite history when God sent the judges to lead the Israelite tribes in fighting back against their enemies. Alternate translation: “you sent the judges to rescue them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 9 27 ku2m figs-metaphor וְ⁠יוֹשִׁיע֖וּ⁠ם מִ⁠יַּ֥ד צָרֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 Here, **hand** figuratively represents power and control. Alternate translation: “they rescued them from their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 27 ku2m figs-metaphor וְ⁠יוֹשִׁיע֖וּ⁠ם מִ⁠יַּ֥ד צָרֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 Here, **hand** represents power and control. Alternate translation: “they rescued them from their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 28 u77m grammar-connect-logic-contrast וּ⁠כְ⁠נ֣וֹחַ לָ⁠הֶ֔ם יָשׁ֕וּבוּ לַ⁠עֲשׂ֥וֹת רַ֖ע לְ⁠פָנֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 This sentence draws a contrast between how the Israelites should have responded when God delivered them and how they actually responded. You could begin the sentence with a word like “but” or “however” or “nevertheless” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
NEH 9 28 ds4w figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠כְ⁠נ֣וֹחַ לָ⁠הֶ֔ם 1 **Rest** is an abstract noun that indicates that the Israelites had relief from suffering and that there was no more war in the land after they defeated their enemies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the same idea with a different phrase. Alternate translation: “after they had defeated their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NEH 9 28 s2tc figs-metaphor יָשׁ֕וּבוּ לַ⁠עֲשׂ֥וֹת רַ֖ע לְ⁠פָנֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 Here, **face** seems to refer figuratively to a person’s opinion or judgment, by association with the way they use the eyes in their face to see things and the way their facial expression shows what they think of those things. So this would mean that the Israelites did things that Yahweh considered to be wrong. Alternate translation: “they went back to doing things that you consider wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 28 ml8w figs-metaphor וַ⁠תַּֽעַזְבֵ֞⁠ם בְּ⁠יַ֤ד אֹֽיְבֵי⁠הֶם֙ וַ⁠יִּרְדּ֣וּ בָ⁠הֶ֔ם 1 Here, **hand** figuratively represents power and control. Alternate translation: “you allowed their enemies to defeat them, and they ruled over them harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 28 s2tc figs-metaphor יָשׁ֕וּבוּ לַ⁠עֲשׂ֥וֹת רַ֖ע לְ⁠פָנֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 Here, **face** seems to refer to a person’s opinion or judgment, by association with the way they use the eyes in their face to see things and the way their facial expression shows what they think of those things. So this would mean that the Israelites did things that Yahweh considered to be wrong. Alternate translation: “they went back to doing things that you consider wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 28 ml8w figs-metaphor וַ⁠תַּֽעַזְבֵ֞⁠ם בְּ⁠יַ֤ד אֹֽיְבֵי⁠הֶם֙ וַ⁠יִּרְדּ֣וּ בָ⁠הֶ֔ם 1 Here, **hand** represents power and control. Alternate translation: “you allowed their enemies to defeat them, and they ruled over them harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 28 puz2 grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠תַּֽעַזְבֵ֞⁠ם 1 This phrase indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “and so you left them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
NEH 9 28 t9wx figs-doublet וַ⁠יָּשׁ֨וּבוּ֙ וַ⁠יִּזְעָק֔וּ⁠ךָ 1 **They** means the Israelites. **Returned** and **cried out** mean similar things. Both terms describe how the Israelites realized that they should have remained loyal to Yahweh and that they desperately needed his help. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use one expression for both terms. Alternate translation: “The Israelites asked you again to help them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
NEH 9 28 y9f7 כְּֽ⁠רַחֲמֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 Alternate translation: “because of your mercy” or “because you are merciful”
NEH 9 29 pm9h figs-metonymy וַ⁠תָּ֨עַד בָּ⁠הֶ֜ם 1 Yahweh did not personally tell the Israelites all the wrong things they were doing. Rather, as [9:26](../09/26.md) explains by using the same expression, Yahweh sent prophets to do this. The Levites are describing the prophets figuratively by association with Yahweh, whose message they were bringing. Alternate translation: “you sent prophets to warn the Israelites about all the wrong things they were doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 9 29 pm9h figs-metonymy וַ⁠תָּ֨עַד בָּ⁠הֶ֜ם 1 Yahweh did not personally tell the Israelites all the wrong things they were doing. Rather, as [9:26](../09/26.md) explains by using the same expression, Yahweh sent prophets to do this. The Levites are describing the prophets by association with Yahweh, whose message they were bringing. Alternate translation: “you sent prophets to warn the Israelites about all the wrong things they were doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 9 29 un5i figs-metonymy לַ⁠הֲשִׁיבָ֣⁠ם אֶל־תּוֹרָתֶ֗⁠ךָ 1 The prophets were actually trying to make the people loyal to Yahweh himself once again by calling them to obey Yahweh’s law. The Levites are describing Yahweh by reference to something associated with him, his law. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to make them loyal to you once again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 9 29 e4dt figs-idiom וְ⁠לֹא־שָׁמְע֤וּ לְ⁠מִצְוֺתֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 As in [9:16](../09/16.md), **listen** in this context is an idiom that means not just to hear a command, but to obey it. If your language has a word for “listen” that also means “obey,” you could use it here. Alternate translation: “did not heed your commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 9 29 una2 figs-metonymy וּ⁠בְ⁠מִשְׁפָּטֶ֣י⁠ךָ חָֽטְאוּ־בָ֔⁠ם 1 The people were actually sinning against Yahweh himself. The Levites are describing Yahweh by reference to something associated with him, his “judgments,” meaning the instructions in his law. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they sinned against you by disobeying your instructions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 9 29 gh1m וּ⁠בְ⁠מִשְׁפָּטֶ֣י⁠ךָ 1 As in [9:13](../09/13.md), this term refers to Yahweh giving the Israelites instructions in the law. It may or may not include a sense of Yahweh passing sentence as a judge. Alternate translation: “And concerning your instructions”
NEH 9 29 x7ep figs-metaphor אֲשֶׁר־יַעֲשֶׂ֥ה אָדָ֖ם וְ⁠חָיָ֣ה בָ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 **Live** here does not mean physically live or die. Rather, “live” figuratively means to be spiritually alive in relationship with God and to be happy and blessed as a result. The difference between being alive in this way and being separated from God is like the difference between being alive and being dead. Alternate translation: “If a person follows your law, then he is spiritually alive and happy and blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 29 x7ep figs-metaphor אֲשֶׁר־יַעֲשֶׂ֥ה אָדָ֖ם וְ⁠חָיָ֣ה בָ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 **Live** here does not mean physically live or die. Rather, “live” means to be spiritually alive in relationship with God and to be happy and blessed as a result. The difference between being alive in this way and being separated from God is like the difference between being alive and being dead. Alternate translation: “If a person follows your law, then he is spiritually alive and happy and blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 29 k1ew figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתְּנ֤וּ כָתֵף֙ סוֹרֶ֔רֶת וְ⁠עָרְפָּ֥⁠ם הִקְשׁ֖וּ 1 These are images of an ox refusing to allow its owner to put a yoke on its shoulders. Here they are a metaphor that represents the people being stubborn. Alternate translation: “They became stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 29 n3zk figs-idiom וְ⁠לֹ֥א שָׁמֵֽעוּ 1 Like **listen** earlier in this verse, “hear” in this context is an idiom that means not just to hear a command, but to obey it. If your language has a word for “hear” that also means “obey,” you could use it here. Alternate translation: “did not heed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 9 30 sj6k וַ⁠תִּמְשֹׁ֤ךְ עֲלֵי⁠הֶם֙ שָׁנִ֣ים רַבּ֔וֹת 1 Alternate translation: “you put up with them for a long time”
NEH 9 30 gf8r figs-metonymy שָׁנִ֣ים רַבּ֔וֹת 1 This is a figurative expression for “a long time.” The Levites are describing time figuratively by referring to something associated with it, the years in which time is measured. Alternate translation: “for a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 9 30 gf8r figs-metonymy שָׁנִ֣ים רַבּ֔וֹת 1 This is a figurative expression for “a long time.” The Levites are describing time by referring to something associated with it, the years in which time is measured. Alternate translation: “for a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 9 30 hbe9 וַ⁠תָּ֨עַד בָּ֧⁠ם בְּ⁠רוּחֲ⁠ךָ֛ בְּ⁠יַד־נְבִיאֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 As in [9:20](../09/20.md), **spirit** here seems to be a reference to God in person. If your language uses capitalization or some other convention to indicate that a word is referring to God, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “you spoke through the prophets by your Spirit to warn the Israelites about all the wrong things they were doing”
NEH 9 30 f3le figs-metaphor בְּ⁠יַד־נְבִיאֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 This is a figurative way of saying that God had the prophets deliver his message to the Israelites the way a servant would carry a message in his hand. Alternate translation: “through the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 30 k9y7 figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹ֣א הֶאֱזִ֑ינוּ 1 The Levites are describing the act of listening figuratively here by reference to something associated with it, the ear that hears. Alternate translation: “but they refused to listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 9 30 k9y7 figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹ֣א הֶאֱזִ֑ינוּ 1 The Levites are describing the act of listening here by reference to something associated with it, the ear that hears. Alternate translation: “but they refused to listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 9 30 n169 figs-idiom וְ⁠לֹ֣א הֶאֱזִ֑ינוּ 1 Listening in this context means not just to hear but to obey. Alternate translation: “but they refused to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 9 30 tqa5 figs-metaphor וַֽ⁠תִּתְּנֵ֔⁠ם בְּ⁠יַ֖ד עַמֵּ֥י הָ⁠אֲרָצֹֽת 1 Here, **hand** represents power and control. See how you translated this expression in verse 27, where it occurs twice. Alternate translation: “you allowed the neighboring peoples to defeat them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 30 ym8i grammar-connect-logic-result וַֽ⁠תִּתְּנֵ֔⁠ם 1 This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result, you gave them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@ -1219,17 +1219,17 @@ NEH 9 31 xk1s figs-doublet חַנּ֥וּן וְ⁠רַח֖וּם 1 **Gracious*
NEH 9 32 m4l9 grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠עַתָּ֣ה 1 This phrase indicates that the Levites believe that what they are about to ask for should be the results of what they have just described. Specifically, because he is merciful, God helped the Israelites in the past even though they did not deserve it. And so the Levites are praying for God to be merciful and help the Israelites now even though they do not deserve it. Alternate translation: “and that is why we are praying this now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
NEH 9 32 d4hq figs-doublet הָ⁠אֵ֨ל הַ⁠גָּד֜וֹל הַ⁠גִּבּ֣וֹר וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹרָא֮ 1 As in [1:5](../01/05.md), **great** and **fearsome** mean similar things. “Mighty” also means something similar. The Levites use all of these words together to emphasize how much respect God deserves. You do not need to repeat all three words in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also bring that out in your translation. “Great” and “mighty” refer to how powerful God is objectively. “Fearsome” reflects how people should respond to God’s greatness subjectively. They should “fear” God. This does not mean that they should be afraid of him, but that they should show him respect and reverence. Alternate translation: “the God who deserves total respect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]. A doublet can involve the use of more than two words.)
NEH 9 32 r379 figs-parallelism שׁוֹמֵ֣ר הַ⁠בְּרִ֣ית וְ⁠הַ⁠חֶסֶד֒ 1 As in [1:5](../01/05.md), **covenant** and **covenant faithfulness** mean similar things. The Levites said the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how certain it is that God will keep his promises. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could bring that out in your translation even if you combine the phrases. The “covenant” is God’s promise to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob and their descendants. “Covenant faithfulness” is a character quality of God. He is inwardly disposed to keep all of his promises, and he always does so faithfully. So you could say something like, “you always keep your promises faithfully because of who you are.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NEH 9 32 j5fk figs-metaphor אַל־יִמְעַ֣ט לְ⁠פָנֶ֡י⁠ךָ אֵ֣ת כָּל־הַ⁠תְּלָאָ֣ה 1 Here the Levites speak figuratively of something being small to mean that it is insignificant and not worthy of being noticed and addressed. Alternate translation: “do not regard our sufferings as insignificant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 32 ta8y figs-metonymy אַל־יִמְעַ֣ט לְ⁠פָנֶ֡י⁠ךָ אֵ֣ת כָּל־הַ⁠תְּלָאָ֣ה 1 As in [9:28](../09/28.md), **face** refers figuratively to a person’s opinion or judgment, by association with the way they use the eyes in their face to see things and the way their facial expression shows what they think of those things. So the Levites would be praying that God would not regard their suffering as insignificant. Alternate translation: “do not regard our sufferings as insignificant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 9 32 j5fk figs-metaphor אַל־יִמְעַ֣ט לְ⁠פָנֶ֡י⁠ךָ אֵ֣ת כָּל־הַ⁠תְּלָאָ֣ה 1 Here the Levites speak of something being small to mean that it is insignificant and not worthy of being noticed and addressed. Alternate translation: “do not regard our sufferings as insignificant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 32 ta8y figs-metonymy אַל־יִמְעַ֣ט לְ⁠פָנֶ֡י⁠ךָ אֵ֣ת כָּל־הַ⁠תְּלָאָ֣ה 1 As in [9:28](../09/28.md), **face** refers to a person’s opinion or judgment, by association with the way they use the eyes in their face to see things and the way their facial expression shows what they think of those things. So the Levites would be praying that God would not regard their suffering as insignificant. Alternate translation: “do not regard our sufferings as insignificant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 9 32 f7a5 figs-personification הַ⁠תְּלָאָ֣ה אֲֽשֶׁר־מְ֠צָאַתְ⁠נוּ 1 Here the Levites speak of the suffering that the Israelites have experienced as if it were a living thing that has looked for them and found them in order to cause them harm. Alternate translation: “the sufferings we have experienced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NEH 9 32 q7fm figs-abstractnouns הַ⁠תְּלָאָ֣ה אֲֽשֶׁר־מְ֠צָאַתְ⁠נוּ 1 **Hardship** is an abstract noun that refers to the suffering that the Israelites have experienced as a result of being conquered and dominated by foreign nations. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the idea behind it with a verb such as “suffer.” Alternate translation: “how much we have suffered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NEH 9 32 u6i9 figs-metaphor וְ⁠לַ⁠אֲבֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ 1 **Fathers** here figuratively means **ancestors.** Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 32 u6i9 figs-metaphor וְ⁠לַ⁠אֲבֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ 1 **Fathers** here means **ancestors.** Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 32 pl1f figs-explicit מִ⁠ימֵי֙ מַלְכֵ֣י אַשּׁ֔וּר עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 The implication is that the Levites are talking about the suffering that the Israelites have experienced specifically because foreign nations have conquered them, beginning with the Assyrians who first conquered the northern part of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from the time Israel was first conquered by the Assyrian kings until now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 9 32 r5ha figs-merism מִ⁠ימֵי֙ מַלְכֵ֣י אַשּׁ֔וּר עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 This is a figure of speech in which the Levites are describing an entire time period by reference to its beginning and end, in order to include everything in between. Alternate translation: “the entire time we have been under foreign domination” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
NEH 9 33 ctq5 וְ⁠אַתָּ֣ה צַדִּ֔יק עַ֖ל כָּל־הַ⁠בָּ֣א עָלֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 Here the word **righteous** refers to God’s actions as being a reflection of his righteous character. Alternate translation: “we acknowledge you have done the right thing in allowing all this to happen to us”
NEH 9 33 ac1s figs-personification כָּל־הַ⁠בָּ֣א עָלֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 Here the Levites speak of the suffering that the Israelites have experienced as if it were a living thing that has come up to them in order to cause them harm. Alternate translation: “everything we have suffered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NEH 9 33 z3i5 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי־אֱמֶ֥ת עָשִׂ֖יתָ וַ⁠אֲנַ֥חְנוּ הִרְשָֽׁעְנוּ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could place this sentence before the previous one since it gives the reason for the results that are described in that other sentence. You could show the connection by using a word like “so” after this sentence. Alternate translation: “You have always done what you said you would do, and you have never abandoned us. But we have done many wrong things. And so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
NEH 9 34 w8h1 figs-metaphor וַ⁠אֲבֹתֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 **Fathers** here figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 34 w8h1 figs-metaphor וַ⁠אֲבֹתֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 **Fathers** here means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 34 fh22 figs-parallelism לֹ֥א עָשׂ֖וּ תּוֹרָתֶ֑⁠ךָ וְ⁠לֹ֤א הִקְשִׁ֨יבוּ֙ אֶל־מִצְוֺתֶ֔י⁠ךָ וּ⁠לְ⁠עֵ֣דְוֺתֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. The Levites use the repetition to confess how completely the people have disobeyed what God told them to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “have completely disobeyed everything you told them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NEH 9 34 z9gd figs-idiom וְ⁠לֹ֤א הִקְשִׁ֨יבוּ֙ אֶל 1 Not paying attention to a command, like not listening to it, is a figurative way of saying not obeying it. Alternate translation: “have disobeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 9 34 x4lc figs-doublet מִצְוֺתֶ֔י⁠ךָ וּ⁠לְ⁠עֵ֣דְוֺתֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 These two terms mean similar things. You do not need to repeat both of them in your translation if that would make the meaning less clear for your readers. Alternate translation: “everything you told them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@ -1237,14 +1237,14 @@ NEH 9 34 z9wl וּ⁠לְ⁠עֵ֣דְוֺתֶ֔י⁠ךָ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַע
NEH 9 35 af8m figs-explicit וְ⁠הֵ֣ם בְּ⁠מַלְכוּתָ⁠ם֩…לֹ֣א עֲבָד֑וּ⁠ךָ 1 **Them** means the people and their leaders, as listed in [9:32](../09/32.md) and [9:34](../09/34.md). **Serve** is another way of saying “obey.” The implied meaning is that the Israelites did not obey Yahweh even when they had a kingdom of their own, before other nations conquered them. Alternate translation: “They did not obey you even while they had a kingdom of their own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 9 35 nxv9 figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠בְ⁠טוּבְ⁠ךָ֨ הָ⁠רָ֜ב אֲשֶׁר־נָתַ֣תָּ לָ⁠הֶ֗ם 1 **Goodness** is an abstract noun that refers to all the good things that God gave to the Israelites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the idea behind it with an adjective such as “good.” Alternate translation: “even while they enjoyed the good things you gave them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NEH 9 35 ibf9 figs-doublet וּ⁠בְ⁠אֶ֨רֶץ הָ⁠רְחָבָ֧ה וְ⁠הַ⁠שְּׁמֵנָ֛ה 1 These two terms mean similar things. They both indicate that the land God gave to the Israelites was good for growing crops. There was a lot of room in it, and the soil was good. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “the fertile land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
NEH 9 35 h9n5 figs-metonymy וּ⁠בְ⁠אֶ֨רֶץ…וְ⁠הַ⁠שְּׁמֵנָ֛ה 1 As in [9:25](../09/25.md), “fat” means land that can produce abundantly and feed its inhabitants well. The rich character of the soil is being described figuratively by something associated with it, the well-fed character of the people it sustains. Alternate translation: “fertile land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 9 35 z2vd figs-metaphor אֲשֶׁר־נָתַ֥תָּ לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 Here, **face** figuratively means the front of a person. This expression is saying that God “put this land right in front of” the Israelites, emphasizing that God enabled them to defeat their enemies to get it. It was a gift from God, not something that the Israelites got for themselves. Alternate translation: “that you freely gave to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 35 h9n5 figs-metonymy וּ⁠בְ⁠אֶ֨רֶץ…וְ⁠הַ⁠שְּׁמֵנָ֛ה 1 As in [9:25](../09/25.md), “fat” means land that can produce abundantly and feed its inhabitants well. The rich character of the soil is being described by something associated with it, the well-fed character of the people it sustains. Alternate translation: “fertile land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 9 35 z2vd figs-metaphor אֲשֶׁר־נָתַ֥תָּ לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 Here, **face** means the front of a person. This expression is saying that God “put this land right in front of” the Israelites, emphasizing that God enabled them to defeat their enemies to get it. It was a gift from God, not something that the Israelites got for themselves. Alternate translation: “that you freely gave to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 35 gdm7 figs-metaphor וְֽ⁠לֹא־שָׁ֔בוּ מִ⁠מַּֽעַלְלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הָ⁠רָעִֽים 1 Here, **turning away from** something is a figurative expression that means giving it up. Alternate translation: “they would not stop doing wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 36 q7xj הִנֵּ֛ה 1 **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use some emphatic term or expression in your language that would have this same effect.
NEH 9 36 qh7f figs-idiom הַ⁠יּ֖וֹם 1 This does not necessarily mean on this particular day, but rather at this time. Alternate translation: “This is how things are now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 9 36 qai2 figs-metaphor לַ⁠אֲבֹתֵ֗י⁠נוּ 1 **Fathers** here figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 36 qai2 figs-metaphor לַ⁠אֲבֹתֵ֗י⁠נוּ 1 **Fathers** here means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 9 36 xzc8 figs-doublet אֶת־פִּרְיָ⁠הּ֙ וְ⁠אֶת־טוּבָ֔⁠הּ 1 These two expressions mean similar things. They both refer to the crops that grow in the land the Israelites were promised. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these expressions. Alternate translation: “all the good things that grow here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
NEH 9 36 bdr6 figs-synecdoche פִּרְיָ⁠הּ֙ 1 This means all the crops of the land, not just the fruit that grew on the trees. The Levites are using one particular food to refer figuratively to all food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 9 36 bdr6 figs-synecdoche פִּרְיָ⁠הּ֙ 1 This means all the crops of the land, not just the fruit that grew on the trees. The Levites are using one particular food to refer to all food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 9 36 g6hs figs-abstractnouns טוּבָ֔⁠הּ 1 **Goodness** is an abstract noun that refers to the tasty and nourishing food that grows in the land. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the idea behind it with a different phrase. Alternate translation: “the good things that grow here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NEH 9 36 lw6u הִנֵּ֛ה 1 **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use some emphatic term or expression in your language that would have this same effect.
NEH 9 37 d5cr figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠תְבוּאָתָ֣⁠הּ מַרְבָּ֗ה 1 **Produce** (pró-duce) is an abstract noun that refers to the crops that grow in the land. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the idea behind it with a verb such as “produce” (pro-dúce). Alternate translation: “all that this land produces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -1274,9 +1274,9 @@ NEH 10 9 b29e וְֽ⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֑ם 1 Alternate translation: “T
NEH 10 9 i6e3 figs-explicit וְֽ⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֑ם 1 From the contexts in which the names of these men appear elsewhere in the book of Nehemiah, it seems that they were leaders of the Levites. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “These are the names of the Levites who signed the covenant. First, their leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 10 9 si66 translate-names וְ⁠יֵשׁ֨וּעַ֙ בֶּן־אֲזַנְיָ֔ה 1 Jeshua is the name of a man, and Azaniah is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 10 9 pi28 translate-names בִּנּ֕וּי…חֵנָדָ֖ד 1 Binnui and Henadad are both names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 10 9 j952 figs-metaphor בִּנּ֕וּי מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י חֵנָדָ֖ד 1 **Sons** here figuratively means **descendants** Alternate translation: “Binnui, one of the descendants of Henadad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 10 9 j952 figs-metaphor בִּנּ֕וּי מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י חֵנָדָ֖ד 1 **Sons** here means **descendants** Alternate translation: “Binnui, one of the descendants of Henadad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 10 9 km8e translate-names קַדְמִיאֵֽל 1 Kadmiel is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 10 10 yg6h figs-metaphor וַ⁠אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 Here, **brother** likely refers figuratively to the rest of the Levites who signed the covenant as fellow Levites of the three leaders. Alternate translation: “Next, their fellow Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 10 10 yg6h figs-metaphor וַ⁠אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 Here, **brother** likely refers to the rest of the Levites who signed the covenant as fellow Levites of the three leaders. Alternate translation: “Next, their fellow Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 10 10 cfy7 translate-names שְׁבַנְיָ֧ה הֽוֹדִיָּ֛ה קְלִיטָ֖א פְּלָאיָ֥ה חָנָֽן 1 These are the names of five men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 10 11 x5wd translate-names מִיכָ֥א רְח֖וֹב חֲשַׁבְיָֽה 1 These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 10 12 vuf7 translate-names זַכּ֥וּר שֵׁרֵֽבְיָ֖ה שְׁבַנְיָֽה 1 These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1305,13 +1305,13 @@ NEH 10 28 qej9 figs-explicit וְֽ⁠כָל־הַ⁠נִּבְדָּ֞ל מֵ
NEH 10 28 g1a5 figs-metaphor הַ⁠נִּבְדָּ֞ל מֵ⁠עַמֵּ֤י הָ⁠אֲרָצוֹת֙ 1 **Separate** is a figurative way of describing the act of rejecting an influence, as if this were a physical separation. In [9:2](../09/02.md) the separation actually was physical (only Israelites could attend that assembly), but here it would be figurative. Alternate translation: “resolved to reject foreign influences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 10 28 g1a7 figs-idiom בְּנֵי⁠הֶ֣ם וּ⁠בְנֹתֵי⁠הֶ֑ם כֹּ֖ל יוֹדֵ֥עַ מֵבִֽין 1 Like the similar phrases in [8:2](../08/02.md) and [8:3](../08/03.md), this is likely an idiom that refers to children who could understand what the covenant was about. Alternate translation: “their children who were old enough to understand the covenant” or “all who were old enough to understand what promising to obey God meant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 10 29 l6ns figs-metaphor מַחֲזִיקִ֣ים עַל 1 Here, **clinging to** is a figurative way of describing people who did not actually sign the scroll, as their leaders did, but who agreed with them and joined in the same purpose. Alternate translation: “agreed with” or “joined in the same purpose with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 10 29 x6i9 figs-metaphor אֲחֵי⁠הֶם֮ 1 Here, **brother** likely means figuratively that the leaders who signed the scroll were fellow Jews of the rest of the people. Alternate translation: “their fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 10 29 x6i9 figs-metaphor אֲחֵי⁠הֶם֮ 1 Here, **brother** likely means that the leaders who signed the scroll were fellow Jews of the rest of the people. Alternate translation: “their fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 10 29 k971 אַדִּירֵי⁠הֶם֒ 1 See how you translated this term in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “the leading citizens”
NEH 10 29 p6ry figs-metonymy וּ⁠בָאִ֞ים בְּ⁠אָלָ֣ה וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁבוּעָ֗ה 1 Here the story describes the covenant figuratively by two things associated with it. As part of the covenant, the people swore an oath to keep its terms, and they also said that anyone who broke its terms should be cursed. (That is, God should punish them.) If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning behind this figure. Alternate translation: “they made a serious agreement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 10 29 p6ry figs-metonymy וּ⁠בָאִ֞ים בְּ⁠אָלָ֣ה וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁבוּעָ֗ה 1 Here the story describes the covenant by two things associated with it. As part of the covenant, the people swore an oath to keep its terms, and they also said that anyone who broke its terms should be cursed. (That is, God should punish them.) If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning behind this figure. Alternate translation: “they made a serious agreement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 10 29 ny6b figs-metaphor וּ⁠בָאִ֞ים בְּ⁠אָלָ֣ה וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁבוּעָ֗ה 1 **Entering** is a figurative way of saying that the people became parties to this agreement with God. The expression speaks as if the covenant were something that the people could physically go inside of, in order to become a part of it. Alternate translation: “they became parties to the covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 10 29 g1a9 figs-idiom לָ⁠לֶ֨כֶת֙ בְּ⁠תוֹרַ֣ת הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 As in [5:9](../05/09.md), **walk** is an idiom that describes a person’s conduct in life. Alternate translation: “to live their lives in obedience to the law of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 10 29 t8sp figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁ֣ר נִתְּנָ֔ה בְּ⁠יַ֖ד מֹשֶׁ֣ה 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which Moses gave to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 10 29 g1b1 figs-metaphor בְּ⁠יַ֖ד מֹשֶׁ֣ה 1 Here, as in [9:14](../09/14.md), **hand** figuratively represents control and action. Alternate translation: “Moses gave to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 10 29 g1b1 figs-metaphor בְּ⁠יַ֖ד מֹשֶׁ֣ה 1 Here, as in [9:14](../09/14.md), **hand** represents control and action. Alternate translation: “Moses gave to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 10 29 g1b3 figs-metaphor מֹשֶׁ֣ה עֶֽבֶד־הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 As in [9:14](../09/14.md), Moses is called the **servant** of God. While Moses was also God’s servant in a more literal sense, this title is a figurative expression in the Old Testament that indicates that God used Moses to give his Law to his people the way a master would have a servant deliver a message. Alternate translation: “your special messenger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 10 29 g1b5 figs-doublet וְ⁠לִ⁠שְׁמ֣וֹר וְ⁠לַ⁠עֲשׂ֗וֹת 1 **Keep** and **do** mean similar things. The repetition emphasizes the people’s resolve to keep God’s law. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “carefully follow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
NEH 10 29 m39f figs-doublet כָּל־מִצְוֺת֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֲדֹנֵ֔י⁠נוּ וּ⁠מִשְׁפָּטָ֖י⁠ו וְ⁠חֻקָּֽי⁠ו 1 As in [1:7](../01/07.md), **commandments**, **judgments**, and **statutes** mean basically the same thing. They refer to provisions in the Law of Moses. Here again the repetition emphasizes the people’s resolve to obey everything in God’s law. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine them into a single phrase. Alternate translation: “everything Yahweh our Lord has commanded,” otherwise “the commands, rules, and laws of Yahweh our Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]. A doublet can involve the use of more than two words.)
@ -1325,84 +1325,84 @@ NEH 10 31 g1c3 figs-ellipsis וְ⁠נִטֹּ֛שׁ אֶת־הַ⁠שָּׁנָ
NEH 10 31 bh3h figs-explicit וְ⁠נִטֹּ֛שׁ אֶת־הַ⁠שָּׁנָ֥ה הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֖ית 1 **The seventh year** refers to the commandment in the Law of Moses to allow fields to rest one year out of every seven. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “We will leave our fields alone and not work them during the seventh year, because the law commands us not to grow any crops then.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 10 31 ek18 translate-ordinal אֶת־הַ⁠שָּׁנָ֥ה הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֖ית 1 Alternate translation: “year seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NEH 10 31 hf7z וְ⁠נִטֹּ֛שׁ…וּ⁠מַשָּׁ֥א כָל־יָֽד 1 This could mean one of several things. (1) As in [5:7–12](../05/07.md), it could be a promise not to charge any interest on loans to fellow Israelites. (2) It could mean that during the seventh year, no loan payments would be collected. (3) It could mean that during the seventh year, all debts would be cancelled. Alternate translation: “we will not charge interest on loans to our fellow Israelites” or “during the seventh year, we will not collect loan payments” or “during the seventh year, we will cancel all the debts of our fellow Israelites.”
NEH 10 31 ur3t figs-metonymy וּ⁠מַשָּׁ֥א כָל־יָֽד 1 Here, **hand** seems to refer figuratively to a debt by reference to something associated with it, the way debts were formalized by the borrower grasping the hand of the lender. Alternate translation: “interest on any debt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 10 32 h9gt figs-personification וְ⁠הֶעֱמַ֤דְנוּ עָלֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ מִצְוֺ֔ת 1 As in [5:13](../05/13.md), the covenant speaks figuratively of the commitments the people are making as if they were living things that could **stand**, that is, stay in place rather than go away. The people are saying that they will make sure this commitment does not “go away.” Alternate translation: “we are making a firm commitment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NEH 10 31 ur3t figs-metonymy וּ⁠מַשָּׁ֥א כָל־יָֽד 1 Here, **hand** seems to refer to a debt by reference to something associated with it, the way debts were formalized by the borrower grasping the hand of the lender. Alternate translation: “interest on any debt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 10 32 h9gt figs-personification וְ⁠הֶעֱמַ֤דְנוּ עָלֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ מִצְוֺ֔ת 1 As in [5:13](../05/13.md), the covenant speaks of the commitments the people are making as if they were living things that could **stand**, that is, stay in place rather than go away. The people are saying that they will make sure this commitment does not “go away.” Alternate translation: “we are making a firm commitment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NEH 10 32 ljm2 figs-idiom לָ⁠תֵ֥ת עָלֵ֛י⁠נוּ 1 Alternate translation: “each one of us will contribute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 10 32 ad47 translate-bmoney שְׁלִשִׁ֥ית הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖קֶל 1 In ancient times, a silver shekel weighed about 11 grams or about a third of an ounce. You could try to express this in terms of modern money values, but if you did, that could cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate over time since those values can change from year to year. Instead, you could give the equivalent weight or use the biblical term in the text and give the weight in a note. Alternate translation: “a third of a shekel each year” or “four grams of silver each year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
NEH 10 32 g1c5 translate-fraction שְׁלִשִׁ֥ית הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖קֶל 1 A **third** means one part out of three equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
NEH 10 32 pw6w figs-abstractnouns לַ⁠עֲבֹדַ֖ת בֵּ֥ית אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 The abstract noun **service** describes all the things needed for worship in the temple, as listed in the next verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “everything that is needed for worship in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NEH 10 32 g1c7 figs-metaphor בֵּ֥ית אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 As in [6:10](../06/10.md) and [8:16](../08/16.md), here the covenant speaks of the temple figuratively as the **house of God**, as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 10 32 g1c7 figs-metaphor בֵּ֥ית אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 As in [6:10](../06/10.md) and [8:16](../08/16.md), here the covenant speaks of the temple as the **house of God**, as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 10 33 ehf4 translate-unknown לְ⁠לֶ֣חֶם הַֽ⁠מַּעֲרֶ֡כֶת 1 This refers to the 12 unleavened cakes made of fine flour that the law required to be set out freshly every Sabbath day in two rows of six on the table in the Holy Place. This is sometimes called the “showbread.” Alternate translation: “the bread that is set out in rows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 10 33 xu3y translate-unknown וּ⁠מִנְחַ֣ת הַ⁠תָּמִ֣יד וּ⁠לְ⁠עוֹלַ֣ת הַ֠⁠תָּמִיד 1 This likely refers to a grain offering and an animal offering that were burned on the temple altar each day. Alternate translation: “the daily grain and animal offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 10 33 g1c9 figs-metonymy הַ⁠שַּׁבָּת֨וֹת הֶ⁠חֳדָשִׁ֜ים לַ⁠מּוֹעֲדִ֗ים 1 This actually refers to the offerings that would be made at these times. The offerings are being described figuratively by something associated with them, the occasions on which they are offered. Alternate translation: “offerings made on the Sabbath, on the new moon festival, and during other festivals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 10 33 g1c9 figs-metonymy הַ⁠שַּׁבָּת֨וֹת הֶ⁠חֳדָשִׁ֜ים לַ⁠מּוֹעֲדִ֗ים 1 This actually refers to the offerings that would be made at these times. The offerings are being described by something associated with them, the occasions on which they are offered. Alternate translation: “offerings made on the Sabbath, on the new moon festival, and during other festivals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 10 33 g1d1 translate-unknown וְ⁠לַ⁠קֳּדָשִׁים֙ 1 This likely refers to offerings that would be dedicated and offered to God on behalf of the people on other occasions. Alternate translation: “and offerings needed for any other occasion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 10 33 g1d3 figs-metaphor וְ⁠לַ֣⁠חַטָּא֔וֹת לְ⁠כַפֵּ֖ר עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 As Nehemiah does in [4:5](../04/05.md), the covenant speaks here of sins as if they were an object that could be physically hidden. Alternate translation: “offerings made to ask God to forgive the sins of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 10 33 g1d5 translate-unknown וְ⁠כֹ֖ל מְלֶ֥אכֶת בֵּית־אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 This seems to refer to the ongoing work of cleaning, maintaining, and repairing all of the furnishings and equipment used in the temple worship. Alternate translation: “and anything else needed to maintain worship in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 10 33 g1d7 figs-metaphor בֵּית־אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 Here again the covenant speaks of the temple figuratively as the **house of God**, as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 10 33 g1d7 figs-metaphor בֵּית־אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 Here again the covenant speaks of the temple as the **house of God**, as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 10 34 s6yz וְ⁠הַ⁠גּוֹרָל֨וֹת הִפַּ֜לְנוּ עַל־קֻרְבַּ֣ן הָ⁠עֵצִ֗ים הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֣ים הַ⁠לְוִיִּם֮ וְ⁠הָ⁠עָם֒ לְ֠⁠הָבִיא לְ⁠בֵ֨ית אֱלֹהֵ֧י⁠נוּ לְ⁠בֵית־אֲבֹתֵ֛י⁠נוּ 1 Alternate translation: “We agree to determine by lot what time each year the various extended families among the priests, the Levites, and the people will be responsible for bringing an offering of wood to the temple.”
NEH 10 34 l42k translate-unknown וְ⁠הַ⁠גּוֹרָל֨וֹת הִפַּ֜לְנוּ 1 A **lot** was a physical object that was used in various ways to make a selection among different possibilities. Use the term in your language that would best describe such an object for your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 10 34 ph9q figs-metaphor לְ⁠בֵ֨ית אֱלֹהֵ֧י⁠נוּ 1 Here again the covenant speaks of the temple figuratively as the “house of God,” as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 10 34 ph9q figs-metaphor לְ⁠בֵ֨ית אֱלֹהֵ֧י⁠נוּ 1 Here again the covenant speaks of the temple as the “house of God,” as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 10 34 g1d9 figs-ellipsis לְ⁠בֵית־אֲבֹתֵ֛י⁠נוּ 1 This seems to be an abbreviated way of saying “our father’s houses.” The full expression “father’s house” or “house of the father” is used in [7:61](../07/61.md). See how you translated it there, and review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “taking turns by clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 10 34 g1e1 figs-idiom שָׁנָ֣ה בְ⁠שָׁנָ֑ה 1 This is an idiom that means “each year” or “every year.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 10 34 g1e3 figs-abstractnouns לְ⁠בַעֵ֗ר 1 **Burning** is an abstract noun that describes how the wood these families agreed to bring to the temple would be used for fuel for the sacrifices offered on the altar. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the idea behind it with a verb such as “burn.” You could also say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “for the Levites to burn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NEH 10 34 g1e5 figs-activepassive כַּ⁠כָּת֖וּב בַּ⁠תּוֹרָֽה 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “as the law commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 10 35 vp1p figs-metonymy בִּכּוּרֵ֣י אַדְמָתֵ֗⁠נוּ 1 Here the covenant speaks figuratively of the soil of the land as if it were a tree that would bear fruit. Alternate translation: “the first crops that grow in our fields” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 10 35 vp1p figs-metonymy בִּכּוּרֵ֣י אַדְמָתֵ֗⁠נוּ 1 Here the covenant speaks of the soil of the land as if it were a tree that would bear fruit. Alternate translation: “the first crops that grow in our fields” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 10 35 g1e7 figs-idiom שָׁנָ֣ה בְ⁠שָׁנָ֑ה 1 This is an idiom that means **each year** or **every year.** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 10 35 g1e9 figs-metaphor לְ⁠בֵ֖ית יְהוָֽה 1 The covenant continues to speak of the temple figuratively as the **house of God**, as if it were God’s dwelling place. Here the expression is modified slightly and it says **Yahweh** instead of **our God.** Alternate translation: “to the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 10 35 g1e9 figs-metaphor לְ⁠בֵ֖ית יְהוָֽה 1 The covenant continues to speak of the temple as the **house of God**, as if it were God’s dwelling place. Here the expression is modified slightly and it says **Yahweh** instead of **our God.** Alternate translation: “to the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 10 36 g1f1 figs-explicit וְ⁠אֶת־בְּכֹר֤וֹת בָּנֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ וּ⁠בְהֶמְתֵּ֔י⁠נוּ…וְ⁠אֶת־בְּכוֹרֵ֨י בְקָרֵ֜י⁠נוּ וְ⁠צֹאנֵ֗י⁠נוּ לְ⁠הָבִיא֙ לְ⁠בֵ֣ית אֱלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 **Firstborn** means specifically the firstborn male offspring in every case, as the law specifies. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that the law required the Israelites to bring the firstborn males from their families to the temple for a different reason than the reason for which it required them to bring the firstborn males from among their domesticated animals. Alternate translation: “We promise to bring our firstborn sons to the temple to dedicate them to God, and we promise to bring the first male offspring of all of our animals to the temple so that the priests can offer them to God as sacrifices” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 10 36 g1f3 figs-activepassive כַּ⁠כָּת֖וּב בַּ⁠תּוֹרָ֑ה 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “as the law commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 10 36 g1f5 figs-metaphor לְ⁠בֵ֣ית אֱלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ…בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 The covenant continues to speak of the temple figuratively as the **house of God**, as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 10 36 g1f5 figs-metaphor לְ⁠בֵ֣ית אֱלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ…בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 The covenant continues to speak of the temple as the **house of God**, as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 10 36 uc2w figs-doublet לַ⁠כֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים הַ⁠מְשָׁרְתִ֖ים בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The covenant uses the repetition for clarity. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “the priests who serve in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
NEH 10 37 j9sj figs-ellipsis וְ⁠אֶת־רֵאשִׁ֣ית עֲרִיסֹתֵ֣י⁠נוּ וּ֠⁠תְרוּמֹתֵי⁠נוּ וּ⁠פְרִ֨י כָל־עֵ֜ץ תִּיר֣וֹשׁ וְ⁠יִצְהָ֗ר 1 The words **the first of** at the start of this list apply to every item on the list. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could repeat that idea throughout the list. Alternate translation: “the first of the flour that we make, a first portion of the food offerings we bring to the temple, the first fruit from each of our fruit trees, and the first of the wine and oil that we produce each year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 10 37 rk7x translate-unknown עֲרִיסֹתֵ֣י⁠נוּ 1 Possible meanings are that this refers to: (1) dough made from coarse flour, (2) coarse flour, or (3) ground grain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 10 37 e92l translate-unknown אֶל־לִשְׁכ֣וֹת בֵּית־אֱלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 This phrase explains where the people are agreeing to deliver the items on the preceding list, which are special contributions for the priests. Alternate translation: “to the rooms where things are stored in the temple” or “to the storehouses in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 10 37 s7s2 figs-metaphor בֵּית־אֱלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 The covenant continues to speak of the temple figuratively as the “house of God,” as if it were the place where God lived, since God’s presence was in the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 10 37 r776 figs-metonymy וּ⁠מַעְשַׂ֥ר אַדְמָתֵ֖⁠נוּ 1 Here, the covenant speaks figuratively of the soil as a way of referring to the crops that grow in the soil. Alternate translation: “one tenth of the crops that grow in our fields” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 10 37 s7s2 figs-metaphor בֵּית־אֱלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 The covenant continues to speak of the temple as the “house of God,” as if it were the place where God lived, since God’s presence was in the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 10 37 r776 figs-metonymy וּ⁠מַעְשַׂ֥ר אַדְמָתֵ֖⁠נוּ 1 Here, the covenant speaks of the soil as a way of referring to the crops that grow in the soil. Alternate translation: “one tenth of the crops that grow in our fields” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 10 37 g1f7 translate-fraction וּ⁠מַעְשַׂ֥ר 1 This means a tenth (1/10) or one part out of ten equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
NEH 10 37 g1f9 וְ⁠הֵם֙ הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֔ם הַֽ⁠מְעַשְּׂרִ֔ים בְּ⁠כֹ֖ל עָרֵ֥י עֲבֹדָתֵֽ⁠נוּ 1 This phrase explains where the people are agreeing to deliver this tithe of crops, which is a special contribution for the Levites. Alternate translation: “The Levites can collect this contribution of one tenth of our crops right in the cities where we live and work”
NEH 10 37 g1g1 figs-abstractnouns בְּ⁠כֹ֖ל עָרֵ֥י עֲבֹדָתֵֽ⁠נוּ 1 The abstract noun **labor** refers to how the people would work the land in order to grow crops. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the idea behind it with a verb such as **work.** Alternate translation: “the cities where we live and work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NEH 10 38 g1g3 figs-explicit וְ⁠הָיָ֨ה הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֧ן בֶּֽן־אַהֲרֹ֛ן עִם־הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֖ם בַּ⁠עְשֵׂ֣ר הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֑ם 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain why a priest will be present. Alternate translation: “a priest will be present to supervise when the people give their tithes to the Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 10 38 g1g5 figs-distinguish הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֧ן בֶּֽן־אַהֲרֹ֛ן 1 Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers who the priests were. Alternate translation: “one of the priests, who are descendants of Aaron” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
NEH 10 38 g1g7 figs-metaphor בֶּֽן־אַהֲרֹ֛ן 1 **Son** here figuratively means “descendant.” Alternate translation: “a descendant of Aaron” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 10 38 g1g7 figs-metaphor בֶּֽן־אַהֲרֹ֛ן 1 **Son** here means “descendant.” Alternate translation: “a descendant of Aaron” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 10 38 by9z figs-explicit בַּ⁠עְשֵׂ֣ר הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֑ם 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could state from whom the Levites will receive these tithes. Alternate translation: “when the people give their tithes to the Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 10 38 eb51 translate-fraction בַּ⁠עְשֵׂ֣ר…מַעֲשַׂ֤ר הַֽ⁠מַּעֲשֵׂר֙ 1 A “tithe” means a tenth (1/10) or one part out of ten equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
NEH 10 38 zl4a figs-explicit וְ⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֞ם יַעֲל֨וּ אֶת־מַעֲשַׂ֤ר הַֽ⁠מַּעֲשֵׂר֙ לְ⁠בֵ֣ית אֱלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 The implication is that in the way the Levites will help support the priests, in the same way the people will support the priests through the tithes described in verse 37. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Levites will bring one tenth of the tithes they receive to the temple, to help support the priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 10 38 g1g9 figs-metaphor לְ⁠בֵ֣ית אֱלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 The covenant continues to speak of the temple figuratively as the **house of God**, as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 10 38 g1g9 figs-metaphor לְ⁠בֵ֣ית אֱלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 The covenant continues to speak of the temple as the **house of God**, as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 10 38 g1h1 translate-unknown אֶל־הַ⁠לְּשָׁכ֖וֹת לְ⁠בֵ֥ית הָ⁠אוֹצָֽר 1 Like the similar phrase in [10:37](../10/37.md), this phrase explains where the Levites are to deliver the ten percent of the tithes that they will contribute. Alternate translation: “to the rooms where things are stored in the temple” or “the rooms in the temple treasury” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 10 39 g1h3 figs-ellipsis הַ֠⁠לְּשָׁכוֹת 1 This is an abbreviated way of saying “the chambers of the house of the treasury” as in [10:38](../10/38.md). Alternate translation: “the rooms where things are stored in the temple” or “the rooms in the temple treasury” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 10 39 qzf8 figs-metaphor בְנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י הַ⁠לֵּוִ֗י 1 **Sons** here figuratively means “descendants.” The term is referring to the groups that were descended from the men named Israel and Levi. Alternate translation: “the Israelites and the Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 10 39 qzf8 figs-metaphor בְנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י הַ⁠לֵּוִ֗י 1 **Sons** here means “descendants.” The term is referring to the groups that were descended from the men named Israel and Levi. Alternate translation: “the Israelites and the Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 10 39 ss5h figs-ellipsis וְ⁠שָׁם֙ כְּלֵ֣י הַ⁠מִּקְדָּ֔שׁ וְ⁠הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִים֙ הַ⁠מְשָׁ֣רְתִ֔ים וְ⁠הַ⁠שּׁוֹעֲרִ֖ים וְ⁠הַ⁠מְשֹׁרְרִ֑ים 1 **There** means in those same storerooms. The phrase **the vessels for** at the start of this list applies to every item on the list. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could repeat that idea throughout the list. Alternate translation: “In those same rooms we will also store equipment for the temple, equipment that the priests use when they are on duty, tools that the gatekeepers use, and instruments for the musicians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 10 39 g1h5 figs-synecdoche כְּלֵ֣י 1 Here the covenant uses one type of equipment that the storerooms would hold, **vessels** or “jars” or “containers,” to refer figuratively to all the different types of equipment on the list in this verse. Alternate translation: “equipment” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 10 39 g1h5 figs-synecdoche כְּלֵ֣י 1 Here the covenant uses one type of equipment that the storerooms would hold, **vessels** or “jars” or “containers,” to refer to all the different types of equipment on the list in this verse. Alternate translation: “equipment” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 10 39 u1sq figs-litotes וְ⁠לֹ֥א נַעֲזֹ֖ב אֶת־בֵּ֥ית אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 This is a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “we will make sure that we provide for the temple” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
NEH 10 39 b23h figs-metaphor בֵּ֥ית אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 The covenant continues to speak of the temple figuratively as the **house of God**, as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 10 39 b23h figs-metaphor בֵּ֥ית אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 The covenant continues to speak of the temple as the **house of God**, as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 11 intro xja1 0 # Nehemiah 11 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The places where the Jews lived<br><br>Some people lived in Jerusalem, but most people lived in villages and towns away from Jerusalem. They lived there in order to farm the land and raise their animals. The city with its walls was there to provide all of the people with protection if enemies attacked them.
NEH 11 1 e2yg translate-unknown הִפִּ֨ילוּ גוֹרָל֜וֹת 1 As in [10:34](../10/34.md), a **lot** was a physical object that was used in various ways to make a selection among different possibilities. Use the term in your language that would best describe such an object for your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 11 1 beq5 figs-ellipsis אֶחָ֣ד מִן־הָ⁠עֲשָׂרָ֗ה 1 This means “one out of ten people.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 11 1 h1a1 figs-distinguish בִּֽ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֨ם֙ עִ֣יר הַ⁠קֹּ֔דֶשׁ 1 Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers about the special status that Jerusalem had, which was why it was so important for that city to be well populated. As in [1:9](../01/09.md), the list is acknowledging Jerusalem as the place from which God chose to start making himself famous throughout the world, and as the city where God chose to put his temple. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem, the special city that God chose” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
NEH 11 1 h1a3 figs-synecdoche וְ⁠תֵ֥שַׁע הַ⁠יָּד֖וֹת בֶּ⁠עָרִֽים 1 Here the list is using the term **hand** to refer figuratively to an entire person. Alternate translation: “the other nine out of ten people remained in the cities and towns where they had been living” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 11 1 h1a3 figs-synecdoche וְ⁠תֵ֥שַׁע הַ⁠יָּד֖וֹת בֶּ⁠עָרִֽים 1 Here the list is using the term **hand** to refer to an entire person. Alternate translation: “the other nine out of ten people remained in the cities and towns where they had been living” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 11 2 h1a5 figs-idiom לְ⁠כֹל֙ הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֔ים 1 In this context, **a man** means “everyone.” Alternate translation: “everyone who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 11 3 h1a7 figs-metaphor רָאשֵׁ֣י הַ⁠מְּדִינָ֔ה 1 **Head** here is a figurative way of saying **leader.** Alternate translation: “provincial leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 11 3 h1a9 grammar-connect-logic-contrast וּ⁠בְ⁠עָרֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֗ה 1 This sentence explains a contrasting idea before the story goes on to develop the idea that the previous sentence introduces. This chapter is a list of the provincial leaders, priests, Levites, gatekeepers, temple servants, and singers who lived in Jerusalem. The previous sentence introduces the first part of that list, but before the list gives the names of the provincial leaders, it explains that most of the people who had returned to the province of Judah kept on living on their ancestral lands in other cities and towns. You could begin this sentence with a word like “but” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
NEH 11 3 h1b1 וּ⁠בְ⁠עָרֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֗ה…בְּ⁠עָ֣רֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 These two phrases mean the same thing and you do not need to repeat both of them if that would be confusing for your readers.
NEH 11 3 h1b3 figs-idiom אִ֤ישׁ בַּ⁠אֲחֻזָּת⁠וֹ֙ 1 In this context, **a man** means “each person,” and the expression may be understood to indicate “each family.” Alternate translation: “each family on its own property” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 11 3 l7mb figs-personification יִשְׂרָאֵ֤ל 1 Here the list refers to all of the Israelites figuratively as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NEH 11 3 l7mb figs-personification יִשְׂרָאֵ֤ל 1 Here the list refers to all of the Israelites as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NEH 11 3 h1b5 translate-unknown וְ⁠הַ⁠נְּתִינִ֔ים 1 As in [3:26](../03/26.md), the term **Nethinim** describes servants who worked in the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 11 3 h1b7 figs-metaphor וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֥י שְׁלֹמֹֽה 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “the descendants of the laborers who had worked for the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 11 3 h1b7 figs-metaphor וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֥י שְׁלֹמֹֽה 1 **Sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “the descendants of the laborers who had worked for the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 11 3 h1b9 translate-unknown עַבְדֵ֥י שְׁלֹמֹֽה 1 As in [7:57](../07/57.md), this phrase refers to people whom Solomon first conscripted as laborers. They and their descendants remained conscripted laborers under later kings. Review the note to [7:57](../07/57.md) if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “laborers who had worked for the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 11 4 h1c1 writing-background וּ⁠בִֽ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֨ם֙ 1 This sentence provides further information about the situation the book is describing here. In addition to the people who were living in various other cities and towns in the province of Judah, there were other people already living in Jerusalem. So the city was not empty, but it did need to be more fully populated. You could use a word like “moreover” to show that this is further background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
NEH 11 4 n2a7 figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י יְהוּדָ֖ה וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י בִנְיָמִ֑ן 1 **Sons** here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “some people from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 11 4 nm8y figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י יְ֠הוּדָה 1 **Sons** here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “those from the tribe of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 11 4 n2a7 figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י יְהוּדָ֖ה וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י בִנְיָמִ֑ן 1 **Sons** here means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “some people from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 11 4 nm8y figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י יְ֠הוּדָה 1 **Sons** here means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “those from the tribe of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 11 4 wl7r translate-names עֲתָיָ֨ה בֶן־עֻזִּיָּ֜ה בֶּן־זְכַרְיָ֧ה בֶן־אֲמַרְיָ֛ה בֶּן־שְׁפַטְיָ֥ה בֶן־מַהֲלַלְאֵ֖ל 1 These are the names of six men. In this context, **son** means literally that the next man named is the father of the man just named. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 11 4 l727 figs-explicit עֲתָיָ֨ה 1 The implication is that Athaiah was one of the leaders of the people from the tribe of Judah who lived in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Their leader, Athaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 11 4 vx6k figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנֵי־פָֽרֶץ 1 **Sons** here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “one of the descendants of Perez” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 11 4 vx6k figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנֵי־פָֽרֶץ 1 **Sons** here means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “one of the descendants of Perez” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 11 5 ml8b translate-names וּ⁠מַעֲשֵׂיָ֣ה בֶן־בָּר֣וּךְ בֶּן־כָּל־חֹ֠זֶה בֶּן־חֲזָיָ֨ה בֶן־עֲדָיָ֧ה בֶן־יוֹיָרִ֛יב בֶּן־זְכַרְיָ֖ה 1 These are the names of seven men. In this context, **son** means literally that the next man named is the father of the man just named. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 11 5 h1c3 figs-explicit וּ⁠מַעֲשֵׂיָ֣ה 1 The implication is that Maaseiah was another leader of the people from the tribe of Judah who lived in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “another leader, Maaseiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 11 5 dxb8 figs-metaphor בֶּן־הַ⁠שִּׁלֹנִֽי 1 Most likely, the Shiloni were the clan descended from Judah’s son Shelah. Here the phrase **son of** indicates that Maaseiah shared in the quality of belonging to this clan. Alternate translation: “one of the descendants of Shelah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 11 6 h1c5 כָּל־בְּנֵי־פֶ֕רֶץ הַ⁠יֹּשְׁבִ֖ים בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֛וֹת שִׁשִּׁ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁמֹנָ֖ה אַנְשֵׁי־חָֽיִל 1 Alternate translation: “The total number of the descendants of Perez who settled in Jerusalem who were able to fight in the army was 468”
NEH 11 6 y8t2 figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־פֶ֕רֶץ הַ⁠יֹּשְׁבִ֖ים בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 1 **Sons** here figuratively means **descendants.** Alternate translation: “the descendants of Perez who lived in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 11 6 y8t2 figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־פֶ֕רֶץ הַ⁠יֹּשְׁבִ֖ים בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 1 **Sons** here means **descendants.** Alternate translation: “the descendants of Perez who lived in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 11 6 ej3g figs-abstractnouns אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֛וֹת שִׁשִּׁ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁמֹנָ֖ה אַנְשֵׁי־חָֽיִל 1 The abstract noun **strength** refers to the way these men were able to use weapons and fight to defend the city if necessary. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the idea behind it with a verb such as **fight**. Alternate translation: “468 men who were able to fight in the army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NEH 11 6 hcr6 translate-numbers אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֛וֹת שִׁשִּׁ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁמֹנָ֖ה 1 Alternate translation: “four hundred and sixty-eight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NEH 11 7 m8mp figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י בִנְיָמִ֑ן 1 **Sons** here figuratively means **descendants.** Alternate translation: “the people from the tribe of Benjamin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 11 7 m8mp figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י בִנְיָמִ֑ן 1 **Sons** here means **descendants.** Alternate translation: “the people from the tribe of Benjamin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 11 7 md67 figs-ellipsis בְּנֵ֣י בִנְיָמִ֑ן 1 This means specifically the people from the tribe of Benjamin who lived in Jerusalem. The list is speaking in abbreviated form here. Alternate translation: “the people from the tribe of Benjamin who lived in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 11 7 w8c5 translate-names סַלֻּ֡א בֶּן־מְשֻׁלָּ֡ם בֶּן־יוֹעֵ֡ד בֶּן־פְּדָיָה֩ בֶן־ק֨וֹלָיָ֧ה בֶן־מַעֲשֵׂיָ֛ה בֶּן־אִֽיתִיאֵ֖ל בֶּן־יְשַֽׁעְיָֽה 1 These are the names of eight men. In this context, **son** means literally that the next man named is the father of the man just named. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 11 7 h1c7 figs-explicit סַלֻּ֡א 1 The implication is that Sallu was one of the leaders of the people from the tribe of Benjamin who lived in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Their main leader was Sallu” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1413,13 +1413,13 @@ NEH 11 8 z37g translate-numbers תְּשַׁ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת עֶשְׂרִ֥
NEH 11 9 z3xl translate-names וְ⁠יוֹאֵ֥ל בֶּן־זִכְרִ֖י 1 Joel is the name of a man, and Zichri is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 11 9 h1d3 translate-unknown פָּקִ֣יד עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 This means that when these men from the tribe of Benjamin formed a fighting unit, Joel was their commander. Alternate translation: “the commander of the troops from the tribe of Benjamin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 11 9 h1d5 translate-names וִ⁠יהוּדָ֧ה בֶן־הַ⁠סְּנוּאָ֛ה 1 Judah is the name of a man, and Hassenuah is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 11 9 h1d7 figs-metonymy עַל־הָ⁠עִ֖יר מִשְׁנֶֽה 1 This phrase could mean a number of things. (1) Since this list does not name the person who was first in charge of the city, and it also does not describe other parts of the city and who was responsible for them, this phrase most likely means that Judah was second in command, after Joel, over the forces that would be formed from men living in the city. If that is the meaning, then the list is describing these troops figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the city they would come from. (2) However, it could mean that Judah was something like the deputy mayor of the whole city. (3) It could also mean that Judah was responsible for one part of the city. Alternate translation: “second in command over troops from the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 11 9 h1d7 figs-metonymy עַל־הָ⁠עִ֖יר מִשְׁנֶֽה 1 This phrase could mean a number of things. (1) Since this list does not name the person who was first in charge of the city, and it also does not describe other parts of the city and who was responsible for them, this phrase most likely means that Judah was second in command, after Joel, over the forces that would be formed from men living in the city. If that is the meaning, then the list is describing these troops by reference to something associated with them, the city they would come from. (2) However, it could mean that Judah was something like the deputy mayor of the whole city. (3) It could also mean that Judah was responsible for one part of the city. Alternate translation: “second in command over troops from the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 11 10 h1d9 figs-explicit מִן־הַֽ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֑ים 1 The implication is that this next section of the list will name the men who were leaders of the priests. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Here are the names of the leaders of the priests who settled in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 11 10 ft7m translate-names יְדַֽעְיָ֥ה בֶן־יוֹיָרִ֖יב 1 Jedaiah is the name of a man, and Joiarib is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 11 10 h1e1 translate-names יָכִֽין 1 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 11 11 d8ph translate-names שְׂרָיָ֨ה בֶן־חִלְקִיָּ֜ה בֶּן־מְשֻׁלָּ֣ם בֶּן־צָד֗וֹק בֶּן־מְרָיוֹת֙ בֶּן־אֲחִיט֔וּב 1 These are the names of six men. In this context, **son** means literally that the next man named is the father of the man just named. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 11 11 h1e3 writing-background נְגִ֖ד בֵּ֥ית הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים 1 This is background information that helps identify Seraiah further. Alternate translation: “the priest in charge of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
NEH 11 11 h1e5 figs-metaphor בֵּ֥ית הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים 1 Here the list speaks of the temple figuratively as the **house of God** as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 11 11 h1e5 figs-metaphor בֵּ֥ית הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים 1 Here the list speaks of the temple as the **house of God** as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 11 12 j7vp וַ⁠אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֗ם עֹשֵׂ֤י הַ⁠מְּלָאכָה֙ לַ⁠בַּ֔יִת שְׁמֹנֶ֥ה מֵא֖וֹת עֶשְׂרִ֣ים וּ⁠שְׁנָ֑יִם 1 Alternate translation: “The total number of their fellow priests who were serving in the temple was 822”
NEH 11 12 nl7h figs-metaphor וַ⁠אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֗ם 1 Here, **brother**, is a figurative way of saying “fellow priest,” although it is possible that some of the biological brothers of Joiarib, Jakin, and Seraiah were included in this group. Alternate translation: “their fellow priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 11 12 z6pc figs-ellipsis עֹשֵׂ֤י הַ⁠מְּלָאכָה֙ לַ⁠בַּ֔יִת 1 Here, **house** is an abbreviated way of saying “house of God,” and that is a figurative way of referring to the temple. Alternate translation: “who served in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@ -1443,16 +1443,16 @@ NEH 11 15 h1g5 figs-explicit וּ⁠מִֽן־הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֑ם 1 The i
NEH 11 15 f71n translate-names שְׁמַעְיָ֧ה בֶן־חַשּׁ֛וּב בֶּן־עַזְרִיקָ֥ם בֶּן־חֲשַׁבְיָ֖ה בֶּן־בּוּנִּֽי 1 These are the names of five men. In this context, **son** means literally that the next man named is the father of the man just named. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 11 16 q6zj translate-names וְ⁠שַׁבְּתַ֨י וְ⁠יוֹזָבָ֜ד 1 These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 11 16 if3q figs-metaphor מֵ⁠רָאשֵׁ֖י הַ⁠לְוִיִּֽם 1 **Head** here is a figurative way of saying **leader.** Alternate translation: “who were also leaders of the Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 11 16 h1g7 figs-metaphor עַל־הַ⁠מְּלָאכָ֤ה הַ⁠חִֽיצֹנָה֙ לְ⁠בֵ֣ית הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 Here the list speaks of the temple figuratively as the **house of God** as if it were God’s dwelling place. **Outside** refers to all of the duties that Levites had that did not involve working inside the temple itself. (For example, collecting offerings, as described in [10:37–38](../10/37.md).) Alternate translation: “supervised all the work that the Levites did outside the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 11 16 h1g7 figs-metaphor עַל־הַ⁠מְּלָאכָ֤ה הַ⁠חִֽיצֹנָה֙ לְ⁠בֵ֣ית הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 Here the list speaks of the temple as the **house of God** as if it were God’s dwelling place. **Outside** refers to all of the duties that Levites had that did not involve working inside the temple itself. (For example, collecting offerings, as described in [10:37–38](../10/37.md).) Alternate translation: “supervised all the work that the Levites did outside the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 11 17 ix77 translate-names וּ⁠מַתַּנְיָ֣ה בֶן־מִ֠יכָה בֶּן־זַבְדִּ֨י בֶן־אָסָ֜ף 1 These are the names of four men. In this context, **son** means literally that the next man named is the father of the man just named. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 11 17 h1g9 figs-explicit וּ⁠מַתַּנְיָ֣ה 1 The implication is that Mattaniah was another leader of the Levites who settled in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Another leader of the Levites who settled in Jerusalem was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 11 17 sm9t figs-metaphor רֹ֗אשׁ הַ⁠תְּחִלָּה֙ יְהוֹדֶ֣ה לַ⁠תְּפִלָּ֔ה 1 **Head** here is a figurative way of saying **leader.** Alternate translation: “the director of the Levite choir” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 11 17 h1h1 figs-metonymy רֹ֗אשׁ הַ⁠תְּחִלָּה֙ 1 This expression seems to indicate that Mattaniah told the Levite musicians who sang in the temple when to begin singing; that is, he was the director of their choir. As the choir director, he would have done many other things as well. For example, he would keep the tempo, have the choir sing louder or softer, and tell the choir when to stop singing. Here the list is describing the work of directing the choir figuratively by reference to one aspect of it, starting the singing. Alternate translation: “the director” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 11 17 h1h3 figs-metonymy יְהוֹדֶ֣ה לַ⁠תְּפִלָּ֔ה 1 Here the book is describing the choir figuratively by reference to one kind of thing it was associated with, the prayers of thanksgiving that it sang. Alternate translation: “of the choir” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 11 17 h1h5 figs-synecdoche יְהוֹדֶ֣ה לַ⁠תְּפִלָּ֔ה 1 While the list says that Mattaniah offered this prayer really, the whole choir did so with him as its director. The list is referring to the entire choir figuratively by the name of one member, Mattaniah. Alternate translation: “of the choir” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 11 17 h1h1 figs-metonymy רֹ֗אשׁ הַ⁠תְּחִלָּה֙ 1 This expression seems to indicate that Mattaniah told the Levite musicians who sang in the temple when to begin singing; that is, he was the director of their choir. As the choir director, he would have done many other things as well. For example, he would keep the tempo, have the choir sing louder or softer, and tell the choir when to stop singing. Here the list is describing the work of directing the choir by reference to one aspect of it, starting the singing. Alternate translation: “the director” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 11 17 h1h3 figs-metonymy יְהוֹדֶ֣ה לַ⁠תְּפִלָּ֔ה 1 Here the book is describing the choir by reference to one kind of thing it was associated with, the prayers of thanksgiving that it sang. Alternate translation: “of the choir” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 11 17 h1h5 figs-synecdoche יְהוֹדֶ֣ה לַ⁠תְּפִלָּ֔ה 1 While the list says that Mattaniah offered this prayer really, the whole choir did so with him as its director. The list is referring to the entire choir by the name of one member, Mattaniah. Alternate translation: “of the choir” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 11 17 h1h7 figs-explicit וּ⁠בַקְבֻּקְיָ֖ה…וְ⁠עַבְדָּא֙ 1 The implication is that Bakbukiah and Abda were further leaders of the Levites who settled in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Two other leaders of the priests who settled in Jerusalem were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 11 17 djg7 translate-names וּ⁠בַקְבֻּקְיָ֖ה 1 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 11 17 h1h9 figs-metaphor מִשְׁנֶ֣ה מֵ⁠אֶחָ֑י⁠ו 1 Here, **brother** likely refers figuratively to the other the Levites in this division. The expression means that Bakbukiah was another leader who assisted Mattaniah with the Levite choir. It could also possibly mean that he directed a second group of singers. Alternate translation: “who assisted Mattaniah with the Levite choir” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 11 17 h1h9 figs-metaphor מִשְׁנֶ֣ה מֵ⁠אֶחָ֑י⁠ו 1 Here, **brother** likely refers to the other the Levites in this division. The expression means that Bakbukiah was another leader who assisted Mattaniah with the Levite choir. It could also possibly mean that he directed a second group of singers. Alternate translation: “who assisted Mattaniah with the Levite choir” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 11 17 dy1v translate-ordinal מִשְׁנֶ֣ה 1 Alternate translation: “the next in command” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NEH 11 17 h1i1 translate-names וְ⁠עַבְדָּא֙ בֶּן־שַׁמּ֔וּעַ בֶּן־גָּלָ֖ל בֶּן־יְדוּתֽוּן 1 These are the names of four men. In this context, **son** means literally that the next man named is the father of the man just named. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 11 18 h1i3 כָּל־הַ⁠לְוִיִּם֙ בְּ⁠עִ֣יר הַ⁠קֹּ֔דֶשׁ מָאתַ֖יִם שְׁמֹנִ֥ים וְ⁠אַרְבָּעָֽה 1 Alternate translation: “The total number of Levites who settled in Jerusalem was 284”
@ -1464,7 +1464,7 @@ NEH 11 19 j7b3 translate-names עַקּ֣וּב טַלְמ֔וֹן 1 These are
NEH 11 19 h1i7 figs-ellipsis וַ⁠אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠שֹּׁמְרִ֣ים בַּ⁠שְּׁעָרִ֑ים מֵאָ֖ה שִׁבְעִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁנָֽיִם 1 The list is speaking in abbreviated form here. Alternate translation: “These leaders and their fellow gatekeepers amounted to a total of 172 gatekeepers who settled in Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 11 19 h1i9 figs-metaphor וַ⁠אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠שֹּׁמְרִ֣ים בַּ⁠שְּׁעָרִ֑ים 1 Here, in context, **brother** seems to be a figurative way of saying “fellow gatekeepers,” although it is possible that some of the biological brothers of Akkub and Talmon were included in this group. Alternate translation: “their fellow gatekeepers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 11 19 kaz4 translate-numbers מֵאָ֖ה שִׁבְעִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁנָֽיִם 1 Alternate translation: “one hundred and seventy-two men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NEH 11 20 h1j1 figs-metonymy וּ⁠שְׁאָ֨ר יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 1 Here the list figuratively refers to all of the Israelites by something associated with them, the name of their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “all the other the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 11 20 h1j1 figs-metonymy וּ⁠שְׁאָ֨ר יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 1 Here the list refers to all of the Israelites by something associated with them, the name of their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “all the other the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 11 20 h1j3 figs-idiom בְּ⁠כָל־עָרֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֔ה אִ֖ישׁ בְּ⁠נַחֲלָתֽ⁠וֹ 1 In this context, **a man** means “each person,” and as in [11:3](../11/03.md), it may be understood to indicate “each family.” Alternate translation: “continued to live in all the other cities of Judah, each family on its own ancestral land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 11 20 h1j5 figs-abstractnouns אִ֖ישׁ בְּ⁠נַחֲלָתֽ⁠וֹ 1 The abstract noun **inheritance** refers to the land that was passed down through the generations in each Israelite family. The Levites did not have territory of their own, but they had some towns and surrounding pasturelands as their property. Alternate translation: “each family on its own ancestral land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NEH 11 21 jh1j translate-unknown וְ⁠הַ⁠נְּתִינִ֖ים 1 The term **Nethinim** describes servants who worked in the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@ -1473,22 +1473,22 @@ NEH 11 21 eu4g translate-names וְ⁠צִיחָ֥א וְ⁠גִשְׁפָּ֖א
NEH 11 21 h1j9 figs-metaphor עַל־הַ⁠נְּתִינִֽים 1 This is a figurative way of saying that Ziha and Gishpa were the leaders of this group. Alternate translation: “were the leaders of the temple servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 11 22 l3ba וּ⁠פְקִ֤יד הַ⁠לְוִיִּם֙ בִּ⁠יר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם 1 Alternate translation: “the supervisor of the Levites who settled in Jerusalem”
NEH 11 22 rr5e translate-names עֻזִּ֤י בֶן־בָּנִי֙ בֶּן־חֲשַׁבְיָ֔ה בֶּן־מַתַּנְיָ֖ה בֶּן־מִיכָ֑א 1 These are the names of five men. In this context, **son** means literally that the next man named is the father of the man just named. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 11 22 h1k1 figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנֵ֤י אָסָף֙ 1 **Sons** here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “who were descendants of Asaph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 11 22 h1k1 figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנֵ֤י אָסָף֙ 1 **Sons** here means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “who were descendants of Asaph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 11 22 h1k3 figs-distinguish הַ⁠מְשֹׁ֣רְרִ֔ים 1 Here the list supplies some background information that reminds readers what the Levites in the temple were primarily responsible for. Alternate translation: “and who performed music” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
NEH 11 22 h1k5 figs-metaphor לְ⁠נֶ֖גֶד מְלֶ֥אכֶת בֵּית־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים 1 Here the list speaks of the temple figuratively as the **house of God** as if it were God’s dwelling place. By contrast with the Levites described in [11:16](../11/16.md), these Levites were responsible for all the duties that had to be performed inside the temple itself. Alternate translation: “who were responsible for the work that was done inside the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 11 22 h1k5 figs-metaphor לְ⁠נֶ֖גֶד מְלֶ֥אכֶת בֵּית־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים 1 Here the list speaks of the temple as the **house of God** as if it were God’s dwelling place. By contrast with the Levites described in [11:16](../11/16.md), these Levites were responsible for all the duties that had to be performed inside the temple itself. Alternate translation: “who were responsible for the work that was done inside the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 11 23 h1k7 writing-background כִּֽי 1 This word indicates that the information that follows provides further background information about this situation. You could express the same meaning with a word that indicates this in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
NEH 11 23 km8l figs-personification מִצְוַ֥ת הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 Here the list speaks figuratively of the commandment as if it rested upon the Levite singers. Alternate translation: “the king had given orders concerning them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NEH 11 23 km8l figs-personification מִצְוַ֥ת הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 Here the list speaks of the commandment as if it rested upon the Levite singers. Alternate translation: “the king had given orders concerning them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NEH 11 23 a9fz figs-abstractnouns וַ⁠אֲמָנָ֥ה עַל־הַ⁠מְשֹׁרְרִ֖ים 1 The abstract noun **support** refers to an order that the king had given for his own kingdom to pay for the costs of worship in the temple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the same idea with a verb such as “subsidize.” Alternate translation: “to subsidize the expenses of the Levite singers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NEH 11 23 h1k9 figs-idiom דְּבַר־י֥וֹם בְּ⁠יוֹמֽ⁠וֹ 1 This is an idiom that means “as each day required.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 11 24 aee9 translate-names וּ⁠פְתַֽחְיָ֨ה בֶּן־מְשֵֽׁיזַבְאֵ֜ל 1 Pethahiah is the name of a man, and Meshezabel is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 11 24 h1l1 figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנֵי־זֶ֤רַח 1 **Sons** here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “one of the descendants of Zerah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 11 24 h1l1 figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנֵי־זֶ֤רַח 1 **Sons** here means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “one of the descendants of Zerah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 11 24 h1l3 translate-names זֶ֤רַח בֶּן־יְהוּדָה֙ 1 Zerah is the name of a man, and Judah is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 11 24 h1l5 figs-metonymy לְ⁠יַ֣ד הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 Here, **hand** figuratively means **side** and figuratively describing Zerah as the king’s advisor by reference to something associated with that role, the place that he would usually occupy next to the king. Alternate translation: “was an advisor to the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 11 24 h1l5 figs-metonymy לְ⁠יַ֣ד הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 Here, **hand** means **side** and describing Zerah as the king’s advisor by reference to something associated with that role, the place that he would usually occupy next to the king. Alternate translation: “was an advisor to the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 11 24 dqa4 figs-explicit לְ⁠כָל־דָּבָ֖ר לָ⁠עָֽם 1 **People** here means the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “for all matters concerning the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 11 25 h1l9 וְ⁠אֶל 1 After describing the various groups that settled in Jerusalem and their leaders, the list said in [11:20](../11/20.md) that all the other the Israelites continued to live in the other cities of Judah. In [11:21–24](../11/21.md) the list gave additional details about some other things, but it is now returning to speak about those cities and towns outside of Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this with a phrase such as “and as for”
NEH 11 25 h1m1 figs-metaphor הַ⁠חֲצֵרִ֖ים בִּ⁠שְׂדֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 This refers to settlements and the adjacent agricultural land. It is as if the villages are **in** the fields because the fields surround the villages. Alternate translation: “the towns where there was farmland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 11 25 h1m3 figs-explicit הַ⁠חֲצֵרִ֖ים בִּ⁠שְׂדֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 The implication is that these are the places where people lived who did not settle in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the towns outside Jerusalem where there was farmland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 11 25 h1m5 figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֗ה 1 **Sons** here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “some of the descendants of Judah” or “some of the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 11 25 h1m5 figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֗ה 1 **Sons** here means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “some of the descendants of Judah” or “some of the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 11 25 rg1f translate-names בְּ⁠קִרְיַ֤ת הָֽאַרְבַּע֙…וּ⁠בְ⁠דִיבֹן֙…וּ⁠בִֽ⁠יקַּבְצְאֵ֖ל 1 These are the names of three towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 11 25 h1m7 figs-metaphor בְּ⁠קִרְיַ֤ת הָֽאַרְבַּע֙ וּ⁠בְנֹתֶ֔י⁠הָ וּ⁠בְ⁠דִיבֹן֙ וּ⁠בְנֹתֶ֔י⁠הָ וּ⁠בִֽ⁠יקַּבְצְאֵ֖ל וַ⁠חֲצֵרֶֽי⁠הָ 1 In this context, referring to the **daughters** of a town is a figurative way of describing the small communities that have grown up around it. (These communities were likely started by people from the town, and they depended on the town the way a child depends on a parent.) Here and in verses [27](../11/27.md), [28](../11/28.md), [30](../11/30.md), and [31](../11/31.md), use whatever term would convey this concept most clearly in your language. But be careful to distinguish between this term and the one that is used generally for the places in this part of the list. For example, if you translate “daughters” as “villages,” then use a word like “town” for the places named on the list and other places that the list describes with the same word. Alternate translation: “in Kiriath Arba and its villages, in Dibon and its villages, and in Jekabzeel and the surrounding towns.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 11 26 d9f4 translate-names וּ⁠בְ⁠יֵשׁ֥וּעַ וּ⁠בְ⁠מוֹלָדָ֖ה וּ⁠בְ⁠בֵ֥ית פָּֽלֶט 1 These are the names of three towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1500,7 +1500,7 @@ NEH 11 30 h1m9 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יַּחֲנ֥וּ מִ⁠בְּאֵֽר־ש
NEH 11 30 mzq1 grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יַּחֲנ֥וּ 1 This phrase indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentences have described. If the people from the tribe of Judah lived in all these towns, then they were spread out over the whole area that the next phrase indicates. Alternate translation: “and so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
NEH 11 30 h1n1 figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּחֲנ֥וּ 1 **They** refers to the people of Judah, looking back to the start of this part of the list in [11:25](../11/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 11 31 h1n3 grammar-connect-logic-contrast וּ⁠בְנֵ֥י 1 This phrase indicates that a different group will now be in focus, the people of the tribe of Benjamin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this contrast with an expression such as “for their part.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
NEH 11 31 n61t figs-metaphor וּ⁠בְנֵ֥י בִנְיָמִ֖ן 1 **Sons** here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “the people of the tribe of Benjamin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 11 31 n61t figs-metaphor וּ⁠בְנֵ֥י בִנְיָמִ֖ן 1 **Sons** here means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “the people of the tribe of Benjamin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 11 31 h1n5 figs-ellipsis מִ⁠גָּ֑בַע 1 Here the list is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. The meaning is that the people of the tribe of Benjamin lived in different towns, beginning with Geba and including the rest of the towns that the list names afterwards. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “lived in other towns, including Geba” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 11 31 uha3 translate-names מִ⁠גָּ֑בַע מִכְמָ֣שׂ וְ⁠עַיָּ֔ה וּ⁠בֵֽית־אֵ֖ל 1 These are the names of four towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 11 31 lm1q figs-metaphor וּ⁠בֵֽית־אֵ֖ל וּ⁠בְנֹתֶֽי⁠הָ 1 As in [11:25](../11/25.md) (and also in verses [27](../11/27.md), [28](../11/28.md), [30](../11/30.md), and [31](../11/31.md)), **daughters** is a figurative way of speaking of the small communities that grow up around a town. Review the note to [11:25](../11/25.md) if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “Bethel and its villages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1529,15 +1529,15 @@ NEH 12 7 g43p translate-names סַלּ֣וּ עָמ֔וֹק חִלְקִיָּ֖
NEH 12 7 i1a5 figs-distinguish אֵ֣לֶּה רָאשֵׁ֧י הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֛ים וַ⁠אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֖ם בִּ⁠ימֵ֥י יֵשֽׁוּעַ 1 This is a summary statement about the 22 men who have just been named. Alternate translation: “These men were the leaders of the priests in their own divisions while Joshua was the high priest.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
NEH 12 7 i1a7 figs-metaphor רָאשֵׁ֧י הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֛ים וַ⁠אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 Here, **heads** is a figurative way of saying “leaders.” Alternate translation: “the leaders of the priests in their own divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 12 7 i1a9 figs-metaphor רָאשֵׁ֧י הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֛ים וַ⁠אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 In this context, **and** means “that is,” so the full expression means, “the leaders of the priests, that is, the ones who were their ‘brothers.’” **Brothers** itself is a figurative way of saying “fellow priests,” and in this context specifically means “the priests in their own divisions.” (King David had divided the priests into divisions so that they could rotate their responsibilities, and the Israelites reconstituted these divisions after the exile.) It is possible that some of the people in each division were the biological brothers of the leaders named, since the divisions were created based on close kinship ties, but the word “brother” is essentially figurative. Alternate translation: “their fellow priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 12 7 i1b1 figs-idiom בִּ⁠ימֵ֥י יֵשֽׁוּעַ 1 The term **days** is used figuratively here to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “in the time of Joshua” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 12 7 i1b1 figs-idiom בִּ⁠ימֵ֥י יֵשֽׁוּעַ 1 The term **days** is used here to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “in the time of Joshua” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 12 8 i1b3 figs-ellipsis וְ⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֗ם 1 Here the list is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “And these were the leaders of the Levites who first returned to Judah with Zerubbabel the governor and with Joshua the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 12 8 xy1h translate-names יֵשׁ֧וּעַ בִּנּ֛וּי קַדְמִיאֵ֥ל שֵׁרֵבְיָ֖ה יְהוּדָ֣ה מַתַּנְיָ֑ה 1 These are the names of six men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 12 8 i1b5 figs-metaphor עַֽל־הֻיְּד֖וֹת ה֥וּא וְ⁠אֶחָֽי⁠ו 1 **He** refers to Mattaniah. **Brothers** figuratively means “fellow Levite leaders.” Alternate translation: “Mattaniah and his fellow Levite leaders were responsible for directing the choir.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 12 8 i1b7 figs-metonymy עַֽל־הֻיְּד֖וֹת 1 As in [11:17](../11/17.md), here the book is describing the choir figuratively by reference to one kind of thing it was associated with, the songs of thanksgiving that it sang. Alternate translation: “directed the choir” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 12 8 i1b5 figs-metaphor עַֽל־הֻיְּד֖וֹת ה֥וּא וְ⁠אֶחָֽי⁠ו 1 **He** refers to Mattaniah. **Brothers** means “fellow Levite leaders.” Alternate translation: “Mattaniah and his fellow Levite leaders were responsible for directing the choir.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 12 8 i1b7 figs-metonymy עַֽל־הֻיְּד֖וֹת 1 As in [11:17](../11/17.md), here the book is describing the choir by reference to one kind of thing it was associated with, the songs of thanksgiving that it sang. Alternate translation: “directed the choir” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 12 8 i1b9 figs-metaphor עַֽל־הֻיְּד֖וֹת 1 **Over** is a figurative way of saying that Mattaniah and his colleagues were responsible for this group. Alternate translation: “were responsible for directing the choir” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 12 8 i1c1 figs-metonymy הֻיְּד֖וֹת 1 One responsibility of the Levite choir was to sing prayers of thanksgiving. But it sang many other things as well. Here the list is describing figuratively everything the choir sang by reference to one kind of thing it sang, prayers of thanksgiving. Alternate translation: “the choir” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 12 8 i1c1 figs-metonymy הֻיְּד֖וֹת 1 One responsibility of the Levite choir was to sing prayers of thanksgiving. But it sang many other things as well. Here the list is describing everything the choir sang by reference to one kind of thing it sang, prayers of thanksgiving. Alternate translation: “the choir” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 12 9 nnn1 translate-names וּ⁠בַקְבֻּֽקְיָ֨ה וְעֻנִּ֧י 1 These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 12 9 i1c3 figs-metaphor אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֛ם 1 **Brothers** here figuratively means **their fellow Levite leaders.** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 12 9 i1c3 figs-metaphor אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֛ם 1 **Brothers** here means **their fellow Levite leaders.** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 12 9 nhn4 figs-explicit לְ⁠נֶגְדָּ֖⁠ם לְ⁠מִשְׁמָרֽוֹת 1 This phrase could mean one of two things. (1) It could mean that Mattaniah and his associates directed one choir, and Bakbukiah and Unni directed a second choir that stood opposite to this first one and sang responses to what it sang. (2) It could mean that Bakbukiah and Unni took turns with Mattaniah and his associates in assuming the responsibilities of directing a single Levite choir. Alternate translation: “led a second choir that sang responses” or “took turns with them directing the Levite choir” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 12 10 ri33 figs-ellipsis וְ⁠יֵשׁ֖וּעַ הוֹלִ֣יד אֶת־יֽוֹיָקִ֑ים וְ⁠יֽוֹיָקִים֙ הוֹלִ֣יד אֶת־אֶלְיָשִׁ֔יב וְ⁠אֶלְיָשִׁ֖יב אֶת־יוֹיָדָֽע 1 Here the book is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “Joshua was the father of Joiakim, Joiakim was the father of Eliashib, Eliashib was the father of Joiada” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 12 10 xd69 וְ⁠יֵשׁ֖וּעַ הוֹלִ֣יד אֶת־יֽוֹיָקִ֑ים וְ⁠יֽוֹיָקִים֙ הוֹלִ֣יד אֶת־אֶלְיָשִׁ֔יב וְ⁠אֶלְיָשִׁ֖יב אֶת־יוֹיָדָֽע 1 Since this list actually continues into the next verse, for clarity you may wish to end this verse with the punctuation that your language uses to indicate that a series is continuing, rather than with the punctuation it uses to show that a sentence is ending.
@ -1545,7 +1545,7 @@ NEH 12 10 i1c5 figs-explicit וְ⁠יֵשׁ֖וּעַ הוֹלִ֣יד אֶת־
NEH 12 11 a7yv וְ⁠יוֹיָדָע֙ הוֹלִ֣יד אֶת־יוֹנָתָ֔ן וְ⁠יוֹנָתָ֖ן הוֹלִ֥יד אֶת־יַדּֽוּעַ 1 Alternate translation, if continuing the sentence from the previous verse: “Joiada was the father of Jonathan, and Jonathan was the father of Jaddua.” Alternate translation, if making explicit that this is the succession of high priests: “When Joiada died, his son Jonathan succeeded him as high priest. When Jonathan died, his son Jaddua succeeded him as high priest”
NEH 12 11 i1c7 translate-names וְ⁠יוֹיָדָע֙…יוֹנָתָ֔ן…יַדּֽוּעַ 1 These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 12 12 h3jl figs-ellipsis וּ⁠בִ⁠ימֵי֙ יֽוֹיָקִ֔ים הָי֥וּ כֹהֲנִ֖ים רָאשֵׁ֣י הָ⁠אָב֑וֹת 1 Here the book is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. “Priests were” is an abbreviated way of saying “these are the priests who were.” Alternate translation: “These are the priests who were clan leaders while Joiakim was the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 12 12 pa3k figs-idiom וּ⁠בִ⁠ימֵי֙ יֽוֹיָקִ֔ים 1 The term **days** is used figuratively here to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “while Joiakim was the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 12 12 pa3k figs-idiom וּ⁠בִ⁠ימֵי֙ יֽוֹיָקִ֔ים 1 The term **days** is used here to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “while Joiakim was the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 12 12 uae6 figs-ellipsis רָאשֵׁ֣י הָ⁠אָב֑וֹת 1 This seems to be an abbreviated way of saying “the heads of father’s houses.” The full expression “house of the father” or “father’s house” is used in [7:61](../07/61.md). See how you translated it there, and review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 12 12 l4u9 figs-metaphor רָאשֵׁ֣י 1 **Head** here is a figurative way of saying “leader.” Alternate translation: “leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 12 12 j9qv figs-ellipsis לִ⁠שְׂרָיָ֣ה מְרָיָ֔ה לְ⁠יִרְמְיָ֖ה חֲנַנְיָֽה 1 In this list the book continues to leave out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “Meraiah was the leader of the clan whose ancestor was Saraiah. Hananiah was the leader of the clan whose ancestor was Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@ -1569,7 +1569,7 @@ NEH 12 20 p8dg translate-names לְ⁠סַלַּ֥י קַלָּ֖י לְ⁠עָ
NEH 12 21 v16d לְ⁠חִלְקִיָּ֣ה חֲשַׁבְיָ֔ה לִֽ⁠ידַֽעְיָ֖ה נְתַנְאֵֽל 1 Alternate translation: “Hashabiah was the leader of the clan whose ancestor was Hilkiah. Nethanel was the leader of the clan whose ancestor was Jedaiah”
NEH 12 21 vwp6 translate-names לְ⁠חִלְקִיָּ֣ה חֲשַׁבְיָ֔ה לִֽ⁠ידַֽעְיָ֖ה נְתַנְאֵֽל 1 These are the names of four men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 12 22 i1c9 figs-ellipsis הַ⁠לְוִיִּם֩ בִּ⁠ימֵ֨י אֶלְיָשִׁ֜יב יוֹיָדָ֤ע וְ⁠יוֹחָנָן֙ וְ⁠יַדּ֔וּעַ כְּתוּבִ֖ים רָאשֵׁ֣י אָב֑וֹת 1 Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. The meaning seems to be, “During the times when Eliashib, Joiada, Johanan, and Jaddua served as high priest, the Israelites kept records of which Levites were the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 12 22 i1d1 figs-idiom בִּ⁠ימֵ֨י אֶלְיָשִׁ֜יב יוֹיָדָ֤ע וְ⁠יוֹחָנָן֙ וְ⁠יַדּ֔וּעַ 1 The term **days** is used figuratively here to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “the times when Eliashib, Joiada, Johanan, and Jaddua served as high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 12 22 i1d1 figs-idiom בִּ⁠ימֵ֨י אֶלְיָשִׁ֜יב יוֹיָדָ֤ע וְ⁠יוֹחָנָן֙ וְ⁠יַדּ֔וּעַ 1 The term **days** is used here to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “the times when Eliashib, Joiada, Johanan, and Jaddua served as high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 12 22 snj3 translate-names אֶלְיָשִׁ֜יב יוֹיָדָ֤ע וְ⁠יוֹחָנָן֙ וְ⁠יַדּ֔וּעַ 1 These are the names of four men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 12 22 i1d3 figs-activepassive כְּתוּבִ֖ים 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the Israelites kept records” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 12 22 i1d5 figs-ellipsis רָאשֵׁ֣י אָב֑וֹת 1 This seems to be an abbreviated way of saying “the heads of father’s houses.” The full expression “house of the father” or “father’s house” is used in [7:61](../07/61.md). See how you translated it there, and review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@ -1577,28 +1577,28 @@ NEH 12 22 i1d7 figs-metaphor רָאשֵׁ֣י 1 **Head** here is a figurative w
NEH 12 22 cr6d figs-ellipsis וְ⁠הַ⁠כֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים עַל־מַלְכ֖וּת דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ הַ⁠פָּֽרְסִֽי 1 Here again the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. The meaning seems to be, “The Israelites also made records during the reign of Darius III of which priests were the heads of their clans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 12 22 i1d9 figs-explicit דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ הַ⁠פָּֽרְסִֽי 1 The Persian king named Darius who reigned at the time of Jaddua, the last high priest mentioned in this verse, was Darius III Codomannus. The implication is therefore that the phrase “Darius the Persian” refers to him. (Since he reigned about a hundred years after Nehemiah lived, it is probable that scribes added this information to the book later on to bring it up to date.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this likely identification explicit. Alternate translation: “Darius III” or “Darius Codomannus” or “Darius III Codomannus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 12 23 q9hz figs-activepassive בְּנֵ֤י לֵוִי֙ רָאשֵׁ֣י הָֽ⁠אָב֔וֹת כְּתוּבִ֕ים 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Scribes recorded the names of the Levites who were clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 12 23 i1e1 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֤י לֵוִי֙ רָאשֵׁ֣י הָֽ⁠אָב֔וֹת כְּתוּבִ֕ים 1 **Sons** here figuratively means “descendants,” so this phrase refers to the descendants of Levi or the Levites. Alternate translation: “the Levites who were clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 12 23 i1e1 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֤י לֵוִי֙ רָאשֵׁ֣י הָֽ⁠אָב֔וֹת כְּתוּבִ֕ים 1 **Sons** here means “descendants,” so this phrase refers to the descendants of Levi or the Levites. Alternate translation: “the Levites who were clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 12 23 i1e3 figs-ellipsis רָאשֵׁ֣י הָֽ⁠אָב֔וֹת 1 This seems to be an abbreviated way of saying “the heads of father’s houses.” The full expression “house of the father” or “father’s house” is used in [7:61](../07/61.md). See how you translated it there, and review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 12 23 i1e5 figs-metaphor רָאשֵׁ֣י 1 **Head** here is a figurative way of saying “leader.” Alternate translation: “leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 12 23 i1e7 figs-idiom עַל־סֵ֖פֶר דִּבְרֵ֣י הַ⁠יָּמִ֑ים 1 This is an idiom that describes a regular record of the events. Alternate translation: “in their chronicles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 12 23 d2rp figs-idiom וְ⁠עַד־יְמֵ֖י יֽוֹחָנָ֥ן 1 The term **days** is used figuratively here to refer to a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “through the time when Johanan was the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 12 23 d2rp figs-idiom וְ⁠עַד־יְמֵ֖י יֽוֹחָנָ֥ן 1 The term **days** is used here to refer to a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “through the time when Johanan was the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 12 23 i1e9 translate-names יֽוֹחָנָ֥ן 1 **Johanan** is the name of a man. The context indicates that he was a Jewish high priest, and so he seems to be the same man who is called “Jonathan” in verse 11. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the same name both here and in verse 11, either “Johanan” or “Jonathan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 12 23 i1f1 figs-metaphor בֶּן־אֶלְיָשִֽׁיב 1 **Eliashib** is the name of a man. Verse [12:10](../12/10.md) shows that Johanan/Jonathan was not actually his son, but his grandson. So **son** here figuratively means “descendant.” Alternate translation: “the grandson of Eliashib” or “the descendant of Eliashib” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 12 23 i1f1 figs-metaphor בֶּן־אֶלְיָשִֽׁיב 1 **Eliashib** is the name of a man. Verse [12:10](../12/10.md) shows that Johanan/Jonathan was not actually his son, but his grandson. So **son** here means “descendant.” Alternate translation: “the grandson of Eliashib” or “the descendant of Eliashib” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 12 24 kx4z figs-ellipsis וְ⁠רָאשֵׁ֣י הַ֠⁠לְוִיִּם…לְ⁠הַלֵּ֣ל לְ⁠הוֹד֔וֹת 1 Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. This sentence seems to mean “The Levite leaders who directed the choir that sang songs of praise and thanksgiving were…” You could say something like that as an alternate translation if it would be helpful to your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 12 24 d373 figs-metaphor וְ⁠רָאשֵׁ֣י הַ֠⁠לְוִיִּם 1 **Head** here is a figurative way of saying “leader.” Alternate translation: “the leaders of the Levites” or “the Levite leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 12 24 i1f3 translate-names חֲשַׁבְיָ֨ה שֵֽׁרֵבְיָ֜ה 1 These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 12 24 e1ls translate-names וְ⁠יֵשׁ֤וּעַ בֶּן־קַדְמִיאֵל֙ 1 Jeshua is the name of a man, and Kadmiel is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 12 24 i1f5 figs-explicit וַ⁠אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֣ם לְ⁠נֶגְדָּ֔⁠ם…מִשְׁמָ֖ר לְ⁠עֻמַּ֥ת מִשְׁמָֽר 1 As in [12:9](../12/09.md), this could mean one of two things. (1) It could mean that Hashabiah, Sherebiah, and Jeshua directed one choir, and other Levite leaders directed a second choir that stood opposite to this first one and sang responses to what it sang. (2) It could mean that other Levite leaders took turns with these three men in assuming the responsibilities of directing a single Levite choir. Alternate translation: “their fellow Levite leaders directed a second choir that sang responses” or “their fellow Levite leaders took turns with them directing the choir” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 12 24 i1f7 figs-metaphor וַ⁠אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֣ם 1 **Brothers** here figuratively means **their fellow Levite leaders.** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 12 24 i1f7 figs-metaphor וַ⁠אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֣ם 1 **Brothers** here means **their fellow Levite leaders.** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 12 24 i1f9 לְ⁠הַלֵּ֣ל לְ⁠הוֹד֔וֹת 1 Alternate translation: “the choir that sang songs of praise and thanksgiving”
NEH 12 24 j1a1 figs-distinguish בְּ⁠מִצְוַ֖ת דָּוִ֣יד אִישׁ־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 Here the book offers some background information to remind readers of the character of David, who had been a great founding king of Israel. Alternate translation: “as King David, that godly man, had commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
NEH 12 25 p55l translate-names מַתַּנְיָ֧ה וּ⁠בַקְבֻּֽקְיָ֛ה עֹבַדְיָ֥ה מְשֻׁלָּ֖ם טַלְמ֣וֹן עַקּ֑וּב 1 Mattaniah, Bakbukiah, Obadiah, Meshullam, Talmon, and Akkub These are the names of six men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 12 25 j1a3 translate-unknown שֹׁמְרִ֤ים שֽׁוֹעֲרִים֙ מִשְׁמָ֔ר בַּ⁠אֲסֻפֵּ֖י הַ⁠שְּׁעָרִֽים 1 Since, in context, these men appear to have been Levites, the **gates** described are likely the gates of the temple. It seems that there were rooms above the temple gateways that were used as storehouses or treasuries, and these men were responsible for overseeing and protecting them. Alternate translation: “guarded the store rooms above the gateways to the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 12 26 j1a5 figs-ellipsis אֵ֕לֶּה 1 Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. This seems to mean, “These are the names of the men who served in this capacity.” You could say something like that if it would be helpful to your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 12 26 j1a7 figs-idiom בִּ⁠ימֵ֛י יוֹיָקִ֥ים 1 The term **days** is used figuratively here to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “during the time when Joiakim … was the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 12 26 j1a7 figs-idiom בִּ⁠ימֵ֛י יוֹיָקִ֥ים 1 The term **days** is used here to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “during the time when Joiakim … was the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 12 26 wk2z translate-names יוֹיָקִ֥ים בֶּן־יֵשׁ֖וּעַ בֶּן־יוֹצָדָ֑ק 1 Joiakim is the name of a man, Joshua is the name of his father, and Jozadak is the name of his grandfather. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 12 26 k9bk figs-explicit וּ⁠בִ⁠ימֵי֙ נְחֶמְיָ֣ה הַ⁠פֶּחָ֔ה 1 This would have been one generation later, since [3:1](../03/01.md) says that Eliashib was the high priest during the time of Nehemiah, and [12:10](../12/10.md) says that Eliashib was the son of Joiakim. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and also in the next generation, during the time when Nehemiah was the governor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 12 26 j1a9 figs-idiom וּ⁠בִ⁠ימֵי֙ נְחֶמְיָ֣ה הַ⁠פֶּחָ֔ה 1 The term **days** is used figuratively here to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “and also during the time when Nehemiah was the governor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 12 26 j1a9 figs-idiom וּ⁠בִ⁠ימֵי֙ נְחֶמְיָ֣ה הַ⁠פֶּחָ֔ה 1 The term **days** is used here to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “and also during the time when Nehemiah was the governor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 12 26 j1b1 figs-distinguish וְ⁠עֶזְרָ֥א הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן הַ⁠סּוֹפֵֽר 1 Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers who Ezra was. Alternate translation: “and he worked with Ezra, who was a priest and a scribe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
NEH 12 27 e63y grammar-connect-time-sequential וּ⁠בַ⁠חֲנֻכַּ֞ת חוֹמַ֣ת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֗ם 1 In this book, Nehemiah tells his personal story from [1:1](../01/01.md) through [7:5](../07/05.md). In that story, he explains how he was concerned not just to restore the city of Jerusalem physically by rebuilding its wall, but also to restore its population by bringing in people who were genuine Israelites, and to restore worship by making sure that the priests and Levites who were doing assigned tasks had dependable records of their ancestry. He includes the long series of lists from [7:6](../07/06.md) through [12:26](../12/26.md) to document that these priests, Levites, and Israelites had the lineage that the Law of Moses required. Now Nehemiah resumes his personal story, and he tells what he did next. He organized a worship ceremony to dedicate the city wall. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could put some introductory and transitional sentence here to show how the book is progressing. Alternate translation: “once we had brought many more Israelites to live in Jerusalem, and once we had established the priests and Levites in their tasks, we held a ceremony to dedicate the rebuilt wall of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
NEH 12 27 j1b3 figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠בַ⁠חֲנֻכַּ֞ת חוֹמַ֣ת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֗ם 1 The abstract noun **dedication** refers to the way the wall would be set apart for a special purpose. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as “set apart.” Alternate translation: “to set apart the wall of Jerusalem for a special purpose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -1624,7 +1624,7 @@ NEH 12 31 j1e7 grammar-connect-time-sequential וָ⁠אַעֲלֶה֙ 1 In thi
NEH 12 31 j1e9 figs-explicit וָ⁠אַעֲלֶה֙ אֶת־שָׂרֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֔ה מֵ⁠עַ֖ל לַ⁠חוֹמָ֑ה וָ⁠אַעֲמִ֡ידָ⁠ה שְׁתֵּ֣י תוֹדֹת֩ גְּדוֹלֹ֨ת וְ⁠תַהֲלֻכֹ֤ת 1 The implication here, which is confirmed in [12:32](../12/32.md) and [12:40](../12/40.md), is that Nehemiah had these leaders of Judah go up onto the wall so that they could accompany two large groups that would “process” or march around the city on top of the wall while giving thanks to God. They would march in opposite directions and meet up on the far side of the city. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say something like that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 12 31 j1f1 translate-symaction שְׁתֵּ֣י תוֹדֹת֩ גְּדוֹלֹ֨ת וְ⁠תַהֲלֻכֹ֤ת 1 Having two groups walk on top of the wall in opposite directions all around Jerusalem, while sacred musicians played music was a symbolic way of dedicating the rebuilt wall to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could also say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
NEH 12 31 j1f3 figs-ellipsis לַ⁠יָּמִין֙ מֵ⁠עַ֣ל לַ⁠חוֹמָ֔ה לְ⁠שַׁ֖עַר הָ⁠אַשְׁפֹּֽת 1 Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. This sentence seems to mean “The first group marched to the right on top of the wall in the direction of the Rubbish Gate.” You could say something like that if it would be helpful to your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 12 31 j1f5 figs-idiom לַ⁠יָּמִין֙ 1 Here, **hand** figuratively means **side.** Alternate translation: “turned to their right and marched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 12 31 j1f5 figs-idiom לַ⁠יָּמִין֙ 1 Here, **hand** means **side.** Alternate translation: “turned to their right and marched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 12 31 j1f7 figs-idiom לַ⁠יָּמִין֙ 1 Based on the information the book provides, the perspective is of a person facing in towards the city from the top of the wall. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “turned to their right, as they faced the city, and marched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 12 31 j1f9 translate-names לְ⁠שַׁ֖עַר הָ⁠אַשְׁפֹּֽת 1 This is the name of one of the gates of Jerusalem. See how you translated it in [2:13](../02/13.md) and [3:13–14](../03/13.md). Alternate translation: “the Rubbish Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 12 32 zsj6 וַ⁠יֵּ֤לֶךְ אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶם֙ הוֹשַׁ֣עְיָ֔ה וַ⁠חֲצִ֖י שָׂרֵ֥י יְהוּדָֽה 1 Alternate translation: “Hoshaiah and half of the leaders of Judah marched behind this group”
@ -1639,13 +1639,13 @@ NEH 12 36 j1g3 figs-metaphor וְֽ⁠אֶחָ֡י⁠ו 1 Here, **brother** is
NEH 12 36 kmk3 translate-names שְֽׁמַעְיָ֡ה וַ⁠עֲזַרְאֵ֡ל מִֽלֲלַ֡י גִּֽלֲלַ֡י מָעַ֞י נְתַנְאֵ֤ל וִֽ⁠יהוּדָה֙ חֲנָ֔נִי 1 These are the names of eight men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 12 36 j1g4 figs-explicit בִּ⁠כְלֵי־שִׁ֥יר דָּוִ֖יד אִ֣ישׁ הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 This likely means the cymbals, harps, and lyres mentioned in [12:27](../12/27.md). Those were the instruments that King David had originally instructed the Levite musicians to play. The people honored that religious tradition on this occasion. Alternate translation: “with cymbals, harps, and lyres, the instruments that King David, that godly man, had originally instructed the Levite musicians to play” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 12 36 j1g7 figs-distinguish דָּוִ֖יד אִ֣ישׁ הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 Here the book offers some background information to remind readers of the character of David, who had been a great founding king of Israel. Alternate translation: “King David, that godly man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
NEH 12 36 n2tl figs-metonymy וְ⁠עֶזְרָ֥א הַ⁠סּוֹפֵ֖ר לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 Here, **face** figuratively means the front of a group of people. Alternate translation: “Ezra the scribe walked in front of this group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 12 36 n2tl figs-metonymy וְ⁠עֶזְרָ֥א הַ⁠סּוֹפֵ֖ר לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 Here, **face** means the front of a group of people. Alternate translation: “Ezra the scribe walked in front of this group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 12 36 j1h1 figs-distinguish וְ⁠עֶזְרָ֥א הַ⁠סּוֹפֵ֖ר 1 Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers who Ezra was. Alternate translation: “Ezra, who was a scribe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
NEH 12 37 c38r figs-explicit וְ⁠עַל֩ שַׁ֨עַר הָ⁠עַ֜יִן וְ⁠נֶגְדָּ֗⁠ם עָלוּ֙ עַֽל־מַעֲלוֹת֙ עִ֣יר דָּוִ֔יד בַּֽ⁠מַּעֲלֶ֖ה לַ⁠חוֹמָ֑ה 1 The implication, which the original audience of the book would apparently have understood, is that when this first procession reached the place described, rather than continue walking on the wall, which was about to follow a winding course around a hill, they took these stairs straight up the hill, and they rejoined the wall at the place where it went up to the top of the hill. Alternate translation: “When they reached the Fountain Gate, they left the wall and went up the stairs that were in front of them that led to the City of David. They came back onto the wall at the place where it reached the top of the hill they had just climbed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 12 37 j1h3 translate-names שַׁ֨עַר הָ⁠עַ֜יִן 1 This is the name of one of the gates of Jerusalem. See how you translated it in [2:14](../02/14.md) and [3:15](../03/15.md). Alternate translation: “the Fountain Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 12 37 j1h5 translate-names עִ֣יר דָּוִ֔יד 1 This was one part of Jerusalem. See how you translated it in [3:15](../03/15.md). Alternate translation: “the City of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 12 37 j1h7 figs-explicit מֵ⁠עַל֙ לְ⁠בֵ֣ית דָּוִ֔יד 1 This means that as the group walked on the top of the wall once again, at this point they were higher than this palace where David had lived. (In [3:25](../03/25.md) this same building is called “the upper house of the king,” meaning the royal palace that was located in a more elevated part of the city.) Alternate translation: “They walked along the wall, above the palace where David had lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 12 37 j1h9 figs-metaphor לְ⁠בֵ֣ית דָּוִ֔יד 1 This building is figuratively called a **house** because David had lived in it. Alternate translation: “the palace where David had lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 12 37 j1h9 figs-metaphor לְ⁠בֵ֣ית דָּוִ֔יד 1 This building is called a **house** because David had lived in it. Alternate translation: “the palace where David had lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 12 37 j1i1 figs-ellipsis וְ⁠עַ֛ד שַׁ֥עַר הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם מִזְרָֽח 1 Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. This sentence is indicating that once this group reached the Water Gate, it stopped. This left them just to the east of the temple. As [12:39](../12/39.md) explains, the other group stopped just to the west of the temple, and the two groups joined together in the temple area. Alternate translation: “until they reached the Water Gate, and there they stopped, on the east side of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 12 38 fbi3 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וְ⁠הַ⁠תּוֹדָ֧ה 1 The conjunction **And** introduces the description in [12:38](../12/38.md) and [12:39](../12/39.md) of what the second group was doing while the first group was following the route described in [12:31–37](../12/31.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word such as “meanwhile” to indicate this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
NEH 12 38 zi11 figs-ellipsis וְ⁠הַ⁠תּוֹדָ֧ה הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֛ית הַ⁠הוֹלֶ֥כֶת לְ⁠מ֖וֹאל 1 Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “Meanwhile, the second group turned to its left and walked on top of the wall in the opposite direction, with musicians playing songs of thanksgiving as they went.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@ -1668,29 +1668,29 @@ NEH 12 43 j1l1 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous בַ⁠יּוֹם־הַ֠⁠ה
NEH 12 43 jgp9 figs-abstractnouns כִּ֤י הָ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙ שִׂמְּחָ⁠ם֙ שִׂמְחָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֔ה 1 The abstract noun **rejoicing** describes how happy the people were as they held this celebration to dedicate the wall. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with an adjective such as **happy.** Alternate translation: “God had made them all very happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NEH 12 43 p5fe figs-abstractnouns וַ⁠תִּשָּׁמַ֛ע שִׂמְחַ֥ת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֖ם מֵ⁠רָחֽוֹק 1 In this case the abstract noun **rejoicing** refers to the loud sound that the singers and the people made as they held the ceremony to dedicate the rebuilt wall. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the idea behind this abstract noun with a concrete noun such as “sound.” Alternate translation: “the sound that the people made as they celebrated in Jerusalem was so loud that even other people who were far away could hear it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NEH 12 43 j1l3 figs-activepassive וַ⁠תִּשָּׁמַ֛ע שִׂמְחַ֥ת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֖ם מֵ⁠רָחֽוֹק 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the sound that the people made as they celebrated in Jerusalem was so loud that even other people who were far away could hear it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 12 43 j1l5 figs-personification שִׂמְחַ֥ת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֖ם 1 Here the story speaks figuratively of Jerusalem as if it were a living thing that could celebrate. Alternate translation: “the sound that the people made as they celebrated in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NEH 12 43 j1l5 figs-personification שִׂמְחַ֥ת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֖ם 1 Here the story speaks of Jerusalem as if it were a living thing that could celebrate. Alternate translation: “the sound that the people made as they celebrated in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NEH 12 44 j1l7 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous בַ⁠יּוֹם֩ הַ⁠ה֨וּא 1 As noted for [12:43](../12/43.md), this is a flexible expression that can mean either **on that same day** or **around that time.** So here it could mean either that men were appointed to be in charge of the store rooms on the same day as the dedication celebration, or else at around the same time, perhaps shortly afterwards, once all of the activity of the celebration was over. Alternate translation: “on the same day that they held the ceremony to dedicate the rebuilt wall” or “around this same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
NEH 12 44 fsb6 figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּפָּקְד֣וּ…אֲנָשִׁ֜ים עַל־הַ⁠נְּשָׁכ֗וֹת לָ⁠א֨וֹצָר֥וֹת 1 This is referring implicitly to the six Levites whose names are listed in [12:25](../12/25.md). The **chambers** are the storerooms above the gateways to the temple. (Review the note to [12:25](../12/25.md) if that would be helpful.) If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “we appointed six Levites to be in charge of the store rooms above the gateways to the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 12 44 bnw2 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּפָּקְד֣וּ…אֲנָשִׁ֜ים 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. In the context of this episode, saying “we” would indicate Nehemiah and his fellow leaders. (“We” would not include the addressee, if your language makes that distinction.) Alternate translation: “we appointed six Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 12 44 j1l9 figs-explicit לַ⁠תְּרוּמוֹת֮ לָ⁠רֵאשִׁ֣ית וְ⁠לַ⁠מַּֽעַשְׂרוֹת֒ לִ⁠כְנ֨וֹס בָּ⁠הֶ֜ם לִ⁠שְׂדֵ֤י הֶ⁠עָרִים֙ 1 In their covenant, these were the things the people promised to provide in order to support the priests and the Levites. (See [10:36–39](../10/36.md).) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that they could collect the offerings, firstfruits, and tithes that the Israelites would bring in from the fields around their cities, as they had promised to do in their covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 12 44 j1m1 figs-abstractnouns מְנָא֣וֹת הַ⁠תּוֹרָ֔ה לַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֖ים וְ⁠לַ⁠לְוִיִּ֑ם 1 The abstract noun **portion** refers to the part of each crop that the law commanded the Israelites to give to the temple to support the priests and Levites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a different phrase. Alternate translation: “these were the things that the law commanded the Israelites to give from their harvests to support the priests and Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NEH 12 44 g347 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֚י שִׂמְחַ֣ת יְהוּדָ֔ה עַל־הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֥ים וְ⁠עַל־הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֖ם הָ⁠עֹמְדִֽים 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could place this sentence first in the verse since it gives the reason for the results that are described in the rest of the verse. You could also show the connection by using a word like “so” after this phrase. Alternate translation: “The people of Judah were very happy that the priests and the Levites were once again serving in the roles that the law had assigned to them. So…” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
NEH 12 44 j1m3 figs-metaphor שִׂמְחַ֣ת…עַל־הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֥ים וְ⁠עַל־הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֖ם 1 In this context, **over** is a spatial metaphor that figuratively indicates **for** or **because of.** Alternate translation: “were very happy that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 12 44 g9pg figs-metaphor הָ⁠עֹמְדִֽים 1 **Standing** means figuratively that the priests and the Levites were serving in the roles that the law had assigned to them. This meaning can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “serving in the roles that the law had assigned to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 12 44 j1m3 figs-metaphor שִׂמְחַ֣ת…עַל־הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֥ים וְ⁠עַל־הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֖ם 1 In this context, **over** is a spatial metaphor that indicates **for** or **because of.** Alternate translation: “were very happy that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 12 44 g9pg figs-metaphor הָ⁠עֹמְדִֽים 1 **Standing** means that the priests and the Levites were serving in the roles that the law had assigned to them. This meaning can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “serving in the roles that the law had assigned to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 12 45 lm4j grammar-connect-logic-result וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁמְר֞וּ 1 In this context, the conjunction **And** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous verse described. Specifically, the temple personnel were able to perform their duties regularly because the people had organized regular support for them. Alternate translation: “and so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
NEH 12 45 j1m5 figs-abstractnouns וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁמְר֞וּ מִשְׁמֶ֤רֶת אֱלֹֽהֵי⁠הֶם֙ וּ⁠מִשְׁמֶ֣רֶת הַֽ⁠טָּהֳרָ֔ה 1 **They** means the priests and Levites. The abstract noun **service**, in the phrase **service watch of their God**, refers to the duties that God had commanded the priests and Levites to perform in the law. In the phrase “service of purification,” this abstract noun refers to one of those duties in particular, the duty of performing a ceremony for themselves and for others that expressed a desire to be ceremonially clean, that is, acceptable to God. The story describes in [12:30](../12/30.md) how they performed such a ceremony on this occasion. Alternate translation: “So the priests and Levites were able to perform the duties that God had commanded, including performing ceremonies of purification” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NEH 12 45 j1m7 figs-ellipsis וְ⁠הַ⁠מְשֹׁרְרִ֖ים וְ⁠הַ⁠שֹּׁעֲרִ֑ים 1 Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. This phrase seems to means **The singers and the gatekeepers were also able to perform their assigned duties.** You could say that explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 12 45 j1m9 writing-background כְּ⁠מִצְוַ֥ת דָּוִ֖יד שְׁלֹמֹ֥ה בְנֽ⁠וֹ 1 This phrase provides background information that explains that it was King David and King Solomon, his son, who established the duties of the temple singers and gatekeepers. Alternate translation: “as King David and King Solomon, his son, had commanded them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
NEH 12 46 j1n1 writing-background כִּֽי 1 This word indicates that this sentence will provide further information about the situation that the book is describing here. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a word or expression in your own language that indicates the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
NEH 12 46 j1n3 figs-idiom בִ⁠ימֵ֥י דָוִ֛יד וְ⁠אָסָ֖ף מִ⁠קֶּ֑דֶם 1 The expression **from before** is an idiom that means **ever since a long time ago** Alternate translation: “ever since the time of David and Asaph long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 12 46 j1n5 figs-idiom בִ⁠ימֵ֥י דָוִ֛יד וְ⁠אָסָ֖ף 1 The term **days** is used figuratively here to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “in the time of David and Asaph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 12 46 j1n5 figs-idiom בִ⁠ימֵ֥י דָוִ֛יד וְ⁠אָסָ֖ף 1 The term **days** is used here to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “in the time of David and Asaph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 12 46 j1n7 translate-names דָוִ֛יד וְ⁠אָסָ֖ף 1 These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 12 46 j1n9 figs-explicit וְ⁠אָסָ֖ף 1 The book assumes that the original audience would know that Asaph was the man whom David first appointed to be the director of the Levite singers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “ever since David first appointed Asaph to lead the singers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 12 46 py1c figs-metaphor ראש הַ⁠מְשֹׁ֣רְרִ֔ים 1 **Head** here is a figurative way of saying **leader.** Alternate translation: “the Levite choir has had an appointed director” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 12 46 j1o1 figs-ellipsis וְ⁠שִׁיר־תְּהִלָּ֥ה וְ⁠הֹד֖וֹת לֵֽ⁠אלֹהִֽים 1 Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “and they have sung songs of praise and thanksgiving to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 12 47 j1o3 writing-background וְ⁠כָל 1 This word indicates that this sentence will provide further information about the situation that the book is describing here. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a word or expression in your own language that indicates the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
NEH 12 47 flz7 בִּ⁠ימֵ֨י זְרֻבָּבֶ֜ל וּ⁠בִ⁠ימֵ֣י נְחֶמְיָ֗ה 1 Alternate translation: “just as they had done in the time of Zerubbabel, so now in the time of Nehemiah”
NEH 12 47 mu9s figs-idiom בִּ⁠ימֵ֨י זְרֻבָּבֶ֜ל וּ⁠בִ⁠ימֵ֣י נְחֶמְיָ֗ה 1 The term **days** is used figuratively here to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “the time of Zerubbabel … the time of Nehemiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 12 47 mu9s figs-idiom בִּ⁠ימֵ֨י זְרֻבָּבֶ֜ל וּ⁠בִ⁠ימֵ֣י נְחֶמְיָ֗ה 1 The term **days** is used here to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “the time of Zerubbabel … the time of Nehemiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 12 47 e72p figs-explicit בִּ⁠ימֵ֨י זְרֻבָּבֶ֜ל 1 As [12:1](../12/01.md) explains, this was the man who led the first group of Jews who returned to the province of Judah, about a hundred years before the time of Nehemiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this more explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the time of Zerubbabel, who led the first group back to the province of Judah from exile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 12 47 j1o5 translate-names זְרֻבָּבֶ֜ל…נְחֶמְיָ֗ה 1 These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 12 47 j1o7 figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠כָל־יִשְׂרָאֵל֩ בִּ⁠ימֵ֨י זְרֻבָּבֶ֜ל וּ⁠בִ⁠ימֵ֣י נְחֶמְיָ֗ה נֹֽתְנִ֛ים מְנָי֛וֹת הַ⁠מְשֹׁרְרִ֥ים 1 As in [12:44](../12/44.md), the abstract noun **portion** refers to the part of each crop that the Israelites contributed to support the temple personnel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a different phrase. Alternate translation: “all the Israelites contributed from their harvests to support the singers and the gatekeepers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -1707,7 +1707,7 @@ NEH 13 1 k1b1 figs-idiom יָב֨וֹא…בִּ⁠קְהַ֥ל הָ⁠אֱלֹ
NEH 13 1 j6si figs-idiom עַד־עוֹלָֽם 1 This expression means that this was a permanent regulation in the Law of Moses. It was not a regulation that applied just to a specific period and that might change afterwards. Alternate translation: “This was a permanent rule.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 13 2 tf8z grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the reasons for what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “they could not come into the assembly because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
NEH 13 2 k1b3 figs-explicit לֹ֧א קִדְּמ֛וּ אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בַּ⁠לֶּ֣חֶם וּ⁠בַ⁠מָּ֑יִם 1 The assumption is that readers will know what historical incident this statement is referring to. It is a reference to the time when the Israelites were traveling from Egypt to Canaan through the desert. They were basically refugees. It could have been expected, as a basic act of compassion, that the Ammonites and Moabites would help provide for their needs as they passed through their territories but they refused to do this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they did not help meet the needs of the Israelites when they were refugees traveling through their territories” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 13 2 k1b5 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 **Sons** here figuratively means “descendants.” The descendants of Israel were the Israelites. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 13 2 k1b5 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 **Sons** here means “descendants.” The descendants of Israel were the Israelites. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 13 2 k1b7 figs-metonymy קִדְּמ֛וּ…בַּ⁠לֶּ֣חֶם וּ⁠בַ⁠מָּ֑יִם 1 Bread stands for food, and water stands for drink, and together both terms probably represent assistance in general. Alternate translation: “provide food and drink” or “provide the help they needed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 13 2 k1b9 figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּשְׂכֹּ֨ר עָלָ֤י⁠ו אֶת־בִּלְעָם֙ לְ⁠קַֽלְל֔⁠וֹ וַ⁠יַּהֲפֹ֧ךְ אֱלֹהֵ֛י⁠נוּ הַ⁠קְּלָלָ֖ה לִ⁠בְרָכָֽה 1 The assumption once again is that readers will know what historical incident this is referring to. This is a reference to the way the king of Moab hired a prophet named Balaam to curse the Israelites, but instead God made Balaam speak words of blessing about them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Moabites also hired a prophet named Balaam to curse the Israelites, but God made him speak words of blessing instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 13 2 k1c1 translate-names בִּלְעָם֙ 1 This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1715,20 +1715,20 @@ NEH 13 3 j1c3 grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יְהִ֖י 1 This phrase
NEH 13 3 k1c5 figs-idiom כְּ⁠שָׁמְעָ֣⁠ם אֶת־הַ⁠תּוֹרָ֑ה 1 As in [9:29](../09/29.md), **hear** in this context is an idiom that means not just to hear something audibly, but to understand a command and recognize the need to obey it. Alternate translation: “when they realized that this was what the law commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 13 3 k1c7 figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּבְדִּ֥ילוּ כָל־עֵ֖רֶב מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 **Mixed company** is an expression that describes people who were not Israelites. It indicates that if they were present, then the group would be mixed, part Israelite and part non-Israelite. Alternate translation: “They no longer allowed foreigners to worship with the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 13 4 k1c9 writing-background וְ⁠לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י מִ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 This phrase indicates that the events the story will now relate came before the events it has just described. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a phrase such as “but before all this happened.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
NEH 13 4 k1d1 figs-metaphor וְ⁠לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י מִ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 In this book, the expression **face** often refers figuratively to the front of a person, place, or object. Here the expression has the further figurative significance of “in front of” or “before” a certain time. Alternate translation: “before this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 13 4 k1d1 figs-metaphor וְ⁠לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י מִ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 In this book, the expression **face** often refers to the front of a person, place, or object. Here the expression has the further figurative significance of “in front of” or “before” a certain time. Alternate translation: “before this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 13 4 k1d3 translate-names אֶלְיָשִׁיב֙ 1 This is a man’s name. See how you translated it in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 13 4 k1d5 figs-distinguish אֶלְיָשִׁיב֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן 1 Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers who Eliashib was. As we learn in [3:1](../03/01.md), [3:20](../03/20.md), and [12:10](../12/10.md), he was actually the Jewish high priest during the time of Nehemiah. Alternate translation: “the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
NEH 13 4 bq8k figs-activepassive אֶלְיָשִׁיב֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן נָת֖וּן 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “they appointed Eliashib the priest” or “the leaders appointed Eliashib the priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 13 4 k1d7 figs-idiom נָת֖וּן בְּ⁠לִשְׁכַּ֣ת בֵּית־אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 This is most likely a figurative way of saying that as high priest, Eliashib had responsibility for and control over all the rooms in the temple. Alternate translation: “since he had control over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 13 4 adq9 קָר֖וֹב לְ⁠טוֹבִיָּֽה 1 He was related to Tobiah Since Tobiah was an Ammonite, Eliashib could not have been his close blood relative. So this expression must refer to a connection by marriage. We learn in [6:18](../06/18.md) that both Tobiah and his son had married Jewish women, and one or both of these women may have been relatives of Eliashib. Alternate translation: “who was related to Tobiah by marriage”
NEH 13 4 c9hf figs-synecdoche בְּ⁠לִשְׁכַּ֣ת בֵּית־אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 Here one **chamber** or room is used figuratively to mean “every chamber” or room in the temple. Alternate translation: “every room in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 13 4 k1d9 figs-metaphor בֵּית־אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 As often in this book, Nehemiah speaks figuratively of the temple here as the **house of God**, as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 13 4 c9hf figs-synecdoche בְּ⁠לִשְׁכַּ֣ת בֵּית־אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 Here one **chamber** or room is used to mean “every chamber” or room in the temple. Alternate translation: “every room in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 13 4 k1d9 figs-metaphor בֵּית־אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 As often in this book, Nehemiah speaks of the temple here as the **house of God**, as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 13 5 xi14 grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יַּ֨עַשׂ 1 In this context, the conjunction **and** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the reason for what the previous sentence described, or what made it possible. Alternate translation: “and so” unless you used the word “since” to introduce the last phrase in [13:4](../13/04.md), in which case the connection would already be clear and you would not need to use any connecting phrase here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
NEH 13 5 k1de ל֜⁠וֹ 1 Verse [13:7](../13/07.md) indicates that **him** refers to Tobiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly here. Alternate translation: “he allowed Tobiah to move into a large room in the temple”
NEH 13 5 v2in figs-explicit וְ⁠שָׁ֣ם הָי֪וּ לְ⁠פָנִ֟ים נֹ֠תְנִים אֶת־הַ⁠מִּנְחָ֨ה 1 **They** means the Israelites, and **offerings**, if it is a general term (see next note), means the contributions that they gave to support the priests and Levites, as described in [12:44](../12/44.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “This was the room that the Israelites had previously been using to store the offerings they brought to the temple to support the priests and Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 13 5 k1e3 הַ⁠מִּנְחָ֨ה 1 The word **offerings** could be referring generally to all of the contributions that the Israelites brought, which would then be listed in the rest of this verse, or it could be the first specific item on the list, the daily grain offering, as described in [10:33](../10/33.md). Alternate translation: “the offerings they brought” or “the daily grain offering”
NEH 13 5 k1e5 translate-unknown הַ⁠לְּבוֹנָ֜ה 1 This term refers to a mixture of fragrant spices that was burned to produce smoke that had a pleasant smell. The law specified a special blend of spices that it said could only be used in the temple by the priests. Alternate translation: “the sacred incense” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 13 5 k1e7 figs-synecdoche וְ⁠הַ⁠כֵּלִ֗ים 1 As in [10:39](../10/39.md), here Nehemiah uses one type of equipment that the storerooms would hold, **vessels** or “jars” or “containers,” to refer figuratively to all the different types of equipment that the priests and Levites would have used in the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple equipment” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 13 5 k1e7 figs-synecdoche וְ⁠הַ⁠כֵּלִ֗ים 1 As in [10:39](../10/39.md), here Nehemiah uses one type of equipment that the storerooms would hold, **vessels** or “jars” or “containers,” to refer to all the different types of equipment that the priests and Levites would have used in the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple equipment” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 13 5 k1e9 וּ⁠מַעְשַׂ֤ר הַ⁠דָּגָן֙ הַ⁠תִּיר֣וֹשׁ וְ⁠הַ⁠יִּצְהָ֔ר 1 This means the portion, one tenth, of their crops and produce that the Israelites had promised to contribute to support the temple personnel, as described in [10:37–38](../10/37.md). Alternate translation: “the tenth of their crops and produce”
NEH 13 5 k1f1 translate-fraction וּ⁠מַעְשַׂ֤ר 1 A **tithe** means a tenth (1/10) or one part out of ten equal parts. (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
NEH 13 5 k1f3 figs-ellipsis מִצְוַת֙ הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֔ם וְ⁠הַ⁠מְשֹׁרְרִ֖ים וְ⁠הַ⁠שֹּׁעֲרִ֑ים 1 Here Nehemiah leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. This phrase means “which the law had commanded them to contribute to support the Levites, the singers, and the temple gatekeepers.” You could say that explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@ -1738,19 +1738,19 @@ NEH 13 6 dpk4 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֡י 1 This word indicates tha
NEH 13 6 k1f9 writing-background בִּ⁠שְׁנַת֩ שְׁלֹשִׁ֨ים וּ⁠שְׁתַּ֜יִם לְ⁠אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֤סְתְּא מֶֽלֶךְ־בָּבֶל֙ בָּ֣אתִי אֶל־הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 Here Nehemiah is providing background information to explain why he was not in Jerusalem. As he indicates in [5:14](../05/14.md), he was governor of Judah for twelve years, from the twentieth to the thirty-second year of the reign of King Artaxerxes. As this verse indicates, he then returned to the royal court. Alternate translation: “I had returned to serve King Artaxerxes in his court in the thirty-second year of his reign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
NEH 13 6 k1g1 translate-ordinal בִּ⁠שְׁנַת֩ שְׁלֹשִׁ֨ים וּ⁠שְׁתַּ֜יִם לְ⁠אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֤סְתְּא 1 This expression refers to the number of years that Artaxerxes had been reigning as king. Alternate translation: “in year 32 of the reign of Artaxerxes as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NEH 13 6 k1g3 writing-background מֶֽלֶךְ־בָּבֶל֙ 1 Artaxerxes was the king of the Persian Empire, but since the Persians had conquered the Babylonians, he also had the right to use the title “king of Babylon.” The fact that Nehemiah describes him by this title may actually indicate that the royal court was located in the city of Babylon at this time and that he returned to that city to resume his duties in the court. Alternate translation: “the king of Persia, whose court was then in Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
NEH 13 6 k1g5 figs-idiom וּ⁠לְ⁠קֵ֥ץ יָמִ֖ים 1 The term **days** is used figuratively here to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “after some time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 13 6 k1g5 figs-idiom וּ⁠לְ⁠קֵ֥ץ יָמִ֖ים 1 The term **days** is used here to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “after some time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 13 6 k1g7 figs-explicit נִשְׁאַ֥לְתִּי מִן־הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 The implication, as shown explicitly in the next verse, is that Nehemiah requested time off from his responsibilities in the court so that he could travel back to Judah and see how the people there were doing, and that the king gave him permission to do this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I asked the king if I could take some time off and travel back to Judah to help the people there, and he gave me permission to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 13 7 k1g9 grammar-connect-time-sequential וָ⁠אָב֖וֹא לִֽ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 1 In this context, the conjunction **And** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event took place after the event the story has just described. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a phrase such as “and so.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
NEH 13 7 k1h1 grammar-connect-time-sequential וָ⁠אָבִ֣ינָ⁠ה 1 In this context, the conjunction **And** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event took place after the event in the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a phrase such as “when I got there, I discovered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
NEH 13 7 k1h3 figs-idiom וָ⁠אָבִ֣ינָ⁠ה בָ⁠רָעָ֗ה 1 In this context, this phrase means “came to understand the evil” or “discovered the evil” or “realized the evil.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use any of those phrases or a similar one as an alternate translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 13 7 k1h5 בָ⁠רָעָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר עָשָׂ֤ה אֶלְיָשִׁיב֙ לְ⁠ט֣וֹבִיָּ֔ה לַ⁠עֲשׂ֥וֹת ל⁠וֹ֙ נִשְׁכָּ֔ה בְּ⁠חַצְרֵ֖י בֵּ֥ית הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים 1 While in the book of Nehemiah the word **evil** often means things like “sad” or “harmful,” in this context, the word does describe something that is morally bad and destructive. Eliashib had not done this wrong thing to Tobiah, but on his behalf. Alternate translation: “about the wrong thing that Eliashib had done by allowing Tobiah to move into a storeroom within the temple courts”
NEH 13 7 k1h7 figs-metaphor בֵּ֥ית הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים 1 Nehemiah speaks figuratively of the temple as the **house of God** as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 13 7 k1h7 figs-metaphor בֵּ֥ית הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים 1 Nehemiah speaks of the temple as the **house of God** as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 13 8 k1h9 figs-idiom וַ⁠יֵּ֥רַֽע לִ֖⁠י מְאֹ֑ד 1 This expression describes Nehemiah’s perspective on the action. It does not mean that Eliashib did a wrong thing to Nehemiah directly. Alternate translation: “I recognized how very wrong this was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 13 8 k1i1 figs-metaphor וָֽ⁠אַשְׁלִ֜יכָ⁠ה אֶֽת־כָּל־כְּלֵ֧י בֵית־טוֹבִיָּ֛ה הַ⁠ח֖וּץ מִן־הַ⁠לִּשְׁכָּֽה 1 Here, the term **house** figuratively represents all the possessions of Tobiah. It does not mean a literal house that Tobiah owned, because the context shows that he was staying in a room within the temple. Rather, **house** is a metaphor for “property,” that is, the things a person owns and would keep in a house. Alternate translation: “I threw everything that Tobiah was keeping in that storeroom right out of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 13 8 k1i1 figs-metaphor וָֽ⁠אַשְׁלִ֜יכָ⁠ה אֶֽת־כָּל־כְּלֵ֧י בֵית־טוֹבִיָּ֛ה הַ⁠ח֖וּץ מִן־הַ⁠לִּשְׁכָּֽה 1 Here, the term **house** represents all the possessions of Tobiah. It does not mean a literal house that Tobiah owned, because the context shows that he was staying in a room within the temple. Rather, **house** is a metaphor for “property,” that is, the things a person owns and would keep in a house. Alternate translation: “I threw everything that Tobiah was keeping in that storeroom right out of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 13 9 k1i3 grammar-connect-time-sequential וָ⁠אֹ֣מְרָ֔⁠ה 1 In this context, the conjunction **And** indicates that this event took place after the event the story has just described. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a word such as “then.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
NEH 13 9 k1i5 figs-explicit וָ⁠אֹ֣מְרָ֔⁠ה וַֽ⁠יְטַהֲר֖וּ הַ⁠לְּשָׁכ֑וֹת 1 The implication is that Nehemiah spoke to the priests since they would have been the ones to conduct a ceremony like the one the story describes in [12:30](../12/30.md) to show that the people wanted the rooms in the temple to be ceremonially clean in the hopes that they would once more be acceptable to God. Alternate translation: “I told the priests to conduct a ceremony to purify the rooms in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 13 9 k1i7 כְּלֵי֙ בֵּ֣ית הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים אֶת־הַ⁠מִּנְחָ֖ה וְ⁠הַ⁠לְּבוֹנָֽה 1 See how you translated these expressions in [13:5](../13/05.md). Alternate translation: “the equipment for the temple, the offerings that the people brought, and the sacred incense”
NEH 13 9 k1i9 figs-metaphor בֵּ֣ית הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 Nehemiah speaks figuratively of the temple as the **house of God** as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 13 9 k1i9 figs-metaphor בֵּ֣ית הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 Nehemiah speaks of the temple as the **house of God** as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 13 10 k1j1 grammar-connect-time-sequential וָ⁠אֵ֣דְעָ֔⁠ה 1 In this context, the conjunction **And** indicates that this event took place after the event the story has just described. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a word such as **then.** As with “understood” in [13:7](../13/07.md), **knew** here means **came to know** or **discovered** or **realized.** Alternate translation: “Then I discovered that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
NEH 13 10 k9k6 figs-activepassive מְנָי֥וֹת הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֖ם לֹ֣א נִתָּ֑נָה 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “no one had been giving the Levites the support that the law commanded the Israelites to provide for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 13 10 k1j3 figs-explicit מְנָי֥וֹת הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֖ם לֹ֣א נִתָּ֑נָה 1 The implication is that no one was giving the Levites their support because there was no longer any place to store the grain, oil, and other supplies in the temple, from where they could be distributed to them. This was because Tobiah had taken over the large storeroom. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “no one had been giving the Levites the support that the law commanded the Israelites to provide for them because there was no place to store the contributions now that Tobiah had taken over the storeroom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1769,7 +1769,7 @@ NEH 13 11 k1l3 וָֽ⁠אֶ֨קְבְּצֵ֔⁠ם וָֽ⁠אַעֲמִדֵ֖
NEH 13 11 k1l5 grammar-connect-time-sequential וָֽ⁠אֶ֨קְבְּצֵ֔⁠ם 1 In this context, the conjunction **And** indicates that this event took place after the event the story has just described. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a word such as “then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
NEH 13 12 k1l7 grammar-connect-time-sequential וְ⁠כָל 1 In this context, the conjunction **And** indicates that this event took place after the event the story has just described. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a word such as “then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
NEH 13 12 k1l9 figs-hyperbole וְ⁠כָל־יְהוּדָ֗ה 1 **All** is a figurative exaggeration that means that people from throughout the province of Judah did this generally. Alternate translation: “the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
NEH 13 12 a9ux figs-personification וְ⁠כָל־יְהוּדָ֗ה 1 Here Nehemiah refers to all of the Israelites living in the province of Judah figuratively as if they were a single person, Judah, the ancestor of the tribe by that name that lived in the territory that was now this province. Alternate translation: “the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NEH 13 12 a9ux figs-personification וְ⁠כָל־יְהוּדָ֗ה 1 Here Nehemiah refers to all of the Israelites living in the province of Judah as if they were a single person, Judah, the ancestor of the tribe by that name that lived in the territory that was now this province. Alternate translation: “the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NEH 13 12 k1m1 translate-unknown לָ⁠אוֹצָרֽוֹת 1 This means the storerooms in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 13 13 k1m3 grammar-connect-time-sequential וָ⁠אוֹצְרָ֣⁠ה 1 In this context, the conjunction **And** indicates that this event took place after the event the story has just described. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a word such as “then.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
NEH 13 13 k1m5 translate-unknown וָ⁠אוֹצְרָ֣⁠ה עַל־א֠וֹצָרוֹת 1 **Treasurers** means officials who would be responsible for the storerooms in the temple. Alternate translation: “I appointed these men to be responsible for the temple storerooms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@ -1783,11 +1783,11 @@ NEH 13 14 v861 figs-idiom זָכְרָ⁠ה־לִּ֥⁠י אֱלֹהַ֖⁠י
NEH 13 14 k1n5 figs-aside זָכְרָ⁠ה־לִּ֥⁠י אֱלֹהַ֖⁠י עַל־זֹ֑את 1 As in [4:4](../04/04.md), here Nehemiah stops addressing the audience of his story and speaks directly to God. You could indicate this by putting this verse in quotation marks. Review the note at [4:4](../04/04.md) about asides like this if that would be helpful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
NEH 13 14 k1n7 figs-metaphor וְ⁠אַל־תֶּ֣מַח 1 Nehemiah speaks of his good deeds as if they were something written that could be erased. Alternate translation: “do not overlook” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 13 14 k1n9 figs-abstractnouns חֲסָדַ֗⁠י 1 The abstract noun **faithful kindness** here is the same as the term “covenant faithfulness” that Nehemiah applies to God in [1:5](../01/05.md), [9:17](../09/17.md), [9:32](../09/32.md), and [13:22](../13/22.md). It refers to a person consistently and dependably fulfilling the obligations they have accepted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a phrase that would bring out this meaning. Alternate translation: “the way that I have consistently provided for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NEH 13 14 k1o1 figs-metaphor בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלֹהַ֖⁠י 1 Nehemiah speaks figuratively of the temple as the **house of God** as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “your temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 13 14 k1o1 figs-metaphor בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלֹהַ֖⁠י 1 Nehemiah speaks of the temple as the **house of God** as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “your temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 13 14 k1o3 וּ⁠בְ⁠מִשְׁמָרָֽי⁠ו 1 As in [12:9](../12/09.md) and [12:24](../12/24.md), the phrase **service watch** refers to the Levite singers. It means either an individual choir or a time on duty for the singers. Alternate translation: “and for the Levite singers”
NEH 13 15 k1o5 בַּ⁠יָּמִ֣ים הָ⁠הֵ֡מָּה 1 This phrase indicates that this event took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a phrase such as “around that same time.”
NEH 13 15 k1o7 רָאִ֣יתִי בִֽ⁠יהוּדָ֣ה ׀ דֹּֽרְכִֽים־גִּתּ֣וֹת 1 Alternate translation: “I saw that some of the people of Judah were treading winepresses”
NEH 13 15 k1o9 figs-metonymy דֹּֽרְכִֽים־גִּתּ֣וֹת 1 The word **winepresses** figuratively represents the grapes that were in the winepresses. The people were treading on the grapes to press the juice out of them so that they could make wine. Alternate translation: “treading on grapes in winepresses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 13 15 k1o9 figs-metonymy דֹּֽרְכִֽים־גִּתּ֣וֹת 1 The word **winepresses** represents the grapes that were in the winepresses. The people were treading on the grapes to press the juice out of them so that they could make wine. Alternate translation: “treading on grapes in winepresses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 13 15 z3xh figs-explicit בַּ⁠שַּׁבָּ֡ת 1 The implication is that the people of Judah should not have been doing such work on the Sabbath because God had commanded them to set apart that day, the seventh day of the week, as a special day for rest and worship. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the Sabbath, when they should not have been doing any work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 13 15 k1p1 translate-names בַּ⁠שַּׁבָּ֡ת 1 This is the name of a religious observance. It occurs repeatedly in this part of the story, through [13:22](../13/22.md). It will be helpful to your readers if you translate it consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 13 15 k1p3 figs-explicit וּ⁠מְבִיאִ֣ים הָ⁠עֲרֵמ֣וֹת וְֽ⁠עֹמְסִ֪ים עַל־הַ⁠חֲמֹרִ֟ים וְ⁠אַף־יַ֜יִן עֲנָבִ֤ים וּ⁠תְאֵנִים֙ וְ⁠כָל־מַשָּׂ֔א וּ⁠מְבִיאִ֥ים יְרוּשָׁלִַ֖ם בְּ⁠י֣וֹם הַ⁠שַּׁבָּ֑ת 1 These **ones** are not three different groups, but various people of Judah who were collectively doing all these things. The implication is that they were bringing these goods to Jerusalem to sell them even on the Sabbath. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. “Others had loaded their wares, such as sheaves of grain, wine, grapes, figs, and other goods, onto donkeys, and they were bringing these goods into Jerusalem to sell on the Sabbath day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1803,20 +1803,20 @@ NEH 13 17 k1q9 figs-explicit וָ⁠אֹמְרָ֣⁠ה לָ⁠הֶ֗ם 1 The i
NEH 13 17 w5nr figs-rquestion מָֽה־הַ⁠דָּבָ֨ר הָ⁠רָ֤ע הַ⁠זֶּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אַתֶּ֣ם עֹשִׂ֔ים וּֽ⁠מְחַלְּלִ֖ים אֶת־י֥וֹם הַ⁠שַּׁבָּֽת 1 Nehemiah is using the question form for emphasis in order to scold the leaders of Judah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate what he says as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You are doing an evil thing by treating the Sabbath day like any other day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NEH 13 17 k1r1 translate-unknown וּֽ⁠מְחַלְּלִ֖ים אֶת־י֥וֹם הַ⁠שַּׁבָּֽת 1 To **profane** something means to treat something that should be holy, set apart for a special purpose, as if it were something ordinary or common, just like anything else. Alternate translation: “treating the Sabbath day like any other day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 13 18 k1r3 figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֨וֹא כֹ֤ה עָשׂוּ֙ אֲבֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם וַ⁠יָּבֵ֨א אֱלֹהֵ֜י⁠נוּ עָלֵ֗י⁠נוּ אֵ֚ת כָּל־הָ⁠רָעָ֣ה הַ⁠זֹּ֔את וְ⁠עַ֖ל הָ⁠עִ֣יר הַ⁠זֹּ֑את 1 Nehemiah once again uses a question form for emphasis as he continues to scold the leaders of Judah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate what he says as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You know that your ancestors did the same thing, and that is why our God brought all this trouble on us and on this city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NEH 13 18 k1r5 figs-metaphor אֲבֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 **Fathers** here figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 13 18 k1r5 figs-metaphor אֲבֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 **Fathers** here means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 13 18 k1r7 figs-explicit וַ⁠יָּבֵ֨א אֱלֹהֵ֜י⁠נוּ עָלֵ֗י⁠נוּ אֵ֚ת כָּל־הָ⁠רָעָ֣ה הַ⁠זֹּ֔את וְ⁠עַ֖ל הָ⁠עִ֣יר הַ⁠זֹּ֑את 1 As Nehemiah speaks to the leading citizens, he assumes that they will know that he is referring to the way God allowed the Babylonians to conquer Jerusalem, destroy much of the city including the temple, break down the city wall, and take most of the people into exile. As he reports this conversation in the book, he assumes that its audience will know this as well. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “our God allowed the Babylonians to take our people into exile and destroy this city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 13 18 k1r9 figs-idiom כָּל־הָ⁠רָעָ֣ה הַ⁠זֹּ֔את 1 **Evil** here does not refer to something morally wrong, but to trouble or harm. Alternate translation: “all this trouble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 13 18 k1s1 grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ⁠אַתֶּ֞ם 1 In this context, the conjunction **And** indicates a contrast between how the leading citizens should be acting and how they actually are acting. You could make this contrast explicit by using an expression such as, “You should know better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
NEH 13 18 k1s3 figs-explicit וְ⁠אַתֶּ֞ם מוֹסִיפִ֤ים חָרוֹן֙ עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Nehemiah assumes that the leading citizens will know that he is speaking of God’s wrath, that is, God’s anger at the people’s sin, and the punishment that God may use to penalize and correct the people for what they are doing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are making God even more angry with the people of Israel, and God may punish us even more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 13 18 k1s5 figs-personification יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Here Nehemiah refers to all of the Israelites figuratively as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” or “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NEH 13 18 k1s5 figs-personification יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Here Nehemiah refers to all of the Israelites as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” or “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NEH 13 18 k1s7 translate-unknown לְ⁠חַלֵּ֖ל אֶת־הַ⁠שַּׁבָּֽת 1 As in [13:17](../13/17.md), to **profane** something means to treat something that should be considered holy, that is, set apart for a special purpose, as if it were ordinary or common. Alternate translation: “by treating the Sabbath day like any other day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NEH 13 19 p31h writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֡י כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר צָֽלֲלוּ֩ שַׁעֲרֵ֨י יְרוּשָׁלִַ֜ם לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠שַּׁבָּ֗ת 1 Nehemiah uses this phrase to introduce the next event in his story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
NEH 13 19 k1s9 figs-metaphor כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר צָֽלֲלוּ֩ שַׁעֲרֵ֨י יְרוּשָׁלִַ֜ם לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠שַּׁבָּ֗ת 1 Nehemiah speaks of the gates as if they were changing in hue, but this is a figurative way of saying that the sun was setting and evening was beginning. Alternate translation: “when evening came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 13 19 k1t1 figs-metaphor לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠שַּׁבָּ֗ת 1 As in [13:4](../13/04.md), the expression **face**, which often refers figuratively to the front of something, has the further figurative significance of “in front of” or “before” a certain time. Alternate translation: “as the Sabbath was beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 13 19 k1t1 figs-metaphor לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠שַּׁבָּ֗ת 1 As in [13:4](../13/04.md), the expression **face**, which often refers to the front of something, has the further figurative significance of “in front of” or “before” a certain time. Alternate translation: “as the Sabbath was beginning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 13 19 vk4t grammar-connect-logic-result וָ⁠אֹֽמְרָ⁠ה֙ וַ⁠יִּסָּגְר֣וּ הַ⁠דְּלָת֔וֹת 1 Here the conjunction **and** indicates that the action described in the second phrase was the result of the action described in the first phrase. Alternate translation: “I gave orders for the doors to be closed and barred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
NEH 13 19 wy3q וָ⁠אֹ֣מְרָ֔⁠ה אֲשֶׁר֙ לֹ֣א יִפְתָּח֔וּ⁠ם עַ֖ד אַחַ֣ר הַ⁠שַּׁבָּ֑ת 1 **They** likely refers to the gatekeepers. Alternate translation: “I ordered the gatekeepers not to open them again until after the Sabbath”
NEH 13 19 k1t3 figs-idiom וּ⁠מִ⁠נְּעָרַ֗⁠י הֶֽעֱמַ֨דְתִּי֙ עַל־הַ⁠שְּׁעָרִ֔ים 1 As in [4:16](../04/16.md) and many other places in the book, “young men” refers to the servants who worked for Nehemiah. While they probably were young adult males, the expression is specifically envisioning their role and status. Alternate translation: “I had some of my servants stand at the gates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 13 19 k1t5 figs-personification לֹא־יָב֥וֹא מַשָּׂ֖א בְּ⁠י֥וֹם הַ⁠שַּׁבָּֽת 1 Here Nehemiah speaks figuratively of a load of goods as if it were a living thing that could go through the gates and into Jerusalem on its own. Alternate translation: “so that no one would bring in a load on the Sabbath day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NEH 13 19 k1t5 figs-personification לֹא־יָב֥וֹא מַשָּׂ֖א בְּ⁠י֥וֹם הַ⁠שַּׁבָּֽת 1 Here Nehemiah speaks of a load of goods as if it were a living thing that could go through the gates and into Jerusalem on its own. Alternate translation: “so that no one would bring in a load on the Sabbath day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NEH 13 19 k1t7 figs-explicit לֹא־יָב֥וֹא מַשָּׂ֖א בְּ⁠י֥וֹם הַ⁠שַּׁבָּֽת 1 The ultimate purpose was to keep merchants from offering goods for sale on the Sabbath and to keep the people from buying them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that on the Sabbath day no one would bring a load of goods into the city for sale” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 13 20 s2hv figs-doublet הָ⁠רֹכְלִ֜ים וּ⁠מֹכְרֵ֧י כָל־מִמְכָּ֛ר 1 These two phrases mean similar things. You do not need to repeat both of them in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “merchants who had goods for sale,” or “some traders and some merchants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
NEH 13 20 k1t8 figs-explicit וַ⁠יָּלִ֨ינוּ…מִ⁠ח֥וּץ לִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָ֖ם 1 **Lodged** means “spent the night.” The implication is that they wanted to start selling their goods first thing the next morning. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “spent the night outside Jerusalem so they could start selling their goods first thing the next morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1827,7 +1827,7 @@ NEH 13 21 hi84 figs-rquestion מַדּ֜וּעַ אַתֶּ֤ם לֵנִים֙
NEH 13 21 k1u7 מַדּ֜וּעַ אַתֶּ֤ם לֵנִים֙ נֶ֣גֶד הַ⁠חוֹמָ֔ה 1 The implication, as in [13:20](../13/20.md), is that the traders want to begin selling first thing the next morning. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I do not allow you to spend the night just outside the city wall so you could start selling your goods as soon as the Sabbath day begins”
NEH 13 21 k1u9 figs-idiom אִם־תִּשְׁנ֕וּ 1 This is an idiom that means “if you do this again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 13 21 k1v1 figs-idiom יָ֖ד אֶשְׁלַ֣ח בָּ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 This is an idiom that means “I will use force against you.” Alternate translation: “I will forcibly drive you away from the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 13 21 k1vv figs-metaphor יָ֖ד אֶשְׁלַ֣ח 1 Here, **hand** figuratively represents power and action. Alternate translation: “forcibly drive away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 13 21 k1vv figs-metaphor יָ֖ד אֶשְׁלַ֣ח 1 Here, **hand** represents power and action. Alternate translation: “forcibly drive away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 13 21 k1v5 grammar-connect-time-sequential מִן־הָ⁠עֵ֣ת הַ⁠הִ֔יא לֹא־בָ֖אוּ בַּ⁠שַּׁבָּֽת 1 The expression in the first phrase indicates that the event it introduces took place after the event the story has just described. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a phrase such as “after that.” Alternate translation: “After that, the merchants no longer came to the city on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
NEH 13 22 k1v7 figs-explicit וָ⁠אֹמְרָ֣⁠ה לַ⁠לְוִיִּ֗ם אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִֽהְי֤וּ מִֽטַּהֲרִים֙ 1 As in [12:30](../12/30.md) and [13:9](../13/09.md), **purify** means to perform a ceremony to make a person or a place ceremonially clean, to express the hope that it will be acceptable to God and useful for his purposes. Alternate translation: “I told the Levites to hold a ceremony to make themselves clean and acceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 13 22 k1w1 figs-explicit וּ⁠בָאִים֙ שֹׁמְרִ֣ים הַ⁠שְּׁעָרִ֔ים לְ⁠קַדֵּ֖שׁ אֶת־י֣וֹם הַ⁠שַּׁבָּ֑ת 1 As in [3:1](../03/01.md) and [12:47](../12/47.md), **consecrate** means to set something apart for a special purpose. Nehemiah was telling the Levites that they should guard the gates in order to prevent people from bringing goods for sale into the city on the Sabbath day. That way, they would ensure that the Sabbath continued to be a day that was set apart for the special purpose of rest and worship, and it would not be treated like an ordinary day. Alternate translation: “and I told them that they should then guard the gates of the city so that no one would bring in goods to sell on the Sabbath as if it were an ordinary day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1835,14 +1835,14 @@ NEH 13 22 mis6 figs-idiom גַּם־זֹאת֙ זָכְרָ⁠ה־לִּ֣⁠י
NEH 13 22 k1w3 figs-aside גַּם־זֹאת֙ זָכְרָ⁠ה־לִּ֣⁠י אֱלֹהַ֔⁠י 1 As in [4:4](../04/04.md), Nehemiah stops addressing the audience of his story and speaks directly to God. You could indicate this by putting this verse in quotation marks. Review the note at [4:4](../04/04.md) about asides like this if that would be helpful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
NEH 13 22 zxc2 figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠ח֥וּסָ⁠ה עָלַ֖⁠י כְּ⁠רֹ֥ב חַסְדֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 The abstract noun **greatness** expresses the vast extent to which God possesses the quality of **covenant faithfulness**. As in [1:5](../01/05.md), God having this quality means that he is inwardly disposed to keep all of his promises, and so he always does that faithfully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the idea behind this abstract noun with an adjective such as “great.” Alternate translation: “and have mercy on me, because your faithfulness to those who belong to you is so great” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NEH 13 23 k1w5 בַּ⁠יָּמִ֣ים הָ⁠הֵ֗ם 1 This phrase indicates that this event took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship in this case by using a phrase such as “around that same time”
NEH 13 23 b4nt figs-idiom בַּ⁠יָּמִ֣ים הָ⁠הֵ֗ם 1 The term **days** is used figuratively here to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “around that same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 13 23 jp2w figs-idiom הֹשִׁ֗יבוּ 1 This is an expression that refers figuratively to marriage. Alternate translation: “who had married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 13 23 b4nt figs-idiom בַּ⁠יָּמִ֣ים הָ⁠הֵ֗ם 1 The term **days** is used here to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “around that same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 13 23 jp2w figs-idiom הֹשִׁ֗יבוּ 1 This is an expression that refers to marriage. Alternate translation: “who had married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 13 23 l9c2 translate-names אשדודיות עמוניות מוֹאֲבִיּֽוֹת 1 These are the names of three people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 13 24 w247 writing-background וּ⁠בְנֵי⁠הֶ֗ם 1 In this context, the conjunction **And** indicates that this sentence will provide further information about the situation the book is describing here. You could use a phrase such as **and as for** to show that this is further background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
NEH 13 24 k1w7 וּ⁠בְנֵי⁠הֶ֗ם חֲצִי֙ מְדַבֵּ֣ר אַשְׁדּוֹדִ֔ית וְ⁠אֵינָ֥⁠ם מַכִּירִ֖ים לְ⁠דַבֵּ֣ר יְהוּדִ֑ית 1 This could mean one of two things. It seems most likely that the expression means that: (1) these children spoke a mixed language, using Ashdodite expressions half the time and Hebrew expressions the other half of the time, so that none of them knew how to speak Hebrew fluently. The expression could also mean that (2) half of the children who were born to Hebrew fathers and foreign mothers spoke a foreign language. However, if half spoke Ashdodite, and none spoke Hebrew, this leaves open the question of what language the other half of the children spoke. Alternate translation: (1) “their children spoke a mixed dialect, using Philistine expressions half the time, so that none of them could speak Hebrew fluently” or (2) “half of their children spoke the language of the Philistines, and none of their children knew how to speak Hebrew”
NEH 13 24 k1w9 translate-fraction חֲצִי֙ 1 **Half** means one part out of two equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
NEH 13 24 k1x1 figs-ellipsis וְ⁠אֵינָ֥⁠ם מַכִּירִ֖ים לְ⁠דַבֵּ֣ר יְהוּדִ֑ית וְ⁠כִ⁠לְשׁ֖וֹן עַ֥ם וָ⁠עָֽם 1 Here Nehemiah leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. This sentence seems to mean “none of them could speak Hebrew fluently, but instead they mixed it with the language of whatever people group their mothers belonged to.” You could say that explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 13 24 k1x3 figs-metonymy וְ⁠כִ⁠לְשׁ֖וֹן 1 Here, **tongue** figuratively means the language spoken by a person or a group of people. Alternate translation: “language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 13 24 k1x3 figs-metonymy וְ⁠כִ⁠לְשׁ֖וֹן 1 Here, **tongue** means the language spoken by a person or a group of people. Alternate translation: “language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 13 24 k1x5 figs-idiom עַ֥ם וָ⁠עָֽם 1 This is an idiom that means “of each people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 13 25 k1x7 figs-idiom וָ⁠אָרִ֤יב עִמָּ⁠ם֙ 1 As in [5:7](../05/07.md), [13:11](../13/11.md), and [13:17](../13/17.md), **contended** is a technical term that describes a public accusation that requires the defendants to answer for themselves in the presence of their fellow citizens. Alternate translation: “then I called these men to account publicly for what they had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 13 25 k1x9 וָ⁠אֲקַֽלְלֵ֔⁠ם 1 As in [10:29](../10/29.md), **curse** means to express the wish that God would punish someone. Alternate translation: “I said I wished that God would punish them”
@ -1862,7 +1862,7 @@ NEH 13 27 vp56 figs-rquestion וְ⁠לָ⁠כֶ֣ם הֲ⁠נִשְׁמַ֗ע
NEH 13 27 k1cc figs-idiom וְ⁠לָ⁠כֶ֣ם הֲ⁠נִשְׁמַ֗ע 1 As in [9:16](../09/16.md) and [9:29](../09/29.md), **listen** in this context is an idiom that means not just to hear a statement about a course of action, but to agree to follow it. If your language has a word for “listen” that also means “agree,” you could use it here. Alternate translation: “we will not heed your words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 13 27 k1dd figs-idiom כָּל־הָ⁠רָעָ֤ה הַ⁠גְּדוֹלָה֙ הַ⁠זֹּ֔את 1 Here, the word **all** does not indicate the entirety of something. Instead, it expresses emphasis. Alternate translation: “this thing that is so wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 13 27 k1ee figs-explicit לִ⁠מְעֹ֖ל בֵּֽ⁠אלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ לְ⁠הֹשִׁ֖יב נָשִׁ֥ים נָכְרִיּֽוֹת 1 Here acting unfaithfully means violating the Law of Moses. Nehemiah assumes that these men will know that the law forbade the Israelites to marry outside their people group. (In fact, it does so using language very much like the oath that Nehemiah made these men swear. For example, “Do not give your daughters to their sons or take their daughters for your sons,” Deuteronomy 7:3.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “By marrying foreign women, you are breaking the law that God gave us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 13 27 k1ff figs-idiom לְ⁠הֹשִׁ֖יב 1 As in [13:23](../13/23.md), this is an expression that refers figuratively to marriage. Alternate translation: “marrying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 13 27 k1ff figs-idiom לְ⁠הֹשִׁ֖יב 1 As in [13:23](../13/23.md), this is an expression that refers to marriage. Alternate translation: “marrying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 13 28 k1gg writing-background וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֨י 1 In this context, the conjunction **And** indicates that this sentence will provide background information that is necessary for understanding the next event the book will describe. You could express the same meaning with a word that indicates this in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
NEH 13 28 k1hh figs-idiom וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵ֨י 1 This means **one of the sons of.** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 13 28 dft4 translate-names יוֹיָדָ֤ע בֶּן־אֶלְיָשִׁיב֙ 1 Joiada is the name of a man, and Eliashib is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1870,14 +1870,14 @@ NEH 13 28 k2i2 figs-distinguish אֶלְיָשִׁיב֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֣ן
NEH 13 28 k1ii חָתָ֖ן 1 Alternate translation: “had married the daughter of”
NEH 13 28 f8ak translate-names לְ⁠סַנְבַלַּ֣ט הַ⁠חֹרֹנִ֑י 1 Sanballat is the name of a man, and Horonite is the name of his people group. See how you translated these words in [2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 13 28 rhs8 grammar-connect-logic-result וָ⁠אַבְרִיחֵ֖⁠הוּ 1 In this context, the conjunction **And** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result” or “because he had done this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
NEH 13 28 k1jj figs-synecdoche וָ⁠אַבְרִיחֵ֖⁠הוּ מֵ⁠עָלָֽ⁠י 1 **Him** means this son of Joiada. Nehemiah means not just that he made this man leave his personal presence, but that he forced him to at least leave Jerusalem, and perhaps to stay out of the entire province of Judah. Nehemiah is using the space around himself figuratively to represent all Jerusalem and Judah. Alternate translation: “I forced him to leave Jerusalem” or “I forced him to leave the province of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 13 28 k1jj figs-synecdoche וָ⁠אַבְרִיחֵ֖⁠הוּ מֵ⁠עָלָֽ⁠י 1 **Him** means this son of Joiada. Nehemiah means not just that he made this man leave his personal presence, but that he forced him to at least leave Jerusalem, and perhaps to stay out of the entire province of Judah. Nehemiah is using the space around himself to represent all Jerusalem and Judah. Alternate translation: “I forced him to leave Jerusalem” or “I forced him to leave the province of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 13 28 k1jk figs-explicit וָ⁠אַבְרִיחֵ֖⁠הוּ מֵ⁠עָלָֽ⁠י 1 The implication is that this son of Joiada was serving as a priest himself (as his lineage entitled him to do), and so he was a high-profile case of flaunting the command in the law against marrying foreign women. Nehemiah needed to make an example of him. A further consideration may have been that Sanballat was an enemy to Nehemiah and the Jews, and this man was one of the people who was sending letters to Sanballat with information about Nehemiah, as 6:17 indicates. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express one of these possibilites explicitly. Alternate translation: “I forced him to leave Jerusalem because as a priest, he was setting a bad public example by being married to a foreign woman” or “I forced him to leave Jerusalem because he was helping our enemy Sanballat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 13 29 k1ll figs-aside זָכְרָ֥⁠ה לָ⁠הֶ֖ם אֱלֹהָ֑⁠י עַ֚ל גָּאֳלֵ֣י הַ⁠כְּהֻנָּ֔ה וּ⁠בְרִ֥ית הַ⁠כְּהֻנָּ֖ה וְ⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּֽם 1 As in [13:22](../13/22.md), Nehemiah stops addressing the audience of his story and speaks directly to God. You could indicate this by putting this verse in quotation marks. Review the note at [4:4](../04/04.md) about asides like this if that would be helpful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
NEH 13 29 k1mm figs-idiom זָכְרָ֥⁠ה לָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 **Them** likely means this son of Joiada, who had married a foreign woman, and Joiada himself, who had arranged with Sanballat for his son to marry Sanballat’s daughter. As often in this book, **remember** means to think about someone and consider what action you should take in their regard. Nehemiah is not suggesting that God has forgotten about Joiada and his son. Alternate translation: “treat Joiada and his son the way they deserve for what they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 13 29 mn8k figs-metaphor עַ֚ל גָּאֳלֵ֣י הַ⁠כְּהֻנָּ֔ה וּ⁠בְרִ֥ית הַ⁠כְּהֻנָּ֖ה וְ⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּֽם 1 Nehemiah speaks here of Joiada and his son causing the priesthood to be dishonored and breaking the covenant as if these actions had made the priesthood and God’s covenant with the Israelites ceremonially unclean. Alternate translation: “they have dishonored the priesthood and broken the covenant you made with the priests and Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 13 29 k1nn figs-explicit וּ⁠בְרִ֥ית הַ⁠כְּהֻנָּ֖ה וְ⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּֽם 1 This means the covenant that established the descendants of Aaron as priests and the Levites as their helpers, in other words, the covenant that God made with Israel through Moses. Alternate translation: “the covenant you made with the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 13 30 gd16 grammar-connect-time-sequential וְ⁠טִֽהַרְתִּ֖י⁠ם 1 In this context, the conjunction **And** indicates that this event it introduces took place after the event the story has just described. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a word such as **then** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
NEH 13 30 k1oo figs-metaphor וְ⁠טִֽהַרְתִּ֖י⁠ם מִ⁠כָּל־נֵכָ֑ר 1 **Them** means the priests and Levites whom Nehemiah has just mentioned. He probably says **purified** in a figurative sense. He did not hold a ceremony of purification, since the priests and Levites themselves would have done that. Rather, he means that he made sure that none of the other priests or Levites were married to foreign women, and that in this way he ensured that the priesthood was no longer figuratively unclean, as described in [13:29](../13/29.md). Alternate translation: “I made sure that none of the priests or Levites were married to foreign women.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 13 30 k1oo figs-metaphor וְ⁠טִֽהַרְתִּ֖י⁠ם מִ⁠כָּל־נֵכָ֑ר 1 **Them** means the priests and Levites whom Nehemiah has just mentioned. He probably says **purified** in a figurative sense. He did not hold a ceremony of purification, since the priests and Levites themselves would have done that. Rather, he means that he made sure that none of the other priests or Levites were married to foreign women, and that in this way he ensured that the priesthood was no longer unclean, as described in [13:29](../13/29.md). Alternate translation: “I made sure that none of the priests or Levites were married to foreign women.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 13 30 s3y9 וָ⁠אַעֲמִ֧ידָ⁠ה מִשְׁמָר֛וֹת לַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֥ים וְ⁠לַ⁠לְוִיִּ֖ם 1 Generally in this book, the phrase **service watch** refers to the Levite singers. It means either an individual choir or a time on duty for the singers. But since Nehemiah also speaks of the priests here, in this context the phrase seems to mean more generally the time on duty for both the priests and the Levites. Alternate translation: “I made sure that the priests and Levites all came on duty in the temple when they were supposed to”
NEH 13 30 k1pp figs-personification וָ⁠אַעֲמִ֧ידָ⁠ה 1 Nehemiah is speaking of these temple arrangements figuratively, as in [5:13](../05/13.md), as if they were a living thing that could stand, that is, stay in place or be established rather than go away. Alternate translation: “I made sure that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NEH 13 30 k1qq figs-idiom אִ֥ישׁ בִּ⁠מְלַאכְתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 In this context, **a man** means **each one of them** Alternate translation: “and that each one fulfilled his assigned responsibilities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

Can't render this file because it is too large.

160
en_tn_17-EST.tsv
View File

@ -2,23 +2,23 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
EST front intro d989 0 # Introduction to Esther<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Esther<br><br>1. King Ahasuerus sends away his wife, the queen (1:1–22)<br>2. Ahasuerus chooses Esther as the new queen (2:1–23)<br>3. Haman plots to destroy the Jews (3:1–15)<br>4. Mordecai asks Esther to help her people (4:1–17)<br>5. Esther pleads with the king for the Jews (5:1–7:10)<br>6. The result of Haman’s plot to destroy the Jews (8:1–9:16)<br>7. The Feast of Purim (9:17–32)<br>8. Conclusion (10:1–3)<br><br>### What is the Book of Esther about?<br><br>The Book of Esther tells how a young Jewish woman named Esther became the queen of Persia. As queen, she worked to save all the Jews in the Persian Empire from being destroyed.<br><br>This book ends by telling why the Jews celebrate the festival of Purim. The name “Purim” comes from the word “pur,” which means “lots” or “dice.” Haman, the enemy of Jews, threw dice to choose when to attack and destroy the Jews. The Jews celebrate Purim to remember how Yahweh rescued his people from being destroyed.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators can use the traditional title of this book, which is “The Book of Esther” or just “Esther.” Or they can choose a clearer title, such as “The Book About Esther.”<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the Persian Empire?<br><br>King Cyrus the Great conquered and ruled over many kingdoms. This was in the part of the world called Persia, which is now Iran. So people named his kingdom the Persian Empire. When Cyrus conquered Babylonia in 539 B.C., he then controlled the Jews whom the Babylonians had earlier taken into exile.<br><br>### Why were there Jews in Babylonia when the Persians conquered it?<br><br>In 586 B.C., the Babylonians conquered and took into exile the people of Judah. These Jews and their descendants were still in Babylon when the Persians conquered it.<br><br>### What was meant by “the laws of the Medes and Persians”?<br><br>The phrase “the laws of the Medes and Persians” is found in Esther 1:19 and Daniel 6:12. It referred to laws and decrees that could not be changed or removed once they were issued. In the book of Esther, the king made a decree that the people could attack the Jews. Later he regretted that decision but he was not able to change the decree.<br><br>The term “Medes” refers to a people group that had formed its own nation, but the Persians conquered them.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What different levels of language are in the Book of Esther?<br><br>In the Book of Esther, people talk to each other in many different situations. There is the polite and stately talk in the Persian court and the words of royal decrees. Friends and close relatives also talk to each other. There are even the words that one uses in speaking to oneself. Translators should use all the ways their own language has to express these different situations in a way that their readers will identify and understand.
EST 1 intro v1fp 0 # Esther 1 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king’s divorce<br><br>The king’s advisers were afraid that husbands would lose their authority when they heard the queen had refused to come to show her beauty to the king’s guests, so the advisers told him to divorce her.
EST 1 1 jdr1 writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֖י 1 Now it happened In the Old Testament, this is a standard way of beginning a historical story. Many languages have similar story-opening formulas, and if your language has one, you can use it. But do not use it if it would suggest that the story is not real, only made up. Alternate translation: “this account happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EST 1 1 zzz2 figs-idiom בִּ⁠ימֵ֣י אֲחַשְׁוֵר֑וֹשׁ 1 In the days of Ahasuerus The term **day** is used figuratively here to refer to a longer period of time. You could just say “during the reign of Ahasuerus,” as UST does. But as an alternative, you could say, “in the time of Ahasuerus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 1 1 zzz2 figs-idiom בִּ⁠ימֵ֣י אֲחַשְׁוֵר֑וֹשׁ 1 In the days of Ahasuerus The term **day** is used here to refer to a longer period of time. You could just say “during the reign of Ahasuerus,” as UST does. But as an alternative, you could say, “in the time of Ahasuerus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 1 1 qwe1 translate-names אֲחַשְׁוֵר֑וֹשׁ 1 Ahasuerus This is a man’s name. It occurs many times in the story. Be sure to translate it consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 1 1 v5ts writing-background ה֣וּא אֲחַשְׁוֵר֗וֹשׁ הַ⁠מֹּלֵךְ֙ מֵ⁠הֹ֣דּוּ וְ⁠עַד־כּ֔וּשׁ שֶׁ֛בַע וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּ⁠מֵאָ֖ה מְדִינָֽה 1 he was Ahasuerus the one who ruled from India even as far as Ethiopia, 127 provinces This is background information to help the reader identify Ahasuerus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
EST 1 1 qwe3 ה֣וּא אֲחַשְׁוֵר֗וֹשׁ הַ⁠מֹּלֵךְ֙ 1 he was Ahasuerus, the one who ruled Alternative translation: “This king named Ahasuerus ruled”
EST 1 1 qwe5 writing-background מֵ⁠הֹ֣דּוּ וְ⁠עַד־כּ֔וּשׁ 1 from India even as far as Ethiopia In case your audience might not know where these places are, you could say, “extending from India in the east to Ethiopia in the west.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
EST 1 1 qwe7 writing-background שֶׁ֛בַע וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּ⁠מֵאָ֖ה מְדִינָֽה 1 127 provinces The number is given to show what a large empire this was. You could say that explicitly by saying, “Ahasuerus ruled a very large empire that had 127 provinces.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
EST 1 1 qwe8 translate-numbers שֶׁ֛בַע וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּ⁠מֵאָ֖ה מְדִינָֽה 1 127 provinces Alternate translation: “one hundred twenty-seven provinces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
EST 1 2 dk31 figs-metonymy כְּ⁠שֶׁ֣בֶת…עַ֚ל כִּסֵּ֣א מַלְכוּת֔⁠וֹ 1 sat on the throne of his royalty Here, the action of **sitting** on a throne is used figuratively to mean ruling over a kingdom. You could just say “ruled,” as UST does. But as an alternative, you could say, “ruled his empire from his royal throne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 1 2 dk31 figs-metonymy כְּ⁠שֶׁ֣בֶת…עַ֚ל כִּסֵּ֣א מַלְכוּת֔⁠וֹ 1 sat on the throne of his royalty Here, the action of **sitting** on a throne is used to mean ruling over a kingdom. You could just say “ruled,” as UST does. But as an alternative, you could say, “ruled his empire from his royal throne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 1 2 qwe9 figs-abstractnouns עַ֚ל כִּסֵּ֣א מַלְכוּת֔⁠וֹ 1 the throne of his royalty **Royalty** is an abstract noun that refers to the royal authority that the king exercised. You can translate this idea with a verb by saying, “the throne he ruled from,” or use an adjective, “his royal throne.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 1 2 hgm3 translate-names בְּ⁠שׁוּשַׁ֥ן 1 in Susa This was the name of a royal city of the Persian kings. It occurs many times in the story. Be sure to translate it consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 1 2 qwr1 translate-unknown הַ⁠בִּירָֽה 1 the citadel This means a castle or palace where a king would live. But since the city of Susa itself is being called a **citadel** here, it’s likely that the term figuratively means royal city or capital city. The person telling this story is identifying Susa as the capital by calling it by the name of something closely associated with it, the royal palace within it. A good translation might be “the capital city of Persia.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 1 2 qwr1 translate-unknown הַ⁠בִּירָֽה 1 the citadel This means a castle or palace where a king would live. But since the city of Susa itself is being called a **citadel** here, it’s likely that the term means royal city or capital city. The person telling this story is identifying Susa as the capital by calling it by the name of something closely associated with it, the royal palace within it. A good translation might be “the capital city of Persia.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 1 3 ry7m translate-ordinal בִּ⁠שְׁנַ֤ת שָׁלוֹשׁ֙ לְ⁠מָלְכ֔⁠וֹ 1 in the third year of his reign This means that Ahasuerus had already ruled for two full years and that these events took place in the year that followed them. Alternate translation: “during the third year that Ahasuerus ruled his empire” or “after he had ruled for two years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EST 1 3 qwr3 figs-abstractnouns בִּ⁠שְׁנַ֤ת שָׁלוֹשׁ֙ לְ⁠מָלְכ֔⁠וֹ 1 in the third year of his reign **Reign** is an abstract noun that refers to the royal authority that the king exercised. You can translate it with a verb by saying, “during the third year that Ahasuerus ruled.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 1 3 qwr5 עָשָׂ֣ה מִשְׁתֶּ֔ה 1 he made a feast Alternative translation: “he hosted a feast”
EST 1 3 prm1 figs-synecdoche חֵ֣יל ׀ פָּרַ֣ס וּ⁠מָדַ֗י 1 the army of Persia and Media This likely refers to the leaders of the army. It is describing a part of the army by referring to the whole army. Alternate translation: “the officers of the army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EST 1 3 qwr7 הַֽ⁠פַּרְתְּמִ֛ים 1 the noblemen This probably means something like “the wealthy landowners.”
EST 1 3 jdr3 figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנָֽי⁠ו 1 before his face **Face** figuratively stands for the presence of a person, so this phrase means “in his presence.” The invitation was to come to the royal capital to attend a banquet where the king would be present in person. You could say, as UST does, that the king was present in person to host the feast. Or you could say as an alternative, “all of them came to Susa for the feast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 1 3 jdr3 figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנָֽי⁠ו 1 before his face **Face** stands for the presence of a person, so this phrase means “in his presence.” The invitation was to come to the royal capital to attend a banquet where the king would be present in person. You could say, as UST does, that the king was present in person to host the feast. Or you could say as an alternative, “all of them came to Susa for the feast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 1 4 qwr9 figs-abstractnouns בְּ⁠הַרְאֹת֗⁠וֹ אֶת־עֹ֨שֶׁר֙ כְּב֣וֹד מַלְכוּת֔⁠וֹ 1 when he displayed the wealth of the glory of his kingdom You can translate the abstract noun with an emphasized adjective. Alternate translation: “Ahasuerus … wanted to demonstrate … the great wealth of his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 1 4 qet1 figs-explicit בְּ⁠הַרְאֹת֗⁠וֹ 1 when he displayed **He** refers to the king. The implication is that he held this banquet to show all of his officials how wealthy and powerful he was. The invited officials would then go back to all the different parts of the empire and tell everyone this. Alternate translation: “Ahasuerus wanted to demonstrate to his guests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 1 4 m8xa figs-doublet עֹ֨שֶׁר֙ כְּב֣וֹד מַלְכוּת֔⁠וֹ 1 the wealth of the glory of his kingdom The words **wealth** and **glory** have similar meanings and they are used together to emphasize how great his kingdom was. Alternate translation: “the great wealth of his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ EST 1 7 urm7 figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠הַשְׁקוֹת֙ 1 And the serving wa
EST 1 7 qru7 וְ⁠כֵלִ֖ים מִ⁠כֵּלִ֣ים שׁוֹנִ֑ים 1 with vessels different from other vessels This could mean that “no two of them were alike.” But you could also just say that the wine was served in “various kinds of golden cups.”
EST 1 7 r6ec figs-explicit וְ⁠יֵ֥ין מַלְכ֛וּת רָ֖ב כְּ⁠יַ֥ד הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 and the wine of royalty was abundant according to the hand of the king This means that King Ahasuerus himself paid for all the wine that the guests drank at his seven-day feast in Susa, and the wine came from his personal supply. Alternate translation: “the king was very generous with the royal wine” or “the king showed a great willingness to give” or “the king provided all of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 1 7 qru9 figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠יֵ֥ין מַלְכ֛וּת רָ֖ב כְּ⁠יַ֥ד הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 and the wine of royalty This probably means special fine wine that only the king could acquire and afford. You can translate the abstract noun **royalty** with an adjective. Alternate translation: “royal wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 1 7 wpq1 figs-metonymy כְּ⁠יַ֥ד הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 according to the hand of the king Here, **hand** refers figuratively to the king himself, viewed through his action of giving. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 1 7 wpq1 figs-metonymy כְּ⁠יַ֥ד הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 according to the hand of the king Here, **hand** refers to the king himself, viewed through his action of giving. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 1 8 qtu1 figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠הַ⁠שְּׁתִיָּ֥ה כַ⁠דָּ֖ת 1 the drinking was according to the law The abstract noun **drinking** refers here not to the action of drinking, but to the guidelines for serving drinks that the king had established for the banquet. Alternate translation: “Ahasuerus had established this rule for all his household attendants who served the wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 1 8 g5gu figs-explicit אֵ֣ין אֹנֵ֑ס 1 There is no compulsion This could mean one of two things: (1) No one would be stopped from drinking even if the attendants thought they had already had enough. Alternate translation: “there was to be no restriction on drinking” (2) There would be no requirement to drink. Alternate translation: “no one must be forced to drink” Either way, this was another sign of the generosity that the king showed as he hosted this banquet to thank the people who worked for him. Either he was: (1) allowing them to drink as much as they wanted to, or (2) not requiring them to eat and drink everything that was served at a banquet as guests of the king would usually be expected to do. You could say explicitly at the beginning of the verse that the king was giving his guests a special privilege. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 1 8 f6px grammar-connect-logic-result כִּי־כֵ֣ן ׀ יִסַּ֣ד הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ עַ֚ל כָּל־רַ֣ב בֵּית֔⁠וֹ לַ⁠עֲשׂ֖וֹת כִּ⁠רְצ֥וֹן אִישׁ־וָ⁠אִֽישׁ 1 for thus the king had established for every overseer of his house, to do according to the desire of man by man This explains why no one had to drink if they did not want to. If it would be helpful in your language, you could give this explanation (the reason) before the result that it accounts for, using a connecting word like “so.” You could say, “The king had established for every overseer of his house to do according to the desire of man by man, so the drinking was according to the law, ‘There is no compulsion.’” Alternate translation: “the king made the attendants who served the wine follow this rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@ -58,13 +58,13 @@ EST 1 9 qti1 מִשְׁתֵּ֣ה נָשִׁ֑ים 1 a feast of women This coul
EST 1 9 qti3 בֵּ֚ית הַ⁠מַּלְכ֔וּת אֲשֶׁ֖ר לַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵרֽוֹשׁ 1 the house of royalty that belonged to the king Ahasuerus Alternate translation: “the royal palace where King Ahasuerus lived”
EST 1 9 qti5 figs-abstractnouns בֵּ֚ית הַ⁠מַּלְכ֔וּת 1 house of royalty You can translate the abstract noun **royalty** with the adjective royal. Alternate translation: “royal palace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 1 10 jv7z translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּוֹם֙ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 On the seventh day Alternate translation: “after six days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EST 1 10 le6l figs-idiom כְּ⁠ט֥וֹב לֵב־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ בַּ⁠יָּ֑יִן 1 when the heart of the king was pleased by the wine Here, **heart** figuratively means the action of thinking or feeling. Alternate translation: “when King Ahasuerus was in a good mood from drinking wine” or “when the king was drunk with wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 1 10 le6l figs-idiom כְּ⁠ט֥וֹב לֵב־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ בַּ⁠יָּ֑יִן 1 when the heart of the king was pleased by the wine Here, **heart** means the action of thinking or feeling. Alternate translation: “when King Ahasuerus was in a good mood from drinking wine” or “when the king was drunk with wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 1 10 dcb2 translate-names לִ֠⁠מְהוּמָן בִּזְּתָ֨א חַרְבוֹנָ֜א בִּגְתָ֤א וַ⁠אֲבַגְתָא֙ זֵתַ֣ר וְ⁠כַרְכַּ֔ס 1 Mehuman, Biztha, Harbona, Bigtha and Abagtha, Zethar and Karkas These are names of seven men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 1 10 ens5 translate-unknown הַ⁠סָּ֣רִיסִ֔ים 1 the … eunuchs This term occurs a dozen times in the story. It describes male royal officials who served as guardians for the women who lived in the palace. They were both guardians of the door, to keep unwanted people out of the women’s quarters, and guardians of the women inside, to take care of them and look after their needs. (As we learn in 2:21, some of these officials also protected the king’s private quarters.) As we see here, and as will also be seen in 2:14 and 2:16, their duties included escorting women from place to place. The term likely indicates that, in keeping with the practices of the time, these men were castrated because their work brought them into such close contact with the king’s wives and concubines. If your language has a term for such an official and you think your readers would recognize it, you could use it. Otherwise, you could use a term that describes the role that these officials played in the royal court. Alternate translation: “guardians” or “officials” or “castrated servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 1 10 qti7 writing-background הַ⁠מְשָׁ֣רְתִ֔ים אֶת־פְּנֵ֖י הַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵרֽוֹשׁ 1 who served before the face of King Ahasuerus This is background information to explain who these men were. Alternate translation: “who attended him personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
EST 1 10 jdr7 figs-metonymy אֶת־פְּנֵ֖י הַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ 1 the face of King Here, **face** figuratively means the presence of a person. The phrase means that these seven men served King Ahasuerus personally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 1 10 jdr7 figs-metonymy אֶת־פְּנֵ֖י הַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ 1 the face of King Here, **face** means the presence of a person. The phrase means that these seven men served King Ahasuerus personally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 1 11 qti9 figs-explicit לְ֠⁠הָבִיא 1 to bring This is the beginning of the instructions that King Ahasuerus gave to the seven eunuchs he summoned in verse 10. You can make this explicit by saying, “He told them to bring.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 1 11 jdr9 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 to the face of the king Here, **face** figuratively means the presence of a person. The phrase means that King Ahasuerus wanted Queen Vashti to come personally into his presence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 1 11 jdr9 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 to the face of the king Here, **face** means the presence of a person. The phrase means that King Ahasuerus wanted Queen Vashti to come personally into his presence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 1 11 asd1 figs-abstractnouns בְּ⁠כֶ֣תֶר מַלְכ֑וּת 1 in a crown of royalty You can translate the abstract noun **royalty** with an adjective by saying, “wearing her royal crown.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 1 11 asd3 figs-explicit בְּ⁠כֶ֣תֶר מַלְכ֑וּת 1 in a crown of royalty Ahasuerus likely wanted Vashti to wear her queen’s crown so that everyone would know that she was his wife. You could say that explicitly. (For the possible reasons why he wanted them to know this, see the next note.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 1 11 asd5 writing-background לְ⁠הַרְא֨וֹת הָֽ⁠עַמִּ֤ים וְ⁠הַ⁠שָּׂרִים֙ אֶת־יָפְיָ֔⁠הּ 1 in order to show the people and the officials her beauty Everything Ahasuerus did at his banquets was to show how rich and powerful he was. He seems to have believed that having a very beautiful wife was one more thing that proved he was a great man. So he wanted everyone to see how beautiful Vashti was. You can put this second in the verse, after explaining that Vashti was a very beautiful woman, because it accounts for what happens afterwards, when the king sends his seven personal servants to bring her in to his banquet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ EST 1 11 qvk4 figs-idiom כִּֽי־טוֹבַ֥ת מַרְאֶ֖ה הִֽיא
EST 1 12 asf1 figs-events וַ⁠תְּמָאֵ֞ן הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֣ה וַשְׁתִּ֗י לָ⁠בוֹא֙ 1 But the queen Vashti refused to come You can put the events in chronological order and say first that the eunuchs told Vashti what the king had commanded and then say that she refused to come**.** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
EST 1 12 asf3 figs-explicit וַ⁠תְּמָאֵ֞ן הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֣ה וַשְׁתִּ֗י לָ⁠בוֹא֙ 1 But the queen Vashti refused to come If your language needs to give a reason why she refused, it is most likely because she did not want a group of drunken men staring at her lustfully. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 1 12 b57q בִּ⁠דְבַ֣ר הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 at the word of the king Alternate translation: “at the king’s command” or “what the king wanted”
EST 1 12 asf5 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יַ֣ד הַ⁠סָּרִיסִ֑ים 1 by the hand of the eunuchs Here, **hand** refers figuratively to the eunuchs themselves, viewed through their action of telling Vashti what the king had commanded. Alternation translation: “when those servants told Queen Vashti what the king wanted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 1 12 asf5 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יַ֣ד הַ⁠סָּרִיסִ֑ים 1 by the hand of the eunuchs Here, **hand** refers to the eunuchs themselves, viewed through their action of telling Vashti what the king had commanded. Alternation translation: “when those servants told Queen Vashti what the king wanted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 1 12 kp6p translate-unknown הַ⁠סָּרִיסִ֑ים 1 the eunuchs See how you translated this term in [1:10](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 1 12 asf7 figs-parallelism וַ⁠יִּקְצֹ֤ף הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ מְאֹ֔ד וַ⁠חֲמָת֖⁠וֹ בָּעֲרָ֥ה בֽ⁠וֹ 1 the king became very angry, and his rage burned within him These two phrases mean similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize the idea that they are expressing. You could combine them as UST does by saying, “The king became so angry that he could barely contain himself.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EST 1 12 bsd5 figs-metaphor וַ⁠חֲמָת֖⁠וֹ בָּעֲרָ֥ה בֽ⁠וֹ 1 and his rage burned within him Here the story uses a metaphor that pictures the king’s anger as **a fire that burned inside of him**. If your language has a different word picture that it uses to describe extreme anger, you can use that here. If not, you can translate plainly, “his anger continued to increase.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ EST 1 13 asf9 לַ⁠חֲכָמִ֖ים 1 to the wise men This means the king
EST 1 13 g9fe יֹדְעֵ֣י הָֽ⁠עִתִּ֑ים 1 who were knowers of the times This means something like “who knew the right way to do things” or “who understood the culture.”
EST 1 13 x2u7 writing-background כִּי־כֵן֙ דְּבַ֣ר הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 for thus was the manner of the king This means that it was the king’s habit to consult his advisors on important questions. This is background information that explains why the king called upon these men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
EST 1 13 adf1 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּי־כֵן֙ דְּבַ֣ר הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 for thus was the manner of the king If it would be helpful in your language, you could place this first in the verse to put the reason before the result because it explains what happens next. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EST 1 13 jd11 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֕י 1 before the face of Here, **face** refers figuratively to the presence of a person. The phrase means that King Ahasuerus would personally ask his wise men for advice in matters like these. Alternate translation: “to consult personally with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 1 13 jd11 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֕י 1 before the face of Here, **face** refers to the presence of a person. The phrase means that King Ahasuerus would personally ask his wise men for advice in matters like these. Alternate translation: “to consult personally with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 1 13 adf3 יֹדְעֵ֖י דָּ֥ת וָ⁠דִֽין 1 knowers of law and judgment This means that these advisors knew the law and knew how to make good decisions in light of it.
EST 1 14 adf5 וְ⁠הַ⁠קָּרֹ֣ב אֵלָ֗י⁠ו 1 and the ones near to him Alternate translation: “the king’s closest advisors”
EST 1 14 cc44 translate-names כַּרְשְׁנָ֤א שֵׁתָר֙ אַדְמָ֣תָא תַרְשִׁ֔ישׁ מֶ֥רֶס מַרְסְנָ֖א מְמוּכָ֑ן 1 Karshena, Shethar, Admatha, Tarshish, Meres, Mersena, Memukan These are the names of seven men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -91,18 +91,18 @@ EST 1 14 adf7 figs-metaphor הַ⁠יֹּשְׁבִ֥ים רִאשֹׁנָ֖ה
EST 1 15 j6sh figs-explicit כְּ⁠דָת֙ מַֽה־לַּ⁠עֲשׂ֔וֹת בַּ⁠מַּלְכָּ֖ה וַשְׁתִּ֑י עַ֣ל ׀ אֲשֶׁ֣ר לֹֽא־עָשְׂתָ֗ה אֶֽת־מַאֲמַר֙ הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֔וֹשׁ בְּ⁠יַ֖ד הַ⁠סָּרִיסִֽים 1 According to law, what is to be done with the queen Vashti on account of that she did not perform the command of King Ahasuerus by the hand of the eunuchs? This verse presents the question that the king asked the wise men. It may be helpful to indicate this by saying something like “The king asked them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 1 15 ics9 כְּ⁠דָת֙…עַ֣ל ׀ אֲשֶׁ֣ר 1 According to law … on account of that Alternate translation: “What does the law say we should do … because…?”
EST 1 15 adf9 figs-events בְּ⁠יַ֖ד הַ⁠סָּרִיסִֽים 1 by the hand of the eunuchs To present the events in chronological order, you can begin with the information that these men brought the command. Alternate translation: “Queen Vashti did not do what I told my servants to command her to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
EST 1 15 jd15 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יַ֖ד הַ⁠סָּרִיסִֽים 1 by the hand of the eunuchs Here, **hand** figuratively represents the action of doing or giving. The phrase means that the eunuchs were the ones who told Queen Vashti what King Ahasuerus had commanded her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 1 15 jd15 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יַ֖ד הַ⁠סָּרִיסִֽים 1 by the hand of the eunuchs Here, **hand** represents the action of doing or giving. The phrase means that the eunuchs were the ones who told Queen Vashti what King Ahasuerus had commanded her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 1 15 adg1 translate-unknown הַ⁠סָּרִיסִֽים 1 eunuchs See how you translated this term in [1:10](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 1 16 adg3 figs-metonymy וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר מְמוּכָ֗ן לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ 1 And Memukan answered before the face of the king and the officials Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. The phrase means that Memukan was speaking in the presence of the king and of the other officials. Alternate translation: “then Memukan spoke so that both the king and the officials could hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 1 16 adg3 figs-metonymy וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר מְמוּכָ֗ן לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ 1 And Memukan answered before the face of the king and the officials Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. The phrase means that Memukan was speaking in the presence of the king and of the other officials. Alternate translation: “then Memukan spoke so that both the king and the officials could hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 1 16 yqr8 figs-hyperbole כָּל־הָ֣⁠עַמִּ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֕ר בְּ⁠כָל־מְדִינ֖וֹת הַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ 1 all the people who are in all the provinces of the king This means all the different people groups that were living in the empire. You could say, “all the people groups in all the provinces that King Ahasuerus rules” or more generally, “every person who lives in the entire empire of King Ahasuerus.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
EST 1 16 ss5y translate-names מְמוּכָ֗ן 1 Memukan See how you translated this man’s name in [1:14](../01/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 1 16 adg5 figs-123person הַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵרֽוֹשׁ 1 the king Ahasuerus Memukan speaks of **the king** in third person as a form of respect. If you want to portray him as speaking primarily to the king because he is answering the king’s question, you could have him say, “in all the provinces that you rule” or “every person who lives in your entire empire.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 1 17 jd17 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי 1 For This introduces the reason why Memukan says that Queen Vashti has done wrong against all the men in the kingdom and not only against King Ahasuerus. To show that, you can begin with “This is what will happen.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EST 1 17 gn4g figs-hyperbole יֵצֵ֤א דְבַר־הַ⁠מַּלְכָּה֙ עַל־כָּל־הַ⁠נָּשִׁ֔ים 1 the matter of the queen will go out to all the women To emphasize his point, Memukan exaggerates and says that every single woman in the empire will hear about Queen Vashti refusing to obey King Ahasuerus. You could say, as UST does, that “women all over the empire” will hear about what the queen did. Or you could preserve Memukan’s manner of speaking by saying, “every woman” will hear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
EST 1 17 jd19 figs-metaphor לְ⁠הַבְז֥וֹת בַּעְלֵי⁠הֶ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינֵי⁠הֶ֑ן 1 to make their husbands despised in their eyes Here, **eyes** stand for seeing, and seeing figuratively means knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. The phrase means that the women will treat their husbands with disrespect and not obey them. Alternate translation: “women will despise their husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 1 17 jd19 figs-metaphor לְ⁠הַבְז֥וֹת בַּעְלֵי⁠הֶ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינֵי⁠הֶ֑ן 1 to make their husbands despised in their eyes Here, **eyes** stand for seeing, and seeing means knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. The phrase means that the women will treat their husbands with disrespect and not obey them. Alternate translation: “women will despise their husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 1 17 adg7 figs-explicit בְּ⁠אָמְרָ֗⁠ם הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֡וֹשׁ אָמַ֞ר לְ⁠הָבִ֨יא אֶת־וַשְׁתִּ֧י הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֛ה לְ⁠פָנָ֖י⁠ו וְ⁠לֹא־בָֽאָה 1 when they say, “The king Ahasuerus said to bring Vashti the queen before his face, but she did not come.” The implication is that they will go on to say, “So if even the queen can disobey the king, why should I have to obey my husband?” If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 1 17 adg9 grammar-connect-logic-result הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֡וֹשׁ אָמַ֞ר לְ⁠הָבִ֨יא אֶת־וַשְׁתִּ֧י הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֛ה לְ⁠פָנָ֖י⁠ו וְ⁠לֹא־בָֽאָה 1 The king Ahasuerus said to bring Vashti the queen before his face, but she did not come. The women will stop respecting their husbands after they hear about this. You can put this report about what Queen Vashti did first, before “women will stop respecting their husbands,” because it is the reason that explains that result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EST 1 17 jd21 figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנָ֖י⁠ו 1 before his face Here, **face** figuratively means the presence of a person. The phrase means the Queen Vashti refused to come into the presence of King Ahasuerus when he summoned her during the feast. See how you translated this in verse 11. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 1 17 jd21 figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנָ֖י⁠ו 1 before his face Here, **face** means the presence of a person. The phrase means the Queen Vashti refused to come into the presence of King Ahasuerus when he summoned her during the feast. See how you translated this in verse 11. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 1 18 afg1 וְֽ⁠הַ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֜ה 1 Now this day Alternate translation: “even today” or “even this very day”
EST 1 18 afg3 שָׂר֣וֹת פָּֽרַס־וּ⁠מָדַ֗י 1 the noblewomen of Persia and Media It becomes clear later in the verse that Memukan is speaking of the wives of the king’s officials, and you could communicate that here by saying, “the wives of the officials who govern Persia and Media.” But the term “noblewomen” indicates that they also had high status of their own, so you could also call them “the leading women of Persia and Media.”
EST 1 18 afg5 דְּבַ֣ר הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֔ה 1 the matter of the queen Alternate translation: “what the queen has done”
@ -112,13 +112,13 @@ EST 1 18 u6d7 וּ⁠כְ⁠דַ֖י בִּזָּי֥וֹן וָ⁠קָֽצֶף
EST 1 18 afh1 figs-explicit וּ⁠כְ⁠דַ֖י 1 and there will be enough This could mean that the husbands will be as furious “as much as they can bear.” But you could also say, “That will be bad enough by itself, even if the news does not spread any farther.” If you think that is the meaning, you can say that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 1 19 afh3 figs-idiom אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ ט֗וֹב 1 If it is good to the king This is an idiom that means “if the king thinks this is a good idea” or “if this advice is pleasing to the king.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 1 19 d8qk figs-123person אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ ט֗וֹב 1 If it is good to the king Memukan speaks to the king in third person as a form of respect. Alternate translation: “If it pleases you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 1 19 jd25 figs-metonymy יֵצֵ֤א דְבַר־מַלְכוּת֙ מִ⁠לְּ⁠פָנָ֔י⁠ו 1 let a decree of royalty go out from before his face Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. The phrase means that the decree will come from the king himself. Alternate translation: “you should personally issue a royal decree” or “you should write a decree yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 1 19 jd25 figs-metonymy יֵצֵ֤א דְבַר־מַלְכוּת֙ מִ⁠לְּ⁠פָנָ֔י⁠ו 1 let a decree of royalty go out from before his face Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. The phrase means that the decree will come from the king himself. Alternate translation: “you should personally issue a royal decree” or “you should write a decree yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 1 19 afh5 figs-abstractnouns דְבַר־מַלְכוּת֙ 1 a decree of royalty You can translate the abstract noun **royalty** with the adjective “royal.” Alternate translation: “royal decree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 1 19 jd23 figs-123person מִ⁠לְּ⁠פָנָ֔י⁠ו 1 from before his face Memukan speaks to the king in third person as a form of respect. Alternate translation: “personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 1 19 afh7 figs-activepassive וְ⁠יִכָּתֵ֛ב 1 and let it be written You can say this with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “you should write a decree yourself” or “command your scribes to write a decree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 1 19 mh1a וְ⁠לֹ֣א יַעֲב֑וֹר 1 which do not pass away Alternate translation: “these laws never become invalid” or “can never be changed”
EST 1 19 jd27 figs-123person תָב֜וֹא…לִ⁠פְנֵי֙ הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ 1 come before the face of the king Memukan speaks to the king in third person as a form of respect. Alternate translation: “never come into your presence again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 1 19 jd29 figs-metonymy תָב֜וֹא…לִ⁠פְנֵי֙ הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ 1 come before the face of the king Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. The phrase means that Queen Vashti will never again come into the king’s presence. Alternate translation: “never again come before King Ahasuerus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 1 19 jd29 figs-metonymy תָב֜וֹא…לִ⁠פְנֵי֙ הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ 1 come before the face of the king Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. The phrase means that Queen Vashti will never again come into the king’s presence. Alternate translation: “never again come before King Ahasuerus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 1 19 jd31 figs-123person וּ⁠מַלְכוּתָ⁠הּ֙ יִתֵּ֣ן הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ לִ⁠רְעוּתָ֖⁠הּ הַ⁠טּוֹבָ֥ה מִמֶּֽ⁠נָּה 1 and let the king give her royalty to her female neighbor Memukan speaks to the king in third person as a form of respect. You can show the same meaning with a verb that addresses a singular “you” and indicates that Memukan is offering advice, not giving a command when he say, “choose another woman to be queen.” Alternate translation: “the king can give her position as queen to some other woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 1 19 afh9 figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠מַלְכוּתָ⁠הּ֙ 1 and … her royalty You can translate the abstract noun **royalty** with an expression such as “her royal position” or “her position as queen.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 1 19 afj1 figs-explicit הַ⁠טּוֹבָ֥ה מִמֶּֽ⁠נָּה 1 the woman who is better than she Memukan means that the next queen should be “better than” Vashti by obeying all of the king’s commands. You could say this explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ EST 1 20 jd33 figs-explicit אֲשֶֽׁר־יַעֲשֶׂה֙ בְּ⁠כָל־
EST 1 20 afj3 figs-123person מַלְכוּת֔⁠וֹ 1 his kingdom Memukan speaks to the king in third person as a form of respect. Alternate translation: “for all your kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 1 20 p8nz כִּ֥י רַבָּ֖ה הִ֑יא 1 though it is great Alternate translation: “even though your empire is very large”
EST 1 20 afj5 הַ⁠נָּשִׁ֗ים יִתְּנ֤וּ יְקָר֙ לְ⁠בַעְלֵי⁠הֶ֔ן 1 women will give honor to their husbands Alternate translation: “women will respect and obey their husbands”
EST 1 20 be9r figs-merism לְ⁠מִ⁠גָּד֖וֹל וְ⁠עַד־קָטָֽן 1 from the greatest to the least This expression figuratively refers to all of the husbands in the empire. By naming both extremes, it includes everyone in between. You could just give the meaning, as UST does: “every husband in the empire.” Alternate translation: “this will be true for both the most important man and the least important man in the empire, and everyone in between” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
EST 1 20 be9r figs-merism לְ⁠מִ⁠גָּד֖וֹל וְ⁠עַד־קָטָֽן 1 from the greatest to the least This expression refers to all of the husbands in the empire. By naming both extremes, it includes everyone in between. You could just give the meaning, as UST does: “every husband in the empire.” Alternate translation: “this will be true for both the most important man and the least important man in the empire, and everyone in between” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
EST 1 21 afj7 figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּיטַב֙ הַ⁠דָּבָ֔ר בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 The word seemed good in the eyes of the king Like “if it is good to the king” in verse 19, this is an idiom that means the king thought this was a good idea or this advice pleased the king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 1 21 afj9 figs-metaphor בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ וְ⁠הַ⁠שָּׂרִ֑ים 1 in the eyes of the king and the officials Here, **eyes** stand for seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. The phrase means that King Ahasuerus and all the officials who heard Memukan’s advice thought that his suggestion was a good idea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 1 21 agj1 וַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ כִּ⁠דְבַ֥ר מְמוּכָֽן 1 the king acted according to the word of Memukan This means that King Ahasuerus wrote a law proclaiming what Memukan had suggested.
@ -137,9 +137,9 @@ EST 1 22 agj3 וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֤ח סְפָרִים֙ אֶל־כָּל־
EST 1 22 jd37 figs-idiom מְדִינָ֤ה וּ⁠מְדִינָה֙ 1 province by province This is an idiom that means “every province” or every single province. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 1 22 agj5 כִּ⁠כְתָבָ֔⁠הּ 1 according to its own writing Alternate translation: “using its own alphabet” or “written in its own script”
EST 1 22 jd39 figs-idiom עַ֥ם וָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 people by people This is an idiom that means “every people group” or every single people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 1 22 jd41 figs-metonymy כִּ⁠לְשׁוֹנ֑⁠וֹ 1 according to its tongue Here, **tongue** figuratively means the language spoken by a person or a group of people. Alternate translation: “in its own language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 1 22 jd41 figs-metonymy כִּ⁠לְשׁוֹנ֑⁠וֹ 1 according to its tongue Here, **tongue** means the language spoken by a person or a group of people. Alternate translation: “in its own language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 1 22 jj9n לִ⁠הְי֤וֹת כָּל־אִישׁ֙ שֹׂרֵ֣ר בְּ⁠בֵית֔⁠וֹ 1 that every man should be ruling in his house This meant that all men should have complete authority over their wives and their children.
EST 1 22 jd43 figs-metonymy כִּ⁠לְשׁ֥וֹן עַמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 speaking according to the tongue of his people Here, **tongue** figuratively means the language spoken by a person or a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 1 22 jd43 figs-metonymy כִּ⁠לְשׁ֥וֹן עַמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 speaking according to the tongue of his people Here, **tongue** means the language spoken by a person or a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 1 22 agj7 figs-explicit כִּ⁠לְשׁ֥וֹן עַמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 speaking according to the tongue of his people The implication is that the husband ought to be able to give orders to his wife in his own native language and that she should understand and obey him, even if she had to learn his language to do so. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 2 intro eb4q 0 # Esther 2 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Esther becomes queen<br><br>Esther was humble and took the advice of the royal officials about how to dress for her time with the king. The king chose Esther to be the new queen.<br><br>### Mordecai warns the king against a plot<br><br>Esther’s cousin, Mordecai, discovered that two men planned to kill the king. He told Esther, who then told the king. She also gave Mordecai credit for telling her.
EST 2 1 dpc3 writing-newevent אַחַר֙ הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה 1 After these things This introduces a new event that happened some time later, but we do not know how much later. You can show this with a phrase like “After some time had passed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ EST 2 3 agk7 translate-unknown סְרִ֥יס 1 eunuch See how you translated th
EST 2 3 agk9 שֹׁמֵ֣ר הַ⁠נָּשִׁ֑ים 1 who is overseer of the women Alternate translation: “who is in charge of the women who live there.”
EST 2 3 w1ly translate-unknown תַּמְרוּקֵי⁠הֶֽן 1 their ointments This term seems to refer to a specific substance that women would put on their face or other parts of their body to make themselves more beautiful. From verse 12, it appears to mean lotions that were used along with oils and perfumes. But here, this one aspect of a woman’s beauty treatment seems to be used to refer to all of it, so you could call these “beauty treatments.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 2 4 jd53 figs-123person וְ⁠הַֽ⁠נַּעֲרָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֤ר תִּיטַב֙ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 Then the young woman who is pleasing in the eyes of the king The servants spoke to the king in third person as a sign of respect. You could express the same meaning in the second person by saying something such as “the young woman you like the best.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 2 4 lh3n figs-metaphor בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י 1 in the eyes of Here, **eyes** figuratively represent seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. The phrase means that King Ahasuerus could decide which young woman he liked the best and make her queen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 2 4 lh3n figs-metaphor בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י 1 in the eyes of Here, **eyes** represent seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. The phrase means that King Ahasuerus could decide which young woman he liked the best and make her queen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 2 4 jd55 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּיטַ֧ב הַ⁠דָּבָ֛ר בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 the word was pleasing in the eyes of the king Here, **eyes** have the same figurative meaning. The phrase indicates that King Ahasuerus thought that this suggestion was a good idea. Alternate translation: “The king found their suggestion appealing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 2 4 zxc1 וַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ כֵּֽן 1 so he did thus Alternate translation: “so he followed the suggestion”
EST 2 5 h6z2 writing-participants אִ֣ישׁ יְהוּדִ֔י 1 A man, a Jew This introduces Mordecai as a new character in the story. Use your language’s way of introducing a new character. This expression means a Jewish man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
@ -202,10 +202,10 @@ EST 2 8 zcb3 בֵּ֣ית הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 the house of the king Alter
EST 2 8 jd71 figs-metaphor אֶל־יַ֥ד הֵגַ֖י שֹׁמֵ֥ר הַ⁠נָּשִֽׁים 1 into the hand of Hegai As earlier in this verse, this means under the custody of Hegai or that Hegai also began to take care of her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 2 8 zcb5 writing-background שֹׁמֵ֥ר הַ⁠נָּשִֽׁים 1 who was overseer of the women This means that Hegai took care of the young women who lived in the harem for virgins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could move this information to earlier in the verse when Hegai is first mentioned because it explains why the young women were brought to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
EST 2 9 zcb7 וַ⁠תִּיטַ֨ב הַ⁠נַּעֲרָ֣ה בְ⁠עֵינָי⁠ו֮ וַ⁠תִּשָּׂ֣א חֶ֣סֶד לְ⁠פָנָי⁠ו֒ 1 the young woman was pleasing in his eyes, and she lifted kindness before his face This means that Hegai found Esther attractive, and she obtained kindness from him or that Hegai was very impressed with Esther, and she won his favor. In other words, because he was so impressed with her, this made him want to do everything he could to help her. This is background information that explains why Hegai took the actions that are listed next.
EST 2 9 zcb9 figs-metonymy וַ⁠תִּיטַ֨ב הַ⁠נַּעֲרָ֣ה בְ⁠עֵינָי⁠ו֮ 1 the young woman was pleasing in his eyes Here, **eyes** figuratively represent seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. In this context, the phrase probably means that Hegai thought that Esther was either an attractive woman or a pleasant person, or both. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 2 9 zcb9 figs-metonymy וַ⁠תִּיטַ֨ב הַ⁠נַּעֲרָ֣ה בְ⁠עֵינָי⁠ו֮ 1 the young woman was pleasing in his eyes Here, **eyes** represent seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. In this context, the phrase probably means that Hegai thought that Esther was either an attractive woman or a pleasant person, or both. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 2 9 f8i8 הַ⁠נַּעֲרָ֣ה 1 the young woman This means Esther. You should make sure that this is clear in your translation.
EST 2 9 jd75 בְ⁠עֵינָי⁠ו֮ 1 in his eyes Here, **his** refers to Hegai. You should make sure that this clear in your translation.
EST 2 9 jd77 figs-metonymy וַ⁠תִּשָּׂ֣א חֶ֣סֶד לְ⁠פָנָי⁠ו֒ 1 and she lifted kindness before his face Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. To say that she “lifted kindness before his face” is a rare expression in Hebrew, and the exact meaning is uncertain. In this context, it could even suggest that Esther and Hegai became friends. Alternate translation: “she won his favor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 2 9 jd77 figs-metonymy וַ⁠תִּשָּׂ֣א חֶ֣סֶד לְ⁠פָנָי⁠ו֒ 1 and she lifted kindness before his face Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. To say that she “lifted kindness before his face” is a rare expression in Hebrew, and the exact meaning is uncertain. In this context, it could even suggest that Esther and Hegai became friends. Alternate translation: “she won his favor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 2 9 jd79 לְ⁠פָנָי⁠ו֒ 1 before his face Here, **his** refers to Hegai. You should make sure that this clear in your translation.
EST 2 9 abc1 translate-unknown תַּמְרוּקֶ֤י⁠הָ 1 her ointments Alternate translation: “her beauty treatments,” as in [2:3](../02/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 2 9 abc2 מָנוֹתֶ֨⁠הָ֙ 1 her portions of food In context, this likely means that Hegai made sure that Esther was served good food that would keep her healthy.
@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ EST 2 10 abc8 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֧י מָרְדֳּכַ֛י צ
EST 2 10 abc9 צִוָּ֥ה עָלֶ֖י⁠הָ 1 had laid a charge upon her This means that Mordecai had gotten her to promise not to do it.
EST 2 11 jd81 figs-idiom וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־י֣וֹם וָ⁠י֔וֹם 1 And always day by day Alternate translation: “every single day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 2 11 abd1 מָרְדֳּכַי֙ מִתְהַלֵּ֔ךְ 1 Mordecai was walking about Express this in the way your language describes an action that someone repeats over and over. For example, you can say, “Mordecai would walk around.”
EST 2 11 jd83 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י חֲצַ֣ר 1 before the face of the courtyard Here, **face** figuratively means the front of a place. So you could say, “in front of the courtyard.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 2 11 jd83 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י חֲצַ֣ר 1 before the face of the courtyard Here, **face** means the front of a place. So you could say, “in front of the courtyard.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 2 11 abd2 בֵּית־הַ⁠נָּשִׁ֑ים 1 the house of women Alternate translation: “the harem for virgins”
EST 2 11 abd3 grammar-connect-logic-result לָ⁠דַ֨עַת֙ אֶת־שְׁל֣וֹם אֶסְתֵּ֔ר וּ⁠מַה־יֵּעָשֶׂ֖ה בָּֽ⁠הּ 1 in order to know the welfare of Esther and what was being done with her This is background information that explains why Mordecai would walk around in front of the courtyard. It was so that he could ask people who were going into or coming out of the courtyard how Esther was doing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could place this first in the verse because it explains the rest of what is said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EST 2 11 nz1p שְׁל֣וֹם אֶסְתֵּ֔ר 1 the welfare of Esther Alternate translation: “how Esther was doing” or “about Esther’s well-being”
@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ EST 2 12 p7i5 translate-unknown כְּ⁠דָ֤ת הַ⁠נָּשִׁים֙ 1 ac
EST 2 12 abd7 writing-background כִּ֛י כֵּ֥ן יִמְלְא֖וּ יְמֵ֣י מְרוּקֵי⁠הֶ֑ן 1 For thus the days of their beautification would be fulfilled This phrase indicates that the story is now going to provide background information on how these treatments were done. It means, “This is how these women would spend the time preparing to go to the king.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
EST 2 12 abd8 figs-explicit שִׁשָּׁ֤ה חֳדָשִׁים֙ בְּ⁠שֶׁ֣מֶן הַ⁠מֹּ֔ר 1 six months by oil of myrrh This means that a woman’s attendants would rub her body with olive oil mixed with myrrh every day for six months. you could explain this in more detail if your readers need this information to understand the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 2 12 abd9 בְּ⁠שֶׁ֣מֶן הַ⁠מֹּ֔ר 1 by oil of myrrh This likely means “olive oil mixed with myrrh.”
EST 2 12 zhd1 translate-unknown וּ⁠בְ⁠תַמְרוּקֵ֖י הַ⁠נָּשִֽׁים 1 and by the ointments of women This means lotions designed for women. In 2:3 and 2:9, this one specific part of the program seems to be used figuratively to mean all of it, and so in those verses it can be translated “beauty treatments.” But it should be translated with a specific term or phrase here, such as “women’s lotions” or “feminine ointments” because it is named along with oils and perfumes as one component of the treatment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 2 12 zhd1 translate-unknown וּ⁠בְ⁠תַמְרוּקֵ֖י הַ⁠נָּשִֽׁים 1 and by the ointments of women This means lotions designed for women. In 2:3 and 2:9, this one specific part of the program seems to be used to mean all of it, and so in those verses it can be translated “beauty treatments.” But it should be translated with a specific term or phrase here, such as “women’s lotions” or “feminine ointments” because it is named along with oils and perfumes as one component of the treatment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 2 13 abd0 וּ⁠בָ⁠זֶ֕ה 1 Then at this Alternate translation: “after a woman’s year of beauty treatments was completed”
EST 2 13 abe0 figs-explicit הַֽ⁠נַּעֲרָ֖ה בָּאָ֣ה אֶל־הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 the young woman would go to the king This means that the young woman would go and have sexual relations with the king and thereby become one of his concubines. If your readers need this information to understand the story, you could explain that here, if you did not do so in verse 12. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 2 13 abe1 figs-explicit כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֨ר תֹּאמַ֜ר יִנָּ֤תֵֽן לָ⁠הּ֙ 1 Anything that she said would be given to her **Anything** most likely refers to clothing and jewelry. This phrase probably means that a woman could take any of those that she wanted from the harem for virgins and wear them when she went to the king’s palace. You could say that explicitly by saying, “A young woman could take whatever clothing and jewelry she wanted from the harem for virgins and wear them when she went to the king’s palace.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -270,13 +270,13 @@ EST 2 17 p3s7 figs-parallelism וַ⁠יֶּאֱהַ֨ב הַ⁠מֶּ֤לֶךְ
EST 2 17 abf8 figs-explicit מִ⁠כָּל־הַ⁠נָּשִׁ֔ים 1 more than all the women This means all the other women who had been brought to the king and who became his concubines. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 2 17 bcu8 figs-idiom וַ⁠תִּשָּׂא־חֵ֥ן וָ⁠חֶ֛סֶד לְ⁠פָנָ֖י⁠ו 1 And she lifted both favor and kindness before his face This is a rare expression in Hebrew, and the exact meaning is uncertain. See how you translated similar phrases in [2:9](../02/09.md) and [2:15](../02/15.md). Review the explanation there if that would be helpful. In this context, it probably means that King Ahasuerus was very impressed with both Esther’s appearance and her personality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 2 17 abf9 figs-doublet וַ⁠תִּשָּׂא־חֵ֥ן וָ⁠חֶ֛סֶד לְ⁠פָנָ֖י⁠ו 1 And she lifted both favor and kindness before his face **Favor** and **kindness** mean similar things and are probably used together here to strengthen a single idea. Alternate translation: “he was very pleased with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 2 17 jd93 figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנָ֖י⁠ו 1 before his face Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 2 17 jd93 figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנָ֖י⁠ו 1 before his face Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 2 17 sym3 translate-symaction וַ⁠יָּ֤שֶׂם כֶּֽתֶר־מַלְכוּת֙ בְּ⁠רֹאשָׁ֔⁠הּ 1 So he set a crown of royalty on her head Ahasuerus did this to show that he was making Esther his queen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EST 2 17 abg0 figs-abstractnouns כֶּֽתֶר־מַלְכוּת֙ 1 a crown of royalty To translate the abstract noun **royalty**, you can use an adjective such as a “royal” crown. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 2 18 abg1 figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּ֨עַשׂ הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ מִשְׁתֶּ֣ה גָד֗וֹל 1 Then the king made a great feast The king did this to celebrate Esther becoming the queen. You can say this explicitly. For example, you can say, “Then, to celebrate her becoming the queen, the king hosted a great feast.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 2 18 b1hd translate-names מִשְׁתֵּ֣ה אֶסְתֵּ֑ר 1 the feast of Esther You could indicate to your readers this is the name that Ahasuerus gave to the feast, for example, “He called it ‘Esther’s Feast.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 2 18 ufm8 translate-unknown וַ⁠הֲנָחָ֤ה לַ⁠מְּדִינוֹת֙ עָשָׂ֔ה 1 And he made a holiday for the provinces This was probably a “tax holiday,” that is, a temporary elimination of taxes. For a time, the provinces did not have to send in the usual taxes to the king. You could say something like “he proclaimed a temporary reprieve from taxes for all the provinces of his empire.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 2 18 jd95 figs-metonymy כְּ⁠יַ֥ד הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 according to the hand of the king Here, **hand** figuratively represents the action of doing or giving. The phrase means that King Ahasuerus personally gave lavish gifts to the guests at this feast. You could say something like “with royal generosity” or “with great willingness to give” or “with generosity that only a king can give.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 2 18 jd95 figs-metonymy כְּ⁠יַ֥ד הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 according to the hand of the king Here, **hand** represents the action of doing or giving. The phrase means that King Ahasuerus personally gave lavish gifts to the guests at this feast. You could say something like “with royal generosity” or “with great willingness to give” or “with generosity that only a king can give.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 2 19 g38f grammar-connect-time-sequential וּ⁠בְ⁠הִקָּבֵ֥ץ בְּתוּל֖וֹת שֵׁנִ֑ית 1 Now when virgins were being gathered a second time Since this happened some time after Esther’s Feast, you can show this by using a connecting phrase such as “some time later.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
EST 2 19 p842 figs-explicit וּ⁠בְ⁠הִקָּבֵ֥ץ בְּתוּל֖וֹת שֵׁנִ֑ית 1 Now when virgins were being gathered a second time The most likely explanation for this is that Ahasuerus decided he would like to have more concubines. you could say this explicitly if it will help the readers to understand the story. He probably believed that having a large number of concubines was another thing that would show he was a great king. To do so, you could add: “because Ahasuerus decided that he would like to have more concubines.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 2 19 abg2 figs-activepassive וּ⁠בְ⁠הִקָּבֵ֥ץ בְּתוּל֖וֹת שֵׁנִ֑ית 1 Now when virgins were being gathered a second time You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. For example, you can say, “at the time when the king’s officers were gathering virgins for a second time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ EST 2 21 abg8 figs-idiom יֹשֵׁ֣ב בְּ⁠שַֽׁעַר־הַ⁠מֶּ֑
EST 2 21 y2vl translate-names בִּגְתָ֨ן וָ⁠תֶ֜רֶשׁ 1 Bigthan and Teresh These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 2 21 abg9 translate-unknown שְׁנֵֽי־סָרִיסֵ֤י הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ 1 two eunuchs of the king See how you translated this term in [1:10](../01/10.md). For the phrase **of the king**, you can say “royal.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 2 21 abh0 מִ⁠שֹּׁמְרֵ֣י הַ⁠סַּ֔ף 1 who were guardians of the doorway In this case the men were not guardians of one of the harems but guardians of the king’s private rooms. You could say, “they guarded the doorway to the king’s private rooms” or “they protected the doorway to the king’s private quarters.”
EST 2 21 abh1 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְבַקְשׁוּ֙ 1 and they sought Here, **seeking** figuratively means actively trying to do something. Alternate translation: “they were plotting” or “they wanted to find a way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 2 21 abh1 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְבַקְשׁוּ֙ 1 and they sought Here, **seeking** means actively trying to do something. Alternate translation: “they were plotting” or “they wanted to find a way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 2 21 jd97 figs-idiom לִ⁠שְׁלֹ֣חַ יָ֔ד 1 to stretch out a hand Here the expression **to stretch out a hand** means to cause someone physical harm with the intention of killing him. You could say, “they were planning to assassinate him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 2 22 y7tv figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּוָּדַ֤ע הַ⁠דָּבָר֙ לְ⁠מָרְדֳּכַ֔י 1 But the matter was made known to Mordecai You can say this with an active form, for example by saying, “Mordecai found out what they were planning.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 2 22 abh2 וַ⁠יַּגֵּ֖ד לְ⁠אֶסְתֵּ֣ר הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֑ה 1 so he told it to Esther the queen This means that he told Queen Esther about it somehow.
@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ EST 2 23 abh4 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּתָּל֥וּ שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ
EST 2 23 y28j translate-unknown עֵ֑ץ 1 on a tree This seems to refer specifically to a pole or wooden structure that would be used to suspend a person above the ground and that could be used as a means of killing him or to display his body after he was dead. This might mean: (1) by hanging him from it with a rope tied around his neck, or (2) by impaling him on it, that is, by sticking a sharp point on one end of a pole through his body. Alternate translation: “wooden structure” or “wooden pole” or “gallows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 2 23 g9nh figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּכָּתֵ֗ב 1 And it was written You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. You can say, for example, “The king’s scribes recorded an account of this.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 2 23 abh5 figs-idiom בְּ⁠סֵ֛פֶר דִּבְרֵ֥י הַ⁠יָּמִ֖ים 1 the book of the events of days This is an idiom that describes a regular record of the events in a king’s reign. You could call this “the royal chronicles.” Alternate translation: “the daily record book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 2 23 abh6 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 before the face of the king Here, **face** refers figuratively to the presence of a person. The phrase means that the scribes wrote this account while King Ahasuerus was personally present. You could say that they did this in the king’s presence. Alternate translation: “the king watched a scribe write this down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 2 23 abh6 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 before the face of the king Here, **face** refers to the presence of a person. The phrase means that the scribes wrote this account while King Ahasuerus was personally present. You could say that they did this in the king’s presence. Alternate translation: “the king watched a scribe write this down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 3 intro zb26 0 # Esther 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Haman plots against the Jews<br><br>Mordecai was told to prostrate himself before Haman. This would be considered to be worship. But for a Jew, it was wrong to worship someone other than Yahweh. Because of this, he refused to do it. This made Haman angry, so he decided to kill all the Jews in the Persian Empire. Haman was a descendant of Agag, a king of the Amalekite people. The Amalekites became the enemies of the Jews during the exodus (Exodus 17:8-16). Moses told the people that they would need to destroy them (Deuteronomy 25:17-19), and later God commanded Saul to destroy them (1 Samuel 15:2-3). Samuel killed King Agag (1 Samuel 15:33), but the Amalekites were never completely destroyed (1 Samuel 30:17). Both Mordecai and Haman were probably very aware that their people were enemies.
EST 3 1 mm4c writing-newevent אַחַ֣ר ׀ הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה 1 After these things This introduces a new event in the story. Use a connecting phrase that introduces a new event in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EST 3 1 abh7 grammar-connect-time-sequential אַחַ֣ר ׀ הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה 1 After these things This event happened some time after Esther became queen, and you can show this by using a connecting phrase such as “some time later.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ EST 3 1 pl9i figs-metaphor וַֽ⁠יְנַשְּׂאֵ֑⁠הוּ 1 He lifted
EST 3 1 ptm4 figs-idiom כִּסְא֔⁠וֹ 1 his seat of authority Here, **seat of authority** means Haman’s position or status in the Persian government. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 3 1 abi1 figs-abstractnouns כִּסְא֔⁠וֹ 1 his seat of authority If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **authority**, you can express the same idea with a concrete noun for this whole phrase. For example, you can say, “his position.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 3 1 abi2 מֵ⁠עַ֕ל כָּל־הַ⁠שָּׂרִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר אִתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 from over all the officials who were with him **Him** in this phrase may refer to the king. You could say that “the king promoted him above his other officials” or “gave him more authority than all of his other officials” or that “Haman became more important than all of his other officials.”
EST 3 2 abi3 figs-metonymy וְ⁠כָל־עַבְדֵ֨י הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ אֲשֶׁר־בְּ⁠שַׁ֣עַר הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ 1 Then all the servants of the king who were at the gate of the king Here, the **gate of the king**, probably the entrance to the citadel, may figuratively represent the citadel itself, the place where these people served the king. The citadel, in turn, would represent everyone who served the king. So you could say just “all the king’s other servants.” However, this may also be a reference to the specific group of officials who were stationed at the gate, the way Mordecai was. Alternate translation: “the royal officials who were stationed at the palace gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 3 2 abi3 figs-metonymy וְ⁠כָל־עַבְדֵ֨י הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ אֲשֶׁר־בְּ⁠שַׁ֣עַר הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ 1 Then all the servants of the king who were at the gate of the king Here, the **gate of the king**, probably the entrance to the citadel, may represent the citadel itself, the place where these people served the king. The citadel, in turn, would represent everyone who served the king. So you could say just “all the king’s other servants.” However, this may also be a reference to the specific group of officials who were stationed at the gate, the way Mordecai was. Alternate translation: “the royal officials who were stationed at the palace gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 3 2 abi4 figs-explicit וְ⁠כָל־עַבְדֵ֨י הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ…כֹּרְעִ֤ים וּ⁠מִֽשְׁתַּחֲוִים֙ לְ⁠הָמָ֔ן 1 all the servants of the king … were bowing down and prostrating themselves to Haman The servants were required to do this as a way of honoring him whenever Haman walked by. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 3 2 e25k translate-symaction כֹּרְעִ֤ים וּ⁠מִֽשְׁתַּחֲוִים֙ 1 were bowing down and prostrating themselves This means that the other officials humbled themselves and lay flat on the ground before Haman. These actions represented recognition and respect for the very high position that the king had given him in the Persian government. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EST 3 2 abi5 figs-doublet כֹּרְעִ֤ים וּ⁠מִֽשְׁתַּחֲוִים֙ 1 were bowing down and prostrating themselves These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that the officials knew how important it was to obey the king’s command and honor Haman in this way. You could combine them as UST does and say something like “bow down all the way to the ground.” Alternate translation: “bowing and lying down on the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@ -329,20 +329,20 @@ EST 3 3 abj1 מַדּ֨וּעַ֙ אַתָּ֣ה עוֹבֵ֔ר אֵ֖ת מִצ
EST 3 4 jd3r figs-explicit ב⁠אמר⁠ם אֵלָי⁠ו֙ 1 when they spoke to him This means that they spoke to him about not bowing down. Specifically, they warned him that he would be severely punished if he kept disobeying the king and not honoring his highest official. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 3 4 jd1r figs-idiom י֣וֹם וָ⁠י֔וֹם 1 day by day This expression means “every day.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 3 4 abj2 figs-idiom וַ⁠יְהִ֗י ב⁠אמר⁠ם אֵלָי⁠ו֙…וְ⁠לֹ֥א שָׁמַ֖ע אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 Now it happened that, when they spoke … he did not listen to them. Here, **he did not listen** means he did not heed their warning or he did not do what they said. Mordecai heard them, but he did not do what they advised him to do. This means that even though the other officials questioned him and probably warned him, he still refused to bow down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 3 4 uek4 figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּגִּ֣ידוּ לְ⁠הָמָ֗ן לִ⁠רְאוֹת֙ הֲ⁠יַֽעַמְדוּ֙ דִּבְרֵ֣י מָרְדֳּכַ֔י 1 So they told Haman to see if the words of Mordecai would stand In this context, **standing** figuratively means to survive a challenge, and **words** means the reasons that Mordecai gave for his actions. This phrase means that the other officials told Haman about it to see if he would tolerate it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 3 4 uek4 figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּגִּ֣ידוּ לְ⁠הָמָ֗ן לִ⁠רְאוֹת֙ הֲ⁠יַֽעַמְדוּ֙ דִּבְרֵ֣י מָרְדֳּכַ֔י 1 So they told Haman to see if the words of Mordecai would stand In this context, **standing** means to survive a challenge, and **words** means the reasons that Mordecai gave for his actions. This phrase means that the other officials told Haman about it to see if he would tolerate it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 3 4 abj3 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי־הִגִּ֥יד לָ⁠הֶ֖ם אֲשֶׁר־ה֥וּא יְהוּדִֽי 1 for he had told them that he was a Jew This is the answer that Mordecai gave the other officials when they asked him why he refused to bow down to Haman. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put it first in the verse because it explains everything that happens afterwards. Alternate translation: “Mordecai told them that he was a Jew, and that Jews would bow down only to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EST 3 4 abj4 figs-explicit כִּֽי־הִגִּ֥יד לָ⁠הֶ֖ם אֲשֶׁר־ה֥וּא יְהוּדִֽי 1 for he had told them that he was a Jew Mordecai’s explanation would have included the fact that Jews would only worship Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 3 5 abj5 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא הָמָ֔ן 1 The Haman saw Here, **seeing** figuratively means knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. This phrase means that Haman learned about this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 3 5 abj5 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא הָמָ֔ן 1 The Haman saw Here, **seeing** means knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. This phrase means that Haman learned about this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 3 5 njt5 figs-parallelism אֵ֣ין מָרְדֳּכַ֔י כֹּרֵ֥עַ וּ⁠מִֽשְׁתַּחֲוֶ֖ה ל֑⁠וֹ 1 Mordecai would neither bow down nor prostrate himself to him These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how serious an offense this was. You could combine them as UST does and say, “Mordecai was refusing to bow down to him.” Alternate translation: “Mordecai would not bow down or lie on the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EST 3 5 wk8p figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּמָּלֵ֥א הָמָ֖ן חֵמָֽה 1 And Haman was filled with rage Here, **Haman’s rage** is spoken of as something that could fill him up. You could say that he was furious or extremely angry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 3 6 k5h9 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּ֣בֶז בְּ⁠עֵינָ֗י⁠ו 1 And it was despised in his eyes You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Haman considered that it was not enough” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 3 6 abj6 figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּ֣בֶז בְּ⁠עֵינָ֗י⁠ו 1 And it was despised in his eyes Haman probably decided to go to such extremes because he was so angry. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 3 6 abj7 וַ⁠יִּ֣בֶז 1 it was despised **Despise** in this context means not to hate but to think little of or think something is too small. This expression means that Haman decided it would not be enough just to kill Mordecai alone.
EST 3 6 jd9r figs-metaphor בְּ⁠עֵינָ֗י⁠ו 1 in his eyes Here, **eyes** stand for “seeing,” and in this case “seeing” figuratively means judgment. This phrase means in Haman’s judgment. Alternate translation: “as he saw it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 3 6 jd9r figs-metaphor בְּ⁠עֵינָ֗י⁠ו 1 in his eyes Here, **eyes** stand for “seeing,” and in this case “seeing” means judgment. This phrase means in Haman’s judgment. Alternate translation: “as he saw it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 3 6 abj8 לִ⁠שְׁלֹ֤ח יָד֙ בְּ⁠מָרְדֳּכַ֣י לְ⁠בַדּ֔⁠וֹ 1 to stretch out a hand against Mordecai alone Alternate translation: “he rejected the idea of killing only Mordecai” or “he decided to kill more than just Mordecai” or “he decided that it would not be enough to get rid of only Mordecai”
EST 3 6 j11r figs-idiom לִ⁠שְׁלֹ֤ח יָד֙ 1 to stretch out a hand As in [2:21](../02/21.md), the expression **to stretch out a hand** means to cause someone physical harm with the intention of killing them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 3 6 abj9 כִּֽי־הִגִּ֥ידוּ ל֖⁠וֹ אֶת־עַ֣ם מָרְדֳּכָ֑י 1 for they had told him the people of Mordecai **They** means the other royal officials. **Him** refers to Haman. **The people of Mordecai** means the Jews. Mordecai had told these officials that he would not bow down to Haman because Jews worshiped only God. So this means that the other officials had told Haman that Mordecai was not bowing down to him because he was a Jew.
EST 3 6 hue9 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְבַקֵּ֣שׁ הָמָ֗ן לְ⁠הַשְׁמִ֧יד 1 So Haman sought to annihilate Here, **seeking** figuratively means trying to do something. In this context, it means that Haman decided that he would try to kill all the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 3 6 hue9 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְבַקֵּ֣שׁ הָמָ֗ן לְ⁠הַשְׁמִ֧יד 1 So Haman sought to annihilate Here, **seeking** means trying to do something. In this context, it means that Haman decided that he would try to kill all the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 3 6 abk0 בְּ⁠כָל־מַלְכ֥וּת אֲחַשְׁוֵר֖וֹשׁ 1 in all the kingdom of Ahasuerus This means in the entire empire that King Ahasuerus ruled.
EST 3 6 abk1 figs-doublet הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֛ים…עַ֥ם מָרְדֳּכָֽי 1 the Jews, the people of Mordecai These two phrases refer to the same group of people. The repetition emphasizes how great the threat was to their existence. You could combine them as UST does and say something like “all of the Jews.” Alternate translation: “Mordecai’s people, the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 3 7 zl12 translate-ordinal בַּ⁠חֹ֤דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁוֹן֙ 1 In the first month Alternate translation: “In month one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ EST 3 7 g4lt translate-names הִפִּ֣יל פּוּר֩ ה֨וּא הַ⁠ג
EST 3 7 abk3 translate-unknown הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֜ל 1 the lot A **lot** was an object with different markings on various sides that was used, most likely by dropping it on the ground, to select a specific time for doing something. The belief was that God or the gods would control which way the object fell, thus guiding the selection process and granting favor to the action if it were done on the date chosen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 3 7 abk4 figs-activepassive הִפִּ֣יל פּוּר֩ 1 a Pur … was cast You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. You can say, for example, “Haman had his servants cast a Pur.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 3 7 abk5 grammar-connect-logic-result הִפִּ֣יל פּוּר֩ 1 a Pur … was cast If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this information first because it explains the rest of what happens in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EST 3 7 j13r figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הָמָ֗ן 1 before the face of Haman Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. In this context, the phrase means that Haman was physically present when the lot was cast. Alternate translation: “as Haman watched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 3 7 j13r figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הָמָ֗ן 1 before the face of Haman Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. In this context, the phrase means that Haman was physically present when the lot was cast. Alternate translation: “as Haman watched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 3 7 j15r מִ⁠יּ֧וֹם ׀ לְ⁠י֛וֹם וּ⁠מֵ⁠חֹ֛דֶשׁ לְ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ 1 from day to day and from month to month This expression means that the lot was cast to select a particular day of the month and a particular month of the year.
EST 3 7 j17r figs-explicit מִ⁠יּ֧וֹם ׀ לְ⁠י֛וֹם וּ⁠מֵ⁠חֹ֛דֶשׁ לְ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ 1 from day to day and from month to month Haman was casting the lot to determine the best day and the best month to kill the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to determine the best day and the best month to kill the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 3 7 ih4b translate-hebrewmonths שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֖ר הוּא־חֹ֥דֶשׁ אֲדָֽר 1 the twelfth, which is the month of Adar **Adar** is the name of the twelfth and last month of the Hebrew calendar. This name occurs several times in the story. Be sure to translate it consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ EST 3 10 c9md translate-unknown טַבַּעְתּ֖⁠וֹ 1 his signet ring Th
EST 3 10 abm0 בֶּֽן־הַמְּדָ֛תָא הָ⁠אֲגָגִ֖י 1 the son of Hammedatha the Agagite This information about Haman’s identity is repeated to stress that the king giving him the signet ring was an official legal act that transferred power to him. (In the same way, legal documents today often use a person’s full name and other identifying information.) If you repeat this information in your own translation, your readers should see this significance.
EST 3 10 abm1 figs-distinguish צֹרֵ֥ר הַ⁠יְּהוּדִֽים 1 the adversary of the Jews This phrase gives clarifying information about Haman. It means that he had become “the enemy of the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
EST 3 11 sz4b figs-activepassive הַ⁠כֶּ֖סֶף נָת֣וּן לָ֑⁠ךְ 1 The silver is given to you You can say this with an active form. This could mean one of the following things: (1) “You can keep the money from plundering the Jews for yourself.” (2) “I give you permission to take the money from the Jews and to give it to the men just as you have said.” (3) “You do not need to pay for the expenses of the plan yourself.” (4) This statement by the king may also be a formal and cultural way of expressing gratitude for the promised money without actually releasing Haman from paying the money into the treasury. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 3 11 abm2 figs-metaphor וְ⁠הָ⁠עָ֕ם לַ⁠עֲשׂ֥וֹת בּ֖⁠וֹ כַּ⁠טּ֥וֹב בְּ⁠עֵינֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 and the people, to do with them as is good in your eyes Here, **eyes** figuratively represent seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. The king is telling Haman that **he can do whatever he wants to the Jews**. Alternate translation: “you can do to the Jews as you see fit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 3 11 abm2 figs-metaphor וְ⁠הָ⁠עָ֕ם לַ⁠עֲשׂ֥וֹת בּ֖⁠וֹ כַּ⁠טּ֥וֹב בְּ⁠עֵינֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 and the people, to do with them as is good in your eyes Here, **eyes** represent seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. The king is telling Haman that **he can do whatever he wants to the Jews**. Alternate translation: “you can do to the Jews as you see fit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 3 12 hx6c figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּקָּרְאוּ֩ סֹפְרֵ֨י הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ 1 And the scribes of the king were called You can say this with an active form. You can also say who did the action. It was most likely Haman, since the king had given him authority to act on his behalf. So you could say, “Haman called in the royal scribes.” Alternate translation: “the king summoned his scribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 3 12 t6qa translate-hebrewmonths בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֗וֹן בִּ⁠שְׁלוֹשָׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֣ר יוֹם֮ בּ⁠וֹ֒ 1 in the first month, on the thirteenth day of it You can add “of that same year” to show that Haman did this right after Ahasuerus agreed to his plan. Alternate translation: “on the thirteenth day of the first month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
EST 3 12 abm3 בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֗וֹן בִּ⁠שְׁלוֹשָׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֣ר יוֹם֮ בּ⁠וֹ֒ 1 in the first month, on the thirteenth day of it You can put this information first because it places the event within the timeline of the story.
@ -400,9 +400,9 @@ EST 3 12 abm9 figs-metaphor בְּ⁠שֵׁ֨ם הַ⁠מֶּ֤לֶךְ אֲחַ
EST 3 12 lyf2 figs-activepassive נִכְתָּ֔ב וְ⁠נֶחְתָּ֖ם בְּ⁠טַבַּ֥עַת הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 It was written, and it was sealed with the signet ring of the king You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “to show that he was sending the letter under the king’s own authority, Haman sealed each copy of the letter with the ring that had the king’s official seal on it,” or “the scribes signed the king’s name at the end of the letters. Then they sealed the letters with wax, and stamped the wax by using the king’s ring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 3 13 hxx6 figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִשְׁל֨וֹחַ סְפָרִ֜ים 1 And letters were sent You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. For example, you can say, “couriers delivered the letters.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 3 13 j34r figs-metaphor בְּ⁠יַ֣ד הָ⁠רָצִים֮ 1 by the hand of runners Here, **hand** could mean two different things: (1) It could literally mean “hand,” meaning that the couriers carried the letters in their hands. Alternate translation: “couriers hand-delivered the documents” (2) “Hand” could also be a metaphor for power, control, or authority, meaning that couriers were the ones who delivered the letters to all the provinces throughout the empire. Alternate translation: “couriers gave the documents directly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 3 13 abn0 figs-metonymy אֶל־כָּל־מְדִינ֣וֹת הַ⁠מֶּלֶךְ֒ 1 to all of the provinces of the king Haman did not send the letters to the provinces (the geographical territories) themselves. Rather, he sent them to the officials in every province in the empire. The story is using the word “province” to refer figuratively to these officials by something associated with them, the territories they ruled. Your translation should make clear that the letters were sent to people, not places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 3 13 abn0 figs-metonymy אֶל־כָּל־מְדִינ֣וֹת הַ⁠מֶּלֶךְ֒ 1 to all of the provinces of the king Haman did not send the letters to the provinces (the geographical territories) themselves. Rather, he sent them to the officials in every province in the empire. The story is using the word “province” to refer to these officials by something associated with them, the territories they ruled. Your translation should make clear that the letters were sent to people, not places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 3 13 xs6g figs-doublet לְ⁠הַשְׁמִ֡יד לַ⁠הֲרֹ֣ג וּ⁠לְ⁠אַבֵּ֣ד 1 to annihilate, to slaughter, and to destroy These words mean the same thing. They are used together to emphasize the completeness of the destruction that is envisioned. You could combine them as UST does and say something like “completely destroy.” (A “doublet” can use more than two words. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 3 13 abn1 figs-merism מִ⁠נַּ֨עַר וְ⁠עַד־זָקֵ֜ן 1 from young even to old This is a figure of speech that figuratively describes all of something by naming two extreme parts of it in order to include everything in between. You could express its meaning as UST does and say something like “every single one of them.” Alternate translation: “including young people and old people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
EST 3 13 abn1 figs-merism מִ⁠נַּ֨עַר וְ⁠עַד־זָקֵ֜ן 1 from young even to old This is a figure of speech that describes all of something by naming two extreme parts of it in order to include everything in between. You could express its meaning as UST does and say something like “every single one of them.” Alternate translation: “including young people and old people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
EST 3 13 abn2 טַ֤ף וְ⁠נָשִׁים֙ 1 children and women Alternate translation: “including the children and the women”
EST 3 13 j35r translate-numbers בְּ⁠י֣וֹם אֶחָ֔ד 1 on one day Alternate translation: “on a single day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
EST 3 13 abn3 figs-explicit בִּ⁠שְׁלוֹשָׁ֥ה עָשָׂ֛ר 1 on the thirteenth of the twelfth month Implicitly, this means “the thirteenth day of the twelfth month of that same year.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ EST 4 1 abn9 figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּקְרַ֤ע מָרְדֳּכַי֙ אֶ
EST 4 1 abo0 figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּצֵא֙ בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ הָ⁠עִ֔יר 1 he went out into the midst of the city The next verse shows that Mordecai was heading towards the king’s palace. You could say that explicitly here. Mordecai might have wanted to call attention to the danger that the Jews were in by going to a public location where people were used to seeing him. Or he might have wanted to contact Esther and ask her to help with the trouble. Or he might have wanted both. Alternate translation: “he started walking towards the city center, towards the king’s palace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 4 1 abo1 figs-doublet וַ⁠יִּזְעַ֛ק זְעָקָ֥ה גְדֹלָ֖ה וּ⁠מָרָֽה 1 and cried out a great and bitter outcry **Great** and **bitter** are two words that refer to the same thing and that work together. They indicate that Mordecai’s cry was so loud because it was so anguished. Alternate translation: “cried out in anguish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 4 2 abo2 וַ⁠יָּב֕וֹא 1 And he came **He** means Mordecai. Alternate translation: “Mordecai came”
EST 4 2 j38r figs-metonymy עַ֖ד לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י שַֽׁעַר־הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 only as far as before the face of the gate of the king Here, **face** figuratively represents the front of an object. The phrase means that Mordecai could not come inside the gate to the king’s palace, but had to wait just outside of it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 4 2 j38r figs-metonymy עַ֖ד לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י שַֽׁעַר־הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 only as far as before the face of the gate of the king Here, **face** represents the front of an object. The phrase means that Mordecai could not come inside the gate to the king’s palace, but had to wait just outside of it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 4 2 abo3 שַֽׁעַר־הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 the gate of the king See how you translated this in [2:19](../02/19.md). Alternate translation: “the gate to the king’s palace”
EST 4 2 abo4 grammar-connect-logic-result אֵ֥ין לָ⁠ב֛וֹא אֶל־שַׁ֥עַר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ בִּ⁠לְב֥וּשׁ שָֽׂק 1 no one was to come into the gate of the king while wearing sackcloth If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this information first in the verse because it explains why Mordecai waited outside. See the UST. Alternate translation: “But no one who was wearing sackcloth was allowed inside the palace gates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EST 4 3 e73y figs-idiom וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־מְדִינָ֣ה וּ⁠מְדִינָ֗ה 1 And in every province by province This expression means in every single province. See how you translated the term “province” in 1:1. Alternate translation: “in each and every province” or “in every province of the empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -452,13 +452,13 @@ EST 4 5 abp4 וַ⁠תִּקְרָא֩ אֶסְתֵּ֨ר לַ⁠הֲתָ֜ךְ
EST 4 5 vf4m translate-names לַ⁠הֲתָ֜ךְ 1 for Hathak This is a man’s name. It occurs several times in this chapter. Be sure to translate it consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 4 5 lp8m writing-background מִ⁠סָּרִיסֵ֤י הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הֶעֱמִ֣יד לְ⁠פָנֶ֔י⁠הָ 1 from the eunuchs of the king whom he had caused to stand before her face Alternate translation: “who was one of the royal guardians whom the king had assigned to serve Esther personally” You can put this information first because it provides background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
EST 4 5 icg7 translate-unknown מִ⁠סָּרִיסֵ֤י 1 from the eunuchs of See how you translated this term **eunuch** in [1:10](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 4 5 j39r figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנֶ֔י⁠הָ 1 before her face Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. This phrase means that the guardians served Esther personally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 4 5 j39r figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנֶ֔י⁠הָ 1 before her face Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. This phrase means that the guardians served Esther personally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 4 5 abp6 figs-parallelism לָ⁠דַ֥עַת מַה־זֶּ֖ה וְ⁠עַל־מַה־זֶּֽה 1 to know what this was and on account of what this was These two phrases mean similar things. In both cases, “this” refers to what Mordecai was doing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Esther now knew there must be a very serious reason why Mordecai was wearing sackcloth in such a public place. Alternate translation: “to find out why he was so distressed that he was sitting at the palace gate wearing sackcloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EST 4 6 abp7 figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א הֲתָ֖ךְ אֶֽל־מָרְדֳּכָ֑י 1 So Hathak went out to Mordecai Hathak went out specifically to speak with Mordecai and find out why he was so distressed, as Esther had asked him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Hathak went out to speak with Mordecai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 4 6 mgl5 רְח֣וֹב הָ⁠עִ֔יר 1 the open place of the city Alternate translation: “the central plaza”
EST 4 6 j41r figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י 1 before the face of Here, **face** figuratively represents the front of an object. The phrase means that the open square was in front of the palace gate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 4 6 j41r figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י 1 before the face of Here, **face** represents the front of an object. The phrase means that the open square was in front of the palace gate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 4 6 abp8 figs-metonymy שַֽׁעַר־הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 the gate of the king The citadel is being described by reference to something associated with it, the gate that leads into it. Alternate translation: “the citadel gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 4 7 zq3s figs-synecdoche אֵ֖ת כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֣ר קָרָ֑⁠הוּ 1 Mordecai reported to him all that had happened to him Here, **him** refers to Mordecai, but here Mordecai figuratively represents the entire group of which he is a member. Alternate translation: “everything that Haman was planning to do to the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EST 4 7 zq3s figs-synecdoche אֵ֖ת כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֣ר קָרָ֑⁠הוּ 1 Mordecai reported to him all that had happened to him Here, **him** refers to Mordecai, but here Mordecai represents the entire group of which he is a member. Alternate translation: “everything that Haman was planning to do to the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EST 4 7 abp9 פָּרָשַׁ֣ת הַ⁠כֶּ֗סֶף אֲשֶׁ֨ר אָמַ֤ר הָמָן֙ לִ֠⁠שְׁקוֹל עַל־גִּנְזֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֛לֶךְ בַּיְּהוּדִ֖ים לְ⁠אַבְּדָֽ⁠ם 1 the exact amount of silver that Haman had said to weigh out in the treasuries of the king, against, to destroy them This could mean either of two possibilities: (1) the amount of silver that Haman said the king would get for his treasury from the plunder that the people who destroyed the Jews would take from them, or (2) the amount of silver that Haman had said he would contribute to pay for the expenses of the plan to destroy the Jews. You could say either one as an alternate translation, but it should agree with your interpretation of [3:9](../03/09.md).
EST 4 8 j43r פַּתְשֶׁ֣גֶן כְּתָֽב־הַ֠⁠דָּת 1 a copy of the writing Alternate translation: “a copy of the letter that Haman had sent out” or “a copy of the decree”
EST 4 8 zt49 figs-activepassive הַ֠⁠דָּת אֲשֶׁר־נִתַּ֨ן בְּ⁠שׁוּשָׁ֤ן 1 the law that had been given in Susa If it would help your readers to understand, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the law that the heralds had read out loud in Susa” or “the decree that the king’s servants had posted in Susa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -466,12 +466,12 @@ EST 4 8 abq0 לְ⁠הַשְׁמִידָ⁠ם֙ 1 to annihilate them Alternativ
EST 4 8 abq1 figs-parallelism לְ⁠הַרְא֥וֹת אֶת־אֶסְתֵּ֖ר וּ⁠לְ⁠הַגִּ֣יד לָ֑⁠הּ 1 in order to show Esther, and to inform her These two phrases mean similar things. They are repeated to emphasize how important Mordecai knew it was for Esther to understand just what Haman was planning. “so that Esther could see exactly what it said.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EST 4 8 abq2 וּ⁠לְ⁠צַוּ֣וֹת עָלֶ֗י⁠הָ 1 and to lay a charge upon her Alternate translation: “and to urge her”
EST 4 8 gds6 figs-doublet לְ⁠הִֽתְחַנֶּן־ל֛⁠וֹ וּ⁠לְ⁠בַקֵּ֥שׁ 1 to implore his favor and to seek These two phrases mean similar things. They are repeated to emphasize the force of the action that Mordecai felt was needed. Alternate translation: “to plead with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 4 8 j47r figs-metonymy מִ⁠לְּ⁠פָנָ֖י⁠ו 1 to go to the king … from before his face Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. In this context, the phrase means that Esther should go into the presence of the king to ask personally for the king’s intervention. Alternate translation: “to go to the king personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 4 8 j47r figs-metonymy מִ⁠לְּ⁠פָנָ֖י⁠ו 1 to go to the king … from before his face Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. In this context, the phrase means that Esther should go into the presence of the king to ask personally for the king’s intervention. Alternate translation: “to go to the king personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 4 8 abq3 עַל־עַמָּֽ⁠הּ 1 concerning her people Alternate translation: “to act mercifully toward her people”
EST 4 10 abq5 וַ⁠תֹּ֤אמֶר אֶסְתֵּר֙ לַ⁠הֲתָ֔ךְ וַ⁠תְּצַוֵּ֖⁠הוּ אֶֽל־מָרְדֳּכָֽי 1 Then Esther spoke to Hathak and commanded him to say to Mordecai: Alternate translation: “then Esther told Hathak to go back to Mordecai and tell him this”
EST 4 11 abq6 figs-merism כָּל־עַבְדֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֡לֶךְ וְ⁠עַם־מְדִינ֨וֹת הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ יֽוֹדְעִ֗ים 1 All the servants of the king and the people of the provinces of the king are knowing **All the servants of the king** refers to the royal officials in the palace. **The people of the provinces** refers to those living out in the empire. So this phrase means something like “those both near and far.” Esther is using a figure of speech to refer to something by speaking of two extreme parts of it in order to include everything in between those parts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases and say something like, “everyone in the whole empire knows.” Alternate translation: “all the king’s officials and all the people in the empire know this law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
EST 4 11 abq7 כָּל־עַבְדֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֡לֶךְ וְ⁠עַם־מְדִינ֨וֹת הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ יֽוֹדְעִ֗ים 1 All the servants of the king and the people of the provinces of the king are knowing Esther says this to show that there is no uncertainty about this being the law. You can put this information after the description of the law itself, If it would be helpful in your language, so that it can serve to emphasize how definite the law is that was just described.
EST 4 11 d9mh figs-merism כָּל־אִ֣ישׁ וְ⁠אִשָּׁ֡ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר 1 for any man or woman Here, Esther once again refers to a group figuratively by describing two parts of it. She means all of the people whom Ahasuerus rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases and say something like “anyone”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
EST 4 11 d9mh figs-merism כָּל־אִ֣ישׁ וְ⁠אִשָּׁ֡ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר 1 for any man or woman Here, Esther once again refers to a group by describing two parts of it. She means all of the people whom Ahasuerus rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases and say something like “anyone”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
EST 4 11 abq8 translate-symaction יָבֽוֹא־אֶל־הַ⁠מֶּלֶךְ֩ אֶל־הֶ⁠חָצֵ֨ר הַ⁠פְּנִימִ֜ית 1 who goes to the king, to the inner court As [5:1](../05/01.md) makes clear, this refers to a courtyard right outside the room where King Ahasuerus sat on his throne. He could see out of the entrance to the room into the courtyard and tell if anyone came and stood there. Anyone who did that was asking to speak to the king. Alternate translation: “who goes into the inner courtyard of the palace, where the king can see them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EST 4 11 abq9 figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁ֣ר לֹֽא־יִקָּרֵ֗א 1 who has not been called If it would help your readers to understand, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “when the king has not summoned that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 4 11 abr0 אַחַ֤ת דָּת⁠וֹ֙ 1 his law is one If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this after the explanation of the law itself. Alternate translation: “this law applies to everyone in the kingdom”
@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ EST 5 1 j55r נֹ֖כַח פֶּ֥תַח הַ⁠בָּֽיִת 1 opposite to th
EST 5 2 abt1 grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יְהִי֩ 1 Then it happened that This expression introduces what happened next. Alternate translation: “Now” or “and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
EST 5 2 abt2 כִ⁠רְא֨וֹת 1 as soon as … saw Alternate translation: “when … noticed”
EST 5 2 j57r figs-idiom נָשְׂאָ֥ה חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינָ֑י⁠ו 1 she lifted favor in his eyes See how you translated similar expressions in 2:9, 2:15, and 2:17. Review the explanations there if that would be helpful. In this context, it probably means that King Ahasuerus **thought Esther looked very attractive** as she stood in the court. It could also mean that King Ahasuerus was very pleased to see her. It could mean both. Alternate translation: “he was very pleased to see her” or “he approved of her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 5 2 pw4x figs-metaphor נָשְׂאָ֥ה חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינָ֑י⁠ו 1 she lifted favor in his eyes Here, **eyes** figuratively represent seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. This phrase means that King Ahasuerus decided not to kill Esther for coming into the inner court without being summoned. Alternate translation: “he was very pleased to see her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 5 2 pw4x figs-metaphor נָשְׂאָ֥ה חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינָ֑י⁠ו 1 she lifted favor in his eyes Here, **eyes** represent seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. This phrase means that King Ahasuerus decided not to kill Esther for coming into the inner court without being summoned. Alternate translation: “he was very pleased to see her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 5 2 uu8s translate-symaction וַ⁠יּ֨וֹשֶׁט הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ לְ⁠אֶסְתֵּ֗ר אֶת־שַׁרְבִ֤יט הַ⁠זָּהָב֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּ⁠יָד֔⁠וֹ 1 And the king held out to her the golden scepter that was in his hand King Ahasuerus did this to show that he would not enforce the law that said that Esther should be executed for coming into the king’s inner court without being summoned. See how you translated this in 4:11. Alternate translation: “he extended the gold scepter toward her.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EST 5 2 abt3 figs-explicit וַ⁠יּ֨וֹשֶׁט הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ לְ⁠אֶסְתֵּ֗ר אֶת־שַׁרְבִ֤יט הַ⁠זָּהָב֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּ⁠יָד֔⁠וֹ 1 And the king held out to her the golden scepter that was in his hand King Ahasuerus did this to show that he would not enforce the law that said Esther should be executed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he extended the gold scepter toward her to signal that he would be glad to talk to her.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 5 2 abt4 וַ⁠תִּקְרַ֣ב 1 so … approached Alternate translation; “so … came close” or “so … came up to the throne”
@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ EST 5 7 abu5 figs-hendiadys וַ⁠תַּ֥עַן…וַ⁠תֹּאמַ֑ר 1 Th
EST 5 7 r4aw figs-doublet שְׁאֵלָתִ֖⁠י וּ⁠בַקָּשָׁתִֽ⁠י 1 My petition and my request The words **petition** and **request** mean the same thing. Esther probably used these words together as a way of speaking very formally and respectfully to the king. Alternate translation: “this is what I want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 5 7 abu6 figs-abstractnouns שְׁאֵלָתִ֖⁠י וּ⁠בַקָּשָׁתִֽ⁠י 1 My petition and my request The two abstract nouns **petition** and **request** can be expressed with a single phrase using the verb “want.” Alternate translation: “this is what I want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 5 8 c2br figs-idiom אִם־מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֜ן בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ 1 if I have found favor in the eyes of the king The expression **find favor** means to gain the approval or acceptance of another person. Alternate translation: “if you are pleased with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 5 8 abu7 figs-metaphor אִם־מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֜ן בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ 1 if I have found favor in the eyes of the king Here, **eyes** figuratively represent seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. The phrase means the King Ahasuerus is pleased with Esther and willing to grant her request. Alternate translation: “if the king evaluates me and approves” or “if the king is pleased with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 5 8 abu7 figs-metaphor אִם־מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֜ן בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ 1 if I have found favor in the eyes of the king Here, **eyes** represent seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. The phrase means the King Ahasuerus is pleased with Esther and willing to grant her request. Alternate translation: “if the king evaluates me and approves” or “if the king is pleased with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 5 8 c2jy figs-123person אִם־מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֜ן בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ 1 if I have found favor in the eyes of the king Esther speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. Alternate translation: “if you evaluate me and approve” or “if you are pleased with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 5 8 abu8 figs-idiom וְ⁠אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ ט֔וֹב 1 if it is good to the king This is an idiom. See how you translated it in [1:19](../01/19.md), [3:9](../03/09.md), and [5:4](../05/04.md). Alternate translation: “If it seems like a good idea to you, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 5 8 j69r figs-doublet לָ⁠תֵת֙ אֶת־שְׁאֵ֣לָתִ֔⁠י וְ⁠לַ⁠עֲשׂ֖וֹת אֶת־בַּקָּשָׁתִ֑⁠י 1 to grant my petition and to perform my request The phrases **to grant my petition** and **to perform my request** mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “to do what I want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ EST 5 8 abu9 וּ⁠מָחָ֥ר אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֖ה כִּ⁠דְבַ֥ר ה
EST 5 8 gf9b figs-123person כִּ⁠דְבַ֥ר הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 according to the word of the king Esther speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. Alternate translation: “according to your word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 5 9 abv1 וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֤א 1 And … went out Alternate translation: “and … left the banquet”
EST 5 9 j73r figs-doublet שָׂמֵ֖חַ וְ⁠ט֣וֹב לֵ֑ב 1 joyful and good of heart The word **joyful** and the phrase **good of heart** mean the same thing. These terms are used together to show that Haman was very happy after attending Esther’s banquet with King Ahasuerus. Alternate translation: “feeling very good” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]
EST 5 9 j75r figs-metaphor וְ⁠ט֣וֹב לֵ֑ב 1 and good of heart Here, **heart** figuratively represents the action of thinking or feeling. The phrase means that Haman felt happy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 5 9 j75r figs-metaphor וְ⁠ט֣וֹב לֵ֑ב 1 and good of heart Here, **heart** represents the action of thinking or feeling. The phrase means that Haman felt happy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 5 9 dkg6 figs-explicit וְ⁠לֹא־קָם֙ 1 that he neither rose up Under other circumstances, officials were expected to bow low to the ground to show respect for Haman. See [3:2](../03/02.md). But since Mordecai was already sitting on the ground as a sign of mourning, he would have been expected to stand up to show respect. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Mordecai did not stand up to show respect for Haman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 5 9 j77r translate-symaction וְ⁠לֹא־זָ֣ע מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ 1 nor trembled from him The phrase means that Mordecai was not afraid of Haman or of what Haman might do to him for refusing to show the respect that the king had commanded. Alternate translation: “or tremble fearfully in front of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EST 5 9 s47u figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּמָּלֵ֥א הָמָ֛ן עַֽל־מָרְדֳּכַ֖י חֵמָֽה 1 then Haman was filled with rage on account of Mordecai Here, **Haman’s rage** is described as something that could fill him up. See how you translated this expression in [3:5](../03/05.md). Alternate translation: “Haman became very angry because of Mordecai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ EST 5 14 k8zd translate-bdistance גָּבֹ֣הַּ חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים אַ
EST 5 14 hiui figs-explicit אֱמֹ֣ר לַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ וְ⁠יִתְל֤וּ אֶֽת־מָרְדֳּכַי֙ עָלָ֔י⁠ו 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could make explicit what Haman would say to the king. Alternate translation: “speak to the king and tell him that you would like to hang Mordecai on it” or “tell the king that you intend to hang Mordecai on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 5 14 abw7 figs-explicit וְ⁠יִתְל֤וּ אֶֽת־מָרְדֳּכַי֙ עָלָ֔י⁠ו 1 say to the king, and let them hang Mordecai on it If it would be helpful in your language, you could make explicit who does the action. Probably, Haman’s servants would carry out the action. But since it would happen under Haman’s orders and perhaps under his supervision, you could also describe him as the one who does the action if that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and have your servants hang Mordecai on it” or “and hang Mordecai on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 5 14 abw8 grammar-connect-logic-result וּ⁠בֹֽא…אֶל הַ⁠מִּשְׁתֶּ֖ה שָׂמֵ֑חַ 1 Then go … to the banquet joyful **Then** indicates more than a time sequence here. Zeresh and the friends are saying what the result would be. Alternate translation: “after he is dead, you will be able to go to the banquet … in a good mood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EST 5 14 bbs9 figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּיטַ֧ב הַ⁠דָּבָ֛ר לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָמָ֖ן 1 And the word was good before the face of Haman The **word** was the suggestion that Zeresh and the friends made. Here, **face** figuratively represents Haman himself by something associated with him, his face, which showed what he was thinking and feeling. Alternate translation: “Haman decided that he liked this idea” or “that suggestion pleased Haman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 5 14 bbs9 figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּיטַ֧ב הַ⁠דָּבָ֛ר לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָמָ֖ן 1 And the word was good before the face of Haman The **word** was the suggestion that Zeresh and the friends made. Here, **face** represents Haman himself by something associated with him, his face, which showed what he was thinking and feeling. Alternate translation: “Haman decided that he liked this idea” or “that suggestion pleased Haman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 5 14 i8is וַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ הָ⁠עֵֽץ 1 and he made the tree Haman most likely did not do this personally. He ordered it to be done. Alternate translation: “he gave his servants orders to set up the pole” or “he told his servants to construct the gallows”
EST 5 14 j83r translate-unknown הָ⁠עֵֽץ 1 the tree See how you translated this in [2:23](../02/23.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Be sure your translation is consistent in the chapters that follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 6 intro i9x7 0 # Esther 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter continues the story of Haman’s fall.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Approaching the king\n\nIt was not possible for a person to easily approach the king. Normally, access to him was very limited. There are several events in this chapter which show the layers of protection surrounding the king.
@ -587,14 +587,14 @@ EST 6 1 abw9 figs-personification נָדְדָ֖ה שְׁנַ֣ת הַ⁠מֶּ
EST 6 1 abx1 figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר לְ⁠הָבִ֞יא 1 And he said to bring **He** means the king. The implication is that he told the young men who attended him to do this. Verses 3 and 5 indicate this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so he commanded his servants to fetch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 6 1 abx2 סֵ֤פֶר הַ⁠זִּכְרֹנוֹת֙ דִּבְרֵ֣י הַ⁠יָּמִ֔ים 1 the book of records of the events of days This is equivalent to the expression “the book of the events of days” in [2:23](../02/23.md). See how you translated that expression. Alternate translation: “the royal chronicles” or “the records of what had happened during all the time that he had been king”
EST 6 1 abx3 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּהְי֥וּ נִקְרָאִ֖ים 1 they were being called out This means that the chronicles were read out loud. You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the young men got the chronicles and began to read them out loud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 6 1 j87r figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 before the face of the king Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. This phrase means that the book was being read in the king’s presence. Alternate translation: “to the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 6 1 j87r figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 before the face of the king Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. This phrase means that the book was being read in the king’s presence. Alternate translation: “to the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 6 2 u4gi figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּמָּצֵ֣א כָת֗וּב 1 And it was found written Both terms **found** and **recorded** can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “they found that the writers had recorded there” or “they read the part where the writers had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 6 2 abx4 figs-explicit הִגִּ֨יד מָרְדֳּכַ֜י עַל 1 Mordecai had told about The implication is that Mordecai had saved the king’s life by discovering the plot and telling him about it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Mordecai had saved the king’s life by discovering a plot against the king and telling him about it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 6 2 abx5 figs-events הִגִּ֨יד מָרְדֳּכַ֜י עַל 1 Mordecai had told about To relate the events in chronological order, you can put this at the end of the verse. Alternate translation: “but Mordecai had saved the king’s life by discovering their plot and telling him about it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
EST 6 2 syd9 translate-names בִּגְתָ֣נָא וָ⁠תֶ֗רֶשׁ 1 Bigthana and Teresh These are the same two men who are named in [2:21](../02/21.md). However, there the first man’s name is said to be “Bigthan.” Decide on a consistent way of translating these names so your readers will know that they are the same men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 6 2 abx6 translate-unknown שְׁנֵי֙ סָרִיסֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 two of the eunuchs of the king See how you translated the term **eunuch** in [1:10](../01/10.md). Alternate translation: “two of the royal guardians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 6 2 abx7 מִ⁠שֹּׁמְרֵ֖י הַ⁠סַּ֑ף 1 who were from the guardians of the doorway See how you translated this expression in [2:23](../02/23.md). Alternate translation: “who protected the doorway to the king’s private quarters”
EST 6 2 abx8 figs-metaphor בִּקְשׁוּ֙ 1 they had sought Here, **seeking** figuratively means actively trying to do something. Alternate translation: “they had planned” or “they had tried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 6 2 abx8 figs-metaphor בִּקְשׁוּ֙ 1 they had sought Here, **seeking** means actively trying to do something. Alternate translation: “they had planned” or “they had tried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 6 2 j89r figs-idiom לִ⁠שְׁלֹ֣חַ יָ֔ד 1 to stretch out a hand As in [2:21](../02/21.md), the expression **to stretch out a hand** means to cause someone physical harm with the intention of killing them. Alternate translation: “to assassinate” or “to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 6 3 lmz6 figs-hendiadys מַֽה־נַּעֲשָׂ֞ה יְקָ֧ר וּ⁠גְדוּלָּ֛ה לְ⁠מָרְדֳּכַ֖י 1 What honor or great deed was done for Mordecai **Honor** and **greatness** have similar meanings and they are used together to emphasize that Mordecai should certainly have been honored in some grand way for saving the king’s life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this by putting the terms together. For example, you could say, “What great honor was done for Mordecai?” Alternate translation: “what did we do to reward Mordecai or to show that we appreciated what he did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
EST 6 3 aby0 figs-activepassive נַּעֲשָׂ֞ה 1 was done You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “what did I do” or “what did we do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ EST 6 5 j95r יָבֽוֹא 1 Let him come Alternate translation: “he may com
EST 6 6 j97r וַ⁠יָּבוֹא֮ הָמָן֒ וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר ל⁠וֹ֙ הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 Then Haman came, and the king said to him Alternate translation: “when Haman came in, the king said”
EST 6 6 ky5i figs-123person מַה־לַ⁠עֲשׂ֕וֹת בָּ⁠אִ֕ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֣ץ בִּ⁠יקָר֑⁠וֹ 1 What is one to do for the man in whose honor the king is delighted? Here the king speaks of himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person instead. Alternate translation: “what should I do for the man whom I would really like to honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 6 6 n3r5 figs-idiom אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֣ץ בִּ⁠יקָר֑⁠וֹ 1 in whose honor the king is delighted **To delight** in doing something means to be glad to do it and to really want to do it. Alternate translation: “whom I am glad to honor” or “whom I want to honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 6 6 jh4i figs-metaphor וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר הָמָן֙ בְּ⁠לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 Then Haman said in his heart Here, **heart** could mean two different things: (1) Heart could figuratively represent the action of thinking or feeling. In that case, the phrase would mean “then Haman said in his thoughts.” (2) Heart could also be a metaphor meaning to be inside someone or something. In that case, the phrase would mean “then Haman said inside himself.” Either way, the phrase means that Haman was not saying this out loud, but saying it to himself in his thoughts. Alternate translation: “Haman thought to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 6 6 jh4i figs-metaphor וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר הָמָן֙ בְּ⁠לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 Then Haman said in his heart Here, **heart** could mean two different things: (1) Heart could represent the action of thinking or feeling. In that case, the phrase would mean “then Haman said in his thoughts.” (2) Heart could also be a metaphor meaning to be inside someone or something. In that case, the phrase would mean “then Haman said inside himself.” Either way, the phrase means that Haman was not saying this out loud, but saying it to himself in his thoughts. Alternate translation: “Haman thought to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 6 6 yft1 figs-rquestion לְ⁠מִ֞י יַחְפֹּ֥ץ הַ⁠מֶּ֛לֶךְ לַ⁠עֲשׂ֥וֹת יְקָ֖ר יוֹתֵ֥ר מִמֶּֽ⁠נִּי 1 For whom would the king delight to do honor more than me Haman is actually making a statement to himself rather than asking a question and trying to figure out the answer. He uses a question form to emphasize how true he believes the statement to be. If it would be helpful in your language, instead of a question, you could use a statement such as, “Surely there is no one whom the king would take pleasure in honoring more than me!” Alternate translation: “whom would the king like to honor more than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EST 6 7 j1d1 figs-idiom אִ֕ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֥ץ בִּ⁠יקָרֽ⁠וֹ 1 For a man in whose honor the king is delighted **To delight** in doing something means to be glad to do it and to really want to do it. Alternate translation: “for a man the king is glad to honor” or “for a man the king wants to honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 6 7 aby6 figs-123person אִ֕ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֥ץ בִּ⁠יקָרֽ⁠וֹ 1 For a man in whose honor the king is delighted Haman speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. You can have him address the king in the second person. Alternate translation: “if you really want to honor someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@ -631,7 +631,7 @@ EST 6 9 j1d5 figs-idiom הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶך
EST 6 9 abz2 figs-123person הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֣ץ בִּֽ⁠יקָר֑⁠וֹ 1 the man in whose honor the king is delighted Haman speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the second person. Alternate translation: “the man whom you really want to honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 6 9 abz4 בִּ⁠רְח֣וֹב הָ⁠עִ֔יר 1 in the open place of the city This refers to a large, open space in the city, either the space that was in front of the palace (as in [4:6](../04/06.md)), or a space inside one of the city gates. In either case, this would have been a public area where people could gather, and so it was a place where a great number of people would have seen how the king was honoring Mordecai. Alternate translation: “through the public square of the city”
EST 6 9 qs3k וְ⁠קָרְא֣וּ 1 and proclaim Alternate translation: “and tell the noble official and servants to proclaim” or “and have them shout out”
EST 6 9 j1d7 figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנָ֔י⁠ו 1 before his face Here, **face** figuratively represents the front of a person. The phrase means that the servants were to shout out to the people in front of the man on the horse, that is, to the people who were in the path of his horse as it approached. Alternate translation: “to whoever is in front of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 6 9 j1d7 figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנָ֔י⁠ו 1 before his face Here, **face** represents the front of a person. The phrase means that the servants were to shout out to the people in front of the man on the horse, that is, to the people who were in the path of his horse as it approached. Alternate translation: “to whoever is in front of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 6 9 j1d9 figs-idiom כָּ֚כָה יֵעָשֶׂ֣ה לָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֥ץ בִּ⁠יקָרֽ⁠וֹ 1 Thus shall it be done for the man in whose honor the king is delighted **To delight** in doing something means to be glad to do something or to want to do something. Alternate translation: “the king is doing this because he really wants to honor this man” or “this is what the king does when he especially wants to honor someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 6 9 pwgm figs-activepassive כָּ֚כָה יֵעָשֶׂ֣ה 1 You can say this with an active form, and you can say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “the king is doing this” or “this is what the king does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 6 10 j2d1 figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ 1 So the king said to Haman The implication is that the king liked Haman’s suggestion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the king liked this idea, so he replied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ EST 6 10 abz7 figs-123person הַ⁠יּוֹשֵׁ֖ב בְּ⁠שַׁ֣עַר
EST 6 10 gln7 figs-metaphor אַל־תַּפֵּ֣ל דָּבָ֔ר 1 Do not allow a word to fail Here the action of letting **fall** is a metaphor meaning to leave out or leave unfulfilled. The phrase means that Haman must do absolutely everything that he said. Alternate translation: “do not leave out anything that you suggested” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 6 10 abz8 figs-doublenegatives אַל־תַּפֵּ֣ל דָּבָ֔ר 1 Do not allow a word to fail This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “Be sure to do absolutely everything that you have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
EST 6 11 abz9 וַ⁠יַּרְכִּיבֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ בִּ⁠רְח֣וֹב הָ⁠עִ֔יר 1 and paraded him in the open place of the city See how you translated these expressions in verse 9. Alternate translation: “seated him on the horse and then led the horse through the public square of the city”
EST 6 11 j2d5 figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֣א לְ⁠פָנָ֔י⁠ו 1 called out before his face Here, **face** figuratively represents the front of a person. The phrase means that Haman shouted out to the people in front of Mordecai, that is, the people who were in the path of his horse as it approached. Alternate translation: “called out to all of the people in front of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 6 11 j2d5 figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֣א לְ⁠פָנָ֔י⁠ו 1 called out before his face Here, **face** represents the front of a person. The phrase means that Haman shouted out to the people in front of Mordecai, that is, the people who were in the path of his horse as it approached. Alternate translation: “called out to all of the people in front of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 6 11 j2d7 figs-idiom אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֥ץ בִּ⁠יקָרֽ⁠וֹ 1 Thus shall it be done for the man in whose honor the king is delighted **To delight** in doing something means to be glad to do something or to want to do something. Alternate translation: “the king is doing this because he really wants to honor this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 6 12 uri5 translate-symaction אָבֵ֖ל וַ⁠חֲפ֥וּי רֹֽאשׁ 1 mourning with a covering of head People often covered their heads to show that they were either extremely sad or ashamed. Alternate translation: “covering his head because he felt completely disgraced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EST 6 13 j3d1 figs-explicit וַ⁠יְסַפֵּ֨ר הָמָ֜ן 1 Then Haman recounted The implication is that, just as Haman gathered his friends together in [5:10](../05/10.md) to boast of his status, now he gathered them together once again to talk about what had just happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Haman brought all his friends together again. He told…” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -649,12 +649,12 @@ EST 6 13 aca1 figs-explicit כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֣ר קָרָ֑⁠הוּ 1 every
EST 6 13 aca2 figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֩אמְרוּ֩ ל֨⁠וֹ חֲכָמָ֜י⁠ו וְ⁠זֶ֣רֶשׁ 1 Then his wise men and Zeresh said to him The implication is that, just as King Ahasuerus had royal advisors, Haman had advisors of his own. They would have been included among the “friends” he gathered for this occasion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “some of his friends were also his advisors, and they and his wife Zeresh told him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 6 13 aca3 חֲכָמָ֜י⁠ו 1 his wise men See how you translated this expression in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “his advisors”
EST 6 13 fd5k figs-metaphor אִ֣ם…מָרְדֳּכַ֞י אֲשֶׁר֩ הַחִלּ֨וֹתָ לִ⁠נְפֹּ֤ל לְ⁠פָנָי⁠ו֙ 1 If Mordecai, before whose face you have begun to fall This could mean either of two possibilities: (1) The action of falling could refer to bowing down and it could be a metaphor meaning to be dishonored and defeated. Haman wanted Mordecai to bow down in front of him. But instead, the story would be saying that Haman is starting to bow down (in a metaphorical sense) in front of Mordecai. Alternate translation: “Mordecai has begun to humiliate you. If he…” (2) “Fall” could be a figurative way of saying “be killed in battle.” In that case, Zeresh would be comparing Haman and Mordecai to two soldiers who are fighting. She is saying that Haman has already “begun to fall,” that is, he is losing the battle, and he is likely to be killed. Alternate translation: “Mordecai has begun to defeat you. Since he…” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 6 13 j3d3 figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנָי⁠ו֙ 1 before … face Here, **face** figuratively represents the front of a person. This could mean: (1) that Haman has already begun to fall down (bow down) in front of Mordecai figuratively, or (2) that Haman and Mordecai are facing one another figuratively in hand-to-hand combat. Alternate translation: “before whom” or “in whose presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 6 13 j3d3 figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנָי⁠ו֙ 1 before … face Here, **face** represents the front of a person. This could mean: (1) that Haman has already begun to fall down (bow down) in front of Mordecai figuratively, or (2) that Haman and Mordecai are facing one another in hand-to-hand combat. Alternate translation: “before whom” or “in whose presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 6 13 p5t2 figs-metaphor מִ⁠זֶּ֣רַע הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֡ים 1 from the seed of the Jews Here, **seed** is a metaphor meaning “offspring.” It is a comparison: Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. Alternate translation: “one of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 6 13 nan5 figs-metaphor לֹא־תוּכַ֣ל ל֔⁠וֹ 1 you will not prevail against him Here Haman’s wife and friends are again speaking figuratively as if Haman is in a battle with Mordecai. Alternate translation: “you will not win against him” or “you will not have greater honor than he has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 6 13 nan5 figs-metaphor לֹא־תוּכַ֣ל ל֔⁠וֹ 1 you will not prevail against him Here Haman’s wife and friends are again speaking as if Haman is in a battle with Mordecai. Alternate translation: “you will not win against him” or “you will not have greater honor than he has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 6 13 j3d5 grammar-connect-logic-contrast כִּֽי 1 but This conjunction indicates a contrast between the actions of prevailing (in the previous clause) and falling. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EST 6 13 j3d7 figs-metaphor נָפ֥וֹל תִּפּ֖וֹל 1 you will surely fall Here the action of **falling**: (1) either refers once again to prostrating oneself, and is a metaphor meaning to be dishonored and defeated, or (2) Haman’s wife and friends are saying that for Haman, defeat will be the outcome of the figurative battle. Alternate translation: “you will certainly lose to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 6 13 j3d9 figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנָֽי⁠ו 1 before his face Here, **face** figuratively represents the front of a person. The phrase means that Haman will lose in his struggle with Mordecai. Alternate translation: “before him” or “in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 6 13 j3d9 figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנָֽי⁠ו 1 before his face Here, **face** represents the front of a person. The phrase means that Haman will lose in his struggle with Mordecai. Alternate translation: “before him” or “in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 6 14 j4d1 grammar-connect-time-background עוֹדָ⁠ם֙ מְדַבְּרִ֣ים עִמּ֔⁠וֹ 1 They were still speaking with him when the eunuchs of the king arrived This phrase indicates something that happened after Haman’s wife and friends started talking with Haman and while they were still talking. You should indicate this with a phrase such as “while.” Alternate translation: “while they were still talking together, the king’s eunuchs arrived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
EST 6 14 aca4 translate-unknown וְ⁠סָרִיסֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 when the eunuchs of the king See how you decided to translate this term in [1:10](../01/10.md). Not all of the king’s eunuchs came. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “some of the king’s servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 6 14 aca5 וַ⁠יַּבְהִ֨לוּ֙ לְ⁠הָבִ֣יא אֶת־הָמָ֔ן 1 And they hurried to bring Haman Alternative translation: “they wanted to bring Haman quickly”
@ -670,7 +670,7 @@ EST 7 2 j4d3 figs-abstractnouns שְּׁאֵלָתֵ֛⁠ךְ…בַּקָּשׁ
EST 7 2 j4d5 figs-hyperbole עַד־חֲצִ֥י הַ⁠מַּלְכ֖וּת 1 As much as half of the kingdom See how you translated this expression in [5:3](../05/03.md) and [5:6](../05/06.md). Alternate translation: “I will give you anything you ask for, no matter how great it is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
EST 7 3 ac96 figs-hendiadys וַ⁠תַּ֨עַן…וַ⁠תֹּאמַ֔ר 1 Then … answered and said Here a single idea is being expressed by using two words connected with “and.” Together the two words mean that Esther responded to the question that the king asked her. Alternate translation: “answered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
EST 7 3 k27c figs-idiom אִם־מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֤ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 If I have found favor in your eyes **Favor** means the approval or acceptance of another person. Alternate translation: “if you evaluate me and approve” or “if you are pleased with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 7 3 aca7 figs-metonymy אִם־מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֤ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 If I have found favor in your eyes Here, **eyes** figuratively represent seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. Alternate translation: “if you evaluate me and approve” or “if you are pleased with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 7 3 aca7 figs-metonymy אִם־מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֤ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 If I have found favor in your eyes Here, **eyes** represent seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. Alternate translation: “if you evaluate me and approve” or “if you are pleased with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 7 3 j4d7 הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 O king In this case, Esther is addressing Ahasuerus directly as “O king”; she is not speaking about him in the third person as a sign of respect, as she and others usually do elsewhere in the story. This may indicate a special urgency to what she is saying, so it would be good to include this difference in your translation or indicate the urgency in some other way.
EST 7 3 aca8 figs-idiom וְ⁠אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ ט֑וֹב 1 and if it is good to the king This is an idiom that also appears in [1:19](../01/19.md), [3:9](../03/09.md), [5:4](../05/04.md), and [5:8](../05/08.md). The suggested translation in those cases was, “If it seems like a good plan to you, O king.” That was suitable for the deferential tone the speakers were using. But here, Esther has just addressed the king directly with “O king” and she is pleading urgently for the survival of her whole people. So an alternate translation here could be something more like, “I hope you will be willing to do what I ask” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 7 3 aca9 figs-parallelism תִּנָּֽתֶן־לִ֤⁠י נַפְשִׁ⁠י֙ בִּ⁠שְׁאֵ֣לָתִ֔⁠י וְ⁠עַמִּ֖⁠י בְּ⁠בַקָּשָׁתִֽ⁠י 1 let my life be given to me at my petition, and my people at my request The phrases **at my petition** and **at my request** mean the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the urgency of the request. If it would be more natural in your language, you could combine the two requests. Alternate translation: “please spare my life and save my people” or “my request is that you spare my life and the lives of my people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@ -688,13 +688,13 @@ EST 7 4 acb4 figs-123person הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 the king Esther addresses
EST 7 5 acb5 figs-doublet וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙…וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 Then … spoke and said These two words mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 7 5 acb6 figs-parallelism מִ֣י ה֥וּא זֶה֙ וְ⁠אֵֽי־זֶ֣ה ה֔וּא 1 Who is he, this man? And where is this man These two phrases mean similar things. They both ask about the identity of the man who is trying to destroy the Jews. King Ahasuerus uses the repetition to emphasize how outraged he is. If the repetition would be confusing in your language, you could combine the two phrases. However, from another perspective, both the man’s identity and his location are important to know so that his plot can be stopped. So, for that reason, you could also decide to include both phrases in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EST 7 5 acb7 מִ֣י ה֥וּא זֶה֙ וְ⁠אֵֽי־זֶ֣ה ה֔וּא 1 Who is he, this man? Alternate translation: “who has done this”
EST 7 5 dl4b figs-metaphor וְ⁠אֵֽי־זֶ֣ה ה֔וּא אֲשֶׁר־מְלָא֥⁠וֹ לִבּ֖⁠וֹ לַ⁠עֲשׂ֥וֹת כֵּֽן 1 And where is this man, he whose heart is full to do thus? Here the concept of a **full heart** uses two metaphors at once. “Heart” figuratively represents the action of thinking or feeling. Also, saying that the “heart” is “full” is a figurative way of saying that someone is fully intending to do something, usually something that should not be done. Alternate translation: “where is the man who is intending to do such a thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 7 5 dl4b figs-metaphor וְ⁠אֵֽי־זֶ֣ה ה֔וּא אֲשֶׁר־מְלָא֥⁠וֹ לִבּ֖⁠וֹ לַ⁠עֲשׂ֥וֹת כֵּֽן 1 And where is this man, he whose heart is full to do thus? Here the concept of a **full heart** uses two metaphors at once. “Heart” represents the action of thinking or feeling. Also, saying that the “heart” is “full” is a figurative way of saying that someone is fully intending to do something, usually something that should not be done. Alternate translation: “where is the man who is intending to do such a thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 7 6 j5d5 figs-doublet צַ֣ר וְ⁠אוֹיֵ֔ב 1 A man, and adversary, and an enemy These words mean the same thing. Together, they emphasize Haman’s complete hostility towards the Jews. If it is more natural in your language, you can combine them and indicate the emphasis in a different way. Alternate translation: “the one who is our absolute nemesis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 7 6 ar4f נִבְעַ֔ת 1 was terrified Alternative translation: “was extremely afraid”
EST 7 6 j5d9 figs-metonymy נִבְעַ֔ת מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֥י 1 terrified from before the face of Here, **face** figuratively means the presence of a person. The phrase means that Haman was now extremely afraid to be in the presence of King Ahasuerus and Queen Esther. Alternate translation: “this made Haman very afraid to be in the presence of the king and the queen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 7 6 j5d9 figs-metonymy נִבְעַ֔ת מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֥י 1 terrified from before the face of Here, **face** means the presence of a person. The phrase means that Haman was now extremely afraid to be in the presence of King Ahasuerus and Queen Esther. Alternate translation: “this made Haman very afraid to be in the presence of the king and the queen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 7 7 bzd4 figs-idiom וְ⁠הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ קָ֤ם בַּ⁠חֲמָת⁠וֹ֙ מִ⁠מִּשְׁתֵּ֣ה הַ⁠יַּ֔יִן 1 Then the king rose up in his rage from the banquet of wine Here, **in his rage** is an idiom meaning to be extremely angry. Alternate translation: “the king was extremely angry and got up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 7 7 j6d1 figs-explicit אֶל־גִּנַּ֖ת הַ⁠בִּיתָ֑ן 1 rose up … to the garden of the palace The implication is that Ahasuerus went outside to absorb the shock that a man he had promoted to the highest position in his empire was plotting to destroy his queen and her whole people. Ahasuerus needed to sort out his conflicting loyalties and decide what to do about this. If it would be misunderstood, you could say explicitly why he went outside. Alternate translation: “he went outside to the palace garden to decide what to do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 7 7 uaq6 figs-metaphor לְ⁠בַקֵּ֤שׁ עַל־נַפְשׁ⁠וֹ֙ 1 in order to seek for his life Here, **seeking** figuratively means to beg or plead urgently for something. This phrase means that Haman wanted to beg Esther to persuade the king not to order his execution. Alternate translation: “to plead with Queen Esther to spare his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 7 7 uaq6 figs-metaphor לְ⁠בַקֵּ֤שׁ עַל־נַפְשׁ⁠וֹ֙ 1 in order to seek for his life Here, **seeking** means to beg or plead urgently for something. This phrase means that Haman wanted to beg Esther to persuade the king not to order his execution. Alternate translation: “to plead with Queen Esther to spare his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 7 7 qz1m figs-metaphor כִּ֣י רָאָ֔ה 1 for he saw Here, **seeing** is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. Alternate translation: “he realized” or “he understood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 7 7 nin1 figs-activepassive כָלְתָ֥ה אֵלָ֛י⁠ו הָ⁠רָעָ֖ה מֵ⁠אֵ֥ת הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 evil was determined against him by the king You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the king had decided to cause a disaster against him” or “the king was decided to destroy him” or “the king had decided to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 7 7 j6d3 figs-abstractnouns כָלְתָ֥ה אֵלָ֛י⁠ו הָ⁠רָעָ֖ה מֵ⁠אֵ֥ת הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 evil was determined against him by the king Here the abstract noun **evil** means “harm,” not something that is morally wrong as in the previous verse. In this context, it can be expressed with a verb such as “execute.” Alternate translation: “the king was likely to execute him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -711,7 +711,7 @@ EST 7 8 acc2 grammar-connect-time-background הַ⁠דָּבָ֗ר…וּ⁠פְ
EST 7 8 j6d9 figs-explicit וּ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָמָ֖ן חָפֽוּ 1 when they covered the face of Haman The implication is that some the king’s servants who were present did this, and they did it because they understood that the king wanted Haman to be executed. Alternate translation: “some of his servants covered Haman’s face because he was going to be executed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 7 8 acc3 translate-symaction וּ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָמָ֖ן חָפֽוּ 1 when they covered the face of Haman **Covering the face** in this culture, as in many others, was a sign that a person had been condemned to death. Alternate translation: “some of his servants covered Haman’s face to show that he would be executed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EST 7 9 a7ic translate-names חַ֠רְבוֹנָה 1 Harbona This is a man’s name. See how you translated it in [1:10](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 7 9 j7d1 figs-metonymy אֶחָ֨ד מִן־הַ⁠סָּרִיסִ֜ים לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ 1 one from the eunuchs before the face of the king Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. This phrase means that Harbona was one of the eunuchs who served King Ahasuerus personally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 7 9 j7d1 figs-metonymy אֶחָ֨ד מִן־הַ⁠סָּרִיסִ֜ים לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ 1 one from the eunuchs before the face of the king Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. This phrase means that Harbona was one of the eunuchs who served King Ahasuerus personally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 7 9 acc4 translate-unknown הַ⁠סָּרִיסִ֜ים לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ 1 the eunuchs before the face of the king See how you translated this term and this phrase in [1:10](../01/10.md). Alternate translation: “the guardians who served the king personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 7 9 j7d3 הִנֵּה 1 behold **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, it can be omitted from your translation. But consider using an expression that is natural in your language for someone to address the king directly to get his attention. For example, you could say, “O king!”
EST 7 9 acc5 גַּ֣ם…הָ⁠עֵ֣ץ אֲשֶׁר־עָשָׂ֪ה הָמָ֟ן לְֽ⁠מָרְדֳּכַ֞י…עֹמֵד֙ בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית הָמָ֔ן 1 Also … the tree that Haman made for Mordecai … is standing at the house of Haman Alternate translation: “Haman has also set up a pole [or gallows] at his house because he wants to impale [or hang] Mordecai on it”
@ -722,13 +722,13 @@ EST 7 9 acc6 עֹמֵד֙ 1 is standing Alternate translation: “is set up”
EST 7 9 sre1 translate-bdistance גָּבֹ֖הַּ חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים אַמָּ֑ה 1 50 cubits high If it would be helpful in your language, you could convert this to a modern measure. See how you translated this phrase in [5:14](../05/14.md). Alternate translation: “seventy-five feet high” or “twenty-five meters high” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
EST 7 9 acc7 figs-explicit תְּלֻ֥⁠הוּ עָלָֽי⁠ו 1 Hang him on it **Him** means Haman. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “hang [or impale] Haman on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 7 10 j8d3 translate-unknown הָ⁠עֵ֖ץ 1 the tree See how you translated this in [2:23](../02/23.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Be sure your translation is consistent in the chapters that follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 7 10 umd4 figs-metaphor וַ⁠חֲמַ֥ת הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ שָׁכָֽכָה 1 and the rage of the king subsided Here the story figuratively compares the king’s anger to floodwaters, which can cause great destruction. “Subside” means for waters to drain away and for their level to go down. You could express the meaning by saying something like “Then the king’s rage lessened,” or “Then the king was not so angry.” Or you could use a different metaphor that would be meaningful in your language, such as, “Then the king cooled off.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 7 10 umd4 figs-metaphor וַ⁠חֲמַ֥ת הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ שָׁכָֽכָה 1 and the rage of the king subsided Here the story compares the king’s anger to floodwaters, which can cause great destruction. “Subside” means for waters to drain away and for their level to go down. You could express the meaning by saying something like “Then the king’s rage lessened,” or “Then the king was not so angry.” Or you could use a different metaphor that would be meaningful in your language, such as, “Then the king cooled off.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 8 intro z6j7 0 # Esther 8 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### God’s protection\n\nYahweh is at work in this chapter preventing the possible destruction of the Jews. God used Esther and Mordecai to protect their people.
EST 8 1 j8d5 writing-newevent בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠ה֗וּא 1 On that day This could mean one of three things: (1) A new series of events is now being described, but the story makes clear that they happened on the same day as the second banquet. While it must have been some time later in the day, the idea is that when Haman lost his life, and also his property, Esther gained what her enemy had lost. Alternate translation: “that same day” (2) The expression could also be an idiom that means “as of that day.” This would refer to the effective date for the transfer of Haman’s property to Esther. Alternate translation: “as of that day” (3) The term “day” could also be used figuratively to mean around the same time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EST 8 1 j8d7 figs-synecdoche נָתַ֞ן הַ⁠מֶּ֤לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵרוֹשׁ֙ לְ⁠אֶסְתֵּ֣ר הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֔ה אֶת־בֵּ֥ית הָמָ֖ן 1 the king Ahasuerus gave to Esther the queen the house of Haman Here, **house** figuratively represents all the household and property of Haman. The story could be referring to all the property by naming one part of it, the house. Or “house” could be a metonym for “property,” meaning everything a person owns and keeps in their house, and by extension everything they own beyond the house as well. Alternate translation: “King Ahasuerus declared that everything that Haman had owned would now belong to Queen Esther” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EST 8 1 j8d5 writing-newevent בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠ה֗וּא 1 On that day This could mean one of three things: (1) A new series of events is now being described, but the story makes clear that they happened on the same day as the second banquet. While it must have been some time later in the day, the idea is that when Haman lost his life, and also his property, Esther gained what her enemy had lost. Alternate translation: “that same day” (2) The expression could also be an idiom that means “as of that day.” This would refer to the effective date for the transfer of Haman’s property to Esther. Alternate translation: “as of that day” (3) The term “day” could also be used to mean around the same time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EST 8 1 j8d7 figs-synecdoche נָתַ֞ן הַ⁠מֶּ֤לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵרוֹשׁ֙ לְ⁠אֶסְתֵּ֣ר הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֔ה אֶת־בֵּ֥ית הָמָ֖ן 1 the king Ahasuerus gave to Esther the queen the house of Haman Here, **house** represents all the household and property of Haman. The story could be referring to all the property by naming one part of it, the house. Or “house” could be a metonym for “property,” meaning everything a person owns and keeps in their house, and by extension everything they own beyond the house as well. Alternate translation: “King Ahasuerus declared that everything that Haman had owned would now belong to Queen Esther” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EST 8 1 nm3u figs-distinguish צֹרֵ֣ר הַיְּהוּדִ֑ים 1 the adversary of the Jews This phrase gives clarifying information about Haman. Alternate translation: “the enemy of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
EST 8 1 acc9 figs-explicit וּ⁠מָרְדֳּכַ֗י בָּ֚א לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 Mordecai came before the face of the king The implication is that when the king learned how Mordecai was related to Esther, he summoned Mordecai into his presence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “when he learned that, the king sent for Mordecai to come into his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 8 1 j8d9 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 before the face of the king Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. This phrase indicates that Mordecai was allowed to come into the king’s presence. Alternate translation: “into his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 8 1 j8d9 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 before the face of the king Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. This phrase indicates that Mordecai was allowed to come into the king’s presence. Alternate translation: “into his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 8 1 acd0 figs-events הִגִּ֥ידָה אֶסְתֵּ֖ר מַ֥ה הוּא־לָֽ⁠הּ 1 Esther told what he was to her You can say this before saying that the king summoned Mordecai, since it happened first. See the UST. Alternate translation: “Esther told the king how Mordecai was related to her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
EST 8 1 j9d1 figs-explicit הִגִּ֥ידָה אֶסְתֵּ֖ר מַ֥ה הוּא־לָֽ⁠הּ 1 Esther told what he was to her Esther told this to the king. She would likely have explained not just how she and Mordecai were related, but that he had raised her after her parents died. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Esther told the king that Mordecai was her cousin and that he had been like a father to her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 8 2 m5hz translate-symaction וַ⁠יָּ֨סַר הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ אֶת־טַבַּעְתּ֗⁠וֹ…וַֽ⁠יִּתְּנָ֖⁠הּ לְ⁠מָרְדֳּכָ֑י 1 the king removed his signet ring … and he gave it to Mordecai Giving the ring to Mordecai showed that Mordecai could now act on the king’s own authority, and it enabled him to do that. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the king now gave this ring to Mordecai to show that Mordecai had the power to act on the authority of the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
@ -736,11 +736,11 @@ EST 8 2 acd1 translate-unknown טַבַּעְתּ֗⁠וֹ 1 signet ring See how
EST 8 2 j9d3 figs-explicit אֲשֶׁ֤ר הֶֽעֱבִיר֙ מֵֽ⁠הָמָ֔ן 1 that he had caused to pass from Haman This means that the king had taken back his signet ring from Haman. He would have done this when he sentenced Haman to death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the king had given Haman the ring that had his official seal on it, but he had taken it back from Haman when he sentenced Haman to death, and the king was wearing it again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 8 2 acd2 figs-events אֲשֶׁ֤ר הֶֽעֱבִיר֙ מֵֽ⁠הָמָ֔ן 1 that he had caused to pass from Haman If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this information first in the verse because it happened before everything else. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
EST 8 2 z5yn figs-explicit וַֽ⁠יִּתְּנָ֖⁠הּ לְ⁠מָרְדֳּכָ֑י 1 and he gave it to Mordecai By giving his signet ring to Mordecai, the king gave Mordecai the authority to write important papers that people would have to obey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 8 2 acd3 figs-metaphor וַ⁠תָּ֧שֶׂם אֶסְתֵּ֛ר אֶֽת־מָרְדֳּכַ֖י עַל־בֵּ֥ית הָמָֽן 1 Esther placed Mordecai over the house of Haman To place someone over something figuratively means to put them in charge of it. Alternate translation: “Esther appointed Mordecai to be in charge of everything that had belonged to Haman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 8 2 acd3 figs-metaphor וַ⁠תָּ֧שֶׂם אֶסְתֵּ֛ר אֶֽת־מָרְדֳּכַ֖י עַל־בֵּ֥ית הָמָֽן 1 Esther placed Mordecai over the house of Haman To place someone over something means to put them in charge of it. Alternate translation: “Esther appointed Mordecai to be in charge of everything that had belonged to Haman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 8 2 d2tj figs-metonymy בֵּ֥ית הָמָֽן 1 the house of Haman See the explanation of this phrase in verse 1. Alternate translation: “everything that Haman had owned” or “the household of Haman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 8 3 j9d5 writing-newevent וַ⁠תּ֣וֹסֶף אֶסְתֵּ֗ר וַ⁠תְּדַבֵּר֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 Then Esther repeated her action, and she spoke before the face of the king Here the exact meaning of the progression of verbs is uncertain, but this verse probably begins a new event in the story separate from what happened in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “then Esther again spoke in the king’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EST 8 3 j9d7 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 before the face of the king Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. Alternate translation: “while she was in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 8 3 j9d9 figs-idiom וַ⁠תִּפֹּ֖ל לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י רַגְלָ֑י⁠ו 1 And she fell before the face of his feet Here, **falling** is an idiom referring to the action of bowing down or prostrating oneself, and **face** figuratively represents the front of a person, place, or object. Alternate translation: “and she bowed down” or “and she prostrated herself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 8 3 j9d7 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 before the face of the king Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. Alternate translation: “while she was in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 8 3 j9d9 figs-idiom וַ⁠תִּפֹּ֖ל לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י רַגְלָ֑י⁠ו 1 And she fell before the face of his feet Here, **falling** is an idiom referring to the action of bowing down or prostrating oneself, and **face** represents the front of a person, place, or object. Alternate translation: “and she bowed down” or “and she prostrated herself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 8 3 acd4 translate-symaction וַ⁠תִּפֹּ֖ל לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י רַגְלָ֑י⁠ו 1 And she fell before the face of his feet This may actually mean that Esther put her face right on top of the feet of King Ahasuerus. This would have been an act of humility and desperation by which she showed that her need was very great and that she believed the king had great power to help her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EST 8 3 acd5 figs-explicit וַ⁠תִּפֹּ֖ל לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י רַגְלָ֑י⁠ו 1 And she fell before the face of his feet Esther’s action was probably a recognized sign of pleading in this culture. However, it would likely still have been remarkable for a queen to fall at the feet of her husband, the king. you could show this by introducing the information with a phrase like “in fact.” Alternate translation: “in fact, to show how desperately she was pleading, Esther got down and put her face right on top of his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 8 3 j1r1 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י רַגְלָ֑י⁠ו 1 before the face of his feet Here, **face** is a metonym meaning the front of a person, place, or object. This phrase means that Esther prostrated herself in front of the feet of King Ahasuerus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -750,14 +750,14 @@ EST 8 3 c2hw מַֽחֲשַׁבְתּ֔⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָשַׁ֖ב 1
EST 8 4 xh24 translate-symaction וַ⁠יּ֤וֹשֶׁט הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ לְ⁠אֶסְתֵּ֔ר אֵ֖ת שַׁרְבִ֣ט הַ⁠זָּהָ֑ב 1 And the king held out to Esther the scepter of gold As in [5:2](../05/02.md), King Ahasuerus did this to show that Esther had his favor. In that earlier episode, this indicated that he would not enforce the law that said Esther should be executed for coming into the inner court without being summoned. But since Esther was apparently already in the king’s presence on this occasion, it seems that the gesture could also be used generally to show that the king was positively disposed towards a person and would grant the person’s request. Alternate translation: “the king held out his golden scepter to Esther” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EST 8 4 acd7 translate-unknown שַׁרְבִ֣ט הַ⁠זָּהָ֑ב 1 the scepter of gold See how you translated this in [4:11](../04/11.md). If it would be helpful, review the explanation of what this object was. Alternate translation: “golden scepter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 8 4 acd8 וַ⁠תָּ֣קָם אֶסְתֵּ֔ר 1 so Esther rose up Alternate translation: “Esther got up off the floor”
EST 8 4 j1r5 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 before the face of the king Here, **face** figuratively represents the front of a person, place, or object. This phrase means the Esther now stood facing King Ahasuerus. Alternate translation: “and stood facing the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 8 4 j1r5 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 before the face of the king Here, **face** represents the front of a person, place, or object. This phrase means the Esther now stood facing King Ahasuerus. Alternate translation: “and stood facing the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 8 5 w7yl figs-parallelism אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ ט֜וֹב…וְ⁠כָשֵׁ֤ר הַ⁠דָּבָר֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 If it is good to the king, and if I have found favor before his face, and the word is proper before the face of the king, and I am good in his eyes These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Esther is saying very deferentially that she hopes that the king will think that her suggestion is a good idea and will, therefore, grant her request. Esther uses the repetition to emphasize the importance of what she is expressing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “if what I am going to suggest seems like a good idea to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EST 8 5 r2yy figs-parallelism וְ⁠אִם־מָצָ֧אתִי חֵ֣ן לְ⁠פָנָ֗י⁠ו…וְ⁠טוֹבָ֥ה אֲנִ֖י בְּ⁠עֵינָ֑י⁠ו 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Esther is saying very deferentially that she hopes that the king is positively disposed towards her, that he thinks well of her, and will, therefore, grant her request. Esther uses the repetition to emphasize the importance of what she is expressing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “if you are pleased with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EST 8 5 acd9 figs-123person אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ ט֜וֹב וְ⁠אִם־מָצָ֧אתִי חֵ֣ן לְ⁠פָנָ֗י⁠ו 1 If it is good to the king, and if I have found favor before his face, and the word is proper before the face of the king, and I am good in his eyes Here Esther addresses the king throughout in the third person as a way of showing respect. You could express the same meaning in the second person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 8 5 ace0 figs-idiom אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ ט֜וֹב 1 If it is good to the king This is an idiom that also appears in [1:19](../01/19.md), [3:9](../03/09.md), [5:4](../05/04.md), and [5:8](../05/08.md). A suggested translation in those cases was, “If it seems like a good idea to you, O king.” That was suitable for the deferential tone the speakers were using. But in another place, [7:3](../07/03.md), when Esther was pleading urgently for the survival of her whole people, the suggested alternate translation was, “I hope you will be willing to do what I ask” Here, Esther is also pleading, so you could use that phrase here in your translation as well. Alternate translation: “if what I ask for seems right in the king’s evaluation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 8 5 ftc7 figs-idiom וְ⁠אִם־מָצָ֧אתִי חֵ֣ן 1 if I have found favor This expression also appears many times in the story. It means to gain the approval or acceptance of another person. Alternate translation: “if you are pleased with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 8 5 j1r7 figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנָ֗י⁠ו…לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 before his face … before the face of the king Here, **face** figuratively means the presence of a person. These phrases could mean “as I stand here before you.” But “face” could also be referring figuratively to the king himself by naming one part of him. What he thought and felt about Esther’s request would become evident in his face first, so it would be an appropriate part of him to use to represent all of him. Alternate translation: “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 8 5 xci7 figs-metaphor בְּ⁠עֵינָ֑י⁠ו 1 in his eyes Here, **eyes** figuratively represent the action of seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. Alternate translation: “if you evaluate me and I please you” or “if you are pleased with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 8 5 j1r7 figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנָ֗י⁠ו…לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 before his face … before the face of the king Here, **face** means the presence of a person. These phrases could mean “as I stand here before you.” But “face” could also be referring to the king himself by naming one part of him. What he thought and felt about Esther’s request would become evident in his face first, so it would be an appropriate part of him to use to represent all of him. Alternate translation: “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 8 5 xci7 figs-metaphor בְּ⁠עֵינָ֑י⁠ו 1 in his eyes Here, **eyes** represent the action of seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. Alternate translation: “if you evaluate me and I please you” or “if you are pleased with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 8 5 j1r9 figs-idiom יִכָּתֵ֞ב לְ⁠הָשִׁ֣יב אֶת־הַ⁠סְּפָרִ֗ים 1 let it be written to take back the letters The first letters that told of the plan to destroy the Jews would not be brought back to Susa physically. Rather, **bring back** is an idiom that means “cancel” or “revoke.” Alternate translation: “make a new law to cancel what Haman decreed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 8 5 nbk3 figs-activepassive יִכָּתֵ֞ב לְ⁠הָשִׁ֣יב אֶת־הַ⁠סְּפָרִ֗ים 1 let it be written You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “write a new letter” or “make a new law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 8 6 j2r5 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֠י 1 For Here Esther is giving the reason why she is asking King Ahasuerus to revoke the letters. Alternate translation: “the reason I am asking is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@ -775,7 +775,7 @@ EST 8 7 ace8 translate-unknown הָ⁠עֵ֔ץ 1 the tree See how you translated
EST 8 7 j2r9 figs-idiom שָׁלַ֥ח יָד֖⁠וֹ 1 he stretched out his hand Here the expression **to stretch out a hand** means to cause someone physical harm with the intention of killing them. Alternate translation: “because he plotted to destroy all the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 8 8 acf0 וְ֠⁠אַתֶּם 1 So you Alternate translation: “so this is what you should do”
EST 8 8 acf1 כִּתְב֨וּ עַל־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֜ים כַּ⁠טּ֤וֹב בְּ⁠עֵֽינֵי⁠כֶם֙ 1 write for the Jews as is good in your eyes Alternate translation: “I am giving you permission to write other letters to save your people”
EST 8 8 j3r1 figs-metaphor כַּ⁠טּ֤וֹב בְּ⁠עֵֽינֵי⁠כֶם֙ 1 as is good in your eyes Here, **eyes** figuratively represent the action of seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. This phrase means that Esther and Mordecai have permission to write what they think is best. Alternate translation: “as you think is best” or “what you think is best” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 8 8 j3r1 figs-metaphor כַּ⁠טּ֤וֹב בְּ⁠עֵֽינֵי⁠כֶם֙ 1 as is good in your eyes Here, **eyes** represent the action of seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. This phrase means that Esther and Mordecai have permission to write what they think is best. Alternate translation: “as you think is best” or “what you think is best” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 8 8 j3mn figs-metaphor בְּ⁠שֵׁ֣ם הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 in the name of the king Here, **name** is a metaphor meaning authority. This phrase means Esther and Mordecai have permission to write with the authority of the King Ahasuerus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 8 8 acf2 figs-123person בְּ⁠שֵׁ֣ם הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 in the name of the king King Ahasuerus refers to himself in the third person. You can have him say this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I give you permission to write with my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EST 8 8 j3r3 translate-unknown בְּ⁠טַבַּ֣עַת הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 with the signet ring of the king This is a special ring that could be used to imprint the king’s official seal on a law or decree. Alternate translation: “the ring that has my official seal on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@ -800,7 +800,7 @@ EST 8 9 zp4q translate-numbers שֶׁ֣בַע וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֤ים וּ
EST 8 9 j4r5 figs-idiom מְדִינָ֤ה וּ⁠מְדִינָה֙ 1 province by province This expression means “to people in every province.” Alternate translation: “the scribes wrote to the people in each province” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 8 9 bj5s כִּ⁠כְתָבָ֔⁠הּ 1 according to its writing Alternate translation: “using its own alphabet” or “written in its own script”
EST 8 9 j4r7 figs-idiom וְ⁠עַ֥ם וָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 and people by people This expression means “every people group.” Alternate translation: “and to each ethnic group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 8 9 j4r9 figs-metonymy כִּ⁠לְשֹׁנ֑⁠וֹ 1 according to its tongue Here, **tongue** figuratively means the language spoken by a person or a group of people. Alternate translation: “in its own language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 8 9 j4r9 figs-metonymy כִּ⁠לְשֹׁנ֑⁠וֹ 1 according to its tongue Here, **tongue** means the language spoken by a person or a group of people. Alternate translation: “in its own language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 8 9 j5r1 וְ⁠אֶ֨ל־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֔ים כִּ⁠כְתָבָ֖⁠ם וְ⁠כִ⁠לְשׁוֹנָֽ⁠ם 1 and to the Jews according to their writing and according to their tongue The Jews would have been included among all the people groups in the empire in the phrase “people by people.” So this seems to be saying, “and especially to the Jews.” Verse 11 explains that it was particularly important for the Jews to read the letter because it gave them the right to defend themselves. Alternate translation: “they wrote especially to the Jews in their own script and in their own language”
EST 8 10 acg5 וַ⁠יִּכְתֹּ֗ב…וַ⁠יַּחְתֹּ֖ם 1 And he wrote … and he sealed **He** refers to Mordecai. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use his name here.
EST 8 10 ijp2 figs-metaphor בְּ⁠שֵׁם֙ הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵרֹ֔שׁ 1 in the name of King Ahasuerus Here, **name** is a metaphor meaning authority. Alternate translation: “Mordecai wrote with the authority of King Ahasuerus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -831,14 +831,14 @@ EST 8 14 b69j figs-doublet מְבֹהָלִ֥ים וּ⁠דְחוּפִ֖ים 1
EST 8 14 ach8 figs-events הָ⁠רָצִ֞ים רֹכְבֵ֤י הָ⁠רֶ֨כֶשׁ֙ הָֽ⁠אֲחַשְׁתְּרָנִ֔ים 1 The runners, the riders of the royal pack horses To present the events in chronological order, you can put this after the king’s command, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
EST 8 14 j6r9 figs-activepassive וְ⁠הַ⁠דָּ֥ת נִתְּנָ֖ה 1 And the law was given You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the king’s officials also posted and read copies of the letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 8 15 j7r3 writing-newevent וּ⁠מָרְדֳּכַ֞י יָצָ֣א 1 Then Mordecai went out This introduces a new event in the story. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EST 8 15 j7r5 figs-metonymy מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ 1 from before the face of the king Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. This phrase means that Mordecai had been in the presence of King Ahasuerus and was now leaving in order to fulfill his duties as a high official in the Persian government. Alternate translation: “from the palace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 8 15 j7r5 figs-metonymy מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ 1 from before the face of the king Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. This phrase means that Mordecai had been in the presence of King Ahasuerus and was now leaving in order to fulfill his duties as a high official in the Persian government. Alternate translation: “from the palace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 8 15 ach9 figs-explicit בִּ⁠לְב֤וּשׁ מַלְכוּת֙ תְּכֵ֣לֶת וָ⁠ח֔וּר וַ⁠עֲטֶ֤רֶת זָהָב֙ גְּדוֹלָ֔ה וְ⁠תַכְרִ֥יךְ בּ֖וּץ וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֑ן 1 in a garment of royalty of blue and white, with a great crown of gold and a robe of fine linen and purple The implication is that the king gave Mordecai these special things to wear to show that he was now his highest officer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. To put these events in chronological order, you could place this information before the report that Mordecai left the king’s presence to fulfill his duties. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 8 15 aci1 בִּ⁠לְב֤וּשׁ מַלְכוּת֙ תְּכֵ֣לֶת 1 a garment of royalty of blue and white Alternate translation: “a blue and white garment that the king had worn”
EST 8 15 aci2 וַ⁠עֲטֶ֤רֶת זָהָב֙ גְּדוֹלָ֔ה 1 a great crown of gold Alternate translation: “a large golden crown”
EST 8 15 eqc4 figs-metonymy וְ⁠הָ⁠עִ֣יר שׁוּשָׁ֔ן צָהֲלָ֖ה וְ⁠שָׂמֵֽחָה 1 and the city of Susa Here, **the city** represents the people living in it. Alternate translation: “the people of Susa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 8 15 i1ec figs-hendiadys צָהֲלָ֖ה וְ⁠שָׂמֵֽחָה 1 cheered and rejoiced This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with “and.” The word **rejoiced** tells how they cheered. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning by saying something like “shouted joyfully.” Alternate translation: “cheered and were happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
EST 8 15 aci3 figs-explicit צָהֲלָ֖ה וְ⁠שָׂמֵֽחָה 1 cheered and rejoiced The implication is that the people did this when they saw Mordecai. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 8 16 q2ru figs-metaphor הָֽיְתָ֥ה אוֹרָ֖ה 1 there was light Here, **light** figuratively represents happiness. Alternate translation: “the Jews felt happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 8 16 q2ru figs-metaphor הָֽיְתָ֥ה אוֹרָ֖ה 1 there was light Here, **light** represents happiness. Alternate translation: “the Jews felt happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 8 16 aci4 figs-doublet הָֽיְתָ֥ה אוֹרָ֖ה וְ⁠שִׂמְחָ֑ה 1 there was light and joy The terms **light** and **joy** refer to the same thing here. They are used together to emphasize the extreme happiness that the Jews felt. Alternate translation: “the Jews felt very happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 8 16 j8r1 figs-doublet וְ⁠שָׂשֹׂ֖ן וִ⁠יקָֽר 1 and rejoicing and honor These terms have similar meaning and are used together with the previous doublet to emphasize again the great happiness and joy that the Jews felt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 8 16 n94u figs-explicit וִ⁠יקָֽר 1 and honor Here, **honor** might have two possible meanings. (1) Other people honored the Jews. Alternate translation: “other people honored them” (2) The Jews themselves felt honor instead of shame. Alternate translation: “they felt honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -862,7 +862,7 @@ EST 9 1 j9r1 translate-ordinal בִּ⁠שְׁלוֹשָׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֥ר י
EST 9 1 acj1 אֲשֶׁ֨ר…דְּבַר־הַ⁠מֶּ֛לֶךְ וְ⁠דָת֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠הֵעָשׂ֑וֹת 1 when the word of the king and his law Alternate translation: “what the letters said the king had decreed”
EST 9 1 wh56 figs-personification אֲשֶׁ֨ר הִגִּ֧יעַ דְּבַר־הַ⁠מֶּ֛לֶךְ וְ⁠דָת֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠הֵעָשׂ֑וֹת 1 when the word of the king and his law had reached the time to be done This expression describes the king’s decree as if it had traveled through time (as a person travels through space) and reached this particular day. This phrase means that it was time for people to obey the decree. Alternate translation: “when the time came for people to obey the king’s law and decree” or “when it was the day established in the king’s letters for people to carry out the king’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EST 9 1 acj2 בַּ⁠יּ֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֨ר שִׂבְּר֜וּ אֹיְבֵ֤י הַ⁠יְּהוּדִים֙ לִ⁠שְׁל֣וֹט בָּ⁠הֶ֔ם 1 on the day when the enemies of the Jews hoped to dominate them Alternate translation: “the enemies of the Jews had expected to defeat the Jews on that day”
EST 9 1 ect2 figs-idiom לִ⁠שְׁל֣וֹט 1 to dominate This word usually means “to rule over,” but here it figuratively means “to have power over, to be able to destroy.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 1 ect2 figs-idiom לִ⁠שְׁל֣וֹט 1 to dominate This word usually means “to rule over,” but here it means “to have power over, to be able to destroy.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 1 lq9y figs-metaphor וְ⁠נַהֲפ֣וֹךְ 1 but being overturned Saying that a situation was turned over is a figurative way of saying that what happened was the opposite of what was expected. Alternate translation: “the situation was reversed” or “the opposite happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 9 1 acj3 ה֔וּא אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִשְׁלְט֧וּ הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֛ים הֵ֖מָּה בְּ⁠שֹׂנְאֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 it happened that the Jews themselves dominated those who hated them Alternate translation: “Instead, it was the Jews themselves who destroyed their enemies”
EST 9 1 acj4 figs-idiom בְּ⁠שֹׂנְאֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 those who hated them This is an idiom that describes enemies (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -870,7 +870,7 @@ EST 9 2 tj62 figs-idiom לִ⁠שְׁלֹ֣חַ יָ֔ד 1 to stretch out a hand
EST 9 2 d44x figs-abstractnouns בִּ⁠מְבַקְשֵׁ֖י רָֽעָתָ֑⁠ם 1 against those seeking their evil Here the abstract noun **evil** likely means “harm,” as in [7:7](../07/07.md) and [8:6](../08/06.md). In this context, the term can be expressed with a verb. Alternate translation: “who were trying to destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 9 2 acj6 figs-idiom וְ⁠אִישׁ֙ לֹא־עָמַ֣ד לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 But a man did not stand to their face Alternate translation: “no one stood against them” or “no one was able to defeat them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 9 2 x8s3 figs-metaphor וְ⁠אִישׁ֙ לֹא־עָמַ֣ד לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 But a man did not stand to their face Here, **standing** is a metaphor meaning to defend oneself and to fight back instead of running away from an enemy. Alternate translation: “was able to fight back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 9 2 j9r3 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 to their face Here, **face** figuratively stands for the presence of a person, so here it means “when faced with them.” Alternate translation: “against them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 9 2 j9r3 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 to their face Here, **face** stands for the presence of a person, so here it means “when faced with them.” Alternate translation: “against them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 9 2 h7jh figs-metaphor נָפַ֥ל פַּחְדָּ֖⁠ם עַל־כָּל־הָ⁠עַמִּֽים 1 sudden fear of them had fallen on all the peoples Here, **falling** is a metaphor meaning to affect someone. Alternate translation: “all the peoples suddenly became very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 9 2 acj7 figs-explicit נָפַ֥ל פַּחְדָּ֖⁠ם עַל־כָּל־הָ⁠עַמִּֽים 1 sudden fear of them had fallen on all the peoples The implication is that as a result, no one helped anyone who attacked the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 3 acj8 שָׂרֵ֨י הַ⁠מְּדִינ֜וֹת וְ⁠הָ⁠אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנִ֣ים וְ⁠הַ⁠פַּח֗וֹת 1 the officials of the provinces, and the satraps, and the governors See how you translated these terms in [3:12](../03/12.md) and [8:9](../08/09.md). Alternate translation: “the government leaders in each province”
@ -902,7 +902,7 @@ EST 9 10 j19d figs-idiom לֹ֥א שָׁלְח֖וּ אֶת־יָדָֽ⁠ם 1 t
EST 9 10 ack7 וּ⁠בַ֨⁠בִּזָּ֔ה 1 But … to the plunder Alternate translation: “But … their possessions”
EST 9 11 ack8 בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠ה֗וּא 1 On that day Alternate translation: “at the end of that day”
EST 9 11 j21d figs-personification בָּ֣א מִסְפַּ֧ר…לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 the report of the number … came to the face of the king Here the story speaks about the report as if it were a living thing that could come into the king’s presence. Alternate translation: “one of the king’s servants told the king the number of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EST 9 11 acl0 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 to the face of the king Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. This phrase likely means that someone came into the king’s presence in order to deliver this report. Alternate translation: “someone came in and reported to the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 9 11 acl0 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 to the face of the king Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. This phrase likely means that someone came into the king’s presence in order to deliver this report. Alternate translation: “someone came in and reported to the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 9 11 j22d figs-activepassive מִסְפַּ֧ר הַֽ⁠הֲרוּגִ֛ים 1 the number of those who were killed You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “how many people the Jews had killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 9 12 j33d figs-doublet הָרְגוּ֩…וְ⁠אַבֵּ֜ד 1 have slaughtered and destroyed These terms mean the same thing and are used together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 9 12 cz3e translate-numbers חֲמֵ֧שׁ מֵא֣וֹת אִ֗ישׁ 1 500 men Alternate translation: “five hundred men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@ -977,7 +977,7 @@ EST 9 22 acn8 figs-metaphor נָ֨חוּ בָ⁠הֶ֤ם הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ
EST 9 22 acn9 וְ⁠הַ⁠חֹ֗דֶשׁ אֲשֶׁר֩ 1 and as the month when Alternate translation: “And that was the month when”
EST 9 22 aco1 figs-parallelism נֶהְפַּ֨ךְ לָ⁠הֶ֤ם מִ⁠יָּגוֹן֙ לְ⁠שִׂמְחָ֔ה וּ⁠מֵ⁠אֵ֖בֶל לְ⁠י֣וֹם ט֑וֹב 1 it had turned for them from sorrow into joy and from mourning into a good day These two phrases mean similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize how dramatic and wonderful the change was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases and say something like “after being very sad, they became very happy.” Alternate translation: “they changed from being very sorrowful and crying to being very joyful and celebrating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EST 9 22 aco3 figs-explicit נֶהְפַּ֨ךְ לָ⁠הֶ֤ם מִ⁠יָּגוֹן֙ לְ⁠שִׂמְחָ֔ה וּ⁠מֵ⁠אֵ֖בֶל לְ⁠י֣וֹם ט֑וֹב 1 it had turned for them from sorrow into joy and from mourning into a good day It is implicit that the Jews were deeply distressed because they were being threatened with destruction, and they became very happy once they were safe from all their enemies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that here. Alternate translation: “everything had changed for them. They had been deeply distressed because they were threatened with destruction. But they became very happy once they were safe from all their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 22 nch1 figs-metaphor נֶהְפַּ֨ךְ לָ⁠הֶ֤ם מִ⁠יָּגוֹן֙ לְ⁠שִׂמְחָ֔ה 1 it had turned for them from sorrow into joy **Turning** figuratively represents changing. Alternate translation: “they changed from being very sad to being joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 9 22 nch1 figs-metaphor נֶהְפַּ֨ךְ לָ⁠הֶ֤ם מִ⁠יָּגוֹן֙ לְ⁠שִׂמְחָ֔ה 1 it had turned for them from sorrow into joy **Turning** represents changing. Alternate translation: “they changed from being very sad to being joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 9 22 aco4 figs-abstractnouns מִ⁠יָּגוֹן֙ לְ⁠שִׂמְחָ֔ה 1 from sorrow into joy The abstract nouns **sorrow** and **joy** can be expressed with adjectives such as “distressed” and “happy.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 9 22 j113 figs-explicit לַ⁠עֲשׂ֣וֹת אוֹתָ֗⁠ם יְמֵי֙ 1 in order to make them days of These are things that Mordecai is telling the Jews to do in his letters. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that here. Alternate translation: “so Mordecai told them to observe those days with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 9 22 j115 figs-hendiadys מִשְׁתֶּ֣ה וְ⁠שִׂמְחָ֔ה 1 feasting and rejoicing As in verses 17, 18, and 19, this phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with “and.” The word “rejoicing” tells how the celebrating was to be done. Alternate translation: “joyful celebration” or “feasting joyfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
@ -1055,7 +1055,7 @@ EST 10 1 j157 writing-newevent וַ⁠יָּשֶׂם֩ הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ
EST 10 1 b5ht וַ⁠יָּשֶׂם֩…מַ֛ס 1 Then … set a tribute Alternate translation: “Then … levied a tax”
EST 10 1 acr8 figs-merism עַל־הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ וְ⁠אִיֵּ֥י הַ⁠יָּֽם 1 on the land and the islands of the sea The purpose of this chapter is to describe the greatness of Mordecai. It does that by showing that he was second in command to a very powerful emperor. Referring to both the land and the sea is a way to include everything that lives in a very large area of the earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the general meaning by saying something like “everyone throughout his empire.” Alternate translation: “on all the people in the empire … even the people who lived on the islands in the Mediterranean Sea” or “on everyone throughout the land and even the far-away islands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
EST 10 1 twn8 figs-explicit וְ⁠אִיֵּ֥י הַ⁠יָּֽם 1 The phrase **the islands of the sea** likely refers to the fact that the Persian kings had conquered territories reaching all the way to the Mediterranean Sea. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which reached all the way to the Mediterranean Sea.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 10 1 acr9 figs-metonymy עַל־הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ וְ⁠אִיֵּ֥י הַ⁠יָּֽם 1 on the land and the islands of the sea These geographic features were not expected to pay the tax. The land and coastlands represent the people living there. The story is describing those people figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the places where they live. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 10 1 acr9 figs-metonymy עַל־הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ וְ⁠אִיֵּ֥י הַ⁠יָּֽם 1 on the land and the islands of the sea These geographic features were not expected to pay the tax. The land and coastlands represent the people living there. The story is describing those people by reference to something associated with them, the places where they live. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 10 2 acs1 figs-doublet וְ⁠כָל־מַעֲשֵׂ֤ה תָקְפּ⁠וֹ֙ וּ⁠גְב֣וּרָת֔⁠וֹ 1 And all the deeds of his power and his might **Power** and **might** mean essentially the same thing. They are used together to emphasize how powerful King Ahasuerus was. If it is more natural in your language, you can use one word with that meaning, with another word that gives it emphasis. Alternate translation: “all that he achieved because of how very powerful he was” or “all the great things that he did because of his great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EST 10 2 p98n figs-abstractnouns תָקְפּ⁠וֹ֙ וּ⁠גְב֣וּרָת֔⁠וֹ 1 his power and his might The abstract nouns **power** and **might** can be translated with an adjective. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 10 2 k7tc וּ⁠פָרָשַׁת֙ 1 with the full account of Alternate translation: “They also wrote a full account”
@ -1074,4 +1074,4 @@ EST 10 3 act2 figs-parallelism דֹּרֵ֥שׁ טוֹב֙ לְ⁠עַמּ֔⁠
EST 10 3 act3 figs-abstractnouns דֹּרֵ֥שׁ טוֹב֙ לְ⁠עַמּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠דֹבֵ֥ר שָׁל֖וֹם לְ⁠כָל־זַרְעֽ⁠וֹ 1 seeking good for his people and speaking peace to all its seed The abstract nouns **good** and **peace** refer in this context to prosperity and security. You could translate these ideas with verbs, for example, you could say, “He worked hard to make sure that his people would prosper and their descendants would be secure.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 10 3 wte9 figs-metaphor דֹּרֵ֥שׁ טוֹב֙ לְ⁠עַמּ֔⁠וֹ 1 seeking good for his people **Seeking** is a figurative way to describe actively trying to do something or work hard for something. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 10 3 s8f8 figs-idiom וְ⁠דֹבֵ֥ר שָׁל֖וֹם לְ⁠כָל־זַרְעֽ⁠וֹ 1 and speaking peace to all its seed **Speaking peace** is a figurative way of describing actions that benefit the general welfare of others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EST 10 3 j161 figs-metaphor לְ⁠כָל־זַרְעֽ⁠וֹ 1 to all its seed Here, **seed** figuratively means “descendants.” Even if you combine the two parallel phrases, you can still convey the idea of “down through the generations” with a word such as “always.” Alternate translation: “and for their descendants” or “and for their offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 10 3 j161 figs-metaphor לְ⁠כָל־זַרְעֽ⁠וֹ 1 to all its seed Here, **seed** means “descendants.” Even if you combine the two parallel phrases, you can still convey the idea of “down through the generations” with a word such as “always.” Alternate translation: “and for their descendants” or “and for their offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 EST front intro d989 0 # Introduction to Esther<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Esther<br><br>1. King Ahasuerus sends away his wife, the queen (1:1–22)<br>2. Ahasuerus chooses Esther as the new queen (2:1–23)<br>3. Haman plots to destroy the Jews (3:1–15)<br>4. Mordecai asks Esther to help her people (4:1–17)<br>5. Esther pleads with the king for the Jews (5:1–7:10)<br>6. The result of Haman’s plot to destroy the Jews (8:1–9:16)<br>7. The Feast of Purim (9:17–32)<br>8. Conclusion (10:1–3)<br><br>### What is the Book of Esther about?<br><br>The Book of Esther tells how a young Jewish woman named Esther became the queen of Persia. As queen, she worked to save all the Jews in the Persian Empire from being destroyed.<br><br>This book ends by telling why the Jews celebrate the festival of Purim. The name “Purim” comes from the word “pur,” which means “lots” or “dice.” Haman, the enemy of Jews, threw dice to choose when to attack and destroy the Jews. The Jews celebrate Purim to remember how Yahweh rescued his people from being destroyed.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators can use the traditional title of this book, which is “The Book of Esther” or just “Esther.” Or they can choose a clearer title, such as “The Book About Esther.”<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the Persian Empire?<br><br>King Cyrus the Great conquered and ruled over many kingdoms. This was in the part of the world called Persia, which is now Iran. So people named his kingdom the Persian Empire. When Cyrus conquered Babylonia in 539 B.C., he then controlled the Jews whom the Babylonians had earlier taken into exile.<br><br>### Why were there Jews in Babylonia when the Persians conquered it?<br><br>In 586 B.C., the Babylonians conquered and took into exile the people of Judah. These Jews and their descendants were still in Babylon when the Persians conquered it.<br><br>### What was meant by “the laws of the Medes and Persians”?<br><br>The phrase “the laws of the Medes and Persians” is found in Esther 1:19 and Daniel 6:12. It referred to laws and decrees that could not be changed or removed once they were issued. In the book of Esther, the king made a decree that the people could attack the Jews. Later he regretted that decision but he was not able to change the decree.<br><br>The term “Medes” refers to a people group that had formed its own nation, but the Persians conquered them.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What different levels of language are in the Book of Esther?<br><br>In the Book of Esther, people talk to each other in many different situations. There is the polite and stately talk in the Persian court and the words of royal decrees. Friends and close relatives also talk to each other. There are even the words that one uses in speaking to oneself. Translators should use all the ways their own language has to express these different situations in a way that their readers will identify and understand.
3 EST 1 intro v1fp 0 # Esther 1 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king’s divorce<br><br>The king’s advisers were afraid that husbands would lose their authority when they heard the queen had refused to come to show her beauty to the king’s guests, so the advisers told him to divorce her.
4 EST 1 1 jdr1 writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֖י 1 Now it happened In the Old Testament, this is a standard way of beginning a historical story. Many languages have similar story-opening formulas, and if your language has one, you can use it. But do not use it if it would suggest that the story is not real, only made up. Alternate translation: “this account happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
5 EST 1 1 zzz2 figs-idiom בִּ⁠ימֵ֣י אֲחַשְׁוֵר֑וֹשׁ 1 In the days of Ahasuerus The term **day** is used figuratively here to refer to a longer period of time. You could just say “during the reign of Ahasuerus,” as UST does. But as an alternative, you could say, “in the time of Ahasuerus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) The term **day** is used here to refer to a longer period of time. You could just say “during the reign of Ahasuerus,” as UST does. But as an alternative, you could say, “in the time of Ahasuerus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
6 EST 1 1 qwe1 translate-names אֲחַשְׁוֵר֑וֹשׁ 1 Ahasuerus This is a man’s name. It occurs many times in the story. Be sure to translate it consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
7 EST 1 1 v5ts writing-background ה֣וּא אֲחַשְׁוֵר֗וֹשׁ הַ⁠מֹּלֵךְ֙ מֵ⁠הֹ֣דּוּ וְ⁠עַד־כּ֔וּשׁ שֶׁ֛בַע וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּ⁠מֵאָ֖ה מְדִינָֽה 1 he was Ahasuerus the one who ruled from India even as far as Ethiopia, 127 provinces This is background information to help the reader identify Ahasuerus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
8 EST 1 1 qwe3 ה֣וּא אֲחַשְׁוֵר֗וֹשׁ הַ⁠מֹּלֵךְ֙ 1 he was Ahasuerus, the one who ruled Alternative translation: “This king named Ahasuerus ruled”
9 EST 1 1 qwe5 writing-background מֵ⁠הֹ֣דּוּ וְ⁠עַד־כּ֔וּשׁ 1 from India even as far as Ethiopia In case your audience might not know where these places are, you could say, “extending from India in the east to Ethiopia in the west.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
10 EST 1 1 qwe7 writing-background שֶׁ֛בַע וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּ⁠מֵאָ֖ה מְדִינָֽה 1 127 provinces The number is given to show what a large empire this was. You could say that explicitly by saying, “Ahasuerus ruled a very large empire that had 127 provinces.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
11 EST 1 1 qwe8 translate-numbers שֶׁ֛בַע וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּ⁠מֵאָ֖ה מְדִינָֽה 1 127 provinces Alternate translation: “one hundred twenty-seven provinces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
12 EST 1 2 dk31 figs-metonymy כְּ⁠שֶׁ֣בֶת…עַ֚ל כִּסֵּ֣א מַלְכוּת֔⁠וֹ 1 sat on the throne of his royalty Here, the action of **sitting** on a throne is used figuratively to mean ruling over a kingdom. You could just say “ruled,” as UST does. But as an alternative, you could say, “ruled his empire from his royal throne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, the action of **sitting** on a throne is used to mean ruling over a kingdom. You could just say “ruled,” as UST does. But as an alternative, you could say, “ruled his empire from his royal throne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13 EST 1 2 qwe9 figs-abstractnouns עַ֚ל כִּסֵּ֣א מַלְכוּת֔⁠וֹ 1 the throne of his royalty **Royalty** is an abstract noun that refers to the royal authority that the king exercised. You can translate this idea with a verb by saying, “the throne he ruled from,” or use an adjective, “his royal throne.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
14 EST 1 2 hgm3 translate-names בְּ⁠שׁוּשַׁ֥ן 1 in Susa This was the name of a royal city of the Persian kings. It occurs many times in the story. Be sure to translate it consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
15 EST 1 2 qwr1 translate-unknown הַ⁠בִּירָֽה 1 the citadel This means a castle or palace where a king would live. But since the city of Susa itself is being called a **citadel** here, it’s likely that the term figuratively means royal city or capital city. The person telling this story is identifying Susa as the capital by calling it by the name of something closely associated with it, the royal palace within it. A good translation might be “the capital city of Persia.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) This means a castle or palace where a king would live. But since the city of Susa itself is being called a **citadel** here, it’s likely that the term means royal city or capital city. The person telling this story is identifying Susa as the capital by calling it by the name of something closely associated with it, the royal palace within it. A good translation might be “the capital city of Persia.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
16 EST 1 3 ry7m translate-ordinal בִּ⁠שְׁנַ֤ת שָׁלוֹשׁ֙ לְ⁠מָלְכ֔⁠וֹ 1 in the third year of his reign This means that Ahasuerus had already ruled for two full years and that these events took place in the year that followed them. Alternate translation: “during the third year that Ahasuerus ruled his empire” or “after he had ruled for two years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
17 EST 1 3 qwr3 figs-abstractnouns בִּ⁠שְׁנַ֤ת שָׁלוֹשׁ֙ לְ⁠מָלְכ֔⁠וֹ 1 in the third year of his reign **Reign** is an abstract noun that refers to the royal authority that the king exercised. You can translate it with a verb by saying, “during the third year that Ahasuerus ruled.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
18 EST 1 3 qwr5 עָשָׂ֣ה מִשְׁתֶּ֔ה 1 he made a feast Alternative translation: “he hosted a feast”
19 EST 1 3 prm1 figs-synecdoche חֵ֣יל ׀ פָּרַ֣ס וּ⁠מָדַ֗י 1 the army of Persia and Media This likely refers to the leaders of the army. It is describing a part of the army by referring to the whole army. Alternate translation: “the officers of the army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
20 EST 1 3 qwr7 הַֽ⁠פַּרְתְּמִ֛ים 1 the noblemen This probably means something like “the wealthy landowners.”
21 EST 1 3 jdr3 figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנָֽי⁠ו 1 before his face **Face** figuratively stands for the presence of a person, so this phrase means “in his presence.” The invitation was to come to the royal capital to attend a banquet where the king would be present in person. You could say, as UST does, that the king was present in person to host the feast. Or you could say as an alternative, “all of them came to Susa for the feast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) **Face** stands for the presence of a person, so this phrase means “in his presence.” The invitation was to come to the royal capital to attend a banquet where the king would be present in person. You could say, as UST does, that the king was present in person to host the feast. Or you could say as an alternative, “all of them came to Susa for the feast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22 EST 1 4 qwr9 figs-abstractnouns בְּ⁠הַרְאֹת֗⁠וֹ אֶת־עֹ֨שֶׁר֙ כְּב֣וֹד מַלְכוּת֔⁠וֹ 1 when he displayed the wealth of the glory of his kingdom You can translate the abstract noun with an emphasized adjective. Alternate translation: “Ahasuerus … wanted to demonstrate … the great wealth of his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
23 EST 1 4 qet1 figs-explicit בְּ⁠הַרְאֹת֗⁠וֹ 1 when he displayed **He** refers to the king. The implication is that he held this banquet to show all of his officials how wealthy and powerful he was. The invited officials would then go back to all the different parts of the empire and tell everyone this. Alternate translation: “Ahasuerus wanted to demonstrate to his guests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24 EST 1 4 m8xa figs-doublet עֹ֨שֶׁר֙ כְּב֣וֹד מַלְכוּת֔⁠וֹ 1 the wealth of the glory of his kingdom The words **wealth** and **glory** have similar meanings and they are used together to emphasize how great his kingdom was. Alternate translation: “the great wealth of his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
45 EST 1 7 qru7 וְ⁠כֵלִ֖ים מִ⁠כֵּלִ֣ים שׁוֹנִ֑ים 1 with vessels different from other vessels This could mean that “no two of them were alike.” But you could also just say that the wine was served in “various kinds of golden cups.”
46 EST 1 7 r6ec figs-explicit וְ⁠יֵ֥ין מַלְכ֛וּת רָ֖ב כְּ⁠יַ֥ד הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 and the wine of royalty was abundant according to the hand of the king This means that King Ahasuerus himself paid for all the wine that the guests drank at his seven-day feast in Susa, and the wine came from his personal supply. Alternate translation: “the king was very generous with the royal wine” or “the king showed a great willingness to give” or “the king provided all of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
47 EST 1 7 qru9 figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠יֵ֥ין מַלְכ֛וּת רָ֖ב כְּ⁠יַ֥ד הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 and the wine of royalty This probably means special fine wine that only the king could acquire and afford. You can translate the abstract noun **royalty** with an adjective. Alternate translation: “royal wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
48 EST 1 7 wpq1 figs-metonymy כְּ⁠יַ֥ד הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 according to the hand of the king Here, **hand** refers figuratively to the king himself, viewed through his action of giving. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **hand** refers to the king himself, viewed through his action of giving. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
49 EST 1 8 qtu1 figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠הַ⁠שְּׁתִיָּ֥ה כַ⁠דָּ֖ת 1 the drinking was according to the law The abstract noun **drinking** refers here not to the action of drinking, but to the guidelines for serving drinks that the king had established for the banquet. Alternate translation: “Ahasuerus had established this rule for all his household attendants who served the wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
50 EST 1 8 g5gu figs-explicit אֵ֣ין אֹנֵ֑ס 1 There is no compulsion This could mean one of two things: (1) No one would be stopped from drinking even if the attendants thought they had already had enough. Alternate translation: “there was to be no restriction on drinking” (2) There would be no requirement to drink. Alternate translation: “no one must be forced to drink” Either way, this was another sign of the generosity that the king showed as he hosted this banquet to thank the people who worked for him. Either he was: (1) allowing them to drink as much as they wanted to, or (2) not requiring them to eat and drink everything that was served at a banquet as guests of the king would usually be expected to do. You could say explicitly at the beginning of the verse that the king was giving his guests a special privilege. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
51 EST 1 8 f6px grammar-connect-logic-result כִּי־כֵ֣ן ׀ יִסַּ֣ד הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ עַ֚ל כָּל־רַ֣ב בֵּית֔⁠וֹ לַ⁠עֲשׂ֖וֹת כִּ⁠רְצ֥וֹן אִישׁ־וָ⁠אִֽישׁ 1 for thus the king had established for every overseer of his house, to do according to the desire of man by man This explains why no one had to drink if they did not want to. If it would be helpful in your language, you could give this explanation (the reason) before the result that it accounts for, using a connecting word like “so.” You could say, “The king had established for every overseer of his house to do according to the desire of man by man, so the drinking was according to the law, ‘There is no compulsion.’” Alternate translation: “the king made the attendants who served the wine follow this rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
58 EST 1 9 qti3 בֵּ֚ית הַ⁠מַּלְכ֔וּת אֲשֶׁ֖ר לַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵרֽוֹשׁ 1 the house of royalty that belonged to the king Ahasuerus Alternate translation: “the royal palace where King Ahasuerus lived”
59 EST 1 9 qti5 figs-abstractnouns בֵּ֚ית הַ⁠מַּלְכ֔וּת 1 house of royalty You can translate the abstract noun **royalty** with the adjective royal. Alternate translation: “royal palace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
60 EST 1 10 jv7z translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּוֹם֙ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 On the seventh day Alternate translation: “after six days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
61 EST 1 10 le6l figs-idiom כְּ⁠ט֥וֹב לֵב־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ בַּ⁠יָּ֑יִן 1 when the heart of the king was pleased by the wine Here, **heart** figuratively means the action of thinking or feeling. Alternate translation: “when King Ahasuerus was in a good mood from drinking wine” or “when the king was drunk with wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) Here, **heart** means the action of thinking or feeling. Alternate translation: “when King Ahasuerus was in a good mood from drinking wine” or “when the king was drunk with wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
62 EST 1 10 dcb2 translate-names לִ֠⁠מְהוּמָן בִּזְּתָ֨א חַרְבוֹנָ֜א בִּגְתָ֤א וַ⁠אֲבַגְתָא֙ זֵתַ֣ר וְ⁠כַרְכַּ֔ס 1 Mehuman, Biztha, Harbona, Bigtha and Abagtha, Zethar and Karkas These are names of seven men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
63 EST 1 10 ens5 translate-unknown הַ⁠סָּ֣רִיסִ֔ים 1 the … eunuchs This term occurs a dozen times in the story. It describes male royal officials who served as guardians for the women who lived in the palace. They were both guardians of the door, to keep unwanted people out of the women’s quarters, and guardians of the women inside, to take care of them and look after their needs. (As we learn in 2:21, some of these officials also protected the king’s private quarters.) As we see here, and as will also be seen in 2:14 and 2:16, their duties included escorting women from place to place. The term likely indicates that, in keeping with the practices of the time, these men were castrated because their work brought them into such close contact with the king’s wives and concubines. If your language has a term for such an official and you think your readers would recognize it, you could use it. Otherwise, you could use a term that describes the role that these officials played in the royal court. Alternate translation: “guardians” or “officials” or “castrated servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
64 EST 1 10 qti7 writing-background הַ⁠מְשָׁ֣רְתִ֔ים אֶת־פְּנֵ֖י הַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵרֽוֹשׁ 1 who served before the face of King Ahasuerus This is background information to explain who these men were. Alternate translation: “who attended him personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
65 EST 1 10 jdr7 figs-metonymy אֶת־פְּנֵ֖י הַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ 1 the face of King Here, **face** figuratively means the presence of a person. The phrase means that these seven men served King Ahasuerus personally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **face** means the presence of a person. The phrase means that these seven men served King Ahasuerus personally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
66 EST 1 11 qti9 figs-explicit לְ֠⁠הָבִיא 1 to bring This is the beginning of the instructions that King Ahasuerus gave to the seven eunuchs he summoned in verse 10. You can make this explicit by saying, “He told them to bring.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
67 EST 1 11 jdr9 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 to the face of the king Here, **face** figuratively means the presence of a person. The phrase means that King Ahasuerus wanted Queen Vashti to come personally into his presence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **face** means the presence of a person. The phrase means that King Ahasuerus wanted Queen Vashti to come personally into his presence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
68 EST 1 11 asd1 figs-abstractnouns בְּ⁠כֶ֣תֶר מַלְכ֑וּת 1 in a crown of royalty You can translate the abstract noun **royalty** with an adjective by saying, “wearing her royal crown.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
69 EST 1 11 asd3 figs-explicit בְּ⁠כֶ֣תֶר מַלְכ֑וּת 1 in a crown of royalty Ahasuerus likely wanted Vashti to wear her queen’s crown so that everyone would know that she was his wife. You could say that explicitly. (For the possible reasons why he wanted them to know this, see the next note.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
70 EST 1 11 asd5 writing-background לְ⁠הַרְא֨וֹת הָֽ⁠עַמִּ֤ים וְ⁠הַ⁠שָּׂרִים֙ אֶת־יָפְיָ֔⁠הּ 1 in order to show the people and the officials her beauty Everything Ahasuerus did at his banquets was to show how rich and powerful he was. He seems to have believed that having a very beautiful wife was one more thing that proved he was a great man. So he wanted everyone to see how beautiful Vashti was. You can put this second in the verse, after explaining that Vashti was a very beautiful woman, because it accounts for what happens afterwards, when the king sends his seven personal servants to bring her in to his banquet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
74 EST 1 12 asf1 figs-events וַ⁠תְּמָאֵ֞ן הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֣ה וַשְׁתִּ֗י לָ⁠בוֹא֙ 1 But the queen Vashti refused to come You can put the events in chronological order and say first that the eunuchs told Vashti what the king had commanded and then say that she refused to come**.** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
75 EST 1 12 asf3 figs-explicit וַ⁠תְּמָאֵ֞ן הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֣ה וַשְׁתִּ֗י לָ⁠בוֹא֙ 1 But the queen Vashti refused to come If your language needs to give a reason why she refused, it is most likely because she did not want a group of drunken men staring at her lustfully. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
76 EST 1 12 b57q בִּ⁠דְבַ֣ר הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 at the word of the king Alternate translation: “at the king’s command” or “what the king wanted”
77 EST 1 12 asf5 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יַ֣ד הַ⁠סָּרִיסִ֑ים 1 by the hand of the eunuchs Here, **hand** refers figuratively to the eunuchs themselves, viewed through their action of telling Vashti what the king had commanded. Alternation translation: “when those servants told Queen Vashti what the king wanted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **hand** refers to the eunuchs themselves, viewed through their action of telling Vashti what the king had commanded. Alternation translation: “when those servants told Queen Vashti what the king wanted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
78 EST 1 12 kp6p translate-unknown הַ⁠סָּרִיסִ֑ים 1 the eunuchs See how you translated this term in [1:10](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
79 EST 1 12 asf7 figs-parallelism וַ⁠יִּקְצֹ֤ף הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ מְאֹ֔ד וַ⁠חֲמָת֖⁠וֹ בָּעֲרָ֥ה בֽ⁠וֹ 1 the king became very angry, and his rage burned within him These two phrases mean similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize the idea that they are expressing. You could combine them as UST does by saying, “The king became so angry that he could barely contain himself.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
80 EST 1 12 bsd5 figs-metaphor וַ⁠חֲמָת֖⁠וֹ בָּעֲרָ֥ה בֽ⁠וֹ 1 and his rage burned within him Here the story uses a metaphor that pictures the king’s anger as **a fire that burned inside of him**. If your language has a different word picture that it uses to describe extreme anger, you can use that here. If not, you can translate plainly, “his anger continued to increase.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
82 EST 1 13 g9fe יֹדְעֵ֣י הָֽ⁠עִתִּ֑ים 1 who were knowers of the times This means something like “who knew the right way to do things” or “who understood the culture.”
83 EST 1 13 x2u7 writing-background כִּי־כֵן֙ דְּבַ֣ר הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 for thus was the manner of the king This means that it was the king’s habit to consult his advisors on important questions. This is background information that explains why the king called upon these men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
84 EST 1 13 adf1 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּי־כֵן֙ דְּבַ֣ר הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 for thus was the manner of the king If it would be helpful in your language, you could place this first in the verse to put the reason before the result because it explains what happens next. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
85 EST 1 13 jd11 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֕י 1 before the face of Here, **face** refers figuratively to the presence of a person. The phrase means that King Ahasuerus would personally ask his wise men for advice in matters like these. Alternate translation: “to consult personally with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **face** refers to the presence of a person. The phrase means that King Ahasuerus would personally ask his wise men for advice in matters like these. Alternate translation: “to consult personally with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
86 EST 1 13 adf3 יֹדְעֵ֖י דָּ֥ת וָ⁠דִֽין 1 knowers of law and judgment This means that these advisors knew the law and knew how to make good decisions in light of it.
87 EST 1 14 adf5 וְ⁠הַ⁠קָּרֹ֣ב אֵלָ֗י⁠ו 1 and the ones near to him Alternate translation: “the king’s closest advisors”
88 EST 1 14 cc44 translate-names כַּרְשְׁנָ֤א שֵׁתָר֙ אַדְמָ֣תָא תַרְשִׁ֔ישׁ מֶ֥רֶס מַרְסְנָ֖א מְמוּכָ֑ן 1 Karshena, Shethar, Admatha, Tarshish, Meres, Mersena, Memukan These are the names of seven men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
91 EST 1 15 j6sh figs-explicit כְּ⁠דָת֙ מַֽה־לַּ⁠עֲשׂ֔וֹת בַּ⁠מַּלְכָּ֖ה וַשְׁתִּ֑י עַ֣ל ׀ אֲשֶׁ֣ר לֹֽא־עָשְׂתָ֗ה אֶֽת־מַאֲמַר֙ הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֔וֹשׁ בְּ⁠יַ֖ד הַ⁠סָּרִיסִֽים 1 According to law, what is to be done with the queen Vashti on account of that she did not perform the command of King Ahasuerus by the hand of the eunuchs? This verse presents the question that the king asked the wise men. It may be helpful to indicate this by saying something like “The king asked them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
92 EST 1 15 ics9 כְּ⁠דָת֙…עַ֣ל ׀ אֲשֶׁ֣ר 1 According to law … on account of that Alternate translation: “What does the law say we should do … because…?”
93 EST 1 15 adf9 figs-events בְּ⁠יַ֖ד הַ⁠סָּרִיסִֽים 1 by the hand of the eunuchs To present the events in chronological order, you can begin with the information that these men brought the command. Alternate translation: “Queen Vashti did not do what I told my servants to command her to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
94 EST 1 15 jd15 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יַ֖ד הַ⁠סָּרִיסִֽים 1 by the hand of the eunuchs Here, **hand** figuratively represents the action of doing or giving. The phrase means that the eunuchs were the ones who told Queen Vashti what King Ahasuerus had commanded her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **hand** represents the action of doing or giving. The phrase means that the eunuchs were the ones who told Queen Vashti what King Ahasuerus had commanded her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
95 EST 1 15 adg1 translate-unknown הַ⁠סָּרִיסִֽים 1 eunuchs See how you translated this term in [1:10](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
96 EST 1 16 adg3 figs-metonymy וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר מְמוּכָ֗ן לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ 1 And Memukan answered before the face of the king and the officials Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. The phrase means that Memukan was speaking in the presence of the king and of the other officials. Alternate translation: “then Memukan spoke so that both the king and the officials could hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. The phrase means that Memukan was speaking in the presence of the king and of the other officials. Alternate translation: “then Memukan spoke so that both the king and the officials could hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
97 EST 1 16 yqr8 figs-hyperbole כָּל־הָ֣⁠עַמִּ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֕ר בְּ⁠כָל־מְדִינ֖וֹת הַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ 1 all the people who are in all the provinces of the king This means all the different people groups that were living in the empire. You could say, “all the people groups in all the provinces that King Ahasuerus rules” or more generally, “every person who lives in the entire empire of King Ahasuerus.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
98 EST 1 16 ss5y translate-names מְמוּכָ֗ן 1 Memukan See how you translated this man’s name in [1:14](../01/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
99 EST 1 16 adg5 figs-123person הַ⁠מֶּ֥לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵרֽוֹשׁ 1 the king Ahasuerus Memukan speaks of **the king** in third person as a form of respect. If you want to portray him as speaking primarily to the king because he is answering the king’s question, you could have him say, “in all the provinces that you rule” or “every person who lives in your entire empire.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
100 EST 1 17 jd17 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי 1 For This introduces the reason why Memukan says that Queen Vashti has done wrong against all the men in the kingdom and not only against King Ahasuerus. To show that, you can begin with “This is what will happen.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
101 EST 1 17 gn4g figs-hyperbole יֵצֵ֤א דְבַר־הַ⁠מַּלְכָּה֙ עַל־כָּל־הַ⁠נָּשִׁ֔ים 1 the matter of the queen will go out to all the women To emphasize his point, Memukan exaggerates and says that every single woman in the empire will hear about Queen Vashti refusing to obey King Ahasuerus. You could say, as UST does, that “women all over the empire” will hear about what the queen did. Or you could preserve Memukan’s manner of speaking by saying, “every woman” will hear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
102 EST 1 17 jd19 figs-metaphor לְ⁠הַבְז֥וֹת בַּעְלֵי⁠הֶ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינֵי⁠הֶ֑ן 1 to make their husbands despised in their eyes Here, **eyes** stand for seeing, and seeing figuratively means knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. The phrase means that the women will treat their husbands with disrespect and not obey them. Alternate translation: “women will despise their husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **eyes** stand for seeing, and seeing means knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. The phrase means that the women will treat their husbands with disrespect and not obey them. Alternate translation: “women will despise their husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
103 EST 1 17 adg7 figs-explicit בְּ⁠אָמְרָ֗⁠ם הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֡וֹשׁ אָמַ֞ר לְ⁠הָבִ֨יא אֶת־וַשְׁתִּ֧י הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֛ה לְ⁠פָנָ֖י⁠ו וְ⁠לֹא־בָֽאָה 1 when they say, “The king Ahasuerus said to bring Vashti the queen before his face, but she did not come.” The implication is that they will go on to say, “So if even the queen can disobey the king, why should I have to obey my husband?” If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
104 EST 1 17 adg9 grammar-connect-logic-result הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֡וֹשׁ אָמַ֞ר לְ⁠הָבִ֨יא אֶת־וַשְׁתִּ֧י הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֛ה לְ⁠פָנָ֖י⁠ו וְ⁠לֹא־בָֽאָה 1 The king Ahasuerus said to bring Vashti the queen before his face, but she did not come. The women will stop respecting their husbands after they hear about this. You can put this report about what Queen Vashti did first, before “women will stop respecting their husbands,” because it is the reason that explains that result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
105 EST 1 17 jd21 figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנָ֖י⁠ו 1 before his face Here, **face** figuratively means the presence of a person. The phrase means the Queen Vashti refused to come into the presence of King Ahasuerus when he summoned her during the feast. See how you translated this in verse 11. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **face** means the presence of a person. The phrase means the Queen Vashti refused to come into the presence of King Ahasuerus when he summoned her during the feast. See how you translated this in verse 11. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
106 EST 1 18 afg1 וְֽ⁠הַ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֜ה 1 Now this day Alternate translation: “even today” or “even this very day”
107 EST 1 18 afg3 שָׂר֣וֹת פָּֽרַס־וּ⁠מָדַ֗י 1 the noblewomen of Persia and Media It becomes clear later in the verse that Memukan is speaking of the wives of the king’s officials, and you could communicate that here by saying, “the wives of the officials who govern Persia and Media.” But the term “noblewomen” indicates that they also had high status of their own, so you could also call them “the leading women of Persia and Media.”
108 EST 1 18 afg5 דְּבַ֣ר הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֔ה 1 the matter of the queen Alternate translation: “what the queen has done”
112 EST 1 18 afh1 figs-explicit וּ⁠כְ⁠דַ֖י 1 and there will be enough This could mean that the husbands will be as furious “as much as they can bear.” But you could also say, “That will be bad enough by itself, even if the news does not spread any farther.” If you think that is the meaning, you can say that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
113 EST 1 19 afh3 figs-idiom אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ ט֗וֹב 1 If it is good to the king This is an idiom that means “if the king thinks this is a good idea” or “if this advice is pleasing to the king.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
114 EST 1 19 d8qk figs-123person אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ ט֗וֹב 1 If it is good to the king Memukan speaks to the king in third person as a form of respect. Alternate translation: “If it pleases you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
115 EST 1 19 jd25 figs-metonymy יֵצֵ֤א דְבַר־מַלְכוּת֙ מִ⁠לְּ⁠פָנָ֔י⁠ו 1 let a decree of royalty go out from before his face Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. The phrase means that the decree will come from the king himself. Alternate translation: “you should personally issue a royal decree” or “you should write a decree yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. The phrase means that the decree will come from the king himself. Alternate translation: “you should personally issue a royal decree” or “you should write a decree yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
116 EST 1 19 afh5 figs-abstractnouns דְבַר־מַלְכוּת֙ 1 a decree of royalty You can translate the abstract noun **royalty** with the adjective “royal.” Alternate translation: “royal decree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
117 EST 1 19 jd23 figs-123person מִ⁠לְּ⁠פָנָ֔י⁠ו 1 from before his face Memukan speaks to the king in third person as a form of respect. Alternate translation: “personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
118 EST 1 19 afh7 figs-activepassive וְ⁠יִכָּתֵ֛ב 1 and let it be written You can say this with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “you should write a decree yourself” or “command your scribes to write a decree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
119 EST 1 19 mh1a וְ⁠לֹ֣א יַעֲב֑וֹר 1 which do not pass away Alternate translation: “these laws never become invalid” or “can never be changed”
120 EST 1 19 jd27 figs-123person תָב֜וֹא…לִ⁠פְנֵי֙ הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ 1 come before the face of the king Memukan speaks to the king in third person as a form of respect. Alternate translation: “never come into your presence again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
121 EST 1 19 jd29 figs-metonymy תָב֜וֹא…לִ⁠פְנֵי֙ הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ 1 come before the face of the king Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. The phrase means that Queen Vashti will never again come into the king’s presence. Alternate translation: “never again come before King Ahasuerus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. The phrase means that Queen Vashti will never again come into the king’s presence. Alternate translation: “never again come before King Ahasuerus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
122 EST 1 19 jd31 figs-123person וּ⁠מַלְכוּתָ⁠הּ֙ יִתֵּ֣ן הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ לִ⁠רְעוּתָ֖⁠הּ הַ⁠טּוֹבָ֥ה מִמֶּֽ⁠נָּה 1 and let the king give her royalty to her female neighbor Memukan speaks to the king in third person as a form of respect. You can show the same meaning with a verb that addresses a singular “you” and indicates that Memukan is offering advice, not giving a command when he say, “choose another woman to be queen.” Alternate translation: “the king can give her position as queen to some other woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
123 EST 1 19 afh9 figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠מַלְכוּתָ⁠הּ֙ 1 and … her royalty You can translate the abstract noun **royalty** with an expression such as “her royal position” or “her position as queen.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
124 EST 1 19 afj1 figs-explicit הַ⁠טּוֹבָ֥ה מִמֶּֽ⁠נָּה 1 the woman who is better than she Memukan means that the next queen should be “better than” Vashti by obeying all of the king’s commands. You could say this explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
128 EST 1 20 afj3 figs-123person מַלְכוּת֔⁠וֹ 1 his kingdom Memukan speaks to the king in third person as a form of respect. Alternate translation: “for all your kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
129 EST 1 20 p8nz כִּ֥י רַבָּ֖ה הִ֑יא 1 though it is great Alternate translation: “even though your empire is very large”
130 EST 1 20 afj5 הַ⁠נָּשִׁ֗ים יִתְּנ֤וּ יְקָר֙ לְ⁠בַעְלֵי⁠הֶ֔ן 1 women will give honor to their husbands Alternate translation: “women will respect and obey their husbands”
131 EST 1 20 be9r figs-merism לְ⁠מִ⁠גָּד֖וֹל וְ⁠עַד־קָטָֽן 1 from the greatest to the least This expression figuratively refers to all of the husbands in the empire. By naming both extremes, it includes everyone in between. You could just give the meaning, as UST does: “every husband in the empire.” Alternate translation: “this will be true for both the most important man and the least important man in the empire, and everyone in between” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) This expression refers to all of the husbands in the empire. By naming both extremes, it includes everyone in between. You could just give the meaning, as UST does: “every husband in the empire.” Alternate translation: “this will be true for both the most important man and the least important man in the empire, and everyone in between” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
132 EST 1 21 afj7 figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּיטַב֙ הַ⁠דָּבָ֔ר בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 The word seemed good in the eyes of the king Like “if it is good to the king” in verse 19, this is an idiom that means the king thought this was a good idea or this advice pleased the king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
133 EST 1 21 afj9 figs-metaphor בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ וְ⁠הַ⁠שָּׂרִ֑ים 1 in the eyes of the king and the officials Here, **eyes** stand for seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. The phrase means that King Ahasuerus and all the officials who heard Memukan’s advice thought that his suggestion was a good idea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
134 EST 1 21 agj1 וַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ כִּ⁠דְבַ֥ר מְמוּכָֽן 1 the king acted according to the word of Memukan This means that King Ahasuerus wrote a law proclaiming what Memukan had suggested.
137 EST 1 22 jd37 figs-idiom מְדִינָ֤ה וּ⁠מְדִינָה֙ 1 province by province This is an idiom that means “every province” or every single province. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
138 EST 1 22 agj5 כִּ⁠כְתָבָ֔⁠הּ 1 according to its own writing Alternate translation: “using its own alphabet” or “written in its own script”
139 EST 1 22 jd39 figs-idiom עַ֥ם וָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 people by people This is an idiom that means “every people group” or every single people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
140 EST 1 22 jd41 figs-metonymy כִּ⁠לְשׁוֹנ֑⁠וֹ 1 according to its tongue Here, **tongue** figuratively means the language spoken by a person or a group of people. Alternate translation: “in its own language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **tongue** means the language spoken by a person or a group of people. Alternate translation: “in its own language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
141 EST 1 22 jj9n לִ⁠הְי֤וֹת כָּל־אִישׁ֙ שֹׂרֵ֣ר בְּ⁠בֵית֔⁠וֹ 1 that every man should be ruling in his house This meant that all men should have complete authority over their wives and their children.
142 EST 1 22 jd43 figs-metonymy כִּ⁠לְשׁ֥וֹן עַמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 speaking according to the tongue of his people Here, **tongue** figuratively means the language spoken by a person or a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **tongue** means the language spoken by a person or a group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
143 EST 1 22 agj7 figs-explicit כִּ⁠לְשׁ֥וֹן עַמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 speaking according to the tongue of his people The implication is that the husband ought to be able to give orders to his wife in his own native language and that she should understand and obey him, even if she had to learn his language to do so. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
144 EST 2 intro eb4q 0 # Esther 2 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Esther becomes queen<br><br>Esther was humble and took the advice of the royal officials about how to dress for her time with the king. The king chose Esther to be the new queen.<br><br>### Mordecai warns the king against a plot<br><br>Esther’s cousin, Mordecai, discovered that two men planned to kill the king. He told Esther, who then told the king. She also gave Mordecai credit for telling her.
145 EST 2 1 dpc3 writing-newevent אַחַר֙ הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה 1 After these things This introduces a new event that happened some time later, but we do not know how much later. You can show this with a phrase like “After some time had passed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
164 EST 2 3 agk9 שֹׁמֵ֣ר הַ⁠נָּשִׁ֑ים 1 who is overseer of the women Alternate translation: “who is in charge of the women who live there.”
165 EST 2 3 w1ly translate-unknown תַּמְרוּקֵי⁠הֶֽן 1 their ointments This term seems to refer to a specific substance that women would put on their face or other parts of their body to make themselves more beautiful. From verse 12, it appears to mean lotions that were used along with oils and perfumes. But here, this one aspect of a woman’s beauty treatment seems to be used to refer to all of it, so you could call these “beauty treatments.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
166 EST 2 4 jd53 figs-123person וְ⁠הַֽ⁠נַּעֲרָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֤ר תִּיטַב֙ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 Then the young woman who is pleasing in the eyes of the king The servants spoke to the king in third person as a sign of respect. You could express the same meaning in the second person by saying something such as “the young woman you like the best.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
167 EST 2 4 lh3n figs-metaphor בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י 1 in the eyes of Here, **eyes** figuratively represent seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. The phrase means that King Ahasuerus could decide which young woman he liked the best and make her queen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **eyes** represent seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. The phrase means that King Ahasuerus could decide which young woman he liked the best and make her queen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
168 EST 2 4 jd55 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּיטַ֧ב הַ⁠דָּבָ֛ר בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 the word was pleasing in the eyes of the king Here, **eyes** have the same figurative meaning. The phrase indicates that King Ahasuerus thought that this suggestion was a good idea. Alternate translation: “The king found their suggestion appealing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
169 EST 2 4 zxc1 וַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ כֵּֽן 1 so he did thus Alternate translation: “so he followed the suggestion”
170 EST 2 5 h6z2 writing-participants אִ֣ישׁ יְהוּדִ֔י 1 A man, a Jew This introduces Mordecai as a new character in the story. Use your language’s way of introducing a new character. This expression means a Jewish man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
202 EST 2 8 jd71 figs-metaphor אֶל־יַ֥ד הֵגַ֖י שֹׁמֵ֥ר הַ⁠נָּשִֽׁים 1 into the hand of Hegai As earlier in this verse, this means under the custody of Hegai or that Hegai also began to take care of her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
203 EST 2 8 zcb5 writing-background שֹׁמֵ֥ר הַ⁠נָּשִֽׁים 1 who was overseer of the women This means that Hegai took care of the young women who lived in the harem for virgins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could move this information to earlier in the verse when Hegai is first mentioned because it explains why the young women were brought to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
204 EST 2 9 zcb7 וַ⁠תִּיטַ֨ב הַ⁠נַּעֲרָ֣ה בְ⁠עֵינָי⁠ו֮ וַ⁠תִּשָּׂ֣א חֶ֣סֶד לְ⁠פָנָי⁠ו֒ 1 the young woman was pleasing in his eyes, and she lifted kindness before his face This means that Hegai found Esther attractive, and she obtained kindness from him or that Hegai was very impressed with Esther, and she won his favor. In other words, because he was so impressed with her, this made him want to do everything he could to help her. This is background information that explains why Hegai took the actions that are listed next.
205 EST 2 9 zcb9 figs-metonymy וַ⁠תִּיטַ֨ב הַ⁠נַּעֲרָ֣ה בְ⁠עֵינָי⁠ו֮ 1 the young woman was pleasing in his eyes Here, **eyes** figuratively represent seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. In this context, the phrase probably means that Hegai thought that Esther was either an attractive woman or a pleasant person, or both. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **eyes** represent seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. In this context, the phrase probably means that Hegai thought that Esther was either an attractive woman or a pleasant person, or both. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
206 EST 2 9 f8i8 הַ⁠נַּעֲרָ֣ה 1 the young woman This means Esther. You should make sure that this is clear in your translation.
207 EST 2 9 jd75 בְ⁠עֵינָי⁠ו֮ 1 in his eyes Here, **his** refers to Hegai. You should make sure that this clear in your translation.
208 EST 2 9 jd77 figs-metonymy וַ⁠תִּשָּׂ֣א חֶ֣סֶד לְ⁠פָנָי⁠ו֒ 1 and she lifted kindness before his face Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. To say that she “lifted kindness before his face” is a rare expression in Hebrew, and the exact meaning is uncertain. In this context, it could even suggest that Esther and Hegai became friends. Alternate translation: “she won his favor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. To say that she “lifted kindness before his face” is a rare expression in Hebrew, and the exact meaning is uncertain. In this context, it could even suggest that Esther and Hegai became friends. Alternate translation: “she won his favor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
209 EST 2 9 jd79 לְ⁠פָנָי⁠ו֒ 1 before his face Here, **his** refers to Hegai. You should make sure that this clear in your translation.
210 EST 2 9 abc1 translate-unknown תַּמְרוּקֶ֤י⁠הָ 1 her ointments Alternate translation: “her beauty treatments,” as in [2:3](../02/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
211 EST 2 9 abc2 מָנוֹתֶ֨⁠הָ֙ 1 her portions of food In context, this likely means that Hegai made sure that Esther was served good food that would keep her healthy.
217 EST 2 10 abc9 צִוָּ֥ה עָלֶ֖י⁠הָ 1 had laid a charge upon her This means that Mordecai had gotten her to promise not to do it.
218 EST 2 11 jd81 figs-idiom וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־י֣וֹם וָ⁠י֔וֹם 1 And always day by day Alternate translation: “every single day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
219 EST 2 11 abd1 מָרְדֳּכַי֙ מִתְהַלֵּ֔ךְ 1 Mordecai was walking about Express this in the way your language describes an action that someone repeats over and over. For example, you can say, “Mordecai would walk around.”
220 EST 2 11 jd83 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י חֲצַ֣ר 1 before the face of the courtyard Here, **face** figuratively means the front of a place. So you could say, “in front of the courtyard.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **face** means the front of a place. So you could say, “in front of the courtyard.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
221 EST 2 11 abd2 בֵּית־הַ⁠נָּשִׁ֑ים 1 the house of women Alternate translation: “the harem for virgins”
222 EST 2 11 abd3 grammar-connect-logic-result לָ⁠דַ֨עַת֙ אֶת־שְׁל֣וֹם אֶסְתֵּ֔ר וּ⁠מַה־יֵּעָשֶׂ֖ה בָּֽ⁠הּ 1 in order to know the welfare of Esther and what was being done with her This is background information that explains why Mordecai would walk around in front of the courtyard. It was so that he could ask people who were going into or coming out of the courtyard how Esther was doing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could place this first in the verse because it explains the rest of what is said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
223 EST 2 11 nz1p שְׁל֣וֹם אֶסְתֵּ֔ר 1 the welfare of Esther Alternate translation: “how Esther was doing” or “about Esther’s well-being”
229 EST 2 12 abd7 writing-background כִּ֛י כֵּ֥ן יִמְלְא֖וּ יְמֵ֣י מְרוּקֵי⁠הֶ֑ן 1 For thus the days of their beautification would be fulfilled This phrase indicates that the story is now going to provide background information on how these treatments were done. It means, “This is how these women would spend the time preparing to go to the king.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
230 EST 2 12 abd8 figs-explicit שִׁשָּׁ֤ה חֳדָשִׁים֙ בְּ⁠שֶׁ֣מֶן הַ⁠מֹּ֔ר 1 six months by oil of myrrh This means that a woman’s attendants would rub her body with olive oil mixed with myrrh every day for six months. you could explain this in more detail if your readers need this information to understand the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
231 EST 2 12 abd9 בְּ⁠שֶׁ֣מֶן הַ⁠מֹּ֔ר 1 by oil of myrrh This likely means “olive oil mixed with myrrh.”
232 EST 2 12 zhd1 translate-unknown וּ⁠בְ⁠תַמְרוּקֵ֖י הַ⁠נָּשִֽׁים 1 and by the ointments of women This means lotions designed for women. In 2:3 and 2:9, this one specific part of the program seems to be used figuratively to mean all of it, and so in those verses it can be translated “beauty treatments.” But it should be translated with a specific term or phrase here, such as “women’s lotions” or “feminine ointments” because it is named along with oils and perfumes as one component of the treatment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) This means lotions designed for women. In 2:3 and 2:9, this one specific part of the program seems to be used to mean all of it, and so in those verses it can be translated “beauty treatments.” But it should be translated with a specific term or phrase here, such as “women’s lotions” or “feminine ointments” because it is named along with oils and perfumes as one component of the treatment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
233 EST 2 13 abd0 וּ⁠בָ⁠זֶ֕ה 1 Then at this Alternate translation: “after a woman’s year of beauty treatments was completed”
234 EST 2 13 abe0 figs-explicit הַֽ⁠נַּעֲרָ֖ה בָּאָ֣ה אֶל־הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 the young woman would go to the king This means that the young woman would go and have sexual relations with the king and thereby become one of his concubines. If your readers need this information to understand the story, you could explain that here, if you did not do so in verse 12. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
235 EST 2 13 abe1 figs-explicit כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֨ר תֹּאמַ֜ר יִנָּ֤תֵֽן לָ⁠הּ֙ 1 Anything that she said would be given to her **Anything** most likely refers to clothing and jewelry. This phrase probably means that a woman could take any of those that she wanted from the harem for virgins and wear them when she went to the king’s palace. You could say that explicitly by saying, “A young woman could take whatever clothing and jewelry she wanted from the harem for virgins and wear them when she went to the king’s palace.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
270 EST 2 17 abf8 figs-explicit מִ⁠כָּל־הַ⁠נָּשִׁ֔ים 1 more than all the women This means all the other women who had been brought to the king and who became his concubines. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
271 EST 2 17 bcu8 figs-idiom וַ⁠תִּשָּׂא־חֵ֥ן וָ⁠חֶ֛סֶד לְ⁠פָנָ֖י⁠ו 1 And she lifted both favor and kindness before his face This is a rare expression in Hebrew, and the exact meaning is uncertain. See how you translated similar phrases in [2:9](../02/09.md) and [2:15](../02/15.md). Review the explanation there if that would be helpful. In this context, it probably means that King Ahasuerus was very impressed with both Esther’s appearance and her personality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
272 EST 2 17 abf9 figs-doublet וַ⁠תִּשָּׂא־חֵ֥ן וָ⁠חֶ֛סֶד לְ⁠פָנָ֖י⁠ו 1 And she lifted both favor and kindness before his face **Favor** and **kindness** mean similar things and are probably used together here to strengthen a single idea. Alternate translation: “he was very pleased with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
273 EST 2 17 jd93 figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנָ֖י⁠ו 1 before his face Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
274 EST 2 17 sym3 translate-symaction וַ⁠יָּ֤שֶׂם כֶּֽתֶר־מַלְכוּת֙ בְּ⁠רֹאשָׁ֔⁠הּ 1 So he set a crown of royalty on her head Ahasuerus did this to show that he was making Esther his queen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
275 EST 2 17 abg0 figs-abstractnouns כֶּֽתֶר־מַלְכוּת֙ 1 a crown of royalty To translate the abstract noun **royalty**, you can use an adjective such as a “royal” crown. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
276 EST 2 18 abg1 figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּ֨עַשׂ הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ מִשְׁתֶּ֣ה גָד֗וֹל 1 Then the king made a great feast The king did this to celebrate Esther becoming the queen. You can say this explicitly. For example, you can say, “Then, to celebrate her becoming the queen, the king hosted a great feast.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
277 EST 2 18 b1hd translate-names מִשְׁתֵּ֣ה אֶסְתֵּ֑ר 1 the feast of Esther You could indicate to your readers this is the name that Ahasuerus gave to the feast, for example, “He called it ‘Esther’s Feast.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
278 EST 2 18 ufm8 translate-unknown וַ⁠הֲנָחָ֤ה לַ⁠מְּדִינוֹת֙ עָשָׂ֔ה 1 And he made a holiday for the provinces This was probably a “tax holiday,” that is, a temporary elimination of taxes. For a time, the provinces did not have to send in the usual taxes to the king. You could say something like “he proclaimed a temporary reprieve from taxes for all the provinces of his empire.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
279 EST 2 18 jd95 figs-metonymy כְּ⁠יַ֥ד הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 according to the hand of the king Here, **hand** figuratively represents the action of doing or giving. The phrase means that King Ahasuerus personally gave lavish gifts to the guests at this feast. You could say something like “with royal generosity” or “with great willingness to give” or “with generosity that only a king can give.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **hand** represents the action of doing or giving. The phrase means that King Ahasuerus personally gave lavish gifts to the guests at this feast. You could say something like “with royal generosity” or “with great willingness to give” or “with generosity that only a king can give.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
280 EST 2 19 g38f grammar-connect-time-sequential וּ⁠בְ⁠הִקָּבֵ֥ץ בְּתוּל֖וֹת שֵׁנִ֑ית 1 Now when virgins were being gathered a second time Since this happened some time after Esther’s Feast, you can show this by using a connecting phrase such as “some time later.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
281 EST 2 19 p842 figs-explicit וּ⁠בְ⁠הִקָּבֵ֥ץ בְּתוּל֖וֹת שֵׁנִ֑ית 1 Now when virgins were being gathered a second time The most likely explanation for this is that Ahasuerus decided he would like to have more concubines. you could say this explicitly if it will help the readers to understand the story. He probably believed that having a large number of concubines was another thing that would show he was a great king. To do so, you could add: “because Ahasuerus decided that he would like to have more concubines.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
282 EST 2 19 abg2 figs-activepassive וּ⁠בְ⁠הִקָּבֵ֥ץ בְּתוּל֖וֹת שֵׁנִ֑ית 1 Now when virgins were being gathered a second time You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. For example, you can say, “at the time when the king’s officers were gathering virgins for a second time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
291 EST 2 21 y2vl translate-names בִּגְתָ֨ן וָ⁠תֶ֜רֶשׁ 1 Bigthan and Teresh These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
292 EST 2 21 abg9 translate-unknown שְׁנֵֽי־סָרִיסֵ֤י הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ 1 two eunuchs of the king See how you translated this term in [1:10](../01/10.md). For the phrase **of the king**, you can say “royal.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
293 EST 2 21 abh0 מִ⁠שֹּׁמְרֵ֣י הַ⁠סַּ֔ף 1 who were guardians of the doorway In this case the men were not guardians of one of the harems but guardians of the king’s private rooms. You could say, “they guarded the doorway to the king’s private rooms” or “they protected the doorway to the king’s private quarters.”
294 EST 2 21 abh1 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְבַקְשׁוּ֙ 1 and they sought Here, **seeking** figuratively means actively trying to do something. Alternate translation: “they were plotting” or “they wanted to find a way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **seeking** means actively trying to do something. Alternate translation: “they were plotting” or “they wanted to find a way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
295 EST 2 21 jd97 figs-idiom לִ⁠שְׁלֹ֣חַ יָ֔ד 1 to stretch out a hand Here the expression **to stretch out a hand** means to cause someone physical harm with the intention of killing him. You could say, “they were planning to assassinate him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
296 EST 2 22 y7tv figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּוָּדַ֤ע הַ⁠דָּבָר֙ לְ⁠מָרְדֳּכַ֔י 1 But the matter was made known to Mordecai You can say this with an active form, for example by saying, “Mordecai found out what they were planning.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
297 EST 2 22 abh2 וַ⁠יַּגֵּ֖ד לְ⁠אֶסְתֵּ֣ר הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֑ה 1 so he told it to Esther the queen This means that he told Queen Esther about it somehow.
302 EST 2 23 y28j translate-unknown עֵ֑ץ 1 on a tree This seems to refer specifically to a pole or wooden structure that would be used to suspend a person above the ground and that could be used as a means of killing him or to display his body after he was dead. This might mean: (1) by hanging him from it with a rope tied around his neck, or (2) by impaling him on it, that is, by sticking a sharp point on one end of a pole through his body. Alternate translation: “wooden structure” or “wooden pole” or “gallows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
303 EST 2 23 g9nh figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּכָּתֵ֗ב 1 And it was written You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. You can say, for example, “The king’s scribes recorded an account of this.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
304 EST 2 23 abh5 figs-idiom בְּ⁠סֵ֛פֶר דִּבְרֵ֥י הַ⁠יָּמִ֖ים 1 the book of the events of days This is an idiom that describes a regular record of the events in a king’s reign. You could call this “the royal chronicles.” Alternate translation: “the daily record book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
305 EST 2 23 abh6 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 before the face of the king Here, **face** refers figuratively to the presence of a person. The phrase means that the scribes wrote this account while King Ahasuerus was personally present. You could say that they did this in the king’s presence. Alternate translation: “the king watched a scribe write this down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **face** refers to the presence of a person. The phrase means that the scribes wrote this account while King Ahasuerus was personally present. You could say that they did this in the king’s presence. Alternate translation: “the king watched a scribe write this down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
306 EST 3 intro zb26 0 # Esther 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Haman plots against the Jews<br><br>Mordecai was told to prostrate himself before Haman. This would be considered to be worship. But for a Jew, it was wrong to worship someone other than Yahweh. Because of this, he refused to do it. This made Haman angry, so he decided to kill all the Jews in the Persian Empire. Haman was a descendant of Agag, a king of the Amalekite people. The Amalekites became the enemies of the Jews during the exodus (Exodus 17:8-16). Moses told the people that they would need to destroy them (Deuteronomy 25:17-19), and later God commanded Saul to destroy them (1 Samuel 15:2-3). Samuel killed King Agag (1 Samuel 15:33), but the Amalekites were never completely destroyed (1 Samuel 30:17). Both Mordecai and Haman were probably very aware that their people were enemies.
307 EST 3 1 mm4c writing-newevent אַחַ֣ר ׀ הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה 1 After these things This introduces a new event in the story. Use a connecting phrase that introduces a new event in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
308 EST 3 1 abh7 grammar-connect-time-sequential אַחַ֣ר ׀ הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה 1 After these things This event happened some time after Esther became queen, and you can show this by using a connecting phrase such as “some time later.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
314 EST 3 1 ptm4 figs-idiom כִּסְא֔⁠וֹ 1 his seat of authority Here, **seat of authority** means Haman’s position or status in the Persian government. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
315 EST 3 1 abi1 figs-abstractnouns כִּסְא֔⁠וֹ 1 his seat of authority If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **authority**, you can express the same idea with a concrete noun for this whole phrase. For example, you can say, “his position.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
316 EST 3 1 abi2 מֵ⁠עַ֕ל כָּל־הַ⁠שָּׂרִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר אִתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 from over all the officials who were with him **Him** in this phrase may refer to the king. You could say that “the king promoted him above his other officials” or “gave him more authority than all of his other officials” or that “Haman became more important than all of his other officials.”
317 EST 3 2 abi3 figs-metonymy וְ⁠כָל־עַבְדֵ֨י הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ אֲשֶׁר־בְּ⁠שַׁ֣עַר הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ 1 Then all the servants of the king who were at the gate of the king Here, the **gate of the king**, probably the entrance to the citadel, may figuratively represent the citadel itself, the place where these people served the king. The citadel, in turn, would represent everyone who served the king. So you could say just “all the king’s other servants.” However, this may also be a reference to the specific group of officials who were stationed at the gate, the way Mordecai was. Alternate translation: “the royal officials who were stationed at the palace gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, the **gate of the king**, probably the entrance to the citadel, may represent the citadel itself, the place where these people served the king. The citadel, in turn, would represent everyone who served the king. So you could say just “all the king’s other servants.” However, this may also be a reference to the specific group of officials who were stationed at the gate, the way Mordecai was. Alternate translation: “the royal officials who were stationed at the palace gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
318 EST 3 2 abi4 figs-explicit וְ⁠כָל־עַבְדֵ֨י הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ…כֹּרְעִ֤ים וּ⁠מִֽשְׁתַּחֲוִים֙ לְ⁠הָמָ֔ן 1 all the servants of the king … were bowing down and prostrating themselves to Haman The servants were required to do this as a way of honoring him whenever Haman walked by. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
319 EST 3 2 e25k translate-symaction כֹּרְעִ֤ים וּ⁠מִֽשְׁתַּחֲוִים֙ 1 were bowing down and prostrating themselves This means that the other officials humbled themselves and lay flat on the ground before Haman. These actions represented recognition and respect for the very high position that the king had given him in the Persian government. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
320 EST 3 2 abi5 figs-doublet כֹּרְעִ֤ים וּ⁠מִֽשְׁתַּחֲוִים֙ 1 were bowing down and prostrating themselves These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that the officials knew how important it was to obey the king’s command and honor Haman in this way. You could combine them as UST does and say something like “bow down all the way to the ground.” Alternate translation: “bowing and lying down on the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
329 EST 3 4 jd3r figs-explicit ב⁠אמר⁠ם אֵלָי⁠ו֙ 1 when they spoke to him This means that they spoke to him about not bowing down. Specifically, they warned him that he would be severely punished if he kept disobeying the king and not honoring his highest official. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
330 EST 3 4 jd1r figs-idiom י֣וֹם וָ⁠י֔וֹם 1 day by day This expression means “every day.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
331 EST 3 4 abj2 figs-idiom וַ⁠יְהִ֗י ב⁠אמר⁠ם אֵלָי⁠ו֙…וְ⁠לֹ֥א שָׁמַ֖ע אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 Now it happened that, when they spoke … he did not listen to them. Here, **he did not listen** means he did not heed their warning or he did not do what they said. Mordecai heard them, but he did not do what they advised him to do. This means that even though the other officials questioned him and probably warned him, he still refused to bow down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
332 EST 3 4 uek4 figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּגִּ֣ידוּ לְ⁠הָמָ֗ן לִ⁠רְאוֹת֙ הֲ⁠יַֽעַמְדוּ֙ דִּבְרֵ֣י מָרְדֳּכַ֔י 1 So they told Haman to see if the words of Mordecai would stand In this context, **standing** figuratively means to survive a challenge, and **words** means the reasons that Mordecai gave for his actions. This phrase means that the other officials told Haman about it to see if he would tolerate it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) In this context, **standing** means to survive a challenge, and **words** means the reasons that Mordecai gave for his actions. This phrase means that the other officials told Haman about it to see if he would tolerate it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
333 EST 3 4 abj3 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי־הִגִּ֥יד לָ⁠הֶ֖ם אֲשֶׁר־ה֥וּא יְהוּדִֽי 1 for he had told them that he was a Jew This is the answer that Mordecai gave the other officials when they asked him why he refused to bow down to Haman. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put it first in the verse because it explains everything that happens afterwards. Alternate translation: “Mordecai told them that he was a Jew, and that Jews would bow down only to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
334 EST 3 4 abj4 figs-explicit כִּֽי־הִגִּ֥יד לָ⁠הֶ֖ם אֲשֶׁר־ה֥וּא יְהוּדִֽי 1 for he had told them that he was a Jew Mordecai’s explanation would have included the fact that Jews would only worship Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
335 EST 3 5 abj5 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא הָמָ֔ן 1 The Haman saw Here, **seeing** figuratively means knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. This phrase means that Haman learned about this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **seeing** means knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. This phrase means that Haman learned about this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
336 EST 3 5 njt5 figs-parallelism אֵ֣ין מָרְדֳּכַ֔י כֹּרֵ֥עַ וּ⁠מִֽשְׁתַּחֲוֶ֖ה ל֑⁠וֹ 1 Mordecai would neither bow down nor prostrate himself to him These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how serious an offense this was. You could combine them as UST does and say, “Mordecai was refusing to bow down to him.” Alternate translation: “Mordecai would not bow down or lie on the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
337 EST 3 5 wk8p figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּמָּלֵ֥א הָמָ֖ן חֵמָֽה 1 And Haman was filled with rage Here, **Haman’s rage** is spoken of as something that could fill him up. You could say that he was furious or extremely angry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
338 EST 3 6 k5h9 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּ֣בֶז בְּ⁠עֵינָ֗י⁠ו 1 And it was despised in his eyes You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Haman considered that it was not enough” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
339 EST 3 6 abj6 figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּ֣בֶז בְּ⁠עֵינָ֗י⁠ו 1 And it was despised in his eyes Haman probably decided to go to such extremes because he was so angry. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
340 EST 3 6 abj7 וַ⁠יִּ֣בֶז 1 it was despised **Despise** in this context means not to hate but to think little of or think something is too small. This expression means that Haman decided it would not be enough just to kill Mordecai alone.
341 EST 3 6 jd9r figs-metaphor בְּ⁠עֵינָ֗י⁠ו 1 in his eyes Here, **eyes** stand for “seeing,” and in this case “seeing” figuratively means judgment. This phrase means in Haman’s judgment. Alternate translation: “as he saw it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **eyes** stand for “seeing,” and in this case “seeing” means judgment. This phrase means in Haman’s judgment. Alternate translation: “as he saw it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
342 EST 3 6 abj8 לִ⁠שְׁלֹ֤ח יָד֙ בְּ⁠מָרְדֳּכַ֣י לְ⁠בַדּ֔⁠וֹ 1 to stretch out a hand against Mordecai alone Alternate translation: “he rejected the idea of killing only Mordecai” or “he decided to kill more than just Mordecai” or “he decided that it would not be enough to get rid of only Mordecai”
343 EST 3 6 j11r figs-idiom לִ⁠שְׁלֹ֤ח יָד֙ 1 to stretch out a hand As in [2:21](../02/21.md), the expression **to stretch out a hand** means to cause someone physical harm with the intention of killing them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
344 EST 3 6 abj9 כִּֽי־הִגִּ֥ידוּ ל֖⁠וֹ אֶת־עַ֣ם מָרְדֳּכָ֑י 1 for they had told him the people of Mordecai **They** means the other royal officials. **Him** refers to Haman. **The people of Mordecai** means the Jews. Mordecai had told these officials that he would not bow down to Haman because Jews worshiped only God. So this means that the other officials had told Haman that Mordecai was not bowing down to him because he was a Jew.
345 EST 3 6 hue9 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְבַקֵּ֣שׁ הָמָ֗ן לְ⁠הַשְׁמִ֧יד 1 So Haman sought to annihilate Here, **seeking** figuratively means trying to do something. In this context, it means that Haman decided that he would try to kill all the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **seeking** means trying to do something. In this context, it means that Haman decided that he would try to kill all the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
346 EST 3 6 abk0 בְּ⁠כָל־מַלְכ֥וּת אֲחַשְׁוֵר֖וֹשׁ 1 in all the kingdom of Ahasuerus This means in the entire empire that King Ahasuerus ruled.
347 EST 3 6 abk1 figs-doublet הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֛ים…עַ֥ם מָרְדֳּכָֽי 1 the Jews, the people of Mordecai These two phrases refer to the same group of people. The repetition emphasizes how great the threat was to their existence. You could combine them as UST does and say something like “all of the Jews.” Alternate translation: “Mordecai’s people, the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
348 EST 3 7 zl12 translate-ordinal בַּ⁠חֹ֤דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁוֹן֙ 1 In the first month Alternate translation: “In month one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
353 EST 3 7 abk3 translate-unknown הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֜ל 1 the lot A **lot** was an object with different markings on various sides that was used, most likely by dropping it on the ground, to select a specific time for doing something. The belief was that God or the gods would control which way the object fell, thus guiding the selection process and granting favor to the action if it were done on the date chosen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
354 EST 3 7 abk4 figs-activepassive הִפִּ֣יל פּוּר֩ 1 a Pur … was cast You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. You can say, for example, “Haman had his servants cast a Pur.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
355 EST 3 7 abk5 grammar-connect-logic-result הִפִּ֣יל פּוּר֩ 1 a Pur … was cast If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this information first because it explains the rest of what happens in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
356 EST 3 7 j13r figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הָמָ֗ן 1 before the face of Haman Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. In this context, the phrase means that Haman was physically present when the lot was cast. Alternate translation: “as Haman watched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. In this context, the phrase means that Haman was physically present when the lot was cast. Alternate translation: “as Haman watched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
357 EST 3 7 j15r מִ⁠יּ֧וֹם ׀ לְ⁠י֛וֹם וּ⁠מֵ⁠חֹ֛דֶשׁ לְ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ 1 from day to day and from month to month This expression means that the lot was cast to select a particular day of the month and a particular month of the year.
358 EST 3 7 j17r figs-explicit מִ⁠יּ֧וֹם ׀ לְ⁠י֛וֹם וּ⁠מֵ⁠חֹ֛דֶשׁ לְ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ 1 from day to day and from month to month Haman was casting the lot to determine the best day and the best month to kill the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to determine the best day and the best month to kill the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
359 EST 3 7 ih4b translate-hebrewmonths שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֖ר הוּא־חֹ֥דֶשׁ אֲדָֽר 1 the twelfth, which is the month of Adar **Adar** is the name of the twelfth and last month of the Hebrew calendar. This name occurs several times in the story. Be sure to translate it consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
383 EST 3 10 abm0 בֶּֽן־הַמְּדָ֛תָא הָ⁠אֲגָגִ֖י 1 the son of Hammedatha the Agagite This information about Haman’s identity is repeated to stress that the king giving him the signet ring was an official legal act that transferred power to him. (In the same way, legal documents today often use a person’s full name and other identifying information.) If you repeat this information in your own translation, your readers should see this significance.
384 EST 3 10 abm1 figs-distinguish צֹרֵ֥ר הַ⁠יְּהוּדִֽים 1 the adversary of the Jews This phrase gives clarifying information about Haman. It means that he had become “the enemy of the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
385 EST 3 11 sz4b figs-activepassive הַ⁠כֶּ֖סֶף נָת֣וּן לָ֑⁠ךְ 1 The silver is given to you You can say this with an active form. This could mean one of the following things: (1) “You can keep the money from plundering the Jews for yourself.” (2) “I give you permission to take the money from the Jews and to give it to the men just as you have said.” (3) “You do not need to pay for the expenses of the plan yourself.” (4) This statement by the king may also be a formal and cultural way of expressing gratitude for the promised money without actually releasing Haman from paying the money into the treasury. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
386 EST 3 11 abm2 figs-metaphor וְ⁠הָ⁠עָ֕ם לַ⁠עֲשׂ֥וֹת בּ֖⁠וֹ כַּ⁠טּ֥וֹב בְּ⁠עֵינֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 and the people, to do with them as is good in your eyes Here, **eyes** figuratively represent seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. The king is telling Haman that **he can do whatever he wants to the Jews**. Alternate translation: “you can do to the Jews as you see fit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **eyes** represent seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. The king is telling Haman that **he can do whatever he wants to the Jews**. Alternate translation: “you can do to the Jews as you see fit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
387 EST 3 12 hx6c figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּקָּרְאוּ֩ סֹפְרֵ֨י הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ 1 And the scribes of the king were called You can say this with an active form. You can also say who did the action. It was most likely Haman, since the king had given him authority to act on his behalf. So you could say, “Haman called in the royal scribes.” Alternate translation: “the king summoned his scribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
388 EST 3 12 t6qa translate-hebrewmonths בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֗וֹן בִּ⁠שְׁלוֹשָׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֣ר יוֹם֮ בּ⁠וֹ֒ 1 in the first month, on the thirteenth day of it You can add “of that same year” to show that Haman did this right after Ahasuerus agreed to his plan. Alternate translation: “on the thirteenth day of the first month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
389 EST 3 12 abm3 בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֗וֹן בִּ⁠שְׁלוֹשָׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֣ר יוֹם֮ בּ⁠וֹ֒ 1 in the first month, on the thirteenth day of it You can put this information first because it places the event within the timeline of the story.
400 EST 3 12 lyf2 figs-activepassive נִכְתָּ֔ב וְ⁠נֶחְתָּ֖ם בְּ⁠טַבַּ֥עַת הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 It was written, and it was sealed with the signet ring of the king You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “to show that he was sending the letter under the king’s own authority, Haman sealed each copy of the letter with the ring that had the king’s official seal on it,” or “the scribes signed the king’s name at the end of the letters. Then they sealed the letters with wax, and stamped the wax by using the king’s ring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
401 EST 3 13 hxx6 figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִשְׁל֨וֹחַ סְפָרִ֜ים 1 And letters were sent You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. For example, you can say, “couriers delivered the letters.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
402 EST 3 13 j34r figs-metaphor בְּ⁠יַ֣ד הָ⁠רָצִים֮ 1 by the hand of runners Here, **hand** could mean two different things: (1) It could literally mean “hand,” meaning that the couriers carried the letters in their hands. Alternate translation: “couriers hand-delivered the documents” (2) “Hand” could also be a metaphor for power, control, or authority, meaning that couriers were the ones who delivered the letters to all the provinces throughout the empire. Alternate translation: “couriers gave the documents directly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
403 EST 3 13 abn0 figs-metonymy אֶל־כָּל־מְדִינ֣וֹת הַ⁠מֶּלֶךְ֒ 1 to all of the provinces of the king Haman did not send the letters to the provinces (the geographical territories) themselves. Rather, he sent them to the officials in every province in the empire. The story is using the word “province” to refer figuratively to these officials by something associated with them, the territories they ruled. Your translation should make clear that the letters were sent to people, not places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Haman did not send the letters to the provinces (the geographical territories) themselves. Rather, he sent them to the officials in every province in the empire. The story is using the word “province” to refer to these officials by something associated with them, the territories they ruled. Your translation should make clear that the letters were sent to people, not places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
404 EST 3 13 xs6g figs-doublet לְ⁠הַשְׁמִ֡יד לַ⁠הֲרֹ֣ג וּ⁠לְ⁠אַבֵּ֣ד 1 to annihilate, to slaughter, and to destroy These words mean the same thing. They are used together to emphasize the completeness of the destruction that is envisioned. You could combine them as UST does and say something like “completely destroy.” (A “doublet” can use more than two words. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
405 EST 3 13 abn1 figs-merism מִ⁠נַּ֨עַר וְ⁠עַד־זָקֵ֜ן 1 from young even to old This is a figure of speech that figuratively describes all of something by naming two extreme parts of it in order to include everything in between. You could express its meaning as UST does and say something like “every single one of them.” Alternate translation: “including young people and old people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) This is a figure of speech that describes all of something by naming two extreme parts of it in order to include everything in between. You could express its meaning as UST does and say something like “every single one of them.” Alternate translation: “including young people and old people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
406 EST 3 13 abn2 טַ֤ף וְ⁠נָשִׁים֙ 1 children and women Alternate translation: “including the children and the women”
407 EST 3 13 j35r translate-numbers בְּ⁠י֣וֹם אֶחָ֔ד 1 on one day Alternate translation: “on a single day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
408 EST 3 13 abn3 figs-explicit בִּ⁠שְׁלוֹשָׁ֥ה עָשָׂ֛ר 1 on the thirteenth of the twelfth month Implicitly, this means “the thirteenth day of the twelfth month of that same year.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
431 EST 4 1 abo0 figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּצֵא֙ בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ הָ⁠עִ֔יר 1 he went out into the midst of the city The next verse shows that Mordecai was heading towards the king’s palace. You could say that explicitly here. Mordecai might have wanted to call attention to the danger that the Jews were in by going to a public location where people were used to seeing him. Or he might have wanted to contact Esther and ask her to help with the trouble. Or he might have wanted both. Alternate translation: “he started walking towards the city center, towards the king’s palace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
432 EST 4 1 abo1 figs-doublet וַ⁠יִּזְעַ֛ק זְעָקָ֥ה גְדֹלָ֖ה וּ⁠מָרָֽה 1 and cried out a great and bitter outcry **Great** and **bitter** are two words that refer to the same thing and that work together. They indicate that Mordecai’s cry was so loud because it was so anguished. Alternate translation: “cried out in anguish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
433 EST 4 2 abo2 וַ⁠יָּב֕וֹא 1 And he came **He** means Mordecai. Alternate translation: “Mordecai came”
434 EST 4 2 j38r figs-metonymy עַ֖ד לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י שַֽׁעַר־הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 only as far as before the face of the gate of the king Here, **face** figuratively represents the front of an object. The phrase means that Mordecai could not come inside the gate to the king’s palace, but had to wait just outside of it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **face** represents the front of an object. The phrase means that Mordecai could not come inside the gate to the king’s palace, but had to wait just outside of it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
435 EST 4 2 abo3 שַֽׁעַר־הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 the gate of the king See how you translated this in [2:19](../02/19.md). Alternate translation: “the gate to the king’s palace”
436 EST 4 2 abo4 grammar-connect-logic-result אֵ֥ין לָ⁠ב֛וֹא אֶל־שַׁ֥עַר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ בִּ⁠לְב֥וּשׁ שָֽׂק 1 no one was to come into the gate of the king while wearing sackcloth If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this information first in the verse because it explains why Mordecai waited outside. See the UST. Alternate translation: “But no one who was wearing sackcloth was allowed inside the palace gates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
437 EST 4 3 e73y figs-idiom וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־מְדִינָ֣ה וּ⁠מְדִינָ֗ה 1 And in every province by province This expression means in every single province. See how you translated the term “province” in 1:1. Alternate translation: “in each and every province” or “in every province of the empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
452 EST 4 5 vf4m translate-names לַ⁠הֲתָ֜ךְ 1 for Hathak This is a man’s name. It occurs several times in this chapter. Be sure to translate it consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
453 EST 4 5 lp8m writing-background מִ⁠סָּרִיסֵ֤י הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הֶעֱמִ֣יד לְ⁠פָנֶ֔י⁠הָ 1 from the eunuchs of the king whom he had caused to stand before her face Alternate translation: “who was one of the royal guardians whom the king had assigned to serve Esther personally” You can put this information first because it provides background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
454 EST 4 5 icg7 translate-unknown מִ⁠סָּרִיסֵ֤י 1 from the eunuchs of See how you translated this term **eunuch** in [1:10](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
455 EST 4 5 j39r figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנֶ֔י⁠הָ 1 before her face Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. This phrase means that the guardians served Esther personally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. This phrase means that the guardians served Esther personally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
456 EST 4 5 abp6 figs-parallelism לָ⁠דַ֥עַת מַה־זֶּ֖ה וְ⁠עַל־מַה־זֶּֽה 1 to know what this was and on account of what this was These two phrases mean similar things. In both cases, “this” refers to what Mordecai was doing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Esther now knew there must be a very serious reason why Mordecai was wearing sackcloth in such a public place. Alternate translation: “to find out why he was so distressed that he was sitting at the palace gate wearing sackcloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
457 EST 4 6 abp7 figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א הֲתָ֖ךְ אֶֽל־מָרְדֳּכָ֑י 1 So Hathak went out to Mordecai Hathak went out specifically to speak with Mordecai and find out why he was so distressed, as Esther had asked him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Hathak went out to speak with Mordecai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
458 EST 4 6 mgl5 רְח֣וֹב הָ⁠עִ֔יר 1 the open place of the city Alternate translation: “the central plaza”
459 EST 4 6 j41r figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י 1 before the face of Here, **face** figuratively represents the front of an object. The phrase means that the open square was in front of the palace gate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **face** represents the front of an object. The phrase means that the open square was in front of the palace gate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
460 EST 4 6 abp8 figs-metonymy שַֽׁעַר־הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 the gate of the king The citadel is being described by reference to something associated with it, the gate that leads into it. Alternate translation: “the citadel gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
461 EST 4 7 zq3s figs-synecdoche אֵ֖ת כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֣ר קָרָ֑⁠הוּ 1 Mordecai reported to him all that had happened to him Here, **him** refers to Mordecai, but here Mordecai figuratively represents the entire group of which he is a member. Alternate translation: “everything that Haman was planning to do to the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) Here, **him** refers to Mordecai, but here Mordecai represents the entire group of which he is a member. Alternate translation: “everything that Haman was planning to do to the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
462 EST 4 7 abp9 פָּרָשַׁ֣ת הַ⁠כֶּ֗סֶף אֲשֶׁ֨ר אָמַ֤ר הָמָן֙ לִ֠⁠שְׁקוֹל עַל־גִּנְזֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֛לֶךְ בַּיְּהוּדִ֖ים לְ⁠אַבְּדָֽ⁠ם 1 the exact amount of silver that Haman had said to weigh out in the treasuries of the king, against, to destroy them This could mean either of two possibilities: (1) the amount of silver that Haman said the king would get for his treasury from the plunder that the people who destroyed the Jews would take from them, or (2) the amount of silver that Haman had said he would contribute to pay for the expenses of the plan to destroy the Jews. You could say either one as an alternate translation, but it should agree with your interpretation of [3:9](../03/09.md).
463 EST 4 8 j43r פַּתְשֶׁ֣גֶן כְּתָֽב־הַ֠⁠דָּת 1 a copy of the writing Alternate translation: “a copy of the letter that Haman had sent out” or “a copy of the decree”
464 EST 4 8 zt49 figs-activepassive הַ֠⁠דָּת אֲשֶׁר־נִתַּ֨ן בְּ⁠שׁוּשָׁ֤ן 1 the law that had been given in Susa If it would help your readers to understand, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the law that the heralds had read out loud in Susa” or “the decree that the king’s servants had posted in Susa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
466 EST 4 8 abq1 figs-parallelism לְ⁠הַרְא֥וֹת אֶת־אֶסְתֵּ֖ר וּ⁠לְ⁠הַגִּ֣יד לָ֑⁠הּ 1 in order to show Esther, and to inform her These two phrases mean similar things. They are repeated to emphasize how important Mordecai knew it was for Esther to understand just what Haman was planning. “so that Esther could see exactly what it said.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
467 EST 4 8 abq2 וּ⁠לְ⁠צַוּ֣וֹת עָלֶ֗י⁠הָ 1 and to lay a charge upon her Alternate translation: “and to urge her”
468 EST 4 8 gds6 figs-doublet לְ⁠הִֽתְחַנֶּן־ל֛⁠וֹ וּ⁠לְ⁠בַקֵּ֥שׁ 1 to implore his favor and to seek These two phrases mean similar things. They are repeated to emphasize the force of the action that Mordecai felt was needed. Alternate translation: “to plead with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
469 EST 4 8 j47r figs-metonymy מִ⁠לְּ⁠פָנָ֖י⁠ו 1 to go to the king … from before his face Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. In this context, the phrase means that Esther should go into the presence of the king to ask personally for the king’s intervention. Alternate translation: “to go to the king personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. In this context, the phrase means that Esther should go into the presence of the king to ask personally for the king’s intervention. Alternate translation: “to go to the king personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
470 EST 4 8 abq3 עַל־עַמָּֽ⁠הּ 1 concerning her people Alternate translation: “to act mercifully toward her people”
471 EST 4 10 abq5 וַ⁠תֹּ֤אמֶר אֶסְתֵּר֙ לַ⁠הֲתָ֔ךְ וַ⁠תְּצַוֵּ֖⁠הוּ אֶֽל־מָרְדֳּכָֽי 1 Then Esther spoke to Hathak and commanded him to say to Mordecai: Alternate translation: “then Esther told Hathak to go back to Mordecai and tell him this”
472 EST 4 11 abq6 figs-merism כָּל־עַבְדֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֡לֶךְ וְ⁠עַם־מְדִינ֨וֹת הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ יֽוֹדְעִ֗ים 1 All the servants of the king and the people of the provinces of the king are knowing **All the servants of the king** refers to the royal officials in the palace. **The people of the provinces** refers to those living out in the empire. So this phrase means something like “those both near and far.” Esther is using a figure of speech to refer to something by speaking of two extreme parts of it in order to include everything in between those parts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases and say something like, “everyone in the whole empire knows.” Alternate translation: “all the king’s officials and all the people in the empire know this law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
473 EST 4 11 abq7 כָּל־עַבְדֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֡לֶךְ וְ⁠עַם־מְדִינ֨וֹת הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ יֽוֹדְעִ֗ים 1 All the servants of the king and the people of the provinces of the king are knowing Esther says this to show that there is no uncertainty about this being the law. You can put this information after the description of the law itself, If it would be helpful in your language, so that it can serve to emphasize how definite the law is that was just described.
474 EST 4 11 d9mh figs-merism כָּל־אִ֣ישׁ וְ⁠אִשָּׁ֡ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר 1 for any man or woman Here, Esther once again refers to a group figuratively by describing two parts of it. She means all of the people whom Ahasuerus rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases and say something like “anyone”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) Here, Esther once again refers to a group by describing two parts of it. She means all of the people whom Ahasuerus rules as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases and say something like “anyone”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
475 EST 4 11 abq8 translate-symaction יָבֽוֹא־אֶל־הַ⁠מֶּלֶךְ֩ אֶל־הֶ⁠חָצֵ֨ר הַ⁠פְּנִימִ֜ית 1 who goes to the king, to the inner court As [5:1](../05/01.md) makes clear, this refers to a courtyard right outside the room where King Ahasuerus sat on his throne. He could see out of the entrance to the room into the courtyard and tell if anyone came and stood there. Anyone who did that was asking to speak to the king. Alternate translation: “who goes into the inner courtyard of the palace, where the king can see them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
476 EST 4 11 abq9 figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁ֣ר לֹֽא־יִקָּרֵ֗א 1 who has not been called If it would help your readers to understand, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “when the king has not summoned that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
477 EST 4 11 abr0 אַחַ֤ת דָּת⁠וֹ֙ 1 his law is one If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this after the explanation of the law itself. Alternate translation: “this law applies to everyone in the kingdom”
509 EST 5 2 abt1 grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יְהִי֩ 1 Then it happened that This expression introduces what happened next. Alternate translation: “Now” or “and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
510 EST 5 2 abt2 כִ⁠רְא֨וֹת 1 as soon as … saw Alternate translation: “when … noticed”
511 EST 5 2 j57r figs-idiom נָשְׂאָ֥ה חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינָ֑י⁠ו 1 she lifted favor in his eyes See how you translated similar expressions in 2:9, 2:15, and 2:17. Review the explanations there if that would be helpful. In this context, it probably means that King Ahasuerus **thought Esther looked very attractive** as she stood in the court. It could also mean that King Ahasuerus was very pleased to see her. It could mean both. Alternate translation: “he was very pleased to see her” or “he approved of her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
512 EST 5 2 pw4x figs-metaphor נָשְׂאָ֥ה חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינָ֑י⁠ו 1 she lifted favor in his eyes Here, **eyes** figuratively represent seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. This phrase means that King Ahasuerus decided not to kill Esther for coming into the inner court without being summoned. Alternate translation: “he was very pleased to see her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **eyes** represent seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. This phrase means that King Ahasuerus decided not to kill Esther for coming into the inner court without being summoned. Alternate translation: “he was very pleased to see her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
513 EST 5 2 uu8s translate-symaction וַ⁠יּ֨וֹשֶׁט הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ לְ⁠אֶסְתֵּ֗ר אֶת־שַׁרְבִ֤יט הַ⁠זָּהָב֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּ⁠יָד֔⁠וֹ 1 And the king held out to her the golden scepter that was in his hand King Ahasuerus did this to show that he would not enforce the law that said that Esther should be executed for coming into the king’s inner court without being summoned. See how you translated this in 4:11. Alternate translation: “he extended the gold scepter toward her.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
514 EST 5 2 abt3 figs-explicit וַ⁠יּ֨וֹשֶׁט הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ לְ⁠אֶסְתֵּ֗ר אֶת־שַׁרְבִ֤יט הַ⁠זָּהָב֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּ⁠יָד֔⁠וֹ 1 And the king held out to her the golden scepter that was in his hand King Ahasuerus did this to show that he would not enforce the law that said Esther should be executed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he extended the gold scepter toward her to signal that he would be glad to talk to her.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
515 EST 5 2 abt4 וַ⁠תִּקְרַ֣ב 1 so … approached Alternate translation; “so … came close” or “so … came up to the throne”
537 EST 5 7 r4aw figs-doublet שְׁאֵלָתִ֖⁠י וּ⁠בַקָּשָׁתִֽ⁠י 1 My petition and my request The words **petition** and **request** mean the same thing. Esther probably used these words together as a way of speaking very formally and respectfully to the king. Alternate translation: “this is what I want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
538 EST 5 7 abu6 figs-abstractnouns שְׁאֵלָתִ֖⁠י וּ⁠בַקָּשָׁתִֽ⁠י 1 My petition and my request The two abstract nouns **petition** and **request** can be expressed with a single phrase using the verb “want.” Alternate translation: “this is what I want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
539 EST 5 8 c2br figs-idiom אִם־מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֜ן בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ 1 if I have found favor in the eyes of the king The expression **find favor** means to gain the approval or acceptance of another person. Alternate translation: “if you are pleased with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
540 EST 5 8 abu7 figs-metaphor אִם־מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֜ן בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ 1 if I have found favor in the eyes of the king Here, **eyes** figuratively represent seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. The phrase means the King Ahasuerus is pleased with Esther and willing to grant her request. Alternate translation: “if the king evaluates me and approves” or “if the king is pleased with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **eyes** represent seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. The phrase means the King Ahasuerus is pleased with Esther and willing to grant her request. Alternate translation: “if the king evaluates me and approves” or “if the king is pleased with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
541 EST 5 8 c2jy figs-123person אִם־מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֜ן בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ 1 if I have found favor in the eyes of the king Esther speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. Alternate translation: “if you evaluate me and approve” or “if you are pleased with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
542 EST 5 8 abu8 figs-idiom וְ⁠אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ ט֔וֹב 1 if it is good to the king This is an idiom. See how you translated it in [1:19](../01/19.md), [3:9](../03/09.md), and [5:4](../05/04.md). Alternate translation: “If it seems like a good idea to you, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
543 EST 5 8 j69r figs-doublet לָ⁠תֵת֙ אֶת־שְׁאֵ֣לָתִ֔⁠י וְ⁠לַ⁠עֲשׂ֖וֹת אֶת־בַּקָּשָׁתִ֑⁠י 1 to grant my petition and to perform my request The phrases **to grant my petition** and **to perform my request** mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “to do what I want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
547 EST 5 8 gf9b figs-123person כִּ⁠דְבַ֥ר הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 according to the word of the king Esther speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. Alternate translation: “according to your word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
548 EST 5 9 abv1 וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֤א 1 And … went out Alternate translation: “and … left the banquet”
549 EST 5 9 j73r figs-doublet שָׂמֵ֖חַ וְ⁠ט֣וֹב לֵ֑ב 1 joyful and good of heart The word **joyful** and the phrase **good of heart** mean the same thing. These terms are used together to show that Haman was very happy after attending Esther’s banquet with King Ahasuerus. Alternate translation: “feeling very good” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]
550 EST 5 9 j75r figs-metaphor וְ⁠ט֣וֹב לֵ֑ב 1 and good of heart Here, **heart** figuratively represents the action of thinking or feeling. The phrase means that Haman felt happy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **heart** represents the action of thinking or feeling. The phrase means that Haman felt happy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
551 EST 5 9 dkg6 figs-explicit וְ⁠לֹא־קָם֙ 1 that he neither rose up Under other circumstances, officials were expected to bow low to the ground to show respect for Haman. See [3:2](../03/02.md). But since Mordecai was already sitting on the ground as a sign of mourning, he would have been expected to stand up to show respect. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Mordecai did not stand up to show respect for Haman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
552 EST 5 9 j77r translate-symaction וְ⁠לֹא־זָ֣ע מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ 1 nor trembled from him The phrase means that Mordecai was not afraid of Haman or of what Haman might do to him for refusing to show the respect that the king had commanded. Alternate translation: “or tremble fearfully in front of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
553 EST 5 9 s47u figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּמָּלֵ֥א הָמָ֛ן עַֽל־מָרְדֳּכַ֖י חֵמָֽה 1 then Haman was filled with rage on account of Mordecai Here, **Haman’s rage** is described as something that could fill him up. See how you translated this expression in [3:5](../03/05.md). Alternate translation: “Haman became very angry because of Mordecai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
578 EST 5 14 hiui figs-explicit אֱמֹ֣ר לַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ וְ⁠יִתְל֤וּ אֶֽת־מָרְדֳּכַי֙ עָלָ֔י⁠ו 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could make explicit what Haman would say to the king. Alternate translation: “speak to the king and tell him that you would like to hang Mordecai on it” or “tell the king that you intend to hang Mordecai on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
579 EST 5 14 abw7 figs-explicit וְ⁠יִתְל֤וּ אֶֽת־מָרְדֳּכַי֙ עָלָ֔י⁠ו 1 say to the king, and let them hang Mordecai on it If it would be helpful in your language, you could make explicit who does the action. Probably, Haman’s servants would carry out the action. But since it would happen under Haman’s orders and perhaps under his supervision, you could also describe him as the one who does the action if that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and have your servants hang Mordecai on it” or “and hang Mordecai on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
580 EST 5 14 abw8 grammar-connect-logic-result וּ⁠בֹֽא…אֶל הַ⁠מִּשְׁתֶּ֖ה שָׂמֵ֑חַ 1 Then go … to the banquet joyful **Then** indicates more than a time sequence here. Zeresh and the friends are saying what the result would be. Alternate translation: “after he is dead, you will be able to go to the banquet … in a good mood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
581 EST 5 14 bbs9 figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּיטַ֧ב הַ⁠דָּבָ֛ר לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָמָ֖ן 1 And the word was good before the face of Haman The **word** was the suggestion that Zeresh and the friends made. Here, **face** figuratively represents Haman himself by something associated with him, his face, which showed what he was thinking and feeling. Alternate translation: “Haman decided that he liked this idea” or “that suggestion pleased Haman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) The **word** was the suggestion that Zeresh and the friends made. Here, **face** represents Haman himself by something associated with him, his face, which showed what he was thinking and feeling. Alternate translation: “Haman decided that he liked this idea” or “that suggestion pleased Haman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
582 EST 5 14 i8is וַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ הָ⁠עֵֽץ 1 and he made the tree Haman most likely did not do this personally. He ordered it to be done. Alternate translation: “he gave his servants orders to set up the pole” or “he told his servants to construct the gallows”
583 EST 5 14 j83r translate-unknown הָ⁠עֵֽץ 1 the tree See how you translated this in [2:23](../02/23.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Be sure your translation is consistent in the chapters that follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
584 EST 6 intro i9x7 0 # Esther 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter continues the story of Haman’s fall.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Approaching the king\n\nIt was not possible for a person to easily approach the king. Normally, access to him was very limited. There are several events in this chapter which show the layers of protection surrounding the king.
587 EST 6 1 abx1 figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר לְ⁠הָבִ֞יא 1 And he said to bring **He** means the king. The implication is that he told the young men who attended him to do this. Verses 3 and 5 indicate this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so he commanded his servants to fetch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
588 EST 6 1 abx2 סֵ֤פֶר הַ⁠זִּכְרֹנוֹת֙ דִּבְרֵ֣י הַ⁠יָּמִ֔ים 1 the book of records of the events of days This is equivalent to the expression “the book of the events of days” in [2:23](../02/23.md). See how you translated that expression. Alternate translation: “the royal chronicles” or “the records of what had happened during all the time that he had been king”
589 EST 6 1 abx3 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּהְי֥וּ נִקְרָאִ֖ים 1 they were being called out This means that the chronicles were read out loud. You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the young men got the chronicles and began to read them out loud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
590 EST 6 1 j87r figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 before the face of the king Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. This phrase means that the book was being read in the king’s presence. Alternate translation: “to the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. This phrase means that the book was being read in the king’s presence. Alternate translation: “to the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
591 EST 6 2 u4gi figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּמָּצֵ֣א כָת֗וּב 1 And it was found written Both terms **found** and **recorded** can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “they found that the writers had recorded there” or “they read the part where the writers had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
592 EST 6 2 abx4 figs-explicit הִגִּ֨יד מָרְדֳּכַ֜י עַל 1 Mordecai had told about The implication is that Mordecai had saved the king’s life by discovering the plot and telling him about it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Mordecai had saved the king’s life by discovering a plot against the king and telling him about it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
593 EST 6 2 abx5 figs-events הִגִּ֨יד מָרְדֳּכַ֜י עַל 1 Mordecai had told about To relate the events in chronological order, you can put this at the end of the verse. Alternate translation: “but Mordecai had saved the king’s life by discovering their plot and telling him about it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
594 EST 6 2 syd9 translate-names בִּגְתָ֣נָא וָ⁠תֶ֗רֶשׁ 1 Bigthana and Teresh These are the same two men who are named in [2:21](../02/21.md). However, there the first man’s name is said to be “Bigthan.” Decide on a consistent way of translating these names so your readers will know that they are the same men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
595 EST 6 2 abx6 translate-unknown שְׁנֵי֙ סָרִיסֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 two of the eunuchs of the king See how you translated the term **eunuch** in [1:10](../01/10.md). Alternate translation: “two of the royal guardians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
596 EST 6 2 abx7 מִ⁠שֹּׁמְרֵ֖י הַ⁠סַּ֑ף 1 who were from the guardians of the doorway See how you translated this expression in [2:23](../02/23.md). Alternate translation: “who protected the doorway to the king’s private quarters”
597 EST 6 2 abx8 figs-metaphor בִּקְשׁוּ֙ 1 they had sought Here, **seeking** figuratively means actively trying to do something. Alternate translation: “they had planned” or “they had tried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **seeking** means actively trying to do something. Alternate translation: “they had planned” or “they had tried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
598 EST 6 2 j89r figs-idiom לִ⁠שְׁלֹ֣חַ יָ֔ד 1 to stretch out a hand As in [2:21](../02/21.md), the expression **to stretch out a hand** means to cause someone physical harm with the intention of killing them. Alternate translation: “to assassinate” or “to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
599 EST 6 3 lmz6 figs-hendiadys מַֽה־נַּעֲשָׂ֞ה יְקָ֧ר וּ⁠גְדוּלָּ֛ה לְ⁠מָרְדֳּכַ֖י 1 What honor or great deed was done for Mordecai **Honor** and **greatness** have similar meanings and they are used together to emphasize that Mordecai should certainly have been honored in some grand way for saving the king’s life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this by putting the terms together. For example, you could say, “What great honor was done for Mordecai?” Alternate translation: “what did we do to reward Mordecai or to show that we appreciated what he did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
600 EST 6 3 aby0 figs-activepassive נַּעֲשָׂ֞ה 1 was done You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “what did I do” or “what did we do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
613 EST 6 6 j97r וַ⁠יָּבוֹא֮ הָמָן֒ וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר ל⁠וֹ֙ הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 Then Haman came, and the king said to him Alternate translation: “when Haman came in, the king said”
614 EST 6 6 ky5i figs-123person מַה־לַ⁠עֲשׂ֕וֹת בָּ⁠אִ֕ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֣ץ בִּ⁠יקָר֑⁠וֹ 1 What is one to do for the man in whose honor the king is delighted? Here the king speaks of himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person instead. Alternate translation: “what should I do for the man whom I would really like to honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
615 EST 6 6 n3r5 figs-idiom אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֣ץ בִּ⁠יקָר֑⁠וֹ 1 in whose honor the king is delighted **To delight** in doing something means to be glad to do it and to really want to do it. Alternate translation: “whom I am glad to honor” or “whom I want to honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
616 EST 6 6 jh4i figs-metaphor וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר הָמָן֙ בְּ⁠לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 Then Haman said in his heart Here, **heart** could mean two different things: (1) Heart could figuratively represent the action of thinking or feeling. In that case, the phrase would mean “then Haman said in his thoughts.” (2) Heart could also be a metaphor meaning to be inside someone or something. In that case, the phrase would mean “then Haman said inside himself.” Either way, the phrase means that Haman was not saying this out loud, but saying it to himself in his thoughts. Alternate translation: “Haman thought to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **heart** could mean two different things: (1) Heart could represent the action of thinking or feeling. In that case, the phrase would mean “then Haman said in his thoughts.” (2) Heart could also be a metaphor meaning to be inside someone or something. In that case, the phrase would mean “then Haman said inside himself.” Either way, the phrase means that Haman was not saying this out loud, but saying it to himself in his thoughts. Alternate translation: “Haman thought to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
617 EST 6 6 yft1 figs-rquestion לְ⁠מִ֞י יַחְפֹּ֥ץ הַ⁠מֶּ֛לֶךְ לַ⁠עֲשׂ֥וֹת יְקָ֖ר יוֹתֵ֥ר מִמֶּֽ⁠נִּי 1 For whom would the king delight to do honor more than me Haman is actually making a statement to himself rather than asking a question and trying to figure out the answer. He uses a question form to emphasize how true he believes the statement to be. If it would be helpful in your language, instead of a question, you could use a statement such as, “Surely there is no one whom the king would take pleasure in honoring more than me!” Alternate translation: “whom would the king like to honor more than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
618 EST 6 7 j1d1 figs-idiom אִ֕ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֥ץ בִּ⁠יקָרֽ⁠וֹ 1 For a man in whose honor the king is delighted **To delight** in doing something means to be glad to do it and to really want to do it. Alternate translation: “for a man the king is glad to honor” or “for a man the king wants to honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
619 EST 6 7 aby6 figs-123person אִ֕ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֥ץ בִּ⁠יקָרֽ⁠וֹ 1 For a man in whose honor the king is delighted Haman speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. You can have him address the king in the second person. Alternate translation: “if you really want to honor someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
631 EST 6 9 abz2 figs-123person הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֣ץ בִּֽ⁠יקָר֑⁠וֹ 1 the man in whose honor the king is delighted Haman speaks to the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the second person. Alternate translation: “the man whom you really want to honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
632 EST 6 9 abz4 בִּ⁠רְח֣וֹב הָ⁠עִ֔יר 1 in the open place of the city This refers to a large, open space in the city, either the space that was in front of the palace (as in [4:6](../04/06.md)), or a space inside one of the city gates. In either case, this would have been a public area where people could gather, and so it was a place where a great number of people would have seen how the king was honoring Mordecai. Alternate translation: “through the public square of the city”
633 EST 6 9 qs3k וְ⁠קָרְא֣וּ 1 and proclaim Alternate translation: “and tell the noble official and servants to proclaim” or “and have them shout out”
634 EST 6 9 j1d7 figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנָ֔י⁠ו 1 before his face Here, **face** figuratively represents the front of a person. The phrase means that the servants were to shout out to the people in front of the man on the horse, that is, to the people who were in the path of his horse as it approached. Alternate translation: “to whoever is in front of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **face** represents the front of a person. The phrase means that the servants were to shout out to the people in front of the man on the horse, that is, to the people who were in the path of his horse as it approached. Alternate translation: “to whoever is in front of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
635 EST 6 9 j1d9 figs-idiom כָּ֚כָה יֵעָשֶׂ֣ה לָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֥ץ בִּ⁠יקָרֽ⁠וֹ 1 Thus shall it be done for the man in whose honor the king is delighted **To delight** in doing something means to be glad to do something or to want to do something. Alternate translation: “the king is doing this because he really wants to honor this man” or “this is what the king does when he especially wants to honor someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
636 EST 6 9 pwgm figs-activepassive כָּ֚כָה יֵעָשֶׂ֣ה 1 You can say this with an active form, and you can say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “the king is doing this” or “this is what the king does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
637 EST 6 10 j2d1 figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ 1 So the king said to Haman The implication is that the king liked Haman’s suggestion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the king liked this idea, so he replied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
641 EST 6 10 gln7 figs-metaphor אַל־תַּפֵּ֣ל דָּבָ֔ר 1 Do not allow a word to fail Here the action of letting **fall** is a metaphor meaning to leave out or leave unfulfilled. The phrase means that Haman must do absolutely everything that he said. Alternate translation: “do not leave out anything that you suggested” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
642 EST 6 10 abz8 figs-doublenegatives אַל־תַּפֵּ֣ל דָּבָ֔ר 1 Do not allow a word to fail This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “Be sure to do absolutely everything that you have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
643 EST 6 11 abz9 וַ⁠יַּרְכִּיבֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ בִּ⁠רְח֣וֹב הָ⁠עִ֔יר 1 and paraded him in the open place of the city See how you translated these expressions in verse 9. Alternate translation: “seated him on the horse and then led the horse through the public square of the city”
644 EST 6 11 j2d5 figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֣א לְ⁠פָנָ֔י⁠ו 1 called out before his face Here, **face** figuratively represents the front of a person. The phrase means that Haman shouted out to the people in front of Mordecai, that is, the people who were in the path of his horse as it approached. Alternate translation: “called out to all of the people in front of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **face** represents the front of a person. The phrase means that Haman shouted out to the people in front of Mordecai, that is, the people who were in the path of his horse as it approached. Alternate translation: “called out to all of the people in front of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
645 EST 6 11 j2d7 figs-idiom אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ חָפֵ֥ץ בִּ⁠יקָרֽ⁠וֹ 1 Thus shall it be done for the man in whose honor the king is delighted **To delight** in doing something means to be glad to do something or to want to do something. Alternate translation: “the king is doing this because he really wants to honor this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
646 EST 6 12 uri5 translate-symaction אָבֵ֖ל וַ⁠חֲפ֥וּי רֹֽאשׁ 1 mourning with a covering of head People often covered their heads to show that they were either extremely sad or ashamed. Alternate translation: “covering his head because he felt completely disgraced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
647 EST 6 13 j3d1 figs-explicit וַ⁠יְסַפֵּ֨ר הָמָ֜ן 1 Then Haman recounted The implication is that, just as Haman gathered his friends together in [5:10](../05/10.md) to boast of his status, now he gathered them together once again to talk about what had just happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Haman brought all his friends together again. He told…” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
649 EST 6 13 aca2 figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֩אמְרוּ֩ ל֨⁠וֹ חֲכָמָ֜י⁠ו וְ⁠זֶ֣רֶשׁ 1 Then his wise men and Zeresh said to him The implication is that, just as King Ahasuerus had royal advisors, Haman had advisors of his own. They would have been included among the “friends” he gathered for this occasion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “some of his friends were also his advisors, and they and his wife Zeresh told him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
650 EST 6 13 aca3 חֲכָמָ֜י⁠ו 1 his wise men See how you translated this expression in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “his advisors”
651 EST 6 13 fd5k figs-metaphor אִ֣ם…מָרְדֳּכַ֞י אֲשֶׁר֩ הַחִלּ֨וֹתָ לִ⁠נְפֹּ֤ל לְ⁠פָנָי⁠ו֙ 1 If Mordecai, before whose face you have begun to fall This could mean either of two possibilities: (1) The action of falling could refer to bowing down and it could be a metaphor meaning to be dishonored and defeated. Haman wanted Mordecai to bow down in front of him. But instead, the story would be saying that Haman is starting to bow down (in a metaphorical sense) in front of Mordecai. Alternate translation: “Mordecai has begun to humiliate you. If he…” (2) “Fall” could be a figurative way of saying “be killed in battle.” In that case, Zeresh would be comparing Haman and Mordecai to two soldiers who are fighting. She is saying that Haman has already “begun to fall,” that is, he is losing the battle, and he is likely to be killed. Alternate translation: “Mordecai has begun to defeat you. Since he…” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
652 EST 6 13 j3d3 figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנָי⁠ו֙ 1 before … face Here, **face** figuratively represents the front of a person. This could mean: (1) that Haman has already begun to fall down (bow down) in front of Mordecai figuratively, or (2) that Haman and Mordecai are facing one another figuratively in hand-to-hand combat. Alternate translation: “before whom” or “in whose presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **face** represents the front of a person. This could mean: (1) that Haman has already begun to fall down (bow down) in front of Mordecai figuratively, or (2) that Haman and Mordecai are facing one another in hand-to-hand combat. Alternate translation: “before whom” or “in whose presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
653 EST 6 13 p5t2 figs-metaphor מִ⁠זֶּ֣רַע הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֡ים 1 from the seed of the Jews Here, **seed** is a metaphor meaning “offspring.” It is a comparison: Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. Alternate translation: “one of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
654 EST 6 13 nan5 figs-metaphor לֹא־תוּכַ֣ל ל֔⁠וֹ 1 you will not prevail against him Here Haman’s wife and friends are again speaking figuratively as if Haman is in a battle with Mordecai. Alternate translation: “you will not win against him” or “you will not have greater honor than he has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here Haman’s wife and friends are again speaking as if Haman is in a battle with Mordecai. Alternate translation: “you will not win against him” or “you will not have greater honor than he has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
655 EST 6 13 j3d5 grammar-connect-logic-contrast כִּֽי 1 but This conjunction indicates a contrast between the actions of prevailing (in the previous clause) and falling. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
656 EST 6 13 j3d7 figs-metaphor נָפ֥וֹל תִּפּ֖וֹל 1 you will surely fall Here the action of **falling**: (1) either refers once again to prostrating oneself, and is a metaphor meaning to be dishonored and defeated, or (2) Haman’s wife and friends are saying that for Haman, defeat will be the outcome of the figurative battle. Alternate translation: “you will certainly lose to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
657 EST 6 13 j3d9 figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנָֽי⁠ו 1 before his face Here, **face** figuratively represents the front of a person. The phrase means that Haman will lose in his struggle with Mordecai. Alternate translation: “before him” or “in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **face** represents the front of a person. The phrase means that Haman will lose in his struggle with Mordecai. Alternate translation: “before him” or “in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
658 EST 6 14 j4d1 grammar-connect-time-background עוֹדָ⁠ם֙ מְדַבְּרִ֣ים עִמּ֔⁠וֹ 1 They were still speaking with him when the eunuchs of the king arrived This phrase indicates something that happened after Haman’s wife and friends started talking with Haman and while they were still talking. You should indicate this with a phrase such as “while.” Alternate translation: “while they were still talking together, the king’s eunuchs arrived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
659 EST 6 14 aca4 translate-unknown וְ⁠סָרִיסֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 when the eunuchs of the king See how you decided to translate this term in [1:10](../01/10.md). Not all of the king’s eunuchs came. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “some of the king’s servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
660 EST 6 14 aca5 וַ⁠יַּבְהִ֨לוּ֙ לְ⁠הָבִ֣יא אֶת־הָמָ֔ן 1 And they hurried to bring Haman Alternative translation: “they wanted to bring Haman quickly”
670 EST 7 2 j4d5 figs-hyperbole עַד־חֲצִ֥י הַ⁠מַּלְכ֖וּת 1 As much as half of the kingdom See how you translated this expression in [5:3](../05/03.md) and [5:6](../05/06.md). Alternate translation: “I will give you anything you ask for, no matter how great it is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
671 EST 7 3 ac96 figs-hendiadys וַ⁠תַּ֨עַן…וַ⁠תֹּאמַ֔ר 1 Then … answered and said Here a single idea is being expressed by using two words connected with “and.” Together the two words mean that Esther responded to the question that the king asked her. Alternate translation: “answered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
672 EST 7 3 k27c figs-idiom אִם־מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֤ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 If I have found favor in your eyes **Favor** means the approval or acceptance of another person. Alternate translation: “if you evaluate me and approve” or “if you are pleased with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
673 EST 7 3 aca7 figs-metonymy אִם־מָצָ֨אתִי חֵ֤ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 If I have found favor in your eyes Here, **eyes** figuratively represent seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. Alternate translation: “if you evaluate me and approve” or “if you are pleased with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **eyes** represent seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. Alternate translation: “if you evaluate me and approve” or “if you are pleased with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
674 EST 7 3 j4d7 הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 O king In this case, Esther is addressing Ahasuerus directly as “O king”; she is not speaking about him in the third person as a sign of respect, as she and others usually do elsewhere in the story. This may indicate a special urgency to what she is saying, so it would be good to include this difference in your translation or indicate the urgency in some other way.
675 EST 7 3 aca8 figs-idiom וְ⁠אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ ט֑וֹב 1 and if it is good to the king This is an idiom that also appears in [1:19](../01/19.md), [3:9](../03/09.md), [5:4](../05/04.md), and [5:8](../05/08.md). The suggested translation in those cases was, “If it seems like a good plan to you, O king.” That was suitable for the deferential tone the speakers were using. But here, Esther has just addressed the king directly with “O king” and she is pleading urgently for the survival of her whole people. So an alternate translation here could be something more like, “I hope you will be willing to do what I ask” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
676 EST 7 3 aca9 figs-parallelism תִּנָּֽתֶן־לִ֤⁠י נַפְשִׁ⁠י֙ בִּ⁠שְׁאֵ֣לָתִ֔⁠י וְ⁠עַמִּ֖⁠י בְּ⁠בַקָּשָׁתִֽ⁠י 1 let my life be given to me at my petition, and my people at my request The phrases **at my petition** and **at my request** mean the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the urgency of the request. If it would be more natural in your language, you could combine the two requests. Alternate translation: “please spare my life and save my people” or “my request is that you spare my life and the lives of my people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
688 EST 7 5 acb5 figs-doublet וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙…וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 Then … spoke and said These two words mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
689 EST 7 5 acb6 figs-parallelism מִ֣י ה֥וּא זֶה֙ וְ⁠אֵֽי־זֶ֣ה ה֔וּא 1 Who is he, this man? And where is this man These two phrases mean similar things. They both ask about the identity of the man who is trying to destroy the Jews. King Ahasuerus uses the repetition to emphasize how outraged he is. If the repetition would be confusing in your language, you could combine the two phrases. However, from another perspective, both the man’s identity and his location are important to know so that his plot can be stopped. So, for that reason, you could also decide to include both phrases in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
690 EST 7 5 acb7 מִ֣י ה֥וּא זֶה֙ וְ⁠אֵֽי־זֶ֣ה ה֔וּא 1 Who is he, this man? Alternate translation: “who has done this”
691 EST 7 5 dl4b figs-metaphor וְ⁠אֵֽי־זֶ֣ה ה֔וּא אֲשֶׁר־מְלָא֥⁠וֹ לִבּ֖⁠וֹ לַ⁠עֲשׂ֥וֹת כֵּֽן 1 And where is this man, he whose heart is full to do thus? Here the concept of a **full heart** uses two metaphors at once. “Heart” figuratively represents the action of thinking or feeling. Also, saying that the “heart” is “full” is a figurative way of saying that someone is fully intending to do something, usually something that should not be done. Alternate translation: “where is the man who is intending to do such a thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here the concept of a **full heart** uses two metaphors at once. “Heart” represents the action of thinking or feeling. Also, saying that the “heart” is “full” is a figurative way of saying that someone is fully intending to do something, usually something that should not be done. Alternate translation: “where is the man who is intending to do such a thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
692 EST 7 6 j5d5 figs-doublet צַ֣ר וְ⁠אוֹיֵ֔ב 1 A man, and adversary, and an enemy These words mean the same thing. Together, they emphasize Haman’s complete hostility towards the Jews. If it is more natural in your language, you can combine them and indicate the emphasis in a different way. Alternate translation: “the one who is our absolute nemesis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
693 EST 7 6 ar4f נִבְעַ֔ת 1 was terrified Alternative translation: “was extremely afraid”
694 EST 7 6 j5d9 figs-metonymy נִבְעַ֔ת מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֥י 1 terrified from before the face of Here, **face** figuratively means the presence of a person. The phrase means that Haman was now extremely afraid to be in the presence of King Ahasuerus and Queen Esther. Alternate translation: “this made Haman very afraid to be in the presence of the king and the queen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **face** means the presence of a person. The phrase means that Haman was now extremely afraid to be in the presence of King Ahasuerus and Queen Esther. Alternate translation: “this made Haman very afraid to be in the presence of the king and the queen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
695 EST 7 7 bzd4 figs-idiom וְ⁠הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ קָ֤ם בַּ⁠חֲמָת⁠וֹ֙ מִ⁠מִּשְׁתֵּ֣ה הַ⁠יַּ֔יִן 1 Then the king rose up in his rage from the banquet of wine Here, **in his rage** is an idiom meaning to be extremely angry. Alternate translation: “the king was extremely angry and got up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
696 EST 7 7 j6d1 figs-explicit אֶל־גִּנַּ֖ת הַ⁠בִּיתָ֑ן 1 rose up … to the garden of the palace The implication is that Ahasuerus went outside to absorb the shock that a man he had promoted to the highest position in his empire was plotting to destroy his queen and her whole people. Ahasuerus needed to sort out his conflicting loyalties and decide what to do about this. If it would be misunderstood, you could say explicitly why he went outside. Alternate translation: “he went outside to the palace garden to decide what to do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
697 EST 7 7 uaq6 figs-metaphor לְ⁠בַקֵּ֤שׁ עַל־נַפְשׁ⁠וֹ֙ 1 in order to seek for his life Here, **seeking** figuratively means to beg or plead urgently for something. This phrase means that Haman wanted to beg Esther to persuade the king not to order his execution. Alternate translation: “to plead with Queen Esther to spare his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **seeking** means to beg or plead urgently for something. This phrase means that Haman wanted to beg Esther to persuade the king not to order his execution. Alternate translation: “to plead with Queen Esther to spare his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
698 EST 7 7 qz1m figs-metaphor כִּ֣י רָאָ֔ה 1 for he saw Here, **seeing** is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. Alternate translation: “he realized” or “he understood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
699 EST 7 7 nin1 figs-activepassive כָלְתָ֥ה אֵלָ֛י⁠ו הָ⁠רָעָ֖ה מֵ⁠אֵ֥ת הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 evil was determined against him by the king You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the king had decided to cause a disaster against him” or “the king was decided to destroy him” or “the king had decided to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
700 EST 7 7 j6d3 figs-abstractnouns כָלְתָ֥ה אֵלָ֛י⁠ו הָ⁠רָעָ֖ה מֵ⁠אֵ֥ת הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 evil was determined against him by the king Here the abstract noun **evil** means “harm,” not something that is morally wrong as in the previous verse. In this context, it can be expressed with a verb such as “execute.” Alternate translation: “the king was likely to execute him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
711 EST 7 8 j6d9 figs-explicit וּ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָמָ֖ן חָפֽוּ 1 when they covered the face of Haman The implication is that some the king’s servants who were present did this, and they did it because they understood that the king wanted Haman to be executed. Alternate translation: “some of his servants covered Haman’s face because he was going to be executed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
712 EST 7 8 acc3 translate-symaction וּ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָמָ֖ן חָפֽוּ 1 when they covered the face of Haman **Covering the face** in this culture, as in many others, was a sign that a person had been condemned to death. Alternate translation: “some of his servants covered Haman’s face to show that he would be executed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
713 EST 7 9 a7ic translate-names חַ֠רְבוֹנָה 1 Harbona This is a man’s name. See how you translated it in [1:10](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
714 EST 7 9 j7d1 figs-metonymy אֶחָ֨ד מִן־הַ⁠סָּרִיסִ֜ים לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ 1 one from the eunuchs before the face of the king Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. This phrase means that Harbona was one of the eunuchs who served King Ahasuerus personally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. This phrase means that Harbona was one of the eunuchs who served King Ahasuerus personally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
715 EST 7 9 acc4 translate-unknown הַ⁠סָּרִיסִ֜ים לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ 1 the eunuchs before the face of the king See how you translated this term and this phrase in [1:10](../01/10.md). Alternate translation: “the guardians who served the king personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
716 EST 7 9 j7d3 הִנֵּה 1 behold **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, it can be omitted from your translation. But consider using an expression that is natural in your language for someone to address the king directly to get his attention. For example, you could say, “O king!”
717 EST 7 9 acc5 גַּ֣ם…הָ⁠עֵ֣ץ אֲשֶׁר־עָשָׂ֪ה הָמָ֟ן לְֽ⁠מָרְדֳּכַ֞י…עֹמֵד֙ בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית הָמָ֔ן 1 Also … the tree that Haman made for Mordecai … is standing at the house of Haman Alternate translation: “Haman has also set up a pole [or gallows] at his house because he wants to impale [or hang] Mordecai on it”
722 EST 7 9 sre1 translate-bdistance גָּבֹ֖הַּ חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים אַמָּ֑ה 1 50 cubits high If it would be helpful in your language, you could convert this to a modern measure. See how you translated this phrase in [5:14](../05/14.md). Alternate translation: “seventy-five feet high” or “twenty-five meters high” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
723 EST 7 9 acc7 figs-explicit תְּלֻ֥⁠הוּ עָלָֽי⁠ו 1 Hang him on it **Him** means Haman. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “hang [or impale] Haman on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
724 EST 7 10 j8d3 translate-unknown הָ⁠עֵ֖ץ 1 the tree See how you translated this in [2:23](../02/23.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Be sure your translation is consistent in the chapters that follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
725 EST 7 10 umd4 figs-metaphor וַ⁠חֲמַ֥ת הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ שָׁכָֽכָה 1 and the rage of the king subsided Here the story figuratively compares the king’s anger to floodwaters, which can cause great destruction. “Subside” means for waters to drain away and for their level to go down. You could express the meaning by saying something like “Then the king’s rage lessened,” or “Then the king was not so angry.” Or you could use a different metaphor that would be meaningful in your language, such as, “Then the king cooled off.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here the story compares the king’s anger to floodwaters, which can cause great destruction. “Subside” means for waters to drain away and for their level to go down. You could express the meaning by saying something like “Then the king’s rage lessened,” or “Then the king was not so angry.” Or you could use a different metaphor that would be meaningful in your language, such as, “Then the king cooled off.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
726 EST 8 intro z6j7 0 # Esther 8 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### God’s protection\n\nYahweh is at work in this chapter preventing the possible destruction of the Jews. God used Esther and Mordecai to protect their people.
727 EST 8 1 j8d5 writing-newevent בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠ה֗וּא 1 On that day This could mean one of three things: (1) A new series of events is now being described, but the story makes clear that they happened on the same day as the second banquet. While it must have been some time later in the day, the idea is that when Haman lost his life, and also his property, Esther gained what her enemy had lost. Alternate translation: “that same day” (2) The expression could also be an idiom that means “as of that day.” This would refer to the effective date for the transfer of Haman’s property to Esther. Alternate translation: “as of that day” (3) The term “day” could also be used figuratively to mean around the same time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) This could mean one of three things: (1) A new series of events is now being described, but the story makes clear that they happened on the same day as the second banquet. While it must have been some time later in the day, the idea is that when Haman lost his life, and also his property, Esther gained what her enemy had lost. Alternate translation: “that same day” (2) The expression could also be an idiom that means “as of that day.” This would refer to the effective date for the transfer of Haman’s property to Esther. Alternate translation: “as of that day” (3) The term “day” could also be used to mean around the same time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
728 EST 8 1 j8d7 figs-synecdoche נָתַ֞ן הַ⁠מֶּ֤לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵרוֹשׁ֙ לְ⁠אֶסְתֵּ֣ר הַ⁠מַּלְכָּ֔ה אֶת־בֵּ֥ית הָמָ֖ן 1 the king Ahasuerus gave to Esther the queen the house of Haman Here, **house** figuratively represents all the household and property of Haman. The story could be referring to all the property by naming one part of it, the house. Or “house” could be a metonym for “property,” meaning everything a person owns and keeps in their house, and by extension everything they own beyond the house as well. Alternate translation: “King Ahasuerus declared that everything that Haman had owned would now belong to Queen Esther” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) Here, **house** represents all the household and property of Haman. The story could be referring to all the property by naming one part of it, the house. Or “house” could be a metonym for “property,” meaning everything a person owns and keeps in their house, and by extension everything they own beyond the house as well. Alternate translation: “King Ahasuerus declared that everything that Haman had owned would now belong to Queen Esther” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
729 EST 8 1 nm3u figs-distinguish צֹרֵ֣ר הַיְּהוּדִ֑ים 1 the adversary of the Jews This phrase gives clarifying information about Haman. Alternate translation: “the enemy of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
730 EST 8 1 acc9 figs-explicit וּ⁠מָרְדֳּכַ֗י בָּ֚א לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 Mordecai came before the face of the king The implication is that when the king learned how Mordecai was related to Esther, he summoned Mordecai into his presence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “when he learned that, the king sent for Mordecai to come into his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
731 EST 8 1 j8d9 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 before the face of the king Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. This phrase indicates that Mordecai was allowed to come into the king’s presence. Alternate translation: “into his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. This phrase indicates that Mordecai was allowed to come into the king’s presence. Alternate translation: “into his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
732 EST 8 1 acd0 figs-events הִגִּ֥ידָה אֶסְתֵּ֖ר מַ֥ה הוּא־לָֽ⁠הּ 1 Esther told what he was to her You can say this before saying that the king summoned Mordecai, since it happened first. See the UST. Alternate translation: “Esther told the king how Mordecai was related to her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
733 EST 8 1 j9d1 figs-explicit הִגִּ֥ידָה אֶסְתֵּ֖ר מַ֥ה הוּא־לָֽ⁠הּ 1 Esther told what he was to her Esther told this to the king. She would likely have explained not just how she and Mordecai were related, but that he had raised her after her parents died. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Esther told the king that Mordecai was her cousin and that he had been like a father to her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
734 EST 8 2 m5hz translate-symaction וַ⁠יָּ֨סַר הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ אֶת־טַבַּעְתּ֗⁠וֹ…וַֽ⁠יִּתְּנָ֖⁠הּ לְ⁠מָרְדֳּכָ֑י 1 the king removed his signet ring … and he gave it to Mordecai Giving the ring to Mordecai showed that Mordecai could now act on the king’s own authority, and it enabled him to do that. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the king now gave this ring to Mordecai to show that Mordecai had the power to act on the authority of the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
736 EST 8 2 j9d3 figs-explicit אֲשֶׁ֤ר הֶֽעֱבִיר֙ מֵֽ⁠הָמָ֔ן 1 that he had caused to pass from Haman This means that the king had taken back his signet ring from Haman. He would have done this when he sentenced Haman to death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the king had given Haman the ring that had his official seal on it, but he had taken it back from Haman when he sentenced Haman to death, and the king was wearing it again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
737 EST 8 2 acd2 figs-events אֲשֶׁ֤ר הֶֽעֱבִיר֙ מֵֽ⁠הָמָ֔ן 1 that he had caused to pass from Haman If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this information first in the verse because it happened before everything else. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
738 EST 8 2 z5yn figs-explicit וַֽ⁠יִּתְּנָ֖⁠הּ לְ⁠מָרְדֳּכָ֑י 1 and he gave it to Mordecai By giving his signet ring to Mordecai, the king gave Mordecai the authority to write important papers that people would have to obey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
739 EST 8 2 acd3 figs-metaphor וַ⁠תָּ֧שֶׂם אֶסְתֵּ֛ר אֶֽת־מָרְדֳּכַ֖י עַל־בֵּ֥ית הָמָֽן 1 Esther placed Mordecai over the house of Haman To place someone over something figuratively means to put them in charge of it. Alternate translation: “Esther appointed Mordecai to be in charge of everything that had belonged to Haman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) To place someone over something means to put them in charge of it. Alternate translation: “Esther appointed Mordecai to be in charge of everything that had belonged to Haman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
740 EST 8 2 d2tj figs-metonymy בֵּ֥ית הָמָֽן 1 the house of Haman See the explanation of this phrase in verse 1. Alternate translation: “everything that Haman had owned” or “the household of Haman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
741 EST 8 3 j9d5 writing-newevent וַ⁠תּ֣וֹסֶף אֶסְתֵּ֗ר וַ⁠תְּדַבֵּר֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 Then Esther repeated her action, and she spoke before the face of the king Here the exact meaning of the progression of verbs is uncertain, but this verse probably begins a new event in the story separate from what happened in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “then Esther again spoke in the king’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
742 EST 8 3 j9d7 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 before the face of the king Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. Alternate translation: “while she was in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. Alternate translation: “while she was in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
743 EST 8 3 j9d9 figs-idiom וַ⁠תִּפֹּ֖ל לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י רַגְלָ֑י⁠ו 1 And she fell before the face of his feet Here, **falling** is an idiom referring to the action of bowing down or prostrating oneself, and **face** figuratively represents the front of a person, place, or object. Alternate translation: “and she bowed down” or “and she prostrated herself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) Here, **falling** is an idiom referring to the action of bowing down or prostrating oneself, and **face** represents the front of a person, place, or object. Alternate translation: “and she bowed down” or “and she prostrated herself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
744 EST 8 3 acd4 translate-symaction וַ⁠תִּפֹּ֖ל לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י רַגְלָ֑י⁠ו 1 And she fell before the face of his feet This may actually mean that Esther put her face right on top of the feet of King Ahasuerus. This would have been an act of humility and desperation by which she showed that her need was very great and that she believed the king had great power to help her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
745 EST 8 3 acd5 figs-explicit וַ⁠תִּפֹּ֖ל לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י רַגְלָ֑י⁠ו 1 And she fell before the face of his feet Esther’s action was probably a recognized sign of pleading in this culture. However, it would likely still have been remarkable for a queen to fall at the feet of her husband, the king. you could show this by introducing the information with a phrase like “in fact.” Alternate translation: “in fact, to show how desperately she was pleading, Esther got down and put her face right on top of his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
746 EST 8 3 j1r1 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י רַגְלָ֑י⁠ו 1 before the face of his feet Here, **face** is a metonym meaning the front of a person, place, or object. This phrase means that Esther prostrated herself in front of the feet of King Ahasuerus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
750 EST 8 4 xh24 translate-symaction וַ⁠יּ֤וֹשֶׁט הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ לְ⁠אֶסְתֵּ֔ר אֵ֖ת שַׁרְבִ֣ט הַ⁠זָּהָ֑ב 1 And the king held out to Esther the scepter of gold As in [5:2](../05/02.md), King Ahasuerus did this to show that Esther had his favor. In that earlier episode, this indicated that he would not enforce the law that said Esther should be executed for coming into the inner court without being summoned. But since Esther was apparently already in the king’s presence on this occasion, it seems that the gesture could also be used generally to show that the king was positively disposed towards a person and would grant the person’s request. Alternate translation: “the king held out his golden scepter to Esther” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
751 EST 8 4 acd7 translate-unknown שַׁרְבִ֣ט הַ⁠זָּהָ֑ב 1 the scepter of gold See how you translated this in [4:11](../04/11.md). If it would be helpful, review the explanation of what this object was. Alternate translation: “golden scepter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
752 EST 8 4 acd8 וַ⁠תָּ֣קָם אֶסְתֵּ֔ר 1 so Esther rose up Alternate translation: “Esther got up off the floor”
753 EST 8 4 j1r5 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 before the face of the king Here, **face** figuratively represents the front of a person, place, or object. This phrase means the Esther now stood facing King Ahasuerus. Alternate translation: “and stood facing the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **face** represents the front of a person, place, or object. This phrase means the Esther now stood facing King Ahasuerus. Alternate translation: “and stood facing the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
754 EST 8 5 w7yl figs-parallelism אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ ט֜וֹב…וְ⁠כָשֵׁ֤ר הַ⁠דָּבָר֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 If it is good to the king, and if I have found favor before his face, and the word is proper before the face of the king, and I am good in his eyes These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Esther is saying very deferentially that she hopes that the king will think that her suggestion is a good idea and will, therefore, grant her request. Esther uses the repetition to emphasize the importance of what she is expressing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “if what I am going to suggest seems like a good idea to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
755 EST 8 5 r2yy figs-parallelism וְ⁠אִם־מָצָ֧אתִי חֵ֣ן לְ⁠פָנָ֗י⁠ו…וְ⁠טוֹבָ֥ה אֲנִ֖י בְּ⁠עֵינָ֑י⁠ו 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Esther is saying very deferentially that she hopes that the king is positively disposed towards her, that he thinks well of her, and will, therefore, grant her request. Esther uses the repetition to emphasize the importance of what she is expressing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “if you are pleased with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
756 EST 8 5 acd9 figs-123person אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ ט֜וֹב וְ⁠אִם־מָצָ֧אתִי חֵ֣ן לְ⁠פָנָ֗י⁠ו 1 If it is good to the king, and if I have found favor before his face, and the word is proper before the face of the king, and I am good in his eyes Here Esther addresses the king throughout in the third person as a way of showing respect. You could express the same meaning in the second person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
757 EST 8 5 ace0 figs-idiom אִם־עַל־הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ ט֜וֹב 1 If it is good to the king This is an idiom that also appears in [1:19](../01/19.md), [3:9](../03/09.md), [5:4](../05/04.md), and [5:8](../05/08.md). A suggested translation in those cases was, “If it seems like a good idea to you, O king.” That was suitable for the deferential tone the speakers were using. But in another place, [7:3](../07/03.md), when Esther was pleading urgently for the survival of her whole people, the suggested alternate translation was, “I hope you will be willing to do what I ask” Here, Esther is also pleading, so you could use that phrase here in your translation as well. Alternate translation: “if what I ask for seems right in the king’s evaluation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
758 EST 8 5 ftc7 figs-idiom וְ⁠אִם־מָצָ֧אתִי חֵ֣ן 1 if I have found favor This expression also appears many times in the story. It means to gain the approval or acceptance of another person. Alternate translation: “if you are pleased with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
759 EST 8 5 j1r7 figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנָ֗י⁠ו…לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 before his face … before the face of the king Here, **face** figuratively means the presence of a person. These phrases could mean “as I stand here before you.” But “face” could also be referring figuratively to the king himself by naming one part of him. What he thought and felt about Esther’s request would become evident in his face first, so it would be an appropriate part of him to use to represent all of him. Alternate translation: “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **face** means the presence of a person. These phrases could mean “as I stand here before you.” But “face” could also be referring to the king himself by naming one part of him. What he thought and felt about Esther’s request would become evident in his face first, so it would be an appropriate part of him to use to represent all of him. Alternate translation: “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
760 EST 8 5 xci7 figs-metaphor בְּ⁠עֵינָ֑י⁠ו 1 in his eyes Here, **eyes** figuratively represent the action of seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. Alternate translation: “if you evaluate me and I please you” or “if you are pleased with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **eyes** represent the action of seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. Alternate translation: “if you evaluate me and I please you” or “if you are pleased with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
761 EST 8 5 j1r9 figs-idiom יִכָּתֵ֞ב לְ⁠הָשִׁ֣יב אֶת־הַ⁠סְּפָרִ֗ים 1 let it be written to take back the letters The first letters that told of the plan to destroy the Jews would not be brought back to Susa physically. Rather, **bring back** is an idiom that means “cancel” or “revoke.” Alternate translation: “make a new law to cancel what Haman decreed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
762 EST 8 5 nbk3 figs-activepassive יִכָּתֵ֞ב לְ⁠הָשִׁ֣יב אֶת־הַ⁠סְּפָרִ֗ים 1 let it be written You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “write a new letter” or “make a new law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
763 EST 8 6 j2r5 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֠י 1 For Here Esther is giving the reason why she is asking King Ahasuerus to revoke the letters. Alternate translation: “the reason I am asking is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
775 EST 8 7 j2r9 figs-idiom שָׁלַ֥ח יָד֖⁠וֹ 1 he stretched out his hand Here the expression **to stretch out a hand** means to cause someone physical harm with the intention of killing them. Alternate translation: “because he plotted to destroy all the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
776 EST 8 8 acf0 וְ֠⁠אַתֶּם 1 So you Alternate translation: “so this is what you should do”
777 EST 8 8 acf1 כִּתְב֨וּ עַל־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֜ים כַּ⁠טּ֤וֹב בְּ⁠עֵֽינֵי⁠כֶם֙ 1 write for the Jews as is good in your eyes Alternate translation: “I am giving you permission to write other letters to save your people”
778 EST 8 8 j3r1 figs-metaphor כַּ⁠טּ֤וֹב בְּ⁠עֵֽינֵי⁠כֶם֙ 1 as is good in your eyes Here, **eyes** figuratively represent the action of seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. This phrase means that Esther and Mordecai have permission to write what they think is best. Alternate translation: “as you think is best” or “what you think is best” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **eyes** represent the action of seeing, and seeing is a metaphor for knowledge, notice, attention, or judgment. This phrase means that Esther and Mordecai have permission to write what they think is best. Alternate translation: “as you think is best” or “what you think is best” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
779 EST 8 8 j3mn figs-metaphor בְּ⁠שֵׁ֣ם הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 in the name of the king Here, **name** is a metaphor meaning authority. This phrase means Esther and Mordecai have permission to write with the authority of the King Ahasuerus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
780 EST 8 8 acf2 figs-123person בְּ⁠שֵׁ֣ם הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 in the name of the king King Ahasuerus refers to himself in the third person. You can have him say this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I give you permission to write with my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
781 EST 8 8 j3r3 translate-unknown בְּ⁠טַבַּ֣עַת הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 with the signet ring of the king This is a special ring that could be used to imprint the king’s official seal on a law or decree. Alternate translation: “the ring that has my official seal on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
800 EST 8 9 j4r5 figs-idiom מְדִינָ֤ה וּ⁠מְדִינָה֙ 1 province by province This expression means “to people in every province.” Alternate translation: “the scribes wrote to the people in each province” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
801 EST 8 9 bj5s כִּ⁠כְתָבָ֔⁠הּ 1 according to its writing Alternate translation: “using its own alphabet” or “written in its own script”
802 EST 8 9 j4r7 figs-idiom וְ⁠עַ֥ם וָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 and people by people This expression means “every people group.” Alternate translation: “and to each ethnic group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
803 EST 8 9 j4r9 figs-metonymy כִּ⁠לְשֹׁנ֑⁠וֹ 1 according to its tongue Here, **tongue** figuratively means the language spoken by a person or a group of people. Alternate translation: “in its own language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **tongue** means the language spoken by a person or a group of people. Alternate translation: “in its own language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
804 EST 8 9 j5r1 וְ⁠אֶ֨ל־הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֔ים כִּ⁠כְתָבָ֖⁠ם וְ⁠כִ⁠לְשׁוֹנָֽ⁠ם 1 and to the Jews according to their writing and according to their tongue The Jews would have been included among all the people groups in the empire in the phrase “people by people.” So this seems to be saying, “and especially to the Jews.” Verse 11 explains that it was particularly important for the Jews to read the letter because it gave them the right to defend themselves. Alternate translation: “they wrote especially to the Jews in their own script and in their own language”
805 EST 8 10 acg5 וַ⁠יִּכְתֹּ֗ב…וַ⁠יַּחְתֹּ֖ם 1 And he wrote … and he sealed **He** refers to Mordecai. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use his name here.
806 EST 8 10 ijp2 figs-metaphor בְּ⁠שֵׁם֙ הַ⁠מֶּ֣לֶךְ אֲחַשְׁוֵרֹ֔שׁ 1 in the name of King Ahasuerus Here, **name** is a metaphor meaning authority. Alternate translation: “Mordecai wrote with the authority of King Ahasuerus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
831 EST 8 14 ach8 figs-events הָ⁠רָצִ֞ים רֹכְבֵ֤י הָ⁠רֶ֨כֶשׁ֙ הָֽ⁠אֲחַשְׁתְּרָנִ֔ים 1 The runners, the riders of the royal pack horses To present the events in chronological order, you can put this after the king’s command, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
832 EST 8 14 j6r9 figs-activepassive וְ⁠הַ⁠דָּ֥ת נִתְּנָ֖ה 1 And the law was given You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the king’s officials also posted and read copies of the letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
833 EST 8 15 j7r3 writing-newevent וּ⁠מָרְדֳּכַ֞י יָצָ֣א 1 Then Mordecai went out This introduces a new event in the story. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
834 EST 8 15 j7r5 figs-metonymy מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מֶּ֗לֶךְ 1 from before the face of the king Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. This phrase means that Mordecai had been in the presence of King Ahasuerus and was now leaving in order to fulfill his duties as a high official in the Persian government. Alternate translation: “from the palace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. This phrase means that Mordecai had been in the presence of King Ahasuerus and was now leaving in order to fulfill his duties as a high official in the Persian government. Alternate translation: “from the palace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
835 EST 8 15 ach9 figs-explicit בִּ⁠לְב֤וּשׁ מַלְכוּת֙ תְּכֵ֣לֶת וָ⁠ח֔וּר וַ⁠עֲטֶ֤רֶת זָהָב֙ גְּדוֹלָ֔ה וְ⁠תַכְרִ֥יךְ בּ֖וּץ וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֑ן 1 in a garment of royalty of blue and white, with a great crown of gold and a robe of fine linen and purple The implication is that the king gave Mordecai these special things to wear to show that he was now his highest officer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. To put these events in chronological order, you could place this information before the report that Mordecai left the king’s presence to fulfill his duties. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
836 EST 8 15 aci1 בִּ⁠לְב֤וּשׁ מַלְכוּת֙ תְּכֵ֣לֶת 1 a garment of royalty of blue and white Alternate translation: “a blue and white garment that the king had worn”
837 EST 8 15 aci2 וַ⁠עֲטֶ֤רֶת זָהָב֙ גְּדוֹלָ֔ה 1 a great crown of gold Alternate translation: “a large golden crown”
838 EST 8 15 eqc4 figs-metonymy וְ⁠הָ⁠עִ֣יר שׁוּשָׁ֔ן צָהֲלָ֖ה וְ⁠שָׂמֵֽחָה 1 and the city of Susa Here, **the city** represents the people living in it. Alternate translation: “the people of Susa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
839 EST 8 15 i1ec figs-hendiadys צָהֲלָ֖ה וְ⁠שָׂמֵֽחָה 1 cheered and rejoiced This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with “and.” The word **rejoiced** tells how they cheered. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning by saying something like “shouted joyfully.” Alternate translation: “cheered and were happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
840 EST 8 15 aci3 figs-explicit צָהֲלָ֖ה וְ⁠שָׂמֵֽחָה 1 cheered and rejoiced The implication is that the people did this when they saw Mordecai. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
841 EST 8 16 q2ru figs-metaphor הָֽיְתָ֥ה אוֹרָ֖ה 1 there was light Here, **light** figuratively represents happiness. Alternate translation: “the Jews felt happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **light** represents happiness. Alternate translation: “the Jews felt happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
842 EST 8 16 aci4 figs-doublet הָֽיְתָ֥ה אוֹרָ֖ה וְ⁠שִׂמְחָ֑ה 1 there was light and joy The terms **light** and **joy** refer to the same thing here. They are used together to emphasize the extreme happiness that the Jews felt. Alternate translation: “the Jews felt very happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
843 EST 8 16 j8r1 figs-doublet וְ⁠שָׂשֹׂ֖ן וִ⁠יקָֽר 1 and rejoicing and honor These terms have similar meaning and are used together with the previous doublet to emphasize again the great happiness and joy that the Jews felt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
844 EST 8 16 n94u figs-explicit וִ⁠יקָֽר 1 and honor Here, **honor** might have two possible meanings. (1) Other people honored the Jews. Alternate translation: “other people honored them” (2) The Jews themselves felt honor instead of shame. Alternate translation: “they felt honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
862 EST 9 1 acj1 אֲשֶׁ֨ר…דְּבַר־הַ⁠מֶּ֛לֶךְ וְ⁠דָת֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠הֵעָשׂ֑וֹת 1 when the word of the king and his law Alternate translation: “what the letters said the king had decreed”
863 EST 9 1 wh56 figs-personification אֲשֶׁ֨ר הִגִּ֧יעַ דְּבַר־הַ⁠מֶּ֛לֶךְ וְ⁠דָת֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠הֵעָשׂ֑וֹת 1 when the word of the king and his law had reached the time to be done This expression describes the king’s decree as if it had traveled through time (as a person travels through space) and reached this particular day. This phrase means that it was time for people to obey the decree. Alternate translation: “when the time came for people to obey the king’s law and decree” or “when it was the day established in the king’s letters for people to carry out the king’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
864 EST 9 1 acj2 בַּ⁠יּ֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֨ר שִׂבְּר֜וּ אֹיְבֵ֤י הַ⁠יְּהוּדִים֙ לִ⁠שְׁל֣וֹט בָּ⁠הֶ֔ם 1 on the day when the enemies of the Jews hoped to dominate them Alternate translation: “the enemies of the Jews had expected to defeat the Jews on that day”
865 EST 9 1 ect2 figs-idiom לִ⁠שְׁל֣וֹט 1 to dominate This word usually means “to rule over,” but here it figuratively means “to have power over, to be able to destroy.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) This word usually means “to rule over,” but here it means “to have power over, to be able to destroy.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
866 EST 9 1 lq9y figs-metaphor וְ⁠נַהֲפ֣וֹךְ 1 but being overturned Saying that a situation was turned over is a figurative way of saying that what happened was the opposite of what was expected. Alternate translation: “the situation was reversed” or “the opposite happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
867 EST 9 1 acj3 ה֔וּא אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִשְׁלְט֧וּ הַ⁠יְּהוּדִ֛ים הֵ֖מָּה בְּ⁠שֹׂנְאֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 it happened that the Jews themselves dominated those who hated them Alternate translation: “Instead, it was the Jews themselves who destroyed their enemies”
868 EST 9 1 acj4 figs-idiom בְּ⁠שֹׂנְאֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 those who hated them This is an idiom that describes enemies (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
870 EST 9 2 d44x figs-abstractnouns בִּ⁠מְבַקְשֵׁ֖י רָֽעָתָ֑⁠ם 1 against those seeking their evil Here the abstract noun **evil** likely means “harm,” as in [7:7](../07/07.md) and [8:6](../08/06.md). In this context, the term can be expressed with a verb. Alternate translation: “who were trying to destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
871 EST 9 2 acj6 figs-idiom וְ⁠אִישׁ֙ לֹא־עָמַ֣ד לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 But a man did not stand to their face Alternate translation: “no one stood against them” or “no one was able to defeat them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
872 EST 9 2 x8s3 figs-metaphor וְ⁠אִישׁ֙ לֹא־עָמַ֣ד לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 But a man did not stand to their face Here, **standing** is a metaphor meaning to defend oneself and to fight back instead of running away from an enemy. Alternate translation: “was able to fight back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
873 EST 9 2 j9r3 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 to their face Here, **face** figuratively stands for the presence of a person, so here it means “when faced with them.” Alternate translation: “against them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **face** stands for the presence of a person, so here it means “when faced with them.” Alternate translation: “against them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
874 EST 9 2 h7jh figs-metaphor נָפַ֥ל פַּחְדָּ֖⁠ם עַל־כָּל־הָ⁠עַמִּֽים 1 sudden fear of them had fallen on all the peoples Here, **falling** is a metaphor meaning to affect someone. Alternate translation: “all the peoples suddenly became very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
875 EST 9 2 acj7 figs-explicit נָפַ֥ל פַּחְדָּ֖⁠ם עַל־כָּל־הָ⁠עַמִּֽים 1 sudden fear of them had fallen on all the peoples The implication is that as a result, no one helped anyone who attacked the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
876 EST 9 3 acj8 שָׂרֵ֨י הַ⁠מְּדִינ֜וֹת וְ⁠הָ⁠אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנִ֣ים וְ⁠הַ⁠פַּח֗וֹת 1 the officials of the provinces, and the satraps, and the governors See how you translated these terms in [3:12](../03/12.md) and [8:9](../08/09.md). Alternate translation: “the government leaders in each province”
902 EST 9 10 ack7 וּ⁠בַ֨⁠בִּזָּ֔ה 1 But … to the plunder Alternate translation: “But … their possessions”
903 EST 9 11 ack8 בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠ה֗וּא 1 On that day Alternate translation: “at the end of that day”
904 EST 9 11 j21d figs-personification בָּ֣א מִסְפַּ֧ר…לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 the report of the number … came to the face of the king Here the story speaks about the report as if it were a living thing that could come into the king’s presence. Alternate translation: “one of the king’s servants told the king the number of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
905 EST 9 11 acl0 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 to the face of the king Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. This phrase likely means that someone came into the king’s presence in order to deliver this report. Alternate translation: “someone came in and reported to the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. This phrase likely means that someone came into the king’s presence in order to deliver this report. Alternate translation: “someone came in and reported to the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
906 EST 9 11 j22d figs-activepassive מִסְפַּ֧ר הַֽ⁠הֲרוּגִ֛ים 1 the number of those who were killed You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “how many people the Jews had killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
907 EST 9 12 j33d figs-doublet הָרְגוּ֩…וְ⁠אַבֵּ֜ד 1 have slaughtered and destroyed These terms mean the same thing and are used together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
908 EST 9 12 cz3e translate-numbers חֲמֵ֧שׁ מֵא֣וֹת אִ֗ישׁ 1 500 men Alternate translation: “five hundred men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
977 EST 9 22 acn9 וְ⁠הַ⁠חֹ֗דֶשׁ אֲשֶׁר֩ 1 and as the month when Alternate translation: “And that was the month when”
978 EST 9 22 aco1 figs-parallelism נֶהְפַּ֨ךְ לָ⁠הֶ֤ם מִ⁠יָּגוֹן֙ לְ⁠שִׂמְחָ֔ה וּ⁠מֵ⁠אֵ֖בֶל לְ⁠י֣וֹם ט֑וֹב 1 it had turned for them from sorrow into joy and from mourning into a good day These two phrases mean similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize how dramatic and wonderful the change was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases and say something like “after being very sad, they became very happy.” Alternate translation: “they changed from being very sorrowful and crying to being very joyful and celebrating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
979 EST 9 22 aco3 figs-explicit נֶהְפַּ֨ךְ לָ⁠הֶ֤ם מִ⁠יָּגוֹן֙ לְ⁠שִׂמְחָ֔ה וּ⁠מֵ⁠אֵ֖בֶל לְ⁠י֣וֹם ט֑וֹב 1 it had turned for them from sorrow into joy and from mourning into a good day It is implicit that the Jews were deeply distressed because they were being threatened with destruction, and they became very happy once they were safe from all their enemies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that here. Alternate translation: “everything had changed for them. They had been deeply distressed because they were threatened with destruction. But they became very happy once they were safe from all their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
980 EST 9 22 nch1 figs-metaphor נֶהְפַּ֨ךְ לָ⁠הֶ֤ם מִ⁠יָּגוֹן֙ לְ⁠שִׂמְחָ֔ה 1 it had turned for them from sorrow into joy **Turning** figuratively represents changing. Alternate translation: “they changed from being very sad to being joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) **Turning** represents changing. Alternate translation: “they changed from being very sad to being joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
981 EST 9 22 aco4 figs-abstractnouns מִ⁠יָּגוֹן֙ לְ⁠שִׂמְחָ֔ה 1 from sorrow into joy The abstract nouns **sorrow** and **joy** can be expressed with adjectives such as “distressed” and “happy.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
982 EST 9 22 j113 figs-explicit לַ⁠עֲשׂ֣וֹת אוֹתָ֗⁠ם יְמֵי֙ 1 in order to make them days of These are things that Mordecai is telling the Jews to do in his letters. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that here. Alternate translation: “so Mordecai told them to observe those days with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
983 EST 9 22 j115 figs-hendiadys מִשְׁתֶּ֣ה וְ⁠שִׂמְחָ֔ה 1 feasting and rejoicing As in verses 17, 18, and 19, this phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with “and.” The word “rejoicing” tells how the celebrating was to be done. Alternate translation: “joyful celebration” or “feasting joyfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1055 EST 10 1 b5ht וַ⁠יָּשֶׂם֩…מַ֛ס 1 Then … set a tribute Alternate translation: “Then … levied a tax”
1056 EST 10 1 acr8 figs-merism עַל־הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ וְ⁠אִיֵּ֥י הַ⁠יָּֽם 1 on the land and the islands of the sea The purpose of this chapter is to describe the greatness of Mordecai. It does that by showing that he was second in command to a very powerful emperor. Referring to both the land and the sea is a way to include everything that lives in a very large area of the earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the general meaning by saying something like “everyone throughout his empire.” Alternate translation: “on all the people in the empire … even the people who lived on the islands in the Mediterranean Sea” or “on everyone throughout the land and even the far-away islands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1057 EST 10 1 twn8 figs-explicit וְ⁠אִיֵּ֥י הַ⁠יָּֽם 1 The phrase **the islands of the sea** likely refers to the fact that the Persian kings had conquered territories reaching all the way to the Mediterranean Sea. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which reached all the way to the Mediterranean Sea.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1058 EST 10 1 acr9 figs-metonymy עַל־הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ וְ⁠אִיֵּ֥י הַ⁠יָּֽם 1 on the land and the islands of the sea These geographic features were not expected to pay the tax. The land and coastlands represent the people living there. The story is describing those people figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the places where they live. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) These geographic features were not expected to pay the tax. The land and coastlands represent the people living there. The story is describing those people by reference to something associated with them, the places where they live. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1059 EST 10 2 acs1 figs-doublet וְ⁠כָל־מַעֲשֵׂ֤ה תָקְפּ⁠וֹ֙ וּ⁠גְב֣וּרָת֔⁠וֹ 1 And all the deeds of his power and his might **Power** and **might** mean essentially the same thing. They are used together to emphasize how powerful King Ahasuerus was. If it is more natural in your language, you can use one word with that meaning, with another word that gives it emphasis. Alternate translation: “all that he achieved because of how very powerful he was” or “all the great things that he did because of his great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1060 EST 10 2 p98n figs-abstractnouns תָקְפּ⁠וֹ֙ וּ⁠גְב֣וּרָת֔⁠וֹ 1 his power and his might The abstract nouns **power** and **might** can be translated with an adjective. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1061 EST 10 2 k7tc וּ⁠פָרָשַׁת֙ 1 with the full account of Alternate translation: “They also wrote a full account”
1074 EST 10 3 act3 figs-abstractnouns דֹּרֵ֥שׁ טוֹב֙ לְ⁠עַמּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠דֹבֵ֥ר שָׁל֖וֹם לְ⁠כָל־זַרְעֽ⁠וֹ 1 seeking good for his people and speaking peace to all its seed The abstract nouns **good** and **peace** refer in this context to prosperity and security. You could translate these ideas with verbs, for example, you could say, “He worked hard to make sure that his people would prosper and their descendants would be secure.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1075 EST 10 3 wte9 figs-metaphor דֹּרֵ֥שׁ טוֹב֙ לְ⁠עַמּ֔⁠וֹ 1 seeking good for his people **Seeking** is a figurative way to describe actively trying to do something or work hard for something. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1076 EST 10 3 s8f8 figs-idiom וְ⁠דֹבֵ֥ר שָׁל֖וֹם לְ⁠כָל־זַרְעֽ⁠וֹ 1 and speaking peace to all its seed **Speaking peace** is a figurative way of describing actions that benefit the general welfare of others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1077 EST 10 3 j161 figs-metaphor לְ⁠כָל־זַרְעֽ⁠וֹ 1 to all its seed Here, **seed** figuratively means “descendants.” Even if you combine the two parallel phrases, you can still convey the idea of “down through the generations” with a word such as “always.” Alternate translation: “and for their descendants” or “and for their offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **seed** means “descendants.” Even if you combine the two parallel phrases, you can still convey the idea of “down through the generations” with a word such as “always.” Alternate translation: “and for their descendants” or “and for their offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

20
en_tn_31-OBA.tsv
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
OBA front intro jrz8 0 # Introduction to Obadiah<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Obadiah<br><br>1. Yahweh will judge Edom (1:1-16) A. Yahweh will destroy Edom (1:1–9) B. Why Yahweh will destroy Edom (1:10–14)<br>2. Yahweh will judge the nations (1:15–16)<br>3. Yahweh will deliver his people (1:17–21)<br><br>### What is the Book of Obadiah about?<br><br>After the nation of Babylon destroyed Jerusalem, the Edomites (from the neighboring land of Edom) captured fleeing Jews. Then they gave these Jews over to Babylon. The Book of Obadiah is about Yahweh judging the Edomites for harming his people. This book would be comforting to the people of Judah who had been captured and forced to live in Babylon.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally titled “The Book of Obadiah” or just “Obadiah.” Translators may decide to use a clearer title such as “The Sayings of Obadiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Obadiah?<br><br>The prophet Obadiah probably wrote this book. We know nothing more about Obadiah. His name in Hebrew means “Servant of Yahweh.”<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was Edom’s relationship to Israel?<br><br>Obadiah referred to Edom as Israel’s brother. This is because the Edomites descended from Esau, and the Israelites descended from Jacob. Jacob and Esau were twin brothers. This made Edom’s betrayal of Israel much worse. The notes also refer to the Israelites as the people of Judah. Judah was the part of Israel that had survived the earlier destruction by the nation of Assyria and that was later captured by the nation of Babylon when the nation of Edom did not help them.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How do I translate the concept of “pride?”<br><br>The Book of Obadiah speaks of the pride of Edom. This meant that the Edomites thought that neither their enemies nor Yahweh could defeat them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/proud]])<br><br>### When Obadiah is addressing Edom, should I use a singular or plural form of “you?”<br><br>Since Obadiah addressed the people of Edom figuratively by referring to them as the nation of Edom, he used a singular form in the original language. But if you are using more plain language and want your translation to be clear that it is addressing the people of Edom, you could use a plural form.
OBA front intro jrz8 0 # Introduction to Obadiah<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Obadiah<br><br>1. Yahweh will judge Edom (1:1-16) A. Yahweh will destroy Edom (1:1–9) B. Why Yahweh will destroy Edom (1:10–14)<br>2. Yahweh will judge the nations (1:15–16)<br>3. Yahweh will deliver his people (1:17–21)<br><br>### What is the Book of Obadiah about?<br><br>After the nation of Babylon destroyed Jerusalem, the Edomites (from the neighboring land of Edom) captured fleeing Jews. Then they gave these Jews over to Babylon. The Book of Obadiah is about Yahweh judging the Edomites for harming his people. This book would be comforting to the people of Judah who had been captured and forced to live in Babylon.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally titled “The Book of Obadiah” or just “Obadiah.” Translators may decide to use a clearer title such as “The Sayings of Obadiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Obadiah?<br><br>The prophet Obadiah probably wrote this book. We know nothing more about Obadiah. His name in Hebrew means “Servant of Yahweh.”<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was Edom’s relationship to Israel?<br><br>Obadiah referred to Edom as Israel’s brother. This is because the Edomites descended from Esau, and the Israelites descended from Jacob. Jacob and Esau were twin brothers. This made Edom’s betrayal of Israel much worse. The notes also refer to the Israelites as the people of Judah. Judah was the part of Israel that had survived the earlier destruction by the nation of Assyria and that was later captured by the nation of Babylon when the nation of Edom did not help them.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How do I translate the concept of “pride?”<br><br>The Book of Obadiah speaks of the pride of Edom. This meant that the Edomites thought that neither their enemies nor Yahweh could defeat them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/proud]])<br><br>### When Obadiah is addressing Edom, should I use a singular or plural form of “you?”<br><br>Since Obadiah addressed the people of Edom by referring to them as the nation of Edom, he used a singular form in the original language. But if you are using more plain language and want your translation to be clear that it is addressing the people of Edom, you could use a plural form.
OBA 1 1 xm1w figs-metaphor חֲז֖וֹן עֹֽבַדְיָ֑ה 1 The vision of Obadiah This is the title of the book. Here **vision** is used in the general sense of a message from Yahweh, rather than to indicate how Obadiah received that message. **Vision** here is a metaphor for the way that God gives knowledge to people. Alternate translation: “The message that God gave to Obadiah” or “The prophecy of Obadiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
OBA 1 1 jdr1 translate-names עֹֽבַדְיָ֑ה 1 Obadiah Some English translations call the prophet Abdias, but Obadiah is the form of his name most commonly used in English. Use the form of the name that is used in your source language or a form that is similar that sounds like a name in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
OBA 1 1 sv9x writing-quotations כֹּֽה־אָמַר֩ אֲדֹנָ֨⁠י יְהוִ֜ה 1 thus says my Lord Yahweh concerning Edom This introduces the rest of the book as a message from God. Use a form here that is natural in your language for introducing what someone says. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
@ -17,16 +17,16 @@ OBA 1 1 jd1r figs-abstractnouns לַ⁠מִּלְחָמָֽה 1 for battle If it
OBA 1 2 cc3h writing-quotations הִנֵּ֥ה קָטֹ֛ן נְתַתִּ֖י⁠ךָ 1 Behold, I am making you small The addressee changes here. This is no longer Yahweh speaking to Judah or the messenger speaking to the other nations. Now Yahweh is speaking directly to the people of Edom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could add a quote introduction here, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
OBA 1 2 npn6 הִנֵּ֥ה 1 Behold This alerts the people of Edom to pay special attention to what follows. Use a natural way of getting someone’s attention in your language. Alternate translation: “Look” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
OBA 1 2 l6dc figs-parallelism קָטֹ֛ן נְתַתִּ֖י⁠ךָ בַּ⁠גּוֹיִ֑ם בָּז֥וּי אַתָּ֖ה מְאֹֽד 1 I am making you small among the nations, you are extremely despised These two phrases mean similar things and are used together to emphasize that Edom will lose its important status. If it would be more natural in your language, you could combine them as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
OBA 1 2 ec8m figs-metaphor קָטֹ֛ן נְתַתִּ֖י⁠ךָ בַּ⁠גּוֹיִ֑ם 1 small among the nations Something insignificant is spoken of figuratively as if it were small in size and could easily be overlooked. Alternate translation: “insignificant among the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
OBA 1 2 ec8m figs-metaphor קָטֹ֛ן נְתַתִּ֖י⁠ךָ בַּ⁠גּוֹיִ֑ם 1 small among the nations Something insignificant is spoken of as if it were small in size and could easily be overlooked. Alternate translation: “insignificant among the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
OBA 1 2 ch1u figs-activepassive בָּז֥וּי אַתָּ֖ה מְאֹֽד 1 you are extremely despised You could state this in the active form. Alternate translation: “the people of other nations will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
OBA 1 3 kjbt figs-personification זְד֤וֹן לִבְּ⁠ךָ֙ הִשִּׁיאֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 Here, **pride** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could deceive someone. If this is not clear, you could say this with plain language. Alternate translation: “Because you are so proud, you have deceived yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
OBA 1 3 kjbt figs-personification זְד֤וֹן לִבְּ⁠ךָ֙ הִשִּׁיאֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 Here, **pride** is spoken of as though it were a person who could deceive someone. If this is not clear, you could say this with plain language. Alternate translation: “Because you are so proud, you have deceived yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
OBA 1 3 hzdk figs-youcrowd זְד֤וֹן לִבְּ⁠ךָ֙ הִשִּׁיאֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 Here, **you** is singular, since it refers to the people of Edom as a single nation, but if this is confusing in your language, you can use a plural form of “you” here and throughout this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
OBA 1 3 kcc3 figs-abstractnouns זְד֤וֹן לִבְּ⁠ךָ֙ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **pride**, you can express the same idea with an adjective such as “proud.” Alternate translation: “Your proud attitude” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
OBA 1 3 qpw7 figs-metaphor זְד֤וֹן לִבְּ⁠ךָ֙ 1 of your heart Here, **heart** is used figuratively to refer to a person’s thoughts and feelings. Alternate translation: “Your proud attitude” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
OBA 1 3 qpw7 figs-metaphor זְד֤וֹן לִבְּ⁠ךָ֙ 1 of your heart Here, **heart** is used to refer to a person’s thoughts and feelings. Alternate translation: “Your proud attitude” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
OBA 1 3 k9sw figs-123person שֹׁכְנִ֥י בְ⁠חַגְוֵי־סֶּ֖לַע 1 lofty in his dwelling Here, the pronoun switches from **you** to **he** even though Yahweh is still talking to the people of Edom. If this is confusing in your language, you can continue to use **you**, since this is part of Yahweh’s continuing message to the people of Edom. Alternate translation: “you who live in the clefts of the rock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
OBA 1 3 q6sz בְ⁠חַגְוֵי־סֶּ֖לַע 1 in the clefts of the rock This means a place that is protected because it is surrounded by rocks.
OBA 1 3 r5zj figs-123person אֹמֵ֣ר בְּ⁠לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 he who says in his heart This says **he** and **his,** as if Yahweh were talking aloud about Edom rather than to Edom, but it can be translated with **you** as part of Yahweh’s continuing words to the people. Alternate translation: “you who say in your heart” or “you who say to yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
OBA 1 3 jd3r figs-metaphor אֹמֵ֣ר בְּ⁠לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 in his heart Here, the heart is used figuratively to refer to a person’s thoughts and feelings. Alternate translation: “he who says to himself” or “you who think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
OBA 1 3 jd3r figs-metaphor אֹמֵ֣ר בְּ⁠לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 in his heart Here, the heart is used to refer to a person’s thoughts and feelings. Alternate translation: “he who says to himself” or “you who think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
OBA 1 3 i2hx figs-rquestion מִ֥י יוֹרִדֵ֖⁠נִי אָֽרֶץ 1 Who will bring me down to the ground? This rhetorical question expresses how proud the Edomites were and how safe they felt. Alternate translation: “no one can bring me down to the ground” or “I am safe from all attackers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
OBA 1 4 xn9f figs-parallelism אִם־תַּגְבִּ֣יהַּ כַּ⁠נֶּ֔שֶׁר וְ⁠אִם־בֵּ֥ין כּֽוֹכָבִ֖ים שִׂ֣ים קִנֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 If you make yourself high like the eagle, even if your nest is set between the stars These two expressions have similar meanings. This is a way of showing that something is important by saying it more than once but in slightly different ways. If this is not clear in your language, use another way of showing that this is important. Alternate translation: “Even if you had wings and could live high up among the eagles, or even up among the stars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
OBA 1 4 jd5r figs-hyperbole אִם־תַּגְבִּ֣יהַּ כַּ⁠נֶּ֔שֶׁר וְ⁠אִם־בֵּ֥ין כּֽוֹכָבִ֖ים שִׂ֣ים קִנֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 If you make yourself high like the eagle, even if your nest is set between the stars The people of Edom think that they are safe because they live up high in the mountains. Yahweh is saying that even if they lived much higher than it is actually possible for humans to live, they would still not be safe. Alternate translation: “and I tell you that even if you had wings and could fly higher than eagles fly, and if you could make your homes among the stars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@ -118,9 +118,9 @@ OBA 1 17 b4sh figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠הָ֣יָה קֹ֑דֶשׁ 1 and there
OBA 1 17 cr13 figs-idiom בֵּ֣ית יַֽעֲקֹ֔ב 1 and the house of Jacob will possess their own possessions Here, **the house of Jacob** is an idiom that means “the descendants of Jacob” and by extension, all of the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
OBA 1 17 f4ur אֵ֖ת מוֹרָֽשֵׁי⁠הֶם 1 Here, **possessions** refers to the land that was supposed to be passed down from generation to generation to each of the Israelite families and clans. If using a plural term is confusing, you could translate it with a singular word. Alternate translation: “the land that belongs to each of them”
OBA 1 18 rm2e figs-parallelism וְ⁠הָיָה֩ בֵית־יַעֲקֹ֨ב אֵ֜שׁ וּ⁠בֵ֧ית יוֹסֵ֣ף לֶהָבָ֗ה 1 And the house of Jacob will be a fire, and the house of Joseph a flame These two expressions have similar meanings. Yahweh is showing that what he is saying is important by saying it more than once. Both **house of Jacob** and **house of Joseph** stand for all of the Israelites. Alternate translation: “The Israelites will be like a fire. Yes, they will be like a flame” If saying this twice is confusing, you could combine them into one expression, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
OBA 1 18 cr15 figs-metonymy בֵית־יַעֲקֹ֨ב 1 the house of Jacob Here, the word **house** means all of the people descended from a particular person. All of the descendants of Jacob are being described figuratively as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
OBA 1 18 cr17 figs-synecdoche וּ⁠בֵ֧ית יוֹסֵ֣ף 1 and the house of Joseph The descendants of Joseph are also being described figuratively as if they were one household. Joseph was the son of Jacob, and his descendants made up a large part of the people of Israel. So Yahweh is using his descendants to represent the whole nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
OBA 1 18 yt8j figs-metonymy וּ⁠בֵ֤ית עֵשָׂו֙…לְ⁠בֵ֣ית עֵשָׂ֔ו 1 and the house of Esau … for the house of Esau The descendants of Esau (Edom) are also being described figuratively as if they were one household. Alternate translation: “the people of Edom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
OBA 1 18 cr15 figs-metonymy בֵית־יַעֲקֹ֨ב 1 the house of Jacob Here, the word **house** means all of the people descended from a particular person. All of the descendants of Jacob are being described as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
OBA 1 18 cr17 figs-synecdoche וּ⁠בֵ֧ית יוֹסֵ֣ף 1 and the house of Joseph The descendants of Joseph are also being described as if they were one household. Joseph was the son of Jacob, and his descendants made up a large part of the people of Israel. So Yahweh is using his descendants to represent the whole nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
OBA 1 18 yt8j figs-metonymy וּ⁠בֵ֤ית עֵשָׂו֙…לְ⁠בֵ֣ית עֵשָׂ֔ו 1 and the house of Esau … for the house of Esau The descendants of Esau (Edom) are also being described as if they were one household. Alternate translation: “the people of Edom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
OBA 1 18 cr19 figs-metaphor אֵ֜שׁ…לֶהָבָ֗ה…לְ⁠קַ֔שׁ 1 fire, flame, stubble In this metaphor, Yahweh is saying that the Israelites will be like fire and flame, that the people of Edom will be like dry grass, and that the Israelites will do to the people of Edom what fire and flame do to dry grass. In other words, just as fire and flame burn up dry grass until it is all gone, the Israelites who survive will conquer all of Edom. If this metaphor is not clear in your language, you could make it a simile, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
OBA 1 18 hj8x translate-unknown לְ⁠קַ֔שׁ 1 stubble The word **stubble** means the dry pieces of plants that are left in the ground after their stalks have been cut. Alternate translation: “like dry grass” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
OBA 1 18 cr23 figs-doublet וְ⁠דָלְק֥וּ בָ⁠הֶ֖ם וַ⁠אֲכָל֑וּ⁠ם 1 And they will burn them, and consume them **Burn** and **consume** mean almost the same thing. Yahweh uses the words together to intensify the meaning. If you do not have two similar words in your language or if it would be confusing to say this twice, you could combine them into one phrase and intensify the meaning in another way. Alternate translation: “and they will burn them until they are all burned up” or “and they will burn them up completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ OBA 1 18 c5jr figs-123person כִּ֥י יְהוָ֖ה דִּבֵּֽר 1 for Ya
OBA 1 19 cr25 וְ⁠יָרְשׁ֨וּ 1 And they … will possess … And they will possess This verse as a whole describes people who live in different parts of Israel conquering the territories next to them. Alternate translation: “will conquer”
OBA 1 19 zu8p figs-metonymy הַ⁠נֶּ֜גֶב 1 The **Negev** is the name of the southern region of Judea that is dry, rocky, and barren. It is being used to represent the people who live there. The people are being described by the name of something closely associated with them, the land that they live in. Alternate translation: “The Israelites who live in the Negev” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
OBA 1 19 cr27 figs-synecdoche הַ֣ר עֵשָׂ֗ו 1 the mountain of Esau This was one of the mountains in Edom. See how you translated this in verses 8 and 9. Yahweh is referring to the whole territory of Edom by using the name of one prominent part of it. Alternate translation: “the country of Edom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
OBA 1 19 m7qk figs-metonymy וְ⁠הַ⁠שְּׁפֵלָה֙ 1 they of the Shephelah The **Shephelah** is the name of the western foothills in the land of Israel. That location is being used figuratively to represent the people who live there. The people are being described by the name of something closely associated with them, the land that they live in. Alternate translation: “the Israelites who live in the western foothills.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
OBA 1 19 m7qk figs-metonymy וְ⁠הַ⁠שְּׁפֵלָה֙ 1 they of the Shephelah The **Shephelah** is the name of the western foothills in the land of Israel. That location is being used to represent the people who live there. The people are being described by the name of something closely associated with them, the land that they live in. Alternate translation: “the Israelites who live in the western foothills.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
OBA 1 19 dew4 figs-ellipsis וְ⁠הַ⁠שְּׁפֵלָה֙ אֶת־פְּלִשְׁתִּ֔ים 1 Here, the reader is expected to supply the verb **will possess** from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “and the Israelites who live in the Shephelah will possess the land of the Philistines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
OBA 1 19 cr29 figs-metonymy פְּלִשְׁתִּ֔ים 1 the Philistines The **Philistines** were people who occupied the territory to the west of Israel. Here, the people are used to represent that territory, also known as the region of Phoenicia. Alternate translation: “the region of the Philistines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
OBA 1 19 app9 וְ⁠יָרְשׁוּ֙ 1 Alternate translation: “The people of Israel will possess”
@ -149,6 +149,6 @@ OBA 1 20 cr39 figs-explicit יִֽרְשׁ֕וּ 1 they will possess In order to
OBA 1 20 cr41 translate-names הַ⁠נֶּֽגֶב 1 the Negev The **Negev** is the name of the southern region of Judea that is dry, rocky, and barren. See how you translated this in [verse 19](../01/19.md) Alternate translation: “the southern Judean wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
OBA 1 21 j7nf figs-metonymy וְ⁠עָל֤וּ מֽוֹשִׁעִים֙ בְּ⁠הַ֣ר צִיּ֔וֹן לִ⁠שְׁפֹּ֖ט אֶת־הַ֣ר עֵשָׂ֑ו 1 And saviors will go up to the mountain of Zion to judge the mountain of Esau Even though **the mountain of Zion** is a figurative name for Jerusalem, it would be good to keep the imagery of this high place in Jerusalem where God’s temple was, if possible. This would also allow the comparison with **the mountain of Esau**. Edom had boasted that it was up high and that no one could bring it down. But with this figurative imagery, Yahweh is saying that he will bring it down and place his own people up high instead. you could also choose to express this meaning in plain language if that is how you have been translating the book and if **the mountain of Zion** would be misunderstood. Alternate translation: “Israel’s saviors will go up to Jerusalem and will rule over Edom, who thought that they were so high, from up there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
OBA 1 21 hyg2 מֽוֹשִׁעִים֙ 1 saviors Here, **saviors** refers to Israelite military leaders whom God will use to defeat the nation of Edom. Alternate translation: “the leaders who have saved Israel”
OBA 1 21 cr43 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠הַ֣ר צִיּ֔וֹן 1 the mountain of Zion Yahweh is referring to Jerusalem figuratively by the name of something closely associated with it, the mountain that the city is built on. See how you translated this in verses 16 and 17. Alternate translation: “to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
OBA 1 21 cr43 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠הַ֣ר צִיּ֔וֹן 1 the mountain of Zion Yahweh is referring to Jerusalem by the name of something closely associated with it, the mountain that the city is built on. See how you translated this in verses 16 and 17. Alternate translation: “to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
OBA 1 21 cr45 figs-synecdoche הַ֣ר עֵשָׂ֑ו 1 the mountain of Esau This phrase refers to the mountainous territory where Esau, the brother of Jacob and the ancestor of the Edomites, went and settled. So it means “the hill country that came to belong to Esau and his descendants.” See how you translated this in verses 8, 9, and 19. Alternate translation: “the land of Edom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
OBA 1 21 wy7x וְ⁠הָיְתָ֥ה לַֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה הַ⁠מְּלוּכָֽה 1 and the kingdom will belong to Yahweh This phrase emphasizes that Yahweh will personally rule over the kingdom of Israel as they rule over Edom. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will be the king over all”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 OBA front intro jrz8 0 # Introduction to Obadiah<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Obadiah<br><br>1. Yahweh will judge Edom (1:1-16) A. Yahweh will destroy Edom (1:1–9) B. Why Yahweh will destroy Edom (1:10–14)<br>2. Yahweh will judge the nations (1:15–16)<br>3. Yahweh will deliver his people (1:17–21)<br><br>### What is the Book of Obadiah about?<br><br>After the nation of Babylon destroyed Jerusalem, the Edomites (from the neighboring land of Edom) captured fleeing Jews. Then they gave these Jews over to Babylon. The Book of Obadiah is about Yahweh judging the Edomites for harming his people. This book would be comforting to the people of Judah who had been captured and forced to live in Babylon.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally titled “The Book of Obadiah” or just “Obadiah.” Translators may decide to use a clearer title such as “The Sayings of Obadiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Obadiah?<br><br>The prophet Obadiah probably wrote this book. We know nothing more about Obadiah. His name in Hebrew means “Servant of Yahweh.”<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was Edom’s relationship to Israel?<br><br>Obadiah referred to Edom as Israel’s brother. This is because the Edomites descended from Esau, and the Israelites descended from Jacob. Jacob and Esau were twin brothers. This made Edom’s betrayal of Israel much worse. The notes also refer to the Israelites as the people of Judah. Judah was the part of Israel that had survived the earlier destruction by the nation of Assyria and that was later captured by the nation of Babylon when the nation of Edom did not help them.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How do I translate the concept of “pride?”<br><br>The Book of Obadiah speaks of the pride of Edom. This meant that the Edomites thought that neither their enemies nor Yahweh could defeat them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/proud]])<br><br>### When Obadiah is addressing Edom, should I use a singular or plural form of “you?”<br><br>Since Obadiah addressed the people of Edom figuratively by referring to them as the nation of Edom, he used a singular form in the original language. But if you are using more plain language and want your translation to be clear that it is addressing the people of Edom, you could use a plural form. # Introduction to Obadiah<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Obadiah<br><br>1. Yahweh will judge Edom (1:1-16) A. Yahweh will destroy Edom (1:1–9) B. Why Yahweh will destroy Edom (1:10–14)<br>2. Yahweh will judge the nations (1:15–16)<br>3. Yahweh will deliver his people (1:17–21)<br><br>### What is the Book of Obadiah about?<br><br>After the nation of Babylon destroyed Jerusalem, the Edomites (from the neighboring land of Edom) captured fleeing Jews. Then they gave these Jews over to Babylon. The Book of Obadiah is about Yahweh judging the Edomites for harming his people. This book would be comforting to the people of Judah who had been captured and forced to live in Babylon.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally titled “The Book of Obadiah” or just “Obadiah.” Translators may decide to use a clearer title such as “The Sayings of Obadiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Obadiah?<br><br>The prophet Obadiah probably wrote this book. We know nothing more about Obadiah. His name in Hebrew means “Servant of Yahweh.”<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was Edom’s relationship to Israel?<br><br>Obadiah referred to Edom as Israel’s brother. This is because the Edomites descended from Esau, and the Israelites descended from Jacob. Jacob and Esau were twin brothers. This made Edom’s betrayal of Israel much worse. The notes also refer to the Israelites as the people of Judah. Judah was the part of Israel that had survived the earlier destruction by the nation of Assyria and that was later captured by the nation of Babylon when the nation of Edom did not help them.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How do I translate the concept of “pride?”<br><br>The Book of Obadiah speaks of the pride of Edom. This meant that the Edomites thought that neither their enemies nor Yahweh could defeat them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/proud]])<br><br>### When Obadiah is addressing Edom, should I use a singular or plural form of “you?”<br><br>Since Obadiah addressed the people of Edom by referring to them as the nation of Edom, he used a singular form in the original language. But if you are using more plain language and want your translation to be clear that it is addressing the people of Edom, you could use a plural form.
3 OBA 1 1 xm1w figs-metaphor חֲז֖וֹן עֹֽבַדְיָ֑ה 1 The vision of Obadiah This is the title of the book. Here **vision** is used in the general sense of a message from Yahweh, rather than to indicate how Obadiah received that message. **Vision** here is a metaphor for the way that God gives knowledge to people. Alternate translation: “The message that God gave to Obadiah” or “The prophecy of Obadiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4 OBA 1 1 jdr1 translate-names עֹֽבַדְיָ֑ה 1 Obadiah Some English translations call the prophet Abdias, but Obadiah is the form of his name most commonly used in English. Use the form of the name that is used in your source language or a form that is similar that sounds like a name in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
5 OBA 1 1 sv9x writing-quotations כֹּֽה־אָמַר֩ אֲדֹנָ֨⁠י יְהוִ֜ה 1 thus says my Lord Yahweh concerning Edom This introduces the rest of the book as a message from God. Use a form here that is natural in your language for introducing what someone says. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
17 OBA 1 2 cc3h writing-quotations הִנֵּ֥ה קָטֹ֛ן נְתַתִּ֖י⁠ךָ 1 Behold, I am making you small The addressee changes here. This is no longer Yahweh speaking to Judah or the messenger speaking to the other nations. Now Yahweh is speaking directly to the people of Edom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could add a quote introduction here, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
18 OBA 1 2 npn6 הִנֵּ֥ה 1 Behold This alerts the people of Edom to pay special attention to what follows. Use a natural way of getting someone’s attention in your language. Alternate translation: “Look” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
19 OBA 1 2 l6dc figs-parallelism קָטֹ֛ן נְתַתִּ֖י⁠ךָ בַּ⁠גּוֹיִ֑ם בָּז֥וּי אַתָּ֖ה מְאֹֽד 1 I am making you small among the nations, you are extremely despised These two phrases mean similar things and are used together to emphasize that Edom will lose its important status. If it would be more natural in your language, you could combine them as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
20 OBA 1 2 ec8m figs-metaphor קָטֹ֛ן נְתַתִּ֖י⁠ךָ בַּ⁠גּוֹיִ֑ם 1 small among the nations Something insignificant is spoken of figuratively as if it were small in size and could easily be overlooked. Alternate translation: “insignificant among the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Something insignificant is spoken of as if it were small in size and could easily be overlooked. Alternate translation: “insignificant among the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
21 OBA 1 2 ch1u figs-activepassive בָּז֥וּי אַתָּ֖ה מְאֹֽד 1 you are extremely despised You could state this in the active form. Alternate translation: “the people of other nations will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22 OBA 1 3 kjbt figs-personification זְד֤וֹן לִבְּ⁠ךָ֙ הִשִּׁיאֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 Here, **pride** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could deceive someone. If this is not clear, you could say this with plain language. Alternate translation: “Because you are so proud, you have deceived yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) Here, **pride** is spoken of as though it were a person who could deceive someone. If this is not clear, you could say this with plain language. Alternate translation: “Because you are so proud, you have deceived yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
23 OBA 1 3 hzdk figs-youcrowd זְד֤וֹן לִבְּ⁠ךָ֙ הִשִּׁיאֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 Here, **you** is singular, since it refers to the people of Edom as a single nation, but if this is confusing in your language, you can use a plural form of “you” here and throughout this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
24 OBA 1 3 kcc3 figs-abstractnouns זְד֤וֹן לִבְּ⁠ךָ֙ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **pride**, you can express the same idea with an adjective such as “proud.” Alternate translation: “Your proud attitude” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
25 OBA 1 3 qpw7 figs-metaphor זְד֤וֹן לִבְּ⁠ךָ֙ 1 of your heart Here, **heart** is used figuratively to refer to a person’s thoughts and feelings. Alternate translation: “Your proud attitude” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, **heart** is used to refer to a person’s thoughts and feelings. Alternate translation: “Your proud attitude” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
26 OBA 1 3 k9sw figs-123person שֹׁכְנִ֥י בְ⁠חַגְוֵי־סֶּ֖לַע 1 lofty in his dwelling Here, the pronoun switches from **you** to **he** even though Yahweh is still talking to the people of Edom. If this is confusing in your language, you can continue to use **you**, since this is part of Yahweh’s continuing message to the people of Edom. Alternate translation: “you who live in the clefts of the rock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
27 OBA 1 3 q6sz בְ⁠חַגְוֵי־סֶּ֖לַע 1 in the clefts of the rock This means a place that is protected because it is surrounded by rocks.
28 OBA 1 3 r5zj figs-123person אֹמֵ֣ר בְּ⁠לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 he who says in his heart This says **he** and **his,** as if Yahweh were talking aloud about Edom rather than to Edom, but it can be translated with **you** as part of Yahweh’s continuing words to the people. Alternate translation: “you who say in your heart” or “you who say to yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
29 OBA 1 3 jd3r figs-metaphor אֹמֵ֣ר בְּ⁠לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 in his heart Here, the heart is used figuratively to refer to a person’s thoughts and feelings. Alternate translation: “he who says to himself” or “you who think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here, the heart is used to refer to a person’s thoughts and feelings. Alternate translation: “he who says to himself” or “you who think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
30 OBA 1 3 i2hx figs-rquestion מִ֥י יוֹרִדֵ֖⁠נִי אָֽרֶץ 1 Who will bring me down to the ground? This rhetorical question expresses how proud the Edomites were and how safe they felt. Alternate translation: “no one can bring me down to the ground” or “I am safe from all attackers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
31 OBA 1 4 xn9f figs-parallelism אִם־תַּגְבִּ֣יהַּ כַּ⁠נֶּ֔שֶׁר וְ⁠אִם־בֵּ֥ין כּֽוֹכָבִ֖ים שִׂ֣ים קִנֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 If you make yourself high like the eagle, even if your nest is set between the stars These two expressions have similar meanings. This is a way of showing that something is important by saying it more than once but in slightly different ways. If this is not clear in your language, use another way of showing that this is important. Alternate translation: “Even if you had wings and could live high up among the eagles, or even up among the stars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
32 OBA 1 4 jd5r figs-hyperbole אִם־תַּגְבִּ֣יהַּ כַּ⁠נֶּ֔שֶׁר וְ⁠אִם־בֵּ֥ין כּֽוֹכָבִ֖ים שִׂ֣ים קִנֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 If you make yourself high like the eagle, even if your nest is set between the stars The people of Edom think that they are safe because they live up high in the mountains. Yahweh is saying that even if they lived much higher than it is actually possible for humans to live, they would still not be safe. Alternate translation: “and I tell you that even if you had wings and could fly higher than eagles fly, and if you could make your homes among the stars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
118 OBA 1 17 cr13 figs-idiom בֵּ֣ית יַֽעֲקֹ֔ב 1 and the house of Jacob will possess their own possessions Here, **the house of Jacob** is an idiom that means “the descendants of Jacob” and by extension, all of the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
119 OBA 1 17 f4ur אֵ֖ת מוֹרָֽשֵׁי⁠הֶם 1 Here, **possessions** refers to the land that was supposed to be passed down from generation to generation to each of the Israelite families and clans. If using a plural term is confusing, you could translate it with a singular word. Alternate translation: “the land that belongs to each of them”
120 OBA 1 18 rm2e figs-parallelism וְ⁠הָיָה֩ בֵית־יַעֲקֹ֨ב אֵ֜שׁ וּ⁠בֵ֧ית יוֹסֵ֣ף לֶהָבָ֗ה 1 And the house of Jacob will be a fire, and the house of Joseph a flame These two expressions have similar meanings. Yahweh is showing that what he is saying is important by saying it more than once. Both **house of Jacob** and **house of Joseph** stand for all of the Israelites. Alternate translation: “The Israelites will be like a fire. Yes, they will be like a flame” If saying this twice is confusing, you could combine them into one expression, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
121 OBA 1 18 cr15 figs-metonymy בֵית־יַעֲקֹ֨ב 1 the house of Jacob Here, the word **house** means all of the people descended from a particular person. All of the descendants of Jacob are being described figuratively as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Here, the word **house** means all of the people descended from a particular person. All of the descendants of Jacob are being described as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
122 OBA 1 18 cr17 figs-synecdoche וּ⁠בֵ֧ית יוֹסֵ֣ף 1 and the house of Joseph The descendants of Joseph are also being described figuratively as if they were one household. Joseph was the son of Jacob, and his descendants made up a large part of the people of Israel. So Yahweh is using his descendants to represent the whole nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) The descendants of Joseph are also being described as if they were one household. Joseph was the son of Jacob, and his descendants made up a large part of the people of Israel. So Yahweh is using his descendants to represent the whole nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
123 OBA 1 18 yt8j figs-metonymy וּ⁠בֵ֤ית עֵשָׂו֙…לְ⁠בֵ֣ית עֵשָׂ֔ו 1 and the house of Esau … for the house of Esau The descendants of Esau (Edom) are also being described figuratively as if they were one household. Alternate translation: “the people of Edom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) The descendants of Esau (Edom) are also being described as if they were one household. Alternate translation: “the people of Edom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
124 OBA 1 18 cr19 figs-metaphor אֵ֜שׁ…לֶהָבָ֗ה…לְ⁠קַ֔שׁ 1 fire, flame, stubble In this metaphor, Yahweh is saying that the Israelites will be like fire and flame, that the people of Edom will be like dry grass, and that the Israelites will do to the people of Edom what fire and flame do to dry grass. In other words, just as fire and flame burn up dry grass until it is all gone, the Israelites who survive will conquer all of Edom. If this metaphor is not clear in your language, you could make it a simile, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
125 OBA 1 18 hj8x translate-unknown לְ⁠קַ֔שׁ 1 stubble The word **stubble** means the dry pieces of plants that are left in the ground after their stalks have been cut. Alternate translation: “like dry grass” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
126 OBA 1 18 cr23 figs-doublet וְ⁠דָלְק֥וּ בָ⁠הֶ֖ם וַ⁠אֲכָל֑וּ⁠ם 1 And they will burn them, and consume them **Burn** and **consume** mean almost the same thing. Yahweh uses the words together to intensify the meaning. If you do not have two similar words in your language or if it would be confusing to say this twice, you could combine them into one phrase and intensify the meaning in another way. Alternate translation: “and they will burn them until they are all burned up” or “and they will burn them up completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
129 OBA 1 19 cr25 וְ⁠יָרְשׁ֨וּ 1 And they … will possess … And they will possess This verse as a whole describes people who live in different parts of Israel conquering the territories next to them. Alternate translation: “will conquer”
130 OBA 1 19 zu8p figs-metonymy הַ⁠נֶּ֜גֶב 1 The **Negev** is the name of the southern region of Judea that is dry, rocky, and barren. It is being used to represent the people who live there. The people are being described by the name of something closely associated with them, the land that they live in. Alternate translation: “The Israelites who live in the Negev” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
131 OBA 1 19 cr27 figs-synecdoche הַ֣ר עֵשָׂ֗ו 1 the mountain of Esau This was one of the mountains in Edom. See how you translated this in verses 8 and 9. Yahweh is referring to the whole territory of Edom by using the name of one prominent part of it. Alternate translation: “the country of Edom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
132 OBA 1 19 m7qk figs-metonymy וְ⁠הַ⁠שְּׁפֵלָה֙ 1 they of the Shephelah The **Shephelah** is the name of the western foothills in the land of Israel. That location is being used figuratively to represent the people who live there. The people are being described by the name of something closely associated with them, the land that they live in. Alternate translation: “the Israelites who live in the western foothills.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) The **Shephelah** is the name of the western foothills in the land of Israel. That location is being used to represent the people who live there. The people are being described by the name of something closely associated with them, the land that they live in. Alternate translation: “the Israelites who live in the western foothills.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
133 OBA 1 19 dew4 figs-ellipsis וְ⁠הַ⁠שְּׁפֵלָה֙ אֶת־פְּלִשְׁתִּ֔ים 1 Here, the reader is expected to supply the verb **will possess** from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “and the Israelites who live in the Shephelah will possess the land of the Philistines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
134 OBA 1 19 cr29 figs-metonymy פְּלִשְׁתִּ֔ים 1 the Philistines The **Philistines** were people who occupied the territory to the west of Israel. Here, the people are used to represent that territory, also known as the region of Phoenicia. Alternate translation: “the region of the Philistines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
135 OBA 1 19 app9 וְ⁠יָרְשׁוּ֙ 1 Alternate translation: “The people of Israel will possess”
149 OBA 1 20 cr41 translate-names הַ⁠נֶּֽגֶב 1 the Negev The **Negev** is the name of the southern region of Judea that is dry, rocky, and barren. See how you translated this in [verse 19](../01/19.md) Alternate translation: “the southern Judean wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
150 OBA 1 21 j7nf figs-metonymy וְ⁠עָל֤וּ מֽוֹשִׁעִים֙ בְּ⁠הַ֣ר צִיּ֔וֹן לִ⁠שְׁפֹּ֖ט אֶת־הַ֣ר עֵשָׂ֑ו 1 And saviors will go up to the mountain of Zion to judge the mountain of Esau Even though **the mountain of Zion** is a figurative name for Jerusalem, it would be good to keep the imagery of this high place in Jerusalem where God’s temple was, if possible. This would also allow the comparison with **the mountain of Esau**. Edom had boasted that it was up high and that no one could bring it down. But with this figurative imagery, Yahweh is saying that he will bring it down and place his own people up high instead. you could also choose to express this meaning in plain language if that is how you have been translating the book and if **the mountain of Zion** would be misunderstood. Alternate translation: “Israel’s saviors will go up to Jerusalem and will rule over Edom, who thought that they were so high, from up there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
151 OBA 1 21 hyg2 מֽוֹשִׁעִים֙ 1 saviors Here, **saviors** refers to Israelite military leaders whom God will use to defeat the nation of Edom. Alternate translation: “the leaders who have saved Israel”
152 OBA 1 21 cr43 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠הַ֣ר צִיּ֔וֹן 1 the mountain of Zion Yahweh is referring to Jerusalem figuratively by the name of something closely associated with it, the mountain that the city is built on. See how you translated this in verses 16 and 17. Alternate translation: “to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Yahweh is referring to Jerusalem by the name of something closely associated with it, the mountain that the city is built on. See how you translated this in verses 16 and 17. Alternate translation: “to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
153 OBA 1 21 cr45 figs-synecdoche הַ֣ר עֵשָׂ֑ו 1 the mountain of Esau This phrase refers to the mountainous territory where Esau, the brother of Jacob and the ancestor of the Edomites, went and settled. So it means “the hill country that came to belong to Esau and his descendants.” See how you translated this in verses 8, 9, and 19. Alternate translation: “the land of Edom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
154 OBA 1 21 wy7x וְ⁠הָיְתָ֥ה לַֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה הַ⁠מְּלוּכָֽה 1 and the kingdom will belong to Yahweh This phrase emphasizes that Yahweh will personally rule over the kingdom of Israel as they rule over Edom. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will be the king over all”